Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2005-033 VED / [ J I SECTION 00942 - Change Order Form JAN 01V 2005 DATE OF ISSUANCE : 1 /06/05 EFFECTIVE DATE : 1 / 18/05 OWNER : Indian River County CONTRACTOR Summit Construction Contract: Project: Utilities Operations Complex OWNER's Contract No , 6037 ENGINEER's Contract No , 6037 ENGINEER Brown and Caldwell You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents : Description : See attached list of design modifications . Reason for Change Order: Elimination of non -essential project elements to reduce project budget . Attachments : ( List documents supporting change ) List of Proposed Design Modifications , dated December 20 , 2004 CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE : CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES Description Amount Description Time Original Contract Price $59148 , 921 Original Contract Time : (days or dates ) Substantial Completion : Final Completion : Net Increase ( Decrease) from $0 Net change from previous previous Change Orders No . Change Orders No . to (days ) to Substantial Completion : Final Completion : Contract Price prior to this $5 , 148 , 921 Contract Time prior to this Change Order : Change Order: (days or dates ) Substantial Completion : Final Completion : Net increase (decrease) of this $(8019350 ) Net increase (decrease ) this Change Order: Change Order: (days or dates ) Substantial Completion : Final Completion : Contract Price with all approved $41347 , 571 Contract Time with all approved Change Orders : Change Orders : (days or dates ) Substantial Completion : Final Completion : } } LU ¢ U z cr ACCEPTED : R MMENDED : APPROVED : v ° Brad Schuh James A . Nisse P Th as Lowther ,L Y By. x 7 By. _ Z CONTRACTOR (Signature ) INEER (Signature) OWNER (Signature ) _Q0 QU cc I- Q z Date : OG Date : Januar 18 2005 w CL ROVED : Q a m a 1c o12 00942 - 1 QAi6h� ,1 nistrator m CADocuents and Settings\jnissen\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\OLK19\Summit Change Order No 1 t(L�i: ' f24. 6570 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES OPERATIONS COMPLEX BID NO . 7026 IRCDUS PROJECT NO . UCP #2229 • PREPARED FOR THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS INDIAN RIVER COUNTY , FLORIDA CAROLINE D . GINN , CHAIRMAN ARTHUR R . NEUBERGER , VICE CHAIRMAN COMMISSIONER FRAN B . ADAMS COMMISSIONER KENNETH R . MACHT COMMISSIONER THOMAS S . LOWTHER JOSEPH A . BAIRD , COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR JEFFREY K . BARTON , CLERK OF COURT WILLIAM G . COLLINS II , COUNTY ATTORNEY W . ERIK OLSON , UTILITIES DIRECTOR STEVEN J . DOYLE , ASSISTANT UTILITIES DIRECTOR BROWN AND CALDWELL 1060 MAITLAND CENTER COMMONS , SUITE 402 MAITLAND , FL 32751 PHONE : 407-661 - 9517 FAX : 407- 661 -9599 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00001 — Project Title Page 00001 - 1 ARTICLE 4 = CONTRACT TIMES 4 . 01 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones , if any, Substantial Completion , and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 4 . 02 Dates for Substantial Completion and Final Payment A. The Contract has allocated 300 days for substantial completion and 345 days for readiness of final payment of this project. re TbaAate of Substantial Completionwill be set forth in the Notice to Proceed . 4 . 03 Liquidated Damages A. CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 4 . 02 above , plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions . The parties also recognize the delays , expense , and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time . Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) , CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $450 . 00 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4 . 02 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete . After Substantial Completion , if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse , or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $450 . 00 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4 . 02 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment. ARTICLE 5 = CONTRACT PRICE 5 . 01 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to paragraphs 5 . 01 . A, 5 . 01 . 8 , and 5 . 01 . 0 below: A. For all Work , at the prices stated in CONTRACTOR's Bid , attached hereto as an exhibit. EXHIBIT "A" — CONTRACT PRICES ARTICLE 6 = PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6 . 01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions . Applications for Payment shall be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00520 - Agreement 00520 - 2 ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACT TIMES 4 . 01 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones , if any, Substantial Completion , and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 4 . 02 Dates for Substantial Completion and Final Payment A. The Contract has allocated 300 days for substantial completion and 345 days for readiness of final payment of this project . In accordance with Article 4 of the Agreement the date of Substantial Completion is and the date of readiness for final payment is 4 . 03 Liquidated Damages A. CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 4 . 02 above , plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions . The parties also recognize the delays , expense , and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time . Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) , CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $450 . 00 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4 . 02 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete . After Substantial Completion , if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse , or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER , CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $450 .00 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4 . 02 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment . ARTICLE 5 = CONTRACT PRICE 5 . 01 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to paragraphs 5 . 01 .A, 5 . 01 . 13 , and 5 . 01 . 0 below: A. For all Work , at the prices stated in CONTRACTOR's Bid , attached hereto as an exhibit. EXHIBIT "A" — CONTRACT PRICES ARTICLE 6 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6 . 01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions . Applications for Payment shall be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00520 - Agreement 00520 - 2 • PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING : BROWN AND CALDWELL 1060 MAITLAND CENTER COMMONS , SUITE 402 MAITLAND , FL 32751 PHONE : 407-661 -9517 FAX : 407-661 -9599 F . B . P . E . CA # 2602 CIVIL ENGINEERING: CARTER ASSOCIATES , INC 1708 21 sc STREET VERO BEACH , FL 32960 PHONE : 772-562-4191 FAX : 772- 562-7180 F . B . P . E . CA # 205 ARCHITECTURAL : • EDLUND — DRITENBAS— BINKLEY ARCHITECTS AND ASSOCIATES , PA 65 ROYAL PALM POINT, SUITE D VERO BEACH , FL 32960 PHONE : 772-569-4320 FAX : 772-569-9208 A . B . AAC # 000886 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE: BRAD SMITH ASSOCIATES , INC . 1800 HIBISCUS BLVD . , SUITE 112 MELBOURNE , FL 32901 PHONE . 772-567-4285 FAX : 321 -604 - 0024 F . B . L . A . LAB # 305 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING: OCI ASSOCIATES , INC . 427 CENTERPOINTEE CIRCLE ALTAMONTE SPRINGS , FL 32701 PHONE : 407-332-5110 FAX : 407-332 -7704 . F . B . P . E . CA # 6261 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00001 — Project Title Page 00001 - 2 SECTION 00007 • SEALS PAGE SITE WORK: Steve Snoberger, P . E . Date FL . P . E . No , 35636 Carter Associates , Inc . DRAINAGE: John H . Blum , P . E . Date FL . P . E . No , 45813 Carter Associates , Inc . ARCHITECTURE. Paul U. Dritenbas Date • FL . AR No . 009308 Edlund-Dritenbas -Binkley Architects STRUCTURAL : Robert E . Hrabovsky, P . E . Date FL . P . E . No . 43312 Brown and Caldwell LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE: Bradley A . Smith, ASLA Date FL. L.A . No . 764 Brad Smith Associates, Inc . HVAC AND PLUMBING: ELECTRICAL : . Jason L . Smith, P . E . Date Thomas B . Aitcheson, P . E . Date FL . P . E . No . 57743 FL . P . E . No . 32166 OCI Associates , Inc . OCI Associates , Inc . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00007 — Seals Page 00007 - 1 . SECTION 00010 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section No . DIVISION 00 — BIDDING REQUIREMENTS , CONTRACT FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00001 Project Title Page 00007 Seals Page 00010 Table of Contents 00100 Advertisement for Bids 00200 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Package Contents 00310 Bid Form 00430 Bid Bond 00450 Public Entity Crimes Affidavit 00452 Disclosure of Relationships 00454 Florida Trench Safety Act 00456 General Information Required of Bidders 00458 List of Subcontractors • 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement (Utilities) 00550 Notice to Proceed 00610 Performance Bond 00612 Payment Bond 00620 Sample Certificate of Liability Insurance 00622 Contractor' s Application for Payment 00630 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00942 Change Order Form 00946 Field Order Form 00948 Work Change Directive Section No . DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 Summary Of Work 01025 Measurement and Payment 01050 Surveying and Field Engineering 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Notification 01090 Reference Standards 01100 Definitions 01152 Applications for Payment 00010-i IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00010 - Table of Contents . doc • 01153 Change Order Procedures 01200 Contractors General Notes 01201 Preconstruction Conference 01300 Architectural Submittals 01311 Construction Schedules 01340 Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples 01381 Audio -Visual Documentation 01400 Quality Control 01410 Testing Laboratory Services 01510 Temporary Utilities 01550 Temporary Environmental Controls 01560 Temporary Controls 01600 Material and Equipment 01700 Contract Closeout 01710 Cleaning 01720 Project Record Documents 01740 Warranties and Bonds 01800 Maintenance of Traffic Section No. DIVISION 02 — SITEWORK • 02220 Civil Site Demolition 02250 Soil Poisoning 02270 Erosion Control 02300 Site Earthwork 02302 Excavation and Fill 02318 Swale Construction 02373 Geotextiles 02505 Direct Bore Crossings 02510 Water Mains 02515 Gate Valves 02516 Site Concrete (Walks and Slabs) 02518 Miscellaneous Water Appurtenances 02520 Testing and Disinfecting Water Mains 02530 Gravity Sewer Piping 02532 Gravity Sewer Manholes 02533 Appurtenances For Gravity Sewer 02534 Testing Gravity Sewer System 02585 UG Conduit Systems 02630 Storm Sewerage 02714 Subgrade 02722 Cemented Coquina Shell Base 02741 Final Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course 02761 Pavement Markings 02770 Concrete Sidewalk 00010-ii IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00010 - Table of Contents . doc SECTION 00100 • ADVERTISEMENT FOR BID BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS 184025 TH Street, Vero Beach, Florida 32960 � gIVE� A z � ORI Telephone : (772) 567-8000 SUNCOM: 2244416 FAX: (772) 770-5095 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS INDIAN RIVER COUNTY Sealed bids will be received by Indian River County until 2 : 00 PM on Wednesday , October 61h 2004 . Each bid shall be submitted in a sealed envelope and shall bear the name and address of the bidder on the outside and the words " INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPARTMENT • OF UTILITY SERVICES — OPERATIONS COMPLEX" . All bids , either mailed or walked in , will be received by the Purchasing Division , 2625 19th Avenue , Vero Beach , Florida , where they will be opened publicly and read aloud at 2 : 00 PM . All bids received after 2 : 00 P . M . , of the day specified above , will be returned unopened . INDIAN RIVER COUNTY PROJECT NO. UCP # 2229 INDIAN RIVER COUNTY BID NO. 7026 PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Provide all labor, equipment , materials , facilities and services to complete the following : clear and grub approximately 19 . 5 acres of overgrown citrus grove ; excavate approximately 27 , 000 c . y , of dry material and 19 , 500 c . y . of "wet" material with all soils to be used on-site ; stockpile and exchange approximately 12 , 500 c. y. of unsuitable fill material with over-excavated "wet" material ; import approximately 3 , 000 c . y , of general fill ; grade and shape entire 19 . 5 ± acres ; prepare two building pads with total footprints of approximately 31 , 379 s . f. ; underground sewer, potable water, electric service , communications and irrigation ; approximately 22 , 703 s . y . of asphalt pavement and 1 , 445 s . y. of concrete pavement with associated subgrades and base ; sidewalk ; equipment pads and equipment ; site lighting ; traffic control and parking spaces ; fencing and access control ; sodding , seeding , mulching and landscaping ; one 19 , 649 s . f. metal framed warehouse ; and one 11 , 730 s . f metal framed office building . All material and equipment furnished and all work performed shall be in strict accordance with the plans , specifications , and contract documents pertaining thereto , which may be obtained from the Indian River County Department of Utility Services , located at 1840 25th • Street, Vero Beach , FL 32960 . Copies of the plans and specifications containing the necessary contract documents may be obtained beginning Tuesday, August 31 , 2004 at 3: 00 PM by deposit of a check made payable to INDIAN RIVER COUNTY UTILITIES. in the amount of 250. 00 for each set, which represents the cost of printing, handling, and mailing and which is IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00100 — Advertisement For Bids 00100 - 1 • 02775 Curbing 02811 Irrigation 02821 Chain Link Fence and Gates 02870 Site Furnishings 02891 Traffic Signs 02900 Surface Restoration 02930 Landscape Section No . DIVISION 03 — CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast in Place Concrete 03365 Architectural Stamped Concrete Finishes 03420 Precast Concrete Lintels Section No . DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry ( Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Stones) 04230 Reinforced Unit Masonry 04235 Calcium Silicate Masonry Units 04270 Glass Unit Masonry Section No . DIVISION 05 — METALS 05120 Structural Steel 05210 Steel Joists 05300 Metal Decking 05400 Light Gage Metal Framing 05425 Cold Formed Steel Trusses 05500 Miscellaneous Metals Section No . DIVISION 06 - CARPENTRY 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry Section No . DIVISION 07 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 07160 Vapor Barrier • 07200 Insulation 07600 Flashing & Sheet Metal 00010 -iii IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00010 - Table of Contents . doc 07610 Metal Roof and Fascia Panels ( Standing Seam) 07710 Gutters and Downspouts 07715 Drip Flashings 07840 Firestopping 07900 Joint Sealers Section No . DIVISION 08 - DOORS , WINDOWS AND GLASS 08100 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 08200 Wood Doors 08330 Overhead Coiling Service Doors 08350 Accordian Folding Doors 08400 Entrance Storefront Doors 08410 Flush Glazed Storefront Windows 08700 Finish Hardware 08710 Finish Hardware Schedule 08800 Glass and Glazing Section No . DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09100 Lathing and Stucco 09230 Cement Backing Board 09250 Gypsum Drywall 09260 Interior Fiber Cement Panels 09300 Ceramic Tile Work 09320 Quarry Tile Floor and Base 09510 Lay in Panel Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring 09655 Vinyl Transition Mouldings 09680 Carpeting : Commercial Application 09730 Seamless Epoxy Flooring 09900 Painting Section No . DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10100 Chalkboards , Markerboards and Tackboards 10155 Solid Plastic Toilet Partitions 10200 Louvers and Vents 10260 Corner Guards 10440 Specialty Signs 10500 Metal Lockers 10520 Portable Fire Extinguishers 10800 Toilet Accessories 00010- iv IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00010 - Table of Contents . doc Section No . DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12290 Manufactured Casework : Light Commercial Section No . DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13122 Metal Building Systems Section No . DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL 15010 General Mechanical Provisions 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15056 Housekeeping Pads , Concrete 15062 Refrigerant Pipe , Valves and Specialties 15066 Piping : Condensate Drain 15151 Hangers and Supports 15201 Vibration Isolation Equipment 15251 Insulation, HVAC 15400 Plumbing • 15401 Sanitary Sewer, Storm Water & Sanitary Vent Piping 15402 Domestic Cold & Hot Water Supply Piping & Hot Water Circulating Piping 15421 Floor Drains and Shower Drains 15422 Roof Drains 15423 Cleanouts and Cleanout Access Covers 15425 Domestic Water Heaters , Residential Electric 15450 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 15460 Valves, Cocks and Specialties for Plumbing Systems 15465 Insulation for Plumbing Systems 15671 Condensing Units , Air Cooled Hermetic 15777 Computer Room Air Conditioning Unit 15778 Ductless Split-System Air- Conditioning Units 15852 Air Handling Units, Split System 15866 Fans : Centrifugal , Ceiling Mounted 15876 Fans : Propeller, Wall Mounted 15890 Ductwork 15894 Dampers : Fire 15910 Duct System Accessories 15940 Air Distribution Devices 15942 Roof Air Intakes and Relief Vents 15944 Louvers 15950 Direct Digital Control System 15981 Performance Verification, Final 00010 -v IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00010 - Table of Contents . doc Section No . DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and 16060 Grounding and Bonding 16075 Electrical Identification 16120 Conductors and Cables 16130 Raceways and Boxes 16139 Cable Trays 16140 Wiring Devices 16145 Lighting Control Devices 16211 Electricity Metering 16289 Transient Voltage Suppression 16410 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 16420 Enclosed Controllers 16442 Panelboards 16491 Fuses 16511 Interior Lighting 16521 Exterior Lighting 16665 Lightning Protection 16715 Voice and Data Communication Cabling 16721 Fire Alarm 16740 Telephone Conduit Systems 00010 -vi IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00010 - Table of Contents . doc non -refundable . Bidders may contact Mike Hotchkiss, P. E. at Indian River County Utilities to obtain a set of Bid Documents. Bid documents will be provided in complete sets only, no partial sets shall be made available. All bids shall be submitted in duplicate on the Bid Proposal forms provided within the specifications . A BID BOND must accompany each Bid , and be properly executed by the Bidder and by a qualified surety , or certified check or cashier's check on any bank authorized to do business in the State of Florida , in the sum of not less than Five Percent ( 5 % ) of the total amount bid , made payable to Indian River County Board of County Commissioners . In the event the Contract is awarded to the Bidder, he will enter into a Contract with the County and furnish the required Performance Bond and Payment Bond . If he fails to do so , he shall forfeit the said bid Bond as liquidated damages . Please note that the questionnaire must be filled out completely including the financial statement . The County reserves the right to delay awarding of the Contract for a period of up to Sixty (60 ) calendar days after the bid opening , to waive informalities in any bid , or reject any or all bids in whole or in part with or without cause/or to accept the bid that , in its judgement , will serve the best interest of Indian River County, Florida . The County will not reimburse any Bidder for bid preparation costs . A Pre- Bid Conference will be held on Wednesday September 15161 2004 at 10 : 00 a . m , in the first floor conference room of the Indian River County Administration Building located at 1840 251h Street , Vero Beach , Florida , 32960 . ATTENDANCE AT THIS CONFERENCE BY ALL BIDDERS IS HIGHLY ENCOURAGED . INDIAN RIVER COUNTY • By: Fran Boynton Powell Purchasing Manager For Publication in the Vero Beach Press Journal Date (s ) : September 1 s12004 September 81 2004 For: Vero Beach Press Journal Please furnish tear sheet and Affidavit of Publication to : INDIAN RIVER COUNTY PURCHASING DIVISION 2526 19th Avenue Vero Beach , FL 32960 • END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00100 — Advertisement For Bids 00100 - 2 SECTION 00200 isINSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Article No . - Title Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINED TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 ARTICLE 2 - COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARTICLE 3 - QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 ARTICLE 4 - EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS , OTHER RELATED DATA , ANDSITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ARTICLE 5 - PRE - BID CONFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ARTICLE 6 - SITE AND OTHER AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ARTICLE 7 - INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ARTICLE 8 - BID SECURITY . . , . . . , . , . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o4om . atoo , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . som * . 00 , . . . . . 5 ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT TIMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 ARTICLE 10 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 . 1 . 0000 , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 • ARTICLE 11 - SUBSTITUTE AND "OR- EQUAL" ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ARTICLE 12 - SUBCONTRACTORS , SUPPLIERS , AND OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ARTICLE 13 - PREPARATION OF BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ARTICLE 14 - BASIS OF BID ; EVALUATION OF BIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ARTICLE 15 - SUBMITTAL OF BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 ARTICLE 16 - MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 ARTICLE 17 - OPENING OF BIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 ARTICLE 18 - BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 ARTICLE 19 - AWARD OF CONTRACT . . , . . . , . . . . . . . . . . 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . 8 . . . . . . . . . . 0 , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ARTICLE 20 - CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE . . , , , . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * . . ddd . 0om . & . . . . . . . . 9 ARTICLE 21 - SIGNING OF AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ARTICLE 22 - SALES AND USE TAXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ARTICLE 23 — RETAINAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 • ARTICLE 24 - EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS FOR CONTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00200 — Instructions to Bidders 00200 - i II - OOZ00 sjappl8 0; suol;ons;sul — OOZ00 X3] dW00 SNOIIV/ OdO O2fl L L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . swell , Ienb3 -a0 „ ao alnl!lsgnS 9 1,. . . . 0064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . 0 . . . . . 0 . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . 0 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . p ! 9 jo lell! wgnS ZL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . good . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . saagj0 pue sia ! lddnS ` sioloeiluoogns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . seeiv JGqjO Pue a 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 . 1 . . . luawaaa6y JO 6u ! ubls ZZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . saxel ash pue sales £Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . 0000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . abeule}a�j £ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . siapP ! 8 do suoljeo !j! len0 El. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p q jo uo !}ejedaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aouaaaWo0 p! 8 -ajd 5z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6uuau}ied LL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . spa Jo bu ! uad0 9 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p ! 810 leMejpgl! M Pue uo!jeou polN OL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . sabewea palep ! nblg • L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I ' ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . epueppV pue suo !jejaidialul tIZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . joeiluo0 aol sluawnooa 10 uo !leulwex3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . god . . . . . . . 4 . 0 . . . I ' ll . . . . . . . . . el ! S pUe ` ejea pajela2j jagj0 ` sluawnooa 6uIPP ! 810 uo !leulwex3 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . good . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . swaal pauijaa Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . good . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . sluawnooa 6u ! Pp ! 8 jo sa ! do0 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . saw !1 Joeajuo0 OZgod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aouejnsul pue AjpnoaS joe.quo0 8 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aoueldaooy of joefgnS u ! ewa�j of sp q 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AfpnoaS P ! 8 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . spq jo uo !lenlen3 ° p ! 810 s ! seg 61o " 11 . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . 0 . 4 to m . . . . . . I . . . . . . I . . . . . . . e . o . * * . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . }0ealu00 jo pjemv alol :p`d �o q (joafgnS Aq leol ;agegdlV) S3ml :Dl.LUV =10 TISVI SECTION 00200 - Instructions to Bidders • ARTICLE 1 - DEFINED TERMS 1 . 01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions . Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: A. Bidder--The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to OWNER . B . Issuing Office--The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued and where the bidding procedures are to be administered . C . Successful Bidder--The lowest responsible Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom OWNER (on the basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided ) makes an award . ARTICLE 2 - COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2 . 01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum , if any , stated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Issuing Office . 2 . 02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids ; neither OWNER • nor ENGINEER assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents . 2 . 03 OWNER and ENGINEER in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use . ARTICLE 3 - QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 3 . 01 To demonstrate Bidder's qualifications to perform the Work , within five days of OWNER' s request Bidder shall submit written evidence such as financial data , previous experience , present commitments , and such other data as may be called for below. A. Bidder must have at least five years ' experience in the construction of similar projects of this size and larger. B . Bidder must have successfully constructed , as prime CONTRACTOR , at least three projects similar in scope to this project . C . Bidder must have good recommendations from at least three clients similar to the OWNER . D . The Bidder's superintendent and assistants must be qualified and experienced in similar projects in all categories . E . Bidder must be able to provide evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction . in which the project is located . 3 . 02 Each bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00200 — Instructions to Bidders 00200 - 1 3 . 03 The OWNER reserves the right to reject bids from Bidders that are unable to meet the listed required qualifications . ARTICLE 4 - EXAMINATION . OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS , OTHER RELATED DATA, AND SITE 4 . 01 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1 . Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that Engineer has used in preparing the Bidding Documents , 2 . Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities ) that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Bidding Documents . B . Copies of reports and drawings referenced in paragraph 4 . 01 . A will be made available by OWNER to any Bidder on request . Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents , but the "technical data " contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4 . 02 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in paragraph 4 . 02 of the Supplementary Conditions . Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any "technical data " or any other data , interpretations , opinions or • information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings . 4 . 02 Underground Facilities A. Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based upon information and data furnished to OWNER and ENGINEER by OWNERs of such Underground Facilities , including OWNER, or others . 4 . 03 Hazardous Environmental Condition A . The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site , if any, that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Bidding Documents , B . Copies of reports and drawings referenced in paragraph 4 . 03 . A will be made available by OWNER to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents , but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4 . 06 of the General Conditions . Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any "technical data" or any other data , interpretations , opinions , or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings . 4 . 04 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions , other physical conditions and • Underground Facilities , and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated conditions appear in paragraphs 4 . 02 , 4 . 03 , and 4 . 04 of the General Conditions . Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site , if any , and possible changes in IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00200 — Instructions to Bidders 00200 - 2 the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work appear in paragraph 4 . 06 of the General Conditions . 4 . 05 Upon a request directed to the ENGINEER ( Michael C . Hotchkiss , P . E . , (772 ) 567- 8000 , ext. 1821 ) , OWNER will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , and studies as Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid . Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations , investigations , tests , and studies . 4 . 06 Reference is made to Article 7 of the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of any other work that is to be performed at the Site by OWNER or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors ) that relates to the Work for which a Bid is to be submitted . On request, OWNER will provide to each Bidder for examination , access to or copies of Contract Documents (other than portions thereof related to price ) for such other work , when available . 4 . 07 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to : A. examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents , including any Addenda and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents ; B . VISIT THE SITE AFTER CONTACTING THE ENGINEER ( MICHAEL C . HOTCHKISS , P . E . , (772) 567 -80009 EXT. 1821 ) TO MAKE ARRANGEMENTS IN ADVANCE, AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH AND SATISFY BIDDER AS TO THE GENERAL, LOCAL, AND SITE • CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT COST, PROGRESS , AND PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK; C . become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to all federal , state , and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost , progress , or performance of the Work ; D . carefully study all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities ) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4 . 02 of the General Conditions , and carefully study all reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition , if any, at the Site which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4 . 06 of the General Conditions ; E . obtain and carefully study (or assume responsibility for doing so) all additional or supplementary examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , studies , and data concerning conditions (overhead , surface , subsurface , and Underground Facilities ) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress , or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means , methods , techniques , sequences , and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including any specific means , methods , techniques , sequences , and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents , and safety precautions and programs incident thereto ; F . agree at the time of submitting its Bid that no further examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , studies , or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents ; IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00200 — Instructions to Bidders 00200 - 3 G . become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents ; H . correlate the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site , reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents , and all additional examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , studies , and data with the Bidding Documents ; I . promptly give ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts , errors , ambiguities , or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder; and J . determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work . 4 . 08 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4 , that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents and applying any specific means , methods , techniques , sequences , and procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Bidding Documents , that Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts , errors , ambiguities , and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and the written resolutions thereof by ENGINEER are acceptable to Bidder, and that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work . ARTICLE 5 - PRE- BID CONFERENCE • 5 . 01 The date , time , and location for a Pre- Bid conference , if any, are specified in the Advertisement for Bids . Representatives of OWNER and ENGINEER will be present to discuss the Project . Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference . ENGINEER will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as ENGINEER considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference . Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective . ARTICLE 6 - SITE AND OTHER AREAS 6 . 01 The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents . All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities , construction equipment , or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by CONTRACTOR . Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by OWNER unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents . ARTICLE 7 - INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 7 . 01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to ENGINEER in writing . Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by ENGINEER in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties through the Issuing Office as having received the Bidding Documents . Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered . Only questions IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00200 — Instructions to Bidders 00200 - 4 answered by Addenda will be binding . Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 7 . 02 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct , or change the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or ENGINEER . ARTICLE 8 - BID SECURITY 8 . 01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to OWNER in the amount specified in the Bid Form and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond [on the form attached except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations] . All Bonds shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of " Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended ) by the Financial Management Service , Surety Bond Branch , U . S . Department of the Treasury . The Surety must be authorized to issue surety bonds in Florida . The Bidder shall require the attorney- in -fact who executes any Bond , to affix to each a current certified copy of their Power of Attorney , reflecting such person 's authority as Power of Attorney in the State of Florida . Further, at the time of execution of the Contract, the Successful Bidder shall for all Bonds , provide a copy of the Surety's current valid Certificate of Authority issued by the United States Department of the Treasury under 31 United States Code sections 9304- 9308 . The Surety shall also meet the requirements of paragraphs 5 . 01 and 5 . 02 of the General Conditions . 8 . 02 The Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has • executed the Contract Documents , furnished the required contract security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award , whereupon the Bid security will be returned . If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security within 15 days after the Notice of Award , OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited . The Bid security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of seven days after the Effective Date of the Agreement or 61 days after the Bid opening , whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned . 8 . 03 Bid security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the award will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening . 8 . 04 Bidders shall submit all completed forms comprising the Bid Package in duplicate . ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT TIMES 9 . 01 The number of calendar days within which the Work is to be (a ) Substantially Completed and ( b ) also completed and ready for final payment are set forth in the Agreement . ARTICLE 10 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 10 . 01 Provisions for liquidated damages , if any, are set forth in the Agreement . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00200 — Instructions to Bidders 00200 - 5 ARTICLE 11 - SUBSTITUTE AND " OR- EQUAL" ITEMS 11 . 01 The Contract if awarded will be on the basis of materials and equipment s e i p c fled or described in the Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal " items . Whenever it is specified or described in the Bidding Documents that a substitute or "or- equal' item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to ENGINEER , application for such acceptance will not be considered by ENGINEER until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by ENGINEER is set forth in the General Conditions and may be supplemented in the General Requirements . ARTICLE 12 - SUBCONTRACTORS , SUPPLIERS , AND OTHERS 12 . 01 If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors , Suppliers , individuals , or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance of a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement , the apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested , shall within five days after Bid opening , submit to OWNER a list of all such Subcontractors , Suppliers , individuals , or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which such identification is required . Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, individual , or entity if requested by OWNER . If OWNER or ENGINEER , after due investigation , has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, individual , or entity, OWNER may, before the Notice of Award is given , request apparent Successful Bidder to submit a substitute , without an increase in the Bid . 12 . 02 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution , OWNER may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors , Suppliers , individuals , or entities . Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual , or entity so listed and against which OWNER or ENGINEER makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement as provided in paragraph 6 . 06 of the General Conditions . 12 . 03 CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual , or entity against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection . ARTICLE 13 - PREPARATION OF BID 13 . 01 The Bid form is included with the Bidding Documents . Additional copies may be obtained from the Issuing Office . 13 . 02 All blanks on the Bid form shall be completed by printing in ink or by typewriter and the Bid signed . A Bid price shall be indicated for each section , Bid item , alternative , adjustment unit • price item , and unit price item listed therein , or the words " No Bid , " " No Change , " or " Not Applicable " entered . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00200 — Instructions to Bidders 00200 - 6 13 . 03 A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign . The corporate • seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary . The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature . 13 . 04 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner (whose title must appear under the signature ) , accompanied by evidence of authority to sign . The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature . 13 . 05 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign . The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm must be shown below the signature . 13 . 06 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder's name and official address . 13 . 07 A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by each joint venturor in the manner indicated on the Bid form . The official address of the joint venture must be shown below the signature . 13 . 08 All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signatures . 13 . 09 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda , the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid form . 13 . 10 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown . 13 . 11 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder's authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the Contract . Bidder's state contractor license number or county registration number for the state or county of the Project , if any, shall also be shown on the Bid form . 13 . 12 All supporting information requested in the Bid Form must be furnished . Do not leave any questions or requests unanswered . ARTICLE 14 - BASIS OF BID ; EVALUATION OF BIDS 14 . 01 Lump Sum A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a lump sum basis for the base Bid and include a separate price for each alternate described in the Bidding Documents as provided for in the Bid form . The price for each alternate will be the amount deleted from the base Bid if OWNER selects the alternate . In the evaluation of Bids , alternates will be applied in the same order as listed in the Bid form . 14 . 02 The Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for overhead and profit on account of cash allowances , if any , named in the Contract Documents as provided in paragraph 11 . 02 of the General Conditions . 14 . 03 The Bidder's attention is called to the fact that any estimate of quantities of work to be • done and materials to be furnished under the Specifications as shown on the Bid Schedule , or elsewhere , is approximate only and not guaranteed . The OWNER does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities shall remain in strict accordance with the estimated quantities , nor shall the Bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimate IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00200 — Instructions to Bidders 00200 - 7 of quantities or of the character, location of the work , or other conditions pertaining thereto . • ARTICLE 15 - SUBMITTAL OF BID 15 . 01 The Bid form is to be completed and submitted with the Bid security and the following data : A. Statement of Public Entity Crimes . B . Sworn Statement under Section 105 . 08 , Indian River County Code , on Disclosure of Relationships . C . Sworn Statement under the Florida Trench Safety Act, D . General Information Required of Bidders . E . List of Subcontractors . 15 . 02 A Bid shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope plainly marked with the Project title (and , if applicable , the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted ) , the name and address of Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents . If mail or other delivery system sends a Bid , the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate envelope plainly marked on the outside with the notation " BID ENCLOSED . " A mailed Bid shall be • addressed to Indian River County, Purchasing Division , 2625 19th Avenue , Vero Beach , Florida , 32960 . ARTICLE 16 - MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 16 . 01 A Bid may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids . ARTICLE 17 - OPENING OF BIDS 17 . 01 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to Bid and , unless obviously non-responsive , read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates , if any, will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids . ARTICLE 18 - BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 18 . 01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid Form , but • OWNER may, in its sole discretion , release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to the end of this period . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00200 — Instructions to Bidders 00200 - 8 ARTICLE 19 - AWARD OF CONTRACT • 19 . 01 OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all Bids , including without limitation , nonconforming , non -responsive , unbalanced , or conditional Bids . OWNER further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder whom it finds , after reasonable inquiry and evaluation , to be non -responsible . OWNER may also reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder. OWNER also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price , time , or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. The County will not reimburse any Bidder for bid preparation costs . The OWNER reserves the right to select , from among the various Bid alternatives , those alternatives to be included in the final Contract as well as the right and option to award or re- bid alternatives in any sequence or at any time deemed to be in the best interest of the OWNER . 19 . 02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered . Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work may be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest. 19 . 03 In evaluating Bids , OWNER will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements , and such alternates , unit prices and other data , as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award . It is the OWNER Is intent to accept alternates ( if any are accepted ) in the order in which they are listed on the Bid form , but OWNER may accept them in any order or combination . 19 . 04 In evaluating Bidders , OWNER will consider the qualifications of Bidders and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors , Suppliers , and other individuals or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors , Suppliers , and other individuals or entities must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions . 19 . 05 OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications , and financial ability of Bidders , proposed Subcontractors , Suppliers , individuals , or entities to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents . 19 . 06 If the Contract is to be awarded , OWNER will award the Contract to the Bidder whose Bid is in the best interests of the Project . ARTICLE 20 - CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE 20 . 01 Article 5 of the General Conditions , as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions , sets forth OWNER' s requirements as to performance and payment Bonds and insurance . When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to OWNER , it must be accompanied by such Bonds , unless the Bonds have been waived due to the total contract being less than $ 50 , 000 . All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations , and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the • current list of " Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies " as published in Circular 570 (amended ) by the Financial Management Service , Surety Bond Branch , U . S . Department of the Treasury . The sureties for all Bonds must be authorized to issue surety bonds in Florida . The CONTRACTOR IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00200 — Instructions to Bidders 00200 - 9 shall require the attorney- in -fact who executes any Bond , to affix to each a current certified copy of their Power of Attorney , reflecting such person 's authority as Power of Attorney in the • State of Florida . Further , at the time of execution of the Contract , the CONTRACTOR shall for all Bonds , provide a copy of the Surety' s current valid Certificate of Authority issued by the United States Department of the Treasury under 31 United States Code sections 9304 -9308 . ARTICLE 21 - SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 21 . 01 When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with the other Contract Documents which are identified in the Agreement as attached thereto . Within fifteen ( 15) days thereafter, Successful Bidder shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER. 21 . 02 OWNER shall return one fully signed counterpart to Successful Bidder. 21 . 03 Should Bidder to whom the Contract has been awarded refuse or fail to complete the requirements of Article 21 . 01 above , the additional time in calendar days , required to correctly complete the documents will be deducted , in equal amount , from the Contract time . Or , the OWNER may elect to revoke the Award and the OWNER shall hold the Bid Bond for consequential damages incurred , and the Contract may be awarded as the OWNER desires . ARTICLE 22 - SALES AND USE TAXES • 22 . 01 OWNER is exempt from Florida state sales and use taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work . Exemption No . 41 -05-012529-53C . Said taxes shall not be included in the Bid . Refer to paragraph 6 . 10 of the Supplementary Conditions for additional information . ARTICLE 23 — RETAINAGE 23 . 01 This Section intentionally left blank . ARTICLE 24 — EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS FOR CONTRACT 24 . 01 Bidders may examine the documents for these contracts at the Issuing Office . END OF SECTION • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00200 — Instructions to Bidders 00200 - 10 SECTION 00300 • BID PACKAGE CONTENTS THIS PACKAGE CONTAINS : SECTION TITLE SECTION NUMBER Bid Form 00310 Bid Bond 00430 Public Entity Crimes Affidavit 00450 Sworn Statement on Disclosure of Relationships 00452 Sworn Statement Under the Florida Trench Safety Act 00454 General Information Required of Bidders 00456 List of Subcontractors 00458 . SUBMIT TWO (2 ) COPIES OF THIS COMPLETE PACKAGE WITH YOUR BID END OF SECTION • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00300 — Bid Package Contents 00300 - 1 SECTION 00310 iBID FORM PROJECT IDENTIFICATION : Project Name : Indian River County Department of Utility Services — Operations Complex IRCDUS Project No : UCP 2229 Project Address : 4355 41St Street Vero Beach , FL Project Description : Clear 19 . 5 acres of overgrown citrus grove , perform all site work for the area as specified , construct a 19 , 649 s . f. warehouse building and an 11 , 730 s .f. office building THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO : INDIAN RIVER COUNTY 2625 19TH AVENUE VERO BEACH , FLORIDA 32960 1 . 01 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees , if this Bid is accepted , to enter into an Agreement with OWNER in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents . 2001 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders , including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security . The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Bid opening , or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of OWNER. 3 . 01 In submitting this Bid , Bidder represents , as set forth in the Agreement , that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents , the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents , and the following Addenda , receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged . Addendum Date Addendum Number WZco t 04 U %� lz� I o ! r t ! QgivTwo l0 / ( Vc4 T4.cee_ 101 ( 4 foo Fck-= z B . Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general , local and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress , and performance of the Work . C . Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal , state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Work. • D . Bidder has carefully studied all : ( 1 ) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings 6f physical conditions in or relating to IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00310 — Bid Form 00310 - 1 existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site ( except Underground Facilities ) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4 . 02 of the General Conditions , and (2 ) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition , if any , which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4 . 06 of the General Conditions . E . Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all additional or supplementary examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , studies and data concerning conditions (surface , subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress , or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means , methods , techniques , sequences , and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying the specific means , methods , techniques , sequences , and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents to be employed by Bidder, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto . F . Bidder does not consider that any further examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , studies , or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents , G . Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents . H . Bidder has correlated the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site , reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents , and all additional examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , studies , and data with the Bidding Documents . • I . Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts , errors , ambiguities , or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents ; and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder. J . The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work for which this Bid is submitted . 4.01 Bidder further represents that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group , association , organization or corporation ; Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid ; Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding ; and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over OWNER . [The remainder of page intentionally left blank] IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00310 — Bid Form 00310 - 2 9 • ITEMIZED BID SCHEDULE Project Name : IRCDUS — OPERATIONS COMPLEX~' Bidder Name : c c ITEM DESCRIPTION LUMP SUM LUMP SUM N0. PRICE BID PRICE BID (WORDS) (FIGURES) 1 For Procuring , Selling , or Otherwise Furnishing to the Owner, all in Complete Accordance with the Contract Documents , the following items (the total costs of which shall not exceed the amount as Identified in Section 01025 , paragraph 1 . 03 B . ) , is 125% Performance Bond Recorded in the Indian River Lump Sum Price of r � $ �d �� � ' O 4 County Public Records w r= 4 %., ,SrZsdoI1ars and Z cents 1b 100% Payment bond Recorded In the Indian River Lump Sum Price of County Public Records v 5 r4 dollars and _ r cents 1c Insurances and also the Indemnification of the Owner, Lump Sum Price o $ , O . 4006d� • Engineers and Architect by the Contractor R,y, = � dollars and 7 ,Y it,-n cents Lump Sum Price of Seven Thousand . $ 7 . 500 . 0 2 Project Allowance for Preparing the Submittals and Applications , P � I Paying the Permit Appllcalion Fees and Obtaining the Indian .Five Hundred dollars and River County Building Department Permit (excluding all I . R . C. _ Zero cents Impact Fees which shall be paid by the Owner) and a "Well Head Repair" permit from S . J . R .W. M . D . 3 For Executing the F . D. E . P . Notice of Intent to use a Generic Lump Sum Price of $ d � Permit for Stormwater Discharge From Large Construction `� ` r< Activities and Complying with the Generic Permit Conditions dollars and ZrC1_cents and the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Control Plan , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00310 - 3 00310 - Bid Form • ITEMIZED SCHEDULE Project Name : IRCDUS — OPERATIONS COMPLEX Bidder Name : a'''' `' F, ` ;; ; 4UMP LUMP SUM I 1P DESCRIPTION • .• ., jm ' RI:CE,'BID., . PRICE BID =OR t . 4 For Obtaining Equipment and Storage Sites and for the Lump Sum Price of Mobilization of Sufficient Men and Material to the Project Site for Completion of the Work in Complete Conformance r . ►. � " , ollars and cents with the Contract Documents ( the total cost of which shall not exceed the amount as identified in Section 01025 , paragraph 1 . 03 A. ) : 5 Total Cost for Complying with the Trench Safety Act ( in Lump Sum Price of $ 6 0) Accordance with Section 00454 of this Contract) . - !� k%Qsl dollars and ` _ �LO cents 6 For Providing all Equipment and Labor and for Procuring , Lump Sum Price of $5U `I— r-G0 c) Selling , Delivering and Installing the Sanitary Sewer Main ` � � Tti� � scr�• System Consisting of Sanitary Sewer Manholes 1 , 2 , 3 and 4 Ndollars and •ZP r-6 cents and the &inch Diameter Mainline between Manhole No . 1 to s and including the Lift Station Tie- In as shown on the Drawings . 7 For Providing all Equipment and Labor and for Procuring , Lump Sum Price of $ I� � Selling , Delivering and Installing all the Site Work , including : b "`� "^ ' ` ` �^ 0 ( �x dollars and centsClearing ; Earthwork ; Grading ; Drainage ; Asphalt Paving ; Concrete Paving ; Sidewalks ; Curbing ; Pads ; Parking ; Signs ; Traffic Control ; Access Control ; Fencing ; Gates ; Underground Utilities ; Lighting ; Ground Cover; Phase I Landscaping ; Irrigation ; and all Other Appurtenances , Complete and in Accordance with the Contract Documents , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00310 — Bid Form 00310 - 4 • ITEMIZEDOSCHEDULE • Project Name : IRCDUS — OPERATIONS COMPLEX Bidder Name . ITEM . DESCRIPTION LUMP: SUM LUMP . SUlM E! NO. PRICE BID PRICE BID .:, ' ' ,. v i t . a r : '' i. fix . t � ORDS � J M 1 , ( F _ r .,r. _ . .. . . .t.. . . f +� �4`.:..' :xt9+ „ , aMu. . S. :"?h i. '.. ' .:: : , f, r y r. �n�: irx , i.� ateFr • xy Et, y!1,::� , �r,r:it:,..3'A�:l. .a{. ..�,tii .4ll:P.. d..:rc +.xx�.+t�:+.7;'��, �,F++.n�,F� „cv.r .k'. ,F ,..� �J'{ � ' .. r� a. . 8 For Providing all Equipment and Labor and for Procuring , Lump Sum Pace of T ,.> T $ Zd �Gd • OG Selling , Delivering and Installing the Phase II Landscaping c' t' dollars and 7r- cents complete and in Accordance with the Contract Documents , T)&67 tw LL1 a I X u 9 For Providing all Equipment and Labor and for Procuring , Lump Sum Pri> p�/ i Tang SA NQ �u�fi� uyN $ y, Selling , Delivering and Installing the Office and Warehouse doll rs and cents Buildings and Associated Appurtenances , Including ( but notes limited to) : Soils Treatme0t ; Foundations ; Metal Building r Erection ; Mechanical ; Electrical ; Plumbing ; Interior and Exterior Finishes ; Appliances ; and all Other Required Components , Complete and in Accordance with the Contract Documents as Required to Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy . 10 Project Allowance for Furniture , Partitions and Office Supplies Lump Sum Price of One Hundred Thousand $ 100 , 000 . 00 as selected by the Owner, see items on page 00310-7 . dollars and zero cents 11 Project Allowance for Work Directive Changes as Reviewed , Lump Sum Price of Seventy — Five Thousand $ 75 , 000 . 00 Authorized and Approved by the Owner. dollars and zero cents 12 Project Allowance for: . Procuring , Selling , Delivering and Lump Sum Price of Fifteen Thousand dollars $ 15 , 000 . 00 Installing the Site Signage on Plan Sheet A- 1 and as and zero cents further Described in Item # 10 of Addendum No . 2 . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00310 — Bid Form 00310 . 5 • x ITEMIZED BOCHEDULE Project Name : IRCDUS — OPERATIONS COMPLEX Bidder Name : Ir LUMP TEM DESCRIPTION LUMP SUM ; NO It 1 zsrBIDrr.� PRICE BID i . : s p � i aT va_as ,r 2 _ s I. 'AFI I . . . , .:::. f .. ::. Y ,.. • .al:➢ : -' ,. .:::? 9 f dal S „ •C.1 A ,.✓" Y 9i } 5 r .. " l4 * t i Sip \ i L. a IQS S) u :. 1::::. `'.. � r vxr >°� :. .=� .k d.:r sv x . : a . V . .' M' � . • t" ;t7 h FIt ....... .. . 'f. .. .._. : .. . :: tl_.. . ..1... r. W :.::xa. x ...... . x R . ..: .:. . ... . ... :.. . .. . . . .... !. ,,. .. ... . . v:A{ :::1! L..:f Fl.: :F •K a4:'.i f 1 . . . 04' ....A. J ,. ... E .... a ..a -.._ , �.. . . : .a .. . _ ,.: + . .�. .. 1 x �,1 r;:Y . .. ...:�... . , .!', + :�,,.:. , 'y ;,,... . '. 'r J ;.;': u..... 1 �I:-� , �Y.c„- .. P � . ItL?e:. 1 ... =ii Sx` - r• :. r w.., .. , f i ...., :si : ...r_ x .: f. , a .P' ..- x. i . w : 4! -. . t .`A,d.'r'f. dr !F. ..... ifs •:a. .. h . tr NN rt, aIt: I ...r 3 5. : . Y t, : .: 1 CA.... 1 '% fi , x . " xe ' i. 1. : " < {:�a a;Y,w' t, J f 5`t .. : . z• '..,xtl r 1 .'; v Vie.. t.! 1 ..,i; i`” rs F k.. , y' , klY'� Y �: "dH .L:.3..... .. .:.. .1. . 4 . . 13 Project Allowance for: Procuring , Selling , Delivering and Lump Sum Price of Fifteen Thousand dollars $ 15 , 000 , 00 Installing the Fire Detection / Inergen Supression System and zerd_c Price $ 15 , 000 . 00 as further Described in Item #30 of Addendum No . 2 . of Fiftteeneen Thousand dollars and zero cents 06 TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID ( IN FIGURES) : TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID ( IN WORDS) : A AIS V IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00310 - 6 00310 — Bid Form FURNITURE/ PARTITIONS INCLUDED IN BID ALLOWANCE • IRCDUS Operations Complex (Assembly By Contractor) Work Desks 30" Deep , 271 Lineal Feet Upper Cabs 15" Deep , 162 Lineal Feet Partitions 81 " High , 185 Lineal Feet Partitions 55" High , 113 . 5 Lineal Feet * Electric Raceway Hardware Break room Table w/4 Chairs x 9 Units Break room Table w/2 Chairs x 1 Set 36"x 36" Break room Table w/6 Chairs x 1 Set 60" L. Folding Table w/3 Chairs x 1 Set 84" L . Guest Chairs 4 in Lobby , Leather . Task Chairs , Mid - Back , Fabric , 5 Casters , 38 Total End Table @ Lobby , 36" Dia . , 1 Unit Stack Chairs , Deluxe w/Padded Back & Seat, 16 Total Conference Table , 8 ' Long w/8 Swivel Leather Chairs , 1 Set Meeting Table , 8 ' Long w/8 Swivel Cloth Chairs , 1 Set Meeting Tables , 6 ' Long (2 ) , w/ 12 Swivel Cloth Chairs Miscellaneous Office Supplies ( Paper, Pens , Pencils , Etc. ) * Electric Raceways To Be Installed By Electrician IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00310 — Bid Form 00310 - 7 5 . 01 Bidder shall complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the price (s ) contained in the Bid Schedule : A. The Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be • resolved in favor of the unit prices . Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum . Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words . B . The Owner reserves the right to omit or add to the construction of any portion or portions of the work heretofore enumerated or shown on the plans . Furthermore , the Owner reserves the right to omit in its entirety any one or more items of the Contract without forfeiture of Contract or claims for loss of anticipated profits or any claims by the Contractor on account of such omissions . C. Bidder acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed , and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids , and final payment for all Unit Price Bid items will be based on actual quantities provided . The quantities actually required to complete the contract and work may be less or more than so estimated , and , if so , no action for damages or for loss of profits shall accrue to the Contractor by reason thereof. D . Unit Prices have been computed in accordance with paragraph 11 . 03 . 6 of the General Conditions . 6. 01 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14. 07 . 13 of the General Conditions on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement. 6 . 02 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work within the times specified , which shall be stated in the Agreement. 7 .01 The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid : A. Required Bid security in the form of l3 k & 3 a .. & ; B . A tabulation of Subcontractors , Suppliers [and other] individuals and entities required to be identified in this Bid ; C . Statement of Public Entity Crimes ; D . Sworn Statement under Section 105 . 08 , Indian River County Code , on Disclosure of Relationships ; E . Sworn Statement Under the Florida Trench Safety Act; F . General Information Required of Bidders ; G . List of Subcontractors ; and H . (List other documents as pertinent) . 8 . 01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings indicated in • the Instructions to Bidders , the General Conditions , and the Supplementary Conditions . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00310 — Bid Form 00310 - 7 SUBMITTED on 0 G + 1 - 3 , 2004 . State Contractor License No . C G c 0 5 ?,� S 4 5 If Bidder is : An Individual Name (typed or printed ) : By : (SEAL) (Individual 's signature) Doing business as : Business address : Phone No . : FAX No. : A Partnership Partnership Name : (SEAL) By: (Signature of general partner — attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (typed or printed ) : • Business address : Phone No. : FAX No . : A Corporation Corporation Name : Sy . , t-t- y- 'r ,A 7rt. . ( SEAL) State of Incorporation : P r'% *o. o, Type ( General Business , Professional , Service , Limited Liability) : 6 ec. e •� t L3 � S � •� S S By: -C�-�— (Signature — attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (typed or printed ) : w Title : p S (CORPORATE SEAL) Attest CkJ.,;__,_. (Signature of Corporate Secretary) Business address : '32, 00 43 r k ldv v e verg (S FL 3 z9 16 o Phone No. : -1 q 4 — 2 o r{ q FAX No . : " 7 q 4 2. 09 �1 Date of Qualification to do business is . - . 1999 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00310 — Bid Form 00310 - 8 A Joint Venture Joint Venture Name : (SEAL ) By: (Signature of joint venture partner — attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (typed or printed ) : Title : Business address : Phone No. : FAX No . : Joint Venture Name : (SEAL) By: (Signature — attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (typed or printed ) : Title : Business address : Phone No . : FAX No. : Phone and FAX Number, and Address for receipt of official communications : ( Each joint venturor must sign . The manner of signing for each individual , partnership , and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above . ) END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00310 — Bid Form 00310 - 9 SECTION 00450 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES AFFIDAVIT SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287 . 133 , FLORIDA STATUTES ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS . I . This sworn statement is submitted with Project No . UCP #2229 for INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES — OPERATIONS COMPLEX , 2 . This sworn statement is submitted whose business address is 3iwc; 43 c;� X m , y e, r (� ,� L� and ( if applicable ) its Federal Identification No . ( FEIN ) is 6 - (SZgol 49 If entity has no FEIN , include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement : 3 . My name is W % l t % 1* ._ and my relationship to the entity named above is 4 . 1 understand that a " public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287 . 133 ( 1 ) (g ) , Florida Statutes , means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to , and directly related to , the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United States , including , but not limited to , any bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust , fraud , theft , bribery , collusion , racketeering , conspiracy or material misrepresentations . 5 . 1 understand that convicted or conviction as defined in Paragraph 287 . 133 ( l ) ( b ) , Florida Statutes , means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime , with or without an adjudication of guilt , in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July I , 1989 , as a result of a jury verdict , non-jury trial , or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere . 6 . 1 understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287 . 133 ( I ) (a ) , Florida Statutes , means : a . A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime ; or b . An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime . The term "affiliate " includes those officers , directors , executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate . The Ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person , or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm 's length agreement , shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person . A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate . 7 . 1 understand that a " person " as defined in Paragraph 287 . 133 ( I ) (e ) , Florida Statutes , means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state of the United States with the • legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity , or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term " person" includes those officers , directors , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00450 — Public Entity Crimes Affidavit 00450 - 1 executives , partners, shareholders , employees , members and agents who are active in management of an entity. 8 . Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation • to the entity submitting this sworn statement. ( Please indicate which statement applies ) Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement , nor any officers , directors , executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members or agents who are active in management of the entity , nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July I , 1989 . The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of the officers , directors , executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members or agents who are active in management of the entity , or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with , and convicted of, a public entity crime subsequent to July I , 1989 , and ( Please indicate which additional statement applies ) There has been a proceeding concerning the conviction before a hearing officer of the State of Florida , Division of Administrative Hearings . The final order entered by the hearing officer did not place the person or affiliate on the convicted vendor list. ( Please attach a copy of the final order) The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted vendor list. There has been a subsequent proceeding before a hearing officer of the State of Florida , Division of Administrative Hearings . The final order entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in the public interest to remove the person or affiliate from the convicted vendor list. ( Please attach a copy of the final order) The person or affiliate has not been placed on the convicted vendor list. ( Please . describe any action taken by, or pending with , the Department of General Services ) Signature : ki. i3 Date : 0 C i 1 `3 Z UC STATE OF i= tar � � ti COUNTYOF Personally appeared before me , the undersigned authority ,(, ,jJ LLn. gJoLG� • , who after first being sw: rn y me , affixed his/her signature in the space provided abov n this 1 :; day of C9c '� , 2004 . De"' 1 NotarV Public, State at large My Commission Expires : ."'"':'r' AGNES A. H7DO Kt MY COMMISSION206636• % EXPIRES: Ju07 k�' ^�a`'; Yardea T ru Notary n,a1c UrNerw,lters END OF SECTION • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00450 — Public Entity Crimes Affidavit 00450 - 2 SECTION 00452 SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 105 . 08 , INDIAN RIVER CODE ON DISCLOSURE OF RELATIONSHIPS THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED 1N THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS . This sworn statement is submitted with Bid , Proposal or Contract No . UCP #2229 for INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES—OPERATIONS COMPLEX , 1 . This sworn statement is submitted by: ( Name of entity submitting sworn s tement) whose business address is : . 3 zoo �1j l!� X � NJ e tt t t and ( if applicable ) its Federal Employer Identification Number ( FEIN ) is (n � - 0b9 0j :V1 ( If the entity has no FEIN , include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement ) . 2 . My name is V`► . l \ �.-_ "3 � c.k •� L ( Please print name of individual signing ) and my relationship to the entity named above is 3 . 1 understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Section 105 . 08 , Indian River County Code , means : The term "affiliate " includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management i , of the entity. 4 . I understand that the relationship with a County Commissioner or County employee that must be disclosed is as follows : Father, mother, son, daughter, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, first cousin, nephew, niece, husband, wife, father-in-law, mother-in- law, daughter-in-law, son -in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, stepfather, stepmother, stepson, stepdaughter, stepbrother, stepsister, half brother, half sister, grandparent or grandchild. 5 . Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies . ] rutlNeither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any officers , directors , exves , partners , shareholders, employees , members , or agents who are active in management of the entity , have any relationships as defined in Section 105 . 08 , Indian River County Code , with any County Commissioner or County employee . The entity submitting this sworn statement , or one or more of the officers , directors , executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members , or agents who are active in management of the entity have the following relationships with a County • Commissioner or County employee : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00452 — Disclosure of Relationships 00452 - 1 Name of Affiliate Name of County Relationship or Entity Commissioner or employee 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 7 . 8 . (signature) �— GC -F- I Z (3O dq (date) STATE OF k= l o r COUNTY OF =,&kz ..._ F-t, %jAr Personally appeared before me , the undersigned authority , tot) Jc I who aftjqr first being sworn bKA e , affixed his/her signature in the space provided abov6 on this day of ( ct::ct 'M7 e,e � , 2004 . • s C otaryublic , State at large My . . MOW, AG ES A. HELHOSKI MY COMMISSION # 00 206636 EXPIRES: July 29, 2007 P END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00452 — Disclosure of Relationships 00452 - 2 SECTION 00454 SWORN STATEMENT UNDER THE FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT • THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED BY THE BIDDER WHO WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE EXCAVATION WORK ( " BIDDER") , OR ITS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE , IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS . 1 , This Sworn Statement is submitted with Project No . UCP #2229 for Indian River County Department of Utility Services — Operations Complex, 2 , This Sworn Statement is submitted by eoe .�.���-C , (Legal Name of Entity Submitting Sworn SL- ment) hereinafter " BIDDER" . The BIDDER's address is -3 zcp 43 �� A., r , V' 2 ►n t3 a-c k-1._ l✓ BIDDER's Federal Employer Identification Number ( FEIN ) is (o 4G 3 . My name is `Z S L .A1 and my relationship to the BIDDER (Print Name of Individual Signing) is ? rP SAZ+ P b. kt ( Position or Title) I certify , through my signature at the end of this Sworn Statement , that I am an authorized representative of the BIDDER . • 4 . The Trench Safety Standards that will be in effect during the construction of this Project are contained within the Trench Safety Act , Section 553 . 60 et . se . Florida Statutes and refer to the applicable Florida Statue (s) and/or OSHA Regulation (s ) and include the " effective date " in the citation (s ) . Reference to and compliance with the applicable Florida Statute ( s ) and OSHA Regulation (s ) is the complete and sole responsibility of the BIDDER . Such reference will not be checked by OWNER or ENGINEER and they shall have no responsibility to review or check the BIDDER' s compliance with the Trench Safety Standards . 5 , The BIDDER assures the OWNER that it will comply with the applicable Trench Safety Standards . 6 . The BIDDER has allocated and included in its bid the total amount of $ based on the linear feet of trench to be excavated over five ( 5 ) feet deep , for compliance with the applicable Trench Safety Standards ; and intends to comply with said standards by instituting the following specific method (s ) of compliance on this Project : The determination of the appropriate method (s ) of compliance is the complete and sole responsibility of the BIDDER . Such methods will not be checked by the OWNER or ENGINEER for accuracy , completeness , or any other purpose . The OWNER and ENGINEER- shall have no responsibility to review or check the BIDDER ' s compliance . with the Trench Safety Standards . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00454 — Florida Trench Safety Act 00454 - 1 7 ) The BIDDER has allocated and included in its bid the total amount of $ 1 4 U O C� based on the square feet of shoring to be used for compliance with shoring safety requirements and intends to comply with said shoring requirements by instituting the . following specific method (s ) of compliance on this Project : The determination of the appropriate method (s ) of compliance is the complete and sole responsibility of the BIDDER. Such methods will not be checked by the OWNER or ENGINEER for accuracy, completeness or any other purpose . The OWNER and ENGINEER shall have no responsibility to review or check the BIDDER's compliance with the Trench Safety Standards . 8 ) The BIDDER , in submitting this bid , represents that it has obtained and considered all available geotechnical information , has utilized said geotechnical information and that, based on such information and the BIDDER's own information , the BIDDER has sufficient knowledge of the Project's surface and subsurface site conditions and characteristics to assure BIDDER's compliance with the applicable Trench Safety Standards in designing the trench safety system (s ) for the Project. BIDDER : Su � ..N..; By . U, J L l 1 Position or Title : 1P c S is Je n Date : � C. '� P'� Z O O �{ STATE OF COUNTY OF —r, 6\ t,, .Mr— Personally appeared before me , the undersigned authority , � .C. Ld¢ who after first being,� orn� by mg-, affixed his/her signature in the space provided abo a on this t_ day of �� ll 't�-�.. (,cam -� , 2004 . J o Nota Public, State at large My AGNE y+�; S A. HEL.HOSKI =" MY COMMISSION # DD oEXPIRES: July 29 2006 �,h • SmKkd Nu Nowry PuGGc U n&vwrnws END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00454 — Florida Trench Safety Act 00454 - 2 SECTION 00456 GENERAL INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS The undersigned Bidder Guarantees the truth and accuracy of all statements and answers herein contained . Failure to comply with these requirements may be considered sufficient justification to disqualify a Bidder. Additional sheets shall be attached as required . Documentation Submitted with the Bid FOR Project No . : UCP #2229 . 1 . Project Name : INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPATRMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES - OPERATIONS COMPLEX . 2 , Contractor's Name / Address : 3 . Contractor's Telephone & FAX Numbers : '7 `t 4 — Z O `i �A / "1 q ¢ - Z o 4 'T 4 . Contractor's License No : CCG C 5 . Number of years as a Contractor in construction work of the type involved in this contract: F � ..,� 6 . What is the last project of this nature that you have completed ? rc� t a.- � � .x� C c .�,�'�., SCG- 44 �C •.,, C '� 7 . Have you ever failed to complete work awarded to you , and if so , where and why? N L 8 . List the names and titles of ALL officers of Contractor' s firm : Ct. c � S U4s4 �e � U , a 9 . Name of person who inspected site or proposed work for your firm : Name : t l l %sk . 33 SC t ._ Date of Inspections : 9 f 4 l a 4 [NOTE: If requested by the County, the Bidder shall furnish a notarized financial statement, references and other information, sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of his current financial condition.] By: ( Signature ) 17feStC� � h.� ( Position or Title ) ( Date) END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00456 — General Information Required of Bidders 00456 - 1 SECTION 00458 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS The Bidder SHALL list below the name and address of each Subcontractor who will perform work under this Contract in excess of one- half percent of the total bid price , and shall also list the portion of the work which will be done by such Subcontractor. After the opening of Bids , changes or substitutions will not be allowed unless approved by Indian River County after a request for such a change has been submitted in writing by the Contractor, which shall include reasons for such request. Subcontractors must be properly licensed and hold a valid Certificate of Competency. Documentation Submitted with Project No . UCP #2229 for INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES — OPERATIONS COMPLEX . Work to be Performed Subcontractor's Name/Address/Phone E , 2 . 3 . e• 5 e rte/ 1- e u.�r�. \ ._ S ( r i 4 . 51 6 . 7 . CZCFa . C _S� ` >fJf V\f � 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . • Note : Attach additional sheets if required . END OF SECTION ! RC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00458 — List Of Subcontractors 00458 - 1 SECTION 00430 • BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS , that we ( BIDDER ' S NAME ) as Principal , and ( SURETY' S NAME ) a corporation duly organized under the Laws of the State of Florida as a Surety with its principal offices in the City of and authorized to do business in the State of Florida , are held and firmly bound unto INDIAN RIVER COUNTY ( hereinafter called the OWNER) in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) , lawful money of the United States , amounting to 5 % of the total bid price , for the payment of which sum well and truly be made , we bind ourselves , our heirs , executors , administrators , and successors , jointly and severally, firmly by these presents . Whereas said Principal is herewith submitting a Bid dated , 2004 , for the construction of: Project Name : Indian River County Department of Utility Services — Operations Complex IRCDUS Project Number: UCP # 2229 Project Address : 4355 41 s' Street Vero Beach , FL 32967 Project Description, Provide all labor, equipment , materials , facilities and services to complete the following : clear and grub approximately 19 . 5 acres of overgrown citrus grove ; excavate approximately 27 , 000 c. y, of dry material and 19 , 500 c. y. of "wet" material with all soils to be kept on-site ; stockpile and exchange approximately 12 , 500 c. y, of unsuitable fill material with excavated "wet" material ; import approximately 3 , 000 c. y. of general fill ; grade and shape entire 19 . 5 ± acres ; prepare two building pads with total footprints of approximately 31 , 379 s . f. ; underground sewer, potable water, electric service , communications and irrigation ; approximately 22 , 703 s . y . of asphalt pavement and 1 , 445 s . y. of concrete pavement with associated subgrades and base ; sidewalk ; equipment pads and equipment ; site lighting ; traffic control and parking spaces ; fencing and access control ; sodding , seeding , mulching and landscaping ; one 19 , 649 s . f. metal framed warehouse ; and one 11 , 730 s . f metal framed office building . NOW THEREFORE , the condition of the above obligation is such that if the Principal does not withdraw said Bid within the period of time set forth in the Bid Documents , and on or before the fifteenth day after the Notice of Award , the Principal enters into a written contract with the OWNER in accordance with the Bid as accepted , and if the Principal gives the required bonds with good and sufficient sureties for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of such Contract and for the protection of laborers and materialmen , then this obligation shall be null and void . Otherwise , the Principal and Surety, jointly and severally , shall on or before the sixtieth day after request by the OWNER , pay to the OWNER in money, the difference between the amount specified in said Bid and the amount for which the OWNER may procure the required work if the latter amount is greater than the former, together with any expense and • reasonable attorney fees , including appellate proceedings , incurred by the OWNER if suit is brought hereon , but in no event shall Surety' s liability exceed the penal sum hereof plus such expenses and attorney's fees . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00430 — Bid Bond 00430 - 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the above- bound parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this day of , 2004 , the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative pursuant to authority of its governing body . WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS AN INDIVIDUAL : Signed , sealed and delivered in the presence of: Witness (Signature ) Signature of Individual Address Printed Name of Individual Witness ( Signature ) Address • WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS A SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP OR OPERATES UNDER A TRADE NAME : Signed , sealed and delivered in the presence of: Witness (Signature ) Name of Proprietorship BY: Address Principal ( Signature ) Witness ( Signature ) Printed Name of Principal ( SEAL ) Address ********************** ********* ***************************************************** WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS A PARTNERSHIP : Signed , sealed and delivered in the presence of: Witness ( Signature ) Name of Partnership IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00430 — Bid Bond 00430 - 2 BY : Address Partner ( Signature ) • Witness ( Signature ) Panted Name of Partner ( SEAL) Address WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS A CORPORATION : Attest : Secretary Name of Corporation BY : Signature (Affix Corporate SEAL ) Printed Name Official Title • CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL I , certify that I am the Secretary of the corporation named as Principal in the within bond ; that , who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal was then of said corporation : that I know his signature , and his signature thereto is genuine ; and that said Bond was duly signed , sealed and attested for and on behalf of Said corporation by authority of Its governing body. Secretary (Affix Corporate SEAL ) TO BE EXECUTED BY CORPORATE SURETY : Attest : Secretary Corporate Surety • Business Address IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00430 — Bid Bond 00430 - 3 BY: Signature (Affix Corporate SEAL ) Attorney- In - Fact (Attach Power of Attorney) Name of Local Agency Business Address STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF INDIAN RIVER Before me , a Notary Public , duly commissioned , qualified and acting , personally appeared , to me well known , who being by me first duly sworn upon oath , says that he is the attorney-in-fact for the and that he has been authorized by to execute the foregoing bond on behalf of the CONTRACTOR named therein in favor of the County of Indian River, Florida . Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 2004 . Notary Public , State of Florida My Commission Expires : Any claims under this bond shall be addressed to : Name and address of Surety: Name and address of agent or representative in Florida if different from above : Telephone number of Surety and agent or representative in Florida : • END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00430 — Bid Bond 00430 - 4 SECTION 00450 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES AFFIDAVIT • SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287 . 133 , FLORIDA STATUTES ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS , I . This sworn statement is submitted with Project No . UCP #2229 for INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES — OPERATIONS COMPLEX . 2 . This sworn statement is submitted by whose business address is and ( if applicable ) its Federal Identification No . ( FEIN ) is . If entity has no FEIN , include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement : 3 . My name is and my relationship to the entity named above is 4 . 1 understand that a "public entity crime " as defined in Paragraph 287 . 133 ( 1 ) (g ) , Florida Statutes , means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to , and directly related to , the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United States , including , but not limited to , any bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust , fraud , theft , • bribery , collusion , racketeering , conspiracy or material misrepresentations . 5 . 1 understand that " convicted " or "conviction " as defined in Paragraph 287 . 133 ( I ) ( b ) , Florida Statutes , means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime , with or without an adjudication of guilt , in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1 , 1989 , as a result of a jury verdict, non jury trial , or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere . 6 . 1 understand that an "affiliate " as defined in Paragraph 287 . 133 ( 1 ) (a ) , Florida Statutes , means : a . A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime ; or b . An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime . The term "affiliate" includes those officers , directors , executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate . The Ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person , or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm 's length agreement , shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person . A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate . 7 . 1 understand that a " person " as defined in Paragraph 287 . 133 ( I ) (e ) , Florida Statutes , means • any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state of the United States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity . The term " person " includes those officers , directors , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00450 Public Entity Crimes Affidavit 00450 - 1 executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members and agents who are active in management of an entity . . 8 . Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement . ( Please indicate which statement applies ) Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement , nor any officers , directors , executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members or agents who are active in management of the entity , nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July I , 1989 . The entity submitting this sworn statement , or one or more of the officers , directors , executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members or agents who are active in management of the entity , or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with , and convicted of, a public entity crime subsequent to July I , 1989 , and ( Please indicate which additional statement applies ) There has been a proceeding concerning the conviction before a hearing officer of the State of Florida , Division of Administrative Hearings . The final order entered by the hearing officer did not place the person or affiliate on the convicted vendor list . ( Please attach a copy of the final order) The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted vendor list. There has been a subsequent proceeding before a hearing officer of the State of Florida , Division of Administrative Hearings . The final order entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in the public interest to remove the person or affiliate from the convicted vendor list . ( Please attach a copy of the final order) • The person or affiliate has not been placed on the convicted vendor list . ( Please describe any action taken by , or pending with , the Department of General Services ) Signature : Date : STATE OF COUNTY OF Personally appeared before me , the undersigned authority , , who after first being sworn by me , affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this day of , 2004 . Notary Public, State at large My Commission Expires : END OF SECTION • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00450 . Public Entity Crimes Affidavit 00450 - 2 SECTION 00452 SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 105 . 08 , INDIAN RIVER CODE . ON DISCLOSURE OF RELATIONSHIPS THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS . This sworn statement is submitted with Bid , Proposal or Contract No . UCP #2229 for INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES—OPERATIONS COMPLEX . 1 . This sworn statement is submitted by : whose business address is : ( Name of entity submitting sworn statement) ( if applicable ) its Federal Employer Identification Number ( FEIN ) is and ( If the entity has no FEIN , include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement ) . 2 . My name is ( Please print name of individual signing ) and my relationship to the entity named above is 3 . 1 understand that an "affiliate " as defined in Section 105 . 08 , Indian River County Code , means : The term "affiliate " includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, • shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of the entity. 4 . 1 understand that the relationship with a County Commissioner or County employee that must be disclosed is as follows : Father, mother, son, daughter, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, first cousin, nephew, niece, husband, wife, father-in-law, mother-in- law, daughter-in-law, son-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, stepfather, stepmother, stepson, stepdaughter, stepbrother, stepsister, half brother, half sister, grandparent or grandchild. 5 . Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies . ] Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement , nor any officers , directors , executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members , or agents who are active in management of the entity , have any relationships as defined in Section 105 . 08 , Indian River County Code , with any County Commissioner or County employee . The entity submitting this sworn statement , or one or more of the officers , directors , executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members , or agents who are active in management of the entity have the following relationships with a County • Commissioner or County employee : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00452 — Disclosure of Relationships 00452 - 1 Name of Affiliate Name of County Relationship • or Entity Commissioner or employee 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 7 . 8 . (signature) ( date) STATE OF COUNTY OF Personally appeared before me , the undersigned authority , who after first being sworn by me , affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this • day of , 2004 . Notary Public , State at large My Commission Expires : END OF SECTION • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00452 — Disclosure of Relationships 00452 - 2 SECTION 00454 SWORN STATEMENT UNDER THE FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED BY THE BIDDER WHO WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE EXCAVATION WORK ( " BIDDER ") , OR ITS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE , IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS . 1 . This Sworn Statement is submitted with Project No . UCP #2229 for Indian River County Department of Utility Services — Operations Complex. 2 , This Sworn Statement is submitted by ( Legal Name of Entity Submitting Sworn Statement) hereinafter " BIDDER" . The BIDDER 's address is BIDDER ' s Federal Employer Identification Number ( FEIN ) is 3 . My name is and my relationship to the BIDDER (Print Name of Individual Signing ) is (Position or Title ) I certify , through my signature at the end of this Sworn Statement , that I am an • authorized representative of the BIDDER . 4 , The Trench Safety Standards that will be in effect during the construction of this Project are contained within the Trench Safety Act , Section 553 . 60 et . seg . Florida Statutes and refer to the applicable Florida Statue (s ) and/or OSHA Regulation (s ) and include the "effective date " in the citation (s ) . Reference to and compliance with the applicable Florida Statute (s ) and OSHA Regulation (s ) is the complete and sole responsibility of the BIDDER . Such reference will not be checked by OWNER or ENGINEER and they shall have no responsibility to review or check the BIDDER's compliance with the Trench Safety Standards . 5 . The BIDDER assures the OWNER that it will comply with the applicable Trench Safety Standards . 6 . The BIDDER has allocated and included in its bid the total amount of $ , based on the linear feet of trench to be excavated over five ( 5 ) feet deep , for compliance with the applicable Trench Safety Standards , and intends to comply with said standards by instituting the following specific method (s ) of compliance on this Project: The determination of the appropriate method (s ) of compliance is the complete and sole responsibility of the BIDDER . Such methods will not be checked by the OWNER or ENGINEER for accuracy, completeness , or any other purpose . The OWNER and ENGINEER shall have no responsibility to review or check the BIDDER 's compliance • with the Trench Safety Standards . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00454 — Florida Trench Safety Act 00454 - 1 7 ) The BIDDER has allocated and included in its bid the total amount of $ based on the square feet of shoring to be used for compliance with shoring safety • requirements and intends to comply with said shoring requirements by instituting the following specific method (s ) of compliance on this Project : The determination of the appropriate method (s ) of compliance is the complete and sole responsibility of the BIDDER . Such methods will not be checked by the OWNER or ENGINEER for accuracy, completeness or any other purpose . The OWNER and ENGINEER shall have no responsibility to review or check the BIDDER 's compliance with the Trench Safety Standards . 8 ) The BIDDER , in submitting this bid , represents that it has obtained and considered all available geotechnical information , has utilized said geotechnical information and that , based on such information and the BIDDER's own information , the BIDDER has sufficient knowledge of the Project's surface and subsurface site conditions and characteristics to assure BIDDER's compliance with the applicable Trench Safety Standards in designing the trench safety system (s ) for the Project . BIDDER : By : • Position or Title : Date : STATE OF COUNTY OF Personally appeared before me , the undersigned authority , who after first being sworn by me , affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this day of , 2004 . Notary Public , State at large My Commission Expires : END OF SECTION • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00454 — Florida Trench Safety Act 00454 - 2 SECTION 00456 GENERAL INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS • The undersigned Bidder Guarantees the truth and accuracy of all statements and answers herein contained . Failure to comply with these requirements may be considered sufficient justification to disqualify a Bidder. Additional sheets shall be attached as required . Documentation Submitted with the Bid FOR Project No . : UCP #2229 . 1 . Project Name : INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPATRMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES — OPERATIONS COMPLEX . 2 . Contractor's Name / Address : 3 , Contractor's Telephone & FAX Numbers : 4 . Contractor's License No : 5 . Number of years as a Contractor in construction work of the type involved in this contract: 6 . What is the last project of this nature that you have completed ? • 7 . Have you ever failed to complete work awarded to you , and if so , where and why? 8 . List the names and titles of ALL officers of Contractor' s firm : 9 . Name of person who inspected site or proposed work for your firm : Name : Date of Inspections : [NOTE : If requested by the County, the Bidder shall furnish a notarized financial statement, references and other information, sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of his current financial condition.] By : ( Signature ) • ( Position or Title ) ( Date) END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00456 — General Information Required of Bidders 00456 - 1 SECTION 00458 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS • The Bidder SHALL list below the name and address of each Subcontractor who well perform work under this Contract in excess of one- half percent of the total bid price , and shall also list the portion of the work which will be done by such Subcontractor. After the opening of Bids , changes or substitutions will not be allowed unless approved by Indian River County after a request for such a change has been submitted in writing by the Contractor, which shall include reasons for such request . Subcontractors must be properly licensed and hold a valid Certificate of Competency. Documentation Submitted with Project No . UCP #2229 for INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES — OPERATIONS COMPLEX . Work to be Performed Subcontractor's Name/Address/Phone 1 . 2 . 3 . • 4 . 5 , 6 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . • Note : Attach additional sheets if required . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00458 — List Of Subcontractors 00458 - 1 SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD Date of Award : [Certified Mail -- Return Receipt Requested] TO : (BIDDER) ADDRESS : PROJECT NAME : Indian River County Department of Utility Services — Operations Complex IRCDUS PROJECT NO . : UCP #2229 CONTRACT FOR : • Indian River County Department of Utility Services — Operations Complex ( Insert name of Contract as it appears in the Bidding Documents) You are notified that your Bid dated 2004 , for the above Contract has been considered . You are the apparent Successful Bidder and have been awarded a Contract for: (Indicate total Work, alternative or sections or Work awarded) The Contract Price of your Contract is Dollars ($ ) . Copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings ) accompany this Notice of Award . Sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you . You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen ( 15) days (consecutive calendar days ) after receipt of this Notice of Award . • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00510 — Notice of Award 00510 - 1 1 . Deliver to the OWNER fully executed counterparts of the Contract Documents . [Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on page 00520-71 . 40 2 . Deliver the following documents with the executed Agreement as specified in the Instructions to Bidders (Article 20 ) , [and] General Conditions (paragraphs 5 . 01 and 5 . 03 ) and Supplementary Conditions (paragraphs SC-5 . 01 and SC-5 . 03 ) . ] a . Copies of the required Performance Bond and Payment Bond with attached notarized Acknowledgement of Authorized Representative . Record said Bonds with the Public Records section of the Indian River County Courthouse , located at 2000 16th Avenue , Vero Beach , Fl . 32960 . The original Bonds shall be forwarded to the Indian River County Purchasing Division . b . Certificate of Insurance with attached notarized Acknowledgement of Authorized Representative . 3 . ( List other condition precedent) . Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid in default , to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid security forfeited . • You are required to return an acknowledge dge copy of this Notice of Award to the OWNER . The OWNER will return to you one fully executed counterpart of the Contract Documents . (OWNER) By: (AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE ) (TITLE) ACCEPTANCE OF AWARD (CONTRACTOR) By : (AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE) (TITLE) • ( DATE) END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00510 — Notice of Award 00510 - 2 SECTION 00520 EJCDC - STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ON THE BASIS OF A STIPULATED PRICE THIS AGREEMENT is by and between Indian River County (hereinafter called OWNER) and Summit Construction Management (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) . OWNER and CONTRACTOR , in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth , agree as follows : ARTICLE 1 = WORK 1 . 01 CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents . The Work is generally described as follows : Provide all labor, equipment , materials , facilities and services to complete the following : clear and grub approximately 19 . 5 acres of overgrown citrus grove ; excavate approximately 27 , 000 c. y, of dry material and 19 , 500 c. y. of "wet" material with all soils to be kept on -site ; stockpile and exchange approximately 12 , 500 c. y. of unsuitable fill material with excavated "wet" material ; import approximately 3 , 000 c . y. of general fill ; grade and shape entire 19 . 5 ± acres ; prepare two building pads with total footprints of approximately 31 , 379 s . f. ; underground sewer, potable water, electric service , • communications and irrigation ; approximately 22 , 703 s . y. of asphalt pavement and 1 , 445 s . y , of concrete pavement with associated subgrades and base ; sidewalk ; equipment pads and equipment ; site lighting ; traffic control and parking spaces ; fencing and access control ; sodding , seeding , mulching and landscaping ; one 19 , 649 s . f, metal framed warehouse ; and one 11 , 730 s . f metal framed office building . ARTICLE 2 - THE PROJECT 2 . 01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows : INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES — OPERATIONS COMPLEX ARTICLE 3 - ENGINEER 3 . 01 The Project has been designed by: BROWN AND CALDWELL 1060 MAITLAND CENTER COMMONS SUITE 402 MAITLAND , FL 32751 (407) — 661 - 9517 who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER's representative , assume all duties and responsibilities , and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the • Contract Documents . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00520 - Agreement 00520 - 1 02 / 10 ,121005 03 : 01 7727942097 SUMMIT CCDrJSTRtJC, 1` 0tj FAuE 01 IRC GQUXJV 41TQRNE ' r PAGE 02 • ARTICL@ 4 , CONTRACT TIMES 4, 01 71me ofth6 ESsence K Substsntiat Completion , and cornpi9tion and readiness A. All three Iimltt for Milestot Sr Ory for Mel peyrraer�l as staled in 'he C,t><stract Doe� tmentt3 Oro of tt1� essence Of tht► Cantr 4 , 02 Dates for SosIgint>ial Completion and Fine' POYMOnt day$ for substandat oomplSbOn and �+5 days far A. The Contract has Hfivcaeted ,�QQ Y readiness of final payrnent of this project. -11- 6AH0tll1M �Y at to ntiat Teti rift )brs set Eoc�s in t:Jt lV tiC;e to proceed * i Ill 4S3 `� Zto(csg 4 . 03 Liquidated Demegees A . CONTRAC - OR and OWNER recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER 411 suffer financial lost; if the Work Is not completed withii the times specified in parapreph 4. 02 above , p1Ls any extensions thereof slkmed in accordance with Arsde 12 of the Onnoral C 6nditlonr: _ The parties also recxgnize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved In proving in a legal or arbitra:etion proceedlhg the actual have suffered by OWNER if the Wank is notjco ►npieti�d on Orae , Accordingly, instead of requiriry any such proof, OWNER and CONTP.ACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay ( but not as a penalty), CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $AL0. 00 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragr>teph 4 02 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substari.tiaily complete After Substantfel Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuss , pr fail to complete the remalning Work within the Contreict 'Gime Or any proper extension, thereof granted by • OWNER , CONTRACTOR Shall pay OWNER S.4" for eaGn day that expires after the time specified in perregraph 4 . 02 for comptatinn and readiness for final payr ent until the Worts ice completed and ready for final payment . ARTICLE 5 - CONTRACT PRICE 5. 01 OWNER shall pay CONrF+ 4 � �'OR for oornpletion of the Work in accordance with the Contract documenm an amount Ir current funds equal to the sum of the amounts dattsrmined pursusnt to paragraphs 5 , 01 . A , 5 . 01 . 84 and 5 „ 71 . 0 below, A For all Werk. , .at the prices stated in CONTR.ACTOR's Bid , attached hereto as at! exhibit . ExHIaI �r `A” � CONTRACT PRICES ARTICLE 0 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES 8 . 01 Submittet and Processing of Pdymarnts A. CONTRACTOR ah &ll submit Applications for Payment in accordance with r'trtide 1 .4 of the 3enerai ComdlWns , Applioaticns for Payment shag be Arc ed by ENGINEEFt as pravided in the general Condhions , IRC OPERATIONS ebMpLex 006RO - 2 00520 -, Agreament 6 . 02 Progress Payments; Retainage A. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment on or about the25`h day of each month during performance of the Work as provided in paragraphs 6 . 02 . A. 1 and 6 . 02 .A. 2 below. All such payments will be measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2 . 07 . A of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed ) or, in the event there is no schedule of values , as provided in the General Requirements : 1 . Prior to Substantial Completion , progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below but , in each case , less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER may determine or OWNER may withhold , in accordance with paragraph 14 . 02 of the General Conditions : a . 90 % of Work completed (with the balance being retainage) ; and b . 90 % of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (with the balance being retainage) but delivered , suitably and securely stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to ENGINEER as provided in Paragraph 14 . 02 of the General Conditions . 2 . Upon Substantial Completion , OWNER shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95 % of the Work completed , less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine in accordance with paragraph 14 . 02 . 13 . 5 of the General Conditions and less 100 % of ENGINEER's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or . corrected as shown on the tentative list of items to be completed or corrected attached to the certificate of Substantial Completion . 6 . 03 Final Payment A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14 . 07 of the General Conditions , OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14 . 07 . ARTICLE 7 = INTEREST 7 . 01 All moneys not paid when due as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions shall bear interest at the rate of zero 0 % per annum . ARTICLE 8 = CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 8 . 01 In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations : A. CONTRACTOR has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents . • B . CONTRACTOR has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general , local , and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress , and performance of the Work . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00520 - Agreement 00520 - 3 C . CONTRACTOR is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal , state , and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress , and performance of the Work . D . CONTRACTOR has carefully studied all : ( 1 ) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4 . 02 of the General Conditions . E . CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all investigations , explorations , tests , studies , and data concerning conditions (surface , subsurface , and Underground Facilities ) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress , or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means , methods , techniques , sequences , and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR , including applying the specific means , methods , techniques , sequences , and procedures of construction , if any, expressly required by the Contract Documents to be employed by CONTRACTOR , and safety precautions and programs incident thereto F . CONTRACTOR does not consider that any further examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , studies , or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price , within the Contract Times , and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents . G . CONTRACTOR is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents . • H . CONTRACTOR has correlated the information known to CONTRACTOR , information and observations obtained from visits to the Site , reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents , and all additional examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , studies , and data with the Contract Documents . I . CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts , errors , ambiguities , or discrepancies that CONTRACTOR has discovered in the Contract Documents , and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. J . The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work . ARTICLE 9 = CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9 . 01 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following : 1 . This Agreement (pages 00520- 1 to 00520-7 , inclusive ) ; 2 . Performance Bond (pages 00610- 1 to 00610-6 , inclusive ) ; 3 . Payment Bond ( pages 00612- 1 to 00612-6 , inclusive) ; • 4 . Other Bonds (pages N/A to N/A , inclusive ) ; IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00520 - Agreement 00520 - 4 a . N/A ( pages to inclusive ) ; b . N/A (pages to inclusive ) ; . c. N/A (pages to inclusive); 5 . General Conditions (pages 00700- 1 to 00700-45 , inclusive ) ; 6 . Supplementary Conditions ( pages 00800-i to 00800- 13 , inclusive ) ; 7 . Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual ; 8 . Drawings consisting of a cover sheet and sheets TS- 1 , C- 1 to C- 16 , L- 1 to L-6 , 1 - 1 to I - 4 , S- 1 to S-6 , ABB , ACC , A- 1 to A- 15 , INT- 1 to INT-4 , LS- 1 to LS-3 , P- 1 to P-4 , M- 1 to M4 and E- 1 to E-9 inclusive , with each sheet bearing the following general title : Operations Complex; 9 . Addenda ( numbers 1 to 4, inclusive ) ; 10 . Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows) : a . Notice to Proceed (page 00550- 1 , inclusive ) ; b . CONTRACTOR's Bid (pages 00310- 1 to 00458- 1 , inclusive ) ; c. Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to the Issuance of the Notice of Award (pages N/A to N/A , inclusive ) ; • d . EXHIBIT "A" — CONTRACT PRICES ( pages A- 1 to A-4 ) ; 11 . The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto : a . Written Amendments ; b . Work Change Directives ; c. Change Order(s) . B . The documents listed in paragraph 9 . 01 . A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above) . C . There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9 , D . The Contract Documents may only be amended , modified , or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3 . 05 of the General Conditions , ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS 10 . 01 Terms • A. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00520 - Agreement 00520 - 5 10 . 02 Assignment of Contract A. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound ; and , specifically but without limitation , moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law) , and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment , no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents . 10 . 03 Successors and Assigns A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners , successors , assigns , and legal representatives to the other party hereto , its partners , successors , assigns , and legal representatives in respect to all covenants , agreements , and obligations contained in the Contract Documents , 10 . 04 Severability A . Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken , and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision . • 10 . 05 Venue A. This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida . Venue for any lawsuit brought by either party against the other party or otherwise arising out of this Contract shall be in Indian River County, Florida , or, in the event of a federal jurisdiction , in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida . [The Remainder of Page Intentionally left blank . ] • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00520 - Agreement 00520 - 6 IN WITNESS WHEREOF , OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate ; one copy each has been delivered to OWNER and CONTRACTOR. All portions of the contract documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or by the ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on , 2005 . CONTRACTOR : SUMMIT CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT, INC . Witness : � Witness : By William B . Schuh , Jr. , Preside t OWNER : IN AN RIVER COU TY By j S- Thomas S . Lowther, Chairman Attest: J . K. Barton , Clerk By Deputy Clerk • BCC Approval Date January 18 , 2005 Approved : J seph A. Paird , County Adminis rator "oveoorm and Legal Sufficiency: END OF SECTION • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00520 - Agreement 00520 - 7 EXHIBIT "A" - CONTRACT PRICES • Indian River County Utility Complex Revised Bid Dec 20 2004 1 a Performance Bond $ 18 , 720 1b Payrnent Bond $ 18 , 720 1c Insurance $ 10,400 2 IRC Permits $7, 500 Allowance 3 DEP Permit $600 4 Mobilization $200800 5 Trench Safe $600 6 Sanitary Sewer $50 , 960 7 Sitework $ 191161856 8 Phase II Landsca a $209800 9 Buildings $2, 886,615 10 Fumiture Allow90 000 $ Allowance 11 Change Directive Allow $75, 000 Allowance 12 Site Signage $ 15, 000 Allowance 13 Fire Detection $ 150000 Allowance TOTAL I $4 , 3479571 234 SECTION 00550 • NOTICE TO PROCEED Dated [Certified Mail -- Return Receipt Requested] TO : ( BIDDER) ADDRESS : Contract For: Indian River County Department of Utility Services — Operations Complex (Insert name of Contract as it appears in the Contract Documents) IRCDUS Project No . : UCP #2229 OWNER's Bid No . 7026 You are notified that the Contract Times under the above contract will commence to run on By that date , you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract Documents . The Contract has allocated 300 days for substantial completion and 345 days for readiness of final payment of this project . In accordance with Article 4 of the Agreement the date of Substantial Completion is and the date of readiness for final payment is Before you may start any work at the site , paragraph 2 . 05 . 0 of the General Conditions provides that you and Owner must each deliver to the other (with copies to Engineer and other identified additional insured ) certificates of insurance which each is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the Contract Documents . Also , before you may start any Work at the Site , you must : (add other requirements , if applicable) INDIAN RIVER COUNTY (OWNER) By : (AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE ) • (TITLE) END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00550 — Notice to Proceed 00550 - 1 A-1614534 RECORDED IN THE RECORDS OF JEFFREY K BARTON , CLERK CIRCUIT COURT INDIAN .IVER CO FL , BK : 1830 PG : 2211 , 02 / 03 / 2005 11 : 13 AM • SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: BY THIS BOND, we Summit Construction Manaaement , Inc . 3200 43rd Avenue , Suite 11 vero Beac , FL 6 (Contractor), ^ as Principal (Insert name, principal business address, and telephone number of Prindpat/Contrador) and Old Republic Surety Company & Old Republic Insurance Company e * u . rsox 4658 , winter FarK , FE Jlel '33� ( 407 ) 677 - 0080 a corporation, as Surety, Li&Uity cf Old l�a� SreeLy is ].indt:ed do $316MIMD.00 (Insert name, ri i t bue�s� . dre „a teind hone umber of Surfs tI' caln 1rau� � t ry ys 1 and to $11826.4610D are held and firmly bound unto the County of Indian River, Florida, 1840, 25th Street, Vero Beach,. Florida 32960, (772-567-8000), veru r1 in the sum of Five Mdilion Four HtmydYed TI --Four Thousand Four Hundred S '59 ($ 5 , 434 , 463 . 00 ), amounting to 125% of the total bid price. For the payment of said sum we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, jointly and severally, for the faithful performance of a certain written Contract, dated the 18th day of (j r, ,ta ,nar)z , 2004, entered into between the Principal and the County of Indian River, for. Bond Number. OCN549556 Project Name: Indian River County Department of Utility Services — Operations Complex IRCDUS Project Number. UCP #2229 Project Address: 4355 41 " Street Vero Beach, FL 32967 Project Description: Provide all labor, equipment, materials, facilities and services to complete the following: clear and grub approximately 19.5 acres of overgrown citrus grove; excavate approximately 27,000 c.y, of dry material and 19,500 c.y. of 'wet' material with all soils to be kept on-site; stockpile and exchange approximately 12, 500 c.y. of unsuitable fill material with excavated 'wet' material; import approximately 3,000 c.y. of general fill; grade and shape entire 19.5± acres; prepare two building pads with total footprints of approximately 31 ,379 s.f. ; underground sewer, potable water, electric service, communications and irrigation; approximately 22,703 s.y. of asphalt pavement and 1 ,445 s.y. of concrete pavement with associated subgrades and base; sidewalk; equipment pads and equipment; site lighting ; traffic control and parking spaces; fencing and access control; sodding, seeding, mulching and landscaping; one 19, 649 s.f. metal framed warehouse; and one 11 , 730 s.f metal framed office building. A copy of said Contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. �.. Florida Statutes Section 255.05 (2002), as amended from time to time, together with all notice and time provisions contained therein , is incorporated herein in its entirety by this reference. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00610 — Performance Bond 00610 - 1 A ?RUECOP1r JMY� RM s� K BK : 1830 PG : 2212 • BLINOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the _ Principal shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said Contract and its obligations thereunder, including all of the Contract Documents therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in the Contract Drawings and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify the County of Indian River as set forth in the Contract, in the execution or performance of said Contract, and further, if the Principal shall promptly make payments to all who supply him with labor and/or materials used directly or indirectly by the Principal in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, the Principal and Surety, jointly and severally, agree to pay the County of Indian River any difference between the sum that the County of Indian River may be obliged to pay for the completion of said Work, by contract or otherwise, and any damages, whether direct, indirect, or consequential, including reasonable attorney's fees (including appellate proceedings), which the County of Indian River may incur as. a result of the failure of the Principal to properly execute all of the provisions of the Contract. AND, the said Principal and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the County of Indian River against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the County of Indian River may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damage arising from the performance of the said work, repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same, or his agents or his servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done, as aforesaid or otherwise. Principal and Surety expressly acknowledge that any and all provisions relating to liquidated damages contained in the Contract are expressly covered by and made a part of this Bond. Principal and Surety acknowledge that any such provisions lie within their obligations and within the policy coverages and limitations of this Bond. I AND, the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of .the Contract or to the work to be • performed thereunder, or the Specifications or Drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the Specifications or Drawings. AND, the said Principal and Surety jointly and severally covenant and agree that this Bond will remain in full force and effect for a period of one year commencing on the date of Final Completion as established on the Certificate of Final Completion as issued by the County of Indian River, IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bound parties executed this instrument under their several seals, this 18th day of January 2005 the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00610 — Performance Bond 00610 - 2 A TRUE COPY CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J.K. BARTON, CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2213 aMM,NMN,a.1M«.«aMf.NNf..MMM«Maf1N.,,a.NfaN.f«a«afN«,..N.l1f f►MN«.«aa.N.N.N.« WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS AN INDIVIDUAL: Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: Witness (Signature) Signature of Individual Witness (Printed Name) Printed Name of Individual Witness (Signature) Witness (Printed Name) M►NNal1aMNMifi►aaaa►N,iaaaN,M.,MNaMNMaf aaaNlNa►NffaN,N«aaM.aaMMafa,f.N►NafNa,f►Nf WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS A SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP OR OPERATES UNDER A TRADE NAME: • Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: BY: Witness (Signature) Name of Proprietorship Witness (Printed Name) Principal (Signature) Witness (Signature) Printed Name of Principal Witness (Printed Name) (SEAL) �J IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00612 - 3 00612 — Payment Bond • A TRUE COPY CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J. K. BARTONs CLERK BK : 1630 PG : 2214 • rararaaaarraraaraaraaarrrrraawasaa+saaaraasKaasaarraraaasaraaaaaaaaraaaarraaaa►rawaraaw►.arararwrmwwwaraa ' �} WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS A PARTNERSHIP: Signed , sealed and delivered in the presence of: BY: Witness (Signature) Name of Partnership _. Witness (Printed Name) Partner (Signature) Witness (Signature) Printed Name of Partner Witness (Printed Name) (SEAL) • rrrMa rfawfwwMrraasrwMswsiaaaaMlaaraarw+awrarawrrwaa WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS A CORPORATION : Attest �� , S Su�,... w:� b Ca �s-4r.s ��.t� rro�a �.e �.� z•�C , Secretary Name of Corporation BY: Signature (Affix Corporate SEAL) Printed Name Official Title IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00612 - 4 00612 — Payment Bond A TRUE COPY • CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J.K. BARTON, CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2215 • asaraaaa►a�aaar+aarraararsaaararr+r+aaaraaraaaaaaaaaaaraaaraaaaaafaaraara _ CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL I , certify that i am the Secretary of the corporation named as Principal in the within bond; and that who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal was then of said corporation: that I know his signature, and his signature thereto is genuine; and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and on behalf of Said corporation by authority of Its governing body. - Secretary (Affix Corporate SEAL)IO •: , TO BE EXECUTED BY CORPORATE SURETY: ;? T„ ,< <' ' ' '4•:; o 'A Attest: Old Republic Surety Company. ff r Old Republic Insurance Corny: Surety Secretary Corporate J f P .. O . Box 4668 , Winter Park , Business Address B `r t) , BY: C� gnature (Affixx0 SEAL) / " • O James E . Dickmeyer `CE• Attorney-In-Fact a,'; '� The Dickmeyer Agency Name of Local Agency • 607 St . Lucie Crescent , Stuart , FL 34994 Business Address STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF martin Before me, a Notary Public, duly commissioned, qualified and acting , personally appeared Janes E . DiGaneyer to me well known, who being by me first duly sworn upon oath , says that he is the attomey-in-fact for the Old Republic . Surety and that he has been authorized by Old Republic Surety to execute the foregoing bond on behalf of the CONTRAC19R named t erein in favor of Indian River Cogrity. Subscribed and sworn to before me this<ga' 2�ay of t a20th Nodry Public, State of Fl6rida XNCEIW i 6/ r • YYCOOBAI0111 My Commission Expires: �• � 0 $ o� aorAd7MAgMMrlq'MM�e, IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 1 00612 - Payment Bond 00612 - 5 • A TRUE COPY CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J . K. BARTON, CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2216 • { l Any claims under this bond shall be addressed to: Name and address of Surety: Old Republic Surety Company P . O: Box 4668 Winter Park , FL 32793 - 4668 Name and address of agent or representative In Florida N different from above: The Dickmeyer Agency . 607 St . Lucie Crescent Stuart , FL 34994 Telephone number of Surety and agent or representative in Florida: C7 72 ) 220 _ 2933 • END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00612 - 6 00612 — Payment Bond A TRUE COPY • CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J. K. BARTON$ CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2217 �* OLD REFULIC Milli,lhnt* * * �t Surety Cornpany POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY, :a Wisconsin stack insurance corporation, does make, constitute and appoint: JAMES E . DICKMEYER , OF STUART , FL its true and IewNd Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority, not exceeding $5,000,000, for and on behalf of the comparry as surety, to execute and deliver and affix the seal of the oemary thwato (f a seal is required)..bords, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations n the nature thereof,execute (ota d de ilea bards, bankdeposbxy bonds, mortgage deficiency bonds, mortgage guaranty bads, guarantees of installment papered rite guaranty bonds seltinsuninoe workers Dor ipar"on bonds guarantees g payment of benefds, asbestos abOternerit contract bonds, waste management bards, hazardouswasteramedration' bonds or black lrhgbonds), astolows- ALL - WRITTEN INSTRUMENTS IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO . EXCEED AN AGGREGATE OF FOUR MILLION OBLIGATION , REGARDLESS OF , THE NUMBFOR ANY SINGLE ER OF INSTRUMENTS ISSUED ,FOR .. THE OBLIGATION . and to bind OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY thereby, and all of the acts of said Attomeys in-Fact,, pursuant to these presents, are ratified and confirmed. This document is not valid unless printed on colored background and is multi-colored. This appointment is made under and by authority of the board of directors at a special meeting held on February 18, 1982. This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the board of directors ofrthe' OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY on February 18, 1982. RESOLVED that, the president, any vice-president, or assistant vice president in conjunction with the secretary or any assistant secretary, may appoint attomeys-in-fact or agents with authority as defined or limited in the instrument evidencing the appointrrtent in each case, for and on behalf of the company to execute and deliver and affix the seal of the company to bonds, undertakings, recog- nizances, and suretyship obligations of all kinds; and said officers may remove any such attorney-in-fact or agent and revoke any Power of Attorney,previously granted to such person. RESOLVED FURfHEFi,itV any bond, undertaking, mcognizanee, or suretyship obligation shall bevalid and binding upon the (i) when signed by the president any vice president or assistant vice president, and attested aril sealed (If a seal be required) by ary seaetaryor assistant secretary; or (ii) when signed by the president, any vice president or assistant vice president, secretary or assistant= and be required) by a du authorized secretary sealed Gt a seal y attorney-in-fact or agent; of when duty executed and sealed (d a seal be requited) by one or more attorneys-in-fact or agents pursuant to and within the limits of the auttwrfty evid6ncad by the Power of Attorney Issued byths company to such person or persons. RESOLVED FURf} ERthatthe signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the company maybe affixed by facsimile to Wily Paver of or cer�tion .tliereof auChormrig the 00cut" n and delhrery Of MY bond, undertaking, recognmrioe, or otter suretyship obligation of the compery, amend sxh signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed, IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its proper officer, and its corporate seal to be affixed this 25TH day of JANUARY , 200;5 . • OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY 00 Assistant Secre �.� - PresidaM STATE OF WISCONSIN, COUNTY OF WAUKESHA - SS w On this 25TH day Of JANUARY , 2005 personally came before me, JAMES E . LEE and DAVID G MENZEL' to me known to be the individuals and officers of the OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY who executed the above instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me •duly sworn, did severally depose and say; that they are said officers of the corporation aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the above instrument is the seal of the corporation, and that said corporate seal and:their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority of the board of directors of said corporation. tee,+ w w � • Notary Public, 01 / 18 / 2009 �, . •++•+++,+ 'F �' My commission expires: CERTIFICATE k, th6 jurdarE€lgrfed; 7Ssfaflt eecr�tarX pf the OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation, CERTIFY that the foregoing`5nd Power otltotflaytna'in full force and has not been revoked;and furthermore, that the Resolutions of the board of directors set f6 e ' .ef AttorTfey, aiellowln force. 92 -- 24fi =' j 'a` c .f ' rg'srt' ted,¢ 'I cried at the .City of Brookfield, Wt this 25 day of January , 2005 "<DICKMEY'ER ItFf$ 1k. titer Aswitant&Wmitary . ORSC 22262 (3104) �aab7lNlRUPn aINub7Plut•7e7t•ItI1q@r�i�7.7�:ue�fai�itlatwpRtrYx ma9•lq'lfl'n1Uw'U1 t� i�11.`�urq�t✓C!f(tlllQ 1 t ORSC 11006-R (4la6) • A TRUE COPY CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J• K, BARTON, CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2218 SECTION 00612 j PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: BY THIS BOND, we Summit Construction Management , Inc . r venue , Suite aroac794 - 2099 (Contractor), as Principal (Insert name, principal business address, and telephone number of Principal/Contractor) and Old Republic Surety Company b, Old Republic Insurance Compan ox 415581 winter Park , ( 407 ) 577 - 008u� , a corporation , as Surety. Il-" ity OE Old Rpitic a=t-y anwy is lindt ed to $3,6081000.00 (Insert name. bustnsa � a re a tend 9 mbar oiISuretv)� to M.� .OD are held and firmly cbo.�unndctunto the County of Indian River, Florida , 1840, 25th Street, Vero Beach, Florida 32960, (772-567-8000)1 Sesr��t in the sum of Four Million Three Htmdred Forty-Seven Thousan&4Five nzideed uO>rarse ($ 41347 t 571 . 00 ), amounting to 100% of the total bid price. For the payment of said sum we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors , administrators and assigns , jointly and severally, for the JanIMP ul performance of a certain written Contract, dated the 18th day of ( 1 2003 . entered into between the Principal and the County of Indian River, for: ! J Bond Number. OCN549556 Project Name: Indian River County Department of Utility Services . Operations Complex • IRCDUS Project Number. UCP #2229 Project Address: 4355 41 " Street Vero Beach, FL 32967 Project Description: Provide all labor, equipment, materials, facilities and services to complete the following: clear and grub approximately 19.5 acres of overgrown citrus grove; excavate approximately 27 , 000 c.y. of dry material and 19,500 c. y. of "wet" material with all soils to be kept on-site; stockpile and exchange approximately 12 , 500 c.y. of unsuitable fill material with excavated 'wet' material; import approximately 3 ,000 c. y. of general fill; grade and shape entire 19.51 acres; prepare two building pads with total footprints of approximately 31 , 379 s .f. ; underground sewer, potable water, electric service, communications and irrigation ; approximately 22,703 s.y. of asphalt pavement and 1 ,445 s . y. of concrete pavement with associated subgrades and base; sidewalk; equipment pads and equipment; site lighting; traffic control and parking spaces; fencing and access control; sodding, seeding , mulching and landscaping ; one 19,649 s .f. metal framed warehouse ; and one 11 , 730 s .f metal framed office building. _ A copy of said Contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that, if the Principal shall promptly make payments to all claimants , as herein below defined , then this obligation shall be void ; otherwise , this Bond shall remain in full force and effect, subject to the following terms and conditions: IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00612 — Payment Bond 00612 - 1 • A TRUE COPY CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J , K, BARTON, CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2219 1 . A claimant, as defined in Fiorida Statutes Section 255. 05( 1 ), supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the Work provided for in the Contract. 2, Florida Statutes Section 255.05 (2002), as amended from time to time, together with all notice and time provisions contained therein, is incorporated herein in its entirety by this reference. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no charge, extension of time, alteration of or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the Specifications applicable thereto, shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and the Surety hereby waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations of or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work or to the Specifications. The Surety represents and warrants to the County of Indian River that it has a Bests Key Rating Guide, General Policyholders rating of "A" and Financial Size Category of Class W, The Principal and Surety jointly and severally covenant and agree that this Bond will remain in full force and effect for a period of one year commencing on the date of Final Completion as established on the Certificate of Final Completion as issued by the County of Indian River. The Principal and Surety jointly and severally, agree to pay the County of Indian River all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that the County of Indian River sustains because of a default by the Principal under the Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bound parties executed this Instrument under their several seals, this 18th day of January 200 § , the name and corporate seal of VV 11 each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. • [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally] IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00612 - 2 00612 — Payment Bond A TRUE Copy CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE • J, IG BARTON# CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2220 81 / 21 / 2085 82 : x8 7727942897 SUMMIT CONSTPUCTION FAGS 82 i S W27317" W 1332,08• DUCR"ON ALL OF TFC EAST 10 ACRES OF TRACT 8: AND THE WEST 20 ACRES OF THE EAST 30 RES OF TRACT 8; AND THE EAST 11 . 18 ACRES OF TRACT 1 ; ALL IN SECTIO y 28. TOWNSHIP 32 SOUTH, RANGE 39 EAST, ACCORDING TO THE LAST GENOIAL PLAT OF THE INDIAN RIVER FARMS COMPANY FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE CLERK OF THE CIRCUIT COURT OF St. LUCIE COUNTY, FLORIDA: NOW A PART OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF INDIAN RIVER COUNTY, F ORIDA LESS AND !EXCEPT THE EAST 55 FEET' OF TRACT 1 AND TRACT 8, SECTION 28, TOWN�iIIP 32 SOUTH, RANGE 39 EAST, ACCORDING TO THE LAST GENERAL RktAT OF LANDS OF THE INDIAN RIVER FARMS COMPANY FILED IN THE OF ICE OF THE CLERK OF THE CIRCUIT COJRT OF ST. LUCIE COUNTY, 6ORIDA, IN PLAT BOOK 21 PACE 259 SAID LAND NOW LYING AND BEING IN INDIAN RIVER COUNTY, FLORIDA. AND LESS ; THE NORTH 45 FEET OF THE SOUTH 85 FEET OF THE EAST 30 ACRES OF ' TRACT 8. SECTION 28 , TOWNSHIP 32 SOUTH, RANGE 39 EAST, ACCORD!N4 TO THE PLAT OF THE INDIAN RIVER FARMS COMPANY, AS RECORDED' IN PLAT BOOK 2, PACE 12 , OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF ST. LUCIE COUCNiY, FLORIDA, LESS IKE EAST 55 FEET; SAID LANDS NOW eq. LYING AND BEING IN INDIAN RIVER COUNTY, FLORIDA. Inv.kw 21.14 21.54 ORM • o Roo 3 2f 4f 47 T RC C NORTH - CRID r=1/l.i "M a eM . A TRUE COPY CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J , K. BARTON, CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2221 ►eNNfaNrrrrrNiN�rfrNNMNNrNaaNM�rMrNNarfryrrNrrrNrNNNffMrrNasffaflrrrrNHrNNNNNr WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS AN INDIVIDUAL: Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: Witness (Signature) Signature of Individual Witness (Printed Name) Printed Name of Individual Witness (Signature) Witness (Printed Name) fMaNariNrfafMrrNrNNNNaraarf}►ffrNifffffrr NaaMrafrariffrfNrfaNN;NrrfNNrfr►rNNfMffrrrarN - ` WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS A SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP OR OPERATES UNDER A TRADE NAME: • Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: BY: Witness (Signature) Name of Proprietorship Witness (Printed Name) Principal (Signature) Wrtness (Signature) Printed Name of Principal Witness (Printed Name) , (SEAL) IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00610 — Performance Bond 00610 - 3 • A TRUE COPY CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J . K. BARTON, CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2222 .++a.as•++++.+rr.a+ss+snas.«aa WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS A PARTNERSHIP: Signed , sealed and delivered in the presence of: BY: Witness (Signature) Name of Partnership Witness (Printed Name) Partner (Signature) Witness (Signature) Printed Name of Partner Witness (Printed Name) (SEAL) WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS A CORPORATION: /Attest Secretary Name of Corporation r " VA BY: Signature (Affix Corporate SEAL) . � Printed Name � r Official Title IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00610 — Performance Bond 00610 - 4 • A TRUE COPY CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J . K. BARTON, CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2223 fMiNNHHf Nf HMfiifffNifMiNf f f NNif fifHfii►N1Nf f ff f f Nff iff fif f iif CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL certify that 1 am the Secretary of the corporation named as Principal in the within bond; and that who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal was then of said corporation: that I know his signature, . and his signature thereto is genuine; and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and on behalf of Said corporation by authority of Its goveming body. Secretary (Affix Corporate SEAL) ..,,Y,,, , ; , ,, , _ TO BE EXECUTED BY CORPORATE SURETY: Attest: Old Republic Surety Company S; Old Republic Insurance Compar' o .•. �.0 60 * Secretary Corporate Surety t:•4"t� P . O . Box 4668 , Winter Park , FL Business Address . BY: (� nature (Affix Corpo EA[�" : ` : ^ ::c7 James E . Dickmeyer Q Attorney-In-Fact • The Dickmeyer Agency Name of Local Agency 607 St . Lucie Crescent , Stuart , FL 34994 Business Address STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Martin Before me, a Notary Public, duly commissi6ned, qualified and acting, personally appeared Ja=5 F_ DicirnYypr , to me well known, who being by me first duly sworn upon oath, says• that he is the attorney-in-fact for the rnd Rem ,hi ; r sn-ery and that he has been authorized by Old Republic Surety to execute the foregoing bond on behalf of the CONTRACTOR named t erein in favor of Indian River County. Subscribed and swom to before me this day of 2005 Notary Public, State of Florida 1 fl°:•"••�."*. BARBARA A ANDERSEN My Commission Expires: oZ'� �b 8 � ►dAaA " ��r23,� IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00810 - Performance Bond 00610 - 5 A TRUE COPY • CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J . K. BARTON, CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2224 N1111N1NNN;1111f 1111N1111H1111f1111f NN1N11NfM1111111f11H►1N4 V N1f { ( � Any claims under this bond shall be addressed to: Name and address of Surety: Old Republic - Surety Company P . O . Box 4668 Winter Park , FL 32793 - 4668 Name and address of agent or representative in Florida if different from above: The Dickmeyer Agency 607 ft . Lucie Crescent Stuart , FL 34994 Telephone number of Surety and D agent or representative in Florida: ( 772 ) 2 2 n __2933 END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00610 - Performance Bond 00610 - 6 • A TRUE Copy CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE J. K. BARTON, CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2225 IPli� k ** IIS OLD REPWLIC • IIli** * * surety Comperry POWER* R OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN RY THESE PRESENTS : That OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY, a Wisconsin stock insurance corporation, does make, constitute and appoint: JAMES E . DICKMEYER , OF STUART , FL its true and Iarvfu[ Attomey(s}in-Fad, with full power and authority not exceeding $5,000,000, for and on behalf of the company ,as surety, to execute and deliver and affix the seal d the compary thereto (if a seal is required)• bonds, undertakings, recognizarnces or other written obligations in the nature thereof,(otherthan bail bonds, ba nkciepostrxy bondA mortgage deficiency bands mortgage guaranty bonds, guarantees of nstallment paper and note guaranty boats, SBMnsurance or black Arg bonds), as follows: wakars compensation bopayment of benefits, as abatane-it contract bords, waste menegement txxnda, herardouswasterernediation bonds ALL WRITTEN INSTRUMENTS IN AN AMOUNTNOTTO , EXCEED AN AGGREGATE OF FOUR MILLION DOLLARS ( $ 4 , 000 , 000 ) - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ '_ _ _ _ _ _ Y SINGLE ANY N OBLIGATION , REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER OF INSTRUMENTS ISSUED OR NYE OBLIGATION . and to bind OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY thereby, and ail of the acts of said Attorneys-in-Fact,. pursuant to these presents, are ratified and confirmed. This document is not valid unless printed on colored background and is mufti-colored. This appointment is made under and by authority of the board of directors at a special meeting held on February 18, 1982. This Power of Attorn by facsimile under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the board of directors- of the ey is signed and sealed OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY on February 18, 1982. RESOLVED that, the president, any vice-president, or assistant vice president in conjunction with the secretary or any assistant secretary, may appoint attomeys-in-fact or agents with authority as defined or limited in the instrument evidencing the appointment in each case, for and on behalf of the company to execute and deliver and affix the seal of the company to bonds, undertakings, recog- nizances, and suretyship"otoligations of all kinds; and said officers may remove any such attorney-in-fact or agent and revoke any Power of Attorney previously granted to such person. RESOLVED) FUR H t thaany bond, trxfertalvtg, moognizance, or suretyship obligation shall be valid and biding upon the Company when signed by the president, any vice president or assistant vice president, and attested " sealed (if a seal be required) bar ary seaetaryorassearit secretary, or (ii) be required) by a d authorized vice eye -fact or agent;or vice president, secretary or assistant secretary, and countersgnedand sealed (if a seal my � attorney-in-fact or agent; or (iii) when duly executed and sealed (f a seal be required) by one or more attorneys-in-fact or agents pursuant to and within the limits of the authority evidenced by the Power of Attorney issued by the company to such person or persons. RESOLVED FUiTHERthatthe signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the company may be affixed by facsimile to . certkabon thalad authorizing the execution and delivery of any band, undertaking, nscognaarx e, or other � Power ay, an s or c signature end seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as obfgatonsoftheoorrpery and such though manually affixed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its proper officer, and its • corporate seal to be affixed this 25TH day of JANUARY , . 2005 . ` OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY a^a;� firZ:A1 \ �� Assistant Secre - ti i V .d. P es dent STATE OF WISCONSIN , COUNTY OF WAUKESHA - SS On this 25TH day Of JANUARY , 2005 personally came before me, JAMES E. LEE and DAVID 0. MENZEL, to me known to be the individuals and officers of the OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY who executed the above instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly, sworn, did severally depose and say; that they are said officers of the corporation aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the above instrument is the seal of the corporation , and that said corporate seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority of the board of directs of said corporation. ♦y 0A •� ► - ' Notary Public '^w\ AueJo , g x01 / 18 / 2009 CERTIFICATE '^ My commission expires: ' 1 , the undersigned, .assistant ecr 'Try^afthe OLD REPUBLIC SURETY COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation, CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached per' tYf4ft ibt tug in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Resolut ons of the board of directors setfoRh�tr Power oto( brhey '% p.now In force. 92 - 2465, %. : .eR„"f «�' sA Signed and sealed at the City of Brookfield, WI this 25 day of Jath' , 2005 DICKMEYEK., 74iE '4 MEN jai ORSC 22262 (3/04) A TRUE COPY CERTIFICATION ON LAST PAGE • J .K. BARTON , CLERK BK : 1830 PG : 2226 • MtQUC Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY . KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY, a`PertnsyNanta stock Insurance corppration, does make, constitute and appoint: JAMESL E DICKMEYER , : OF STUART , FL its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and euUtiu for and on behatt of the oomparq, as s�rery to execute erre! deliver and affbc the seal of the company thereto (if a seal is nrquiretl , bot a. undertald nga, redp cq pear w ty; to exec t e a d the nature thereof, (other than self-insurance worker, oompensallion ,bonds g I 84, m ot• nbeneine Or other wfit abatement contract, bonds, waste management toads, hazardous waste romedistbn bonds or black*B� as foAowe ALL WRITTEN INSTRUMENTS IN AN MOUNT NOT TO EXCEED: ,. AN AGGREGATE OF TWO MILLION DOLLARS ( $21000 , 000 ) - - - - FOR ANY SINGLE OBLIGATION , REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER OF INSTRUMENTS XSSUED FOR THE OBLIGATION . and to bind OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY thereby; and ll of the acts of said Altomeys-in-Fact, pursuant to these presents, are ratified and confirmed. This document is not valid unless panted on cx>fored baokgro<e1d erhd nttrfttcolured This appointment is made under and by authority of the board it of Chi ors at a spedaf meeting held on May 29, 1986• This Power of Attomey Is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by lite board of dkectors of the OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY on May 29, 1986; RESOLVED FURTHER, that the chairman" presiderht or any sloe-president qt the t`om )an�s h, r�� ,m conjunction with Me secretary or any assistant secretaryof the Company, be and "by am authoAzpdantl directed to aXec rfs and deliver, to such persons as such officers of the Company may deem appmprikts, Powers of Attorney in the form presented to and attached to the minutes of this meeting, authorizing such persons to execute and deliver and affix the seal of rte and suretyship obligations of all kinds, other than batt bonds, bank �pany to bonds, undertakings, recognizances, bonds, guarantees of Installment paper and"note guaranty:tonds. The ofxy bonds ds, mortgage deficiency bonds, mortQage guaranty to any such person. The authodttyy of any Power of Alto granted by ouch y o� any POM1er of Attorney previously granted five million dollars ($5,000,OOOtxl), except (a) bonds required to be filedas officer of the Gonspanyy as aforesaid shall not exceed govemmentaI authtxky requin an tml&nited a pertaity bonds. and (b)' bonds filed with any court or n9 penalty in bonds filed in that court. RESOLVED FUR by#ie chheinrman presfdentundertaa�nariy v�p ce otuthe � e be validand binding upon the Company be required) by any secretary of assistant seCretatY; or Cernpan a sur divislCn and attested and sealed Of a seal (ti) when signed by a duy auttoraed attorney fact ate sealed wNh the reel of the Corapeny' (t a seal be required): RESOLVEDFURTHER, that the sigrtaksre'of any officer designated and the tree! D7` Power of Attorney or certification hereof auttod;rkv C1e execuft i Mpnd ry of any pptd un ba affixed by tacskNb to any obligations of the Company, and such signature and sm. 1,1wher so used ihap hive �e ;ayts force and r ( i"dship ' 'y' . IN WITNESS WHEREOF OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY t>aa oguaed ,ttreae p be signed try Its proper bf8cer, arta its corporate seal to be affixed this 29TH day of APRIL 2002`. OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY wNW� A . STATE OF WISCONSIN, COUNTY OF WAUKESHA — SS vice Preshtlent On CUs 29TH da of pLPRTi, 2002 personally cants before me, JAMES E. LEE and �ERALDINE J. STELTER to me known to be the Individuals and officers of the OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY who executed the above instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, did several) that they are the said officers of the corporation aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the above Instrument is the seal of the � say, and that said corporate seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to Cha said Instrument by the authority of the board of directors of said organization. � � M�'w�'' � •, /������//J�Jyl Zoe r t /— '- *tin.w rAll Notiry Public CERTIFICATE �N aarMl,/rpq. Ute9LIVP , •o. My commission expires: 02Jl / 2005 I, the unders ®i „ o"' s¢c�6jaty ofthl �OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY, a p �e foregoing andYwan' corporation CERTIFY that the aFa�itd pjq�� alto y rome"s in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Resolutions of,the board of directors set fgr.+ p of �mey: are now in" force. 92 - 246.5i: J10t �SIgned and sealed at the City of Brookfield this215 dI ay of J !O2005 4 �•---- �! !! s DICIfMEYER R g .,.. _ l4aeblent secretary OflSC 1100e•fl (9/ee) • • • r • A TRUE COPY JX RBARTON,C CLERK ST PAGE BK : 1830 PG : 2227 • * OLD Mneuc DATE : 01 /25/2005 Old Republic I arts nfu ce Company (Old Rep 1nuM ect for Old Republic Surety Company, Bituminous Casualty Corporation, and International Business & Mercantile REassurance Co. TO BE ATTACHED TO AND FORM PART OF CONTRACT BOND NUMBER: OICN549558 PRINCIPAL: SUMMIT CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT, INC. OBLIGEE: Indian River County Board of county Commissioners RIDER = POLICYHOLDER DISCLOSURE NOTICE OF TERRORISM INSURANCE COVERAGE Rider has been provided to Principal and Obligee. Coverage for ads of terrorism is included in the captioned bond. You should know that, effective November 28 , 2002, under that bond, any losses caused by certified acts of terrorism would be partially reimbursed by the United States under a formula established by federal law. Under this formula , the United States pays 90% of covered terrorism losses exceeding the statutorily established deductible paid by Old Republic. The established annual deductible is equal to 7% of the prior years direct earned premium written by Old Republic for losses incurred in 2003, 10% for losses incurred in 2004, and 15% for losses incurred in 2005. Payment for a loss will not exceed the limit of liability under this bond. This bond will not pay for any portion of certified terrorism lass beyond any applicable annual liability cap set forth in the Act. The terms of this rider do not provide coverage for any loss that would otherwise be excluded by the terms of this bond. As defined in Section 102(1 ) of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, a certified "act of terrorism" means any act that is certified by the Secretary of the Treasury, in concurrence with the Secretary of State and the Attorney General of the United States, to be an act of terrorism. To be certified, the act of terrorism must be: 1 ) a violent act or an act that is dangerous to human life, property, or infrastructure; 2) have resulted in damage within the United States, or outside the United States In the case of an air carrier or vessel or the premises of a United States mission ; and 3) have been Committed by an individual or indivkJuals acting on behalf of any foreign person or foreign interest, as part of an effort to coerce the civilian population of the United States or to influence the • policy or affect the conduct of the United States Government by coercion. You have a right to purchase insurance coverage for losses arising from terrorism the purchase. , or you may choose to reject SELECTION OR REJECTION OF TERRORISM INSURANCE COVERAGE The premium you have been charged for this bond includes terrorism coverage , for a premium of $ 349.00 which you must pay within 30 days of this offer. THE PREMIUM CHARGED FOR THIS COVERAGE DOES— ' INCLUDE ANY CHARGES FOR THE PORTION OF LOSS COVERED BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT UNDER THE ACT. NOW K co c the bo to si is f a_tfdress shown above The premium wilt be credited m R to th ❑ I hereby elect to have the exclusion of terrorism coverage apply to this bond. I understand that 1 will have no coverage for losses arising from acts of terrorism. The undersigned agrees that this election apply only to this bond, James E. Lee00pr Bond Obligee's Signature Vice President - Old Republic Insurance Company President - Old Republic Surety Company Print Name Vice President - Bituminous Casualty Corporation Vice President - International Business & Mercantile REassurance Co . Date nnnn nnene i� innn�♦ ITA?E OF Rio " NOUN FA" Oot^W 7 Md a T =RWW ""W NA ORKiIMAI song; Page : 001 - 002 ACORDm CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE D1131/2"OOS 01/ 31/2005 PRODUCER ( 772 ) 567 - 1188 FAX ( 772 ) 778 - 1416 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION SCHLITT INSURANCE SERVICES INC ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 1717 INDIAN RIVER BLVD HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ITE 300 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW, INFI RO BEACH , FL 32960 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE I NAIC q 'URED Summit Construction Management , Inc . � I�,SLFERA Western World Insurance 3200 43rd Ave , # 11 11 4S PE°3" Vero Beach , FL 32960 Mercury Ins Co of Florida 11908 ! .' ;:xFER _Essex Insurance Co -r FOCI Insurance Co . OVERAQES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT ''XTH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN , THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS , EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS . rMSR ADD TYPE OF INSURANCE PCLICYNUTA3ER —TPCLICYEFFECTIVE I PDATE AIMIODA^AOLTYEXPIRATION LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY INPP083531I 02 /24/2004 i 02/24/2005 EACH OCCURREPCE E 1 ,. 0001000 j X COIIMEP. CIAL �ENE?AL L!ABLiTY I _�� � Jam_ SO , OO CLAInrLS MACE r �( l OCCUR i I ' .F1/dFrS iFa � -herr E _ L—I RIED EJP : A.^.y one pernrj $ _- - - — 5 , OO i A X ! F'EP.SONAL & ADb I %URv E 1 , OOO , OOO — GENERA_ AGGREGATE £ 29000 , 000 GEN'_ PGvPE TATE LIMIT AP i ALES P3? FP.ODUCTS - ::OMrIOP AGG £ 11000 , 000 ' POLi,lY I JEr--- LO�� I I ' auroMDelLEunearr FLC7001843 12 / 14/2004 06/14/2005 CGra3riED SINGLEUMI' Arl`. 4JrD iIALL I (Ea eC?ItlFnq £ 19000100� A! L O'A`NED At1?Og i EOCIL'Y INJUP'• B X CHEpJLED' ;,.TOS I (R;r peropi £ HIRED AUFO I' EODL � IN.JUP" X NCyv 'N-pJEC' AUTIS F (P9r ACndertl £ I i FPOPEPTrDAMAGE fP?r aCi fun) ! GARAGE LIABILITY ` ANI) AJT�) AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDEiNri £ I I GTHER TiA , EA ACC E AUTO DIAL: ACG £ EXCESSIUMBRELLA LIABILITY XMR12410 02 /24/2004 02/24/2005 EACH GCG QC CLAMS vADE UR4Er.CE s 1 , 000 , 00 —i J ❑ I C I PGGREGQTE £ DED1TISLE E ' FE TcI':ION £ ' i ! WORKERS COMPENSATION AND 001WC04AS1371 05 /27 /2004 i 05 /27/2005 X a"C STATL- 0TH- S EMPLOYERS' UABLI'Y T0P•Y L!h1iT'= EF D A.N , PR":FRIE—nR•FnRTr1ERIEx.ECUT!•/E E L . EACH ACCENT £ OFFlCE�UdEIvEEPEXCLLDEDa ! 500100 ![ k>s , yes': 'Ibe Ana,' I ! E L OJ'`ASE - EA EMPLOYE = E 500 ; 000 SNES!AL PFvYI$? ;Nj C?InY. OTHER E . DISEASE - P ='L CY Lt'dt' £ 100POO I I I i I rd TION OF OPERAP.ONS f LOCATIONS IVEHICLESIEXCLUSIONSADDEDBYENDORSEMENTI SPEGAL PROVISIONSi # 706 UtilityServices Operations Complex n River County is Additional Insured for Liability . i CANCELLATIONCERTIFICATE HOLDER SHOULD ANY 09 THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE Indian River County EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ! Purchasing Division _ 0 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. Attn : Karen BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY 1840 2 5th Street , Room 118 OF ANY KIND UPOY THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. ' Vero Beach , FL 32960 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Robert Schlitt ) r . LAR ORD 25 (2001/08) FAX : 770- 5140 OACORD CORPORATION 1988 - _ -Page 002 - 002 I IMPORTANT i If the certificate holder is air ADDITIONAL INSURED , the policy ; ies) must be endorsed . A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s) . i If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED , subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s) . i i DISCLAIMER i j The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between I the issuing insurer(s) , authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend , extend or alter the coverage affordec by the policies listed thereon . i t I I I i - i i I ! i i i i I i I i I I ORD 25 (2001/08) Page : 001 - 002 ACQRQ CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MMWDOrrr ) PRODUCER01/ 31/2005 ( 772 ) 567 - 1188 FAX ( 772 ) 778 - 1416 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION SCHLITT INSURANCE SERVICES INC ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 1717 INDIAN RIVER BLVD HOLDER, THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ITE 300 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW, RO BEACH , FL 32960 I INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGENAIC # QURED Summit Construction Management Inc . I� = A � ISI-,F–R Western World Insurance Co 3200 43rd Ave , # 11EJs Mercury Ins Co of Florida 11908 Vero Beach , FL 32960 ! ISLFER _ _Essex Insurance Co �-- FCCI Insurance Co , ' 'Ic,. SEP THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOnVIT};STANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN , THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS , EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES . AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS . INSRA.DDTYPE OF INSURANCE POLIC'INUMBER — rPOLICYEFFECTNE �POLICYEXPIRATION -- LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY NPP0835311 02/24/2004102/24/2005 EACHOCCURREP•CE s 1 , 000 , 000 I X COM1ritERCIAL3ENEPALLIAB<!?Y I "M1A'4 — h— NL "D �`_ SO , 000 FMKFS iF^ o - e�� t E j I CLAIVL 1dACE O:;CiIR I I ; Ary 6na persor } "y -- ------- - {— I - 50000 i A X � I iFEP.SONALB Alb IVJURY s 100001000 r_.ENERA_ AGGRE3ATE E 2 , 000 , 00oI GEN'_ AGGPE :ATE .IWTAPDLESP=R' - FP000CTS - COA=/OPAOG E 1 , 000 , 000POL'rY j JF� L ?C AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY I FLC7001843 12 / 14/2004 06/14/2005 j ON 4 -ITJ I COM31NED SINGLE LINII– j j (Ea x :Id:no s 19000 , 00 ALL O'NNED AI. ITCS I B � SCHECwAECAUT05 EODL / IfJJUR" E [Far per;oN X I HiREDAUTOS X NON-OW AUTGS EODIiINJUR" E I (Per ACG7def4) 1 i FFOPERTr CAMAiE rPx acuderx) a � GARAGE LIABILITY ' AUTO DNLr - EA ACCIDENT E ANY .AJT;? L OTHER THA? FA ACC E AUTO XLH ACO E --------- —EXCESSJUMBRELLALIABILITY XMR12410 02 /24/2004 ! 02/24/2005 EACHGCC'JP:ETCE s 1 , 000 , 00 J OCCJR CL? hNTS v:ADE eGGRE3A'E 5 C DECIJ=TIELE — ' PETcf�UNI E � WORKERS COMPENSATION AND 001WC04A51371 05 /27 /2004105 /27/2005 X "`� =?ATL' 0TH_ ENPLOYERS' LIABILI'Y TORr' _IMiTS EF D ANI PFGFF.iE–ORoPARTNEPF_xECUTNE E c i 1 . EACH ACCIDENT S 500 00 ORFICE=rt�12n,EER ExCLI,GEG7 I , !i ?5 . 7e4 abe jn�Jer E L DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE= E 500 r 000 Sr E�IAL PPC VISy)NS C?I1i%! OTHER EL DISEASE - ?=tCYLI'JIT E 500 000 i I I i ' I 1DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES ) EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENCORSEMENT i SPECIAL PROVISIONS E : Bid # 7026 Utility Services Operations Complex Iindian River County is Additional Insured for Liability . i CERTIFICATE HOLDER CA CELLATION I SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE Indian River County EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL Purchasing Division 30 DAYS WRRTENNOTICE TOTHE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TOTHE LEFT. Attn : Karen BUTFAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY 1840 25th Street , Room 118 OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. Vero Beach , FL 32960 AUTHCRILDRE?RESENTATNE LRobert Schl itt Jr . LAR CORD 25 (2001/08) FAX : 770- 5140 ®ACORD CORPORATION 1988 - -Page : 002 - 002 - - - I i I IMPORTANT i If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED , the policy;ies) must be endorsed . A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s) . i If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED , subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). I i i DISCLAIMER i j The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s) , authorized representa-ive or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend , extend or alter the coverage affordea by the policies listed thereon . i i I i i I I I I I I I I i i I I I i I I i i I �CORD 25 (2001 /08) SECTION 00622 CONTRACTOR' S APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT on For Work Accomplished through the period of Applicath ouo hPq__ t No . To : Indian River County (OWNER ) From : ( CONTRACTOR) Project No . : UCP #2229 Project : Indian River County Department of Utility Services Operations Complex. OWNER 's Bid No . 7026 , ENGINEER 's Contract No . ENGINEER : Brown and Caldwell 1 . Original Contract Price : $. 2 . Net change by Change Orders and Written Amendments ( + or -) : $ 3 . Current Contract Price ( 1 plus 2 ) : $ 4 . Total Work to date : 4 . a Percentage of Work completed to date : 4 . b Total Work completed to date : $ • 4 . c Total equipment and material stored to date : 4 . d Total Work completed and stored to date : (4 . b plus 4 . c) $ 5 . Retainage (per Agreement) : 5 . a 10 % of completed Work ( 0 . 10 x 4 . b ) : 5 . b 10 % of stored equipment and material (0 . 10 x 4 . c) : 5 . c Total Retainage (5 . a plus 5 . b ) : $ 6 . Total Work completed and stored to date less retainage (4 . d minus 5 . c) : $ 7 . Previous Applications for Payment: $ 8 . AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION ( 6 MINUS 7) : $ ( 1 ) Attach detailed schedule and copies of all paid invoices . • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00622 - 1 00622 — Contractor's Application for Payment CONTRACTOR' S CERTIFICATION : UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY, the undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies t labor and materials listed on this request for that ( 1 ) the q payment have been used in the construction of this Work and payment received from the last request for payment has been used to make payments to all subcontractors , laborers , materialmen and suppliers except as listed below; (2) title of all Work , materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment free and clear of all Liens , security interests and encumbrances (except such as are covered by a Bond acceptable to OWNER indemnifying OWNER against any such Lien , security interest or encumbrance ) ; ( 3 ) all Work covered by this Application for Payment is in accordance with the Contract Documents and not defective and (4 ) If this Periodic Estimate is for a Final payment to project or improvement , I further certify that all persons doing work upon or furnishing materials or supplies for this project or improvement under this foregoing contract have been paid in full , and that all taxes imposed by Chapter 212 Florida Statutes , ( Sales and Use Tax Act, as Amended ) have been paid and discharged , and that I have no claims against the OWNER . Dated ( CONTRACTOR) By : Title : State of County of Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of Notary Public My Commission expires : NOTICE OF NON-PAYMENT. if one or more "Notice of Non -Payment " or "Notice to Owner" is received by the OWNER, no further payments will be approved until non- payments) have been satisfied and a "Lien Waiver" for each "Notice " has been submitted to the OWNER. Upon request, CONTRACTOR shall furnish acceptable evidence that all such claims have been satisfied. The CONTRACTOR may, with consent of Surety and indemnification of the OWNER against any claims, receive payment for work for which there is an outstanding "Notice of Non -Payment" or "Notice to Owner. " CERTIFICATION OF ARCHITECT OR CONSULTING ENGINEER WHERE APPLICABLE) : I certify that I have checked and verify the above and foregoing Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment ; that to the best of my knowledge and belief it is a true and correct statement of the work performed and/or material supplied by the Contractor. Dated (ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ) SIGNATURE IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00622 - 2 00622 — Contractor's Application for Payment CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEER / INSPECTOR : 1 have checked the estimate against the Contractor's Schedule of Amounts for Contract Payments and the notes and reports of my inspections of the project. It is my opinion that this statement of work performed and/or materials supplied is accurate , that the Contractor is observing the requirements of the Contract, and that the Contractor should be paid the amount requested above . Dated (ARCHITECT / ENGINEER) SIGNATURE Accompanying Documentation : [The Remainder of Page Intentional Left Blank] i • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00622 - 3 00622 — Contractor's Application for Payment • • i To : Indian River County (OWNER ) From : ( CONTRACTOR) Project No . : UCP #2229 Project : Indian River County Department of Utility Services Operations Complex Item Schedule Schedule Percent Value of Value of Total Value No . Item Description Of Values Of Values Quantity Complete Completed Materials Completed and Completed Amount Quantity p (%) Quantity Stored Stored to Date 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 , 11 . 12 . 13 . 14 , 15 . 16 , 17 . 18 . 19 , 20 . 21 . 22 . TOTAL [Note : Total Schedule of Values Amount should equal the current Contract Price .] AMOUNT END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00622 - 4 00622 — Contractor's Application for Payment SECTION 00630 • CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Date of Issuance : 12004 OWNER : Indian River County CONTRACTOR : Project :_ Indian River Countv Department of Utility Services — Operations Complex OWNER's Project No . UCP #2229 CONTACT FOR : Indian River County Department of Utility Services Operations Complex (Insert Name of Contract as it appears in the Bid Documents) This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to all Work under the Contract Documents or to the following specified parts thereof: • Tod OWNER And To • CONTRACTOR The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of OWNER , CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER , and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance with the Contract Documents on DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto . This list may not be all- inclusive , and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents . The items in the tentative list shall be completed or corrected by CONTRACTOR within 31 days of the above date of Substantial Completion . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00630 - 1 00630 — Certificate of Substantial Completion The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security , operation , safety , maintenance , heat , utilities , insurance and warranties and guarantees shall be as follows : • OWNER :_ CONTRACTOR : The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate : (For items to be attached see definition of Substantial Completion as supplemented and other specifically noted conditions precedent to achieving Substantial Completion as required by Contract Documents.) This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR 's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents . Executed by ENGINEER on : ( Date ) . ENGINEER : By: (Authorized Signature) CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on (date ) . CONTRACTOR : By : (Authorized Signature ) OWNER accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on (date ) . OWNER : INDIAN RIVER COUNTY By: (Authorized Signature ) END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00630 - 2 00630 — Certificate of Substantial Completion This document has important legal consequences ; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By [INSERT LOGOS] • PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General [seal] Contractors of America Construction Specifications Institute [seal] These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements (No. 1910-8-A- 1 or 1910-8- A-2) ( 1996 Editions) . Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC User' s Guide (No . 1910-50) . For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No . 1910- 17) ( 1996 Edition) . E*No. 1910-8 ( 1996 Edition) • • Copyright © 1996 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Consulting Engineers Council 1015 15th Street N.W . , Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers • 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -2 TABLE OF CONTENTS • Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 . 01 Defined Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 . 02 Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2 . 01 Delivery of Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2 . 02 Copies of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2 .03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 2 . 04 Starting the Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 2 . 05 Before Starting Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 2 . 06 Preconstruction Conference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 2 . 07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS : INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 3 .01 Intent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 1 3 . 02 Reference Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 l 3 . 03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 3 .04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 l 3 . 05 Reuse of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 • ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS ; REFERENCE POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4 . 01 Availability of Lands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4 . 02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4 . 03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 4 . 04 Underground Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 4 . 05 Reference Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 4 . 06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 ARTICLE5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5 . 01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5 . 02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5 .03 Certificates of Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5 .04 CONTRACTOR 's Liability Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5 . 05 OWNER 's Liability Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 5 . 06 Property Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . 1 . 491 5 . 09 .4eeeptaneeqBends and hn$uranee 9Rtierrte Repleee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , a 5 . 10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR' S RESPONSIBILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 6 . 01 Supervision and Superintendence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 6 . 02 Labor; Working Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 6 . 03 Services, Materials, and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 • 6 . 04 Progress Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 6 . 05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 6 . 07 Patent Fees and Royalties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -3 6 . 08 Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 6 . 09 Laws and Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 6 . 10 Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 6 . 11 Use of Site and Other Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 6 . 13 Safety and Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 6 . 14 Safety Representative . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 6 . 15 Hazard Communication Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 6 . 16 Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 6 . 17 Shop Drawings and Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 6 . 18 Continuing the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 6 . 19 CONTRACTOR 's General Warranty and Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 6 .20 Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 ARTICLE7 - OTHER WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 7 . 01 Related Work at Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 7 .02 Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER ' S RESPONSIBILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 8 .01 Communications to Contractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 8 . 02 Replacement of ENGINEER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 8 . 03 Furnish Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 8 . 04 Pay Promptly When Due . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 8 . 05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 8 . 06 Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 8 .07 Change Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 8 . 08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 • 8 . 09 Limitations on OWNER 's Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 8 . 10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 8 . 11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER ' S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 9 . 01 OWNER 'S Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 9. 02 Visits to Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 9 . 03 Project Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 9 .04 Clarifications and Interpretations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 9 . 05 Authorized Variations in Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 9 . 06 Rejecting Defective Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 9 . 07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 9 .09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 9. 10 Limitations on ENGINEER 's Authority and Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 10 .01 Authorized Changes in the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 10. 02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 10. 03 Execution of Change Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 10 . 04 Notification to Surety, . . , . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . * . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . " . . . . . I . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . # . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 10 .05 Claims and Disputes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES ; UNIT PRICE WORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 11 . 01 Cost of the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 11 . 02 Cash Allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 • 11 . 03 Unit Price Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -4 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE ; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 12 . 01 Change of Contract Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 12 . 02 Change of Contract Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 12 . 03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR 's Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 12 .04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR 's Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS ; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVEWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 13 .01 Notice of Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 13 . 02 Access to Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 13 . 03 Tests and Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 13 . 04 Uncovering Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 13 .05 0r4VF!R Alay, Stop the-W-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 13 .06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 13 .07 Correction Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 13 .08 Acceptance of Defective Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 13 . 09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 14 . 01 Schedule of Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 14 .02 Progress Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 14 .03 CONTRACTOR 's Warranty of Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 14 . 04 Substantial Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .41 14 . 05 Partial Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 • 14 . 06 Final Inspection . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 14 .07 Final Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 14 .09 WwAyer- of 1aims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 15 . 01 OWNER May Suspend Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 15 . 02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 15 . 03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 15 . 04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 ARTICLE16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 16 . 01 AfeAe d.Q Eq n 4 P-roced#FES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 ARTICLE17 - MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 17 . 01 Giving Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 17. 02 Computation of Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 17 . 03 Cumulative Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 17 .04 Survival of Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 17.05 C ntrelling-Li�' - - 45 • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 - 5 0 GENERAL CONDITIONS NOTE : SOME OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MODIFIED BY THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS . IN THESE INSTANCES , THE SECTIONS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS SO MODIFIED HAVE BEEN DENOTED HEREIN FOR THE CONTRACTOR' S CONVENIENCE . REFER TO THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FOR THE MODIFIED LANGUAGE . ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 8 . Bonds--Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1 . 01 Defined Terms 9 . Change Order--A document recommended by ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the below will have the meanings indicated which are Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. Agreement. 1 . Addenda--Written or graphic instruments 10 . Claim--A demand or assertion by OWNER or issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the Documents . terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 2 . Agreement--The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between OWNER and 11 . Contract--The entire and integrated written CONTRACTOR covering the Work. agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior 3 . Application for Payment--The form negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether acceptable to ENGINEER which is to be used by CON- written or oral. TRACTOR during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied 12 . Contract Documents--The Contract Docu- by such supporting documentation as is required by the ments establish the rights and obligations of the parties and Contract Documents . include the Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Con- tract Documents), CONTRACTOR' s Bid (including docu- 4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more mentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to established by the United States Occupational Safety and Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Health Administration. Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the 5 . Bid--The offer or proposal of a bidder submit- Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, Change ted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and Work to be performed. ENGINEER' s written interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 6 . Bidding Documents—The Bidding Approved Shop Drawings and the reports and drawings of Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (in- subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract cluding all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids) . Documents . Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in this paragraph are Contract Documents . Files in 7 . Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or electronic media format of text, data, graphics, and the like Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security form, that may be furnished by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are if any, and the Bid form with any supplements. not Contract Documents . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -6 13 . Contract Price--The moneys payable by • OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in 24 . Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11 . 03 in the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903 ) as the case of Unit Price Work) . amended from time to time . 14 . Contract Times--The number of days or the 25 . Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations-- dates stated in the Agreement to : (i) achieve Substantial Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations , ordinances, Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER 's written agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. recommendation of final payment. 26. Liens--Charges, security interests, or 15 . CONTRACTOR—The individual or entity with encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. property. 16. Cost of the Work--See paragraph 1 LOLA for 27 . Milestone--A principal event specified in the definition. Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the 17 . Drawings--That part of the Contract Work. Documents prepared or approved by ENGINEER which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the 28 . Notice of Award--The written notice by Work to be performed by CONTRACTOR. Shop OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon Drawings and other CONTRACTOR submittals are not timely compliance by the apparent successful bidder with Drawings as so defined. the conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 18 . Effective Date of the Agreement--The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, 29 . Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by • but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two Contract Times will commence to run and on which parties to sign and deliver. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents . 19 . ENGINEER--The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 30. OWNER--The individual, entity, public body, or authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into 20 . ENGINEER 's Consultant--An individual or the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. entity having a contract with ENGINEER to famish services as ENGINEER' s independent professional 31 . Partial Utilization--Use by OWNER of a associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 21 . Field Order--A written order issued by ENGINEER which requires minor changes in the Work but 32 . PCBs--Polychlorinated biphenyls . which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times . 33 . Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of 22 . General Requirements--Sections of Division temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14 . 7 1 of the Specifications . The General Requirements pertain pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, to all sections of the Specifications . fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils . 23 . Hazardous Environmental Condition--The presence at the Site of Asbestos , PCBs, Petroleum, 34 . Project--The total construction of which the Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial be the whole, or a part as may be indicated elsewhere in the danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection Contract Documents . with the Work. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -7 35 . Project Manual--The bound documentary 44 . Supplementary Conditions--That part of the information prepared for bidding and constructing the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, General Conditions . which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents . 45 . Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, suppli- er, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct 36 . Radioactive Material--Source, special nucle- contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to ar, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. from time to time . 46 . Underground Facilities--All underground 37. Resident Project Representative--The autho- pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes , vaults, rized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and the Site or any part thereof. any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum 38 . Samples--Physical examples of materials, products, telephone or other communications, cable equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or portion of the Work and which establish the standards by chemicals, or traffic or other control systems . which such portion of the Work will be judged. 47 . Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the 39 . Shop Drawings--All drawings, diagrams, basis of unit prices . illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CON- 48 . Work--The entire completed construction or TRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to some portion of the Work. be provided under the Contract Documents . Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, 40. Site--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract services, and documentation necessary to produce such • Documents as being furnished by OWNER upon which the construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and all materials and equipment into such construction, all as easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished required by the Contract Documents . by OWNER which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. 49 . Work Change Directive--A written statement to CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of 41 . Specifications--That part of the Contract the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of by ENGINEER ordering an addition, deletion, or revision materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen as applied to the Work and certain administrative details subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is applicable thereto. to be performed or to emergencies . A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract 42 . Subcontractor--An individual or entity having Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order the Site . following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times . 43 . Substantial Completion--The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the 50. Written Amendment--A written statement point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work (or a modifying the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes nontechnical rather than strictly construction-related aspects for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" of the Contract Documents . and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -8 1 . 02 Terminology spe^ ; aed lecatie.,) ready ruse or- + ll tiana • in usable or operable vpnd{Ci Vjf A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 2 The wend "install, " when used in eennee 1 . Whenever in the Contract Documents the *on 3Aith serviees , materials;er equipment, shall terms "as allowed, " "as approved, " or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable," seri es terials, er equipment eemplete—ted "suitable, " "acceptable, " "proper, " "satisfactory," or read. , f r intended use adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of ENGINEER as to the 3 . The words"perferm" or- previde, " rake Work, it is intended that such action or determination used in eon neetien with services, materials, or will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed equipment, shall Mean to fil h and 4tstall said Work for compliance with the requirements of and ateFials, information in the Contract Documents and confor- f r intended mance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Paragraph DA has been deleted in its entirety. Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement 4. When "furnish," "install,""peFfeFrr-42 er " indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or wide" is net used in—Wan eotion—V; 4th se>V roes; adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER , any duty or authority to supervise or direct the an obligation efTEl} 944 ACT-OPg— pFevide" is performance of the Work or any duty or authority to 43phed. undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9 . 10 or any other provision of the Contract E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Docu- Documents . ments, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the B . Day Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. • 1 . The word "day" shall constitute a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS C . Defective 2 . 01 Delivery of Bonds 1 . The word "defective, " when modifying the word "Work, " refers to Work that is A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it does not Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver conform to the Contract Documents or does not to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be meet the requirements of any inspection, reference required to fimrnish. standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to 2 . 02 Copies of Documents ENGINEER ' s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to been assumed by OWNER at Substantial ten copies of the Contract Documents . Additional copies Completion in accordance with paragraph 14 .04 or will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 14 .05 ) . 2 . 03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Paragraphs D. 1 , 2 and 3 have been deleted and replaced Proceed by new paragraphs. See the Supplementary Conditions. D . Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if 1 . The wend "farnish3, , when used in a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the ce..ec ..+e all equipment,.==�:_ :,=u= ��� ^ , Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at shall mean to supply and deliver- saidseAyli ��Uyany time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the • =muster-i In ^r equipment to the Site (or- some ^tl, er Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -9 or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Paragraph 2 . 05.0 has been deleted and replaced with a Agreement, whichever date is earlier. new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. Q Evidence of Insuranee.- Be€er any 3A'o a. t t 2 . 04 Starting the Work Site is .tatted, CONTRACT-OR a 03AWER shallea � deliver to the other-) rill. o to M e additional al e .7 deliver- A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work identified in the VFlp11111*U1 Conditions, -: f r on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No °^ ^ e (and other e idenee o f ' � ' h either- � 11 Ll ClZ ^ \w Lyyll•+l. Vl 11 Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the them er any additIOIQZ IIIDQIGu a aauo Viubl IICJt) Contract Times commence to run. Xh CONTRACTOR and OWNER respeetively- are � Ii ed to pur-ehase—and maiitain in aeeerdanee—with 2 . 05 Before Starting Construction Artiele 5 . A. CONTRACTOR 's Review of Contract Documents: Paragraph 2 .06.A has been deleted and replaced with a Before undertaking each part of the Work, new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the 2 . 06 Preconstruction Conference Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements . A . Within 20 days after the GeritFaet les start to ntin but bay �x eEk at the Site � .+ a v CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to before any . .,Ll� u V34r 1S JL , ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy attended by CONTRACTOR;R-NQPTEER, and others—as which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a appropriate iNill be held to establish a welling written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER undemtanding among the parties as to the—Work and to. before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; discuss the sehedules r-e€effed to in paragraph however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER proeedurzes for- handling Shop DravAngs and--ether- or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, submittals, Applications for- Payment, and ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless . CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2 . 07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules . B . Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the A . Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified ments, at least ten days before submission of the first in the General Requirements) , CONTRACTOR shall Application for Payment a conference attended by CON- submit to ENGINEER for its timely review: TRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided 1 . a preliminary progress schedule indicat- below the schedules submitted in accordance with ing the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting paragraph 2 . 05 .B . CONTRACTOR shall have an and completing the various stages of the Work, additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and including any Milestones specified in the Contract to complete and resubmit the schedules . No progress Documents ; payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted to ENGINEER. 2 . a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required 1 . The progress schedule will be acceptable submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing, to ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression and processing such submittal; and of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times. Such accep- 3 . a preliminary schedule of values for all of tance will not impose on ENGINEER responsibility the Work which includes quantities and prices of for the progress schedule, for sequencing, schedul- items which when added together equal the Contract ing, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or Price and subdivides the Work into component parts relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR 's in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress full responsibility therefor. payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of 2 . CONTRACTOR ' s schedule of Shop overhead and profit applicable to each item of Drawing and Sample submittals will be acceptable Work. to ENGINEER if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 - 10 OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER' s 3 . CONTRACTOR' s schedule of values Consultants, agents , or employees any duty or will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and authority to supervise or direct the performance of substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the the Work or any duty or authority to undertake Contract Price to component parts of the Work. responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents . ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS : INTENT, 3 . 03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies AMENDING, REUSE A. Reporting Discrepancies 3 . 01 Intent 1 . If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambi- A. The Contract Documents are complementary; guity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. or between the Contract Documents and any provi- sion of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, B . It is the intent of the Contract Documents to specification, manual or code, or of any instruction describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report it to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER in writing at once. CONTRACTOR Any labor, documentation, services , materials, or equip- shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby ment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract (except in an emergency as required by paragraph Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as 6 . 16 .A) until an amendment or supplement to the being required to produce the intended result will be Contract Documents has been issued by one of the provided whether or not specifically called for at no methods indicated in paragraph 3 . 04 ; provided, additional cost to OWNER. however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract such conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy unless Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have Article 9. known thereof. 3 . 02 Reference Standards B . Resolving Discrepancies A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and i . Except as may be otherwise specifically Regulations stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in 1 . Reference to standards, specifications, resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or manuals, or codes of any technical society, organiza- discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract tion, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, Documents and: whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, a, the provisions of any standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of specification, manual, code , or instruction opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the (whether or not specifically incorporated by Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be reference in the Contract Documents) ; or otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents . b . the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the 2 . No provision of any such standard, Work (unless such an interpretation of the provi- specifrcation, manual or code, or any instruction of a sions of the Contract Documents would result in Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or violation of such Law or Regulation) . responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors , consul- 3 .04 Amending and Supplementing Contract tants, agents, or employees from those set forth in Documents the Contract Documents, nor shall any such provision or instruction be effective to assign to IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 - 11 A . The Contract Documents may be amended to result of any delay in OWNER ' s furnishing the Site, • provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or paragraph 10 . 05 . more of the following ways : ( i) a Written Amendment; (ii) a Change Order; or (iii) a Work Change Directive . B . Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall famish CONTRACTOR with a current statement of record B . The requirements of the Contract Documents may legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work is to be performed and OWNER ' s interest therein as Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or ways : (i) a Field Order; (ii) ENGINEER ' s approval of a construction lien against such lands in accordance with Shop Drawing or Sample ; or (iii) ENGINEER' s written applicable Laws and Regulations. interpretation or clarification. C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional 3 . 05 Reuse of Documents lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equip- A . CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or ment. Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect 4 . 02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions contract with OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, A. Reports and Drawings : The Supplementary Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any Conditions identify: thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER' s Consultant, including electronic media 1 . those reports of explorations and tests of editions ; and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract extensions of the Project or any other project without Documents ; and written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaption by ENGINEER. This 2 . those drawings of physical conditions in prohibition will survive final payment, completion, and or relating to existing surface or subsurface struc- acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of the tures at or contiguous to the Site (except Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude CONTRACTOR Underground Facilities) that ENGINEER has used from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record in preparing the Contract Documents . purposes . B . Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical A new Section, 3 .06 — "Coordination of Plans, Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the Specifications, and Special Provisions " has been added. general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such See the Supplementary Conditions. reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents . Such "technical data" is identified in ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ; the Supplementary Conditions . Except for such reliance on SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS ; such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon REFERENCE POINTS or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER' s Consultants with respect to : 4 . 01 Availability of Lands 1 . the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR' s purposes, including, A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall but not limited to, any aspects of the means, notify CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of not of general application but specifically related to use of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, the Site with which CONTRACTOR must comply in and safety precautions and programs incident performing the Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely thereto; or manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities . If CON- 2 . other data, interpretations, opinions, and TRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitle- information contained in such reports or shown or ment to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjust- indicated in such drawings ; or ment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 - 12 3 . any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or performance of the Work; subject, however, to the conclusion drawn from any "technical data " or any following : such other data, interpretations , opinions, or infor- mation. a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraph New Paragraphs 4 .02 .C, 4 .02 .1), and 4 .02 .E have been 4 . 03 .A ; and added. See the Supplementary Conditions. b . with respect to Work that is paid for on a 4 . 03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of para- A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any graphs 9 . 08 and 11 . 03 . subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 2 . CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract 1 . is of such a nature as to establish that any Times if: "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4 . 02 is a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence materially inaccurate ; or of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect 2 . is of such a nature as to require a change of Contract Price and Contract Times by the in the Contract Documents ; or submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 3 . differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents ; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs result of any examination, investigation, explo- materially from conditions ordinarily encountered ration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous • and generally recognized as inherent in work of the areas required by the Bidding Requirements or character provided for in the Contract Documents ; Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware making such final commitment; or thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection c . CONTRACTOR failed to give the therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph written notice within the time and as required by 6 . 16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about paragraph 4 . 03 .A. such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection Part of the second sentence of Paragraph 4.03 .C3 has therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order been deleted. to do so . 3 . If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount B . ENGINEER 's Review: After receipt of written or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract notice as required by paragraph 4 . 03 .A, ENGINEER will Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the made therefor as provided in paragraph 10. 05 . necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or However, OWNER, ENGINEER, and tests with respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing ENGINEER' s Consultants shall not be liable to (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER ' s findings CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses, or and conclusions . damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments professionals and all court or ar-bitFatien or- dispute resolution costs) sustained by 1 . The Contract Price or the Contract CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the project or anticipated project. extent that the existence of such differing subsurface • or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR' s cost of, or time required for, IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 - 13 4 . 04 Underground Facilities 2 . If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change A . Shown or Indicated: The information and data Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect and document such consequences . An equitable to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Site is based on information and data famished to OWNER Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facili- attributable to the existence or location of any ties, including OWNER, or by others . Unless it is otherwise Underground Facility that was not shown or expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions : indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that 1 . OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to such information or data; and have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the 2 . the cost of all of the following will be amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in included in the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR Contract Price or Contract Times , OWNER or shall have full responsibility for: CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10 . 05 . a. reviewing and checking all such informa- tion and data, 4 . 05 Reference Points b . locating all Underground Facilities A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER' s judgment are necessary to enable CON- c . coordination of the Work with the TRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR owners of such Underground Facilities, shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect including OWNER, during construction, and and preserve the established reference points and property • monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations d. the safety and protection of all such without the prior written approval of OWNER. Underground Facilities and repairing any CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any damage thereto resulting from the Work. reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades B . Not Shown or Indicated or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or 1 . If an Underground Facility is uncovered property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated 4 . 06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the becoming aware thereof and before further Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental any Work in connection therewith (except in an Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been emergency as required by paragraph 6. 16 .A), utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the identify the owner of such Underground Facility and Contract Documents. give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review B . Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical the Underground Facility and determine the extent, Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the if any, to which a change is required in the Contract general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such Documents to reflect and document the reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not consequences of the existence or location of the Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in Underground Facility. During such time, the Supplementary Conditions . Except for such reliance on CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety such "technical data, " CONTRACTOR may not rely upon and protection of such Underground Facility. or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of • ENGINEER' s Consultants with respect to : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 - 14 1 . the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR ' s purposes, including, F. If after receipt of such written notice but not limited to, any aspects of the means, CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR to resume such Work under such special conditions , then and safety precautions and programs incident OWNER may order the portion of the Work that is in the thereto ; or area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to 2 . other data, interpretations, opinions and entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an information contained in such reports or shown or adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result indicated in such drawings ; or of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10 . 05 . 3 . any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any performed by OWNER ' s own forces or others in accor- such other data, interpretations, opinions or dance with Article 7 . information. Paragraph 4.06.G has been deleted in its entirety. C . CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any r. To the fullest e;te.t temf..tteu b7.Laws- cxaa Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed Regulations, ntan.ron "wall rode f d held hanmlessS at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or CONTRAGTQRP Subeenita +e E'`rr T TL �n , rrvxr�izrc Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be EN.r-INEEn ' s--Censaltants and he officers, direeters within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be partners, ernpleyees, agents, other eensultants , ai3d responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition Of each and any of them from and against all created with any materials brought to the Site by CON- elaifffi, Gests, losses, nd d " (including b 4 not him.t a TRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers , or anyone else for to all fees-and-eharges of engineers, ar-ohiteets,atterney S , whom CONTRACTOR is responsible . and ether- professionals ro .. fe_ _ _ _als _. a all _ . f' e .fb wtio..aV. other- dispute the--isp eVJIJ) U11J L11 Cu vu + to a D . If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a indieated in the Dr-a3A�gs or- Speeifieations or- identified Hazardous Environmental Condition, CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such e Wor4 , end (ii) * ted b CONTRACTOR k}?��xx7 fiva9 $ec crcacca-cTw condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such byanyone for- wherir-CC1;41 ^��s � �spansib� condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an Ne ing in this paragraph n 06 E shall obligate01An. Rn . emergency as required by paragraph 6. 16) ; and (iii) notify in.denmif any individualentity ffem and against the OWNER and ENGINEER (and promptly thereafter confirm eonsequenees of that individual 's enfit• egh such notice in writing) . OWNER shall promptly consult gene. with ENGINEER concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take Paragraph 4 .06.H has been deleted in its entirety, corrective action, if any. H. Te the fullest ement m tted by Laws an a Regulations, GO?W SCT-OIrQwan3fIQGZT1aT. and hold E. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume hampless QA'T�RR,E G EP;l NGD;EER' s-Consul- Work in connection with such condition or in any affected tants, and—the officers, direeters,papers, e"leyees, area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits agent" , other- eultai#s and sub tr * _ of eaeh a related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written �g--� an against addl ed d uuT , , , notice : (i) specifying that such condition and any affected daft ages (inelud but net limdtea to all fees a ehar-ges of o _ _ (ineluding vu� uv�luluw area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of iteets,a zees ,- and the- pr -ate Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which all eetu or- arbitration ietme-- dispute civitiroircov* ) such Work may be . resumed safely. If OWNER and arising f relating t, l4azar-dous En ental `�iJul out uc ov CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the Condition erected by CONTRACTOR by anyefle for amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price 3A4iem-CONTRACTOR-is -responsiblyNeffiing in this or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stop- paragEaph 4 . 06 .F—shall—obligate CONTRACTOR -to page or such special conditions under which Work is agreed inde-mify any individual or-entity from and against the • to be resumed by CONTRACTOR, either party may make a eensequenees of that individual ' sentity ' s own negli Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05 . gene: IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 - 15 Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such I. The provisions of paragraphs 4 .02 , 4 . 03 , and 4 . 04 additional requirements and qualifications as may be are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental provided in the Supplementary Conditions . Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site . 5 . 03 Certificates of Insurance ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE The second sentence of Paragraph 5.03 .A has been deleted in its entirety. A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with 5 . 01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other Paragraph 5.01 .A has been deleted and replaced with a evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to A. GQ tP:R (;TQR shall a .,.., : ..h peffe mnee ana purchase and maintain. 03AWER—shall deliver to payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to GON ACTOP�, rvith sepies—te each a Ger aet Priee as seeuFity Col the f idgu1 of f .�i identified the e1 - - - - 1 .' .11V lYllllll[1 �1�I7.VITIIIilltl—R11Q \ , r.t � ov�1'n Conditions , _lir _ _ C pa gipnt of all CONTDAGTQR .ribli 6utixv« s- under- tinsufanee (and other- evidence of ifisur-anee­-Fequeste�he Contract Deetmients . These Bonds-shall emaia -in efet-at CONTRACTOR _ or any other- additional __ d) __ Ne least until one year afterthe date when fffia1 pa5qnen OwnER ise d « K Y > �==d zxmxxxcccnr beeemes eUe, eKeept as pr^ .; ,lea ea, e... . 1 r R egala=ens or by the Gentraet Doeuments . CONTRAC 5 . 04 CONTRACTOR 's Liability Insurance TOR shall also ftmiis s , e other Bendsare ,1 1, TOR J11411 {.1JV I the Gen4met DeeumepAs . A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work Paragraph 5.01 .B has been deleted and replaced with a being performed and as will provide protection from claims new paragraph . See the Supplementary Conditions. set forth below which may arise out of or result from • 1a . " Bends shall be in the f Fm a bed 1 +t CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work and L111n1 VI CONTRACTOR ' S other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by named in the eu ent list of "EenTanies Holding Ge CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by eater of -" uthe::ty as 1 Ieoeptable Sureties an Feder-a! n a anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to and as Aeoeptable ReLnsta:iag " perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any Circular- 570 (amended) by the €inaneialNaxageme of them may be liable : Serviee, Surety BondBr-aae-h, U. S . Department of Tr-eastHy. All Bonds signed by an agent must 1 . claims under workers ' compensation, aesemp aniea by µ V1ee" e 111F1Vd eepy of such e..Vs authority disability benefits, and other similar employee V " ae-t-. benefit acts; C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CON- 2 . claims for damages because of bodily TRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of right to do business is terminated in any state where any part CONTRACTOR' s employees ; of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5 .0l .B, CONTRACTOR shall 3 . claims for damages because of bodily within 20 days thereafter substitute another Bond and injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of other than CONTRACTOR' s employees; paragraphs 5 . 0I .B and 5 . 02 . 4 . claims for damages insured by 5 . 02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: (i) by any person as a A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract result of an offense directly or indirectly related to Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the • jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or 5 . claims for damages, other than to the insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 - 16 tangible property wherever located, including loss of 7 . with respect to completed operations use resulting therefrom; and insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least two 6 . claims for damages because of bodily years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall injury or death of any person or property damage furnish OWNER and each other additional insured arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to any motor vehicle . whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such B . The policies of insurance so required by this additional insured of continuation of such insurance paragraph 5 . 04 to be purchased and maintained shall : at final payment and one year thereafter) . 1 . with respect to insurance required by New Paragraphs 5.04.C, D, and E have been added. See paragraphs 5 . 04 .A. 3 through 5 . 04 .A. 6 inclusive, the Supplementary Conditions, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional Section 5.05 has been deleted in its entirety. liability) OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of A. In addition to the insuranee required to be pmvid whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and ed-1 y GQNTa;&G4 Wider paragFapl} 5 . 04 , 91ALNER7at include coverage for the respective officers, A &R' s eptien, may —Purer} se and maintain at directors, partners, employees, agents, and other GAWED ' s expense n�E ' s eyAs liability consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all A411 pr-oteet CAVINIER against ,.1 .. : ..,.. ,. .1.: ,.,. _ � such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded . to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 5 . 06 Property Insurance • 2 . include at least the specific coverages and Paragraphs 5.06.A, B, and C have been deleted and be written for not less than the limits of liability replaced with new paragraphs. See the Supplementary provided in the Supplementary Conditions or Conditions. required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is A. Unless ether 4se p' idea in the Supplement greater; Conditions, OIXTr M shall ..1,. e and nt .a , Y Y �P"iTT ., the \x7,...1. at the Site in the amount of L 1llUlLl411rV 3 . include completed operations insurance ; fill) r-epl ee,-.,ent east t, f (s* eet to 1, d a til., anieunts as may be pr-evided in the Supplenwntar-y 4 . include contractual liability insurance Conditions or- required- by Laws and Regulations) . This covering CONTRACTOR ' s indemnity obligations insurance sha1L under paragraphs 6 . 07, 6 . 11 , and 6 . 20 ; 1 include the interests of QIAL MR, CON 5 . contain a provision or endorsement that TRACT-OR3 Subeenttaeters, ENr ERS the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materi- ENGWE€R' s— Consultants, and any—ether ally changed or renewal refused until at least thirty individuals er entities identified in the days prior written notice has been given to OWNER Sup plementai=jr Genditiens, and the o ieers and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional dirReters,partners, e"loyees, agents, and etheF insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions eensultants and b entmeter-s of eaeh ad � I to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued the: eaeh r 1 is deemed to have an insufable. (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the interest and shall be listed as an additional ; CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5 . 03 will so provide) ; 2 . be-"tten on a Builder ' s Pdsk "all risk' ... open peril e 6. remain in effect at least until final that hall at least incl de insufanee for- >, 1 less payment and at all times thereafter when CON- er da-i^ ^e to the Wer- _ temperui=y buildings , false TRACTOR may be correcting, removing, or replac- werk,and fmter-ials and equi ent *r-ana • Mg defective Work in accordance with paragraph shall-:., .., ,..e against at least the r lle, :. g peels 13 . 07 ; and eauses of less � fife lidextended coverage, theft, ndalism and li hie f, , ..eaft uak 41r1G .. , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 - 17 • . • . . . • • • • Awl ll�l • . • " ME • . . • ► mm W R19 swam 01,212mm,VIRW 0. • . �. ._ . _ • . Y. • • • • . Val • •_ . �. • _ . • .m. . _ • I . A • A I • � r - • . �. . _ • • . . . • . • . 6 . _ • mlaww . • Y Val DAELTprm _mpvqrm mal- _ • •_ . 4 •_ •• •_ • • . • . • • . 6 • _ Awa IV- • . •. . _ . • • Y • • • . _ . .• . _ _ .11rdm _ S • •• ._ amn CVMVW Mfg • _ - - amm S • _ . WIN _ _ _ _ _ 4 • _ _ • _ • 6 . - - • . 6 L • • . YY • . • . _ _ _ Aa ;t "37-oft • . • 1 • • • r . • • ' • . �. •. . 11 11 me • • . 1. • . MOR • orlo,l I'a.Wal• r _ old I Pro WE • /• /_ _ • • , I. / _ r • . 1. / _ r WE or Pop we 1 1 1 1 1 • . 1• / _ • • • • . I . • . 1. / _ • . or • . /. / _ r • •11 a Ed w • Y • r S • a I, • NN I he 11,WON NO mor mi IM 101 • • 1110 all v WAVE Ed PKINVall, wool a L�� mare VVtWW,Aml MAI BMWs war IF a •IF IV . 6 r • • a Brim • . 4 /WE I or a _ • • • • • • r • . . • IF ME • • S _ _ reor I or a or 0- 1�6111-1 .1 mi . • • Y► • • • A or _ • _ • 1 • / / / / I I / / ' IF III I • . 1. t _ r — — t • • • t • • • • t t 1 • .eir vi • • • • • • • • " • • . . • . t 1 Mor I I do or or do 0 eo Re AMB. WE WE • • r • • • t . • • " • • . • • 1 • • " • • " 1 • " • • • t 1 • • • • • t • t t • t " • • " - / • t " " • • • _ _ _do t • • • • . • • t . r • . 4 / _ WIN If if N SO IWIMM Em• . 6 • . I• ol 11 11 • 6 . 01 Supervision and Superintendence tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, • sanitary facilities , temporary facilities, and all other A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such testing, start-up , and completion of the Work. attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with B . All materials and equipment incorporated into the the Contract Documents . CONTRACTOR shall be solely Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of responsible for the means, methods , techniques, sequences, good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall Contract Documents . All warranties and guarantees not be responsible for the negligence of OWNER or specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly ENGINEER in the design or specification of a specific run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, required by the Contract Documents . CONTRACTOR and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and shall be responsible to see that the completed Work equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, complies accurately with the Contract Documents . erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, B . At all times during the progress of the Work, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Docu- CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident superin- ments . tendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under 6 . 04 Progress Schedule extraordinary circumstances . The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR' s representative at the Site and shall have A . CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2 . 07 as it communications given to or received from the superin- may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. tendent shall be binding on CONTRACTOR. 1 . CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGI- • 6 . 02 Labor; Working Hours NEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2 . 07) proposed adjustments in the prog- A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably ress schedule that will not result in changing the qualified personnel to survey, lay out, and construct the Contract Times (or Milestones) . Such adjustments Work as required by the Contract Documents . CON- will conform generally to the progress schedule then TRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and in effect and additionally will comply with any order at the Site . provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto . B . Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or 2 . Proposed adjustments in the progress adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with performed during regular working hours, and CON- the requirements of Article 12 . Such adjustments TRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the may only be made by a Change Order or Written performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal Amendment in accordance with Article 12 . holiday without OWNER' s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. New Paragraphs 6.02 .13.1 , 2, 3 , 4, and 5 have been added. Seethe Supplementary Conditions. 6 . 03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A . Unless otherwise specified in the General Re- quirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -20 6 . 05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals " b . CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient Paragraph 6.05 .A has been deleted and replaced with a information as provided below to allow ENGI- new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. NEER to determine that the item of material or A. A4-ie ever- an item of -nate^ ^ ' meet is equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to speeified or ae^ ^^'""a in the Gontr et Documents by using that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. the name f ^ tee", item ^r- the mme of ^ paAieu ^ r Requests for review of proposed substitute items Sayer,— the speei eatr or- description is ntended. to. of material or equipment will not be accepted by establish the—type, f notion, appearanee—and qua ty ENGINEER from anyone other than CON- TRACTOR. is followed by words reading that no Viequivalent, va al" :toor- ne ubstit. .tiis mi tto,l other-:to„is c . The procedure for review by ENGI- f rnaterial eF equipment or ,,,^ tonal , eqt4ment of „tl er NEER will be as set forth in paragraph Suppliers be ^. ,bfnitted to >~,.1r<n rl: E for 1". .: ".. . 6. 05 .A .2 . d, as supplemented in the General 7111 Y, Baer the ^ mst^nrue^ deser-ibed belew. Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances . 1 . "Or-Equal " Items: If in ENGINEER ' s sole discretion an item of material or equipment pro- d. CONTRACTOR shall fust make written posed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to application to ENGINEER for review of a that named and sufficiently similar so that no change proposed substitute item of material or in related Work will be required, it may be con- equipment that CONTRACTOR seeks to firnish sidered by ENGINEER as an "or-equal" item, in or use . The application shall certify that the which case review and approval of the proposed proposed substitute item will perform adequately item may, in ENGINEER' s sole discretion, be the functions and achieve the results called for accomplished without compliance with some or all by the general design, be similar in substance to of the requirements for approval of proposed substi- that specified, and be suited to the same use as tute items . For the purposes of this paragraph that specified. The application will state the • 6. 05 .A. 1 , a proposed item of material or equipment extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed will be considered functionally equal to an item so substitute item will prejudice CONTRACTOR ' s named if. achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not use of the proposed substitute Sentence 6.05.A. 1 .a.(ii) has been deleted and replaced item in the Work will require a change in any of with a new sentence. See the Supplementary the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of Conditions. any other direct contract with OWNER for work a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment on the Project) to adapt the design to the ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least proposed substitute item and whether or not equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength, incorporation or use of the proposed substitute and design characteristics ; (ii) it •• �'�-.liably item in connection with the Work is subject to peFferni at —least equally well the Ametien payment of any license fee or royalty. All fti3posed by the design ^ ept of the ^ n3pletea variations of the proposed substitute item from Pr-ejeet ^ a fimeti ,.., :.. ,. whole, and-, that specified will be identified in the applica- tion, and available engineering, sales, b . CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i) there is maintenance, repair, and replacement services no increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii) it will be indicated. The application will also will conform substantially, even with deviations, contain an itemized estimate of all costs or to the detailed requirements of the item named in credits that will result directly or indirectly from the Contract Documents. use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected 2 . Substitute Items by any resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the a. If in ENGINEER ' s sole discretion an proposed substitute item. ENGINEER may item of material or equipment proposed by require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an data about the proposed substitute item "or-equal" item under paragraph 6 . 05 .A. 1 , it will be considered a proposed substitute item. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -21 B . Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures : or other individual or entity to fiirish or perform any of the If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and objection. expressly required by the Contract Documents, CON- TRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, meth- B . If the Supplementary Conditions require the od, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other approved by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit individuals or entities to be submitted to OWNER in sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in advance for acceptance by OWNER by a specified date ENGINEER' s sole discretion, to determine that the prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance by the Contract Documents . The procedure for review by with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER' s acceptance ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subpara- (either in writing or by failing to make written objection graph 6.05 .A.2 . thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any C. Engineer 's Evaluation : ENGINEER will be such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6 .05 .A objection after due investigation. CONTRACTOR shall and 6 . 05 .13 . ENGINEER will be the sole judge of accept- submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected ability. No "or-equal" or substitute will be ordered, Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and installed or utilized until ENGINEER' s review is complete, the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal. " Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. ENGINEER will advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any No acceptance by OWNER of any such Subcontractor, negative determination. Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of D . Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CON- OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. TRACTOR to fiunish at CONTRACTOR ' s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect C . CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to to any substitute . OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers , and other individuals or entities E. ENGINEER 's Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER performing or furnishing any of the Work just as will record time required by ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR ' s own ENGINEER' s Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed acts and omissions . Nothing in the Contract Documents or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, 6 .05 .A.2 and 6 .05 . 13 and in making changes in the Contract Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor Whether or not ENGINEER approves a substitute item so shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CON- ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys TRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or ENGINEER and ENGINEER' s Consultants for evaluating entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and each such proposed substitute . Regulations . F. CONTRACTOR 's Expense: CONTRACTOR shall A new sentence has been added at the end of Paragraph provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or 6.06.C. See the Supplementary Conditions. "or-equal" at CONTRACTOR' s expense . D . CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for 6 . 06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon- furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including contract with CONTRACTOR. those acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6 . 06 .13 ), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom E . CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, OWNER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR Suppliers , and such other individuals or entities performing shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -22 or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGI- and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other • NEER through CONTRACTOR. dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcon- product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents . tractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade . 6 . 08 Permits G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a A . Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor construction permits and licenses . OWNER shall assist or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all 5 . 06, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against capital costs related thereto, such as plant investment fees. OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER' s Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in New Paragraphs 6 .08.B, C, and D have been added. See the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or the Supplementary Conditions . additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors 6 . 09 Laws and Regulations of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused • by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRAC- neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for TOR will obtain the same . monitoring CONTRACTOR' s compliance with any Laws or Regulations . 6 . 07 Patent Fees and Royalties B . If CONTRACTOR perforn-is any Work knowing A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees of any invention, design, process, product, or device which and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others . professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work; is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR' s primary performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR' s royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be obligations under paragraph 3 .03 . disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents . To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER' s Consultants, and the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other cost or time of perfonnance of the Work may be the subject consultants of each and any of them from and against all of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times . If claims, costs , losses, and damages (including but not limited OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -23 adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris paragraph 10 . 05 . shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations . 6 . 10 Taxes C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, ready for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Work CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools, CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all during the performance of the Work. property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents . 6 . 11 Use of Site and Other Areas D . Loading Structures: CONTRACTOR shall not A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall 1 . CONTRACTOR shall confine CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent construction equipment, the storage of materials and property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations , 6 . 12 Record Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, assume full responsibility for any damage to any Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work such land or area, or to the owner or occupant Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting and clarifications in good order and annotated to show from the performance of the Work. changes made during construction. These record • documents together with all approved Samples and a 2 . Should any claim be made by any such counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available owner or occupant because of the performance of to ENGINEER for reference . Upon completion of the the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop with such other party by negotiation or otherwise Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 6 . 13 Safety and Protection 3 . To the fullest extent permitted by Laws A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, and programs in connection with the Work. ENGINEER' s Consultant, and the officers, CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the directors, partners, employees, agents, and other safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to consultants of each and any of them from and prevent damage, injury or loss to : against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of 1 . all persons on the Site or who may be engineers, architects, attorneys, and other affected by the Work; professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to 2 , all the Work and materials and equip- any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by ment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage any such owner or occupant against OWNER, on or off the Site; and ENGINEER, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon 3 . other property at the Site or adjacent CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pave- ments, roadways, structures, utilities, and Under- B . Removal of Debris During Performance of the ground Facilities not designated for removal, reloca- Work: During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR tion, or replacement in the course of construction. . shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris . Removal and IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -24 B . CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or believes that any significant changes in the Work or property, or to the protection of persons or property from variations from the Contract Documents have been caused damage, injury, or loss ; and shall erect and maintain all thereby or are required as a result thereof. If ENGINEER necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. determines that a change in the Contract Documents is CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall or Change Order will be issued. cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. All damage, injury, or 6 . 17 Shop Drawings and Samples loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6 . 13 .A.2 or 6 . 13 .A. 3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for submittals. All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by may require and in the number of copies specified in the CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER ' s dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, Consultant, or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone materials, and similar data to show ENGINEER the for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not services, materials, and equipment CONTRACTOR attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any the information for the limited purposes required by Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity paragraph 6 . 17 .E . directly or indirectly employed by any of them) . CONTRACTOR ' s duties and responsibilities for safety and B . CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the • all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with submittals . Each Sample will be identified clearly as to paragraph 14 . 07 .B that the Work is acceptable (except as material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGI- Completion) . NEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6 . 14 Safety Representative 6 . 17 .E . The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications . A . CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as programs . required by paragraph 2 .07, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER' s review and approval of the pertinent 6 . 15 Hazard Communication Programs submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordi- nating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other D . Submittal Procedures hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at 1 . Before submitting each Shop Drawing or the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations . Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: 6 . 16 Emergencies a. all field measurements, quantities, dimen- A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of sions, specified performance criteria, installation persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and • thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent similar information with respect thereto ; threatened damage, injury, or loss . CONTRACTOR shall IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -25 b . all materials with respect to intended use, incident thereto . The review and approval of a . fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assem- separate item as such will not indicate approval of bly, and installation pertaining to the perfor- the assembly in which the item functions . mance of the Work; 3 . ENGINEER ' s review and approval of c . all information relative to means , meth- Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CON- ods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of TRACTOR from responsibility for any variation construction and safety precautions and from the requirements of the Contract Documents programs incident thereto ; and unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER ' s attention to each such variation at the d. CONTRACTOR shall also have time of each submittal as required by paragraph reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or 6 . 17 .D .3 and ENGINEER has given written Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples approval of each such variation by specific written and with the requirements of the Work and the notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying Contract Documents. the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR 2 . Each submittal shall bear a stamp or from responsibility for complying with the require- specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has ments of paragraph 6 . 17 .D . 1 . satisfied CONTRACTOR' s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to F . Resubmittal Procedures CONTRACTOR ' s review and approval of that submittal. 1 . CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER and shall return the 3 . At the time of each submittal, CON- required number of corrected copies of Shop TRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written Drawings and submit as required new Samples for notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Draw- review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct ing or Sample submitted may have from the require- specific attention in writing to revisions other than ments of the Contract Documents, such notice to be the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previ- in a written communication separate from the ous submittals . submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and New Paragraph 6.17.G has been added. See the Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and Supplementary Conditions. approval of each such variation. 6 . 18 Continuing the Work E . ENGINEER 's Review A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and 1 . ENGINEER will timely review and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample postponed pending resolution of any disputes or submittals acceptable to ENGINEER. disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15 .04 or as ENGIlVEER' s review and approval will be only to OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in determine if the items covered by the submittals will, writing. after installation or incorporation in the Work, con- form to the information given in the Contract Docu- 6 . 19 CONTRACTOR 's General Warranty and ments and be compatible with the design concept of Guarantee the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER' s Consultants that 2 . ENGINEER' s review and approval will all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Docu- not extend to means, methods, techniques, ments and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR' s sequences, or procedures of construction (except warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or where a particular means, method, technique, damage caused by: • sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract 1 . abuse, modification, or improper main- Documents) or to safety precautions or programs tenance or operation by persons other than CON- IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -26 TRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom CONTRACTOR is 1 . is ^ ttFib table to bedily 4 � siek e^ ^ responsible ; or disease, ^r death ^r to ' ' to ^r dest., ' atio ^f tangible pf:epeft�r (other- than the Wefk itselo , 2 . normal wear and tear under normal including the less of use resulting theref- an usage . 2 . is eaused : ,. .hale or in .. art by any „ e„h B . CONTRACTOR ' s obligation to perform and gest act or- emassie^ of C;0 F 'RAC-TQ Sub complete the Work in accordance with the Contract eent °ter- any Supplie- or- ianyndividual ^ entit Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will d:reaa, . er- nd:reedy e..,..L,, .ed by ^ of the.., to constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of any of the., . r., , be liable, regardless , .h of , ether CONTRACTOR' s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: an individual or entit„ indenmified hereunder- 1 . observations by ENGINEER; na,, , , by Lav�rs ., d Regulations regardless of the egligenee of any such individual o e„tit„ 2 . recommendation by ENGINEER or pay- ment by OWNER of any progress or final payment; B . In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGI- NEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, 3 . the issuance of a certificate of Substantial officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related (or the survivor or personal representative of such thereto by OWNER; employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly 4 . use or occupancy of the Work or any part employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or thereof by OWNER; anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6 .20 .A shall not • 5 . any acceptance by OWNER or any be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or failure to do so ; type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, 6 . any review and approval of a Shop Draw- or other individual or entity under workers ' compensation ing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts . of acceptability by ENGINEER; C. The indemnification obligations of CONTRAC- 7 . any inspection, test, or approval by TOR under paragraph 6. 20 .A shall not extend to the others; or liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER ' s Consultants or to the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and 8 . any correction of defective Work by other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of OWNER. them arising out of: 6 .20 Indemnification 1 . the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, Paragraph 6.20.A has been deleted and replaced with a opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. or Specifications ; or A. Te the fill °^+ e.,te„t .,,,,:,+oil by Laws and Regulations, 6014 o n r^rnn shall i de ffinif , and held 2 . giving directions or instructions, or hham4ess OIAZ:�MPL, 1*1 EFEZNQ_rnrEER' s G,..,a„1 failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of tants, and the direeters er-s, eaVleyees, the injury or damage. .. f the ffe and against all ela :..,a ..ata lesse^ and auT- air-nxcrri�vrr�xm�rF,inxac-csrrczu . .... . ... lesses , »..» da,, mges (inel„ diRg but not lint ted to all fees and ehar-ges of h:teeta attarneys, and other p fef ssie,, als and all eotu4or- rh:t.at e or- other- dispute reseittfien asts) arising „ t of o relating to the pelf ...anee of the Work, , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -27 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK integration with CONTRACTOR ' s Work except for latent • defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7 . 01 Related Work at Site 7 . 02 Coordination A . OWNER may perform other work related to the A . If OWNER intends to contract with others for the Project at the Site by OWNER ' s employees, or let other performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions : utility owners . If such other work is not noted in the Con- tract Documents, then: 1 . the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the 1 . written notice thereof will be given to activities among the various contractors will be CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other identified; work; and 2 . the specific matters to be covered by such 2 . if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are authority and responsibility will be itemized; and unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract 3 . the extent of such authority and responsi- Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a bilities will be provided. result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10 . 05 . B . Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and respon- B . CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor sibility for such coordination. who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with OWNER' s employees) proper and safe access to ARTICLE 8 - OWNER ' S RESPONSIBILITIES the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction • and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly coordinate the Work 8 . 01 Communications to Contractor with theirs . Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, A. Except as otherwise provided in these General and patching of the Work that may be required to properly Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to connect or otherwise make its several parts come together CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. and properly integrate with such other work. CON- TRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by 8 . 02 Replacement of ENGINEER cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Part of paragraph 8.02 .A has been deleted. ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. A. In case of termination of the employment of The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineers this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and CONTRACTOR makes no e ,.., . ble obje do whose other contractors to the extent that there are comparable status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct former ENGINEER. contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 8 .03 Furnish Data C. If the proper execution or results of any part of A. OWNER shall promptly furnish the data required CONTRACTOR' s Work depends upon work performed by of OWNER under the Contract Documents . others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in 8 . 04 Pay Promptly When Due writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper A . OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR execution and results of CONTRACTOR' s Work. promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs CONTRACTOR' s failure to so report will constitute an 14 . 02 . 0 and 14 .07 . C. acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -28 8 . 05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the • Supplementary Conditions . A. OWNER ' s duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4 . 01 and 4 . 05 . ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER ' S STATUS DURING Paragraph 4 . 02 refers to OWNER' s identifying and making CONSTRUCTION available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explora- tions and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or 9 . 01 OWNER 'S Representative subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract A . ENGINEER will be OWNER ' s representative Documents . during the construction period. The duties and responsi- bilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as 8 . 06 Insurance OWNER' s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without A. OWNER ' s responsibilities, if any, in respect to written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5 . 9 . 02 Visits to Site 8 . 07 Change Orders A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at inter- vals appropriate to the various stages of construction as A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an indicated in paragraph 10. 03 . experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of 8 . 08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals CONTRACTOR ' s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER, A. OWNER 's responsibility in respect to certain for the benefit of OWNER, will determine, in general, if the inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract 13 .03 .13 . Documents . ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check 8 . 09 Limitations on OWNER 's Responsibilities the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER' s efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform control or authority over, nor be responsible for, generally to the Contract Documents . On the basis of such CONTRACTOR' s means, methods, techniques , sequences, visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CON- guard OWNER against defective Work. TRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applica- ble to the performance of the Work. OWNER will not be B . ENGINEER' s visits and observations are subject responsible for CONTRACTOR' s failure to perform the to all the limitations on ENGINEER' s authority and Work in accordance with the Contract Documents . responsibility set forth in paragraph 9 . 10, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's 8 . 10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work Condition ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR' s A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undis- means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of closed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in construction, or the safety precautions and programs paragraph 4 . 06. incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the 8 . 11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements performance of the Work. A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to famish 9 . 03 Project Representative . CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER ' s A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER ' s will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -29 ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the as provided in paragraph 13 . 04, whether or not the Work is Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations fabricated, installed, or completed. thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9 . 10 and in the 9 . 07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments Supplementary Conditions . If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the Site A. In connection with ENGINEER ' s authority as to who is not ENGINEER ' s Consultant, agent or employee, Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6 . 17 . the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the B . In connection with ENGINEER' s authority as to Supplementary Conditions . Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11 , and 12 . 9 . 04 Clarifications and Interpretations C . In connection with ENGINEER' s authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14 . A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- 9 . 08 Determinations for Unit Price Work ments of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Docu- and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by ments. Such written clarifications and interpretations will CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CON- be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER TRACTOR the ENGINEER' s preliminary determinations and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be otherwise) . ENGINEER ' s written decision thereon will be allowed as a result of a written clarification or interpre- final and binding (except as modified by ENGINEER to tation, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) paragraph 10. 05 . upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, subject to the provisions of paragraph 10 .05 . • 9 . 05 Authorized Variations in Work 9 . 09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Documents and Acceptability of Work Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the the Contract Times and are compatible with the design requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work, the accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform interpretation of the requirements of the Contract the Work involved promptly. If OWNER and CONTRAC- Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, and TOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount Claims seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing, in Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10. 05, with a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph request for a formal decision. 10. 05 . Paragraph 9.09.B has been deleted in its entirety. 9 . 06 Rejecting Defective Work B . unie.. funetie.�gas- interpreter- and judge ao_ A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or this paragraph 9. 09, reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or 03ANER eFC;^' 4RAGT v a " t-b '� ble in that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed conneetie . 3Aith w ine .0+ ti a a a any uatwaYac. Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that geed faith in strep eapaei y. The renderiRse€ a deeision by will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by any sueh Claim; dispute, ether- ma# ( + '- ' h ..�Yuc�.�r the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have h7Be been waived �vy ux..+ho makinger- f final vu authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work pr-eeede A any to nye by ntaWE or- CONTRACT-0n IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -30 of ieh rightor- e edies as either- ... ether3Aise have ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS . under- the Cent rl.,,.. , aft mepAs or by r wAts or- Regulations T aGt of any such !-' ai ff. dispute , or other- t...atter. 10 . 01 Authorized Changes in the Work 9 . 10 Limitations on ENGINEER 's Authority and Responsibilities A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time A. Neither ENGINEER ' s authority or responsibility to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER Change Directive . Upon receipt of any such document, in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or involved which will be performed under the applicable performance of any authority or responsibility by conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise ENGINEER shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in specifically provided) . contract, tort, or otherwise owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any B . If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, or agent of any of them of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change B . ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR ' s paragraph 10 .05 . means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs 10 . 02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the perfor- A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an mance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the for CONTRACTOR' s failure to perform the Work in accor- Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is dance with the Contract Documents . not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3 . 04, C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any 6. 16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing paragraph 13 . 04 .13 . any of the Work. 10 . 03 Execution of Change Orders D . ENGINEER' s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all mainte- A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and (or Written Amendments) covering : other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14 .07.A will only be to determine generally that their 1 . changes in the Work which are : (i) content complies with the requirements of, and in the case ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10. 0l .A, of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the (ii) required because of acceptance of defective results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Work under paragraph 13 . 08 .A or OWNER ' s Documents . correction of defective Work under paragraph 13 .09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; E . The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9 . 10 shall also apply to 2 . changes in the Contract Price or Contract ENGINEER' s Consultants, Resident Project Repre- Times which are agreed to by the parties, including sentative, and assistants . any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3 . changes in the Contract Price or Contract • Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to para- IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -31 graph 10 . 05 ; provided that, in lieu of executing any the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Article • such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from 16 ; or any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and 2 . if no such dispute resolution procedures Regulations, but during any such appeal, have been set forth in Article 16, a written notice of CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere intention to appeal from ENGINEER ' s written to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRAC- 6 . 18 .A. TOR to the other and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such decision, and a formal 10. 04 Notification to Surety proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction within 60 days after A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope the date of such decision or within 60 days after of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents Substantial Completion, whichever is later (unless (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be remedies as the appealing party may have with CONTRACTOR' s responsibility. The amount of each respect to such Claim, dispute, or other matter in applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations . such change . C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision 10 . 05 Claims and Disputes in writing within the time stated in paragraph 10 . 05 .13 , a decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to A . Notice: Written notice stating the general nature have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the if any. Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto . Notice of the D . No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or amount or extent of the Claim, dispute, or other matter with Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not supporting data shall be delivered to the ENGINEER and submitted in accordance with this paragraph 10. 05 . the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH support of such Claim, dispute, or other matter) . A Claim ALLOWANCES ; UNIT PRICE WORK for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12 . 01 .13 . A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared 11 . 01 Cost of the Work in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12 .02 .B . Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CON- adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a TRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. When result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when response to ENGINEER and the claimant within 30 days a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined after receipt of the claimant ' s last submittal (unless on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed ENGINEER allows additional time) . to CONTRACTOR will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the B . ENGINEER 's Decision : ENGINEER will render Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. a formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than opposing party, if any. ENGINEER ' s written decision on those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include such Claim, dispute, or other matter will be final and only the following items, and shall not include any of the binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless : costs itemized in paragraph 11 . 01 .13 . 1 . an appeal from ENGINEER' s decision is 1 . Payroll costs for employees in the direct taken within the time limits and in accordance with employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -32 agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation a . The proportion of necessary trans- superintendents, foremen, and other personnel portation, travel, and subsistence expenses of employed full time at the Site . Payroll costs for CONTRACTOR ' s employees incurred in discharge employees not employed full time on the Work shall of duties connected with the Work. be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited b . Cost, including transportation and main- to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe tenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, benefits, which shall include social security machinery, appliances , office, and temporary facili- contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll ties at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the taxes, workers ' compensation, health and retirement workers, which are consumed in the performance of benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items pay applicable thereto . The expenses of performing used but not consumed which remain the property of Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, CONTRACTOR. Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. C . Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented 2 . Cost of all materials and equipment fur- from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with nished and incorporated in the Work, including costs rental agreements approved by OWNER with the of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers ' advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of field services required in connection therewith. All transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs unless OWNER deposits funds with shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in agreements . The rental of any such equipment, ma- which case the cash discounts shall accrue to chinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds no longer necessary for the Work. and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they taxes related to the Work, and for which CON- may be obtained. TRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regu- lations. 3 . Payments made by CONTRACTOR to Subcontractors for Work performed by e . Deposits lost for causes other than negli- Subcontractors . If required by OWNER, CON- gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or TRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CON- them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, TRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER, and royalty payments and fees for permits and who will then determine, with the advice of ENGI- licenses . NEER, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by Subcontractor ' s Cost of the Work and fee shall be insurance or otherwise, sustained by determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR in connection with the perfor- CONTRACTOR' s Cost of the Work and fee as mance of the Work (except losses and damages provided in this paragraph 11 . 01 . within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with paragraph 5 . 06.D), 4. Costs of special consultants (including provided such losses and damages have resulted but not limited to engineers, architects, testing from causes other than the negligence of laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone employed for services specifically related to the directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for Work. whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written 5 . Supplemental costs including the consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, • following : damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -33 of the Work for the purpose of determining limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal CONTRACTOR ' s fee . of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. 5 . Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long and expressly included in paragraphs 11 . 0 LA and distance telephone calls, telephone service at the 11 .01 .B . Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. C. CONTRACTOR 's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, CONTRACTOR's fee i. When the Cost of the Work is used to shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When determine the value of a Change Order or of a the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when Claim, the cost of premiums for additional Bonds a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined and insurance required because of the changes in the on the basis of Cost of the Work, CONTRACTOR' s fee Work or caused by the event giving rise to the shall be determined as set forth in paragraph 12 .01 .C. Claim D. Documentation : Whenever the Cost of the Work i . When all the Work is performed on the for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs basis of cost-plus, the costs of premiums for all 11 . 0l .A and 11 . 01 .B, CONTRACTOR will establish and Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is required by maintain records thereof in accordance with generally the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown B . Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall together with supporting data . not include any of the following items : 11 . 02 Cash Allowances 1 . Payroll costs and other compensation of • CONTRACTOR' s officers, executives, principals A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attor- Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to neys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and con- be performed for such sums as may be acceptable to tracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR, whether at the Site or in CONTRACTOR' s principal 1 . the allowances include the cost to CON- or branch office for general administration of the TRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of Work and not specifically included in the agreed materials and equipment required by the allowances upon schedule of job classifications referred to in to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; paragraph I1 . 0l .A. 1 or specifically covered by and paragraph 11 .0l .A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the 2 . CONTRACTOR' s costs for unloading CONTRACTOR's fee. and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated 2 . Expenses of CONTRACTOR' s principal for the allowances have been included in the and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR' s Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no office at the Site. demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. 3 . Any part of CONTRACTOR' s capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's B . Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change capital employed for the Work and charges against Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall 4 . Costs due to the negligence of CON- be correspondingly adjusted. TRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly • or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose 11 . 03 Unit Price Work acts any of them may be liable, including but not IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 - 34 A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or B . The value of any Work covered by a Change . part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Price will be determined as follows : Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the 1 . where the Work involved is covered by estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agree- unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by ment. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work application of such unit prices to the quantities of the are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of items involved (subject to the provisions of para- comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract graph 11 .03 ) ; or Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Part of paragraph 12 .01 .B .2 has been deleted. CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER subject to 2 . where the Work involved is not covered the provisions of paragraph 9 .08 . by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump s B . Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to . cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item Paragraph 12 .01 .B .3 has been deleted in its entirety. 3 . .. ,her-e the Ale.L LtBrolved iset , ered C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim by trait - e .tamed :n the Genlr et Pee, .ments for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with and agreemepA to ^ h ,..... ^ is ,.t - .. ehed . de.. paragraph 10. 05 if paragraph 12 .01 .B .2 , n the basis of the rest of the Werk (de+e.-...:,-. ed ., pre .ided in paFagr-aph 11 . 0 1 1 . the quantity of any item of Unit Price plus a GOINg. A f IIID r e f ever-head nd . afit Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs mate- (detem4 ea as ided in par-agEaph 12 . 0 1 . C) . rially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and Paragraph 12 .01 .0 has been deleted in its entirety. 2 . there is no corresponding adjustment fee `eE eyeFbe^ a and profit shall be ,rete.- aired as folio•• .^ • 14ar 1V1 V PV with respect any other item of Work; and .... lually ^ eptable fixed fee ;z . , 3 . if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in 2 . if ^ fixed fee is not agreed upon, the„ Contract Price as a result of having incurred addi- fee baseden the f 11e.. , ag pe ee.Aages of the tional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is var e, . ^ peens of the Cost of the 17i lefk. entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any a. fey- eests ineurFed nde_ paragraphs such increase or decrease. 1 1 .0 ! A1 and 11 . 0 1A7 the GOIN TD A CT-O ' s fee shaN b. 15 per-eent3 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE ; b. for- ^ ests ineuffed under paragraph CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 11 . 01 .A.3 , the GQl q A rTnn , ^ fee shall be five pereent; 12 . 01 Change of Contract Price e . -• he .e one of more tie_^ of subeent nets are on the basis of Cost of the Werk pus ., F e A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a and Te &ea fee is agreed the intent e Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for pa faph 12 . 01 . G.2 . a is that the Sub,. en4fe �t an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on •- •he ^ et. . ^ lly pe-f^^~s the `xle_l, at mrlia4eve written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to tier ., ,; ll be paid ^ fee of 15 p e„t of the - ee. the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10 . 05 . 11 . 01 A 1 and 11 . 01 .A.2 an that any higher- tie. S bee«tr.. etor and CONTRACTOR CTO . .: 11 e eh be • paid o fee of five per-cent of the a nt paid to the next le., .er tier- Sub,. ntFaete«. 0 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -35 CONTRACTOR. Delays attributable to and within the • d. ne fee ^tea" be payableen the bas control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be rests—itemized- under paragFapks 11 . 01 .A-4, delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. i t nl n and 11 . 01 .13 ; 12 . 05 Delays Beyond OWNER 's and CONTRACTOR 's e . the amount of ,._edit to be ^ ll , wed h. , Control GONTR n GTnn to 0AALPk >~n for- ^ ehange .. .h;^h r-esuhs in a net deer-ease in east •• ^ ll hA. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from amount of the aotu ' net deer-ease in eest pl, ^ completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times dedeetien in CO TT'D ^��'sfee by an (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both ameupA equal to five—peFeent of sacs—net OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the deer-ease ; an Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole f •• he^ both addition" and ^'edit°' and exclusive remedy for such delay. veered in any one-ehange two ^ d:• • st.,,e..t CONTRACTOR's CTOR's c e shall be ,.,.." muted e +ho 12 . 06 Delay Damages basis ..f the ., et eh . nge : aeeer-danee ,. ,;th p gFa* T2 . 01 . Gzt . a thfough Paragraphs 12 .06.A and 12 .06 B have been deleted and sive: replaced with a new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. 12 . 02 Change of Contract Times A. In no event shall 03X:n >~vor- ENGPrEER be. liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontraeter-, any Supp! A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be er-� any other. . ^ tia - to ^ sufety for- changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. employeeor- agent ,.f any of the, f . damage" afising • .t Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or of or resulting � Milestones) shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the other 1 . delays eaffl.ised by o .: th;-• the ^ .,t,.„t ,.f • party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of CONT-n A CTnn . paragraph 10. 05 . 2 . delays beyendthe ee troll of be B . Any adjustment of the Contract Times (or OWNED and GQT`P:v A GTnn incl • d;.. ,. but t Milestones) covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for lftiited to fires, floods , epidemies, aboafmal weather.- an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be eenditiens, is of godor- ^t^ , egleet by . ,til ;t. , determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12 . as eontemplated by A .+; .. le 7 .- 12 . 03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR 's Control B . Nediing in this paragraph 12 . 06 bar-s a ehange in A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from , or- dismpti completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times di-eethy attributable to " ,etionsor- "tiem ,.f nIx7ATCD Aff- (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of anyone for- whom OAIn rD : responsible-. CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS ; 12 .02 .A. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by DEFECTIVE WORK OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather 13 . 01 Notice of Defects conditions, or acts of God. A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which 12 . 04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR 's Control OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) will not be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this * extended due to delays within the control of Article 13 . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -36 prior to CONTRACTOR ' s purchase thereof for 013 . 02 Access to Work incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER' s Con- OWNER and ENGINEER. sultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies E . If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and inspected, tested, or approved is covered by CONTRAC- the Work at reasonable times for their observation, TOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, inspecting, and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR' s Site safety procedures and F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13 . 03 .E shall be at CONTRACTOR 's expense unless CON- TRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of 13 . 03 Tests and Inspections CONTRACTOR ' s intention to cover the same and ENGI- NEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely response to such notice . notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and A new Paragraph 13.03 .G has been added. See the testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests . Supplementary Conditions. Paragraph 13 .03 .B has been deleted and replaced with a 13 . 04 Uncovering Work new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. B . OIAL .Mn shall ^... ley and pay for- the senrie ^F A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written II1SZ11l1YrlY(111Y1 testing late ate , to ^ f fm all • eti ^ n, request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGI- tests, er approvals required by the r,,..tFae« Deou..•o„«s NEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER' s observation and e replaced at CONTRACTOR' s expense . • Q= ., ^ paragraphs i � 03 G and i � 03 D below-, for- inspeetiefis, tests, er appf-e ,�als Parts of the last two sentences of paragraph 13 .04.B c^ . Y� w, have been deleted. B . If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable 2 . that costs ineuffed in eemeetien jAith that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspect- ed or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER 's 13 04 n shall be paid as pr-^• 4a ^-' in said par-agF p request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available 3 . 0for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all 3 . as ethef3A4se speeifieally ^ < .; a°a in necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, Paragraph 13 .03.0 has been deleted in its entirety. attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration —C. If Laws or- Regulationswi-y ;wed zing or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to ju:asdietien require any WedE (^ art the ^f e :s wall such uncovering,g exposure, observation, inspection, and «^ be in eeted tested, appr-oved by .,... levee ^ ^«we. testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction {V VY 311J�lYYLY CS, ^ �l body, GQThPq ^ C2 T Q sh (including but not limited to all costs of repair. Y;,re..e....,.. . � :,� such ', ep it or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be . • •..rYYava6, wuw, v als, pay all eests : eetien entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price . If ..aere�h4h, and fi • the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, ef inspection or appr-eval. OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10. 05 . If, however, such Work is not found to be D . CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed--an-in� arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection the r,^..« aet Dri ^e ^_ an extension of the Contract Times (or with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Milestones) , or—bot , directly attributable to such OWNER 's and ENGINEER 's acceptance of materials or uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, . equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -37 agree as to theme extent thereof, CONTRACTOR promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in • may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10 . 05 . an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work Paragraph 13 .05.A has been deleted and replaced with a corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work re- new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. moved and replaced, and, all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of 13 . 05 OWNER May Stop the Work engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) A. if the Werk is defeetiye OF C-GqQq�AGTOR fails arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such to s ply "" r" eient skAled w er-kers or suitable materials e removal and replacement (including but not limited to all equipment, ,. r a ^ +e pei f .-„., the Work : . ^w ^ . +m. ^ + costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be �71 the eernpleted WeAE 3A41 eea erm to +'1e GentF + paid by CONTRACTOR. LVruments, OWNER Fmy order- CONTRACTOR to step the WoFIEor- any portion thereof, nfil the , e for- ^ eh B . In special circumstances where a particular item of order- has bee., e, :...:..^ +ea . hewer this rigl# of QIAQv v equipment is placed in continuous service before to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty en the pa# Substantial Completion of al the correction mp 1 the Work, on of OIAL� ✓R to exereise this right for- the benefit ,.f period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if CQP} TRACTOR, any SubeontrzaetoF, any Supplier-, any so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. e„+ ,.f ...,, . of the._. C . Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and 13 . 06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work replaced under this paragraph 13 . 07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for A . CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work, an additional period of one year after such correction or whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. D . CONTRACTOR ' s obligations under this CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and paragraph 13 . 07 are in addition to any other obligation or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of warranty. The provisions of this paragraph 13 .07 shall not engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or 13 . 08 Acceptance of Defective Work replacement of work of others) . A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and 13 . 07 Correction Period replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER' s recommendation of final payment, A. If within one year after the date of Substantial ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. Completion or such longer period of time as may be CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of applicable special guarantee required by the Contract engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the attributable to OWNER' s evaluation of and determination repair of any damages to the land or areas made available to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved for CONTRACTOR' s use by OWNER or permitted by by ENGINEER as to reasonableness) and the diminished Laws and Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6. 1 LA value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER' s acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER' s recommendation written instructions : (i) repair such defective land or areas, of final payment, a Change Order will be issued or (ii) correct such defective Work or, if the defective Work incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (iii) entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, or areas resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -38 paragraph 10. 05 . If the acceptance occurs after such by OWNER of OWNER ' s rights and remedies under this recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by paragraph 13 . 09 . CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 13 . 09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required 14 . 01 Schedule of Values by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13 .06.A, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance A. The schedule of values established as provided in with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to paragraph 2 . 07 .A will serve as the basis for progress comply with any other provision of the Contract payments and will be incorporated into a form of Applica- Documents, OWNER may, after seven days written notice tion for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on deficiency. the number of units completed. B . In exercising the rights and remedies under this 14 . 02 Progress Payments paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, A. Applications for Payments OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and 1 . At least 20 days before the date estab- suspend CONTRACTOR ' s services related thereto, take lished for each progress payment (but not more often possession of CONTRACTOR' s tools, appliances, con- than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to struction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorpo- ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment rate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but the Work completed as of the date of the which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow Application and accompanied by such supporting OWNER, OWNER ' s representatives, agents and employ- documentation as is required by the Contract Docu- ees, OWNER ' s other contractors, and ENGINEER and ments . If payment is requested on the basis of ENGINEER' s Consultants access to the Site to enable materials and equipment not incorporated in the OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or paragraph. at another location agreed to in writing, the Applica- tion for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers , that OWNER has received the materials and equip- architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or ment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or materials and equipment are covered by appropriate sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies property insurance or other arrangements to protect under this paragraph 13 . 09 will be charged against CON- OWNER' s interest therein, all of which must be TRACTOR, and a Change Order will be issued incorpo- satisfactory to OWNER. rating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to 2 . Beginning with the second Application an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties for Payment, each Application shall include an are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, affidavit of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in progress payments received on account of the Work paragraph 10. 05 . Such claims, costs, losses and damages have been applied on account to discharge will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or CONTRACTOR' s legitimate obligations associated replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by with prior Applications for Payment. correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR' s defective Work. 3 . The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the D . CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension Agreement. of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -39 B . Review of Applications 4 . Neither ENGINEER' s review of 1 . ENGINEER will, within 10 days after CONTRACTOR ' s Work for the purposes of recom- receipt of each Application for Payment, either mending payments nor ENGINEER ' s recommenda- indicate in writing a recommendation of payment tion of any payment, including final payment, will and present the Application to OWNER or return the impose responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing direct, or control the Work or for the means, meth- ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend ods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may construction, or the safety precautions and programs make the necessary corrections and resubmit the incident thereto, or for CONTRACTOR ' s failure to Application. comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to CONTRACTOR' s performance of the Work. 2 . ENGINEER ' s recommendation of any Additionally, said review or recommendation will payment requested in an Application for Payment not impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to any examination to ascertain how or for what OWNER, based on ENGINEER ' s observations on purposes CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and on account of the Contract Price, or to determine qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment review of the Application for Payment and the has passed to OWNER free and clear of any Liens. accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER' s knowledge, information and belief: 5 . ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in a. the Work has progressed to the point ENGINEER ' s opinion, it would be incorrect to indicated; make the representations to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14 . 02 .13 .2 . ENGINEER may also refuse b. the quality of the Work is generally in to recommend any such payment or, because of accordance with the Contract Documents (sub- subsequently discovered evidence or the results of • ject to an evaluation of the Work as a function- subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any ing whole prior to or upon Substantial Comple- such payment recommendation previously made, to tion, to the results of any subsequent tests called such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER' s for in the Contract Documents, to a final deter- opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: mination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9 . 08, and to a. the Work is defective, or completed any other qualifications stated in the Work has been damaged, requiring correction or recommendation); and replacement; c. the conditions precedent to b. the Contract Price has been reduced by CONTRACTOR' s being entitled to such pay- Written Amendment or Change Orders ; ment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER ' s responsibility to observe the c . OWNER has been required to correct Work. defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13 . 09 ; or 3 . By recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the represented that: (i) inspections made to check the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been paragraph 15 . 02 .A. performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed New paragraphs 14 .02 .B .5.e and f have been added . inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities See the Supplementary Conditions . specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents ; or (ii) that there may not be other Paragraph 14.02 .C.1 has been deleted and replaced with matters or issues between the parties that might a new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by • OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to C. Payment Becomes Due CONTRACTOR. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -40 1 . Ten days after- presentatien of 14 . 03 CONTRACTOR 's Warranty of Title • Appheatien €er Payment to DA94ER l � L'AT('_rA EHR 's 1a. , a ti the amount A . CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title _„,ended .. , 1 (sub . « t o f p > to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any . . . �., �� w a w uta. rJ1 v v-rJ[viri vr�a ubrurllZ 14 . 02 .D) become due, and �A4iea due 3Atill be paid b Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the OWNER to CONTRACTOR, Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens . D . Reduction in Payment 14 . 04 Substantial Completion 1 . OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work because : ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is a. claims have been made against OWNER substantially complete (except for items specifically listed on account of CONTRACTOR ' s performance or by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that furnishing of the Work; ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and Part of Paragraph 14.02 .D. 1 .2 .b. has been deleted. ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to b . Liens have been filed in connection with determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not the Work,Keept .. . er-e GOO R nAGTOR has consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will deliver-ed . eeifi . Bond ti f t nixn.r notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons H Vt/V V111V LV314 JUL ER to seeufe the atisf efie and `' ' °' ehar-ge of therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially sueh v y y _ complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall c . there are other items entitling OWNER to fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be a set-off against the amount recommended; or attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER • d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate occurrence of any of the events enumerated in during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as paragraphs 14 . 02 .B . 5 .a through 14 .02 .B . 5 . c or to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after paragraph 15 . 02 .A. considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within New paragraphs 14.02 .D. 1 .e, f, and g have been added. 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to See the Supplementary Conditions. OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's 2 . If OWNER refuses to make payment of objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially the full amount recommended by ENGINEER, complete, ENGINEER will within said 14 days execute and OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised the reasons for such action and promptly pay CON- tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) TRACTOR any amount remaining after deduction reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as of the amount so withheld. OWNER shall promptly ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written OWNER' s satisfaction the reasons for such action. recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with 3 . If it is subsequently determined that respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the OWNER 's refusal of payment was not justified, the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an and guarantees . Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR amount due as determined by paragraph 14 . 02 . C. 1 . agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER ' s issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER ' s aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -41 • B . OWNER shall have the right to exclude 14 . 06 Final Inspection CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, reasonable access to complete or correct items on the ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with tentative list. OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CON- TRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this 14 . 05 Partial Utilization inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as A. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such substantially completed part of the Work which has deficiencies . specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR agree 14 . 07 Final Payment constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose A. Application for Payment without significant interference with CONTRACTOR' s performance of the remainder of the Work, may be 1 . After CONTRACTOR has, in the accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the opinion of ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all Work subject to the following conditions. corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract 1 . OWNER at any time may request CON- Documents, all maintenance and operating TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be certificates or other evidence of insurance ready for its intended use and substantially complete. certificates of inspection, marked-up record docu- If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the ments (as provided in paragraph 6 . 12), and other Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR documents, CONTRACTOR may make application will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such for final payment following the procedure for • part of the Work is substantially complete and progress payments . request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 2 . The final Application for Payment shall CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR (i) all documentation called for in the Contract considers any such part of the Work ready for its Documents, including but not limited to the intended use and substantially complete and request evidence of insurance required by subparagraph ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial 5 . 04 . B .7; (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final Completion for that part of the Work. Within a payment; and (iii) complete and legally effective reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection inspection of that part of the Work to determine its with the Work. status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially 3 . In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and specified in paragraph 14 . 07 .A.2 and as approved by CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons there- OWNER, CONTRACTOR may finnish receipts or for. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR to be substantially complete, the provisions of para- that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, graph 14 . 04 will apply with respect to certification services, material, and equipment for which a Lien of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and and the division of responsibility in respect thereof equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected and access thereto . with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been 2 . No occupancy or separate operation of paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in the requirements of paragraph 5 . 10 regarding full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other • property insurance . collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -42 under the terms and conditions governing final payment, B . Review of Application and Acceptance except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims . 1 . If, on the basis of ENGINEER' s observa- 14 . 09 Waiver of Claims tion of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINEER ' s review of the final Paragraph 14.09 has been deleted and replaced in its Application for Payment and accompanying docu- entirety with a new paragraph. See the Supplementary mentation as required by the Contract Documents, Conditions. ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been A. The making a a .. o +. nee of final payment completed and CONTRACTOR' s other obligations ^��t under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER ' s recommendation of payment and from 2hn^ ,tied Lieffi, fF M def et W r appear- present the Application for Payment to OWNER for ing after- final payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also t ^ n6 from failufe t eemply l th t G «. give written notice to OWNER and CON- Dee offtsor- the tenns ofany _ , _ cel TRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to speeified therein, OF from GQQqZAGTOR-, the provisions of paragraph 14 . 09 . Otherwise, n finui a,. obligations a t Gentmet n oeu ENGINEER will return the Application for Payment me_�� *� to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which 2 . a 3ATaiyvreF e f all Glai ..... by CONTRAG case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary TOR agaiimt O;Vn >~n other- than t Y l corrections and resubmit the Application for made is o.==ang 1 ie rare stilxi za settled , Payment. Paragraph 14 .07.C . 1 has been deleted and replaced with ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND • a new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. TERMINATION C . Payment Becomes Due 1 . Thirty days after- the presentation to 15 . 01 OWNER May Suspend Work O R of the Applisatien fer Payment an aeseiripany . deeu ientatien, the amewnt The last sentence of Paragraph 15.01 .A has been deleted Feeemmw ded by >rrrr-PME 11 beeeme a a and replaced with new sentences. See the - aur u v f �v en due,will bepaidby 0303 R to GvvrN Supplementary Conditions. TRACTOR. A . At any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not 14 . 08 Final Completion Delayed more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to CON- TRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of shall be alloNved an adjustment in the r t Pfiee OF CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating attributable tea y sueh suspem en if GQN D ^ GTOR the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that mmkes a Claim they-efef as pFevided in pafagr-aph 10 .05 . portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not 15 . 02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been A. The occurrence of any one or more of the furnished as required in paragraph 5 . 01 , the written consent following events will justify termination for cause : of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be 1 . CONTRACTOR' s persistent failure to submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the perform the Work in accordance with the Contract • Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materi- IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -43 als or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress then existing or which may thereafter accrue . Any retention schedule established under paragraph 2 . 07 as or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 6 . 04) ; A new Paragraph 15.02 .D has been added. See the 2 . CONTRACTOR's disregard of Laws or Supplementary Conditions. Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 15 . 03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience 3 . CONTRACTOR ' s disregard of the authority of ENGINEER; or A. Upon seven days written notice to CON- TRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause 4 . CONTRACTOR ' s violation in any and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of substantial way of any provisions of the Contract OWNER, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, Documents . CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items) : New Paragraphs 15.02 .A.5 and 15.02 .A.6 have been added. Seethe Supplementary Conditions. 1 . for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Docu- The third sentence of Paragraph 15.02 .B has been ments prior to the effective date of termination, deleted and replaced with a new sentence. See the including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and Supplementary Conditions. profit on such Work; B . If one or more of the events identified in paragraph 15 .02 .A occur, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR 2 . for expenses sustained prior to the (and the surety, if any) seven days written notice, terminate effective date of termination in performing services the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as re- from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all quired by the Contract Documents in connection CONTRACTOR' s tools, appliances, construction equip- with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable ment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full sums for overhead and profit on such expenses ; extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), Paragraph 15.03 .A3 has been deleted in its entirety. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored 3 . feF all elakvpz, sests, losses, and damages at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR (ineluding m.. .+ not , 4rd4ed to n fees ah br but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as engineers, arshiteets, attorneys, and other OWNER may deem expedient. In such case, of.. ..ian s a all eata4 m i+- + or- +, CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further dispute resolution eests) ineuNed in set4lement r payment until the Work is finished. the—Centrast Priee—exeeeds all elainis,—BOAS.losses,and and ethers ; and daffmges (ineluding but not !Lmited to all fees and ehafges--of , 4 . for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. sustained byQW1hMR arising—eat of or- relating 4e eemple6ng —the—Werls—sueh a-meess—Pill--be—paid te B . CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of GQrPoAGTOR. If such claims, costs, losses, and loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR arising out of or resulting from such termination. shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed 15 . 04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by ENGINEER, incorporated in a Change Order. Parts of Paragraph 15.04 have been deleted . When exercising any rights or remedies under this A. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by lowest price for the Work performed. OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for C. Where CONTRACTOR ' s services have been so Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or- ^moi M • terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any fails frr 30 daTTto pay—Cnr��GQR any sum finally rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR determined to be due; then CONTRACTOR may, upon IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -44 seven days written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable suspension or failure within that time, terminate the jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. Contract and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15 . 03 . In lieu of terminating 17 . 03 Cumulative Remedies the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application A. The duties and obligations imposed by these for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, of General Conditions and the rights and remedies available OWNER has failed for- 30 days to pay GONTRACTOR -any hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not sum finally detem a t l a CONTRACTOR may, Y Y t Y g >z=a==T—ate ..,. =•�=�u t��n� y, to be construed in an way as a limitation of an rights and seven days after written notice to OWNER and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise ENGINEER, stop the Work until payment is made of all imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15 . 04 are not Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making a Claim will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract under paragraph 10 .05 for an adjustment in Contract Price Documents in connection with each particular duty, or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. 17 . 04 Survival of Obligations A . All representations, indemnifications, warranties, ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will 16 . 01 Methods and Procedures survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Agreement. Paragraph 16.01 .A has been deleted and replaced with a new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. 17 . 05 Controlling Law A. Dispute reselufion methods and pr-ena , � F Paragraph 17.05.A has been deleted and replaced with a shall he of F.+hthe StipplemefAafy !� ,l 't: il• new paragraph. See the Supplementary Conditions. method and pr edu a has been et Fm-Flt and .1.: ,.t to the A This Gentfae4 to be n ed by the t of L p ^o f par-as= ap=1s9 09 and 10 05 , OA111 T' D ,7stateeh the Pfojeet is 1 t ,7 G01hqRACTOR hht di b > rca=acaacs—crs either- may etherAise have iffider- the G .< t r - New Paragraphs have been added. See the Supplementary by Laws or- Regulations in respeet of any disptAe . Conditions. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17 . 01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice . 17 . 02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the fust and include the last day of such period. If the last IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00700 - Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 00700 -45 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS Article Title Article Number Introduction SC — 1 . 00 Defined Terms SC — 1 . 01 Before Starting Construction SC — 2 . 05 Preconstruction Conference SC — 2 . 06 Coordination of Plans , Specifications , and Special Provisions SC — 3 . 06 Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC — 4 . 02 Performance , Payment and Other Bonds SC — 5 . 01 Certificates of Insurance SC — 5 . 03 CONTRACTOR ' s Liability Insurance SC — 5 . 04 OWNER's Liability Insurance SC — 5 . 05 • Property Insurance SC — 5 . 06 Waiver of Rights SC — 5 . 07 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds SC — 5 . 08 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance ; Option to Replace SC — 5 . 09 Labor; Working Hours SC — 6 . 02 Substitutes and "Or-Equals " SC — 6 . 05 Concerning Subcontractors , Suppliers , and Others SC — 6 . 06 Permits SC — 6 . 08 Taxes SC — 6 . 10 Indemnification SC — 6 . 20 Potential Related Work at Site SC — 7 . 03 Replacement of Engineer SC — 8 . 02 • Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents & Acceptability SC — 9 . 09 of Work Change of Contract Price Sc — 12 . 01 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - i Delay Damages SC — 12 . 06 Test and Inspections SC — 13 . 03 Uncovering Work SC — 13 . 04 OWNER May Stop the Work SC — 13 . 05 Progress Payments SC — 14 . 02 Final Payment SC - 14 . 07 Waiver of Claims SC — 14 . 09 OWNER May Suspend Work SC — 15 . 01 OWNER May Terminate for Cause SC — 15 . 02 OWNER May Terminate for Convenience SC — 15 . 03 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate SC — 15 . 04 Dispute Resolution SC — 16 . 00 Liens SC — 17 . 06 • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - ii • SC - 1 . 00 Introduction These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract ( No . 1910-8 , 1996 Edition ) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions , which are not so amended or supplemented , remain in full force and effect . The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions . SC -1 . 01 Defined Terms SC- 1 . 01 . A. 20 . Add the following language at the end of GC- 1 . 01 . A . 20: ENGINEER 's Consultant : Name : Brown and Caldwell Address : 1060 Maitland Center Commons , Suite 402 City , State , Zip : Maitland , FL 32751 Phone : (407 ) — 661 - 9517 Fax: 1407) — 661 - 9599 SC -2 . 05 Before Starting Construction SC-2 . 05 . C . Delete paragraph GC 2. 05. 0 in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its • place: C . Evidence of Insurance: CONTRACTOR shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all insurance required under Article 5 and such insurance has been delivered to the OWNER and approved by the OWNER , nor shall the CONTRACTOR allow any Subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all similar insurance required of the Subcontractor has been so obtained and approved . All such insurance shall remain in effect until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting , removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article 13 , SC -2. 06 Pre-Construction Conference SC-2 . 06 Delete paragraph GC-2. 06. A in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place: A. Immediately after awarding the contract, but before the CONTRACTOR begins work , the Engineer will call a pre-construction conference at a place the ENGINEER designates to establish an understanding among the parties as to the work and to discuss schedules referred to in paragraph 2 . 05 . 6 , procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals , and maintaining required records . Utility companies and others as appropriate will be requested to attend to discuss and coordinate work . • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 1 SC -3 . 06 Coordination of Plans , Specifications , and Special Provisions • SC-3 . 06 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC-3. 05: SC-3 . 06 Coordination of Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions A . In case of discrepancy , the governing order of the documents shall be as follows : 1 . Written Interpretations 2 . Addenda 3 . Specifications 4 . Supplementary Conditions to the General Conditions 5 . General Conditions 6 , Approved Shop Drawings 7 , Drawings 8 , Referenced Standards . B . Written/computed dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions . SC -4 . 02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC4 . 02 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC-4. 02. 8: C . In the preparation of Drawings and Specifications , ENGINEER or ENGINEER 's Consultants relied upon the following reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the Site : • 1 . Report dated June 9 , 2004 , prepared by A . M . Engineering and Testing , Inc. , entitled : geotechnical Exploration for Proposed Indian River County Utilities Complex , consisting of 34 pages . The "technical data " contained in such report on which CONTRACTOR may rely consists of soil testing results and a summary of geotechnical project considerations . . D . In the preparation of Drawings and Specifications , ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultants relied upon the following drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities ) which are at or contiguous to the Site : 1 . Drawings dated 9- 11 -02 , revised 10-09-02 , prepared by Masteller, Moler & Reed , Inc, entitled : Boundary Survey Performed for Indian River County Utilities Department, project no . : 5086 , consisting of 1 sheet. E . Copies of reports and drawings itemized in SC-4 . 02 . 0 and SC-4 . 02 . D that are not included with Bidding Documents may be examined at the Indian River County Department of Utility Services during regular business hours . These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents , but the "technical data " contained therein upon which CONTRACTOR may rely as identified and established above are incorporated therein by reference . CONTRACTOR is not entitled to rely upon other information and data utilized by ENGINEER and ENGINEER 's Consultants in the preparation of Drawings and Specifications . SC4 . 03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions • SC-4 . 03 . C . 3 Delete the following text from the second sentence of paragraph GC-4. 03. C. 3: IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 2 SC -5 . 01 Performance , Payment and Other Bonds • SC-5 . 01 . A. Delete paragraph GC-5. 01 . A in its entirety and insert the following paragraphs in its place: A . Within ten ( 10 ) days of receipt of the Contract Documents for execution , the CONTRACTOR shall furnish a Performance Bond in an amount equal to 125 % of the Contract Price and a Payment Bond in an amount equal to 100 % of the Contract Price . 1 . The CONTRACTOR shall provide two separate bonds . A combined Payment and Performance Bond for 125 % of the Contract Price is not an acceptable substitute . 2 . Such Bonds shall continue in effect for one ( 1 ) year after acceptance of the Work by the OWNER . 3 , The CONTRACTOR shall record , the Payment Bond and the Performance Bond with the Public Record Section of the Indian River County Courthouse located at 2000 16th Avenue , Vero Beach , Florida 32960 . The recorded bonds shall be forwarded to the Indian River County Purchasing Division on or before the seventh day after they are recorded . The CONTRACTOR shall pay all costs . SC-5 . 01 . 6 . Delete paragraph GC-5. 01 . 8 in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place: B . All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as • provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations , and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of " Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended ) by the Financial Management Service , Surety Bond Branch , U . S . Department of the Treasury. The sureties for all Bonds must be authorized to issue surety bonds in Florida . The CONTRACTOR shall require the attorney- in -fact who executes any Bond , to affix to each a current certified copy of their Power of Attorney , reflecting such person 's authority as Power of Attorney in the State of Florida . Further, at the time of execution of the Contract , the CONTRACTOR shall for all Bonds , provide a copy of the Surety's current valid Certificate of Authority issued by the United States Department of the Treasury under 31 United States Code sections 9304- 9308 . SC -5 . 03 Certificates of Insurance SC-5 . 03 Delete the second sentence of paragraph GC-5. 03 in its entirety. SC -5 . 04 CONTRACTOR ' s Liability Insurance SC-5 . 04 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC-5. 04. 8: C . The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5 . 04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations : • 1 . Worker' s Compensation : To meet statutory limits in compliance with the Worker's Compensation Law of Florida . This policy must include Employer Liability with a limit $ 100 , 000 for each accident , $ 500 , 000 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 3 disease ( policy limit) and $ 100 , 000 disease (each employee ) . Such policy shall include a waiver of subrogation as against OWNER and • ENGINEER on account of injury sustained by an employee (s ) of the CONTRACTOR . 2 . Commercial General Liability : Coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $ 1 , 000 , 000 per occurrence Combined Single Limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage . This shall include coverage for: a . Premises/Operations b . Products/Completed Operations C . Contractual Liability d . Independent Contractors e . Explosion f. Collapse g . Underground . 3 . Business Auto Liability: Coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $ 1 , 000 , 000 per occurrence Combined Single Limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage . This shall include coverage for: a . Owner Autos b . Hired Autos C, Non-Owned Autos . 4 . CONTRACTOR's "All Risk" Insurance : CONTRACTOR shall secure Builders ' Risk "All Risk" insurance at his expense and provide properly completed and executed " Certificates of Insurance and Insurance Endorsement" forms in the exact wording and format presented in these Contract Documents before starting work . 5 . Special Requirements : • a . Ten ( 10 ) days prior to the commencement of any work under this Contract, certificates of insurance and endorsement forms in the exact wording and format as presented in these Contract Documents will be provided to the OWNER's Risk Manager for review and approval . b . " Indian River County Florida " will be named as "Additional Insured" on both the General Liability , Auto Liability and Builder' s Risk "All Risk" Insurance . C, The OWNER will be given thirty ( 30 ) days notice prior to cancellation or modification of any stipulated insurance . Such notification will be in writing by registered mail , return receipt requested and addressed to the OWNER's Risk Manager. d . An appropriate " Indemnification" clause shall be made a provision of the Contract (see paragraph 6 . 20 of the General Conditions ) . e . It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to insure that all subcontractors comply with all insurance requirements . f. It should be remembered that these are minimum requirements , which are subject to modification in response to high hazard operation . g . Insured must be authorized to do business and have an agent for service of process in Florida and have an AAA policyholder' s rating and financial rating of a least Class XI in accordance with the most current Best's Rating . D . Additional Insureds : 1 . In addition to " Indian River County, Florida , " the following individuals or entities shall be listed as " additional insureds" on the CONTRACTOR ' s IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 4 liability insurance policies : a . N/A b . N/A C . N/A E . Should the CONTRACTOR at any time , neglect or refuse to provide the insurance required herein , or should such insurance be canceled or should the full annual aggregate amount of any policy not be available to satisfy the requirements of the Contract, the OWNER shall have the right , but not the obligation , to procure such insurance for the CONTRACTOR and the cost thereof shall be deducted from the monies then due or thereafter to become due to the CONTRACTOR or to declare CONTRACTOR in default under the Contract . SC -5 . 05 OWNER' s Liability Insurance SC-5 . 05 Delete paragraph GC-5. 05. A in its entirety. SC -5 . 06 Property Insurance SC-5 . 06 Delete paragraphs GC-5. 06.A, B, and C in their entirety and insert the following paragraphs in their place: A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof. This insurance shall • 1 . include the interests of OWNER , CONTRACTOR , Subcontractors , ENGINEER , ENGINEER's Consultants and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions , and the officers , directors , partners , employees , agents and other consultants and subcontractors of any of them each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured ; 2 , be written on a Builder's Risk "All Risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss and damage to the Work , temporary buildings , falsework , and materials and equipment in transit and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss : fire , lightning , extended coverage , theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake , collapse , debris removal , demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations , water damage , and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions . 3 , include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property ( including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects) ; 4 , cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work , provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER ; and 5 . allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER ; • 6 . include testing and startup ; and IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 5 7 . be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER , CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued . B . CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention . C . The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with this paragraph SC-5 . 06 shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5 . 06 . 0 of the General Conditions . SC-5 . 06 . E Delete paragraph GC-5. 06. E in its entirety and insert the following in its place: E . Additional Insureds : 1 . The following individuals or entities shall be listed as "additional insureds " on the CONTRACTOR's property insurance policies : a . Indian River County, Florida b . N/A c. N/A SC -5 . 07 Waiver of Rights SC-5 . 07 Delete GC-5. 07 (paragraphs A. B. and C) in its entirety. SC -5. 08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds SC-5 . 08 Delete GC-5. 08 (paragraphs A and B) in its entirety. SC -5 . 09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance ; Option to Replace SC-5 . 09 Delete GC-5. 09 in its entirety. SC -6 . 02 Labor; Working Hours SC-6 . 02 . B . Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC- 6. 02. 8: 1 . Regular working hours are defined as Monday through Friday, excluding Indian River County Holidays , from 7 a . m . to 5 p . m . 2 . Indian River County Holidays are : New Year's Day , Good Friday, Memorial Day , Independence Day , Labor Day , Veterans Day , Thanksgiving Day , Friday after Thanksgiving , Christmas Eve and Christmas Day . Working on these days will not be permitted without prior written permission and approval from the Engineer. 3 , The CONTRACTOR shall receive no additional compensation for overtime work , i . e . , work in excess of eight hours in any one calendar day or 40 hours in . any one calendar week , even though such overtime work may be required under emergency conditions and may be ordered by the ENGINEER in writing . 4 . All costs of inspection and testing performed during overtime work by the CONTRACTOR , which is allowed solely for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR , shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR , and a credit given to the OWNER to deduct the costs of all such inspection and testing from any payments otherwise due the CONTRACTOR . • 5 . All costs of OWNER Is employees and costs of ENGINEER ' s Consultant resulting from overtime work by the CONTRACTOR , which is allowed solely for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR , shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR , and a credit given to OWNER to deduct all such costs from any payments otherwise IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 6 due the CONTRACTOR . 6 . No work shall commence before 7 a . m . or continue after 7 p . m . except in case of emergency upon specific permission of the ENGINEER . SC -6 . 05 Substitutes and " Or- Equals " SC-6 . 05 . A Delete paragraph GC-6. 05. A in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A . Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Con- tract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, that proprietary item or particular Supplier shall be used and no other will be considered . If the specification or description contains or is followed by words such as "equivalent" or "or-equal , " then the specification or description is intended to establish the type ,, function , appearance , and quality required . In such case , substitution of other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circum- stances described below. SC-6 . 05 .A . 1 . a . (ii ) Delete sentence GC-6. 05. A . 1 . a. (ii) in its entirety and insert the following in its place: ( ii ) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function of the named item of material or equipment , and ; SC -6 . 06 Concerning Subcontractors , Suppliers , and Others • SC-6 . 06 . C . Add the following sentence at the end of paragraph GC-6. 06. C: OWNER or ENGINEER may furnish to any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, to the extent practicable , information about amounts paid to CONTRACTOR on account of Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a particular Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity . SC -6 . 08 Permits SC-6 . 08 Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC- 6. 08. A : B . The OWNER shall obtaine the following permits (copies of these permits and their applicable conditions will be provided to the CONTRACTOR) . 1 ) Indian River County Land Clearing Permit 2 ) Indian River County Tree Removal Permit 3 ) Indian River County Concurrency 4 ) Indian River County Type "A" Stormwater Permit 5 ) Indian River County Right-of-Way Permit 6 ) SJRWMD Environmental Resource Permit 7 ) IRFWCD Connection Permit 8 ) FDEP Water Extension General Permit 9 ) FDEP Wastewater System General Permit 10 ) Species of Concern , " Incidental Take" ( If Required ) • C . The CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all other required permits and licenses . The CONTRACTOR shall provide copies of the permits to the OWNER and ENGINEER and shall comply with all conditions contained in IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 7 the permits at no extra cost to the OWNER . • D . The CONTRACTOR shall be familiar with all permit requirements during construction and shall be responsible for complying with these requirements . The cost of this effort shall be included in the pay item in which the work is most closely associated with . SC -6 . 10 Taxes SC-6 . 10 . A Delete paragraph GC- 6. 10.A in its entirety and insert the following in its place: OWNER qualifies for state and local sales tax exemption in the purchase of all material and equipment . OWNER' S tax exemption number is : 41 -05-012529-53C . SC -6 . 20 Indemnification SC-6 . 20 Delete paragraph GC-6. 20 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A . CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the OWNER, together with its agents , employees , elected officers and representatives , from liabilities , damages , losses , and costs , including but not limited to , reasonable attorney's fees , to the extent caused by the negligence , recklessness or intentionally wrongful conduct of the CONTRACTOR and persons employed or utilized by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of this Work under this Agreement. This indemnification and hold harmless provision shall survive the termination or • expiration of this Agreement . SC -7 . 03 Potential Related Work at Site SC-7 . 03 Add the following paragraph immediately after paragraph GC- 7. 02. 8: CONTRACTOR is advised that County Roadway project # 0236 , " Intersection Improvements to 41St Street and 43`d Avenue may occur simultaneously with construction of this project and that both projects require work to be performed in the right-of-ways at the project site . Additionally , the OWNER may bid a contract for the future sanitary sewer and master lift station , conforming approximately to that as shown on sheet C-8 of the Drawings , to be constructed concurrently with this project. SC -8 . 02 Replacement of Engineer SC-8 . 02 Delete the following text from paragraph GC-8. 02. A : SC -9 . 09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work • SC-9 . 09 Delete paragraph GC-9. 09. 8 in its entirety. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 - Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 8 SC - 12 . 01 Change of Contract Price • SC- 12 . 01 . 6 . 2 Delete the following text from paragraph GC- 12. 01 . B. 2 and add a " eriod" . p ( ) at the end of the remaining text. : with aFagraph 12 . 01 . G . 2 ) , nrr vrr - -v . SC- 12 . 01 Delete paragraphs GC- 12. 01 . B. 3 and GC- 12. 01 . 0 in their entirety. SC -12 . 06 Delay Damages SC- 12 . 06 Delete paragraphs GC- 12. 06. A and GC- 12. 06. B in their entirety and insert the following paragraph in their place: A. In no event shall OWNER or ENGINEER be liable to CONTRACTOR , any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization , or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them , for damages arising out of or resulting from any delay whatsoever. The CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays to the project are time extensions . SC -13 . 03 Test and Inspections SC- 13 . 03 . 13 . Delete the first sentence of paragraph GC- 13. 03. 6 (up to the colon) in its entirety, and insert the following sentences in its place: • CONTRACTOR shall employ and a for the services of an independent testing laboratory to P Y pay P 9 rY perform all materials inspections , tests , or approvals required by the Contract Documents , SC - 13 . 04 Uncovering Work SC- 13 . 04 . 13 Delete portions of the last two sentences as follows: If, however, such Work is not found to be defective , CONTRACTOR shall be allowed-aa IRGFease in the GGRtrac4 DriGe a an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones ) ,-9f beth-, directly attributable to such uncovering , exposure , observation , inspection , testing , replacement , and reconstruction . If the parties are unable to agree as to the- ame+Rt-er extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10 . 05 . SC -13 . 05 OWNER May Stop the Work SC- 13 . 05 .A. Delete paragraph GC- 13. 05.A in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place: A . If the Work is defective , or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to comply with permit requirements , or fails to comply with the technical specifications , or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the • Contract Documents , OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work , or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated ; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR , any IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 9 Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them . 14. 02 Progress Payments 9 Y SC- 14 . 02 . B . 5 . Delete paragraph GC- 14. 02. B. 5. d in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place: d . ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraph 15 . 02 . A ; or SC- 14 . 02 . 6 . 5 . Add the following sentences at the end of paragraph GC- 14. 02. B. 5: e . OWNER has been required to pay ENGINEER or ENGINEER 's Consultant additional compensation because of CONTRACTOR delays or rejection of defective Work; or f. OWNER has been required to pay an independent testing laboratory for subsequent inspections , tests , or approvals taken after initial failing inspections , tests , or approvals . SC- 14 . 02 . C . 1 . Delete paragraph GC- 14. 02. C. 1 in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place: C . Payment Becomes Due • 1 . Payment shall be made by OWNER to CONTRACTOR according to the Florida Prompt Payment Act. SC- 14 . 02 . D . 1 . b Revise GC- 14. 02. D. 1 . b to read as follows: b . Liens have been filed in connection with the Work . SC- 14 . 02 . D . 1 Add the following paragraphs at the end of paragraph GC- 14. 02. D. 1 . d. e . CONTRACTOR fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractors; f. the Work for which payment is requested cannot be verified ; g . of persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents , or otherwise unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work ; or h , of any other breach of, default under or violation of, or failure to comply with , the provisions of the Contract Documents , SC - 14. 07 Final Payment SC- 14 . 07 . C . 1 . Delete paragraph GC- 14. 07. C. 1 in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place: . C . Payment Becomes Due 1 . Payment shall be made by OWNER to CONTRACTOR according to the " Florida Prompt Payment Act" ( F . S . Chapter 218 . 70 , et . seq . ) . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 10 SC -14 . 09 Waiver of Claims SC- 14 . 09 Delete paragraph GC- 14. 09. A in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place : A. Acceptance of Final Payment as Release . The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of final payment shall be and shall operate as a release to the OWNER from all claims and all liability to the CONTRACTOR other than claims in stated amounts as may be specifically excepted by the CONTRACTOR for all things done or furnished in connection with this Work and for every act and neglect of the OWNER and others relating to or arising out of this Work . Any payment, however, final or otherwise , shall not release the CONTRACTOR or his sureties from any obligations under the Contract Documents or the Payment and Performance Bonds . SC -15 . 01 OWNER May Suspend Work SC- 15 . 01 . A Delete the last sentence in paragraph GC- 15. 01 .A and insert the following in its place: CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an extension of the Contract Times , directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes a Claim for an extension as provided in paragraph 10 . 05 . CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an adjustment of the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such Work suspension . • SC -15 . 02 OWNER May Terminate For Cause SC- 15 . 02 . A. 5 , SC- 15 . 02 . A. 6 and SC- 15 . 02 . A. 7 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC- 15. 02. A . 4: A . CONTRACTOR 's violation of Section 02270 — " Erosion Control " 6 . CONTRACTOR's failure to make payment to Subcontractors or Suppliers for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractors or Suppliers . 7 . CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any general and/or specific conditions of any regulatory permit issued for the construction of this project. SC- 15 . 02 . 13 Delete the third sentence in paragraph GC- 15. 02. 8 and insert the following in its place: If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims , costs , losses , and damages ( including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers , architects , attorneys , and other professionals and dispute resolution or litigation costs ) sustained by OWNER arising out of or relating to completing the Work , CONTRACTOR will be paid for acceptable earned Work that is fully completed or partially completed , and executed in accordance • with the Contract Documents , prior to the effective date of termination . SC- 15 . 02 . D Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph GC- 15. 02. C: IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 11 A. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination . SC - 15 . 03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience SC- 15 . 03 . A. 3 Delete paragraph GC- 15. 03. A . 3 in its entirety. SC -15. 04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate SC- 15 . 04 Delete the following text from the first sentence of paragraph GC- 15. 04. A : SC- 15 . 04 Delete the following text from the second sentence of paragraph GC- 15. 04.A : A� r Q� AFINER has failed fel: 30 days te pay CONTRACTOR aRY GUFn fiRally deteRnilled te be due-, SC -16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION SC- 16 . 01 .A. Delete paragraph GC- 16. 01 .A in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place: A. Dispute resolution and procedures : OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they may submit any and all unsettled Claims or counterclaims , disputes , or other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the • breach thereof, to mediation by a certified mediator of the 19`h Judicial Circuit in Indian River County. If mediation is unsuccessful , OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute . SC - 17 . 05 Controlling Law SC- 17 . 05 . A. Delete paragraph GC- 17. 05. A in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place: A. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida . Venue for any lawsuit brought by either party against the other party or otherwise arising out of this Contract shall be in Indian River County, Florida , or in the event of a federal jurisdiction , in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida . Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC17. 05: SC -17 . 06 Liens A. This project is a " Public Works" under Chapter 255 , Florida Statutes . No merchant 's liens may be filed against the OWNER . Any claimant may apply to the OWNER for a copy of this Contract. The claimant shall have a right of action against the CONTRACTOR for the amount due him . Such action shall not involve the OWNER in any expense . Claims against the CONTRACTOR are • subject to timely prior notice to the CONTRACTOR as specified in Florida Statutes Section 255 . 05 . The CONTRACTOR shall insert the following paragraph in all subcontracts hereunder: IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 12 " Notice : Claims for labor , materials and supplies are not assessable against Indian River County and are subiect to proper prior notice to ( CONTRACTOR ' S Name ) and to ( CONTRACTOR Surety Company Name ) , pursuant to Chapter 255 of the Florida Statutes . This paragraph shall be inserted in every sub- subcontract hereunder. " The payment due under the Contract shall be paid by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR only after. the CONTRACTOR has furnished the OWNER with, an affidavit stating that all persons , firms or corporations who are defined in Section 713 . 01 , Florida Statutes , who have furnished labor or materials , employed directly or indirectly in the Work , have been paid in full . The OWNER may rely on said affidavit at face value . The CONTRACTOR does hereby release , remiss and quit-claim any and all rights he may enjoy perfecting any lien or any other type of statutory common law or equitable lien against the job . END OF SECTION • • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00800 — Supplemental Conditions 00800 - 13 SECTION 00942 CHANGE ORDER FORM . No . DATE OF ISSUANCE : EFFECTIVE DATE : OWNER : Indian River County CONTRACTOR Project : Indian River County Department of Utility Services — Operations Complex OWNER's Project No . UCP #2229 ENGINEER's Contract No , ENGINEER Brown and Caldwell You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents : Description : Reason for Change Order: Attachments : ( List documents supporting change ) CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE : CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES escri tion Amount Description Time riginal Contract Price Original Contract Time : (days or dates ) $ Substantial Completion : Final Completion : Net Increase ( Decrease ) from Net change from previous Change previous Change Orders No . $ Orders No . to (days ) to Substantial Completion : Final Completion : Contract Price prior to this Contract Time prior to this Change Change Order: $ Order: (days or dates ) Substantial Completion : Final Completion : Net increase (decrease) of this Net increase (decrease) this Change Order: $ Change Order: (days or dates ) Substantial Completion : Final Completion : Contract Price with all approved Contract Time with all approved Change Orders : $ Change Orders : (days or dates ) Substantial Completion : Final Completion : ACCEPTED : RECOMMENDED : APPROVED : By: By : By: CONTRACTOR (Signature ) ENGINEER ( Signature ) OWNER (Signature) ate : Date : Date : END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00942 — Change Order Form 00942 - 1 SECTION 00946 FIELD ORDER FORM Field Change No . : DATE OF ISSUANCE : EFFECTIVE DATE : OWNER : Indian River County CONTRACTOR Project: Indian River County Department of Utility Services — Operations Complex OWNER's Project No . UCP #2229 ENGINEER's Contract No . ENGINEER : Brown and Caldwell Field Activity Description : Reason for Change : • Recommended Disposition : Field Operations Officer / Engineer ( Signature ) Date Disposition : Contractor's Onsite Supervisor ( Signature ) Date Distribution : Field Operations Officer Others as Required : • On -site Supervisor Project File END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00946 — Field Order Form 00946 - 1 SECTION 00948 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE No . DATE OF ISSUANCE : EFFECTIVE DATE : OWNER : Indian River County CONTRACTOR : Project: Indian River County Department of Utilities — Operations Complex OWNER's Project No . UCP #2229 ENGINEER's Contract No . ENGINEER : Brown and Caldwell You are directed to proceed promptly with the following changes : Description : Purpose of Work Change Directive : Attachments : ( List documents supporting change ) If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believe that the above change has affected Contract Price any • Claim for a Change Order based thereon will involve one or more of the following methods as defined in the Contract Documents . Method of determining change in Method of determining change in Contract Prices : Contract Times [] Unit Prices 0 Contractor's Records Q Lump Sum R Engineer's Records II Other: 0 Other: II By Change Order: R By Change Order: Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Price : Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Times : $ Substantial Completion : days ; Ready for Final Completion : days . If the change involves an increase , the estimated If the change involves an increase , the estimated amount is not to be exceeded without further time is not to be exceeded without further authorization . authorization . ACCEPTED : RECOMMENDED : APPROVED : B B B CONTRACTOR ( Signature ) ENGINEER (Signature ) OWNER (Signature ) Date : Date : Date : • END OF SECTION OPERATIONS COMPLEX 00948 — Work Change Directive 00948 - 1 • DIVISION Ol - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS • SECTION 01000 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 LOCATION OF WORK The work is generally located on 20 acres in the Northwest corner of 43rd Avenue and 41S` Street in Indian River County , Florida . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Provide all labor , equipment , materials , facilities and services to complete the following : clear and grub approximately 19 . 5 acres of overgrown citrus grove ; excavate approximately 27 , 000 c . y . of dry material and 19 , 500 c . y . of "wet" material with all soils to be kept on - site ; stockpile and exchange approximately 12 , 500 c . y . of unsuitable fill material with excavated "wet" material ; import • approximately 3 , 000 c . y . of general fill ; grade and shape entire 19 . 5 ± acres ; prepare two building pads with total footprints of approximately 31 , 379 s . f . ; underground sewer , potable water , electric service , communications and irrigation ; approximately 22 , 703 s . y . of asphalt pavement and 1 , 445 s . y . of concrete pavement with associated subgrades and base ; sidewalk ; equipment pads and equipment ; site lighting ; traffic control and parking spaces ; fencing and access control ; sodding , seeding , mulching and landscaping ; one 19 , 649 s . f . metal framed warehouse ; and one 11 , 730 s . f metal framed office building . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01000- Summary Of Work 01000 - 1 - - • D • 4 Tod to 220 ,4ccCma5s 15Y574a4 Product Specification Product Ref : ConCore Panel 24 if with PosiLock TMUnderstructure BUILbIN(3 .UNr,IbN q L1�TION� Y * f , , 3 't , ,r, _ . . _ , • > , �ry • CorlCore " 1OC)n Par1Pi 1111111111111 COOK • ConCore* 1250 Panel . wILDIN (3 AR A V1CA113 • General office 4 : 0 I • Meeting morns ,� • �; . - • Conference roonis . E3oardroorns Tate • Executive offices ACCESS FLOORS • Call centers Don McDaniel REGIONAL SALES MANAGER • EduOali0n,nl/tl ,lirling rooms Cell: 407-595-0605 Tate Access Floors , Inc . , donmcdanielOtareaccess0oors. com 8570 Summerville Place • Retail — Orlando. FL 32819 4. Tel:Tel: 407-264.0606 m KPspaW Fax: 407-264-0604 —Cr—cup plc Tate ACCESS FLOORS 4 PRODUCT - • Product Specification Product Ref : Con ores' Panel 24 " with PosiLockT1 Understructure PART :1 % 6ENL" a � ? - s , 11 . Division 16 Section "Cable Trays" for coordination with understructure. • 1 . 1 Related Documents 12 . Division 16 Section "Sound Masking Equipment" for Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, construction sequencing . including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section . 13 . Division 16 Section "Voice and Data Communications Cabling " for coordination . with • 1 . 2 Summary understructure . (a) Section Includes : (c) Allowances Work of this section includes , but is not limited to : Furnish the following as specified in Division 1 Section access floor panels , floor coverings , understructure 'Allowances ' and various electrical , data and communication 1 . Cutouts in floor panels accessories . 2 . Cutouts for service outlet boxes (b) Related Sections: 3 . Cutouts for air diffusers 1 . Division 3 Section "Cast- in - Place Concrete" for 4 . Cutouts for grommeted openings concrete floor sealer. (Concrete sealer shall be 0 1 , 3 Unit Prices compatible with pedestal adhesive.) 2 . Division 3 Section :'Cast- in - Place Concrete" for final (a) Adjust the Contract Sum for changes in quantity from • that indicated in allowances for cutouts , service outlet leveling and surface finish , boxes , and grommeted openings based on the 3. Division 9 Section "Carpet Tile" for carpet tiles amounts stipulated in the Form of Agreement and in applied over access flooring panels . compliance with Division 1 Section 'Unit Prices . ' 4 . Division 15 . . Section " Computer Room Air 0 1 ,4 Performance Requirements Conditioning Units . " Pedestals : 5 . Division 15 Section "Metal Ducts" for coordination ' (a) Axial Load : with understructure . Standard Pedestal assembly shall provide a 60001b . 6. Division 15 Section "Air Terminal Units for axial load without permanent deformation . coordination with understructure . (b) Overturning Moment: 7. Division 15 Section "Diffusers , Registers and Grilles" Pedestal assembly shall provide an average overturning 4 l 2 for location in access floor. moment of 1000 in , lbs . when glued to a clean , sound , : C 8 . Division 15 Section "Testing , Adjusting and uncoated concrete surface . Balancing " for for pressure testing of underfloor Floor Panels : environmental air space . (see Performance Table for applicable loads) 9 . Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding " for (a) Concentrated Load : connection to ground of access flooring understructure . Panel shall be capable of supporting a concentrated (Electrical contractor shall provide necessary material load of J250 lbs placed on a one square inch area and labor to electrically connect the access floor to the (using a round or square indentor) at any location on the building. )_... - _ _ panel with a maximum top surface deflection of 0. 100 10 . Division 16 Section "Modular Wiring System " for inches. Panel shall not exceed a permanent set of • coordinatfon with understructure . 0 . 040 inches , after the load is removed . Panel shall — demonstrate ductility by being loaded to a deflection of Tate0 . 100 inches without incurring damage . ACCESS It00RS n PRODUCT • 4 Product Specification f . Product Ref : ConCore® Panei 24 It with PosiLock TMUnderstructur& (b) Uniform Load : (g) Panel Cutout : Panel shall be capable of supporting a uniform load of Panel with up to a 101 /2" x 101 /2" cutout within the 3D0 Il.�s . plrlced on a one square foot area at any interior of the panel shall be capable of withstanding an location on the panel with a maximum top surface ultimate load without failure of 1500 lbs , anywhere on deflection of 0 . 060 inches . Panel shall not exceed a the panel . peunanent sol of 0 . 010 inches , after the load is (h) Earthquake Load Performance: removed . Note: 71 re uniform load rating of an access Provide access flooring capable of withstanding a lateral floor panel <hs specified . herein should not be confused seismic force (Fp) in seismic zone applicable to this f will ) the 'uniform live load' as specified in seismic zone Project according to requirements outlined in 1997 applications. UBC . (c) Ultimate Load : (i) Flammability: ranel'shall be capable of withstanding a concentrated Access floor panels and supporting pedestals shall be load ofmlbs . applied onto a one square inch area non-combustible . Floor coverings selected for use on (using a round or square indentor) at any location on the access floor panels shall meet a Class A Flame Spread panel without failure . Failure is defined as the point at and smoke development requirement as tested per which the panel will no longer accept the load . Certified ASTM -E84 . . test report shall be provided attesting to this ultimate • 1 .5 Design Requirements: load . d) Rolling Load : (a) Quantities , finished floor heights (FFH) and location _, Parcel and supporting understructure shall be able to of accessories shall be as specified on the contract withstand the following rolling loads at any location on drawings . the panel without developing a local and overall surface (b) Access floor system , where indicated on the design deformation greater than 0 . 040 inches . Note: wheel l documents , shall consist of modular and removable and wheel 2 tests shall be performed on two separate cementitious filled welded steel panels fastened onto, panels. and supported by, adjustable height pedestal assemblies . Wheel 1: Size : 3 " dia x 110/i ';" wide Load .,)POO lbs Passes : 10 Pedestal head and panel corner design must provide a Wheel 2 : Size : 6" dia x 11/2" wide positive location and lateral engagement of the panel to LoadpO ppO lbs Passes : 10 , 000 the understructure support system without the use of • fasteners . Cavity created under the access floor shall 4 : 03 (e) Impact Load : be used for Underfloor HVAC , wire and cable Panel and supporling understructure shall be capable of management therefore close coordination with the supporting an impact load of 100 lbs . dropped from a Mechanical System (Division 15) and Electrical System height of 36 " onto a one square inch area (using a (Division 16) is required . round or square indentor) at any location on the panel (c) Panel shall be easily removed by one person with a wilflout failure . lifting device and shall be interchangeable except where (f) Panel Drop Test : cut for special conditions . Panel shall be capable of being dropped face up onto • to a concrete slat from a h6lgfit of 36" , after which it shall continue to meet all load performance requirements as previously defined . Tate ACCESS FLOORS /0220 - 3 rNPRODUCT VISYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS Product Specification Product Ref : ConCore® Panel 24 with PosiLockTM Understructure • 1 . 6 Submittals (b) Field Measurements : Verify actual locations of (a) Detail sheets , for each proposed product type , walls , columns and other constructions contiguous with wt rich provide the necessary information to describe the access flooring by field measurements before product and its performance . fabrication and indicate measurements on shop (b) Shop Drawings : drawings . 1 Corrrplete layout of access flooring based on (c) Jobsite Conditions : Contractor shall provide clear field - verified dimensional relationships to adjoining work access , dry storage and a clean subfloor area, which is and installation tolerances . free of construction debris and other trades prior to and 2 . Details with descriptive notes indicating materials , during installation of the access floor system . finis) yes , fasteners , typical and special edge conditions , • 1 . 9 Coordination accessories , understructure , and other data to permit a (a) Concrete sealer or curing agent specified in Division full evaluation of entire access flooring system . 3 must be compatible with pedestal adhesive in spaces • 1 .7 Quality Assurance where access flooring is located . (a) Source limitations : Obtain access flooring through (b) Where the plenum beneath the access floor is one source from a single manufacturer who has a designed to deliver conditioned air: All trades which minimum of five (5) years experience in the manufacture work within the plenum cavity below the access floor and distribution of access floor systems and can shall be responsible for maintaining the plenum seal _ . demonstrate that they have completed projects of like integrity. - r scope and size . Any alternate products shall meet or exceed the requirements outlined herein and must have (c) Mark pedestal locations on subfioor by use of a grid -rior written approval by the architect . (with a module equal to the width of five floor panels in (b) CISCA (Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction both directions) to enable mechanical and electrical work Association) - "Recommended Test Procedures for to proceed without interfering with access flooring Access Floors " shall be used as a guideline when pedestals . Pedestal locations shall be established from presenting load performance product information . contract drawings or approved shop drawings . (c) NFPA Standards : Provide access flooring and (d) Coordinate location of mechanical and electrical accessories complying with NFPA 75 and NFPA 90A work in underfloor cavity to prevent interference with requirements for raised flooring and related systems . access floor system pedestals . (d) Provide floor panels that are clearly and permanently (e) Proceed with installation only after completion of 4 : � f other construction within affected spaces . No dust or marked with panel type and load rating . p (e) Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at debris producing operations by other trades will be Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 allowed in areas where access floor is being installed . Section "project Management and Coordination . " (f) Traffic shall not be permitted on any floor area for 24 1 .8 Project Conditions hours after installation to allow pedestal adhesive to set . • (a) Environmental Limitations : Do not install access flooring until spaces are enclosed , ambient temperature is between- 50° and 90°F and relative humidity is 20 to 70°x . Access floor must be stored in this environment at least 24 hours before the installation begins . TaW ACCESS FLOORS / o2Zo - � PRODUCT • 4 Product Specification lie Product Ref : ConCore® Panel 24 11with PosiLock TIMUnderstructure PART 2 - PRODUCTS ,4t ConCore® Floor Panels : Performance Table (PosiLockTM Understructure) r1alull type Lrmd Load Lond 31, din . X I "/Jr," 6 " dill . x Il ' b " Load A • K�/'.. '.'"rOt .( L^/}�i }t" �``y�-[Fy 15: JJk1 ��}} ti:S #� LMri 4 .!(f,. ..r . id ... . v . .. .. ! . . 'h 'i I �'n } ;tom • 2. 1 Manufacturers designed adjusting nut. The nut shall provide location (a) Access floor system shall be as manufactured by lugs to engage the pedestal base assembly, such that Tale Access Floors , Inc . and shall consist of the deliberate action is required , to change the height ConCore' 24 " square panels supported by PosiLocklm setting . understruclure system . 5 . Threaded rod shall provide a specially designed anti - rotation device , such that when the head assembly (b) Alternalive products shall meet or exceed the feature is engaged in the base assembly, the head cannot regUirernents as indicated herein and the performance freely rotate (for FFH of 6" or greater) . V. requirements as outlined in Section 1 . 4 and must receive prior written approval by the architect or Note: This prevents the assembly from inadvertently • desip ter. losing its leveling adjustment when panels are removed from the installation during use. • 2. 2 Floor Panels and Understructure 6 . Pedestal base assembly shall consist of a formed (a) Pedestals : galvanized steel plate with no less than 16" of bearing 1 . Pedestal assemblies shall be corrosive resistant , all area , welded to a7/8" square galvanized steel tube and steel welded construction , and shall provide an shall be designed to engage the head assembly. adjustment range of +/- 1 " for finished floor heights 6" or greater. (b) Floor Panels : 1 . Panels shall consist of a top steel sheet welded to a 2 . Pedestal ass(-imblies shall provide a means of 11 formed steel bottom pan filled internally by a lightweight leveling and locking the assembly at a selected height , _ cementitious material . Mechanical or adhesive which requires deliberate action to change height methods for attachment of the steel top and bottom setting and prevents vibration displacement. 4 : 05 sheets are unacceptable . ,,. 3 .-. Pedestal head shall be designed with locating tabs 2 . cementitious fill material shall be totally encased ,and integral shape to interface with the panel for positive • within the steel welded shell except where cut for lateral relention and positioning without fasteners . special conditions . Note: This greatly reduces the Note: This allows the floor to be installed during the potential for dust in the environment from exposed consItuction process without screws so that access by cement materials. other related trades can be accomplished quickly and 3 . Panel shall have an electrically conductive epoxy easily, It also enables the user to have a mixed paint finish . installation of fastened and unfastened panels within the same installation. 4 . Corner of panel shall have a locating tab and integral shape design to interface with the pedestal head for 4 . Galvanized steel pedestal head shall be welded to a positive lateral retention and positioning with or without 3/a " diameter threaded rod which includes a specially fasteners . Te te ACCESS FLOORS /oZZO - 4 PRODUCT & SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS Product Specification Product Ref ; ConCore`') Panel 24 " with PosiLockTI Understructure 5. Faslening of panels to pedestal heads shall be • 2.4 Accessories accomplished by the use of a machine screw which is (a) UL listed access floor outlet boxes shall be provided specialty designed to be self capturing within the body in locations as detailed on the contract drawings. High of the panel . Note: Tt»s prevents the inadvertent loss of capacity 11114" square service outlet boxes shall be panel fastening screws when accessing the underfloor capable of accommodating four duplex receptacles , six space and potential damage to objects by screws individual voice/data termination points or four in which extend beyond the depth of the panel. voice/data termination points and one grommet 6 . lbp surface of the panel shall have option for four opening . Standard capacity 7 -5/16" by 6 - 15/16" service Ix)sitinnil lq localism holes to engage positioning buttons outlet boxes shall be capable of accommodating two or I the PosiTile'' carpet Tile for precise matching of the duplex receptacles and four individual voice carpet tile to the panel . data/termination points or two individual voice/data 7 . Fit between the pedestal head , panel , and screw termination points and one grommet opening . The shall enable an installation with an average panel to service outlet box shall be a drop - in design having a panel gap of 0 . 015 " . hinged Lexan lid with carpet insert and Lexan frame with 8 . Fabrication Tolerances: tapered edge . Service outlet box shall be capable of withstanding without failure a load of 1000 lbs. Outlet (a) Floor panel flatness : box shall be manufactured with factory installed interface 1 / 0 . 040" diagonally modules which allow plug and play wiring capability. • +/- 0. 025 " along perimeter edges Coordinate with Division 16 - underfloor Modular Wiring . I (b) Floor panel width or length tolerance : +/ 0 . 010" (b) Provide manufacturer's standard steps , ramps , (c) Floor panel squareness : +/- 0. 015 " . fascia plate , perimeter support , and grommets where indicated on the contract drawings . 2. 3 Finishes (a) Finish the surface of floor panels with floor covering (c) Provide manufacturer's standard ramp construction material as indicated on the contract drawings . Where of width and slope indicated, but not steeper than 1 : 12 , with non -skid floor covering as required, and of same 11oor coverings are by the access floor manufacturer, the materials , performance and construction requirements type , color and pattern shall be selected from manufacturer's standard . as access flooring . (d) Provide manufacturer's standard metal dividers (b) Carpet tile: located where indicated to divide underfloor cavities . Access floor system shall be designed to 4 : 00 accommodate a modular carpet tile (PosiTile °) that (e) Provide s_ /X spare floor panels and precisely matches one carpet tile to one ConCore`" 7— square feet of understructure systems for panel . This is accomplished utilizing four precisely each type used in the project for maintenance stock . located positioning buttons on the carpet tile which Deliver to project in manufacturer's standard packaging engage into four positioning location holes within the top clearly marked with the contents . surface of the, access floor panel . The carpet tile's (f) Provide wZZ00 panel lifting devices , durable hdcking maintains dimensional stability, and (g) When applicable provide manufacturer's standard - holds the carpet Tile flat without adhesives . Adhesives underfloor air systems components (including Air are riot necessaty and shall not be permitted on the Terminals , Grilles and diffusers) where indicated on the Positile'° installation except where the carpet is cut and contract drawings . • more than two positioners are removed . Coordinate with Division 9 - Finishes .- Tte ACCESS FLOORS /DZZo - (o PRODUCT • 4 Product Specification i , Product Ref ; ConCore° Panel 24 with PosiLock TIUnderstructure PART 3 - EXECUTION (e) Access floor installer shall keep the subfloor broom clean as installation progresses . • 3. 1 Preparation (f) Partially complete floors shall be braced against (a) Examine stnXharal subfloor for unevenness , shifting to maintain the integrity of the installed system irrpgularilies and dnr7rpness that would affect the quality where required . and execution of the work . Do not proceed with installation until structural floor surfaces are level , clean , (g) Additional pedestals as needed shall support panels at id dry as cot lileled by otf iers . where floor is disrupted by columns , walls , and cutouts . (b) Concr ete sealers , if used , shall be identified and (h) Understructure shall be aligned such that all uncut. proven to be compatible with pedestal adhesive . If other panels are interchangeable and fit snugly but do not than manufacturer 's recommended adhesives or bind when placed in alternate positions . _.sealers are used , verify that adhesive achieves bond to (i) Finished floor shall be level , not varying more than slab before commencing work . 0 . 062 in 10 feet or 0 . 125" overall . (c) Verify dimensions on contract drawings , including G) Installed panels shall be spaced so that the distance level of interfaces including abutting floor, ledges and from one end to the other of any line of 12 panels is not doorsills . less than 24 feet and does riot exceed 24 ' Ura (d) Coordinate location of mechanical and electrical (k) Where plenum beneath raised floor is designed work in underfloor cavity to prevent interference with to deliver conditioned air: Close coordination with all • access floor system pedestals . trade that work within the plenum cavity beneath the ' -- raised floor is required . All walls passing into this cavity (e) Mark pedestal locations an subfloor by use of a grid shall be run completely down to the floor slab and (with a module equal to (lie width of five floor panels in sealed at floor slab line to avoid plenum air short both directions) to enable mechanical and electrical work circuiting through wall chase . All holes in wall within to proceed . Pedestal locations shall be established from cavity shall be sealed . Perimeters of raised floor that contract drawings or approved shop drawings . abut columns , walls and other constructions shall be (f) Proceed with installation only after completion of sealed to minimize unintended air leakage from plenum . overhead .construction within affected spaces . 11 . • 3. 3 Adjusting , Cleaning , and Protection • 3. 2 Installation (a) After completing installation , vacuum clean access (a) Pedestal locations shall be established from flooring and cover with continuous sheets of reinforced approved shop drawings so that mechanical and paper or plastic . Maintain protective covering until time electrical work can be installed without interfering with of substantial completion . 4 : 07 pedestal . installation . (b)After completing installation of access floor, trades (b) Installation of access floor shall be coordinated with are responsible for cleanup of their dust and/or other trades to maintain -the integrity of the installed debris producing operations , including vacuuming of system . Traffic shall not be permitted on any floor area subfloor area . Installed service boxes and diffusers to for 24 hours to allow the pedestal adhesive to set . be protected from physical damage and temporarily (c) Floor system and accessories shall be installed covered to prevent dust or debris from entering under the supervision of the manufacturer's authorized subfloor area . representative and according to manufacturer's (c) Replace access flooring panels that are stained , • rc cor i irnendnlions . scratched , otherwise damaged , or not complying with (d) No dust or debris producing operations by other specified requirements . trades shall be allowed in areas where access floor is (d) Acceptance: Contractor shall accept floor in whole being installed to ensure proper bonding of pedestals or in part prior to allowing use by other trades . Tall to srtbfloor. ACCESS FLOORS /0220 - 7 MARONSTRU CTIONr Mt ConCore �� CC 1250 Panel Detail CONCORE* ' CC1250 . PANEL w'jQ, �, PosiLock"' holes (4 each) 49 I III hold ( ;okl roller - Painted finish !'Irvtl lot ) slxlnl c)tN x xrl F'or;i l ilr> .. .. .. ... -- --=� Ilnln. (4 ortt;h) . r • Cementitious ' core material Welded assombly al .:a ' drxrnes arld perimeter Craw quality steel bottom pan K � with structural dome design r • �;r ti Corner Detail tttif t Integral shape pocket design and IocaOng fab for positive lateral retention ya.. and location with or without screw 7.7 '7,y General Information Covering Options • Panel weight : 8 . 5 lbs/ft' bare Tile factory laminated with top set trim edge • VA" deep with no covering • t/,s" High Pressure Laminate • Alf steel welded construction filled internally with a • '/e" High Pressure Laminate cernentitious core material • Vis" Conductive High Pressure Laminate • Protected from corrosion by an epoxy paint finish • Va" Conductive High Pressure Laminate S ; O/I • Class A flame spread rating • t/a" VCT • Non -combustible material • t/e" Conductive Vinyl tJndersttvcture Options • ' /s" Static Dissapative Vinyl • PosiLock '"" Tile factory laminated with integral trim edge • 4 ' Heavy duty bolted stringer • Vic)" High Pressure Laminate • 2' Heavy duly bolted stringer • Via" High Pressure Laminate • t/ts" Conductive High Pressure Laminate • 1/8" Conductive High Pressure Laminate Carpet factory laminated with : • • MDnolithic edge Bare painted panel options • Bare painted finish to accept carpet the Tato • Bare painted finish to accept PosiTile' ACCESS E100H5 d /0220 � Q jel a - IV 5A 11 CH I TECTU RALDETAILS G ro m m et s FRD� CO GROMMETS 1. . I 1 1 1 4K a S.rr r 1 I GR-6 It } . , rs I 3' . GR_3 .-. 3. .. GR- 1 45) GR -3 } i TIONS }QtVIN� �T ��PE� IFI�A Standard Grommets GR-5 Approx. 'A; • GR - 1 diameter 11 /2" inside diameter - 17/8" hole diameter each • GR- 3 21 /-° inside diameter - 3" hole diameter • GR - 5 43/8" inside diameter - 5 " hole diameter GR -3 Same as GR- 1 except 5 . 8ie. • OD dimension is 31/2" • ID dimension is 21/2" • Openings in lid are 3/4" x 1 " GR-5 Lid is 2 part twist cover - fully open position as shown here or can be adjusted exposing oriy 1 Same as GR- 1 except or 2 openings • OD dimension is 51/2" • ID dimension is 43/8" GR-1 & GR - 3 '11 )if plastic • Openings in lid are approximately 7/e" dia each rnenitmane must be cut away to • Lid is 2 part with adjustable openings exix)se olxpning • — ,.; 1 i i i I I TWO ACCESS FLOORS �oZao _ q r AR • - • 5 2,iV Two Lifters DOUBLE CUP SUCTION TYPE LIFTER FOR HARD SURFACES 10'140 . . . .. . _ . . . .. . _. ... ... . .. . .. . . _ . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . _. . _ . . . . . . . . . . . _ . I ' AU It r lir n un air relense l ><rn idle , cn .afire � Aluminum harulle Black rubber suction cups I i I 4 ' diameter 4 ' diameter ' SINGLE PUP SUCTION TYPE.` LIFfEFI. ; • ' . FOR HARD SURFACE$ ; 2' Black nibbei ^� " . . . . . . . . ... ..... 31/4" diameter CLAW TYPE LIFTER FQR CUT4 LE CARPETS Adjustments Alurninrnn Icandle - ftih ; 1 3 '/.' x 3' 3 '/.' x 3' 12a Tate ACCESS FLOORS • - • • - 5 Cable Cutout Trim 14 INTERNAL CUTOUT ASSEMBLY 1, ' . � Corner Detail Plan View Seal "/a x 36' x 48' i - Cutout trim Width VU(dth W moulding Cul trim = (L + '/v:') - mina^ 'i.•` i and (W + '/„�) mitre extension only Cutout comer 0, I_anglh = L _ _ . .. I Length plus '/ w - h i N8 Phillips r flathead machine screw T- D ?k11 PERIMETER CUTOUT ASSEMBLY S 4*nS V Plan View Cutout corner • Seal '/q x 36' x 48' - Cutout trim i moulding W0111 Width = W mo rtes I_erxllh = L Na Phillips f flathead machine screw i Section through Cutout Seal size = (L + '/;') x (W + 'b*) Cutout size = (L) x (W) i Moulded romer ifft 5 : 83 Clear ol,?r,iny = (1_) x (W) {'�r�a51 F' 11 vi ol?ening = (t . + 1 ") x (W + 1 ") Protective Trim around Cut Edges All rectangular culot Its to be used as a passageway for ccrihles Y7r olhpis services must have protective trim alone,) the ctrl edge . Tale 's cable cutout trim • rompntionls ate universal cutout trim in 4 foot lengths , and mo( ilded corners and screws (an optional foam plenum seal is available to seal the opening) . A Tate 1'� 1 , h ' Yv � C 71CACCESS FLOORS SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 01 GENERAL Measurement and payment will be based upon work completed and accepted in accordance with the Contract Documents . No separate payment will be made for excavation , trenching dewatering , backfilling , leakage tests , bacteriological tests , density tests , or other incidental items of work not shown in the Contract Documents , 1 . 02 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IN STORAGE Partial payment for materials and equipment in proper storage at the site of the work or other approved storage site will be made for those items for which the Contractor has submitted paid invoices to the Engineer. The partial payment for suitably stored materials will be 90% of the value of materials and equipment , based on receipted bills , furnished but not incorporated in the work , as determined by Engineer. . 11 1 . 03 MEASUREMENT A . Mobilization : Measurement shall be on a lump sum basis , and shall be limited to the following maximum amounts : ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT ( $) MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF FROM MORE THAN TO AND INCLUDING ITEM FOR MOBILIZATION 0 100 , 000 31000 1002000 500 , 000 15 , 000 500 , 000 17000 , 000 30 , 000 110009000 21000 , 000 60 , 000 29000 , 000 310007000 90 , 000 3 , 0001000 41000 , 000 120 , 000 47000 , 000 59000 , 000 125 , 000 51000 , 000 6 , 0009000 1503000 61000 , 000 710002000 175 , 000 79000 , 000 109000 , 000 200 , 000 107000 , 000 -- -- -- -- - - --- 250 , 000 Should the lump sum price bid for the item Mobilization exceed the maximum permissible amount for this item , as specified herein , the bid price will be reduced to the maximum permissible amount, and the reduced .price will be used in correctly determining the total price for comparison of bids received . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01025 — Measurement and Payment 01025 - 1 B . Bonds and Insurances : The measurement for procuring and providing the : performance bond ; payment bond ; and the required insurances shall not exceed 2 - 1 /2 percent of the total Contract Amount unless justified by the Contractor. Adequate justification by the Contractor shall be copies of invoices or contracts between the Contractor and Surety or insurance broker for the specified bonds or insurances . C . Conformance with Project Conditions : The Measurement and Cost of complying with all the Contract Conditions , including those associated with project permits , which are not specified pay items shall be included in the lump sum pay items bid for the Project . This paragraph does not apply to unforeseen underground conditions or changes in the work which are included under the Change Order provisions of the Contract Conditions . D . Specified Pay Items : The method Of Measurement and the Cost for providing and installing the project as designed shall be as included in the Schedule of Contract Prices as listed in the Agreement and as may be further described in the Technical Specification Sections . 1 . 04 PAYMENT Payment will be made at the respective contract unit and/or lump sum price for each item shown in the Agreement, installed and accepted , which price and payment shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all materials and performing all work in connection therewith and incidental thereto . Payments for partial completion of lump sum items shall be in accordance with ARTICLE 6 of the Agreement ( Section 00520 ) . All payments shall be subject to retainage withholding in accordance with said ARTICLE 6 . No separate payment will be made for the preparation of record drawings . 1 . 05 RESTORATION OF DAMAGED SURFACES , STRUCTURES AND PROPERTY Where pavement , trees , shrubbery , fences , or other property or surface structures not designated as pay items , or outside the limits of pay items , have been damaged , removed , or disturbed by the Contractor, whether deliberately or through failure to carry out the requirements of the Contract Documents , state laws , municipal ordinances , or the specific direction of the Engineer, or through failure to employ usual and reasonable safeguards , such property and surface structures shall be replaced or repaired at the expense of the Contractor to a condition equal to that before work began within a time frame approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01025 — Measurement and Payment 01025-2 SECTION 01050 SURVEYING AND FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 GENERAL SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Provide civil , structural or other professional engineering services specified or required for executing the CONTRACTOR's construction methods . B . Develop and make all detail surveys and measurements needed for construction including but not limited to , slope stakes , batter boards , piling layouts and all other working lines , elevations and cut sheets . C . Keep a transit and leveling instrument on the site at all times and a skilled instrument man available whenever necessary for layout of the Work . D . Provide all material required for benchmarks , control points , batter boards , grade stakes , and other items . E . Be solely responsible for all locations , dimensions and levels . No data other than written orders of the ENGINEER shall justify departure from the dimensions and levels required by the Drawings . F . Safeguard all points , stakes , grade-marks , monuments and benchmarks made or established on the Work , and reestablish same if disturbed . Rectify all Work improperly installed because of not maintaining , not protecting or removing without authorization such established points , stakes , marks and monuments . G . When requested by the ENGINEER , provide such facilities and assistance as may be necessary for the ENGINEER to check line and grade points placed by the CONTRACTOR . Do no excavation or embankment work until all cross sectioning necessary for determining pay quantities has been completed and checked by the ENGINEER. 1 . 02 SURVEY WORK A. Prior to commencing work , the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy himself as to the accuracy of all survey and existing site information as indicated in the Contract Documents . Immediately notify. the ENGINEER upon discovery of any errors , inaccuracies or omissions in the survey data . The commencing of any of the work by the CONTRACTOR shall be held as the CONTRACTOR's acceptance that all survey or existing site information is correct and accurate , without any reasonably inferable errors , inaccuracies or omissions . B . The CONTRACTOR shall carefully preserve all control stakes , benchmarks , reference points and property corners and will be responsible for any mistake or loss of time caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance . If the loss or disturbance of the stakes or marks cause a delay in the Work , the CONTRACTOR shall have no claim for damages or extension of time . Control stakes , benchmarks , reference points and a Florida Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper shall replace property corners disturbed by the CONTRACTOR's work , at the CONTRACTOR's expense . If the OWNER must provide the services of the Florida Registered Surveyor and Mapper to perform this replacement work , the cost of the surveying services will be IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01050-Surveying and Field Engineering 01050 - 1 deducted from any sums due the CONTRACTOR for the work performed under this Contract . C . All construction survey work shall be performed under the guidance and direction of a Florida Registered Surveyor and Mapper. D . All survey work for Record Drawings shall be performed under the guidance and direction of a Florida Registered Surveyor and Mapper. E . The following staking shall be provided on a one-time basis by the Owner: 1 . Corner Staking for Clearing . 2 . Vertical and horizontal control staking at corners (provided after clearing operations are complete) . F . Maintain a complete , accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses . 1 . 03 CONTRACTOR ' S FIELD ENGINEER/SUPERINTENDENT A. Employ and retain at the site of the Work , a field engineer and/or superintendent capable of performing all engineering tasks required of the CONTRACTOR . These tasks include , but are not limited to : 1 . By 4 : 00 p . m . on each workday, prepare and submit to the ENGINEER , a list of work to be completed the following day. The projection shall include : a . Location of all areas in which construction will be done ( including Subcontractors ) . b . Major construction equipment utilized . r _ c. Equipment and materials to be installed . 2 . Check all formwork , reinforcing , inserts , structural steel , bolts , sleeves , piping , other materials and equipment. 3 . Maintain field office files and drawings , Record Documents , and coordinate all work with Subcontractors . Prepare layout and construction drawings for construction operations . 4 . Check and coordinate the Work for conflicts and interferes and immediately advise the ENGINEER in writing , of all discrepancies noted . 5 . Coordinate with the ENGINEER in field inspections . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Before beginning work , submit name and qualifications of Field Engineer/Superintendent to ENGINEER . B . Before beginning work , submit name and address of Professional Surveyor and Mapper to ENGINEER . C . On request of ENGINEER , submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01050 - 2 01050-Surveying and Field Engineering PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01050 - 3 01050-Surveying and Field Engineering SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND NOTIFICATION PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 PERMITS REQUIRED A . FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION : The construction permits from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection ( FDEP ) for the project shall be obtained by the Owner prior to the Provision of Notice to Proceed . B . INDIAN RIVER COUNTY ENGINEERING : The Indian River County Engineering right-of-way permit shall be obtained by the Owner prior to the Provision of Notice to Proceed . 1 . Some of the conditions of the County right- of-way permits are as follows : a) Applicant shall not begin construction of any kind in the County right- of-way prior to application and issuance of a valid permit by Indian River County. b) Any area disturbed in the County right-of-way must be restored by applicant to a condition equal to or better than existing just prior to construction , including but not limited to compaction , grading , paving , seeding and mulching , sodding , etc . , as the case may be . The quality of construction , materials , and workmanship shall be in accordance with County standards . All disturbed areas shall be restored within 48 hours after excavation . c) Applicant shall notify the County Engineering Division at least 48 hours prior to the placement of concrete , paving of asphalt, installation of culverts , or backfilling of trenches , so that the County may inspect installations as necessary. Applicant shall further notify the County in writing of its request for final inspection and approval at the completion of the permitted activity . d) The applicant shall assume responsibility for all maintenance , replacement , or removal of any right-of-way improvement authorized by this permit; and applicant further agrees by acceptance of this permit to indemnify and save harmless the County , its officers , employees , or agents , from any damages , claims , causes of action , or losses , whether for personal injury , loss of life or property damage , arising from the actions or omissions of applicant , its officers , agents , or employees , associated with the placement , maintenance or removal of installations authorized by this permit . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01060- Regulatory Requirements and Notification 01060 - 1 e) The applicant agrees to use all reasonable care under the given circumstances to assure that members of the traveling public are not unreasonably inconvenienced nor endangered by the activities conducted hereunder, including the use of reflectorized barriers , warning signals , flagmen , or other prudent measures . f) The validity of this permit is contingent upon applicant obtaining necessary permits from any other agencies having jurisdiction . Issuance of this permit does not relieve applicant of liability for trespass to private property. g) This permit shall be considered a license only , for the limited purpose of installation , placement , and maintenance of the improvements specified on the face hereof , and does not convey any other right , title , or interest of the County in the subject right-of- way property. h ) Applicant agrees to remove or alter such installations without objection or cost to the County as the County may direct, at any time and within a reasonable time after receipt of direction by the County Engineer or his authorized representative . �- i ) Applicant is cautioned that electrical , water and sewer, or other - installations or utilities may be located within the construction area , and applicant shall use diligent efforts to first detect and locate all such installations , and shall coordinate construction with all other lawful users of said right- of-way . Applicant shall be liable in every manner for all damages proximately resulting from its interference with or interruption of services provided by other lawful right-of-way users . j ) In cases where a concrete driveway is to extend to a paved road , that portion of the driveway from property line to the edge of the road pavement shall be a minimum thickness of six ( 6) inches . If the road is unpaved , the concrete/asphalt driveway shall not extend beyond the property line . C . INDIAN RIVER COUNTY ENGINEERING : The Indian River County Engineering Drainage permit shall be obtained by the Owner prior to the Provision of Notice to Proceed . D . INDIAN RIVER FARMS WATER CONTROL DISTRICT (IRFWCD) : The IRFWCD utilities permit shall be obtained by the Owner prior to the Provision of Notice to Proceed . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01060- Regulatory Requirements and Notification 01060 - 2 E . ST . JOHN ' S RIVER WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT ( SJRWMD ) : The SJRWMD Environmental Resource Permit shall be obtained by the Owner prior to the Provision of Notice to Proceed . F. Other Permits Required : The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any environmental or dewatering permit that may be required due to his means or methods . 1 . 02 NOTIFICATION A . Indian River County: The Contractor is required to notify the Indian River County Utilities Department 48 hours prior to initiating construction ( Mike Hotchkiss , 772- 567-8000 x1821 ) . The Contractor is required to notify the Indian River County Traffic Department 72 hours prior to blocking any County roads or detouring any traffic (Chris Mora , P . E . , 772 - 567- 8000 , Extension 1234) , B . Utility Companies : Contractor shall notify the following known utility companies in the area 48 hours prior to initiating construction : U . N . C . L . E . , 1 - 800- 432 -4770 Southern Bell Telephone , W . G . Gallagher, 561 -468 - 5538_ TCI Cablevision , Craig Bowers , 561 -567-3444 Ext . 51 C . The Contractor shall give the Engineer not less than seven (7 ) calendar days notice of the time and place (or places ) where he will start the work . D . When the Contractor's excavating operations encounter prehistoric remains or artifacts of historical or archeological significance , the operations shall be temporarily discontinued in that area and the Engineer shall be notified . The Engineer will consult archaeological authorities and determine the disposition of the remains or artifacts . The Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for additional payment or for extension of time because of any delays in or alteration of his procedure due to removal of any such remains or artifacts . PART 2 = PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01060- Regulatory Requirements and Notification 01060 - 3 SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Abbreviations and acronyms used in Contract Documents to identify reference standards . 1 . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Application : When a standard is specified by reference , comply with requirements and recommendations stated in that standard , except when requirements are modified by the Contract Documents , or applicable codes establish stricter standards . B . Publication Date : The publication in effect on the date of issue of Contract Documents , except when a specific publication date is specified . 1 . 03 ABBREVIATIONS , NAMES , AND ADDRESSES OR ORGANIZATIONS A . Obtain copies of reference standards direct from publication source , when needed for proper performance of work , or when required for submittal by Contract Documents . B . The following, as appropriate to project , is a list of referenced standards and their mailing addresses for requesting copies of standards : AA Aluminum Association 818 Connecticut Avenue , NW Washington , D . C . 20006 AABC Associated Air Balance Council 1000 Vermont Avenue , NW Washington , D . C . 20005 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, NW Washington , D . C . 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute Box 19150 Redford Station Detroit , MI 48219 ADC Air Diffusion council 435 North Michigan Avenue Chicago , IL 60611 Al Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park , MD 20740 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01090 - Reference Standards 01090 - 1 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York , NY 10020 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 100016 1h Street , NW Washington , D . C . , 20036 AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 30 West University Drive Arlington Heights , IL 60004 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York , NY 10018 ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 1815 North Fort Myer Drive Arlington , VA 22209 ASHRAE American Society of Heating , Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers 345 East 47'h Street New York , NY 10017 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York , NY 10017 ASPA American Sod Producers ' Association Association Building Ninth and Minnesota Hastings , NE 68901 ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers 960 Illuminating Building Cleveland , OH 44113 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia , PA 19103 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute 2310 South Walter Reed Drive Arlington , VA 22206 AWPA American Wood - Preservers Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda , MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society 2501 NW 7th Street Miami , FL 33125 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 W . Quincy Avenue - Denver, CO 80235 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01090- Reference Standards 01090 - 2 CDA Copper Development Association 57' Floor, Chrysler Building 405 Lexington Avenue New York , NY 10017 CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue Washington , D . C . 20036 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 180 North LaSalle Street, Suite 2110 Chicago , IL 60601 FDOT Florida Department of Transportation Haydon Burns Building 605 Suwannee Street Tallahassee , FL 32301 FM Factory Mutual System 1151 Boston- Providence Turnpike Norwood , MA 02062 FS Federal Specifications General Services Administration Specifications and Information Distribution Section (WFSIS ) Washington Navy Yard , Bldg . 197 Washington , D . C . 20407 GA Gypsum Association 1603 Orrington Avenue Evanston , IL 60201 MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association 2400 East Devon , Suite 205 Des Plaines , IL 60018 MIL Military Specification Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia , PA 19120 MLSFA Metal Lath / Steel Framing Association 221 North LaSalle Street Chicago , IL 60601 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 221 North LaSalle Street Chicago , IL 60601 NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau 8224 Old Courthouse Road Vienna , VA 22180 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 2101 L Street , NW Washington , D . C . 20037 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01090- Reference Standards 01090 - 3 NFPA National Fire Protection Association 470 Atlantic Avenue Boston , MA 02210 NFPA National Forest Products Association 1619 Massachusetts Avenue , NW Washington , D . C . 20036 NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association 804 Sterick Building Memphis , TN 38103 NSF National Sanitation Foundation NSF Building 3475 Plymouth Road Ann Arbor, MI 48106 NSWMA National Solid Waste Management Association 1120 Connecticut Avenue , NW Washington , D . C . 20036 NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association 3166 Des Plaines Avenue Des Plaines , IL 60018 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie , IL 20076 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 20 North Wacker Drive Chicago , IL 60606 PS Product Standard U . S . Department of Commerce Washington , D . C . 20203 RCSHSB Red Cedar Shingle and Handsplit Shake Bureau 515116 th Avenue Bellevue , WA 98004 SDI Steel Deck Institute Box 3812 St. Louis , MO 63122 SDI Steel Door Institute 712 Lakewood Center North Cleveland , OH 44107 SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association 111 East Wacker Drive Chicago , IL 60601 SJI Steel Joint Institute 1703 Parham Road , Suite 204 Richmond , VA 23229 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01090- Reference Standards 01090 - 4 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association 8224 Old Courthouse Road Vienna , VA 22180 TCA Technical Aid Series Construction Specifications Institute 1150 Seventeenth Street, NW Washington , D . C . 20036 TCA Tile Council of America , Inc . Box 326 Princeton , NJ 08540 UL Underwriters Laboratories , Inc .. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook , IL 60062 PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01090- Reference Standards 01090 - 5 f '� � � � , f SECTION 01100 = DEFINITIONS 1 . 01 Except as specifically defined otherwise , the following definitions supplement definitions of the Contract , General Conditions , Supplementary Conditions and other general contract documents , apply generally to the work : A . The term " Owner" , or pronouns in place of same , where used in this Project Manual shall mean the individual or group for which work is to be performed under an agreement with the Contractor. B . The term "Architect" , where used in this Project Manual shall mean the firm of Edlund , Dritenbas , Binkley Architect' s and Associates , P . A . C . The term " General Contractor' , " Contractor of Record " , or " Contractor" where used in this Project Manual , shall mean the Contractor to whom the Contract for the work described and specified herein , and shown on the accompanying Drawings , has been awarded by the Owner . D . The term " Subcontractor" , or " Prime Subcontractor" , where used in this Project Manual shall mean all other contractors operating under a contractual agreement for specific work on this project with the Contractor . E . " Owner' s Representative" shall mean that individual or individuals designated to represent the Owner in decisions effecting the work . The Owner' s Representative will be designated prior to beginning of construction . F . General Requirements : Provisions of Division / Sections of these specifications . G . Indicated : Shown on drawings by notes , graphics or schedules , or written into other portions of contract documents . Terms such as " shown " , " noted " , " scheduled" and "specified " have the same meaning as " indicated " , and are used to assist the reader in locating particular information . H . Directed , Requested , Approved , Accepted , etc . : These terms imply " by the Architect" of the Owner' s Representative unless otherwise indicated . I . Approved by Architect : In no case releases Contractor from responsibility to fulfill requirement of the Contract Documents . J . Project Site : Space available to Contractor at location of project , either exclusively or to be shared with separate contractors , for performance of the work . K. Furnish : Supply and deliver to project site , ready for unloading , unpacking , assembly , installation , and similar subsequent requirements . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01100 - DEFINITIONS 01100- 1 L . Project Manual : As used in these Contract Documents includes the Bidding Requirements , Conditions of the Contract , and the Specifications . M . Product : As used in these Contract Documents includes materials , systems , and equipment . N . Install : Operations at project site , including unloading , unpacking , assembly , erection , placing , anchoring , applying , working to dimension , finishing , curing , protecting , cleaning and similar requirements . O . Provide : Furnish and install , complete and ready for intended use . P . Installer: Entity (firm or person ) engaged to install work , by Contractor , subcontractor or sub -subcontractor. Installers are required to be skilled experts in work that are engaged to install . Q . Overlapping/Conflicting Requirements : Most stringent requirements apply and will be enforced. , unless more detailed language written directly into Contract Documents clearly indicates that a less stringent requirement is acceptable . Where optional requirements are specified in a parallel manner, option is intended to be Contractor' s unless otherwise indicated . R . Minimum Requirements : Indicated requirements are for a specific minimum acceptable level of quality/quantity ,. as recognized in the industry . S . The term " or equal " where used in the Project Manual shall in all cases mean an approved equal as determined by the Architect . T . Contract Documents : shall consist of all plans , specs , bid documents , addendum , application form , permits , and any other documents accumulated in the performance of the construction of this project . U . Substantial Completion : The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof, is the Date certified by the Architect when construction is sufficiently complete , in accordance with the Contract Documents , so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof, for the use for which it is intended , as expressed in the Contract Documents , V . The term " Engineer ' shall mean the individual or individuals designated to represent the Owner or Architect in decisions affecting the work . *** END OF SECTION **'t IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01100 - DEFINITIONS 01100-2 SECTION 01152 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Submit Applications for Payment to Engineer in accordance with the schedule established by Conditions of the contract and Agreement between Owner and Contractor: 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . In other parts of the Construction Documents : 1 . Agreement between Owner and Contractor 2 . General Conditions of the Contract 3 , Article 14 — Payments to Contractor and Completion B . Specified in Other Sections : 1 , Section 01000 : Summary of Work 2 . Section 01700 : Contract Closeout 1 . 03 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED A . Submit itemized applications typed in a format approved by Engineer. All applications for payment must be numbered , dated , and signed by the Contractor. B . Provide itemized data on payment application (format, schedules , line items and values accepted by Engineer) . 1 . 04 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A . Application Form : 1 . Fill in required information , including that for Change Orders executed prior to the date of submittal of application 2 . Fill in summary of dollar values 3 . Execute certification with the signature of a responsible officer of the contract firm 4 . Have resident project representative review and sign application prior to submission to Engineer IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01152 - Applications for Payment 01152 - 1 1 . 05 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A . When the Owner or the Engineer requires substantiating data , Contractor shall submit suitable information , with a cover letter identifying : 1 . Project 2 . Application number and date 3 . Detailed list of enclosures 4 . For stored products : a . Item number and identification b . Description of specific material B . Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application . 1 . 06 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A . Application for payment is required for progress payments B . Only one application will be acceptable in any one month 1 . 07 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A . Submit Applications for Payment to Engineer at the time stipulated in the Agreement B . Number: Four copies of each progress Application B . When Engineer finds the Application properly completed and correct, he will transmit the applications for payment to the Owner PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01152 - Applications for Payment 01152 - 2 SECTION 01153 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE A . Promptly implement Change Order Procedures 1 . Provide full written data required to evaluate changes . 2 . Maintain detailed records of work done on a time - and- material/force account basis . 3 . Provide full documentation to Engineer on request. B . Designate in writing the member of Contractor' s organization : 1 . Who is authorized to accept changes in the Work 2 . Who is responsible for informing others in the contractor' s employ of the authorization of changes in the Work . C . Owner will designate in writing the person who is authorized to execute Change Orders , 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . The amount of established unit prices . B . Conditions of the Contract : 1 . Methods of determining cost or credit to owner resulting from changes in Work made on a time - and- materials basis . 2 . Contractor' s claims for additional costs . C . Section 01152 : Applications for payment. D . Section 01311 : Construction schedules . E . Section 01370 : Schedule of Values . F. Section 01720 : Project Record Documents . 1 . 03 DEFINITIONS A . Change Order: See General Conditions IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01153 Change Order Procedures 01153 - 1 1 . 04 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A . Owner or Engineer may initiate changes by submitting a proposal Request to Contractor. Request will include the following : 1 . Detailed description of the Change , Products , and location of the change in the Project . 2 . Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications . 3 . The projected time span for making the change , and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is , or is not, authorized . 4 . A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid . 5 . Such request is for information only, and is not an instruction to execute the changes , nor to stop work in progress . B . Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to Engineer, containing : 1 . Description of the proposed changes 2 . Statement of the reason for making the changes . 3 . Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time . 4 . Statement of the effect on the work of separate contractors . 5 . Documentation supporting any changes in Contract Sum or Contract Time , as appropriate . 1 . 05 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A . In lieu of Proposal Request, Engineer may issue a "Work Directive Change" for Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order . B . Authorization will describe changes in the work , both additions and deletions , with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change . C . Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Work Directive Change as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the Changes . 1 . 06 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS A . Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal , and for each unit price which has not previously been established , with sufficient substantiating data to allow Engineer to evaluate the quotation . B . On request , provide additional data to support time and cost computation including the following : 1 . Labor required . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01153 Change Order Procedures 01153 - 2 2 . Equipment required . 3 . Products required : a . Recommended source of purchase and unit cost . b . Quantities required . 4 . Taxes , insurance bonds . 5 . Credit for work deleted from Contract , similarly documented . 6 . Overhead and profit . 7 . Justification for any change in Contract Time . C . Support each claim for additional costs , and for work done on a time - and- material / force account basis , with documentation as required for a lump sum proposal , plus the following additional information : 1 . Name of the Owner' s authorization agent who ordered the work , and date of the order . 2 . Dates and time work performed , and by whom . 3 . Time record , summary of hours worked , and hourly rates paid . 4 . Receipts and invoices for : a . Equipment used , listing dates and times of use . b . Products used , listing quantities . C , Subcontracts . D . Document requests for substitutions for Products as specified in Section 01600 , 1 . 07 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS A . Engineer will prepare each Change Order. B . Form : Change Order format provided in the Contract Documents . C . Change Order will describe changes in the Work , both additions and deletions , with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of change . D . Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time . 1 . 08 LUMP SUM / FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A . Content of Change Orders will be based on either : 1 . Engineer's Proposal Request and Contractor' s responsible Proposal as mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor . 2 , Contractor' s Proposal for a change , as recommended by Engineer. B . Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the contractor to proceed with the changes . C . Contractor shall sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01153 Change Order Procedures 01153 - 3 1 . 09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A . Content of Change Orders will be based on , either : 1 . Engineer definition of the scope of the required changes . 2 . Contractor's Proposal for a change , as recommended by Engineer . 3 . Survey of completed work B . The amount of the unit prices shall be : 1 . Those stated in the Agreement . 2 . Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor . C . When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be determined prior to start of the work : 1 . Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Change Order as . authorization for Contractor to proceed with the changes . 2 . Contractor shall sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein . D . When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work : 1 . Engineer or Owner will issue a Change Order directing Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices , and will cite the applicable unit prices . 2 . At completion of the change , Engineer will determine the cost of such work based on the unit prices and quantities used . a . Contractor shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each item and any claims for a change in Contract Time . 3 . Engineer will sign and date a second Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time , 4 . Owner and Contractor will sign and date the second Change Order to indicate their agreement with the terms therein . 1 . 10 TIME AND MATERIAL / WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE / CONSTRUCTION AUTHORIZATION A . Engineer, with Owner' s written authorization may issue a Work Change Directive directing Contractor to Proceed with the changes on a time - and- material / force account basis , with a not to exceed estimated price . B . At completion of the change , Contractor shall submit itemized accounting and supporting data as provided in the Article " Documentation of Proposals and Claims" of this section . C . Engineer will determine the allowable cost of such work , as provided in General Conditions and Supplementary Condition . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01153 Change Order Procedures 01153 - 4 D . Engineer will sign and date the Work Directive Change to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time . E . Owner and Contractor will sign and date the Work Directive Change to indicate their agreement therein . 1 . 11 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR ' S SUBMITTALS A . Contractor shall periodically revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of Work , and to record the adjusted Contract Sum . B . Contractor shall periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time . 1 . Revise sub - schedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes . C . Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01153 Change Order Procedures 01153 - 5 I � ..- �.. . . ' SECTION 01200 = CONTRACTORS GENERAL NOTES 1 . 01 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE FOLLOWING : A . The Contractor shall warranty and guarantee all materials and workmanship for a period of ( 1 ) year from the date of completion . B . The Contractor shall secure Final Inspection and Acceptance , prior to the Release of Final Payment . C . The Contractor shall provide and maintain Workman ' s Compensation and Builders Risk Insurance with the limits required by law and as specified herein. D . All materials shall be new and of the quality specified . Substitutions will be allowed , but only with the Architects prior written approval . Verbal approvals to Contractors request for substitution are non- binding unless they are backed up with written documentation from the Architect . E . The Contractor shall coordinate all work with the manufacturer' s installation instructions and catalog cuts . F . The Contractor and Subcontractors shall perform all work in accordance with the best trade practices typical to the projects geographical location . G . Prior to final payment, the Contractor shall issue to the Owner , executed " Final Release of Lien " forms from all parties having lien rights against the Owner. H . Unless where noted otherwise , the Contractor shall provide all the labor , material , equipment , and incidentals , including all. testing as required in the Specifications by an independent testing laboratory , necessary for a complete and operating project . i . The Contractor shall coordinate the work of all trades and/or Subcontractors and shall notify the Architect that all long - lead items for the project have been ordered as scheduled . 2 . 01 EXAMINATION OF SITE A. Each Contractor shall carefully examine the site before submitting his bid . No allowance will be made him for a lack of full knowledge of all conditions at the site , except such underground conditions as are indeterminable before the commencement of the work. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01200 — Contractors General Notes 01200- 1 3 . 01 SURVEY A . The Contractor is responsible for staking out the building lines and certifying the slab elevation prior to the pouring of any concrete slabs . When the project is located within a flood zone , a copy of said slab survey shall be supplied to the Owner for his Flood Insurance qualification purposes . 4 . 01 OMISSIONS A . The drawings and specifications are intended to cooperate. Anything shown on the drawings but not mentioned in the specifications , or vice versa , or anything not expressly set forth in either, but which is reasonably implied , shall be furnished as if specifically shown and mentioned in both without extra charge . B . Should anything be omitted from the drawings which is necessary for the proper construction of the work herein described , it shall be the duty of the Contractor to so notify the Owner in writing , if recognized , with a copy to the Architect . In the event of the Contractor failing to give notice , of a recognized error in the plans , he shall bear the extra cost in his/her work caused thereby without extra charge to the Owner as referenced in A . I . A . 201 , 5 . 01 DIMENSIONS A . Figures given on the drawings govern scaled measurements and larger scale governs smaller . Do not scale the blueline prints . 6 . 01 INSPECTIONS A . The Architect will review with the General Contractor, prior to the beginning of construction , all mandatory inspections . B . The General Contractor shall afford the inspector every facility for inspecting the work/materials , C . No. piping , wiring , ducts , etc . , shall be covered up until properly inspected and approved , and until certificates , if required , shall have been issued for same . D . The Contractor shall notify the Architect of each inspection being requested of the Building Department , E . The Contractor shall give the Architect a minimum of 24 hours advanced notice of a required or periodically requested inspection. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01200 — Contractors General Notes 01200-2 7 . 01 PROTECTION /SECURITY/STORAGE A . The General Contractor shall provide and maintain the physical security of the property by providing normal lock up measures to preclude trespassing , burglary , and vandalism . All materials in or designed for the work shall be , at all times , suitably housed or protected with particular care being taken of all finished items . Building materials , Contractor' s equipment , etc . , may be stored on the premises but the placing of same shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. Whenever the Contractor makes a request for payment on materials stored off-site , a Certificate of Insurance for that material must be attached . B . When any room in the building is utilized as a storage space , shop , etc . , the parties making such use of those rooms shall be held responsible for any repairs , patching and cleaning that may arise from such use . The Owner, at any time during the construction of the project , may direct the Contractor to move materials stored in the building when it becomes necessary and this will be accomplished at no additional charge to the Owner . 8 . 01 CLEANING A . The building must be kept free from all surplus material , dirt , and rubbish at all times , at the completion of the work all paint spots must be removed from the finished floors , walls , window and door frames and any glass where required . B . The Contractor shall replace finished glass scratched or etched due to cleaning . The Owner shall make limits of acceptance , of any scratched or etched glass . 9 . 01 GLASS BREAKAGE A . The Contractor, before acceptance of the building , shall replace all glass that may have become broken , or damaged from any cause . 10 . 01 DOCUMENT EXISTING DAMAGE A . The Contractor , prior to mobilizing on the site , shall document any existing damage to items such as interior ceilings , driveways , interior and exterior walls , floors , floor coverings , curbs , sidewalks , glass breakage , sprinkler heads , etc . The Contractor will be responsible for repairing any materials , directly and indirectly damaged , as a result of his work on the job site . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01200 — Contractors General Notes 01200-3 SECTION 01201 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Engineer shall schedule and administer the preconstruction conference and shall perform the following duties : 1 . Prepare agenda for meeting . 2 . Give notice of meeting three days in advance of meeting date . 3 . Make physical arrangements for meeting . 4 . Preside at meeting . 5 . Record the minutes which shall include all significant proceedings and decisions . 6 . Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within fifteen ( 15 ) working days after meeting . Minutes shall be distributed to all participants in the meeting and to all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . Section 01000 : Summary of Work . B . Section 01311 : Construction Schedule . C . Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples . D . Section 01720 : Project Record Documents . 1 . 03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A . Engineer will schedule meeting with Contractor , Owner and other affected parties . B . Location of the preconstruction meeting : The project site or a nearby office to be selected by Owner/Engineer. C . Attendance : 1 . Owner/Owner' s representative . 2 . Engineer/Engineer' s representative and his professional consultant . 3 . Contractor/Contractor's superintendent . 4 . Local utilities representatives . 5 . Local government agencies representative . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01201 - Preconstruction Conference 01201 - 1 D . Agenda : 1 . Record of Attendance . 2 . Project Summary Description . 3 , Local Utilities to be affected . a . Water lines b . Sewer lines C , Gas lines d . Telephone lines e . Cable TV lines f . Electric lines g . Highways h . Railroads 4 , Contractor Responsibilities : a . Start date b . Completion date C , Liquidated damages d . Contract amount e . Work schedule f . Space utilization g . Rights-of-Way occupancy h . Progress Payment Application i . As - builts ( Records/ Drawings) j . Photographs k . Shop drawings I . Subcontractors M . Project coordination n . Guarantee , Warranties , Maintenance Manuals 5 , Owner Responsibilities : a . Property and right-of- way purchase b . Monthly meetings C ' Special meetings d . Partial and final payment e . Change Orders f . Periodic site visits g . Public announcements and public relations h . Project acceptance 6 . Engineer Responsibilities : a . Technical representative of Owner b . Interpreter of contract documents C . Periodic inspections of job progress d . Reviews partial and final payment applications e . Prepares Change Orders f . Checks and approves shop drawings IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01201 - Preconstruction Conference 01201 - 2 g . Reviews record drawings h . Performs final inspection and issues certificate of completion 7 . Resident Inspector Responsibilities : a . Engineer' s and Owner's representative on site b . Review materials and work and reports any deficiencies to Engineer C , Reviews applications for payment d . Works with Contractor on public notification of work items e . Attends progress meetings f . Observes testing work g . Maintains daily diary of work tasks h . Furnishes reports to Engineer as deemed advisable PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01201 - Preconstruction Conference 01201 - 3 i SECTION 12301 - METAL CASEWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification section , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of metal shelving is shown on the drawings . Types of products in this section include the following : 1 . Steel Shelving . a . Wall hung shelves with closed ends and backs . b . Free standing shelves with open ends and backs . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Uniformity: Provide each type of metal shelving as produced by a single manufacturer, including all fasteners . B . SUBMITTALS : 1 . Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for metal shelving units . 2 . Submit color samples on squares of same metal to be used for fabrication of shelves . 3 . Submit shop drawings for metal shelving , verifying all filed dimensions . 1 . 04 JOB. CONDITIONS A . Do not deliver shelving units until building is enclosed and ready for shelving installation . Protect from damage during delivery , handling , storage and installation . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements , provide products of one of the following : , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 12301 — Metal Casework 12301 - 1 i _ _ 1 . Penco Clipper Shelving 2 . E-Z Shelving Systems , Inc. 3 . Tennsco Industrial Shelving 4 . Amco Corporation 5 . Continental 6 , Lyon Metal Products 2 . 02 MATERIALS A . Steel : 16 gauge angle posts , back braces , heavy duty shelves with 500 pound per shelf capacity , cold- rolled and leveled steel , free from buckle scale and surface imperfections . B . Fasteners : Cadmium , zinc, or nickel - plated steel . C . Finishing : Chemically pretreat metal with degreasing excess . Apply baked - on enamel finish to all surfaces , exposed and concealed . D . Color: Manufacturer' s standard , grey , white , putty or black . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Install metal shelving at locations shown on plans and in accordance with manufacturer's specifications , for plumb , level , rigid and flush installations . Provide mechanical attachment to walls for all floor mounted shelving to prevent fall-away of unit from wall . Spacing of wall fasteners to correspond to vertical angle posts . 3 . 02 ADJUST & CLEAN A. Touch -up marred finishes , but replace any damaged units which cannot be restored to factory-finished appearance . Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by shelving manufacturer. *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 12301 — Metal Casework 12301 -2 1 SECTION 01300 — ARCHITECTURAL SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 GENERAL A . The provisions of this section apply to required submittals , related to units of work , not to administrative submittals such as payment requests , insurance certificates and progress reports . In addition to specific provisions of General and Supplementary Conditions related to submittals , individual specification sections of Divisions 2 through 16 contain submittal requirements , specific requirements in other sections have precedence over general requirements of this section . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS A . General : Coordinate submittals with progress schedule and actual progress of work ; allow ten ( 10 ) working days for Architect' s and Engineer' s processing of submittals requiring review and approval . Use transmittal form to establish complete record or submittals . Provide copies required by governing authorities , which are in addition to copies specified for submittal to the Architect . B . Shop Drawings : Shall be submitted for manufactured or fabricated materials as called for in the separate specification section . Drawings shall be fully identifiable with project name , location , supplier' s name , date , drawing number, specifications section reference , etc . . . The Contractor shall submit , with such promptness as to cause no delay in his work or in that of any Subcontractor, four ( 4 ) copies of all shop drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades to the Architect for approval with one copy of the shop drawings to the Owner' s representative for review and comment . The Contractor shall make no deviation from the approved shop drawings and /or the changes made thereto by the Architect if any . Additional prints , as may be required by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, shall be supplied by the Contractor . C . It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to properly schedule the submission of shop drawings for approval , to allow adequate time for the checking of drawings , manufacturer/fabrication of items , and the shipment of items to the job site in sufficient time so as to prevent any delay in the Progress Schedule . D . It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the preparation of shop drawings of those items which will be furnished by more than one manufacturer, but are designed to interface with the overall project when installed . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01300 —Architectural Submittals 01300- 1 E . Shop Drawings submitted to the Architect for approval shall first show evidence of being checked by the Contractor, the prima-facie evidence of which shall be a " CHECKED " stamp marked "APPROVED " or "APPROVED AS NOTED " on each copy of each shop drawings , placed thereon by the Contractor. Shop drawings received without the Contractor' s " CHECKED " stamp will be cause for immediate return without further action by the Architect until properly resubmitted . Each drawing correctly submitted will be checked by the Architect and marked by him in one of the following ways : 1 . REVIEWED : NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN 2 . REVIEWED : NOTE COMMENTS AND MAKE CORRECTIONS AS NOTED 3 . REVIEWED : REVISE AND RESUBMIT 4 . REVIEWED : REJECTED F . Copies of Product Data : mark each copy to indicate actual product to be provided ; show selections from among options in manufacturer' s printed product data . Submit six copies ; two copies of which will be returned where required for maintenance manuals ; and an additional copy to be maintained at project site for reference purposes . Do not proceed with installation of manufactured products until a copy of related product data is in installer' s { possession . 2 . 02 SUBSTITUTIONS A . Approval Required : 1 . The Contract is based on the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents , 2 . All products proposed for use , including those specified by required attributes and performance , shall require approval by the Architect before being incorporated into the work . 3 . Do not substitute materials , equipment or methods unless such substitution has been specifically approved for this work by the Architect , in writing . B . " Or Equal" : 1 . Where the phrase "or equal " or " or equal as approved by the Architect" occurs in the Contract Documents , do not assume that materials , equipment or methods will be approved as equal unless the item has been specifically approved in writing by the Architect . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01300 —Architectural Submittals 01300-2 2 . The decision of the Architect shall be final . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01300 —Architectural Submittals 01300-3 SECTION 01311 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Promptly after award of the Contract, Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer estimated construction progress for the Work , with sub - schedules of related activities which are essential to its progress . B . Coordinate the work and scheduling with and around other contractors and individual trades performing work on the Project . C . Submit revised progress schedules with each application for payment . D . Progress Schedule shall become part of Contract Documents after approval by Engineer . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . In other parts of the Contract Documents : 1 , General Conditions : a . Articles 2 and 6 — Schedules , Reports , and Records b . Sections 6 . 1 and 6 . 2 — Supervision by Contractor C . Article 15 — Supervision of Work , Termination , and Delay B . Specified in other sections : 1 . Section 01000 : Summary of Work 2 , Section 01201 : Preconstruction Conference 3 , Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data , and Samples 1 . 03 FORM OF SCHEDULES A . Prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart as follows : 1 . Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation 2 . Horizontal time scale : Identify the first work day of each week . 3 . Scale and spacing : To allow space for notations and future revisions . 4 . Minimum sheet size : 11 " x 17 " IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01311 - Construction Schedules 01311 - 1 B . Format of listings : The chronological order of the start of each - item of work . C . Identification of listings : By major specification section numbers . 1 . 04 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A . Construction Progress Schedule shall : 1 . Show the complete sequence of construction by activity . 2 . Show the dates for the beginning and completion of each major element of construction ; specifically list : a . Subcontractor work b . Utility construction C , Restoration 3 . Show projected percentage of completion for each item , as of the first day of each month . 1 . 05 PROGRESS REVISIONS A . Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission B . Show changes occurring since previous submission of Schedule : 1 . Major changes in scope . 2 . Activities modified since previous submission . 3 . Revised projections of progress and completion . 4 . Other identifiable changes . C . Provide a narrative report as needed to define : 1 . Problem areas , anticipated delays , and the impact on the schedule . 2 . Corrective action recommended , and its effect . 3 . The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors . 1 . 06 SUBMISSIONS A . Submit initial schedules within ten ( 10 ) days after award of Contract ; Engineer will review schedules for information only . B . Submit revised progress schedules with each application for payment . C . Submit the number of opaque reproductions which the Contractor requires , plus two (2 ) additional copies ; one for Owner and one for Engineer. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 0 1311 - Construction Schedules 01311 - 2 1 . 06 DISTRIBUTION A . Distribute copies of approved schedules to : 1 . Job site file 2 . Subcontractors 3 . Other concerned parties B . Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor , in writing , any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the schedule . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01311 - Construction Schedules 01311 - 3 SECTION 01340 i SHOP DRAWINGS , PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Submit Shop Drawings , Product Data , Samples and Certificates required by the Contract Documents . B . Review and approval by Contractor of submitted material . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . In other parts of the Contract Documents : 1 . Definitions and Additional Responsibilities of Parties : a . General Conditions of the Contract ( 1 ) Sections 6 . 23 — 6 . 28 : Shop Drawings B . Specified in other sections : 1 . Section 01311 : Construction Schedules . 2 . Section 01720 : Record Documents C . Designate in the construction schedule , or in separate coordinated schedule , the dates for the submission and the dates that reviewed Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples will be needed . 1 . 03 SHOP DRAWINGS A . Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner . 1 . Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail of schedule shown on Contract Drawings . B . Minimum sheet size : Manufacturer' s standard ; adequate to clearly illustrate . 1 . 04 PRODUCT DATA A . Preparation : 1 . Clearly mark each copy to identify applicable products , models , options , and other data . 2 . Show performance characteristics and capacities . 3 . Show dimensions and clearances required . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01340- Shop drawings , Product Data and Samples 01340 - 1 4 . Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls . B . Manufacturer' s standard schematic drawings and diagrams : 1 . Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the work . 2 . Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work . 3 . Include manufacturer's installation instructions when required by the Specifications Section . 1 . 05 SAMPLES A . Office Samples : Limit to items requiring color , pattern and similar selections and shall be sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate : 1 . Full range of color, texture and pattern 2 . Submit samples for selection of finishes within sixty (60 ) days after date of Agreement , or when directed by Architect . B . Field Samples and Mock- ups : 1 . Functional characteristics of the product , with integrally- related parts and attachment devices . 2 . Contractor shall erect , at the Project Site , at a location acceptable to the Architect . 3 . Size of Area : that specified in the respective specification section . 4 . Fabricate each sample and mockup complete and finished . 5 . Include identification on each sample , giving full information . 6 . Remove samples at conclusion of Work , or when acceptable to the Architect . 1 . 06 MANUFACTURER ' S CERTIFICATES A . Submit Certificates , in duplicate , in accordance with requirements of each specification section . 1 . 07 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A . Review Shop Drawings , Product Data and samples prior to submission . B . Determine and verify : 1 . Field measurements 2 . Field construction criteria - IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01340- Shop drawings, Product Data and Samples 01340 - 2 3 . Catalog numbers and similar data 4 . Conformance with specifications C . Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents . D . Notify the Architect/ Engineer in writing at the time of submission of ANY AND ALL DEVIATIONS in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents . All of the Contractor' s comments and notations shall be in red ink . E . Begin no fabrication of work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Architect/ Engineer' s approval . 1 . 08 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A . Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule , and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work of any other Contractor. B . Number of submittals required : 1 . Shop Drawings : Submit the number of opaque reproductions which the contractor requires , plus four ( 4) copies which will be retained by the Architect/Engineer . 2 . Product Data : Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires , plus four ( 4) which will be retained by the Architect/ Engineer . 3 . Samples : Submit the number stated in each specification section . C . Submittals shall contain : 1 . The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions . 2 . The project title and number 3 . Contract identification 4 . The name of : a . Contractor b . Supplier C . Manufacturer 5 . Identification of the project, with specification section number . 6 . Field dimensions , clearly identified as such . 7 . Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials . 8 . Applicable standards , such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers . 9 . Identification of deviations from Contract Documents 10 . Identification of revisions on resubmittals . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01340- Shop drawings , Product Data and Samples 01340 - 3 11 . An 8 " x 3" blank space for Contractor and Architect/ Engineer's stamps 12 . Contractor's stamp or review and approval , initialed or signed , certifying to review of initialed or signed , certifying to review of submittal , verification of products , field measurements and field construction criteria , and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the work and of Contract Documents . 1 . 09 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A . Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Architect/Engineer' s and resubmit until approved . B . Shop Drawings and Product Data : 1 . Revise initial drawings or data , and resubmit as specified for initial submittal . 2 . Indicate any changes which have been made other than those requested by the Architect/ Engineer. C . Samples : Submit new samples as required for initial submittal . 1 . 10 DISTRIBUTION A . Distribute reproductions of Shop Drawings and copies of Product { Data which carry the Architect/Engineer's ' s stamp or review to : 1 . Job site file . 2 . Record Documents file . 3 . Other affected contractors 4 . Subcontractors 5 . Supplier or fabricator B . Distribute samples which carry the Architect/ Engineer' s stamp of approval as directed by the Architect/ Engineer . 1 . 11 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER ' S DUTIES A . Review submittals with reasonable promptness and in accordance with General Conditions . B . Affix stamp and initials / signature , and indicate requirements for resubmittal , or review without comments of submittal . All of Architect/ Engineer ' s comments shall be made in red ink . C . Return submittals to Contractor for distribution , or for resubmission . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01340- Shop drawings , Product Data and Samples 01340 - 4 PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01340- Shop drawings , Product Data and Samples 01340 - 5 , - r ,� SECTION 01381 AUDIO -VISUAL DOCUMENTATION PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Prior to commencing the Work , the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio- video tape recording taken along the entire abutting right- of-way (from centerline of pavement to property line ) and the west property line of the Development Proiect Limits to serve as a record of preconstruction conditions . 1 . 02 APPROVAL No construction shall begin prior to review and acceptance of the tapes covering the construction area by the Owner of Engineer . The Engineer shall have the authority to reject all or any portion of a videotape not conforming to specifications and order that it be redone at no additional charge . The Contractor shall reschedule unacceptable coverage within five ( 5 ) days after being notified . The Engineer shall designate those areas , if any , to be omitted from or added to the audio - video coverage . Tape recordings shall not be made more than thirty ( 30 ) days prior to beginning of construction in any area . All tapes and written records shall become property of Owner . The tapes shall be delivered to the Owner as soon as possible after recording . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional electrographer . The color audio -video tapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of preconstruction color audio - video tape documentation. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 GENERAL All equipment, accessories , materials , and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor . 2 . 02 QUALITY The total audio- video system shall reproduce bright , sharp , clear pictures with accurate colors and shall have minimal distortion , tearing , rolls , or other imperfections . The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume and clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01381 - Audio-Visual Documentation 01381 - 1 2 . 03 CAMERA The color video camera used in the recording system shall have a horizontal resolution of 300 lines at center, a luminance signal - to- noise ratio of 45dB , and a minimum illumination requirement of 25 foot candles . 2 . 04 TAPES Audio -video tapes shall be new . Reprocessed tapes will not be acceptable . The tapes shall be one- half inch , high energy , extended still frame capable videocassette , shall be interchangeable with the color videocassette player, and shall be compatible for playback with the player- receiver . PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 VIDEOTAPING PROCEDURES A . Each tape shall begin with the current date , project name , and municipality , and be followed by the general location ; i . e . , name of street , house address , viewing side , and direction of progress . The audio track shall consist of an original live recording . The recording shall contain the narrative commentary. B . All video recordings must , by electronic means , display continuously and simultaneously generate , with the actual taping , transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording , and station numbers , if shown on the Drawings . The date information shall contain the month , day , and year. The time information shall contain the hour , minute , and second . Additional information shall be displayed periodically . Such information shall include , but not be limited to , project name , contract number, name of street , house address , direction of travel , and the viewing side . The transparent information shall appear on the screen . C . All taping shall be done during times of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation , mist , or fog . The ' recording shall be done only when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright , sharp video recordings of those subjects . D . The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed 44 feet per minute . Panning , zoom - in , and zoom - out rates shall be sufficiently controlled to maintain a clear view of the object . E . Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage . Such coverage shall include , but not be limited to , existing driveways , sidewalks , curbs , pavements , ditches , mailboxes , landscaping , culverts , fences , signs , and headwalls within the area covered . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01381 - Audio- Visual Documentation 01381 - 2 F . When conventional wheeled vehicles are used , the distance from the camera lens to the ground shall not be more than twelve ( 12 ) feet . In some instances , audio - video tape coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles . Such coverage shall be obtained by walking or special conveyance approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01381 - Audio-Visual Documentation 01381 - 3 SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 GENERAL : A . The work of this section includes Quality Assurance ; and the independent laboratory and field sampling , testing , inspections , supervision and reports of those materials required by the various sections of these specifications . Tests and inspections shall be performed by a recognized Testing Laboratory selected by the Contractor and approved by the Architect . 1 . 02 COOPERATION : A . Testing Laboratory shall cooperate with all trades whose work affects or is affected by the tests and inspections . B . Contractor shall cooperate with and provide assistance necessary in taking samples , making field tests and making inspections , and he shall schedule and coordinate his work to hold costs of tests and inspections to a reasonable minimum . 1 . 03 PAYMENTS : i A. Costs for tests and inspections shall be incurred by the Contractor. B . If the results of any test or inspection indicate failure to meet the specified requirements , the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of retesting or reinspection . C . Manner of Work: When in the opinion of the Architect , tests or inspections are required because of the manner in which the Contractor does his work , such as questionable quality of materials and/or workmanship , questionable sources of material , substitution of materials or sources of same for those previously accepted , or failure or material to comply with specification or plan requirements ; the costs for such tests or inspections shall be incurred by the Contractor . D . Should the Contractor refuse to perform such tests , the direct cost of testing , incurred by the Owner , shall be deducted from the Contract sum for construction . 1 . 04 DEFECTIVE MATERIALS : A. The Architect reserves the right to demand for test or special examination any material or part thereof to insure compliance with the specification and IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01400 — Quality Control 01400- 1 he may reject any material or part judged defective as a result of such tests and the Contractor shall replace such defective material or part with material or part that does comply with the specifications at no additional expense to the Owner . 1 . 05 REPORTS : A . Test and inspection reports shall be written immediately upon conclusion of each procedure ; copies shall be provided to the following : 1 . Architect 2 , Contractor 1 . 06 TEST CRITERIA: A . The specific test and inspection procedures and their required results are enumerated herein by reference to recognized standards and shall be the required method for testing and judging the results unless deviations from the standards are specifically mentioned . 1 . 07 STANDARDS : A . Applicable Standards listed in these Specifications include , but are not necessarily limited to , standards promulgated by the following agencies and ; -- organizations . 1 . ASHTO = American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials , 341 National Press Building , Washington , D . C . 20004 . 2 . ACI = American Concrete Institute , Box 19150 , Redford , Station , Detroit , Michigan 48219 , 3 . RISC = American Institute of Steel Construction , Inc . 1221 Avenue of the Americas , New York , NY 10020 , 4 . ANSI .= American National Standards Institute ( successor USASI and ASA) 1430 Broadway , New York , NY 10018 5 . ASTM = American Society for Testing and Materials , 1916 Race Street , Philadelphia , PA 19103 6 . AWS = American Welding Society , Inc . , 2501 N . W . 7th Street , Miami , FL 33125 7 . AWWA = American Water Works Association , Inc . , 6666 West Quincy Ave . , Denver , CO 80235 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01400 — Quality Control 01400-2 8 . CRSI = Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute , 228 North Lasalle Street , Chicago , IL 60610 9 . CS = Commercial Standard of NBS , U . S . Department of Commerce , Government Printing Office , Washington , DC 20402 10 . FGMA = Flat Glass Marketing Association , 3310 Harrison , Topeka , KS 66611 11 . NAAMM = The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers , 1033 South Boulevard , Oak Park , IL 60302 12 . NEC = National Electrical Code (see NFPA) 13 . NEMA = National Electrical Manufacturers Association , 155 East 44th Street , New York , NY 10017 14 . NFPA = National Fire Protection Association ( Life Safety Code ) 470 Atlantic Avenue , Boston , MA 02210 15 . SBCC = Southern Building Code Congress International , Inc . 900 Montclair Road , Birmingham , AL 35213 16 . FBC = Florida Building Code , latest adopted addition . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01400 —Quality Control 01400-3 SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Owner may employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform certain specified testing in addition to what is called for in the Contract Documents . Owner shall pay for all additional testing not specified in the Contract Documents . 1 . Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the execution of its required services . 2 . Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's obligations to perform the work of the Contract . B . Contractor will employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform certain specified testing . All testing described in the Contract Technical Specifications shall be paid for by the Contractor . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . General Conditions of the contract : Inspections and testing required by laws , ordinances , rules , regulations , orders or approvals of public authorities . B . Respective sections of specifications : Certification of Products . 1 . 03 QUALIFICATION OF LABORATORY A . Meet " Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification , " published by American Council of Independent Laboratories . B . Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329 , " Standards of Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction . " C . Authorized to operate in the State in which the Project is located . D . Submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during the most recent tour of Inspection , with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01410- Testing Laboratory Services 01410 - 1 E . Testing Equipment : 1 . Calibrated at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either : a . National Bureau of Standards b . Accepted values of national physical constants . 1 . 04 LABORATORY DUTIES A . Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor; provide qualified personnel after due notice . B . Perform specified inspections , sampling , and testing of materials and methods of construction : 1 . Comply with specified standards 2 . Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of Contract Documents . C . Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or deficiencies of work or products . D . Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection ; one copy each to Engineer, Owner, and Contractor, and one copy to Record Documents File . Each report shall include : 1 . Date issued 2 . Project title and number 3 . Testing laboratory name , address , and telephone number 4 . Name and signature of laboratory inspector 5 . Date and time of sampling or inspection 6 . Record of temperature and weather conditions 7 . Date of test 8 . Identification of product and specification section 9 . Location of sample or test in the Project 10 . Type of inspection or test 11 . Results of tests and compliance with Contract Documents 12 . Interpretation of test results , when requested by Engineer E . Perform additional tests as required by Engineer or the Owner 1 . 05 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY A . Laboratory in not authorized to : 1 . Release , revoke , alter , or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents 2 . Approve or accept any portion of the work 3 . Perform any duties of the Contractor IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01410- Testing Laboratory Services 01410 - 2 1 . 06 CONTRACTOR ' S RESPONSIBILITIES A . Cooperate with laboratory personnel , and provide access to work and to manufacturer' s facilities . B . Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representational samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing . C . Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete , and other material mixes which require control by the testing laboratory . D . Furnish copies of product test reports as required . E . Furnish incidental labor and facilities : 1 . To provide access to work to be tested 2 . To obtain and handle samples at the project site or at the source of the product to be tested 3 . To facilitate inspections and tests 4 . For storage and curing of test samples F . Notify laboratory , in advance of operations to allow for laboratory assignments of personnel and scheduling of tests . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01410- Testing Laboratory Services 01410 - 3 �\ I ' SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Furnish , install , and maintain temporary utilities required for construction ; remove on completion of entire project . B . Provide temperature , ventilation , and lighting requirements , if applicable , as specified in each individual section . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 01000 : Summary of Work 1 . 03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A . Comply with National Electric Code . B . Comply with federal , state , and local codes and regulations , and with utility company requirements . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS (GENERAL) Materials may be new or used , but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage . They MUST NOT create unsafe conditions , and MUST NOT violate requirements of applicable codes and standards . 2 . 02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A . The Contractor must maintain power to all existing buildings and areas . B . The Contractor is responsible for providing and paying for all power required for his operations . Contractor shall make arrangements with Owner for temporary power . C . Contractor is responsible for arranging power for his office trailers (s ) , power tools , etc . , at his own expense . The Contractor shall pay the costs of, all power used . D . Provide POWER CENTERS for miscellaneous tools and equipment used in the work : 1 . Weatherproof distribution box with minimum of four 20 - amp . , 120- volt grounded outlets . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01510- Temporary Utilities 01510 - 1 2 . Locate so that power is available at any point of use with minimum 100 -foot CONSTRUCTION -TYPE power cords . 3 . Provide circuit breaker protection for each outlet . E . Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work , when natural light is not adequate for work , and for areas accessible to persons other than Contractor's employees . F . If Contractor requires service other than specified above , he shall arrange for , provide maintenance , and pay all costs incurred . 2 . 03 TEMPORARY WATER Contractor shall make arrangements with Owner for all temporary water at the project site . Contractor shall pay for all temporary water required for his operations . 2 . 04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A . Contractor shall provide temporary sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations . B . Contractor shall provide for regular service , cleaning , and maintenance of temporary facilities and enclosures . PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 GENERAL A . Comply with applicable requirements specified in Section 02670 — Submersible Wastewater Pumping Station , as well as state and local codes . B . Maintain and operate systems to ensure continuous service . 3 . 02 REMOVAL A . Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required . B . Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities . C . Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified , or to original , condition . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01510- Temporary Utilities 01510 - 2 SECTION 01550 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS Part 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall plan , coordinate , and conduct his operations in a manner which protects the quality of the environment and complies with the Owner's environmental expectations discussed at the preconstruction meeting . B . This specification contains provisions which shall be considered in all Contract construction operations . C . The costs of complying with the "Temporary Environmental Controls " specifications are incidental to the Contract work , and no additional compensation will be allowed . D . At each water control structure site , protective measures to prevent erosion and pollution of the soils and surface waters will be taken prior to each step in the construction sequence , and those protective measures shall be inspected and maintained throughout the construction period . 1 . 02 CONTRACTURAL ENFORCEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A . If the Contractor fails to operate within the intent of these requirements , the Owner or Engineer will direct changes to operating procedures . Remediation ( if needed ) or proper installation of environmental protection controls shall take place immediately . B . Continued violation will result in a work suspension in accordance with the General Conditions until correction or remedial action is taken by the Contractor. C . Penalties and Contract termination may be required as appropriate . 1 . 03 REQUIREMENTS BY REGULATORY AGENCIES Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal , state , and local environmental and antipollution laws , regulations , and ordinances related to environmental protection and prevention , control , and abatement of all forms of pollution . 1 . 04 AREAS OF USE A. Contractor's use areas include but are not limited to site office , shop , maintenance , parking , storage , staging , assembly areas , utility services , and access roads to the use areas . B . During the course of construction , the Contractor shall provide measures to prevent or contain the sources of pollution . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01550- Temporary Environmental Controls 01550 - 1 C . Secondary containment shall be provided for fuel and petroleum product storage pursuant to 29CFR1910 , 106 ( D ) (6 ) ( iii ) (OSHA) . 1 . 05 EQUIPMENT A. All major equipment and proposed methods of operation shall be subject to the approval of Owner. B . The use or operation of heavy equipment in areas outside the right-of- way , access routes , or structures , shall not be permitted without permission of the Owner or his representative . C . Heavy equipment use on steep slopes (greater than 20 percent) and in wet areas will be held to the minimum necessary to construct the project. D . On-site equipment storage 1 . The Contractor shall provide a compact area at each site where all heavy equipment shall be stored , fueled , and maintained . 2 . This site shall be downstream of any stream bank and located as far away as possible from the top of bank . 1 . 06 VEHICLE SERVICING A . Routine maintenance of personnel vehicles will not be performed on the right-of-way . B . However, if emergency or " have to" situations arise , minimal/temporary maintenance to personnel vehicles will occur in order to mobilize the vehicle to an off-site maintenance shop . C . Heavy equipment may be serviced on the right-of-way, in designated areas only. D . Contractor will properly maintain the designated maintenance area with approved spill protection controls and countermeasures . E . If emergency maintenance in a sensitive or questionable area arises , the Owner's engineer will be consulted . F . All wastes and used oils will be properly recovered , handled , and disposed/recycled . G . Equipment shall not be temporarily stored in stream floodplains , whether overnight or on weekends or holidays . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01550- Temporary Environmental Controls 01550 - 2 1 . 07 VEHICLE EXHAUST EMISSIONS A. Contractor shall maintain and operate equipment to limit vehicle exhaust emissions . B . Equipment and vehicles that show excessive emissions of exhaust gasses and particulates due to poor engine adjustments or other inefficient operating conditions shall not be operated until corrective repairs or adjustments are made . 1 . 08 CLEARING No construction activities may clear additional site or right-of-way vegetation or disturb remaining retained vegetation , or re-growth at locations other than the structure sites and Contractor' s setup areas . 1 . 09 LANDSCAPE PRESERVATION A. Contractors shall exercise care to preserve the natural landscape to the extent possible in the entire construction area as well as use areas , in or outside the right-of-way, and on or adjacent to access roads . B . Construction operations shall be conducted to prevent any unnecessary destruction , scarring , or defacing of the natural vegetation and surroundings in the vicinity of the work . 1 . 10 SMOKE AND ODORS A . Contractor shall properly store and handle combustible material which could create objectionable smoke , odors , or fumes . B . Open burning is not permitted . 1 . 11 AIR QUALITY CONTROL A. Construction crews shall take appropriate actions to minimize the amount of air pollution created by their construction operations . B . All operations must be conducted in a manner which avoids creating a nuisance and prevents damage to lands , crops , dwellings , or persons . 1 . 12 DUST AND MUD CONTROL A. Construction activities shall be conducted to minimize the creation of dust . B . This may require limitations as to types of equipment, allowable speeds , and routes utilized . C . Water, straw, wood chips , dust palliative , gravel , combinations of these , or similar control measures shall be used subject to Owner' s approval . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01550- Temporary Environmental Controls 01550 - 3 D . On unimproved construction sites and dirt drives , the last 50 feet before an access road approaches a county road or highway shall be graveled to prevent transfer of mud onto the public road . i 1 . 13 EARTHWORK A. Ground disturbance 1 . Steps will be taken to limit ground disturbance caused by heavy equipment usage , and erosion and sediment controls will be instituted on disturbed areas in accordance with state requirements . 2 . No subsurface ground-disturbing equipment will be used by construction forces except for excavation of fill material by maintenance dredging . B . Disking of the right-of-way may occur for proper seedbed preparation at restoration locations . C . Where leveling is necessary , it shall be implemented by means that provide for continuous gentle , controlled , overland flow or percolation . D . A good grass cover, straw, gravel , or other protection of the surface must be maintained . 1 . 14 BLOCKING OF FLOW WAYS A . Water courses shall not be blocked or diverted unless required by the specifications or the Owner' s engineer. B . Construction of stream fords or other crossings will only be permitted at approved locations . C . Any work or placing of equipment within a flowing or dry watercourse requires the prior approval of Owner. 1 . 15 WATER QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor construction activities shall be performed by methods that will prevent entrance or accidental spillage of solid matter, contaminants , debris , and other objectionable pollutants and wastes into flowing streams , dry watercourses , lakes , ponds , and underground water sources . B . Best Management Practices 1 . The Contractor shall erect and maintain BMPs such as silt fences on steep slopes and adjacent to any water course and turbidity barriers for work in water bodies . 2 . Additional BMPs may be required for areas of disturbance created by construction activities . (" IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01550- Temporary Environmental Controls 01550 - 4 3 . BMPs will be routinely inspected by the Contractor and by the Owner's Engineer during periods of high runoff, and any necessary repairs will be made as soon as practicable . 4 . BMP inspections will be conducted in accordance with permit requirements . D . Records of all inspections will be maintained onsite , and copies of inspection forms will be forwarded to the Engineer. E . Acceptable measures for disposal of waste oil from vehicles and equipment shall be followed . F . No waste oil shall be disposed of within the right-of-way, on a construction site , or on access roads . 1 . 16 TURBIDITY CONTROL A. Construction activities in or near bodies of water shall be controlled to prevent the downstream water turbidity from exceeding state or local water quality standards for that stream . B . All conditions of any associated general or individual stormwater permit , construction permit , or a generic stormwater permit shall be met include the following : 1 . Monitoring of turbidity in receiving streams and/or stormwater discharges 2 . Implementation of appropriate erosion and sediment control measures . C . Appropriate drainage facilities for temporary construction activities interrupting natural site drainage shall be provided to avoid erosion . D . General material shall not be deposited or left in water courses or within stream bank areas where it could be washed away by high stream flows . E . Wastewater from construction or dewatering operations shall be controlled to prevent excessive erosion or turbidity in a stream , wetland , lake , or pond . 1 . 17 SANITATION A. The Contractor shall contact a sanitary subcontractor who will provide sanitary chemical toilets convenient to all principal points of operation for every working party. B . The facilities shall comply with applicable federal , state , and local health laws and regulations . C . When possible , they shall not be located closer than 100 feet to any stream or tributary or to any wetland . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01550- Temporary Environmental Controls 01550 - 5 D . The facilities shall be required to have proper servicing and maintenance , and the waste disposal contractor shall verify in writing that the waste disposal will be in state-approved facilities . i E . Employees shall be notified of sanitation regulations and shall be required to use the toilet facilities . 1 . 18 REFUSE DISPOSAL A. Contractor personnel shall be responsible for daily inspection , cleanup , and proper labeling , storage , and disposal of all refuse and debris produced by his operations and by his employees . B . Suitable refuse collecting facilities will be required . C . Only state-approved disposal areas shall be used . D . Disposal containers such as dumpsters or roll -off containers shall be obtained from a proper waste disposal subcontractor. E . Solids , construction/demolition , and hazardous wastes as well as scrap are part of the potential refuse generated and must be properly managed with emphasis on reuse , recycle , or possible give away, as appropriate , before they are handled as waste . 1 . 19 NOISE CONTROL A. Contractor shall take measures to avoid the creation of noise levels that are considered nuisances , safety , or health hazards . B . Critical areas will require special considerations are projects adjacent to , but not limited to include the following : 1 . Residential areas 2 . Parks 3 . Public use areas , etc. C . Owner's criteria for determining corrective measures shall be determined by comparing the noise level of the construction operation to the background noise levels . D . Especially noisy equipment such as pile drivers , air hammers , chippers , chain saws , or areas for machine shops , staging , assembly, or blasting may require corrective actions when required by Owner. 1 . 20 NOISE SUPPRESSION A. All internal combustion engines shall be properly equipped with mufflers as required by the Department of Labor's " Safety and Health Regulations for Construction . " IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01550- Temporary Environmental Controls 01550 - 6 B . OWNER ' S may require spark arresters in addition to mufflers on some engines . C . Air compressors and other noisy equipment may require sound - reducing enclosures in some circumstances . 1 . 21 DAMAGES A. The movement of construction crews and equipment shall be conducted in a manner which causes as little intrusion and damage as possible to roads , orchards , woods , wetlands , and other property features and vegetation . B . The Contractor will be responsible for damage caused by his actions and especially for creating conditions that would threaten the stability of the right-of-way or the structures , or access to either. C . When individual property owners prefer the correction of ground cover condition or damage problems themselves , the section of the Contract dealing with damages will apply . 1 . 22 RESTORATION OF SITE All construction disturbed areas , with the exception of agriculture land under cultivation and any other areas as may be designated by the specifications , shall be permanently stabilized in accordance with the " Sodding , Seeding and Mulching " technical specification of this Contract. END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01550- Temporary Environmental Controls 01550 - 7 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Furnish , install , and maintain temporary control facilities required for construction ; remove on completion of entire project any features not intended to remain on the project site . B . Provide noise control , dust control , water control , debris control , pollution control and erosion control as specified in the appropriate sections of these documents . 1 . 02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A . Comply with federal , state , and local codes and regulations and utility company requirements . B . Comply with Department of Transportation requirements . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS ( GENERAL ) A . Materials may be new or used , but must be adequate in capacity and quality for the required usage , MUST NOT create unsafe conditions and MUST NOT violate requirements of applicable codes and standards . 2 . 02 TEMPORARY NOISE CONTROL A . Mechanical equipment shall be fitted with mufflers to reduce noise from internal combustion type engines . B . Bells , sirens , alarms , etc . , shall be adjusted to provide adequate warnings to personnel on the project site ; however , they shall be regulated to an intensity that is amenable to the neighboring communities . C . Exterior construction work noises shall be kept to a minimum during evening , night , and early morning hours . In addition , weekend and holiday noises shall be limited to acceptable levels . D . In addition to on - site control , noise considerations shall be made to off-site vehicles and equipment (mobilization , demobilization , deliveries , etc . ) . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01560- Temporary Controls 01560 - 1 2 . 03 TEMPORARY DUST CONTROL Dust formed as a result of the construction shall be controlled by the Contractor . Cleaning of work areas and application of dust control materials are the most effective methods of dust control . 2 . 04 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL A . The flow of water through the construction site shall be controlled by the Contractor such that it does not damage any constructed items ; however, it shall be diverted and channeled to effectively leave the site as soon as possible . Puddling and ponding on the site is not permitted . B . Water shall be controlled such that it does not enter excavated areas , nor is deposited on or against constructed features . 2 . 05 TEMPORARY DEBRIS CONTROL A . Provision shall be made by each Contractor to have available adequate containers to hold any and all debris that is to be generated from the project . Containers should be covered to prevent wind blowing paper, plastic , and lightweight products around and off the site . B . Instructions shall be given to personnel to utilize the trash containers . Containers shall be placed in convenient places at the site . C . At least once per week , a thorough cleaning of trash and debris shall be made at the construction site . An acceptable method of disposal shall be employed . END OF SECTION i IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01560- Temporary Controls 01560 - 2 SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Products B . Workmanship C . Manufacturer' s Instructions D . Transportation and Handling E . Storage and Protection F . Substitutions and Product Options 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . Section 01000 : Summary of Work — Provisions and performance of work under the Contract. B . Section 01090 : Reference Standards — Provision and identification of publication sources for referenced standards . C . Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples — Submittal of manufacturer' s drawings , descriptive literature , samples and certificates . D . Section 01710 : Cleaning — Manufacturer' s recommendation and procedures for cleaning . E . Section 01740 : Warranties and Bonds — Form and time of submission . 1 . 03 PRODUCTS A . Products include material , equipment and systems . B . Comply with specifications and referenced standards as minimum . C . Manufactured and fabricated components required to be supplied in quantity with a Specification section shall be the same , and shall be interchangeable . IRC, OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01600- Material and Equipment 01600 - 1 D . When project is alteration and additional work , DO NOT use materials and equipment removed from existing structure , except as specifically allowed by notation or indication by Contract Documents . 1 . 04 WORKMANSHIP A . Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship . B . Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality . C . Secure products in place with positive anchorage devises designed and sized to withstand stresses , vibration , and rocking . 1 . 05 MANUFACTURER ' S INSTRUCTIONS A . When work is specified to comply with manufacturer's printed instructions , obtain and distribute copies to persons involved , and maintain one set at job site in field office . B . Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified requirements . C . Should a conflict exist between Specifications and manufacturer's instructions , consult with Engineer. 1 . 06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A . Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules ; coordinate to avoid delay of progress , conflict with work and with conditions at the site . B . Transport products by methods to avoid product damage ; deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging , dry . C . Provide equipment and personnel to handle product by methods to prevent soiling or damage . D . Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements , quantities are correct and products are undamaged . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01600- Material and Equipment 01600 - 2 1 . 07 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A . Store products in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions , with seals and labels intact and legible . B . Store sensitive products in weather- tight enclosures ; maintain within temperatures and humidity ranges recommended/required by manufacturer's instructions . C . For exterior storage of fabricated products , place on sloped supports above ground . Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering ; provide ventilation to avoid condensation . D . Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well - drained area ; prevent mixing with foreign matter . E . Arrange storage to provide access for inspection . Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged , and are maintained under required conditions . F . After installation , provide coverings to protect products from damage from traffic and construction operations , remove when no longer needed . 1 . 08 PRODUCT OPTIONS A . Within 30 days after date of Contract , submit complete list of major products proposed , with name of manufacturer, trade name and model . B . Options : 1 . Products specified only be reference standard : Any product meeting that standard . 2 . Product specified by naming several manufacturers : Product of any named manufacturer meeting specifications . 3 . Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers and ``or equal" : Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named . 1 . 09 SUBSTITUTIONS A . Only within 30 days after date of Contract will Engineer consider requests from Contractor for substitutions . Subsequently , substitutions will be considered only when a product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01600- Material and Equipment 01600 - 3 B . Document each request with complete data , drawings and samples as appropriate , substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents including : 1 . Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with the specified . 2 . Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution . 3 . Effect on the construction schedule . 4 . Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the- product heproduct specified . 5 . Any required license fees or royalties 6 . Availability of maintenance service , and the source replacement materials . C . Request constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1 . Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds , in all respects , specified product . 2 . Will provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product . 3 . Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be complete in all respects . 4 . Waives claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent. r D . Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawing or Product Data submittals without separate written request , or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents . E . Engineer will review to determine acceptability of proposed substitution , and will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection in writing within a reasonable time . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01600 - Material and Equipment 01600 - 4 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Comply with requirements stated in General and Special Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the work . B . Related requirements in other parts of the Contract Documents : 1 . Fiscal provisions , legal submittals , and additional administrative requirements ; General Conditions of the Documents : a . Paragraph 6 . 19 — Record Documents b . Paragraph 14 . 11 — Final Inspection C ' Paragraph 14 . 8 — Substantial Completion d . Paragraph 14 . 12 — Application for Final Payment e . Paragraph 14 . 13 — Final Payment and Acceptance f . Paragraph 13 . 1 — Guarantee of Work C . Related requirements specified in other sections : 1 . Section 01710 : Cleaning 2 . Section 01720 : Project Record Documents 3 , Section 01740 : Warranties and Bonds 1 . 02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A . When Contractor considers his work is substantially complete , he shall submit to Architect and Engineer: 1 . A written notice that the work , or designated portion thereof , is substantially complete . 2 . A list of items to be completed or corrected . B . Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice , Architect and Engineer will make an inspection to determine the status of completion . C . Should Architdt or Engineer determine that the work is not substantially complete : 1 . Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor, in writing , giving the reasons . 2 . Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the work , and shall send a second written notice of substantial completion to Architect/ Engineer . 3 . Architect/ Engineer will re - inspect the work . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01700- Contract Close Out 01700 - 1 D . When Architect and Engineer concurr that the work is substantially complete , they will : 1 . Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion , accompanied by a list of items to be completed or corrected 2 . Submit the Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the certificate . 1 . 03 FINAL INSPECTION A . When Contractor considers the work is complete , he shall submit written certification that : 1 . Contract Documents have been reviewed . 2 . Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents , 3 . Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents . 4 . Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational . 5 . Equipment and systems instructions to Owner's personnel have been completed in accordance with Section 01730 , 6 . Work is completed and ready for final inspection . i B . Architect/ Engineer will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification . C . Should Architect/Engineer consider that the work is incomplete or defective : 1 . Architect/Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor, in writing , listing the incomplete or defective work . 2 . Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies , and send a second written certification to Arch itecUEngineer that the work is complete . 3 . Architect/Engineer will re - inspect the work D . When Architect and Engineer find that the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents , they shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals . 1 . 04 RE- INSPECTION FEES Should the Arch itecUEngine er perform re- inspection due to failure of the work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor, Contractor will compensate Architect/ Engineer/Owner for such additional services . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01700- Contract Close Out 01700 - 2 1 . 05 ADDITIONAL SERVICES Should Architect/ Engineer be required to provide representation at the site for the administration of the Contract for Construction , more than thirty days after the specified Date of Substantial Completion of the work , Contractor will compensate Architect/Engineer/Owner for such additional services . 1 . 06 CONTRACTOR ' S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER A . Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities : Certificate of Occupancy . B . Project Record Documents : To requirements of Section 01720 , including AutoCad "As- Built" survey drawings . C . Warranties and Bonds : To requirements of Section 01740 ; also , see Item H below D . Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials : To requirements of each specification section E . Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens : To requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions F . Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations G . One ( 1 ) Year Maintenance Bond in the amount of 25 percent of the value of all underground utilities . H . Certificate of Operation from equipment manufacturers I . Surety' s acknowledgement for Release of Final Payment 1 . 07 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A . Submit a final statement of accounting to Engineer B . Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum : 1 . The original Contract Sum 2 . Additions and deductions resulting from : a . Previous change orders b . Allowances C . Unit prices d . Deductions for uncorrected work e . Deductions for liquidated damages f . Deductions for re- inspection payments g . Other adjustments 3 . Total Contract sum , as adjusted 4 . Previous payments 5 . Sum remaining due IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01700- Contract Close Out 01700 - 3 C . Engineer will prepare a final change order , reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract sum which were not previously made by change order. 1 . 08 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A . Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION l IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01700- Contract Close Out 01700 - 4 SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Execute cleaning , during progress of the work , and at completion of the work , as required by General conditions . 1 . 02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes , ordinances , regulations , and anti - pollution laws . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A . Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage finishes and surfaces . B . Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned . C . Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer . PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 DURING CONSTRUCTION A . Execute periodic cleaning to keep the -work , the site , and adjacent properties free from accumulation of waste materials , rubbish , and windblown debris resulting from construction operations . B . Dispose of waste materials , cartons , crating , debris , and rubbish at designated waste receptacles . C . Contractor shall maintain a broom -cleaned site during the entire construction phase . D . For exterior utility work (such as underground pipelines , roadways , service areas, etc . ) , these shall be cleaned daily . Not less frequently than once weekly . Roadways shall be mechanically broomed . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01710- Cleaning 01710 - 1 3 . 02 DUST CONTROL A . General Contractor shall broom - clean interior spaces prior to the start of completing painting and continue cleaning on an as - needed basis until painting is finished . B . Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from the cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly- coated surfaces . 3 . 03 FINAL CLEANING A . Remove grease , mastic , adhesives , dust , dirt , stains , fingerprints , labels , and other foreign materials . B . Contractor shall broom -clean paved surface ; rake- clean other surfaces of the grounds . C . Prior to final completion , Contractor shall conduct an inspection of all work areas to verify that the entire work area is clean . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX . 10 Cleaning 01710 - 2 SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 RECORD DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS A . Maintain and provide the ENGINEER with record documents as specified below , except where otherwise specified or modified in Divisions 1 - 16 or the Supplementary Conditions of the Contract Documents . B . Maintenance of Documents : 1 . Maintain complete sets of record documents in CONTRACTOR 's field office in clean , dry, legible condition . " Record Documents" include but are not limited to : Drawings (including Contract Drawings , Record Drawings , and electronic files of Record Drawings ) , Specifications , Addenda , approved Shop Drawings , . samples , photographs , Change Orders , other modifications of Contract Documents , test records , survey data , Field Orders , and all other documents pertinent to CONTRACTOR ' S Work . 2 . Provide files and racks for proper storage and easy access . File in accordance with filing format of Construction Specification Institute ( CSI ) . 3 . Make documents available at all times for inspection by ENGINEER and OWNER . 4 . Do not use record documents for any other purpose and do not remove them from the field office . D . Recording : 1 . Label each document " PROJECT RECORD " in 2 - inch high printed letters . 2 . Keep record documents current. 3 . Do not permanently conceal any Work until required information has been recorded . 1 . 02 RECORD DRAWINGS A . During the entire construction operation , maintain records of all deviations from the Drawings and Specifications and prepare therefrom , " Record Drawings" showing correctly and accurately, all changes and deviations from the work made during construction , to reflect the work as it was actually constructed . B . Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing the constructed condition fully and accurately ; however , where shop drawings are used for mark-up , record a cross- reference at the corresponding location on the contract drawings . Mark- up new information that is recognized to be of importance to the OWNER but was not shown on either the contract drawings or shop drawings . Give particular attention to concealed work that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date . Note related change order numbers where applicable . C . Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets , bind with durable paper cover sheets , and print suitable titles , date and other identification on the cover of each set . Include the following minimum information , as applicable : 1 . Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to datum . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01720- Project Record Documents 01720 - 1 2 . Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements . 3 . Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of structure . 4 . Field changes of dimensions and details . 5 . Changes made by Change Order or Field Order, 6 . Details not on the original Drawings . 7 . Information to be shown for potable water mains , reuse water mains and sanitary force mains shall include the location of valves , tees , bends and crosses dimensioned to the baseline survey, including the station and offset. Elevations at top of pipe shall be provided every 200 feet and at locations where design elevations were shown on the plans . For situations where the pipeline is being adjusted to avoid conflicts with other utilities ( less than 100 ' in total length ) , then elevations shall be provided at the beginning of the deflection ( i . e . the first bend ) , middle of the deflection ( i . e . the point where the conflict would have occurred with the utility) , and the end of the deflection ( i . e , the last bend ) . 8 . Information to be shown for gravity sanitary sewer mains shall include location and top elevation of manhole grate and invert elevations at all manholes . 9 . Information to be shown for drainage culverts shall include all culvert inverts , inlet grate and bottom elevations . 10 . Information to be shown for drainage swales shall include swale beginning and end bottom elevations , and highs and lows along top of bank . 11 . Information to be shown for outfalls shall include all pipe inverts , weir box elevations , weir elevation , and sizes . 12 . Information to be shown for retention ponds shall include perimeter elevations , grade breaks , and bottom elevations on a 50 foot grid . Also , calculate the pond surface areas and storage volumes at the control water surface elevation and at the overflow elevation . 13 . Information to be shown for road or driveways shall include elevation of Point of Vertical Intersection ( PVI ) at the Profile Grade Line ( PGL) , edge of pavement elevations at curb inlets , centerline of roadway elevations at 200 foot intervals , and stations and offsets for all structures . 14 . Information to be shown for general site grading shall include the actual finished grade for all spot elevations shown on the Drawings . 15 . Information to be shown for buildings shall include all corners , finished floor elevations , stoop and equipment pad locations and elevations , and the beginning and end elevations and lengths of access sidewalks . 1 . 03 CERTIFICATION OF PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS A . ENGINEER will supply CONTRACTOR with Project Drawings in AutoCAD Release 14 format on compact disc or 3 . 5 " floppy discs . Input Record Drawing information onto the AutoCAD files and return the files to the ENGINEER in accordance with Section 01700 — Contract Closeout . B . CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR ' s surveyor will each certify as to the accuracy of the Record Drawings and submit three ( 3 ) , hard copy , blackline sets to the ENGINEER in accordance with Section 01700 — Contract Closeout . The following certifications shall appear on each sheet of the Record Drawings : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01720 - Project Record Documents 01720 - 2 CONTRACTOR ' S CERTIFICATION AS TO ACCURACY OF RECORD DRAWINGS : I HEREBY CERTIFY that to the best of my knowledge and belief , these Project Record Drawings are complete and accurate and correctly represent the constructed Work for this project . Contractor: Date : Contractor' s License Number: SURVEYOR ' S CERTIFICATION AS TO ACCURACY OF RECORD DRAWINGS : I HEREBY CERTIFY that to the best of my knowledge and belief , the land surveying information shown on these Project Record Drawings is complete and correctly represents the constructed Work for this project . I FURTHER CERTIFY that this survey work was performed by me personally or performed by individuals under my direct control and supervision . I ALSO CERTIFY that all the survey work for these Project Record Drawings meets all state laws and regulations regarding Land Surveyors and Mappers . Professional Surveyor and Mapper : Printed Name : Date : ( SEAL) License Number: 1 . 04 SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDENDA A . Legibly mark up each Section to record : 1 . Manufacturer, trade name , catalog number, and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed . 2 . Changes made by Change Order or Field Order, 3 . Other matters not originally specified . 1 . 05 SUBMITTAL OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A . Deliver record documents to ENGINEER in accordance with Section 01700 — Contract Closeout. Final payment will not be made until ENGINEER receives satisfactory record documents . B . Accompany submittal with transmittal letter containing : 1 . Date . 2 . Project title and number. 3 . CONTRACTOR ' S name and address . 4 . Title and number of each record document . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01720- Project Record Documents 01720 - 3 5 . Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate . 6 . Signature of CONTRACTOR , or his authorized representative . 1 . 06 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACCURACY OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A . The CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for the accuracy of Record Document data and shall bear all costs incurred by the OWNER as a result of incorrect data furnished by the CONTRACTOR that is contained in , the Record Documents , PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01720- Project Record Documents 01720 - 4 SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Compile specified warranties and bonds . B . Compile specified service and maintenance contracts . C . Co- execute submittal when so specified . D . Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents E . Submit to Engineer for review and transmittal to Owner 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . In other parts of the Contract Documents : 1 . Instructional to Bidders : Bid or Proposal Bonds 2 , General Conditional of Contract : a . Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond. b . General Warranty of Construction . B . Specified in other sections : 1 . Section 01700 : Contract Closeout 2 . Each respective section of Specifications shall have Warranties ' and Bonds required for specific products . 3 . Provisions of Warranties and Bonds , Duration : The respective section of specification which specifies the product . 1 . 03 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A . Assemble warranties , bonds and service and maintenance contracts , executed by each of the respective manufacturers , suppliers and subcontractors . B . Number of original signed copies requires : Two each . C . Table of Contents : Neatly typed , in orderly sequence . Provide complete information for each item . 1 . Product or work item 2 . Firm , with name of principal , address , and telephone number . 3 . Scope . 4 . Date of beginning of warranty , bond or service and maintenance contract . 5 . Duration of warranty, bond or service maintenance contract . 6 . Provide information for Owner ' s personnel : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01740- Warranties and Bonds 01740 - 1 a . Proper procedure in case of failure b . Instances which might affect the validity of warranty bonds . 7 . Contractor , name of responsible principal , address and telephone number . 1 . 04 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A . Prepare in duplicate packets . B . Format : 1 . Size 8 - 1 /2" X 11 " punched sheets for 3 - ring binder a . Fold larger sheets to fit into binders 2 . Cover : Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS . " List : a . Title of project b . Name of Contractor C . Binders : Commercial quality , three- ring , with durable and cleanable plastic cover . 1 . 05 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A . Make submittals within ten days after Date of Substantial Completion , prior to final request for payment . B . For items of work , where acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion , provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance , listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period . 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A . Submit warranties , bonds , and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications , as appropriate . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01740- Warranties and Bonds 01740 - 2 SECTION 01800 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE The work to be performed under this item shall include the furnishing of all materials , equipment , and labor required for the maintenance of traffic within the limits of the project for the duration of the construction period , including any temporary suspensions of work . The Contractor shall : comply with all conditions of the Indian River County and Florida D . O . T . right-of-way permits ; construct and maintain any necessary detour facilities ; provide necessary facilities for access to residences and businesses ; furnish , install and maintain traffic control and safety devices ; furnish and apply water and calcium chloride for dust control , all as necessary to meet the laws and ordinances of jurisdictional agencies and as further required herein and as shown on the plans . 1 . 02 PERMITTING In accordance with Indian River County Ordinance No . 91 - 44 , the Contractor shall apply and obtain an Indian River County right- of-way permit , with the Indian River County Utility Department named as applicant . Included in the right- of-way permit as required by Section 310 . 08 of the Ordinance , the Contractor shall submit site specific traffic control plans for review and approval by the Engineering Department of Indian River County . The Contractor shall : develop the traffic control plans ; submit them to the County ; revise the plans as necessary ; and provide a minimum of two approved traffic control plan sets to the Engineer for his use during project construction . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS As stated above in paragraph 1 . 02 , the Contractor shall submit , for review and approval , site specific traffic control plans to the Indian River County Engineering Department. The number of plan sets to be submitted shall be that as required by the Contractor and Indian River County Engineering Department , plus two (2 ) sets for remittance to the ENGINEER upon approval . 1 . 04 EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS The Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2 ) emergency phone numbers which will be answered 24 hours a day. These numbers shall provide direct access to employees of the Contractor who may immediately respond to any emergency associated with the Contractor' s work . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01800- Maintenance of Traffic 01800 - 1 Not Applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK 3 . 01 DETOURS In no case shall the Contractor block the normal vehicular ingress and egress on public traffic ways unless detour routes have been established with County Engineering Department's permission . Any and all such detours shall have prior approval of fire and police departments and the Contractor shall notify these departments on a daily basis of the status of all detours under his control . In the event other Contractors are working in the same general area , all detours shall be coordinated by the Contractor with the Engineer, police and fire departments a minimum of a week in advance to avoid conflicting traffic patterns . 3 . 02 ACCESS FOR BUSINESS The Contractor shall not isolate places of business . Access shall be provided to all places of business whenever construction interferes with the existing means of access . 3 . 03 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND SAFETY DEVICES The Contractor shall erect traffic control devices ( including signs ) , warning devices , and barriers prior to the creation of any hazardous condition and in conjunction with any necessary rerouting of traffic . The Contractor shall turn , or cover any devices or barriers which do not apply to the existing conditions . The Contractor shall provide competent flagmen to direct traffic where one - way operation in a single lane is in effect or in other situations as may be required . The Contractor shall make the Owner and Engineer aware of any scheduled operation which will affect traffic patterns or safety sufficiently in advance of commencing such operation to permit his review of the plan for the installation of traffic control devices , warning devices , or barriers proposed by the Contractor . 3 . 04 DUST CONTROL Where directed by the Engineer , calcium chloride shall be applied on street or trench areas and on traveled ways or detours in order to control dust during construction operations . The locations and the time of using this method of dust control shall be as directed by the Engineer. The equipment used for applying the calcium chloride shall be any spreader capable of such adjustment and control that the quantity of calcium chloride applied in any 25 foot length of road shall not vary more than 10 percent from the quantity intended for that length . i IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01800- Maintenance of Traffic 01800 - 2 The trench areas shall be graded level to provide adequate drainage and the pavement areas shall be swept free of all loose dirt and rocks prior to application of calcium chloride . When so directed , the surface shall be moistened prior to application of the material . The rate of application shall be specified by the Engineer and the material shall be spread uniformly . Unless otherwise directed , the rate of application for flakes shall be between 1 . 0 and 1 . 3 pounds per square yard of surface , and for pellets , between 0 . 8 and 1 . 0 pounds per square yard . If subsequent applications are required over an area which has previously been treated , the rate of such applications shall be 0 . 7 and 0 . 6 pounds per square yard for flakes and pellets respectively . Traffic shall not be allowed on the treated surface until two hours after application . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 01800- Maintenance of Traffic 01800 - 3 I, i ��_..� ��.._--�� . ��..v . DIVISION 02 - SITEWORK SECTION 02220 CIVIL SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced . The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI ) ANSI A10 . 6 ( 1990 ) Safety Requirements for Demolition Operations 1 . 02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Do not begin demolition until authorization is received from the Owner's Representative . Remove rubbish and debris daily from the project site ; do not allow accumulations inside or outside the buildings . The work includes demolition , salvage of identified items and materials , and removal of resulting rubbish and debris . Rubbish and debris shall be removed from the property daily, unless otherwise directed , to avoid accumulation at the demolition site . Materials that cannot be removed daily shall be stored in areas specified by the Owner's Representative . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS Work Plan : When the extents of demolition are extensive , the Owner shall require a Work Plan . The procedures proposed for the accomplishment of the work shall be set forth in the Work Plan . The procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work , including procedures and methods to provide necessary supports , lateral bracing and shoring when required , careful removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged , protection of property which is to remain undisturbed , coordination with other work in progress , and timely disconnection of utility services . The procedures shall include a detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used for each operation , and the sequence of operations . The Work Plan shall include procedures for careful removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged , coordination with other work in progress , a disconnection schedule of utility services , a detailed description of methods and equipment to be used for each operation and of the sequence of operations . A Work Plan is not required for this project. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02220 — Civil Site Demolition 02220 - 1 1 . 04 REGULATORY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Comply with federal , state , and local hauling and disposal regulations . In addition to the requirements of the " Contract Clauses , " safety requirements shall conform with ANSI A10 . 6 . A . Notifications Furnish timely notification to the Owner's Representative in writing 10 working days prior to . the commencement -of work . 1 . 05 DUST AND DEBRIS CONTROL Prevent the spread of dust and debris to and avoid the creation of a nuisance or hazard in the surrounding area . Do not use water if it results in hazardous or objectionable conditions such as , but not limited to , ice , flooding , or pollution . Sweep pavements as often as necessary to control the spread of debris that may result in foreign object damage . 1 . 06 PROTECTION A . Traffic Control Signs Where pedestrian and driver safety is endangered in the area of removal work , use traffic barricades with flashing lights . B . Existing Work Before beginning any demolition work , the Contractor shall survey the site and examine the drawings and specifications to determine the extent of the work . The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to avoid damage to existing items to remain in place , to be reused , or to remain the property of the Owner; any damaged items shall be repaired or replaced as approved by the Owner's Representative , The Contractor shall coordinate the work of this section with all other work and shall construct and maintain shoring , bracing , and supports as required . The Contractor shall ensure that structural elements are not overloaded and shall be responsible for increasing structural supports or adding new supports as may be required as a result of any cutting , removal , or demolition work performed under this contract . Do not overload structural elements or pavements to remain . Provide new supports and reinforcement for existing construction weakened by demolition or removal work . Repairs , reinforcement, or structural replacement must have Owner's Representative approval . C . Protected Trees Protected trees within the project site which might be damaged during demolition , and which are indicated to be left in place , shall be protected by a minimum 4 foot high fence . The fence shall be securely erected i around the critical root zone of individual trees or follow the outer IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX02220 - 2 02220 — Civil Site Demolition perimeter of branches (drip line ) of clumps of trees . Any tree designated to remain which are damaged during the work under this contract shall be replaced in kind or as approved by the Owner's Representative . D . Facilities Protect electrical and mechanical services and utilities . Where removal of existing utilities and pavement is specified or indicated , provide approved barricades , temporary covering of exposed areas , and temporary services or connections for electrical and mechanical utilities . The Contractor shall ensure that no elements determined to be unstable are left unsupported and shall be responsible for placing and securing bracing , shoring , or lateral supports as may be required as a result of any cutting , removal , or demolition work performed under this contract. E . Protection of Personnel During the demolition work the Contractor shall continuously evaluate the condition of the areas being demolished and take immediate action to protect all personnel working in and around the demolition site . . 1 . 07 BURNING The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris will not be permitted . 1 . 08 RELOCATIONS Perform the removal and reinstallation of relocated items as indicated with workmen skilled in the trades involved . Repair items to be relocated which are damaged or replace damaged items with new undamaged items as approved by the Owner's Representative , PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not used . PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 EXISTING FACILITIES TO BE REMOVED A. Utilities and Related Equipment Remove existing utilities , as indicated or as deemed necessary during uncovering by the work and terminate in a manner conforming to the nationally recognized code covering the specific utility and approved by the Owner's Representative . When utility lines are encountered that are not indicated on the drawings , the Owner's Representative shall be notified prior to further work in that area . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02220 — Civil Site Demolition 02220 - 3 B . Paving and Slabs Remove concrete and asphaltic concrete paving and slabs as indicated on the Drawings . At the connection of new asphalt to existing asphalt, the asphalt, including aggregate base shall be scarified to a depth of 1Y2 inches below new finish grade . Provide neat sawcuts at limits of pavement removal as indicated . C . Concrete Saw concrete along straight lines to a depth of not less than 2 inches . Make each cut in concrete perpendicular to the face and in alignment with the cut in the opposite face . Break out the remainder of the concrete provided that the broken area is concealed in the finished work , and the remaining concrete is sound . At locations where the broken face cannot be concealed , grind smooth or saw cut entirely through the concrete . 3 . 02 DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL A. Title to Materials Except where specified in other sections , all materials and equipment removed , and not reused , shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from Owner's property. Title to materials resulting from demolition , and materials and equipment to be removed , is vested in the Contractor upon approval by the Owner's Representative of the Contractor's demolition and removal procedures , and authorization by the Owner's Representative to begin demolition . The Owner will not be responsible for the condition or loss of, or damage to , such property after contract award . Materials and equipment shall not be viewed by prospective purchasers or sold on the site . B . Reuse of Materials and Equipment Remove and store materials and equipment indicated on the Drawings to be reused or relocated to prevent damage , and reinstall as the work progresses . See Section 02300 — " Site Earthwork" for disposition of all unsuitable fill material encountered on site . C . Salvaged Materials and Equipment Remove materials and equipment that are indicated on the Drawings and/or specified to be removed by the Contractor and that are to remain the property of the Owner, and deliver to a storage site located on the Owner's property . Contractor shall salvage items and material to the maximum extent possible . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02220 — Civil Site Demolition 02220 - 4 Material salvaged for the Contractor shall be stored as approved by the Owner's Representative and shall be removed from Owner property before completion of the contract. Material salvaged for the Contractor shall not be sold on the site . Salvaged items to remain the property of the Owner shall be removed in a manner to prevent damage , and packed or crated to protect the items from damage while in storage or during shipment. Items damaged during removal or storage shall be repaired or replaced to match existing items . Containers shall be properly identified as to contents . D . Unsalvageable Material Concrete , masonry , and other noncombustible material , except concrete permitted to remain in place , shall be disposed at a legal disposal site approved by the Owner's Representative . 3 . 03 CLEANUP Debris and rubbish shall be removed from the project site . Debris shall be removed and transported in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent areas . Local regulations regarding hauling and disposal shall apply. END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02220 — Civil Site Demolition 02220 - 5 SECTION 02250 on SOIL POISONING A . Compound application shall be done by an established and certified pest control organization as per Section 815-3 . 8 of Section 815 of the Minimum Property Standards for 1 & 2 living units , Federal Housing Administration ( November 1966 ) . B . The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a written guarantee stating the concentration of the poison utilized , the rate and the method of application . The guarantee shall be for a period of not less than five (5 ) years , with the cost for a five ( 5 ) year inspection and protection program to be included in the base bid . C . The Contractor shall not begin soil treatment until such time as the subgrade preparation is completed and ready for the vapor barrier installation . D . The below listed chemicals are toxic to plant and animal life and are to be applied , with due caution , only by experienced personnel . Apply to those areas to be treated , one ( 1 ) of the following chemicals , at not less than the designated concentration applied in a water emulsion . 1 . Dursban TC 1 % 2 . Demon TC 1 % 3 . Premise 1 % 4 . Termidor 1 % E . Apply an overall treatment of toxicant , at a rate of one ( 1 ) gallon per ten ( 10 square feet , under the entire area of the building floor slab and to a distance of 514' beyond the building perimeter where it is abutted by a slab/walkway or paving . Apply additional toxicant , at a rate of two (2 ) gallons per linear ft . , to expansion joints and where floor drains penetrate the floor slab . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02250 — Soil Poisoning 02250- 1 SECTION 02270 EROSION CONTROL PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED A . The work of this section consists of furnishing all necessary labor, equipment, material and transportation necessary to provide temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control as required by appropriate government agency permits , the plans and as noted in this specification . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS N/A PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . Install temporary erosion and sediment control items prior to clearing and commencing earthwork or as soon as practical as site work progresses . 3 . 02 PROTECTION A . Stabilization of Denuded Areas : No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty ( 10 ) calendar days (or 72 hours for sloped banks of 3 : 1 or greater) , excluding travel ways , unless otherwise authorized by the Owner's Engineer. During construction , denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter, seed and mulch , sod or some other permanent vegetation . Within sixty (60 ) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site , that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the construction drawings , whether by impervious surface or landscaping . B . Protection and Stabilization of Stockpiles : Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on -site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material . Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required , depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty ( 10 ) calendar days . C . Protection of Existing Storm Sewer Systems : During construction , all storm sewer inlets shall be protected by approved sediment traps such as secured hay bales , sod , stone , etc. , which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress , and which must be approved by the Owner's Engineer. D . Sediment Trapping Measures : Sediment basins and traps , perimeter berms , filter fences , berms , sediment barriers ( hay bales ) , vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02270 — Erosion Control 02270 - 1 transportation of sediment onto adjacent properties , or into existing water — bodies , must be installed , constructed or, in case of vegetative buffers , protected from disturbance , as a first step in the land alteration process . E . Working in or Crossing Waterways or Water bodies : Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible , and barriers shall be used to prevent access . Where in channel work cannot be avoided , precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration , development and/or construction to minimize erosion . If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration , they must be stabilized within three (3 ) calendar days after the in channel work is completed . Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Whenever stream crossings are required , properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the Contractor and removed when construction completed . The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. F . Swales , Ditches and Channels : All swales , ditches and channel leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3 ) days of excavation . All other interior swales , etc . , including detention areas will be sodded prior to substantial completion . G . Underground Utility Construction : The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with .the following standards : 1 . No more than 100 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any time ; 2 . Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration , excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches . Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream , channel , road ditch or waterway. 3 . 03 PERFORMANCE A. Maintenance : All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will cleaned out and/or repaired as required . B . Compliance : Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as , but not limited to , issuance of a "Stop Work Order" . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02270 — Erosion Control 02270 - 2 SECTION 02300 SITE EARTHWORK PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements , apply to this Section . 1 . 02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following : 1 . Preparing of subgrade for building slabs , walks , pavements and landscaped areas . 2 . Excavating and backfilling for underground sewers , mechanical and electrical appurtenances . 3 . Excavating , backfilling and grading for ditches , berms and swales . B . Excavating and Backfilling for Mechanical/Electrical Work : Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 sections for excavating and backfill required in conjunction with underground mechanical and electrical utilities and buried mechanical and electrical appurtenances . C . Final Grading , together with placement and preparation of topsoil for lawns and planting , is specified elsewhere in Division 2 . 1 . 03 DEFINITIONS A . Excavation consists of removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations indicated and subsequent disposal of materials removed . B . Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Project Arch itect/Engineer. Unauthorized excavation , as well as remedial work directed by the Project Architect/Engineer, shall be at the Contractor' s expense . 1 . Under footings , foundation bases , or retaining walls , fill unauthorized excavation by extending indicated bottom of footing or base to excavation bottom , without altering required top elevation . Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position , when acceptable to the Project Architect/Engineer. C . In locations other than those above , backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations as same classification , unless otherwise directed by the Project Architect/Engineer. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 1 D . Additional Excavation : When excavation has reached required subgrade elevations , notify the Project Architect/Engineer, who will make an inspection of conditions . If the Project Architect/Engineer determines that bearing materials at required subgrade elevations are unsuitable , continue excavation until suitable bearing materials are encountered and replace excavated material as directed by the Project Architect/Engineer. The Contract Sum may be adjusted by an appropriate Contract Modification . 1 . Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed will be paid on a unit cost basis of Conditions of the Contract relative to changes in the work . E . Subgrade : The undisturbed earth or the compacted soil layer immediately below granular sub -base (if required ) , base , drainage fill , or topsoil materials . F . Structure : Buildings , foundations , slabs , tanks , curbs , or other man -made stationary features occurring above or below ground surface . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports : Submit the following reports directly to the Project Architect/Engineer from the testing services , with copy to Contractor, and Owner: 1 . Test reports on borrow material . { 2 . Verification of suitability of each footing subgrade material , in accordance with specified requirements . 3 . Field reports : in -place soil density tests . 4 . One optimum moisture-maximum density curve for each type of soil encountered . 5 . Report of actual unconfined compressive strength and /or results of bearing tests of each strata tested . 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Codes and Standards : Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of authorities having jurisdiction . B . Trenching to comply with OSHA Standard 29CFR , Section 1926-650 subpart P . Contractor to provide written assurance of compliance . C . Testing and Inspection Service : The Contractor will employ and pay for a qualified independent geotechnical testing and inspection laboratory to perform soil testing and inspection service during earthwork operations . D . Degree of Compaction : Required compaction is expressed as a percentage of maximum density by test procedures of ASTM D1557 . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 2 1 . 06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A . Bidders shall inform themselves of location and nature of work , character of equipment and facilities needed for performance of work , general and local conditions prevailing at site , and other matters which may in anyway affect work under this contract in accordance with DIVISION 1 , GENERAL REQUIREMENTS , B . Site Information : Data in subsurface investigation reports was used for the basis of the design and are available to the Contractor for review and compliance with recommendations . Conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy of continuity between soil borings . The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data by the Contractor. 1 . Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be performed by Contractor, at the Contractor' s option ; however, no change in the Contract Sum will be authorized for such additional exploration . 2 . The Soils Report shall be a part of these specifications and shall have the same force and effect as the specifications . C . Existing Utilities : Locate existing underground utilities in areas of excavation work. If utilities are indicated to remain in place , provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations . 1 . Should uncharted , or incorrectly charted , piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation , consult Project Architect/Engineer and utility owner immediately for directions . Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation . Repair damaged utilities immediately to satisfaction of utility owners . 2 . Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others , during occupied hours , except when permitted in writing by the Project Architect/Engineer and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided . a . Provide a minimum of 48-hour notice to the Project Architect/ Engineer, and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. 3 . Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed . Coordinate with utility companies for shutoff of services if lines are active . D . Use of Explosives : Use of explosives is not permitted . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 3 E . Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights . 1 . Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction . 2 . Protect structures , utilities , sidewalks , pavements , and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining , washout , and other hazards created by earthwork operations . 3 . Perform excavation by hand within drip - line of large trees selected to remain . Protect root systems from damage or dry out to the greatest extent possible . Maintain moist condition for root system and cover exposed roots with moistened burlap . F . Maintain existing bench marks , monuments and other reference points , if disturbed or destroyed , replace as directed by the project Architect/Engineer, G . Condition of Premises : Accept site as found and excavate , fill and backfill site as indicated on the drawings and as specified in this Section . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 SOIL MATERIALS A . " Satisfactory Fill Materials " include materials classified in ASTM D2487 as GW , GP , SW and SP properly worked by Contractor to obtain optimum moisture and compaction . Within 2 feet of the surface of the indicated grade , limit rock size to 3 inches . Below 2 feet of the surface of indicated grade , limit rock size to 12 inches . B . " Unsatisfactory Materials " include materials other than " Satisfactory Fill Materials " : however, materials of any classification that are determined by testing laboratory as too wet or too soft for providing a stable foundation for structure , paving and walks will be classified as " unsatisfactory" . C . Sub-base Material : Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel , crushed stone , crushed slag , and natural or crushed sand . D . Drainage Fill : Washed , evenly graded mixture of crushed stone , or crushed or uncrushed gravel , with 100 percent passing a 1 - 1 /2 inch sieve and not more than 5 percent passing a No . 4 sieve . E . Backfill and Fill Materials : Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension , debris , waste , muck , vegetation and other deleterious matter. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300 - 4 PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION A . Do not proceed with the work of this section until conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 3 . 02 GENERAL A . Public Safety: Accomplish work in a manner that provides for safety of the public and workers and provides for the protection of property. B . Construction : Do not close , obstruct or store material or equipment in streets , sidewalks , alleys or passageways without a permit in accordance with local ordinances , regulations , codes and Owner approval . C . Interference : Conduct operations with minimum interference with roads and other facilities . D . Debris Removal : Do not store or permit debris to accumulate on site . 1 . If Contractor fails to remove excess debris promptly, Owner reserves the right to cause same to be removed at Contractor' s expense . E . Erosion Repair: Take every precaution and temporary measure to prevent damage from erosion of freshly graded areas . 1 . Repair and reestablish grades to required elevations and slopes where settlement/washing occurs prior to acceptance of work . 2 . Temporary Structures : Remove temporary structures when no longer required . 3 . 03 LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS A . Be responsible for surveys , measurements and layouts required for proper execution of work . 1 . Lay out lines and grades from existing survey control system and as shown on the Drawings . B . Locate by stake and mark locations and elevations of the following : 1 . Elevations of existing earth cut and fill . 2 . Final grades for landscape contours . , 3 . Other items as required to execute work under this Section of the specifications . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 5 3 . 04 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A . Shall be in accordance with SECTION 02302 — EXCAVATION AND FILL . 3 . 05 STRIPPING A . Strip turf, organic material , muck surface litter, rubble and overburden for entire depth of root system of grass or other vegetation and/or to bottom of muck layer within all areas of construction as indicated on Site Plan (s ) . B . Stockpile clean topsoil on site to be used in the final grading work as an underlayment for sod and landscaping proposed for the site . 3 . 06 EXCAVATION A . Shall be in accordance with SECTION 02302 — EXCAVATION AND FILL . B . Begin excavation after stripping , clearing and compaction where applicable , has been completed . C . Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to subgrade elevations indicated , regardless of character of materials and obstructions encountered . D . Excavations for appurtenances and structures shall conform to dimensions and elevations and shall extend a sufficient distance from walls and footings to allow for placing and removal of forms and installation of services , except where the concrete for walls and footings is authorized to be deposited directly against excavation surfaces . All excavation below general machine excavation for footings and foundations shall be hand worked . Bottoms of all (footings and appurtenances ) shall be on level planes . E . Remove " unsatisfactory materials " encountered from the building areas . F . Excavate in such a manner that quick and efficient drainage of storm water will be affected . G . Classify excavated materials and stockpile separately suitable soils for use as backfill materials . If sufficient quantities of excavated materials meeting requirements for backfill are not available on site , provide materials meeting these requirements . H . Stockpile excavated material suitable for use as fill and backfill . 3 . 07 STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS A . General : Comply with local codes , ordinances , and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction . Comply with OSHA Standard 29CFR, Section 1926 -650 subpart P . B . Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes , ordinances , and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction . Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material - IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 6 excavated . C . Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling . D . Shoring and Bracing : Provide materials for shoring and bracing , such as sheet piling , uprights , stringers , and cross braces , in good serviceable condition for all trenches in excess of 5 feet deep . Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period that excavations will be open . Extend shoring and bracing as excavation progresses . 3 . 08 DEWATERING A . Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area . 1 . Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations . Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms , undercutting footings , and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations . Provide and maintain pumps , well points , sumps , suction and discharge lines , and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations . 2 . Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water removed from excavations to collecting or runoff areas . Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches . B . Dewater excavations for inspection and for construction so that no concrete or fill is placed in water and so that concrete less than 8 hours of age is not subjected to ground water pressure . C . Keep excavations free of water while backfilling and construction therein takes place . D . Dispose of water, resulting from dewatering operations in accordance with city, county, state and federal regulations . E . Conduct operations so that storm water runoff sediment is not discharged to the adjacent lakes , waterways , sewers , streets and adjacent properties . 3 . 09 STORAGE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS A . Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill where needed or as directed by the Owner's Representative . Place , grade , and shape stockpiles for proper drainage . 1 . Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations . Do not store within drip line of trees indicated to remain . 2 . Materials not acceptable for use as backfill or fill shall be stockpiled and exchanged with over excavated material from the lake systems . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 7 3 . 10 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A . Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0 . 10 foot, and extending a sufficient distance from the footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete form work , installation of services , and other construction for inspection . 1 . Excavations for footings and foundations : a . In areas of approved compacted subgrades , do not disturb bottom of excavation . Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed . Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work . b . In areas requiring material exchange or densification prior to excavations , the Contractor shall comply with the recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineering Report for preparation of building subgrades prior to excavation . 2 . Excavation for Underground Tanks , Basins , and Mechanical or Electrical Structures : Conform to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus 0 . 10 foot; plus a sufficient distance to permit placing and removal of concrete form work , installation of services , and other construction for inspection . Do not disturb bottom of excavations intended for bearing surfaces . 3 . 11 EXCAVATION FOR PAVEMENTS A. Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross-sections , elevations and grades as indicated . 3 . 12 TRENCH EXCAVATION FOR PIPES AND CONDUIT A. Excavate trenches per requirements of Divisions 2 , 15 and 16 to uniform width , sufficiently wide to provide ample working room and a minimum of 9 to 12 inches of clearance on both sides of pipe or conduit. B . Excavate trenches and conduit to depth indicated or required to establish indicated slope and invert elevations and to support bottom of pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil . 1 . Where rock is encountered , carry excavation 6 inches below required elevation and backfill with a 6 -inch layer of tamped sand or gravel prior to installation of pipe . 2 . For pipes or conduit less than 6 inches in nominal size , and for flat- bottomed , multiple-duct conduit units , do not excavate beyond indicated depths . Hand excavate bottom cut to accurate elevations and support pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 8 3 . For pipes and equipment 6 inches or larger in nominal size , shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of pipe for 90 degrees (bottom 1 /4 of the circumference ) . Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill . At each pipe joint, dig bell holes to relieve pipe bell of loads and to ensure continuous bearing of pipe barrel on bearing surface . 3 . 13 FILLING , BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION A . The work consists of compaction of existing earth surfaces , (excluding rock) , after excavation , filling and compaction of said area to levels required with suitable backfill material . B . Materials : "Satisfactory Fill Materials " shall be used in fills and backfills . C . Filling and Backfilling : Place " Satisfactory Fill Material " in horizontal layers not exceeding 12 inches in loose depth . Compact as specified herein . No material shall be placed on surfaces that are muddy. D . Compaction : Compaction shall be with equipment suited to soil being compacted . Moisten or aerate material , as necessary to provide moisture content that will readily facilitate obtaining specified compaction with equipment used . Compact each layer to not less than percentage of maximum density specified below, determined in accordance with ASTM D1557 , Method D . Insure that the compaction of previously prepared fill areas has been maintained prior to placing new layers . AREA PERCENTAGE Under pavements and sidewalk areas , 98 top 12 inches , each layer. Under pavements and sidewalk areas , 98 below 12 inches , each layer. Under landscaped areas , each layer 95 E . Reconditioning of Subgrade : Where approved compacted subgrades are disturbed by the Contractor's subsequent operations or adverse weather, subgrade shall be scarified and compacted as specified herein before to required density prior to further construction thereon . Recompaction over underground utilities shall be by power driven hand tampers . F . Backfilling : Backfilling shall not begin until construction below finish grade has been accepted , underground utilities systems have been inspected , tested , and accepted , forms removed , and excavation cleaned of trash and debris . Backfill shall be brought to indicated finish subgrade . Backfill shall not be placed in wet areas . Backfill materials and compaction shall be as specified herein . Heavy equipment for spreading and compacting backfill shall not be operated closer to foundation or retaining walls than a distance equal to height of backfill above top of footing ; area remaining shall be IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 9 compacted by power-driven hand tampers suitable for material being compacted . Backfill shall be placed carefully around pipes to avoid damage . G . Protection : Settlement or washing that occurs in backfilled areas prior to acceptance of work shall be repaired and grades re-established to required elevations and slope . H . Backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 18 inches of column or wall footings and that are carried below bottom of such footings or that pass under wall footings . Place concrete to level of bottom of adjacent footing . I . Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling is authorized by the Project Arch itect/Engineer. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe systems . J . Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits , but not until completion of the following : 1 . Inspection , testing and approval by Owner' s Representative , and locations ( horizontal and vertical ) of underground utilities have been performed and recorded . 2 Removal of shoring and bracing , and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials . Cut off temporary sheet piling driven below bottom of structures and remove in manner to prevent settlement of the structure of utilities , or leave in place if required . 3 . Removal of trash and debris from excavation . 3 . 14 GRADING A . General : Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section , including adjacent transition areas . Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances , compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are indicated or between such points and existing grades . Grading between indicated elevations and/or contours to be uniform , continuous and sloped as indicated on the drawings . B . Grading Outside Building Lines : Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding . Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes as follows : 1 . Lawn or Unpaved Areas : Finish areas to receive stockpiled topsoil to within not more than 0 . 10 foot above or below required subgrade elevations . 2 . Walks : Shape surface of areas under walks to line ,, grade , and cross - section , with finish surface not more than 0 . 10 foot above or below required subgrade elevation . 3 . Pavements : Shape surface of areas under pavement to line , grade and - IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 10 cross -section , with finish surface not more than '/ inch above or below required subgrade elevation . C . Grading Surface of Fill under Building Slabs : Grade smooth and even , free of voids , compacted as specified , and to required elevation . Provide final grades within a tolerance of/z inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge . D . Compaction : After grading , compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated percentage of maximum or relative density for each classification . 3 . 15 PAVEMENT SUB- BASE COURSE A . General : Sub - base course consists of placing sub -base material , in layers of specified thickness , over subgrade surface to support a pavement base course . 1 . Refer to Drawings and other Division 2 Paving and Sub-base Sections for paving specifications . B . Grade Control : During construction , maintain lines and grades including crown and cross -slope of sub-base course . C . Shoulders : Place shoulders along edges of sub-base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders of acceptable soil materials , placed in such quantity to compact to thickness of each sub-base course layer. Compact and roll at least a 12-inch minimum width of shoulder simultaneous with the compaction and rolling of each layer of sub- base course . D . Placing : Place sub-base course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness , conforming to indicated cross -section and thickness . Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting sub-base material during placement operations . 1 . When a compacted sub-base course is indicated to be 6 inches thick or less , place material in a single layer. When indicated to be more than 6 inches thick, place material in equal layers , except no single layer more than 6 inches or less than 3 inches in thickness when compacted . 3 . 16 FILL AND GRADING FOR GRASSED AREAS A . Fill Material under Grassed Areas : Clean , satisfactory fill , free from rock and debris and of such quality to not interfere with future installation of grass . B . Filling and Grading for Grassed Areas : Rough grade shall be 6 inches below finish grade and the 4 inches of base material shall be omitted . 1 . Topping : 6 inches of compacted topsoil as specified in SECTION 02302- EXCAVATION AND FILL , C . Filling and Grading for Landscaped Areas other than Grass : Similar, with variations per specific plant material , as defined , illustrated and specified on the Landscape Plans . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 11 3 . 17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A . Specified Tests shall be performed by the Contractor' s Testing Agency, at the Contractor' s expense , with results forwarded to the Project Architect/Engineer for review. B . Quality Control Testing During Construction : Allow testing service to . inspect and approve each subgrade and fill layer before further backfill or construction work is performed . C . Tests of Materials shall be as follows : 1 . Soil Classification : a . One test from each type of material encountered and/or proposed to be used . 2 . Laboratory Tests for Moisture Content and Density: a . . According to ASTM D1557 one test for each material encountered and/or proposed . b . Field Tests for Moisture Content and Density: c. According to ASTM D1556 one test per layer of fill per 10 , 000 square feet of area , plus one test per 10 , 000 square feet of subgrade in cut. 3 . Control : Fill and topsoil mixture may be inspected at any stage of operation to determine compaction characteristics , densities and freedom from organic and plastic materials . D . Perform field density tests in accordance with methods listed in Item C . 1 . Footing Subgrade : For each strata of soil on which footings will be placed , perform at least one test to verify required design bearing capacities . Subsequent verification and approval of each footing subgrade may be used on a visual comparison of each subgrade with related tested strata when acceptable to the Project Arch itect/Engineer. 2 . Paved Areas and Building Slab Subgrade : Perform at least one field density test of subgrade for every 2 , 000 sq . ft . of paved area or building slab , but in no case fewer than three tests . In each compacted fill layer, perform one field density test for every 2 , 000 sq . ft. of overlaying building slab or paved area , but in no case fewer than three tests . 3 . Foundation Wall Backfill : Perform at least two field density tests at locations and elevations as directed . 4 . If in the opinion of the Project Architect/Engineer, and based on testing service reports and inspections , any subgrade or fills that have been placed which are below specified densities shall require additional compaction and testing until the specified density is obtained . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 12 E . Notification : 1 . Give sufficient notification of placing orders for fill and topsoil with supplier to permit full inspection including testing for compaction characteristics at source of supply. 2 . Obtain approval from Project Architect/Engineer before placing topsoil mixture at project site , without exception . 3 . 18 EROSION CONTROL A . Provide erosion control methods in accordance with requirements of the project. Repair and re-establish grades to required elevations and slopes where erosion has occurred prior to Owners acceptance of the work . B . The Contractor shall install erosion control methods adjacent to any lakes , ditches and/or wetlands which are adjacent to the project site whereby the quality of such would be degraded by runoff, erosion and sedimentation in accordance with the plans , permits and the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. 3. 19 MAINTENANCE A . Protection of Graded Areas : Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion . Keep free of trash and debris . B .. Repair and re-establish grades in settled , eroded , and rutted areas to specified tolerances . C . Reconditioning Compacted Areas : Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface , reshape , and compact to required density prior to further construction . D . Settling : Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project warranty period in the opinion of the Project Architect/Engineer, the Contractor shall remove surface (pavement, lawn , or other finish ) , add backfill material , compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance , quality, and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work , and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible . 3 . 20 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Removal from Owner' s Property: Contractor shall remove waste materials , including trash , and debris , and dispose of it off of Owner' s property at a landfill or equivalent site , approved by the local Government Authorities , END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02300 — Site Earthwork 02300- 13 { i SECTION 02302 EXCAVATION AND FILL PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced . The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only . A . AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM C 33 ( 1999 ; Rev, A) Concrete Aggregates 2 , ASTM C 136 ( 1996 ; Rev . A) Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 3 . ASTM D 698 ( 1991 ; R 1998 ) Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort ( 12 , 400 ft- Ibf/ft (600 kN - m/m ) ) 4 . ASTM D 1140 ( 1997 ) Amount of Material in Soils Finer Than the No . 200 ( 75- Micrometer) Sieve 5 , ASTM D 1556 ( 1990 ; R 1996 ) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand- Cone Method 6 , ASTM D 1557 ( 1991 ; R 1998 ) Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56 , 000 ft-Ibf/ft (2 , 700 kN -m/m ) ) 7 . ASTM D 2321 ( 1989 ; R 1995 ) Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity- Flow Applications 8 , ASTM D 2487 ( 1998 ) Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes ( Unified Soil Classification System ) 9 . ASTM D 2922 ( 1996 ) Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth ) 10 . ASTM D 3017 ( 1996 ) Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth ) 11 . ASTM D 4318 ( 1998 ) Liquid Limit , Plastic Limit , and Plasticity Index of Soils IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 1 B . AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA) 1 . AWWA C600 ( 1999 ) Installation of Ductile - Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances C . U . S . ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY ( EPA) 1 . EPA SW -8461986 Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste ( Physical/Chemical Methods ) 2 . EPA 600/4-79/0201983 Methods for the Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes 1 . 02 DEFINITIONS A . Hard Materials Weathered rock , dense consolidated deposits , or conglomerate materials which are not included in the definition of "rock" but which usually require the use of heavy excavation equipment , ripper teeth , or jack hammers for removal . B . Rock Solid homogeneous interlocking crystalline material with firmly cemented , laminated , or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits , neither of which can be removed without systematic drilling and blasting , drilling and the use of expansion jacks or feather wedges , or the use of backhoe-mounted pneumatic hole punchers or rock breakers ; also large boulders , buried masonry , or concrete other than pavement exceeding 1 /2 cubic yard in volume Removal of hard material will not be considered rock excavation because of intermittent drilling and blasting that is performed merely to increase production . C . Cohesive Materials Materials ASTM D 2487 classified as GC , SC , ML , CL , MH , and CH . Materials classified as GM and SM will be identified as cohesive only when the fines have a plasticity index greater than zero . D . Cohesionless Materials Materials ASTM D 2487 classified as GW , GP , SW , and SP . Materials classified as GM and SM will be identified as cohesionless only when the fines have a plasticity index of zero . r f IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 2 SECTION 02302 EXCAVATION AND FILL PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced . The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM C 33 ( 1999 ; Rev. A) Concrete Aggregates 2 . ASTM C 136 ( 1996 ; Rev. A) Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 3 . ASTM D 698 ( 1991 ; R 1998 ) Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort ( 127400 ft-Ibf/ft (600 kN -m/m )) 4 . ASTM D 1140 ( 1997 ) Amount of Material in Soils Finer Than the No . 200 (75-Micrometer) Sieve 5 , ASTM D 1556 ( 1990 ; R 1996 ) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method 6 , ASTM D 1557 ( 1991 ; R 1998 ) Laboratory Compaction Characteristics. of Soil Using Modified Effort (56 , 000 ft- Ibf/ft (2 , 700 kN -m/m ) ) 7 . ASTM D 2321 ( 1989 ; R 1995 ) Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity- Flow Applications 8 , ASTM D 2487 ( 1998 ) Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes ( Unified Soil Classification System ) 9 , ASTM D 2922 ( 1996 ) Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth ) 10 . ASTM D 3017 ( 1996 ) Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods ( Shallow Depth ) 11 . ASTM D 4318 ( 1998 ) Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils B . AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA) 1 . AWWA C600 ( 1999 ) Installation of Ductile- Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 1 1 . 02 DEFINITIONS A . Hard Materials Weathered rock , dense consolidated deposits , or conglomerate materials which are not included in the definition of "rock" but which usually require the use of heavy excavation equipment, ripper teeth , or jack hammers for removal . B . Rock Solid homogeneous interlocking crystalline material with firmly cemented , laminated , or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits , neither of which can be removed without systematic drilling and blasting , drilling and the use of expansion jacks or feather wedges , or the use of backhoe-mounted pneumatic hole punchers or rock breakers ; also large boulders , buried masonry, or concrete other than pavement exceeding 1 /2 cubic yard in volume Removal of hard material will not be considered rock excavation because of intermittent drilling and blasting that is performed merely to increase production . C . Cohesive Materials Materials ASTM D 2487 classified as GC , SC , ML , CL , MH , and CH . Materials classified as GM and SM will be identified as cohesive only when the fines have a plasticity index greater than zero . D . Cohesionless Materials Materials ASTM D 2487 classified as GW , GP , SW , and SP . Materials classified as GM and SM will be identified as cohesionless only when the fines have a plasticity index of zero . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports to be obtained and paid for by Contractor Fill and backfill optimum density test where required Select material optimum density test where required Compaction density tests where required In -place density tests where required 1 . 04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Perform in a manner to prevent contamination or segregation of materials . 1 . 05 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING Base bids on the following criteria : A. Surface elevations are as indicated . i IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 2 B . Ground water elevations indicated by the boring log were those existing at the time subsurface investigations were made and do not necessarily represent ground water elevation at the time of construction . C . Material character is indicated by the boring logs . D . Blasting will not - be permitted . Remove material in an approved manner. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 SOIL MATERIALS Free of debris , roots , wood , scrap material , vegetation , refuse , soft unsound particles , and deleterious or objectionable materials . Unless specified otherwise , the maximum particle diameter shall be one-half the lift thickness at the intended location . A. Common Fill Common shall consist of sandy-loam , sand , gravel ; soft shale , or crushed stone . The Engineer shall be the sole judge of what constitutes suitable and unsuitable material for backfill from "on-site excavations . B . Select Material Select Fill shall consist of uniform , clean , free draining sand or sand and shell containing less than 5 % fines passing a No . 200 sieve . Laboratory test results of this fill shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval . C . Topsoil Natural , friable soil representative of productive , well-drained soils in the area , free of: subsoil ; stumps ; rocks larger than one inch diameter; brush ; weeds ; toxic substances ; and other material detrimental to plant growth . Amend topsoil pH range to obtain a pH of 5 . 5 to 7 . PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK 3 . 01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clearing and Grubbing Unless indicated otherwise, remove trees , stumps , logs , shrubs , and brush within the clearing limits . Remove stumps entirely . Grub out matted roots and roots over 3 inches in diameter to at least 24 inches below existing surface . B . Stripping IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 3 Strip existing topsoil to a minimum depth of 6 inches without contamination by subsoil material . Remove all existing topsoil with organic roots and materials . Stockpile topsoil separately from other excavated material and locate convenient to areas for soils exchange . C . Unsuitable Material All cleared , grubbed and demolished material deemed unsuitable shall be stockpiled on -site by the Contractor for disposal by soils exchange with material over excavated from the proposed stormwater management tract(s ) . D . Disposal In all areas where excavation is to be done , all earth , rock , muck and other materials shall be removed and separated as to suitable and unsuitable material for backfill as defined herein . The Contractor shall temporarily stockpile all unsuitable fill and backfill material for later disposal by soils exchange from suitable material to be over excavated from the on -site stormwater management lakes . The stockpiled material shall be piled in an orderly manner so as not to endanger the work or obstruct roadways or drainage within the designated job site location . All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by over excavating an equal volume of suitable material from the - stormwater management lakes and subsequently filling the over excavated volume with the unsuitable material . All over excavated material shall be utilized and spread on the project site . Hazardous or waste materials shall not be used in the unsuitable material to be exchanged . Waste , brush , refuse , stumps , roots , timber, etc, shall be removed from the site and disposed of in an approved manner. E . Removal of Muck , Rock and Other Unsuitable Material All muck, rock , clay, marl , gravel , boulders , heterogeneous fill material and any other organic or unsuitable "materials of excavation " encountered under pavement areas , structures and utilities shall be excavated and removed . Also any " unforeseen obstacles " such as buried trees or timbers , abandoned utilities , metal objects , concrete masses , or any other type of debris encountered shall be removed . All areas under proposed pavements or structures , which are indicated by testing to have more than trace amounts of silt and/or clay within the top several feet of existing grade shall be " proof rolled " using a vibratory compactor. Should the existing material continuously yield or "pump" during the proof rolling , the Engineer shall be notified and a determination made as to the amount of stripping needed to accomplish a stabilized foundation . Stripping shall be accomplished to clean in - place sand or other suitable IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 4 material as approved by the Engineer. Removal of unsuitable material within areas which are to receive footings , slabs or other foundations shall be completed for the full area under such structures and to ten feet minimum outside the maximum perimeter. Where pavement is to be placed , said removal shall include all area under the surface and extend to the outside of any shoulders , under any sidewalks and bike paths , or as directed by the Engineer. All roots , stumps , logs , limbs , timbers , boulders , or any material which is not suitable for backfill material shall be removed from the site promptly and excavated and disposed of by the Contractor at his expense . Removal of all " materials of excavation " and " unforeseen obstacles" will be paid for under the heading of " Excavation and Hauling " . 3 . 02 PROTECTION A . Sheeting and Bracing 1 . Where excavations may endanger workmen , existing structures , utilities or other facilities , it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to immediately install and maintain adequate sheeting and bracing per OSHA specifications in order to protect said facility . No work shall proceed in such excavations until the sheeting and bracing has been properly and completely installed. The sheeting thus installed shall be removed as the work progresses or, at the discretion of the Engineer, be cut off below finished grade and left in place . Sheeting and bracing may be either steel or wood at the option of the Contractor. 2 . Sheeting and bracing shall be installed in a manner that will allow for removal without injuring or endangering workmen , the work , adjacent structures , and the like . Voids caused by withdrawal of sheeting shall be promptly and completely filled with sand and compacted to a degree equal to the surrounding soil . B . Drainage and Dewatering Provide for the collection and disposal of surface and subsurface water encountered during construction . 1 . Drainage So that construction operations progress successfully , completely drain construction site during periods of construction to keep soil materials sufficiently dry. The Contractor shall establish/construct storm drainage features (ponds/basins ) at the earliest stages of site development , and throughout construction grade the construction area to provide positive surface water runoff away from the construction activity and/or provide temporary ditches , swales , and other drainage features and equipment as required to maintain dry soils . When unsuitable working platforms for equipment operation IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 5 and unsuitable soil support for subsequent construction features develop , remove unsuitable material and provide new soil material as ( - specified herein . It is the responsibility of the Contractor to assess the soil and ground water conditions presented by the plans and specifications and to employ necessary measures to permit construction to proceed . 2 . Dewatering All water encountered during excavation shall be promptly and completely removed to a depth below the exposed excavation surface sufficient to provide a dry working surface . The excavation shall be kept dry until the work to be built or placed therein has been completed as specified . Dewatering shall be done in a manner that will not cause sloughing or caving of the excavation walls . Water from said dewatering shall be disposed of in a manner as will not result in violations of State water quality standards in receiving waters , nor cause injury to public health nor to public or private property, nor to the work completed or in progress . Any and all damage caused by dewatering shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. The receiving point for water from said operation shall be approved by the applicable regulatory agency and the Engineer. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all required permits -and any other approval necessary. C . Underground Utilities (, Location of the existing utilities indicated is approximate . The Contractor shall physically verify the location and elevation of the existing utilities indicated prior to starting construction . The Contractor shall contact Call Sunshine at 1 -800432-4770 , 48 hours prior to commencement of excavation for assistance in locating existing utilities . D . Machinery and Equipment Movement of construction machinery and equipment over pipes during construction shall be at the Contractor's risk . Repair, or remove and provide new pipe for existing or newly installed pipe that has been displaced or damaged . 3 . 03 EXCAVATION Excavate to contours , elevation , and dimensions indicated . Reuse excavated materials that meet the specified requirements for the material type required at the intended location . Keep excavations free from water. Excavate soil disturbed or weakened by Contractor's operations , soils softened or made unsuitable for subsequent construction due to exposure to weather. Refill with common fill and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 maximum density . Unless specified otherwise , refill excavations cut below indicated depth with common fill and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 maximum density . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 6 A . Pipe Trenches Excavate trenches to uniform width , sufficiently wide to provide ample working room and a minimum of 9 to 12 inches of clearance on both sides of the pipe or conduit. Grade bottom of trenches to provide uniform support for each section of pipe after pipe bedding placement. B . Excavate trenches to depth indicated or required to establish indicated slope and invert elevations and to support bottom of pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil . 1 . Where rock is encountered , carry excavation 6 inches below required elevation and backfill with a 6 -inch layer of tamped sand or gravel prior to installation of pipe . 2 . For pipes or conduit less than 6 inches in nominal size , and for flat- bottomed , multiple-duct conduit units , do not excavate beyond indicated depths . Hand -excavate bottom cut to accurate elevations and support pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil . 3 . For pipes and equipment 6 inches or larger in nominal size , shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of pipe for 90 degrees ( bottom 1 /4 of the circumference) . Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill . At each pipe joint, dig bell holes to relieve pipe bell of loads and to ensure continuous bearing of pipe barrel on bearing surface . 3 . 04 FILLING AND BACKFILLING Fill and backfill to contours , elevations , and dimensions indicated . Compact each lift before placing overlaying lift. A. Unsuitable Material Replacement 1 . Fill material shall be placed and spread evenly in layers not to exceed twelve inches before compaction . All fill material shall be free from vegetable matter, wood , and other deleterious substances , and shall not contain rocks or clods having a diameter of more than three inches . B . Pre-fill Compaction 1 . Should the pre-fill surface elevation be below that required for the base of proposed building foundations or paving subgrade , the areas within road rights -of-ways , under parking areas , and the areas under and within five feet of proposed buildings shall be precompacted . This precompaction shall be performed equally on existing ground and on surfaces which have been excavated to remove unsuitable material . The top one foot of said areas shall be compacted to a minimum density of 95 % of maximum as determined by AASHTO T- 180 . The maximum spacing between density tests shall be 150 feet . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 7 C . Compaction 11 Backfill material shall be compacted to 95 % of maximum density per AASHTO T- 180 . Equipment suitable and adequate for uniform compaction to the specified density shall be used for backfill operations subject to the approval of the Engineer. All compaction equipment shall be in good working order and any worn or defective equipment shall be immediately replaced or repaired . D . Soil Stability and Compaction Control 1 . The Contractor shall arrange to have sufficient soil tests made by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Engineer to demonstrate conformance of his work with the stability and compaction levels required by these specifications . Compaction tests shall be taken at intervals listed herein or as deemed necessary by the Engineer. 2 . Any proposed alternative test methods to those specified herein must be approved by the Engineer prior to testing . At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide such . documentation of a proposed alternative test method as the Engineer may require to evaluate the method for approval . 3 . In no case shall the Contractor proceed with construction on compacted material until the tests prove satisfactory and approval is given by the Engineer. 4 . In general , at least one test for maximum dry density/optimum moisture content shall be performed on a representative sample of each inherently different material to be used for compacted backfill or embankment fill . For material of uniform composition and textural class , a minimum of one test per 200 cu . yd . of material shall be performed at the point of use . 5 . Tests for in -place density (percent compaction ) shall be taken at locations designated by the Engineer. The Contractor shall have density tests taken in four (4 ) separate locations . Each location shall be tested in lifts not to exceed 12-inches in thickness . E . Trench Backfilling Backfill as rapidly as construction , testing , and acceptance of work permits . Place and compact backfill under structures and paved areas in 12 inch lifts to top of trench and in 6 inch lifts to one foot over pipe outside structures and paved areas . 1 . Bedding Requirements Except as specified otherwise in the individual piping section , provide bedding for buried piping in accordance with AWWA C600 , Type 4 , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 8 except as specified herein . Backfill to top of pipe shall be compacted to 95 percent of ASTM D 698 maximum density. Plastic piping shall have bedding to spring line of pipe . Provide ASTM D 2321 materials as follows : Class I : Angular, 0 . 25 to 1 . 5 inches , graded stone , including a number of fill materials that have regional significance such as coral , slag , cinders , crushed stone , and crushed shells . Class II : Coarse sands and gravels with maximum particle size of 1 . 5 inches , including various graded sands and gravels containing small percentages of fines , generally granular and noncohesive , either wet or dry. Soil Types GW , GP , SW , and SP are included in this class as specified in ASTM D 2487 . 3 . 05 COMPACTION Expressed as a percentage of maximum density. Determine in-place density of existing subgrade ; if required density exists , no compaction of existing subgrade will be required . A. General Site Compact underneath areas designated for vegetation and areas outside the 5 foot line of the structure to 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 . 3 . 06 FINISH OPERATIONS A. Grading Finish grades as indicated on the plans to within two inches . In areas where sodding is required , finished soil grade shall be set 3-inches below the plan elevation to compensate for sod thickness . . For existing grades that will remain but which were disturbed by Contractor's operations , grade as directed . B . Protection of Surfaces Protect newly graded areas from traffic, erosion , and settlements that may occur. Repair or reestablish damaged grades , elevations , or slopes . 3 . 07 DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS MATERIAL The Contractor shall temporarily stockpile all unsuitable fill and backfill material for later disposal by soils exchange from suitable material to be over excavated from the on-site stormwater management lakes. The stockpiled material shall be piled in an orderly manner so as not to endanger the work or obstruct roadways or drainage within the designated job site location . All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by over excavating an equal volume of suitable material from the stormwater management lakes and subsequently filling the over excavated volume with the unsuitable material . All over excavated material shall be utilized IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 9 and spread on the project site . Hazardous or waste materials shall not be used in the unsuitable material to be exchanged . Waste , brush , refuse , stumps , roots , timber, etc, shall be removed from the site and disposed of in an approved manner. END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02302 — Excavation and Fill 02302 - 10 SECTION 02318 SWALE CONSTRUCTION PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements , apply to this Section , as well as Section 02300 Site Earthwork, and Section 02302 Excavation and Fill . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS N/A PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK 3 . 01 Fine grading of swales shall be accomplished after the existing ground has been excavated and compacted to within 3- inches of the design elevations . Fine grading of the swale areas will be done by a motor grader unless otherwise approved or directed by the Engineer. Hand dressing will not be required except where shown on the Drawings or in confined areas where equipment operation is restricted . 3 . 02 The Contractor shall maintain and keep open and free from : rainfall runoff; leaves ; sticks , rubble , and other debris , all graded swales shall be kept clean of debris and "fines" by the Contractor until final acceptance of the work. The swales should be constructed as late as possible in the work schedule to allow for immediate sodding . No sod shall be allowed to be placed on fines which have washed into the graded swale . 3 . 03 The finished grade shall be completed and shaped to a surface which varies no more than 24nches above or below the Plan elevations except that , adjacent to pavement, catch basin , or sidewalk , the swale shall be graded to within 3-inches below the edge of the pavement , catch basin or sidewalk . 3 . 04 In areas where sodding is required , finished soil grade shall be set 3- inches below the plan elevation to compensate for sod thickness . 3 . 05 Compaction to a specific density will not be required unless so directed by the Engineer. However, swales shall be compacted to a firm , even surface true to grade and cross section . All swales must be rolled . 3 . 06 Fine grading of the swale areas . shall preferably be done prior to paving the asphalt- bearing course . If the Contractor chooses to fine grade the swale areas subsequent to paving , he must exercise extreme care when dressing areas adjacent to pavement areas to avoid damage to the pavement. No handling of Swale material shall be permitted on the pavement surface . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02318 — Swale Construction 02318 - 1 3 . 07 Immediately before seeding or sodding , all fines deposited in the swales from rainfall runoff or other construction debris shall be removed and the swales fine / dressed by breaking the soil surface and providing a loose soil texture to place the seed or sod onto . 3 . 08 After final dressing of the swales , the Contractor shall seed or sod them as required by the Drawings . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02318 — Swale Construction 02318 - 2 SECTION 02373 GEOTEXTILES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all of the material equipment, labor, transportation and supervision necessary to complete the work as shown on the drawings and specified herein . 1 . 02 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of the specification to the extent referenced . The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM D 4354 ( 1999 ) Sampling of Geosynthetics for Testing 2 . ASTM D 4355 ( 1999 ) Deterioration of Geotextiles from Exposure to Ultraviolet Light and Water (Xenon-Arc Type Apparatus ) 3 , ASTM D 4491 ( 1999x ) Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permitivity 4 . ASTM D 4533 ( 1991 ; R 1996 ) Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles 5 , ASTM D 4632 ( 1991 ; R 1997 ) Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles 6 , ASTM D 4751 ( 1999x ) Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile 7 , ASTM D 4759 ( 1988 ; R 1996 ) Determining the Specification Conformance of Geosynthetics 8 . ASTM D 4833 (2000 ) Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles , Geomembranes , and Related Products 9 , ASTM D 4873 (2001 ) Identification , Storage , and Handling of Geosynthetic Rolls and Samples 1 . 03 MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be made of the as - built surface area in square covered by geotextile . Allowance will be made for geotextile in anchor and/or drainage trenches but no allowance will be made for waste , overlaps , damaged materials , repairs , or materials used for the convenience of the Contractor. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02373 - Geotextiles 02373 - 1 1 . 04 PAYMENT Geotextile installed and accepted will be paid for at the respective contract unit price in the bidding schedule . This unit price shall include the cost of materials , equipment, installation , testing , and other costs associated with placement of the geotextile . 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A. Certifications A minimum of 7 days prior to scheduled use , manufacturer's certificate of compliance stating that the geotextile meets the requirements of this section . For needle punched geotextiles , the manufacturer shall also certify that the geotextile has been continuously inspected using permanent on-line full-width metal detectors and does not contain any needles which could damage other geosynthetic layers . The certificate of compliance shall be attested to by a person having legal authority to bind the geotextile manufacturer. 1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Delivery , storage , and handling of geotextile shall be in accordance with ASTM D 4873 , A. Delivery The Engineer shall be notified a minimum .of 24 hours prior to delivery and unloading of geotextile rolls . Rolls shall be packaged in an opaque , waterproof, protective plastic wrapping . The plastic wrapping shall not be removed until deployment . If quality assurance samples are collected , rolls shall be immediately rewrapped with the plastic wrapping . Geotextile or plastic wrapping damaged during storage or handling shall be repaired or replaced , as directed . Eash roll shall be labeled with the manufacturer's name , geotextile type , roll number, roll dimensions (length , width , gross weight) , and date manufactured . B . Storage Rolls of geotextile shall be protected from construction equipment , chemicals , sparks and flames , temperatures in excess of 160 degrees F , or any other environmental condition that may damage the physical properties of the geotextile . To protect geotextile from becoming saturated , rolls shall either be elevated off the ground or placed on a sacrificial sheet of plastic in an area where water will not accumulate . C . Handling Geotextile rolls shall be handled and unloaded with load carrying straps , a fork lift with a stinger bar, or an axial bar assembly. Rolls shall not be dragged along the ground , lifted by one end , or dropped to the ground . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02373 - Geotextiles 02373 - 2 PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 RAW MATERIALS A. Geotextile Geotextile shall be a nonwoven pervious sheet of polymeric material and shall consist of long -chain synthetic polymers composed of at least 95 percent by weight polyolefins , -polyesters , or polyamides . The use of woven slit film geotextiles (i . e . geotextiles made from yarns of a flat, tape- like character) will not be allowed . Stabilizers and/or inhibitors shall be added to the base polymer, as needed , to make the filaments resistant to deterioration by ultraviolet light, oxidation , and heat exposure . Regrind material , which consists of edge trimmings and other scraps that have never reached the consumer, may be used to produce the geotextile . Post-consumer recycled material may also be used . Geotextile shall be formed into a network such that the filaments or yarns retain dimensional stability relative to each other, including the edges . Geotextiles shall meet the requirements specified in Table 1 . Where applicable , Table 1 property values represent minimum average roll values ( MARV) in the weakest principal direction . Values for AOS represent maximum average roll values . Property Test Method Minimum Average Roll Value ( English ) Grab Tensile ASTM- D-4632 160 Ib Grab Elongation ASTM- D-4632 50 % Mullen Burst ASTM- D-3786 310 psi Puncture ASTM- D-4833 90 lb Trapezoidal Tear ASTM- D-4533 65 lb UV Resistance ASTM- D -4355 70 % at 500 hrs AOS ASTM- D-4751 70 sieve Permittivity ASTM- D -4491 -' 1 . 5 sec Flow Rate ASTM-D -4491 2 110 gal/min/ft Table 1 - MINIMUM PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DRAINAGE GEOTEXTILE B . Thread Sewn seams shall be constructed with high-strength polyester, nylon , or other approved thread type . Thread shall have ultraviolet light stability equivalent to the geotextile and the color shall contrast with the geotextile : 2 . 02 MANUFACTURING QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLING AND TESTING The Manufacturer shall be responsible for establishing and maintaining a quality control program to assure compliance with the requirements of the specification . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02373 - Geotextiles 02373 - 3 Documentation describing the quality control program shall be made available upon request. Manufacturing quality control sampling and testing shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's approved quality control manual . As a minimum , geotextiles shall be randomly sampled for testing in accordance with ASTM D 4354 , Procedure A . Acceptance of geotextile shall be in accordance with ASTM D 4759 . Tests not meeting the specified requirements shall result in the rejection of applicable rolls . PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . Subgrade Preparation The surface underlying the geotextile shall be smooth and free of ruts or protrusions which could damage the geotextile . Subgrade materials and compaction requirements shall be in accordance with the plans . B . Placement The Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of 24 hours prior to installation of geotextile . Geotextile rolls which are damaged or contain imperfections shall be repaired or replaced as directed . The geotextile shall be laid flat and smooth so that it is in direct contact with the subgrade . The geotextile shall also be free of tensile stresses , folds , and wrinkles . On slopes steeper than 10 horizontal on 1 vertical , the geotextile shall be laid with the machine direction of the fabric parallel to the slope direction . 3 . 02 SEAMS A. Overlap Seams Geotextile panels shall be continuously overlapped a minimum of 24 inches at all longitudinal and transverse joints . Where seams must be oriented across the slope , the upper panel shall be lapped over the lower panel . If approved , sewn seams may be used instead of overlapped seams . B . Sewn Seams Factory and field seams shall be continuously sewn on all slopes steeper than 1 vertical on 3 . The stitch type used shall be a 401 locking chain stitch or as recommended by the manufacturer. Seam strength shall meet the minimum requirements specified in Table 1 . The thread at the end of each seam run shall be tied off to prevent unraveling . Skipped stitches or discontinuities shall be sewn with an extra line of stitching with a minimum of 18 inches of overlap . 3 . 03 PROTECTION The geotextile shall be protected during installation from clogging , tears , and IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02373 - Geotextiles 02373 - 4 other damage . Damaged geotextile shall be repaired or replaced as directed . Adequate ballast (e . g . sand bags ) shall be used to prevent uplift by wind . The geotextile shall not be left uncovered for more than 7 days after installation . 3 . 04 REPAIRS Torn or damaged geotextile shall be repaired . Clogged areas of geotextile shall be removed . Repairs shall be performed by placing a patch of the same type of geotextile over the damaged area . The patch shall extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the edge of the damaged area . Patches shall be continuously fastened using approved methods . The machine direction of the patch shall be aligned with the machine direction of the geotextile being repaired . Geotextile rolls which cannot be repaired shall be removed and replaced . Repairs shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 3 . 05 COVERING Geotextile shall not be covered prior to inspection and approval by the Engineer. Cover soil shall be placed in a manner that prevents soil from entering the geotextile overlap zone , prevents tensile stress from being mobilized in the geotextile , and prevents wrinkles from folding over onto themselves . On side slopes , soil backfill shall be placed from the bottom of the slope upward . Cover soil shall not be dropped onto the geotextile from a height greater than 3 feet. No equipment shall be operated directly on top of the geotextile without approval of the Engineer. Equipment with ground pressures less than 7 psi shall be used to place the first lift over the geotextile . A minimum of 12 inches of soil shall be maintained between full-scale construction equipment and the geotextile . Cover soil material type , compaction , and testing requirements are described in Section 02300 SITE EARTHWORK. Equipment placing cover soil shall not stop abruptly, make sharp turns , spin their wheels , or travel at speeds exceeding 5 mph . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02373 - Geotextiles 02373 - 5 SECTION 02505 DIRECTIONAL BORE CROSSINGS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE The work to be performed under this item. shall include the furnishing of all H . D . P . E . pipe and fittings for the job , equipment and labor required for the joining and installation of the pipe as herein described and as shown on the Plans . The Contractor shall perform all pipe work , directional drilling , backpulling and related work required for the construction of the directional bore in accordance with the provisions set forth under the applicable items of this Section . 1 . 02 REFERENCES Standards applicable in this Specification shall be: A. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM D 2657 — Practice for Heat-Joining of Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings 2 , ASTM D 3261 — Standard Specification for Butt Fusion Polyethylene ( PE ) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene ( PE ) Plastic Pipe and Tubing 3 , ASTM D 3350 — Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Material 4 . ASTM F 714 — Standard Specification for Polyethylene ( PE ) Plastic Pipe (SDR- PR) Based on Outside Diameter 5 . ASTM F 1962 — Use of Maxi- Horizontal Directional Drilling for Placement of Polyethylene Pipe or Conduit Under Obstacles , Including River Crossings B . Plastics Pipe Institute 1 , Plastic Pipe Institute Technical Report TR — 3 , Policies and Procedures for Developing Recommended Hydrostatic Design Stresses for Thermo- plastic Pipe Materials 2 , Plastic Pipe Institute , TR-31 , " Underground Installation of Polyolefin Pipe 3 . Plastics Pipe Institute , Handbook of Polyethylene Pipe , Chapter on Polyethylene Joining Procedures , Washington , DC , C . American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 1 . AASHTO T- 180 Density Relations of Soils using a 10 Ib . Rammer and an 18-inch drop D . American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1 . AWWA C906 — Polyethylene (PE ) Pressure Pipe and Fittings , 4 in . through 63 in . , for water distribution IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02505 — Directional Bore Crossing 02505 - 1 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings — Prior to any fabrication or installation work , the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for review and approval five (5 ) sets of shop drawings for the following items . A. Material specifications for all pipe , fittings , joints method and miscellaneous appurtenances . 1 . 04 CERTIFICATION The pipe manufacturer shall provide a certification that the material used to manufacture the pipe provided to the job site meets the material requirements of this Specification . PART 2 -- MATERIALS 2 . 01 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE Pipe shall be new, unused , sections of polyethylene pipe having a nominal density of 0 . 955 . The polyethylene resin used to manufacture the pipe shall have a " Plastic Pipe Institute " material designation of PE 3408 , with an ASTM D3350 cell classification of 34544C . The pipe shall be black in color, containing approximately 2 percent U . V, stabilizer. Pipe shall be extruded to the wall thickness described in AWWA C906 for DR11 . Pipe outside dimensions shall meet that of ductile iron pipe size ( D . I . P . S . ) . Pipe shall be provided in nominal 40 foot long sections . During the extrusion process , the HDPE pipe shall be continuously marked with durable printing including the following information : A. Nominal Size (O . D . Base ) B . Dimension Ratio (for wall thickness ) C . Manufacturer Name and Product Series D . Cell Class E . ASTM Basis F. Pipe Test Category G . Plant Identification H . Production Date I. Operator Number (Shift Letter optional ) J. Resin Supplier Code 2 . 01 FITTINGS HDPE fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM D 3261 and shall be manufactured by injection molding , a combination of extrusion and machining , or fabricated from HDPE pipe conforming to this specification . The fittings shall be designed for a working pressure of 160 psi . The fittings shall be manufactured from the same resin type and cell classification as the pipe itself. The fittings shall be homogeneous throughout and free from cracks , holes , foreign inclusions , voids , or other injurious defects . All fittings shall be constructed to have a D . R . 11 sidewall thickness . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02505 — Directional Bore Crossing 02505 -2 2 . 03 JOINTS Sections of polyethylene pipe shall be joined in the field by the butt fusion process into one continuous lengths at the job site . The joining method shall be the heat fusion method and shall be performed in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations . The heat fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer. PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK Installation of the directional bored pipeline shall be conducted using " medi" - HDD or "mini" — HDD equipment of intermediate size and capabilities . The installation guidelines and practices governing this installation shall follow applicable sections of the " maxi " — HDD directional drilling practices , as outlined in ASTM F1962 . 3 . 01 PREPARATION A. Clearing — The Contractor shall perform all clearing necessary , where applicable for the proper installation of the pipe at the locations shown on the drawings . Plantings , shrubbery , trees , utility poles or structures subject to damage resulting from the excavation shall be transplanted , relocated , braced , shored or otherwise protected and preserved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. B . Delivery and Receiving Pipe — The pipe shall be delivered no more than 5 working days prior to joining and installation . Pipe and fittings may be stored in the right-of-way, adjacent to the boring path . Appropriate unloading and handling equipment of adequate capacity must be used to unload the truck . Safe handling and operating procedures must be observed . Pipe and fittings must not be rolled or pushed off the truck. When using a forklift, or forklift attachments on equipment such as . articulated loaders or bucket . loaders , lifting capacity must be adequate at the load center on the forks . Forklift equipment must be rated for the maximum lifting capacity at a distance from the back of the forks . Lifting equipment such as cranes , extension boom cranes , and side boom tractors , should be hooked to wide web choker slings that are secured around the load . Only wide web slings should be used . Wire rope slings and chains can damage components and shall not be used . Spreader bars shall be used when lifting pipe longer than 201 . Individual pipes may be stacked in rows . Pipes shall be laid straight, not crossing over or entangled with each other. The base row must be blocked to prevent sideways movement or shifting . The pipe sections shall be stacked no higher than 2 rows . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02505 — Directional Bore Crossing 02505 -3 3 . 02 JOINING PIPE AND STUB- END A . Joining shall be accomplished using a hydraulically operated , microprocessor controlled heat fusing machine , specifically designed to handle the specified pipe O . D . The operator shall have had a minimum 3 years experience in the process of operating H . D . P . E . butt-fusion machines . B . Joining shall generally follow these procedures : 1 . Securing Each component that is to be fused must be held in position so that it will not move unless it is moved by a clamping device . 2 . Face The component ends musts be faced to establish clean , parallel mating surfaces . The equipment shall incorporate a rotating planer block in its facer to accomplish this goal . Facing shall be continued until a minimal distance exists between the fixed and movable jaws of the machine and the facer is locked firmly and squarely between the jaws . This operation shall provide for a perfectly square face , perpendicular to the pipe centerline on each component end and with no detectable gap . 3 . Alignment The pipe profiles must be rounded and aligned with each other to minimize mismatch (high-low) of the pipe walls . This shall be accomplished by adjusting the clamping jaws until the outside diameters of the pipe ends match . The jaws must not be loosened or the pipe may . slip during fusion . 4 . Melting Ends of the components shall be heated to the pipe manufacturer's recommended temperature , interface pressure , and time duration . By doing so , the heat will penetrate into the pipe ends and a molten " bead " of material will form at the pipe ends . Heating tools which simultaneously heat both pipe ends shall be used to accomplish this operation . These heating tools shall be furnished with thermocouples to measure internal heater temperature so that the operator can monitor the temperature before each joint is made . The heater faces which come into contact with the pipe shall be coated by the manufacturer to prevent molten plastic from sticking to the heater faces . 5 . Joining After the pipe ends have been heated for the proper time and to the proper temperature , the heater tool shall be removed and the molten pipe ends shall be brought together with sufficient pressure to properly mix the pipe materials and form a homogeneous joint . The pipe t' manufacturer's instructions may specify either interface pressure or bead size of molten material as a guide for a proper joint . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02505 — Directional Bore Crossing 02505 -4 6 . Holding The molten joint must be held immobile under pressure until cooled adequately to develop strength . The proper cooling times for the joint are material , pipe-diameter, and wall-thickness dependent and shall be as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. A. Stringing of Pipe The Contractor shall have appropriate rollers and a winch/cable system adequately sized to pull the joined pipe sections from the right-of-way to the point of pull- back . B . Directional Boring Boring of the pipeline hole shall follow applicable sections of the recommended standards of ASTM F 1962 " Use of Maxi- Horizontal Directional Drilling for Placement of P . E . Pipe or Conduit Under Obstacles , Including River Crossings" . The Contractor shall have adequately size boring/pullback equipment and a properly trained crew with classroom and field experienced personnel manning the primary job positions . 1 . Machine Size & Capability — The size and capacity of the drilling equipment must be compatible with the thrust and torque required to perform the drilling , reaming , and pipe pullback operations . The estimated forces applied to the pipe may be considered a minimum l equipment requirement . 2 . Drill Unit Positioning — The drill rig unit shall be positioned within the right-of-way to provide the desired bore route and pipe depth . Proper equipment anchoring is especially important for the existing sandy soils . 3 . Boring and Drill Rods — The drill rods should be as least as strong as the pullback equipment capability. The drill rod capabilities shall also be compatible with the planned bore route with respect to cumulative fatigue stresses . Proper care and handling of the drill rods is important to avoid breakage during boring or back reaming . Proper torque should initially be applied to the drill rods as they are added at the bore entry to avoid potential loosening of the rods and loss of connection in the ground . 4 . Drilling Fluid Usage — Drilling fluid shall be used to provide lubrication during the pilot boring , reaming and pullback operations to reduce the required torque and thrust of pullback loads . In addition , the drilling fluid shall stabilize the bore hole , cool the drill head (and internal circuitry) , and remove cuttings and spoils . The crew must be trained in the proper use of drilling fluids and the appropriate types for various ground conditions . The Engineer shall be notified if excessive drilling fluid pressures or volumes are noticed . 5 . Location and Tracking — In order to maintain the actual bore along the planned path , the pilot bore must be carefully tracked , and path confirmation established at least once each 20 ft interval . For paths with horizontal or vertical turns , or in critical areas including the vicinity of other obstacles , shorter intervals of 10 ft shall be used . Any misdirection of the drill head shall be corrected immediately . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02505 — Directional Bore Crossing 02505 -5 6 . Back Reaming — When needed due to pipe diameter, back reaming shall be performed to produce a hole size sufficiently large to readily install the pipe . Appropriate cutters and compactors compatible with the soil conditions shall be employed including proper usage of drilling fluid . Pre- reaming of the pilot hole should be planned for this project . The pre- reaming shall allow the bore hole to be created in stages , reducing the required torque and thrust loads at the machine . The pre-reaming operation shall help ensure that the capability of the machine is not exceeded due to the combined forces due to increasing the hole diameter and pulling the pipe . In addition , pre-reaming shall reduce the possibility of voids or surface heaving or settlement, including unanticipated drilling fluid appearances . Hole diameter increments should be restricted to approximately 10-inches or less during a single pass . The final hole diameter shall be 20 % but in no case larger than 50 % greater than the outer diameter of the pipe to provide clearance for pipe grips , allow spoils flow, and reduce the required loads during the pipe pullback operation . During pre-reaming , additional drill roads must be available at the pilot bore exit which are connected to a swivel at the rear of the reamer and pulled into the hole to maintain the path . 3 . 03 PIPE PULLBACK A . Gripping of Pipe — Basket-type or internal only grips will not be allowed . The gripping method selected must allow the full tensile rating of the pipe to be developed . Appropriate types may include an internal/external clamping or bolting device , or a fused PE pipe adapter with a built-in pulling eye . In the latter case , a smaller diameter section of the adapter may serve as a breakaway link protecting the main section of pipe . 1 . Swivel — A swivel is required between the reamer or compactor preceding the pipe to prevent the transmission of torsional loads to the pipe . The rating of the swivel should be larger than the lower of the pull force capability of the drill rig or the total strengths of the pipe to be installed , but not excessively greater. Inefficiencies in overly large swivels may result in relatively significant twist transmitted to small pipes . 2 . Breakaway Link — In general , the recorded pulling forces as indicated at the drill rig will exceed the tensions experienced by the pipe or conduit throughout most of the pullback process . It is recommended that individual breakaway links be provided between the main swivel and the grip at the pipe , to ensure that the pipelines are installed within allowable load levels . Broken links will require removal of the pipe from the entry end . 3 . Handling the Pipe - Extreme care must be exercised when handling the pipe to ensure that it is not subject to excessively sharp bends which may cause a kink or other damage to the pipe . Particular areas of concern typically include the pipe entry and exit points . It is important to minimize bending of the pipe as it enters the bore hole , and to ensure low friction on the portion of the pipe outside the hole . This may be accomplished by the use of appropriate lifting equipment and roller stands to reduce friction . Due to the potentially high tensile load at the pipe exit , it is especially important to avoid sharp bends at this point . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02505 — Directional Bore Crossing 02505 -6 3 . 04 AS- BUILT DRAWINGS AND INFORMATION A record of the actual as- built bore path , including plan and profile views and vertical and horizontal deviations , indicating the relation to the planned path , must be submitted to the Engineer. Any information obtained during the initial bore regarding soil characteristics , etc. should be added . The experiences gained during the initial bore may be used to provide guidance for the backreaming operating , as well as for subsequent operations in the project area . Additional information should also be included , such as steering or correction commands , drilling fluid usage , and the type of drill head being used . Regarding the reaming and pullback operations , the pipe insertion velocity, duration , type and size of reamers (cutters or compactors ) , final bore hole size , drilling fluid usage , and required pullback forces should be recorded . "As-Built" pipe depths shall be determined from actual field measurements from top of grade to top of pipe . Bore log records shall not be acceptable . 3 . 05 COMPLETION AND CLEANUP A. Pipe Cut-Off and Cleanup — The pipe shall be allowed to achieve mechanical and thermal equilibrium with its surroundings prior to cutting at either end . Premature cutting of the pipe may allow the ends to shrink back into the hole . The pipe may be cut after it has been verified that there has been insignificant movement at the pipe entry end and negligible residual tensile load at the drill rig end . If the bore ends are to remain in place for more than 48 hours prior to final connection and burial , the pipe ends shall be cut off 2 ( feet below grade , and an appropriate plug shall be installed after thorough cleaning of the pipeline . Once installed , the plug shall be backfilled and compacted to the original pre-existing grade . A stake shall be placed in the ground adjacent to the pipe ends to indicate their location . B . Pipe Cleaning — The Contractor shall utilize a hydraulic cleaning and vactor truck to remove all cuttings and drilling fluid from the pipe . C . Site Cleanup — After inspection and approval by the Owner or his representative , the surface area disturbed by construction of this project must be restored to its original condition . The site must be cleaned of equipment, tools , and spoils . All drilling fluid must be cleaned from the site or its vicinity and properly disposed of. C . Disposal — Pipe cuttings shall be disposed of by the Contractor at a solid waste disposal site or other approved disposal area . Soil cuttings and drilling fluids shall be disposed of by the Contractor at an approved disposal site . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02505 — Directional Bore Crossing 02505 -7 SECTION 02510 WATER MAINS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE The work to be performed under this Item shall include the furnishing of all materials , equipment and labor required for the installation of water mains as herein described and as shown on the Plans . The Contractor shall perform all excavation , backfilling , compacting , testing and related work required for the construction of these water mains in accordance with the provisions set forth under the applicable items of this Specification . 1 . 02 REFERENCES Standards applicable in this Specification shall be : A. American Water Works Association (AWWA) and American National Standards Institute (ANSI ) . 1 . AWWA C104 (ANSI A21 . 4 ) Cement- Mortar Lining for Ductile. Iron and Gray- Iron Pipe and Fittings for water. 2 . AWWA (ANSI ) C110 Gray- Iron and Ductile- Iron Fittings , 3-inch through 48_- inch for water and other liquids . i 3 . AWWA C111 (ANSI A21 . 11 ) Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile- Iron and Gray- Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings . 4 , AWWA C150 (ANSI A21 . 50 ) Thickness Design of ductile- Iron Pipe . 5 , AWWA C151 (ANSI A21 . 51 ) Ductile- Iron Pipe , Centrifugally cast in Metal Molds or Sand Lined Molds for water or other liquids . 6 . AWWA C153 (ANSI A21 . 53 ) Ductile- Iron Compact Fittings , 3-inch through 112- inch for water and other liquids . 7 . AWWA (ANSI ) C600 Installation of Gray and Ductile Cast Iron Water Mains and Appurtenances . 8 . AWWA (ANSI ) C900 Standard for Polyvinyl chloride ( PVC ) Pressure Pipe , 4- inch through 12-inch . 9 . AWWA M23 Manual of Water Supply Practices , " PVC Pipe Design and Installation " . B . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM D- 1248 Polyethylene Plastics Moldings and Extrusion Materials . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02510 — Water Mains 02510 - 1 C . American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 1 , AASHTO T-99 (2 . 5 kg . ) Rammer and a 12- inch (305 mm) Drop , as modified by T-99-801 ( Dated 1981 ) . 2 . AASHTO T- 180 Density Relations of Soils using a 10 Ib . Rammer and an 18- inch drop . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings - Prior to any fabrication or installation work , the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for review and approval five (5 ) sets of shop drawings for the following items . 1 . Material specifications for all pipe types , fittings , joints , joint restraint, specials , and miscellaneous appurtenances . All drawings shall be reviewed , approved and stamped by the Contractor prior to submission to the Engineer. PART 2 -- MATERIALS 2 . 01 PIPE A. Ductile Iron Pipe - All ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151 ANSI A21 . 51 and shall be minimum thickness class 50 . All pipe shall be factory lined and coated . The pipe interior shall be cement lined and seal coated in accordance with AWWA C104 . The exterior of the pipe shall have a minimum 10 mil . thick coating of coal tar epoxy, " Kop-Coat" Bitumastic 300M or " Proco" EP 214 . The pipe shall be marked the entire length with three blue color coded stripes . These stripes shall be applied in the manner as the required ASTM coding using paint with the word "Water Main " in 1 -inch high letters appearing one or more times every 24-inches . As an alternative to lettering , pipe may be continuously layered with an attached blue plastic identification tape marked "Water" . Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings , ductile iron pipe shall be furnished in standard 18 or 20 foot laying lengths , and have mechanical joint ends . B . P . V. C . Pipe - Polyvinyl Chloride , ASTM D1784 pressure pipe shall be made from Class 12454-A or Class 12454- 13 material and conform with the outside diameter of cast iron pipe . P . V. C . pipe (4" through 12") shall be rated for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi . P . V. C . pipe shall be pigmented during extrusion to provide a light blue color. The pipe shall be marked the entire length with three color coded stripes . These stripes shall be applied in the manner as the required ASTM coding using permanent ink with the word "Water Main " in 1 -inch high letters appearing one or more times every 24-inches . As an alternative to lettering , pipe may be continuously layered with plastic IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02510 — Water Mains 02510 - 2 identification tape marked "Water" . P . V . C . pipe sizes shall conform to the following : 1 . Pipe sizes 4" through 12" shall conform to AWWA C900 and have a minimum wall thickness of DR- 18 . 2 . Pipe sizes over 12- inch shall be manufactured in accordance with UNI - B- 11 -85 , shall meet AWWA C 905 standards for potable water application requirements , and shall be DR- 18 wall thickness . 2 . 02 FITTINGS All underground fittings shall be ductile iron with mechanically restrained joints . Fittings shall conform to the following : A . Fittings for pipe sizes 4" through 12" shall be compact ductile iron conforming to AWWA C 153 . Fittings shall have a minimum pressure rating of 350 psi . Fittings shall have mechanically restrained joints . B . Fittings for pipe sizes over 12" shall be ductile or cast iron conforming to AWWA C110 . Fittings shall have a minimum pressure rating of 250 psi . Fittings shall have mechanically restrained joints . C . All fittings shall be lined and coated as specified for ductile iron pipe . D . Retainer glands using point load set screws for restraint shall not be permitted . 2 . 03 JOINTS A. Push on Joints - Joints for PVC pipe shall be bell and spigot, rubber gasket compression , push-on type as specified in AWWA C111 (ANSI A21 . 11 ) , Special fittings and joints shall be considered for specific installation . B . Mechanical Joints - Mechanical joints shall be used on fittings for changes in horizontal or vertical alignment on all pipes , up to 12- inches in diameter. All mechanical joints shall be restrained as further outlined in these specifications . Mechanical joints shall be in accordance with AWWA C111 . C . Restrained Joints - Fittings used for changes in alignment of pipe shall be mechanically restrained . As indicated on the drawings , pipe lengths located upstream and downstream of restrained fittings shall also be restrained . Method of joint restraint shall be as follows : 1 . P . V. C . pipe in diameters 4" through 12" shall be restrained at fittings with " EBBA IRON " series 500 , or other approved restrainer. Bell and spigot joints on P . V. C . pipe in diameters 4" through 12" shall be restrained with " EBBA IRON " series 1500 , or other approved restrainer. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02510 — Water Mains 02510 - 3 2 . P . V . C . pipe in diameters over 12 " shall be restrained at fittings with " UNI - FLANGE" large diameter series 1300-C , or other approved restrainer. Bell and spigot joints on P . V. C . pipe in diameters over 12" shall be restrained with " UNI- FLANGE" large diameter series 1350- C , or other approved restrainer. 3 . Mechanical joint ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be restrained with " EBBA IRON " , Megalug Series 1100 restrainers , or approved equal . Push -on ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be restrained with pipe manufacturer's restrained joints , such as U . S . Pipe "TR- FLEX GRIPPER RING " , American Pipe " LOK- RING " or " LOK- FAST" joints , or approved equal . 4 . Retainer glands using point load set screws for restraint shall not be permitted . D . Gaskets - All gaskets shall be manufactured of an elastomeric material . The gasket shall provide a positive , tight seal under all combinations of joint and gasket tolerances . Installation and lubrication of gaskets shall be as directed by the manufacturer. 2 . 04 FOUNDATION ROCK A sieve analysis of Foundation Rock shall conform to the following limits : Passing 3/4" - 100 % Passing 3/8 " - 20 - 55 % Passing #4 - 0 - 10% - Passing #8 - 0 - 5 % . 2 . 05 BURIED IDENTIFICATION TAPE Detectable buried identification tape shall be installed over all pipe . Tape shall be 2 inches minimum width , consisting of a minimum 5 mil overall thickness with a solid aluminum foil core . Construction shall be 2 mil clear film , reverse print laminated to aluminum foil to 2 mil clear film , making the film permanently printed . Tape shall be furnished in manufacturers' standard roll length , meeting the "American Public Works Association " (APWA) color code , and shall be imprinted continuously with the following words , unless otherwise approved : 'WATER MAIN " Detectable buried warning tape shall be equal to or better than " PRO- LINE" underground utility marking tape as manufactured by Pro- Line Safety Products Co . , 1099 Atlantic Drive , Unit # 1 , West Chicago , IL . 2 . 06 DETECTABLE BURIED TRACE WIRE Trace wire shall be continuous # 10 THHN , single conductor copper wire . PVC - color sheathing shall meet the color code of the "American Public Works IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02510 — Water Mains 02510 - 4 Association " (APWA) . PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK The installation and testing of the water main shall be done in accordance with AWWA (ANSI ) C600 for ductile iron pipe or AWWA M23 for P . V. C . pipe , plus the additional requirements described herein or shown on the Plans . 3 . 01 PREPARATION A . Clearing - The Contractor shall perform all clearing necessary , where applicable , for the proper installation of all water mains , and appurtenances in the locations shown on the drawings . Plantings , shrubbery, trees , utility poles or structures subject to damage resulting from the excavation shall be transplanted , relocated , braced , shored or otherwise protected and preserved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 3 . 02 TRENCHING A. Pavement Cutting - Asphaltic pavements shall be cut by pneumatic hammers or mechanical pavement cutters ; saws , or other method approved by the Engineer. Concrete pavement or concrete base pavement shall be . sawed . Both types of pavement shall be cut and removed prior to any excavation . B . Excavation - The excavation in which the pipes and appurtenances are to be constructed shall be excavated in open cut, except where otherwise stated on the Plans , in such a manner to such depths and widths as will give suitable room for bracing , supporting , pumping , draining and for removing from the excavation any material which the Engineer may decide is inadequate for foundation . The maximum trench width at the tope of the pipe shall be in accordance with the trenching details . The Contractor may , where it will not interfere with the work or adjacent structures or property, slope the sides of excavation . The sides of the trench may only be sloped from a point in compliance with the trenching details . No compensation will be allowed for such excavation and the Contractor shall include its cost in the prices bid . The materials of excavation shall include all materials encountered , such as clay , sand , rock , marl , muck, gravel , boulders , heterogeneous fill materials , old timbers , or any combination of these . Any unforeseen obstacles such as buried trees or timbers , abandoned utilities , metal objects , concrete masses or any debris encountered shall be removed . All " materials of excavation " and " unforeseen obstacles" will be considered as incidental to construction and no additional compensation will be allowed . All roots , stumps , logs , limbs , boulders or any material which is not IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02510 — Water Mains 02510 - 5 suitable for backfill material shall be removed from the site promptly as excavated and disposed of by the Contractor at his expense . C . Length of Trench to be Opened - The length of trench to be opened or the area of surface to be disturbed and unrestored at any time will be limited by the Engineer with regard to expeditious construction and the convenience of the Owner. Excavation shall not advance more than 100 feet ahead of the pipe laying without the consent of the Engineer. D . Sheeting and Bracing - The Contractor shall be responsible for properly supporting the sides of all trenches and excavations with timbers or other supports wherever necessary or required to properly safeguard the trenches , adjacent properties and structures and at restricted right-of-way. The cost of all necessary timber, sheeting and bracing whatsoever ( left in place or removed ) , shall be included in the unit prices bid under force main installation . Portions of the timber sheeting driven below the elevation of the top of the pipe shall not be disturbed or removed Timber sheeting and bracing shall be left in place if so ordered by the Engineer and/or where shown on the Plans to avoid undermining or otherwise endangering the work or adjacent structures . All sheeting left in place shall be cut off or driven at least 18-inches below finished grade , unless otherwise ordered . Great care shall be exercised in the selection of sheeting and bracing of adequate design , type , size and strength . The adequacy of the timber used for all supporting and bracing purposes shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, who shall use only men of seasoned experience for this type of work . The sizes and lengths of the timber used shall conform closely to the needs of the work and oversizing as well as undersizing should be avoided . In placing and driving the sheeting , proper workmanship and equipment shall be used to achieve a true alignment and close contact of the sheeting boards . Timber sheeting shall be straight and sound , free from shakes , cracks , large or loose knobs and other defects impairing its strength and durability . It shall be squared to the required dimension throughout its entire length . If required for the proper execution of the work where running sand , quicksand or other semi-fluid material difficult to handle is encountered , the timber sheeting shall be tongue and groove . The Contractor may, in lieu of sheeting , bracing and shoring to maintain the allowable trench widths , use a "trench box" ("trench shield " or "mule") provided pipe sections are secured downstream by a cable (s ) stretched through and secured to the end section of pipe by means of a timber and a cable clamp , all materials being of adequate size and strength . The cable shall be held taut during the process of - advancing the " box" . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02510 — Water Mains 02510 - 6 This procedure may be used so long as , in the opinion of the Engineer, the work is proceeding satisfactorily. The Engineer may revoke permission to use the "trench box" at any time he feels unsatisfactory or inadequate work is being performed and the Contractor shall , without appeal , immediately begin using sheeting „ bracing and shoring to maintain the allowable trench widths . At all times , when soil conditions permit, the bottom edge of the "trench box" shall be no lower than the springline of the pipe , so as to disturb the trench compaction when advancing the "trench box" . E . Placing of Excavated Material - All excavated materials shall be placed where indicated by the Engineer in such a manner as not to endanger the work and so that free access will be maintained at all times to all parts of the trench and to all fire hydrants and their gate valves in the vicinity. Such material shall be neatly piled so as to interfere as little as possible with traffic . F . Drainage - The Contractor shall furnish sufficient pumping or other dewatering equipment and shall provide at his own expense satisfactory drainage whenever needed in trenches and other excavations during the progress of the work and its completion for inspection . Water shall not be allowed to flow over or raise upon any concrete , masonry or pipe until work has ' been inspected and the mortar or concrete has properly set . Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, the water table shall be lowered by the use of a well point system . Open trench pumping may be permitted only upon approval by the Engineer of the method of pumping and drainage to be used . If open trench pumping is approved , the water must be conveyed entirely through approved coarse material placed below the bottom of the " Foundation " hereinafter described . The depth of this coarse material shall be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Materials and workmanship used for the well point system shall be in keeping with the approved standard practice . The well point system shall function so as to enable pipe , concrete cradle and appurtenances to be installed without interference from running or standing water at the bottom of the trench . The Engineer shall make the final decision as to the acceptability of the well point system or any part thereof. Where necessary, pea gravel or graded sand shall be used in conjunction with the well points as they are installed in insure continuous pumping in the dewatering of fine material . The cost of dewatering shall be included in the various unit prices bid under water main installation . G . Disposal of Water from Excavations - All water pumped or bailed from trenches or other excavations shall be conveyed in a proper manner IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02510 — Water Mains 02510 - 7 to a suitable point of discharge by the Contractor at his own expense . The Contractor shall provide for the disposal of water removed from excavations in a manner that will not cause injury to public health , private or public property , any portion of the work completed or in progress , the surface of the streets , or cause any impediments to the reasonable use of the site by other Contractors . The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all the local regulations and those of the Department of Environmental Regulation regarding pollution of waterways . Should the size of Contractor's dewatering equipment , or the quantity of disposed water, or the method of disposal require a St . Johns ' River Water Mgmt. District permit, the Contractor shall obtain such permit at no additional expense to the Owner and with no additional time added to the Contract. The Contractor shall take special precautions to eliminate any odor problems resulting from the discharge of sulfide water, such as the use of submerged discharge outlets and overflow basins . H . Preparation of Trench - Trenching as shown on the Plan details shall be standard for this project. The - trenches shall be constructed by excavating to the depth indicated on the Plans . The trenches shall then be manually shaped to fit the bell and lower quadrant of the pipe barrel . Mechanical excavation shall be limited to provide an undisturbed trench bottom for the lower quadrant and bell of the pipe . Final excavation shall require hand shaping for placement of the pipe . . If mechanical overcutting occurs , the pipe bedding shall consist of four (4 ) inches of washed and graded sand or crushed rock on undisturbed soil . 3 . 03 LAYING OF PIPE All pipe , fittings and valves shall be installed according to AWWA Specification C600 for ductile iron pipe or AWWA M23 for P . V . C . pipe . Prior to installation , all pipe and appurtenances shall be examined for damage and defects . Under no circumstances shall defective pipe be installed . All lumps , blisters and excess coating materials shall be removed from the socket and plain ends of each pipe . While being placed in the trench , care shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe . As each length of pipe is placed in the trench , the joint shall be assembled and the pipe brought to correct line and grade . At times when pipe laying is not in progress , the open end of the pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug . When practical , the plug shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. When it is necessary to deflect the pipe from a straight line in either the vertical or horizontal plane , or where long radius curves are permitted , the amount of deflection shall not exceed that of Table 5 and 6 in AWWA Specification C600 for ductile iron pipe or AWWA M23 for P . V. C . pipe . A. Thrust Restraint - All valves , dead ends , tees , and bends for changes in alignment shall be appropriately restrained against pipeline thrust . All items installed in the mainline which may cause vertical or horizontal thrust forces shall require the item and appropriate length of upstream and downstream pipe to be mechanically restrained with approved IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02510 — Water Mains 02510 - 8 devices . B . Backfill 1 . General - Where the trench has been dew atered , backfilling must progress sufficiently before pumps are shut off to prevent flotation of pipe . Any pipe that has been displaced perceptibly from its correct position shall be removed and re- laid properly at the Contractor's expense . Backfilling shall follow pipe laying within 100 feet, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, but shall not be performed in any case until the Engineer has approved the line for backfilling . Water shall not be added except as required to obtain Optimum Moisture Content and "flooding " or " puddling " for compaction will not allowed . Backfill material shall be free of roots , logs , limbs , clays , large rocks or any material or debris determined to be unsuitable by the Engineer. The Engineer may reject any material which he considers unsuitable for backfill . The compaction procedures specified herein shall be considered "minimum procedures" to prevent after-settlement and the Contractor shall reopen , refill and recompact any trenches indicating improper backfill procedures or after-settlement. All road crossings shall be backfilled immediately, made passable and maintained passable until the permanent repair is made . 2 . State-Owned Rights-Of-Way Under Pavements - The initial lift (stage 1 ) shall consist of clean , fine , select materials , not exceeding 3/4" in diameter under the haunches of the pipe . The material shall be placed in layers not to exceed 6" . The initial lift shall be manually compacted to 100 % of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T-99 . Subsequent lifts (stage 2) to 12" above the pipe shall be constructed as specified for stage 1 , except that had operated mechanical tampers may be used . Additional lifts in stage 2 , from 12" above the pipe to the top of subgrade shall be carefully backfilled with material free from organic material and stones or clumps exceeding 3-inches (2-inches in the final 6-inch layer) in diameter, and mechanically compacted in 6-inch layers to an average maximum density of 100% as determined by AASHTOT-99 . 3 , All Other Areas Under Pavements - The initial lift shall consist of clean , fine , select materials , not exceeding 3/4" in diameter under the haunches of the pipe . The material shall be placed in layers not to exceed 4" . The initial lift shall be manually compacted to 95 % of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T- 180 . Subsequent lifts to 12" above the pipe shall be constructed as specified for the initial lift, except that had operated mechanical tampers may be used . Additional lifts from 12" above the pipe to the top of subgrade shall be carefully backfilled with material free from organic material and stones or clumps exceeding 3-inches (2-inches in the final 6-final layer) in diameter, and compacted in 6-inch layers to an average maximum IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02510 — Water Mains 02510 - 9 density of 95 % as determined by AASHTO T- 180 . 4 . Areas Outside of Pavements - Backfill of all areas outside of pavements shall be constructed as specified above for "all other areas under pavements " except that the additional lifts shall be constructed as specified to the finished grade . 5 . Densitv Testino - The Contractor shall arrange to have sufficient soil tests made by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Engineer to demonstrate conformance of his work with the stability and compaction levels required by these specifications . Compaction tests shall be taken at intervals listed herein or as deemed necessary by the Engineer. All test results shall be signed and sealed by a Florida Registered Engineer, and a copy provided to the Owner and Engineer. In no case shall the Contractor proceed with construction over compacted material until the tests prove satisfactory and approval is given by the Engineer. In general , at least one test for maximum dry density/optimum moisture content shall be performed on a representative sample of each inherently different material to be used for compacted backfill or embankment fill . As a minimum , in-place density tests shall be performed at the rate of one test location per 300 lineal feet (or fraction thereof) of trench on ( i the compacted backfill , under each drive lane at all roadway crossings and at all significant changes in bedding and backfill material . Tests shall be taken in one foot lifts beginning at one foot above the pipe and ending at the final grade . Test locations shall be as directed by the Engineer or his authorized representative . If any test results are unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall re-excavate and recompact the backfill , at his expense , to the extent directed by the Engineer until the required compaction is obtained . The cost of all proctor and density tests shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be included in the cost of installed and completed water main . C . Installation of Detectable Buried Warning Tape Tape shall be tied to each valve or fitting and shall run continuously with no splices between valves or fittings . Tape shall be placed at a maximum depth of 12 inches below finished grade directly above the pipe centerline . Following placement of tape , the trench shall be backfilled with due caution to prevent displacement or damage to the tape . D . Installation of Detectable Buried Trace Wire Trace wire shall be installed on all pipe , valve and fittings , with splices , branches , connections and terminations as shown on the plans . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02510 — Water Mains 02510 - 10 E . Separation Requirements Water mains shall be laid at least ten ( 10 ) feet horizontally from any existing or proposed sanitary or storm sewer, or any other sanitary hazard . Water mains crossing sanitary hazards shall be laid to provide a minimum vertical clearance of 18 inches between the outside of the water main and the outside of the sanitary hazard . Where the water main passes under the sanitary hazard or the 18 inch clearance cannot be met , the water main shall have a full pipe length centered on the sanitary hazard . The water main pipe section shall be ductile iron pipe or it shall be encased in a minimum of 6 inches of concrete all around . 3 . 04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Hydrostatic Tests - The Contractor shall provide all necessary material and shall perform all work required in connection with the test , including temporary plugs where required . All pipe shall be tested to a hydrostatic pressure of 150 p . s . i . The required pressure as measured at the point of highest elevation shall be applied for not less than two hours , and all pipe , fittings , valves and joints shall be made water-tight if leakage is evident. No ductile iron pipe installation will be accepted unless and until the leakage is less than that as specified under Section 4 . 2 of the AWWA (ANSI ) C600 , P . V. C . pipe installations shall meet the leakage requirements of AWWA M23 as applicable . 3 . 05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Restoring Surfaces - The top surfaces of the backfill shall be restored to the original or planned conditions . Trenches shall be carefully examined upon the completion of backfilling and surface irregularities , that are dangerous or obstructive to traffic, are to be removed . Paved sections shall conform in grade with adjacent areas and shall be of at least equal quality. Design mixes for flexible pavement shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. All damaged or undermined areas of existing pavement, not previously removed , shall be removed and restored to original conditions or in the specified manner. Equipment shall not travel over loose rock fragments , or other hard material , lying on sections or pavement which are not to be removed . Removal , replacement and restoration of areas of pavement shall be as indicated on drawings . 3 . 06 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS The Contractor shall make no connection to the City's existing water system without the City first being given adequate notice of the connection and shall have a City representative present to witness the connection and to operate any existing valves . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02510 — Water Mains 02510 - 11 SECTION 02515 GATE VALVES PART 1 -- SCOPE 1 . 01 GENERAL The work to be performed under this item shall include furnishing and installing gate valves as specified by the Engineer and as shown on the Plans . 1 . 02 REFERENCES Standards applicable in this Specification shall be : A. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1 . AWWA C111 -80 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray- Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings . 2 . AWWA C509-87 - Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems . B . American Society of Testing and Material (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM A126 -84 - Gray- Iron Castings for Valves , Flanges and Pipe fittings . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Shop Drawings - Prior to any fabrication or installation work , the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for review and approval five sets of shop drawings for the following items . All drawings shall be reviewed , approved and stamped by the Contractor pursuant to the provisions of the General Conditions . 1 . Gate Valve 2 , Valve Box PART 2 -- MATERIAL 2 . 01 GATE VALVES (SIZES 4 " TO 12" ) Gate valves shall be of the solid wedge type with resilient seats . Gate valves shall be mechanical jointed and meet the requirements of AWWA C509-87 . Valves shall be iron bodied , bronze mounted , utilizing " O - ring " seals . Resilient seat shall be applied to the gate and shall seal against an epoxy coated metallic surface . The stem shall be of the non -rising type , operated by a standard AWWA , 2- inch IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02515 — Gate Valves 02515 - 1 wrench nut. All valves shall open to the left , using a counterclockwise motion . The stem shall be sealed with a dual "O -ring " system designed such that the seal above the stem collar can be replaced with the valve under pressure in the fully open position . Valves shall be rated for a 150 psi working pressure and a minimum body test pressure of 300 psi . When closed , the valve shall be drip-tight under rated pressure differential applied alternately to each side of the gate . The interior of the valve shall be epoxy lined in accordance with AWWA C550 . The exterior of the valve shall receive a minimum of two , 2 mill dry film thickness , asphaltic coating . All exterior exposed bolts , studs , and nuts shall be corrosion resistant, zinc-coated in conformance with ASTM A153 , 2 . 02 VALVE BOXES All buried valves shall have cast two or three piece valve boxes with cast iron covers . Valve boxes shall be provided with suitable heavy bonnets and extend to an elevation at or slightly above the valve bonnet . The barrel shall be one or two-piece , screw type , having 5 - 1 /4 inch shaft. Covers shall have 'WATER" cast into the top for all water main . All valves shall have actuating nuts extended to within six inches of the top of valve box cover. All valve boxes shall be set in a square concrete valve box bonnet in accordance with the Drawings . PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK �- 4 3 . 01 Gate valves shall be installed as typical sections of the pipeline . The requirements for pipeline foundation and backfill shall be followed in all regards when installing buried service gate valves . 3 . 02 Care shall be taken so that the valve box does not transmit loads directly to the valve body. Valve boxes shall be installed perpendicular and flush with the ground surface as shown on the Plans . 3 . 03 All gate valves shall be mechanically restrained to the attached pipe sections . Pipe sections both upstream and downstream of each valve shall be restrained the minimum required length as that shown for a plug in the Restraint Length Detail on the Drawings . END OF SECTION z IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02515 — Gate Valves 02515 - 2 SECTION 02516 - SITE CONCRETE (WALKS & SLABS PART 1 - GENERAL A . The drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary conditions and Division 1 -- Specifications Sections , apply to work of this Section . 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION A . Extent of portland cement concrete paving , walks and slabs are shown on the drawings . B . Prepared subbase is specified in " Earthwork" Section . C . Concrete and related sections are specified in Division 3 , D . Joint fillers and sealers are specified in Division 7 . 1 . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Codes and Standards : Comply with local governing regulations if more stringent than herein specified . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Furnish samples , manufacturer' s product data , test reports , and materials , certifications as required in referenced sections for concrete and joint fillers . 1 . 04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Traffic Control : Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities . B . Utilize barricades , warning signs and warning lights as required . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A. Forms : Steel , wood or other suitable material of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal . Use straight forms , free of distortion and defects . Use flexible spring steel forms , masonite or laminated boards to form radius IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02516 — Site Concrete (Walks & Slabs) 02516- 1 bends as required . Be Coat forms with a non -staining form release agent that will not discolor or deface surface of concrete . co Reinforcing : Welded Wire Mesh plain cold -drawn steel wire fabric , ASTM A 185 , or Fibermesh admixture . D . Concrete Materials : Comply with requirements of applicable Division 3 Sections for concrete materials , admixtures , bonding materials , curing materials , and others as required . 2 . 02 CONCRETE MIX , DESIGN AND TESTING A . Design mix to produce standard -weight concrete consisting of portland cement , 3/4" aggregate , air-entrained admixture and water to produce the following properties : 1 . Compressive Strength : 3000 - psi minimum at 28 days 2 . Slump Range : 4" plus/minus 1 " slump 3 . Air Content : 5 % to 8 % 4 . Water reducing or other supplemental admixtures will not be allowed . 5 . Pea rock pump- mix will not be allowed for any slabs on grade . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 SURFACE PREPARATION A . Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete . Be Proof- roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and need for additional compaction . Do not begin paving work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive concrete . C . Set forms to required grades and lines , rigidly braced and secured . Install sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement . D . Check completed form work for grade and alignment to following IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02516 — Site Concrete (Walks & Slabs) 02516-2 tolerances : 1 . Top of forms not more than 1 /8 " in 10 ' . 2 . Vertical face on longitudinal axis , not more than 1 /4" in 10 ' . 3 . Clean forms after each use , and coat with form release agent as often as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage . 3 . 02 CONCRETE PLACEMENT: A . General : Comply with requirements of Division 3 sections for mixing and placing concrete , and as herein specified . B . Do not place concrete until subbase and forms have been checked for line and grade . Moisten subbase if required to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed . Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment . C . Place concrete using methods which prevent segregation of mix . Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies , reinforcement , or side forms . Use only square -faced shovels for hand - spreading and consolidation . Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing , dowels , and joint devices . D . Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints , as far as possible . If interrupted for more than 2 hour, place a construction joint. Do not use concrete pumps unless they are capable of delivering 3/4 " rock mix . 3 . 03 JOINTS : A. General : Construct expansion , weakened - plane (contraction ) , and construction joints true -to- line with face perpendicular to surface of concrete . Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline , unless otherwise indicated . B . Tooled Joints : Form weakened - plane joints in fresh concrete by grooving top portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing edges with a jointer . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02516 — Site Concrete (Walks & Slabs) 02516-3 C . Construction Joints : Place construction joints at the end of pours and at locations where placement operations are stopped for a period of more than 2 hours , except where such pours terminate at expansion joints . D . Sawcut Control Joints shall be cut a minimum of 1 " deep within 24 hours of concrete placement and located per drawings . 3 . 04 CONCRETE FINISHING A . After striking -off and consolidating concrete , smooth surface by screeding and floating . Use hand methods only where mechanical floating is not possible . Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture . Be After floating , test surface to trueness with a 10 ' straightedge . Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities , and refloat repaired areas to provide a continuous smooth finish . C . Work edges of slabs , back top edge of curb , and formed joints with an edging tool , and round to 2 " radius , unless otherwise indicated . Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface . D . After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared , complete surface finishing as follows : 1 . Broom finish , by drawing a .fine- hair broom across concrete surface , perpendicular to line of traffic . Repeat operation if required to provide a fine line texture acceptable to Architect . E . Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed . After form removal , clean . ends of joints and point- up any minor honeycombed areas . Remove and replace areas of sections with major defects , as directed by Architect . 3 . 05 CURING A . Protect and cure finished concrete paving , complying with applicable requirements of Division 3 sections . Use moist-curing methods for initial curing whenever possible . 3 . 06 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A . Repair or replace broken or defective concrete , as directed by Architect. Be Drill test cores where directed by Architect , when necessary to determine IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02516 — Site Cqncrete (Walks & Slabs) 02516-4 magnitude of cracks or defective areas . Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to pavement with epoxy resin grout . Co Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work . Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement . When construction traffic is permitted , maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. D . Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains , discolorations , dirt and other foreign material just prior to final inspection . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02516 — Site Concrete (Walks & Slabs) 02516-5 SECTION 02518 r MISCELLANEOUS WATER APPURTENANCES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well established reputable firms who are fully experienced and qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished . The equipment shall be designed , constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these specifications as applicable . 1 . 02 All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon some appropriate part of the body. PART 2 -- PIPE TAPPING SADDLES 2 . 01 WATER SUPPLY TAP Tapping saddles shall be manufactured of high strength iron bodies , coated with a minimum 12 mills of fusion bonded epoxy . The body shall incorporate a Buba - N rubber gasket conforming to ASTM- D2000 and be provided with a F . I . P . threaded top . The saddle shall be double bolted , with the band , bolts and all hardware of type 304 stainless steel . The tapping saddles shall be " Ford" model FC202 , or approved equal . 2 . 02 FORCE MAIN TAP AND VALVE Tapping sleeves shall be long body , mechanical joint end with flanged outlet , ductile iron construction , split in two sections and designed for assembly around the main without halting service . The sleeve shall be suitable for use with the type and O . D . of pipe being tapped . Tapping valves ends shall be a standard flange _ (for bolting to the sleeve ) by mechanical joint. Valves shall have oversized seat rings to permit entry of the tapping machine cutters and , except ' as otherwise specified , shall be similar in construction and operation to AWWA C509 gate valves ( NRS ) . Tapping valves and sleeves shall be cold water pressure rated at 200 psi minimum for valve sizes up to 12 inches or less and 150 psi minimum for valve size over 12 inches . Tapping sleeves and valves shall be " Mueller" or approved equal . PART 3 -- CORPORATION STOPS Corporation stops for use with polyethylene pipe shall be of the ball type , constructed of 85- 5- 5-5 brass alloy conforming to ASTM - 662 . The corporation stop shall have an M . I . P . T . end by compression end with split gland retainer. Corporation stop shall meet AWWA-C800 standards . Corporation stops shall be " Ford " , model FB1101 , or approved equal . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02518 — Miscellaneous Water Appurtenances 02518 - 1 PART 4 -- CURB STOP Curb stop for connecting the polyethylene water service line to P . V . C . pipe shall be of the ball type , constructed of 85- 5- 5 -5 brass alloy conforming to ASTM- 662 . The corporation stop shall have a compression end by F . I . P . T . end . The curb stop shall meet AWWA-C800 standards. Curb stop shall be a " Ford " , model KV43 , or approved equal . PART 5 -- FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS 4 . 01 Flexible couplings shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on the Drawings or as further specified hereafter. Sleeve type couplings shall be used with all buried piping . The couplings shall be of steel and shall be Dresser Style 38 , Smith Blair Style 413 , Baker Allsteel , or equal . The coupling shall be provided with hot dipped galvanized steel bolts and nuts unless indicated otherwise . All couplings shall be furnished with the pipe stop removed . Couplings shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable for exposure to the liquid within a pipe . PART 6 -- POLYETHYLENE WATER SERVICE PIPE Potable water service pipe shall be single piece , SDR9 , PE-3408 polyethylene , pipe , conforming to AWWA-C901 . Polyethylene pipe ends shall be provided with stainless steel tube stiffeners . Joints for plastic tubing shall be of the compression type , utilizing at totally confined grip seal and coupling nut, along with a split clamp locking device . END OF SECTION r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02518 — Miscellaneous Water Appurtenances 02518 - 2 SECTION 02520 TESTING AND DISINFECTING WATER MAINS PART 1 -- DISINFECTING POTABLE WATER PIPELINES 1 . 01 The new water system shall remain disconnected from existing water lines except for the temporary jumper connection . All water used to fill and test the new water system shall be obtained through the temporary jumper connection . Flushing shall be accomplished through the new connection only under direction by the Utility Authority and only after installation of upstream and downstream pressure gauges . 1 . 02 Before pressure testing against existing water system valves , and before being placed into service , potable water pipelines shall be chlorinated in accordance with the latest edition of AWWA C-651 , "Standard Procedure for Disinfecting Water Mains" . The procedure shall be approved by the Engineer. The location of the chlorination and sampling points will be as shown on the Drawings . Taps for chlorination and sampling shall be uncovered and backfilled by the Contractor as required . 1 . 03 The pressure required for the field hydrostatic pressure test shall be 50 percent above the normal working pressure but not less than 150 psi . The Contractor shall provide temporary plugs and blocking necessary to maintain the required test pressure . Corporation cocks at least 3/4-inches in diameter, pipe riser and angle globe valves shall be provided at each pipe dead -end in order to bleed air from the line . Duration of pressure test shall be at least 2 hours . The cost of these items shall be included as a part of testing . 1 . 04 The leakage test shall be conducted concurrently with the hydrostatic pressure test and shall be of not less than 2 hours duration . All leaks evident at the surface shall be repaired and leakage eliminated regardless of total leakage as shown by test. Lines which fail to meet tests shall be repaired and retested as necessary until test requirements are complied with . Defective materials , pipes , valves and accessories shall be removed and replaced . The pipe section to be tested shall be between valves or in such sections as may be directed by the Engineer by shutting valves or installing temporary plugs as required . In no case shall the section of line to be hydrostatically tested exceed 2000 feet in length . The line shall be filled with water and all air removed and the test pressure shall be maintained in the pipe for the entire test period by means of a force pump to be furnished by the Contractor. Accurate means shall be provided for measuring the water required to maintain this pressure . The amount of water required is a measure of the leakage . 1 . 05 The Contractor must submit his plan for testing to the Engineer for review at least five (5 ) working days before starting the test. The Contractor shall remove and adequately dispose of all blocking material and equipment after completion and acceptance of the field hydrostatic test, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Any damage to the pipe coating shall be repaired by the Contractor. Lines shall be totally free and clean prior to final acceptance . 1 . 06 The Engineer or the Engineer' s representative must be present during testing . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02520 — Testing and Disinfecting Water Mains 02520 - 1 PART 2 -- PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS OF UNDERGROUND PRESSURE PIPING 2 . 01 Hydrostatic pressure and leakage tests for ductile iron pipe shall conform with Section 4 of AWWA Standard C-600 , with the exception that the Contractor shall furnish all gauges , meters , pressure pumps and other equipment needed to test the line . PVC pipe shall be tested in accordance with AWWA Standard C605 , " Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride ( PVC ) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water". Engineer shall be present during all testing , and final inspections . No hydrostatic testing against existing system valves shall be allowed until the section to be tested has been bacteriologically cleared . 2 . 02 The new water system shall remain disconnected (connecting valve to be locked in the closed position ) from existing water lines except for the temporary jumper connection . All water used to fill and test the new water system shall be obtained through the temporary jumper connection . Flushing shall only be conducted in . accordance with the plans . 2 . 03 The general procedure for chlorination shall be first to flush all dirty or discolored water from the lines , and then introduce chlorine in approved dosages in accordance with Table 11 - 1 through a tap at one end , while water is being withdrawn at the other end of the line . The chlorine solution shall remain in the pipeline for no less than 24 hours . 2 . 04 Following the chlorination period , all treated water shall be flushed from the lines at their extremities and replaced with water from the distribution system . Bacteriological sampling and analysis of the replacement water shall then be made in the presence of the Engineer in full accordance with the AWWA Standard C-651 . The Contractor will be required to re-chlorinate , if necessary. The line shall not be placed in service until the requirements of the State and County Public Health Department are met. 2 . 05 The Contractor shall make all arrangements necessary with an independent commercial laboratory approved by the Department of Health and Rehabilitative Service ( HRS ) for the collection and examination of samples of water from disinfected water mains . These samples shall be examined for compliance with HRS requirements . Sampling shall be made daily and continuously until two successive examinations are found satisfactory . Should three examinations be found unsatisfactory, the line shall be flushed and disinfected again . Certified copies of all laboratory analyses shall be provided to the Owner. The cost of all sampling , flushing , and disinfecting shall be included in the contract price and no additional charge shall be made to the Owner for this work. City personnel shall operate all valves and be present to determine volume of water used for flushing . r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02520 — Testing and Disinfecting Water Mains 02520 - 2 TABLE 11 - 1 Chlorine Required to Produce 25-mg/L Concentration in 100 ft. of Pipe by Diameter ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pipe 100- Percent 1 - Percent Diameter Chlorine Chlorine Solution in . Ib . gal . -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 0 . 013 0 . 16 6 0 . 030 0 . 36 8 0 . 054 0 . 65 10 0 . 085 1 . 02 12 0 . 120 1 .44 16 0 . 217 2 . 60 END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02520 — Testing and Disinfecting Water Mains 02520 - 3 SECTION 02530 i GRAVITY SEWER PIPING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE The work to be performed under this item shall include the selling and delivering and the installing of polyvinyl chloride gravity sewer mainline pipe and service laterals as herein specified . Installation of service laterals shall follow the installation of service wye or tee in the main within seven (7 ) calendar days . 1 . 02 REFERENCES Standard applicable in these Specifications shall be : A . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM ) . 1 . ASTM D3034-81 Standard Specification for Type PSM ( Polyvinyl Chloride ) PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings . 2 . ASTM D2321 -80 Standard Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe . 3 , ASTM F477 -76 Standard . Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets ) for Joining Plastic Pipe , 4 . ASTM D3212- 81 Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals . B . American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials , 1 . AASHTO T- 180-74 Moisture- Density Relations of Soils Using a 10 Ib . (4 . 54 kg . ) Rammer and an 18- inch (457 mm ) Drop . 2 , AASHTO T- 99-74 The Moisture- Density Relations of Soils Using a 5 . 5 lb . (2 . 5 kg . ) Rammer and a 122-inch (305 mm ) Drop , as modified by T-99-801 ( Dated 1981 ) : 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings - Prior to any fabrication or installation work , the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for review and approval five (5 ) sets of shop drawings for the following items . All drawings shall be reviewed , approved and stamped by the Contractor prior to submission to the Engineer. 1 . Pipe length and class , fittings and special pieces . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02530 — Gravity Sewer Piping 02530 - 1 2 . Joint method to be used . 3 . Manufacturers ' data on identification tape and electronic location trace wire to be supplied . PART 2 -- MATERIALS 2 . 01 Ductile Iron Pipe A . General : Ductile Iron Pipe for gravity sewers shall have a working pressure of 150 psi and shall have adequate strength and thickness for Laying Condition Type 4 . Pipe shall meet all the requirements of the latest AWWA Standards C150 and C151 (4" - Class 52 ; 6 " and larger Class 50 ) and conform to the requirements of ASTM A-746 . ( Four inch (4" ) DI pipe is authorized for use as a lateral serving only one single family dwelling ) . B . Joints : Joints shall be push -on type consisting of an integral bell with an elastomeric gasket or mechanical type utilizing a single gasket made of plain rubber or neoprene . Either joint type shall meet the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C111 /A21 . 11 , C . Linings and Coatings : 1 . External surfaces of DI pipe shall be coated with a minimum 10 mil thickness of Koppers Co . Bitumastic 300m or Protech EP214 Epoxy Mastic or approved equivalent. 2 . Internal surfaces shall be coated to a minimum thickness of 40 mil with McWane 's Protecto 401 ceramic lining or approved equal . 3 . Where directed by the City, polyethylene film encasement , conforming to AWWA Standard C105 (Type I , Class C , Grade E- 1 , 8 mil thickness ) shall be utilized for ductile iron pipe . 2 . 02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC ) PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC Pipe ( SDR35 ) - PVC pipe shall meet ASTM D-3034 requirements . The joints shall consist of an integral bell with elastomeric gasket. The gasket shall be locked securely in the bell . The pipe shall be approximately 12 . 5' or 20 ' lengths . The pipe must meet or exceed the testing procedure per ASTM D-2412 , D-3212-73T and D-2444 . The pipe shall be manufactured from clean virgin , Class 11332 - B PVC compound conforming to the latest ASTM Standard C- 1784 . Connections to pipes of other materials or to pipes with dimensions not compatible with SDR 35 pipe shall be made using couplings of rigid P . V . C . construction with elastomeric gaskets , as manufactured by " Harco" , or equal . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02530 - 2 02530 — Gravity Sewer Piping 2 . 03 SERVICE LATERAL MARKER SYSTEM a . A stake shall be placed at the end of each lateral and shall be 4" x 4 " pine , 4 feet long . The stake shall be pressure treated lumber, painted red at the top . 2 . 04 BURIED IDENTIFICATION TAPE Detectable buried identification tape shall be installed for all pipe . Tape shall be 2 inches minimum width , consisting of a minimum 5 mil overall thickness with a solid aluminum foil core . Construction shall be 2 mil clear film , reverse print laminated to aluminum foil to 2 mil clear film , making the film permanently printed . Tape shall be furnished in manufacturers ' standard roll length , meeting the "American Public Works Association " (APWA) color code , and shall be imprinted continuously with the following words , unless otherwise approved : " GRAVITY SEWER" Detectable buried warning tape shall be equal to or better than " PRO- LINE " underground utility marking tape as manufactured by Pro- Line Safety Products Co . , 1099 Atlantic Drive , Unit # 1 , West Chicago , IL . 2 . 05 DETECTABLE BURIED TRACE WIRE Trace wire shall be continuous # 14 THHN , single conductor copper wire . PVC color sheathing shall meet the color code of the "American Public Works Association " (APWA) . 2 . 06 FOUNDATION ROCK A sieve analysis of the limerock shall conform to the following limits : Passing 1 " - 100 % Passing 3/4" - 90 - 100% Passing 3/8" - 20 - 55 % Passing #4 - 0 - 10 % Passing #8 - 0 - 5 % PART 3 -- INSTALLATION 3 . 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All work shall be proved to be in first class condition and constructed properly in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications . All defects and leaks disclosed by required testing shall be remedied . All tests shall be performed by the Contractor and observed by the Engineer. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02530 — Gravity Sewer Piping 02530 - 3 B . All pipe and structures shall be installed on dry , firm bedding . The free water surface shall be shall be lowered to at least 12 inches below the bedding surface prior to placing pipe or structures and shall be maintained at that depth throughout bedding , haunching , and initial backfilling of the work . During subsequent backfilling , the water level shall be kept sufficiently below the working surface to allow compaction of backfill to the required density , and until required density tests have been performed . C . Temporary supports shall be installed for adequate protection and maintenance of all underground and surface structures , water lines , drains , and other obstructions encountered in the progress of the work . Any structure which may have been disturbed shall be restored upon completion of the work . D . Blasting shall not be permitted except by written approval of the Engineer. E . Trenching and subsequent backfilling within the general construction site shall be accomplished as expeditiously as possible in order to prevent trench decay and maintain a clear operational area . F . Prior to any excavation or trenching outside the designated limits of the work site , the Contractor shall secure the necessary permits and/or authorization from the applicable Owner, or confirm that such has been previously obtained . The stipulations of said permit or authorization shall be completely followed and , prior to construction operations , notice shall be provided to the appropriate Owner and Engineer. 3 . 02 HANDLING MATERIALS A . Pipe , fittings , and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by hand or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage . Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped . Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground . B . In distributing the material at the site of the work , each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench . 3 . 03 ALIGNMENT , GRADE AND COVER FOR BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS A . Gravity sewers shall be laid and maintained to the required lines , depths , and grades . B . Wherever obstructions not indicated on the Drawings are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration in the Drawings is required , the Engineer will order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02530 - 4 02530 — Gravity Sewer Piping structures for the removal , relocation , or reconstruction of the j obstructions . C . The maximum permissible deflection for pipe and fittings shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. D . Installation of gravity sewers shall be controlled by use of a laser to maintain proper grade . The Contractor shall also be responsible for verifying elevations of the pipe , as indicated on the Drawings , at sufficient points during progress of the work to identify discrepancies between actual and plan elevations due to laser misalignment , equipment error , etc . , and to correct the work as required to conform to the Drawings . 3 . 04 PIPE TRENCH EXCAVATION A . Trench Dimensions 1 . The minimum width of the trench shall be equal to the outside diameter .of the pipe at the joints plus 8 inches for unsheeted trenches , or 12 inches for sheeted trench , and the maximum width of trench , measured at the top of the pipe , shall not exceed the nominal pipe diameter plus two feet , unless otherwise shown on the Drawing details or approved by the Engineer. Trench walls shall be vertical from the bottom of the trench to a line measured one foot above the top of the pipe . From one foot above the top of the pipe to the surface , the trench walls shall be as nearly vertical as soil conditions will permit, unless otherwise detailed on the Drawings . Spaces for joints , fittings , manholes and other structures shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, or alternate methods are detailed on the Drawings . Should the specified maximum width of trench be exceeded , the pipe shall be adequately reinforced as directed by the Engineer, at the Contractor's expense . 2 . Trench grade for utilities or structures not requiring special bedding material shall be defined as the grade of the bottom surface of the utility or structure to be constructed or placed within the trench . Such shaping of the trench bottom , as may be required to provide suitable bedding , shall be considered to be a part of this work . Trench grade in non -cushioning material shall be defined as 6 inches below the outside of the bottom of the utility, which 6 inches shall be backfilled with suitable bedding material . Unauthorized excavation below trench grade shall be backfilled to trench grade and suitably compacted by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner. Final trimming and grading of trench bottom shall be done manually . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02530 — Gravity Sewer Piping 02530 - 5 3 . 05 BACKFILL AND BEDDING MATERIALS l A . TYPE 1 - Type 1 material shall be either well -graded crushed stone or crushed gravel meeting the requirements of ASTM Designation C33- 71a , Gradation 67 (3/4 inch to No . 4 Sieve ) or air cooled blast furnace slag along or in combination with crushed stone and/or crushed gravel conforming to ASTM Designation C33- 71a requirements . This material shall be used primarily for pipeline and manhole foundations . B . Type 2 - Type 2 material shall be unclassified material .obtained from the Contractor's excavations and approved by the Engineer. The material shall be substantially free from wood , roots , humus , peat , muck , and other organic materials , and shall not contain clods , stones , masonry rubble , and the like , greater than 6 inches through the largest dimension . In general , the material shall consist of sand , loam , sandy- loam , clayey-sand , gravel , or crushed stone . C . Type 3 - Type 3 material shall be select granular material , free from organic matter, of such size and gradation that the desired compaction can be readily attained and shall meet the requirements for A3 material according to the Revised Bureau of Public Roads Classifications . Material from the Contractor's excavations may be used , if it meets the above requirements . Otherwise it must be imported . 3 . 06 BEDDING AND FOUNDATIONS A. Ordinary Bedding — 1 . The bottom of the trench shall be hand shaped to provide a firm bedding for the utility pipe . The utility shall be firmly bedded in undisturbed firm soil . The bedding shall be shaped so that the pipe will be in continuous contact therewith for its full length and shall provide a minimum bottom segment for the pipe equal to 0 . 6 of the outside diameter of the barrel . Excavation under the bell shall be sufficient so that the bell does not support the pipe and the joint can be made without interference . B . Unsuitable Bedding Material 1 . Class C Bedding shall be used for all pipeline construction unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or unless unsuitable material is encountered at the bedding surface . In the event that the materials encountered at normal bottom of trench excavation are , in the judgment of the Engineer, unsuitable to act as foundation for the pipe , such material shall be excavated for the full width of the trench to the depth necessary to obtain a suitable foundation . The Engineer will notify the Contractor, in writing , of the necessity for and extent of the material to be removed and the Contractor shall remove such unsuitable material as soon as possible and backfill in accordance with the requirements for Class IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02530 — Gravity Sewer Piping 02530 - 6 B Bedding . All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the i Contractor. 3 . 07 PIPE TRENCH BACKFILL A. Initial Backfill 1 . Initial backfill shall be placed as soon as possible after laying the pipe and shall maintain a pace with the pipe laying so that no more than five pipe joints separate laying and backfilling operations . Initial backfill shall include all haunching and backfill from the top of the bedding to a compacted depth of twelve inches over the pipe . All haunching and backfilling shall be done in the dry . 2 . Initial backfill shall be done as specified below : 2 . 1 Haunching of the pipe shall be by hand placement and compaction of material in maximum 4 inch layers from the bottom of the trench to the springline of the pipe , taking care to fill all voids below and around the pipe . Backfilling shall be carefully continued in layers not exceeding 6 inches in thickness for the full trench width until the compacted fill is 12 inches above the top of the pipe . 2 . 2 During initial backfilling the fill shall be deposited evenly along both sides of the pipe from a height not to exceed 2 feet above the top of pipe , and fill shall not be dropped directly on the unprotected pipe surface . 2 . 3 Where thrust blocks , encasement , or other cast- in - place concrete items are below grade , no . backfilling shall start until the specific items have been inspected and approved by the Engineer or his authorized representative . 2 . 4 The backfill to one foot above the top of the utility shall be thoroughly compacted with curved end tamping bars under and on each side of the pipe and flat tamped between the pipe and trench wall and shall be completed before the remainder of the trench is backfilled . Initial backfill shall be compacted to 100 percent of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T- 180 . No subsequent backfill will be permitted until the initial backfill has been accepted by the Engineer or his authorized representative . B . Subsequent Backfill 1 . Subsequent backfill is that backfill between the initial backfill and the finished ground level or bottom of subbase . 2 . Subsequent backfill material shall be placed full trench width in horizontal layers not exceeding 12 inches loose depth and compacted by power-operated tampers , rollers , or vibratory equipment to a density equal to 98 percent of the maximum IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02530 — Gravity Sewer Piping 02530 - 7 . density as determined by AASHTO T- 180 for pipe placed under and adjacent to roadways or paved surfaces , and 95 percent ( j under areas where no pavement is to be constructed and vehicular traffic is not to pass over the pipe . Each layer shall be compacted to the specified density prior to placing subsequent layers . The thickness of the loose layer may be increased when in -place density tests show that the specified density can be obtained . C . Backfill Material 1 . Type 2 material shall be used for initial backfill and subsequent backfill with the following conditions : Initial backfill shall be predominately sandy material free from rock or stone greater than 1 1 /2 inches diameter, and the maximum allowable dimension of a stone or rock fragment for subsequent backfill shall be 6 inches . If in the opinion of the Engineer the Type 2 material will not provide adequate and uniform support for load distribution to the pipe , the Contractor shall obtain and place either Type 1 or Type 3 backfill as determined by the Engineer . 2 . All excavated material not suitable for backfill shall be placed on site at an acceptable location , by Owner, or hauled off the job at the price set forth in the accepted Bid Documents . All material that is brought in from other sources for backfill shall be at the price set forth in the Contract . 3 . Excavated material to be used for backfill shall be neatly deposited at the sides of the trenches where space is available to protect against caving or sloughing into the trench . Where stockpiling of excavated material is required , the Contractor shall coordinate the site location with the Engineer and shall maintain his operations to provide for natural drainage and not present an unsightly appearance . No excavated material shall be placed on private property without the consent of the property owner. D . Compaction Methods 1 . Mechanical compaction shall be accomplished using pneumatic or gasoline-powered tampers or flat- plate vibrators , with the exception that the first two feet of backfilling over the pipe shall be compacted by hand - operated tamping devices . 2 . Flooding or puddling with water to consolidate backfill is not acceptable , except where sand is encountered below unpaved areas only, and only . with prior approval by the Engineer. The flooding or puddling operation shall be repeated with each two feet of backfill placed . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02530 — Gravity Sewer Piping 02530 - 8 E . Density Tests 1 . The Contractor shall arrange to have sufficient soil tests made by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Engineer to demonstrate conformance of his work with the stability and compaction levels required by these specifications . Compaction tests shall be taken at intervals listed herein or as deemed necessary by the Engineer. All test results shall be signed and sealed by a Florida Registered Engineer , and a copy provided to the Owner and Engineer . 2 . Any proposed alternative test methods to those specified herein must be approved by the Engineer prior to testing . At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide such documentation of a proposed alternative test method as the Engineer may require to evaluate the method for approval . 3 . In no case shall the Contractor proceed with construction on compacted material until the tests prove satisfactory and approval is given by the Engineer. 4 . In general , at least one test for maximum dry density/optimum moisture content shall be performed on a representative sample of each inherently different material to be used for compacted backfill or embankment fill . For material of uniform composition and textural class , a minimum of two test locations per mainline run between manholes shall be performed . 5 . As a minimum , in - place density tests shall be performed at the rate of on the compacted backfill and shall be taken in one foot intervals beginning at one foot above the pipe and ending at the final grade . Test locations shall be as directed by the Engineer or his authorized representative . If any test results are unsatisfactory , the Contractor shall re-excavate and recompact the backfill , at his expense , to the extent directed by the Engineer until the required compaction is obtained . 6 . The costs of all sampling , proctor and density testing shall be paid for by the Contractor. 3 . 08 PIPE SYSTEM LAYING AND JOINTING A. General 1 . Unless otherwise specified herein or directed by the Engineer, all pipe and fittings shall be laid and joined in accordance with the appropriate manufacturer's directions with regard to allowable barrel and joint deflection , spigot seating depth , gasket placement, lubrication , bolt torque , field cutting/trimming , and pushing/pulling methods for joint assembly . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02530 — Gravity Sewer Piping 02530 - 9 2 . Prior to placing in the trench , each pipe section , joint, and fitting shall be checked for damage or defects such as cracks , blisters , coating/lining separation , gouges , and the like . Any damage or defective materials found shall not be installed unless approved by the Engineer, and shall be marked 'REJECTED " and immediately removed from the work site . 3 . Prior to installation , the interior of all pipe and fittings shall be inspected for debris , sediment accumulation , sand , and the like , and shall be cleaned as required to remove such foreign matter. Joint surfaces such as gaskets , gasket grooves , spigots , and bells shall be cleaned of sand and grit prior to joining . 4 . Gasket lubricants shall be stored and applied in a manner that will prevent significant contamination or pick-up of sand and grit. 5 . The pipe spigot shall be centered in and aligned with its mating bell prior to insertion and forced evenly in a straight line to seating depth , taking care not to over- bell the joint . Where required , deflections shall be made after the joint is seated . 6 . Joining shall generally be done by hand or by push - bar with a cushion block whenever pipe size and weight permit. When a mechanical pushing/pulling device such as chain- puller, come- along , and the like is required , the device shall be used in a manner that will not deform gouge , chip , or otherwise damage the pipe or cause significant disturbance of the prepared bedding . In no -" case shall joints be made by " popping -on " or swinging the spigot into the bell to seat the joint . 7 . Fittings and appurtenances shall be fully, independently supported on the bedding or on a permanent foundation so as not to bear on the pipe upon completion of the installation . 8 . The installed piping system shall be kept free of dirt, trench water, and other foreign matter during the progress of the work , and all open ends of the line shall be sealed with watertight plugs whenever work is not in progress . 9 . Empty installed pipe shall be secured against flotation due to potential trench flooding by timely placement of sufficient backfill or approved anchoring devices sufficient to resist pipe buoyancy. 3 . 09 INSTALLATION OF FITTINGS A . Fittings , plugs , and caps shall be set and jointed to pipe in the manner heretofore specified for cleaning , laying and jointing pipe . B . Installation of manholes shall conform to the details as shown on the Drawings and , unless otherwise specified , shall conform with Section 425 of the 1986 Edition of the Florida D . O . T . Standard IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02530 — Gravity Sewer Piping 02530 - 10 Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . Backfill shall be placed in lifts not to exceed 12 inches loose depth and compacted to 95 percent of maximum density per AASHTO T- 180 in unpaved areas and to required subgrade density in areas of paving or curbing . C . Density tests shall be taken on the compacted backfill at all manholes . There shall be a minimum of one test location for each manhole . The test location shall be taken at the location designated by the Engineer' s representative . The density tests shall be taken at each location at one foot intervals beginning at the bottom of the excavation and ending at the final grade . The costs of all testing shall be paid for by the Contractor. 3 . 10 INSTALLATION OF DETECTABLE BURIED WARNING TAPE Tape shall be attached to the pipe for its entire length . Tape shall also be placed at a maximum depth of 12 inches below finished grade directly above the pipe centerline . Following placement of tape , the trench shall be backfilled with due caution to prevent displacement or damage to the tape . 3 . 11 INSTALLATION OF DETECTABLE BURIED TRACE WIRE Trace wire shall be installed on all pipe and fittings , with splices , branches , connections and terminations as shown on the plans . 3 . 12 AS - BUILT DRAWINGS A. During the installation of gravity sewer lines , the Contractor' s Registered Florida Surveyor and Mapper shall keep accurate records of the As- Built construction showing the location of all changes in elevation , alignment, services , utility crossings , structures and similar data . Items shall be located from permanent objects such as centerline of street, manholes , valves , etc. Immediately upon completion of the sanitary sewer inverts and prior to placement of roadway base , the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer an As- Built Drawing , signed and sealed by a Florida registered surveyor, showing the manhole separations , inverts and rim elevations . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02530 — Gravity Sewer Piping 02530 - 11 SECTION 02532 1 GRAVITY SEWER MANHOLES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE The work to be performed under this item shall include the furnishing of all materials , equipment and labor required for the installation of pre -casts gravity sewer manholes as herein described and as shown on the Plans . The Contractor shall perform all excavation , backfilling , and related work required for the construction of the gravity sewer manholes in accordance with the provisions set forth under the applicable items of this Specification . 1 . 02 REFERENCES Standard applicable in this Specification shall be : A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM A48-76 - Specifications for Gray Iron Castings . 2 , ASTM C478-82a - Standard Specification for Pre-cast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Section 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Shop Drawings - Prior to any fabrication or installation work , the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for review and approval five (5 ) sets of shop drawings for the following items . All drawings shall be reviewed , approved and stamped by the Contractor prior to submittal to the Engineer. 1 . Pre- cast manholes B . Manufacturer's Data - Prior to any fabrication or installation work , the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for review and approval , manufacturer's data for the following items : 1 . Manhole frames and covers 2 . Press seal pipe connectors 3 . " Ram - Nek" mastic joint sealer PART 2 -- MATERIALS 2 . 01 MANHOLES A . Pre -cast Manholes - Pre -cast manholes shall conform with the typical manhole details as shown on the Plan and shall consist of a pre-casts reinforced base , cast monolithically with a minimum two foot length of IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02532 — Gravity Sewer Manhole 02532 - 1 barrel section , additional barrel sections and manhole cones . All concrete used in tPhe construction of re-cast manholes shall be Type II with a 28 - t da compressive strength of 4000 psi . Pre-cast manhole sections shall be circular and formed with male and female ends so that when assembled they will make a continuous , uniform manhole . Joints shall be of such design as will permit effective jointing by using a continuous keyed construction joint. Keyed sections shall be joined and sealed using " Ram-Nek" or other mastic sealant approved by the Engineer and capable of preventing leaks between the sections . After placement of the manhole sections , anti -hydro grout shall be used to point all remaining joint surfaces and lifting holes . Alternate designs will be permitted only when they have received approval from the Engineer prior to their fabrication . Pre-cast concrete manholes shall conform with the requirements of ASTM Designation C478 , except that the minimum acceptable wall thickness shall be 8 - inches . Manhole steps will not be provided . After the manhole is assembled and before backfilling , all joints shall be filled with anti-hydro grout and pointed to form a dense hard joint . Two coats ( minimum of 8 mil dry thickness per coat) , of Coal Tar Epoxy coating , or approved equal , shall be applied to the entire surface , inside i and outside , of the manhole . These coatings shall be applied in -- accordance with the manufacturer's directions . Brick collars , above the roof slab or manhole cone , to bring the manhole to finished grade , shall be laid to the thickness and dimensions shown on the Plans . All brick shall be thoroughly wetted before laying and shall be laid in a full bed and joint of mortar. B . Manhole Frames and Covers Manhole frames and covers shall be close-grained gray cast iron castings conforming to ASTM A48 , Class 30 iron . Castings shall be of uniform quality, free from blow holes , porosity , hard spots , shrinkage , defects , cracks or other injurious defects . They shall be smooth and well cleaned by shot blasting and , unless otherwise specified shall be coated with coal tar pitch varnish of a type which will make a smooth coating , tough and tenacious when cold , not tacky and not brittle . Frame and covers shall have a minimum total weight of 400 pounds . Manhole covers shall have a minimum thickness along the rim of 2 inches . Covers shall have concealed watertight pick holes . t. All frames and covers shall be U . S . Foundry and Manufacturing - Corporation , No . 420 " B " or approved equal , marked " Sanitary Sewer" . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02532 — Gravity Sewer Manhole 02532 - 2 C . Resilient Pipe Connectors for Precast Concrete Manholes The connection of any pipe to an existing manhole shall be performed utilizing a resilient connector conforming to ASTM C923-84 . All metallic components of the connector shall be stainless steel . Acceptable manufacturers - Breeze 600 Jet Series , Press-Seal Gasket Corp , or approved equal . PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 Foundations The standard foundation for pre-cast manholes shall be as follows : A. Undisturbed , existing in -place , natural granular soils consisting which have been finished graded by hand to final elevation . No over excavation shall be permitted . B . For manholes not placed on existing in- place , natural granular soils , a 12 inch layer of 3/8" to 3/4" crushed rock shall be placed on the prepared trench bottom , and compacted . A two inch layer of high early strength cement grout may be placed on top of the rock base for leveling . The manhole base shall be set on the foundation , to the proper invert elevation , while the grout is still workable , so that the grout will fill all voids beneath the manhole base: 3 . 02 Manholes All workmanship shall conform to best standard practice . Manholes shall be built accurately to the dimensions shown on the Plans . The top of the manholes shall be brought accurately to grade with masonry. Manholes shall be completed (with inverts , frames and covers ) as the work progresses . Particular care shall be taken that no water rises on the masonry until the mortar is thoroughly set. Any masonry damaged in this manner shall be removed upon the order of the Engineer. All pipes or castings to be embedded in masonry work shall be accurately set and if so required , headers shall be laid around the casting so embedded . Spurs and stubs for branch lines shall be built in the manholes where shown on the Plans or otherwise required by the Engineer. They shall be closed with vitrified plugs . 3 . 03 Watertight Workmanship The entire work of constructing manholes must be carried on in a manner to insure watertight work . Any leaks in manholes shall be caulked , repaired or the entire work shall be removed and rebuilt. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02532 — Gravity Sewer Manhole 02532 - 3 3 . 04 Disposal of Water from Excavations All water pumped or bailed from excavations shall be conveyed in a proper manner to a suitable point of discharge . by the Contractor at his own expense . The Contractor shall provide for the disposal of water removed from excavations in a manner that will not cause injury to public health , private or public property, any portion of the work completed or in progress , the surface of the streets , or cause any impediments to the reasonable use of the site by other Contractors . The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all the local regulations of the Department of Environmental Regulation regarding pollution of the canals . The Contractor shall take special precautions to eliminate any odor problems resulting from the discharge of sulfide water, such as submerged discharge outlets and overflow basins . 3 . 05 Inverts Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to the inside of adjacent sewer sections . Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible . Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods : A. Form directly into concrete manhole base . i B . Lay half tile in concrete . C . The Manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels . 3 . 06 Field Quality Control Testing - Tests for water tightness shall be made by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. The tests and measurement of infiltration/exfiltration shall be conducted in a manner as approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02532 - 4 02532 — Gravity Sewer Manhole SECTION 02533 APPURTENANCES FOR GRAVITY SEWER SERVICES PART 1 -- SCOPE This section describes the materials for appurtenances to be used in construction of gravity sewerage services as shown on the Plans and specified . PART 2 -- SEWER CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLES AND WET WELLS The first joint shall be not more than 24" from the outside of the manhole . PVC pipe must enter the manhole through an elastomeric manhole coupling as manufactured by Kor- N -Seal , Inc. or approved equal . PART 3 -- CLEAN OUTS Clean -outs shall be provided immediately prior to the service lateral end and where shown or specified . Clean -out sizes for pipe 8 inches or larger in diameter shall be not less than 6 inches in diameter. Clean out sizes for pipe less than 8 inches in diameter shall be of the same diameter as the pipe except at the ends of service laterals where they may be 4 inch in diameter as shown on the Drawings . Materials for Clean -out construction shall be as shown on the drawings . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02533 — Appurtenances for Gravity Sewer 02533 - 1 SECTION 02534 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEM 1 . 01 GENERAL The Contractor shall perform testing of all sanitary gravity sewers as set forth in this section and shall conduct the tests in the presence of a authorized County representative and the project Engineer. The Contractor shall schedule the tests with the County at least five days in advance . 1 . 02 LAMPING Lamping shall be conducted as installation of the line progresses . The installed sewers shall be visually inspected by "lamping " between each manhole , lamphole , or other structures in order to ascertain that they are clear, to correct alignment and have no visual bellies . The concentricity of the lamp image received shall be such that the diameter of said image shall have no vertical or horizontal reduction from that of the pipe inside diameter. 1903 PRE — T . V. DEFLECTION TESTING Deflection testing shall be performed on all flexible pipe ( PVC , HDPE , etc. ) after the final backfill has been in place a minimum of 30 days . A rigid ball or mandrel shall be used which shall have a diameter at least 95 percent of the base inside diameter or average inside diameter of the pipe , depending on the specified ASTM pipe specification . The test shall be performed without mechanical pulling devices . No pipe shall exceed a deflection of 5 percent. If deflection exceeds 5 percent, the pipe shall be replaced or corrected in accordance requirements in the approved specifications . 1 . 04 T. V . INSPECTION Upon completion of deflection testing , the gravity sewer will be inspected by the Contractor, using a television camera . TV inspection will be done at a point in time that the area of pipe construction has been compacted and road material compacted to support heavy trucks . Any sand or dirt found in the sewers shall be removed by the Contractor. All leaking joints or fittings shall be replaced , encased with concrete or sealed from the inside with grout as determined by the City. All cracked or defective pipe shall be replaced by the Contractor. Bellies in the pipe or at the joints which retain more liquid that allowable shall be replaced . TV re-inspection as required by the County or the Owner will be at Contractor's expense . 1 . 05 INFILTRATION/EXFILTRATION TESTING All sewer mains , house laterals and manholes shall be subjected to infiltration and/or exfiltration tests . In general , infiltration testing shall be performed on sewers lying below the ground water table and exfiltration testing shall be performed on sewers lying above the groundwater table . (The Owner and project Engineer shall agree which type of test shall be utilized for each section of pipe being tested . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02534 — Testing Gravity Sewer System 02534 - 1 A. Infiltration Test : Infiltration testing shall be conducted in a dry system prior to the system being filled with water. Testing shall proceed for a continuous period of four hours with infiltration amounts measured by a weir or other approved method by the City. In no case shall the infiltration exceed 50 gal/day/inch of pipe diameter/mile of pipe (or 0 . 4 gal/hr/in/1000 ft) . B . Exfiltration Test: Exfiltration testing shall be conducted by filling the system with water and measuring the amount of exfiltration . Water shall be added to the system until the manhole with the lowest top elevation (test manhole) of that portion of the system being tested is filled to within 24 inches of its top . Testing of the system shall be segmented such that the difference between the top elevation of any two manholes being tested does not exceed 2 feet. Testing shall proceed for a continuous period of four hours with exfiltration amounts measured by adding known amounts of water to the beginning water level in the test manhole . In no case shall exfiltration exceed 100 gal/day/inch of pipe diameter/mile of pipe (or 0 . 8 gal/hr/in/ 1000 ft) . Leakage from any manholes shall be included in the pipe exfiltration determination . C . Air Leakage Test: Air leakage tests may be required in lieu of infiltration/exfiltration at the option of the Owner. Air leakage tests on PVC gravity sewer pipe shall conform to ASTM F- 1417 . The testing shall be by compressed air from manhole to manhole . Plugs , caps and branch connections must be secured against blow-off during the test. ( i The pipe and manholes shall be free of water during the test. The pipe shall be tested at 3 . 5 psi in excess of the groundwater pressure above the pipe . For each foot of water above the pipe at the deepest point , the air pressure shall be increased by 0 . 43 psi . The minimum time for the air pressure to drop by 0 . 5 psi shall be : Pipe Size Time in Minutes 6 inch 4 . 0 8 inch 5 . 0 10 inch 6 . 5 12 inch 7 . 5 15 inch 9 , 5 D . Test Failures : Should a test failure occur, necessary repairs shall be accomplished by the Contractor and the test repeated until within the established limits . The Contractor shall furnish the necessary labor, water, and all other items required to conduct the required testing and shall perform the necessary system repairs required to comply with the specified test . If the water supply is from the County's potable water system , a meter is required . Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with retesting . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02534 - 2 02534 Testing Gravity Sewer System SECTION 02585 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEM PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this section to the extent referenced : A. ASTM International (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM A 123/A 123M (2002) Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot- Dip Galvanized ) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 2 , ASTM A 153/A 153M (2001 a ) Standard Specification for Zinc Coating ( Hot-Dip ) on Iron and Steel Hardware 3 . ASTM A 48 ( 1994 ; Rev A) Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings 4 , ASTM A 569/A 569M ( 1991 ; Rev A) Standard Specification for Steel , Carbon ( 0 . 15 Maximum , Percent) , Hot- Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial Quality. 5 . ASTM F 512 ( 1993 ) Standard Specification for Smooth -Wall Poly (Vinyl Chloride ) ( PVC ) Conduit and Fittings for Underground Installation . B . National Fire Protection Association ( NFPA) 1 . NFPA 70 (2002) National Electrical Code C . Underwriters Laboratories ( UL) 1 . UL 6 (2000 ; 12th Ed ) UL Standard for Safety for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Manufacturer's catalog data shall be submitted for the following items : Conduit and Fittings Pull Boxes Material , Equipment , and Fixture Lists shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph entitled , " Underground Duct Systems and Pull Boxes , " of this Section . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02585 — Underground Conduit System 02585 - 1 B . Manufacturer's Instructions Manufacturer's Instructions shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph entitled , " Underground Duct Systems and Pull Boxes , " of this section . 1 . 03 UNDERGROUND DUCT SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES Material , Equipment, and Fixture Lists shall be submitted including manufacturer's style or catalog numbers , specification and drawing reference numbers , warranty information , and fabrication site information . Manufacturer's Instructions shall be submitted for the Underground Duct Systems and Pull Boxes including special provisions required to install equipment components and system packages . Special notices shall detail impedances , hazards and safety precautions . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CONDUIT Conduit shall be rigid , non - metallic pipe , NEMA TC2 , Type 40 , high impact, P . V . C . 2 . 02 FITTINGS All bends shall be smooth radius bends with minimum radii conforming to the -- details shown on the Drawings . Underground bends may consist of a combination of sweeps and straight sections . Bends for terminations in electric service pull boxes shall be rigid galvanized steel conforming to UL 6 . All aboveground terminations shall have a temporary cap provided . 2 . 03 PULL BOXES Pull boxes shall be heavy duty design , of polymer concrete and fiberglass construction . Boxes shall have bolted covers with stainless steel hardware . Pull boxes shall be non-conductive . Pull boxes shall have the words : " ELECTRIC"; " FIBER OPTIC" ; or " COMMUNICATIONS" cast onto the cover as the installation dictates . Small pull boxes shall provide a minimum clear opening of approximately 13" by 24" . Large electrical pull boxes shall provide a minimum clear opening of approximately 36" by 60" . Small pull boxes shall be model _A22 - 1324 - 24 as made by " CDR Systems Corp . " , or approved equal . Large pull boxes shall be model PA22- 3660-48 with a two section , heavy duty , cover and integral bottom , as made by "CDR Systems Corp . " , or approved equal . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02585 — Underground Conduit System 02585 - 2 2 . 04 PULL CORDS Electric service conduits shall have 3/8 " thick , twisted , extra dense , polypropylene rope pull cords , which shall run the entire interior length of each conduit run . Other conduits shall have 3/ 16 " thick , twisted , extra dense polypropylene rope pull cords , which shall run the entire interior length of each conduit run . PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . Duct Banks Duct banks shall consist of multiple conduit assemblies installed with top of duct or duct bank not less than 36 inches below established grade except where otherwise noted on the plans . Duct bank assemblies shall conform to the requirements indicated . Conduit shall be thoroughly cleaned before using or installing . During construction and after the duct line is completed , the ends of the conduit shall be plugged to prevent water from washing mud into the conduit or pull boxes . Conduit shall be kept clean and free of concrete , dirt, and any other foreign substance during construction . Changes in direction of runs exceeding a total of 10 degrees , either vertical or horizontal , shall be accomplished by long -sweep bends in the pipe having a minimum radius of 25 feet, except that manufactured bends may be used at the end of the run . Long -sweep bends may be made up of one or more curved or straight sections or combinations thereof. Manufactured bends shall conform to the radii as shown on the Drawings . After the duct line has been completed , a standard flexible mandrel not less than 12-inches long , with a diameter approximately 1 /4 inch less than the inside diameter of the conduit, shall be pulled through each conduit, after which a brush with stiff bristles shall be pulled through each conduit to make certain that no particles of earth , sand , or gravel have been left in the line . Pneumatic rodding may be used to draw in the pull cords . Where connection is made to an existing duct that is of a different material and shape from the duct line being installed , a suitable coupling of a type recommended by the duct manufacturer shall be used . Conduit joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the particular conduit and coupling selected . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02585 — Underground Conduit System 02585 - 3 SECTION 02630 STORM SEWERAGE PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this section to the extent referenced : A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO ) . 1 . AASHTO M 288 ( 1992) - Standard Specification for Interim Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications 2 . AASHTO T180 — Moisture-Density Relationship of Soils Using a 101b . Rammer and an 18-inch Drop , B . American Concrete Pipe Association (ACPA) 1 . ACPA 01 - 103 ( 1988 ) - Concrete Pipe Installation Manual C . ASTM International (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM A 48 ( 1994 ) — Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings 2 . ASTM A 798 ( 1994 ) - Standard Practice for Installing Factory-Made Corrugated Steel Pipe for Sewers and Other Applications 3 , ASTM A 849 (2000 ) — Standard Specification for Post-Applied Coatings , Pavings and Linings for Corrugated Steel Pipe 4 . ASTM C 139 ( 1995 ; Rev A) - Standard Specification for Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Structures 5 , ASTM C 32 ( 1993 ) - Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick ( Made from Clay or Shale ) 6 , ASTM C 76 ( 1995 ) - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain , and Sewer Pipe 7 . ASTM C 387 (2000e1 ) - Standard Specification for Packaged , Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete 8 , ASTM C 1450 (2004) - — Standard Specification for Non-Asbestos Fiber- Cement Storm Drainage Pipe D . Florida Department of Transportation — Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (2002 ) IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 — Storm Sewer 02630 - 1 E . American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1 . AWWA C 210 (2003) — Liquid- Epoxy Coating System for the Interior and Exterior of Special Sections , Connections and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines . 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS A . Shop Drawings Coordination Drawings in accordance with paragraph entitled , " Drawings , " of this section . B . Product Data Five (5 ) copies of Manufacturer's catalog data shall be submitted for the following : Piping Gaskets Compression Joints Frames , Covers and Gratings Precast Concrete Structures Precast Concrete Base Sections A Work Plan shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph entitled , " Plans , " of this section . Proposed Schedules Methods Materials Equipment 1 . 03 DRAWINGS Contractor shall submit Coordination Drawings interferences for construction . Details of catch basins and Structures shall be shown with proper elevations . 1 . 04 PLANS A Work Plan shall be submitted noting Proposed Schedules , Methods , Materials and Equipment. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 BONDING AND SEALING MATERIALS A. Bituminous Coating and Sealing Coating shall be in accordance with ASTM A 849 . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 — Storm Sewer 02630 - 2 Coating shall be in accordance with ASTM A 849 , when using materials previously coal-tar coated and for each uncoated ferrous piece used underground . Cold Bituminous Mastic Sealer shall be in accordance with ASTM A 849 trowel consistency . B . Epoxy Bonding Compound Epoxy adhesive material shall be in accordance with AWWA C210 . 2 . 02 FILTER MATERIAL A. Filter Fabric Fabric shall be in accordance with AASHTO M 288 , and be water pervious , made of polyester materials . Where required , fabric shall be Amoco Propex 4545 , or equal , approved by Engineer prior to ordering . B . Filter Aggregate Aggregate shall be clean gravel free from organic materials , clay, or other deleterious materials . 2 . 03 MANHOLE AND CATCH - BASIN MATERIALS Water, for use with concrete block and brick , shall be clean and potable . A . Concrete Block and Mortar Concrete block shall be in accordance with ASTM C 139 , Concrete Mortar shall be in accordance with ASTM C 387 , Type M B . Brick and Mortar Brick shall conform to ASTM C 32 , Grade MS Brick Mortar shall conform to ASTM C 387 2 . 04 CONDUIT PIPING , JOINTS , FITTINGS AND GASKETS A. Corrugated Steel Pipe Where shown on the Drawings as " CMP" , the drainage pipe and required coupling bands shall be corrugated galvanized steel and shall conform to the requirements of Section 943 of the FDOT Specifications , B . Corrugated Aluminum Pipe Where shown on the Drawings as "Aluminum CMP" . or " CAP" , the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 — Storm Sewer 02630 - 3 drainage pipe and required coupling bands shall be corrugated aluminum and shall conform to the requirements of Section 945 of the FDOT Specifications . C . Concrete Pipe 1 . Where shown on the Drawings as RCP , the drainage pipes shall be steel reinforced concrete pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM C76 ( Class III ) and Sections 941 and 942 of the FDOT Specifications (2002 ) , unless otherwise noted . 2 . Where shown on the Drawings as FRCP , the drainage pipes shall be fiber reinforced concrete pipe meet the requirements of ASTM C1450 ( Class III ) and Sections 430 and 449 of the FDOT Specifications (2004) , unless otherwise noted . D . PVC Pipe Where shown on the Drawings as PVC , the drainage pipe and fittings shall be Sch . 40 , Polyvinyl Chloride , and shall conform to the requirements of Section 948-4 of the FDOT Specifications , unless otherwise noted . E . Polyethylene Under Drain Pipe Where shown on the Drawings as Under Drain Pipe , the pipe and fittings shall be double wall , perforated polyethylene . The pipe shall have a - protective , polyester sock , and O-ring , gasketed , bell and spigot joints . Pipe shall be type N - 12 , as manufactured by Advanced Drainage Systems , Inc. (or approved equal ) . F . Bituminous Pipe Coating Where shown on the Drawings as Asphalt Coated , metal pipe , "ACCMP" , the pipe and fittings shall be bituminous coated inside and out in conformance with Section 943 of the FDOT Specifications . G . Mitered End Sections Mitered end sections shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable D . O . T. Road Design Standard Index ( No . 272 , 273 or 274) called for on the Drawings . H . Flared End Sections Flared end sections shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable D . O . T. Road Design Standard Index ( No . 270 ) called for on the Drawings . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 — Storm Sewer 02630 - 4 2 . 05 FRAMES , COVERS AND GRATINGS Manhole , catch -basin , and sump frames , covers , and gratings shall be in accordance with F . D . O . T . - STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION (2002 ) - SECTION 425 - Inlets , Structures and Junction Boxes Cast iron materials shall be provided . Cast iron shall conform to ASTM A 487 Class 30 , minimum . Gratings shall be as specified in the plans . 2 . 06 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES , RISERS AND PRECAST CONCRETE BASE SECTIONS Concrete Structures , risers , base sections , and tops shall be pre-cast and conform to ASTM C 478 . Precast parts shall be as shown in the plans . PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK 3 . 01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A . Type 2 material shall be used for initial backfill and subsequent backfill with the following conditions : Initial backfill shall be predominately sandy . material free from rock or stone greater than 1 1 /2 inches diameter. The maximum allowable dimension of a stone or rock fragment for subsequent backfill shall be 6 inches . If in the opinion of the Engineer the Type 2 material will not provide adequate and uniform support for load distribution to the pipe , the Contractor shall obtain and place either Type 1 or Type 3 backfill as determined by the Engineer. B . All excavated material not suitable for backfill shall be placed on site at a location acceptable to Owner, or hauled off the job at the price set forth in the accepted Bid Documents . All material that is brought in from other sources for backfill shall be at the price set forth in the Contract. C . Excavated material to be used for backfill shall be neatly deposited at the sides of the trenches where space is available to protect against caving or sloughing into the trench . Where stockpiling of excavated material is required , the Contractor shall coordinate the site location with the Engineer and shall maintain his operations to provide for natural drainage and not present an unsightly appearance . No excavated material shall be placed on private property without the consent of the property owner. 3 . 02 GRADING Grading shall be performed in accordance with Section 02315 EXCAVATION AND FILL , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 — Storm Sewer 02630 - 5 3 . 03 PIPE INSTALLATION All pipe and structures shall be installed on dry , firm bedding . The free-water surface shall be lowered to at least 12 inches below the bedding surface prior to placing pipe or structures and shall be maintained at that depth throughout bedding , haunching , and initial backfilling of the work . During subsequent backfilling , the water level shall be kept sufficiently below the working surface to allow compaction of backfill to the required density, and until required density tests have been performed . A . Pipe Installation Excavations shall be trimmed to required elevations . Objects which impair backfilling or compaction shall be removed . Over-excavation shall be corrected with fill material of coarse aggregate . Pipe and fittings shall be inspected for defects before installing . Defective materials shall be removed from site . Pipe interior shall be cleaned before installation . Pipe ends shall be sealed when work is not in progress . Pipe shall be laid to line and grade , with bell end upstream . Maximum deviation from design elevation shall not exceed 0 . 1 feet at any point in the system . 1 . Unless otherwise specified herein or directed by the Engineer, all pipe and fittings shall be laid and joined in accordance with the appropriate manufacturer's directions with regard to allowable barrel and joint deflection , spigot seating depth , gasket placement , lubrication , bolt torque , field cutting/trimming , and pushing/pulling methods for joint assembly. 2 . Prior to placing in the trench , each pipe section , joint , and fitting shall be checked for damage or defects such as cracks , blisters , coating/lining separation , gouges , and the like . Any damage or defective materials found shall not be installed unless approved by the Engineer, and shall be marked " REJECTED" and immediately removed from the work site . 3 . Prior to installation , the interior of all pipe and fittings shall be inspected for debris , sediment accumulation , sand , and the like , and shall be cleaned as required to remove such foreign matter. Joint surfaces such as gaskets , gasket grooves , spigots , and bells shall be cleaned of sand and grit prior to joining . 4 . Gasket lubricants shall be stored and applied in a manner that will prevent significant contamination or pick-up of sand and grit . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 — Storm Sewer 02630 - 6 5 . The pipe spigot shall be centered in and aligned with its mating bell prior to insertion and forced evenly in a straight line to seating depth , taking care not to over-bell the joint. Where required , deflections shall be made after the joint is seated . 6 . Joining shall generally be done by hand or by push- bar with a cushion block whenever pipe size and weight permit. When a mechanical pushing/pulling device such as chain- puller, come-along , and the like is required , the device shall be used in a manner that will not deform gouge , chip , or otherwise damage the pipe or cause significant disturbance of the prepared bedding . In no case shall joints be made by " popping -on " or swinging the spigot into the bell to seat the joint. 7 . Fittings and appurtenances shall be fully, independently supported on the bedding or on a permanent foundation so as not to bear on the pipe upon completion of the installation . 8 . The installed piping system shall be kept free of dirt, trench water, and other foreign matter during the progress of the work , and all open ends of the line shall be sealed with watertight plugs whenever work is not in progress . 9 . Empty installed pipe shall be secured against flotation due to potential trench flooding by timely placement of sufficient backfill or approved anchoring devices sufficient to resist pipe buoyancy. B . Corrugated Metal Pipe Installation Corrugated pipe with fittings shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions , and in accordance with ASTM A 798 , C . Reinforced Concrete Pipe Installation Reinforced concrete pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions , and ACPA 01 - 103 , 3 . 04 PIPE BEDDING A. Class A (Concrete Cradle or Concrete Arch Bedding ) 1 . This class of bedding shall be used only where specifically shown in the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. If the use of a concrete cradle is required the pipe shall be bedded in a monolithic cradle of a 1 , 500 PSI concrete with a minimum thickness equal to 1 /4 the outside pipe diameter or to a minimum of four inches under the barrel , whichever is greatest, and extending up to the sides of the pipe to a height equal to 1 /2 of the outside pipe diameter. The cradle shall have an overall width equal to 1 - 1 /4 of the outside diameter of the pipe or a minimum width equal to the outside diameter of the pipe plus eight inches , whichever is greater. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 — Storm Sewer 02630 - 7 2 . If a concrete arch is required , the pipe shall be embedded in carefully compacted Type 1 material having a minimum thickness equal to 1 /4 the outside pipe diameter or to a minimum of four inches under the barrel , which ever is greater, and extending up the sides for a height equal to 1 /2 of the outside pipe diameter. The top half of the pipe shall be covered with a monolithic Class C concrete arch having a minimum thickness equal to 1 /4 the outside diameter of the pipe or a minimum of four inches over the crown of the pipe , whichever is greater, and extending down the sides for a depth equal to 1 /2 of the outside pipe diameter. The arch shall have an over all width equal to 1 1 /4 of the outside diameter of the pipe or a minimum width equal to the outside diameter of the pipe plus eight inches , whichever is greater. B . Class B ( First-Class Bedding ) 1 , Where Class B Bedding is required , the trench shall be excavated below the planned bottom of the pipe to a depth equal to 1 /4 the nominal diameter of the pipe , or 6 inches , whichever is greater. The over excavated depth shall be backfilled using either Type 1 or Type 3 materials carefully compacted and shaped using hand tools so as to provide a uniform support for the lower portion of the pipe barrel . Shaping under the pipe bells shall be so that the bell does not support the pipe and joints can be made without bedding material interference . 2 . At the option of the Contractor, Class B Bedding may be used in place of Class C (Ordinary Bedding ) provided that the exercise of this option shall create no additional expense to the Owner. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of those portions of the project on which he proposes to exercise this option . C . Class C ( Ordinary Bedding ) 1 . The bottom of the trench shall be hand shaped to provide a firm bedding for the utility pipe . The utility shall be firmly bedded in undisturbed firm soil . The bedding shall be shaped so that the pipe will be in continuous contact therewith for its full length and • shall provide a minimum bottom segment for the pipe equal to 0 . 6 of the outside diameter of the barrel . Excavation under the bell shall be sufficient so that the bell does not support the pipe and the joint can be made without interference . D . Unsuitable Bedding Material 1 . Class C Bedding shall' be used for all pipeline construction unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or unless unsuitable material is encountered at the bedding surface . In the event that the materials encountered at normal bottom of trench excavation are , in the judgment of the Engineer, unsuitable to act as foundation for the pipe , such material shall be excavated for the full width of the trench to the depth necessary to obtain a suitable foundation . The Engineer IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 - Storm Sewer 02630 - 8 will notify the Contractor, in writing , of the necessity for and extent of the material to be removed and the Contractor shall remove such unsuitable material as soon as possible and backfill in accordance with the requirements for Class B Bedding . All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. 3 . 05 PIPE TRENCH BACKFILL A . Initial Backfill 1 . Initial backfill shall be placed as soon as possible after laying the pipe and shall maintain a pace with the pipe laying so that no more than five pipe joints separate laying and backfilling operations . Initial back fill shall include all haunching and backfill from the top of the bedding to a compacted depth of twelve inches over the pipe . All haunching and backfilling shall be done in the dry . 2 . Initial backfill shall be done as specified below: a . Haunching of the pipe shall be by hand placement and compaction of material in maximum 4 inch layers from the bottom of the trench to the springline of the pipe , taking care to fill all voids below and around the pipe . Backfilling shall be carefully continued in layers not exceeding 6 inches in thickness for the full trench width until the compacted fill is 12 inches above the top of the pipe . b . During initial backfilling the fill shall be deposited evenly along both sides of the pipe from a height not to exceed 2 feet above the top of pipe , and fill shall not be dropped directly on the unprotected pipe surface . c. Where thrust blocks , encasement, or other cast-in -place concrete items are below grade , no backfilling shall start until the specific items have been inspected and approved by the Engineer or his authorized representative . d . The backfill to one foot above the top of the utility shall be thoroughly compacted with curved end tamping bars under and on each side of the pipe and flat tamped between the pipe and trench wall and shall be completed before the remainder of the trench is backfilled . Initial backfill shall be compacted to 100 percent of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T- 180 . No subsequent backfill will be permitted until the initial backfill has been accepted by the Engineer or his authorized representative . 3 . 06 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES A. Excavation for drainage structures shall be of sufficient size to permit - construction of the structure to progress without hindrance from the walls IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 — Storm Sewer 02630 - 9 of the excavation or from sloughed materials . No less than 12 inches clearance shall be provided between excavation walls and walls of the structure . If soil conditions encountered at the bottom of the excavation would in the sole opinion of the Engineer be unsuitable for foundation , the Contractor shall remove and dispose of the unsuitable material to the depth where suitable bearing can be obtained . The determination of the necessity for and the extent of additional excavation shall be made by the Engineer, who shall inform the Contractor in writing regarding such necessity and the extent . This excavation shall then be backfilled to the appropriate grade with Type 1 or Type 3 backfill material , placed in 12- inch layers and compacted to a density equal to 100 percent of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T- 180 . B . Installation of drainage structures shall conform to the details as shown on the Drawings and , unless otherwise specified , shall conform with Section 425 of the 1986 Edition of the Florida D . O . T. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . Backfill shall be placed in lifts not to exceed 12 inches loose depth and compacted to 95 percent of maximum density per AASHTO T- 180 in unpaved areas and to required subgrade density in areas of paving or curbing . Backfill shall not be placed against cast-in-place concrete structures until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to resist the load without damage , and in no case , less than seven days after the concrete was placed . �- 3 . 07 SUBSEQUENT BACKFILL A. Subsequent backfill is that backfill between the initial backfill and the finished ground level or bottom of subbase . B . Subsequent backfill material shall be placed full trench width in horizontal layers not exceeding 12 inches loose depth and compacted by power- operated tampers , rollers , or vibratory equipment to a density equal to 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T- 180 for pipe placed under and adjacent to roadways or paved surfaces , and 95 percent under areas where no pavement is to be constructed and vehicular traffic is not to pass over the pipe . Each layer shall be compacted to the specified density prior to placing subsequent layers . The thickness of the loose layer may be increased when in-place density tests show that the specified density can be obtained . 3 . 08 BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Type 2 material shall be used for initial backfill and subsequent backfill with the following conditions : Initial backfill shall be predominately sandy material free from rock or stone greater than 1 1 /2 inches diameter, and the maximum allowable dimension of a stone or rock fragment for subsequent backfill shall be 6 inches . If in the opinion of the Engineer the Type 2 material will not provide adequate and uniform support for load / distribution to the pipe , the Contractor shall obtain and place either Type IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 — Storm Sewer 02630 - 10 1 or Type 3 backfill as determined by the Engineer. B . All excavated material not suitable for backfill shall be placed on site at an acceptable location , by Owner, or hauled off the job at the price set forth in the accepted Bid Documents . All material that is brought in from other sources for backfill shall be at the price set forth in the Contract . C . Excavated material to be used for backfill shall be neatly deposited at the sides of the trenches where space is available to protect against caving or sloughing into the trench . Where stockpiling of excavated material is required , the Contractor shall coordinate the site location with the Engineer and shall maintain his operations to provide for natural drainage and not present an unsightly appearance . No excavated material shall be placed on private property without the consent of the property owner. 3 . 09 COMPACTION Puddling or jetting shall not be permitted when compacting bedding materials . 3 . 10 DENSITY TESTS A . The Contractor shall arrange to have sufficient soil tests made by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Engineer to demonstrate conformance of his work with the stability and compaction levels required by these specifications . Compaction tests shall be taken at intervals listed herein or as deemed necessary by the Engineer. B . Any proposed alternative test methods to those specified herein must be approved by the Engineer prior to testing . At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide such documentation of a proposed alternative test method as the Engineer may require to evaluate the method for approval . C . In no case shall the Contractor proceed with construction on compacted material until the tests prove satisfactory and approval is given by the Engineer. D . In general , at least one test for maximum dry density/optimum moisture content shall be performed on a representative sample of each inherently different material to be used for compacted backfill or embankment fill . For material of uniform composition and textural class , a minimum of one test per 5000 cu . yd . of material shall be performed at the point of use . E . Generally, in-place density tests shall be performed at each structure and at approximately 50 foot intervals along pipe installations for each lift, or; at a minimum , one test near each end of individual pipe installations for each 12 inch lift. Additional density tests may be required by the Engineer. If any tests results are unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall re-excavate and recompact the backfill at his expense until the required compaction is obtained . • IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 — Storm Sewer 02630 - 11 3 . 11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Installed pipe shall be inspected by Engineer. Displaced or misaligned pipe , infiltration , accumulation of debris , or other defects shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 3 . 12 AS- BUILT DRAWINGS During the installation of Drainage Pipe and Structures the Contractor shall keep accurate Record Drawings of the construction showing the location of all changes in alignment, services , utility crossings , and similar data . Items shall be located from permanent objects such as centerline of street, manholes , valves , etc. Upon completion of the project the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer an As-Built Drawing showing the above information . END OF SECTION i IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02630 — Storm Sewer 02630 - 12 SECTION 02714 STABILIZED SUBGRADE PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE Under this item , the Contractor shall furnish all equipment , labor, materials , and transportation necessary to construct a stabilized subgrade course upon the completed stabilized subgrade . 1 . 02 REFERENCES Standards applicable in this Specification shall be : A. Florida Department of Transportation - Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (2002 ) B . American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO ) 1 . AASHTO T- 180 - Test for Moisture- Density Relations of Soils using a 10 Ib . Rammer and an 18- inch Drop , C . ASTM International (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM D 1557 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 2 . ASTM D 2167 - Density and unit weight of soil in place by the rubber balloon method 3 . ASTM D 2922 (2001 ) - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods ( Shallow Depth ) 1 . 03 DESCRIPTION The subgrade will be constructed such that after being compacted it will conform to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings . The subgrade shall be Type- B ( LBR ) , stabilized and constructed in accordance with the 2002 edition of the Florida D . O . T . Specifications , Section 160 . PART 2 -- MATERIALS 2 . 01 The subgrade shall have a minimum Florida Bearing Value of 50 as determined by the Florida Soil Bearing Test. In an area where the bearing value is less than 50 , stabilizing material approved by the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor, spread and mixed in accordance with Section 160-5 . 3 " Mixing " of the 2000 Edition of the Florida D . O . T. Specifications . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02714 - Subgrade 02714- 1 PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK 3 . 01 The subgrade shall be shaped , graded , and rolled to conform to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings . Fine grading of the subgrade to its final profile shall be accomplished after the existing ground has been excavated as close as possible to the design elevations . In fill areas , fine grading of the subgrade shall be accomplished after fill is spread and compacted in accordance with Section 5 of these Specifications . 3 . 02 Record Drawing elevations shall be confirmed to meet design drawing grades prior to placement of base material . 3 . 03 The top of the subgrade in both cuts and fills shall be compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum dry density to the depth specified on the Plans . The required density shall be maintained until the base course has been constructed . The subgrade shall be compacted with an approved self-propelled steel drum or pneumatic tired roller weighing not less than 8 tons . All hollows and depressions which develop under rolling shall be filled in with suitable material . The process of grading and rolling shall be repeated until no depressions develop . After compaction , the top surface of the fine grade shall be true to line and grade at all locations . If the fine grade becomes rutted or displaced due to any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall regrade it and recompact it. Ditches , drains , and swales shall be maintained along the completed subgrade section after their construction . 3 . 04 In no case shall the Contractor proceed to construct the base course on the subgrade until the subgrade has been tested for Florida Bearing Values , compaction , checked for line and grade , and approval given by the Engineer. 3 . 05 Material and Compaction Testing A. Florida Bearing Value tests on the subgrade shall be taken at a minimum of four (4 ) test locations per 10 , 000 sf of area to be paved , where designated by the Engineer. B . The maximum density and optimum moisture shall be determined in accordance with the Modified Proctor Test procedures of AASHTO T180 ( Method D as modified by the F . D . O . T. ) . The percentage compaction and in place density shall be determined according to procedures of ASTM D2167 "Test for Density of Soil In Place by the Rubber Balloon Method " or the nuclear method ASTM D2922 . C . Each material which is inherently different in composition from other subgrade material and which is used over a widespread area of the project , will necessitate an . additional Modified Proctor Test . END OF SECTION r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02714 - Subgrade 02714- 2 SECTION 02722 CEMENTED COQUINA SHELL BASE COURSE PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE Under this item , the Contractor shall furnish all equipment, labor, materials , and transportation necessary to construct a Coquina shell base course upon the completed stabilized subgrade . 1 . 02 REFERENCES Standards applicable in this Specification shall be : A. Florida Department of Transportation - Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (2002 ) 1 . Section 250 — Shell 2 . Section 915 - Cemented Coquina Shell Material 3 . Section 300 — Prime and Tack Coats for Base Courses 4 . Section 916 — Bituminous Materials B . American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO ) 1 . AASHTO T- 180 - Test for Moisture- Density Relations of Soils using a 10 Ib . Rammer and an 18- inch Drop . C . ASTM International (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM D 1557 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 2 . ASTM D 2167 - Density and unit weight of soil in place by the rubber balloon method 3 . ASTM D 2922 (2001 ) - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth ) PART 2 -- MATERIALS 2 . 01 Coquina shell shall conform to the requirements of Florida D . O . T. Standard Specifications , 2002 Edition , Section 915 , and shall be from a source acceptable to Florida D . O . T. The material shall have a minimum LBR value of 100 . Prior to placement, the material shall be crushed or broken to such a size that no less than 97 percent by weight will pass a 3 1 /2 inch sieve and no more than 20 percent dry weight shall wash through a No . 200 sieve . No visible clay or IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02722 — Cemented Coquina Shell Base Course 02722 - 1 organic matter will be permitted . PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK 3 . 01 PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL The base course shall be constructed in accordance with the lines , grades , and typical section as shown on the Drawings . Unless otherwise noted construction shall conform to the provisions of Florida D . O .T. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction , Section 250 , 2002 Edition . After the subgrade is completed and approved , the Contractor shall furnish and spread the coquina shell in a uniform distribution . Spread thickness shall be a minimum of 9 inches . Segregated areas . of fine or course rock will not be permitted . Such areas shall be removed and replaced with properly graded rock . After the spreading is completed , the entire surface shall be compacted , scarified and shaped so as to produce the required grade and cross section after compaction . 3 . 02 COMPACTION The required compaction of the coquina shell base course shall be a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum dry density. No less than 8- 10 ton steel drum or pneumatic tired roller shall be used to compact the base course . All depressions shall be filled and the process of rolling and filling shall continue until a thoroughly compacted uniform surface is produced . During final compaction operations , if blading of any area is necessary to obtain the true grade and cross section , the compaction operations for such areas shall be completed prior to making the field density-compaction test on the finished base . Should the subgrade material become mixed with the base course material at any time , the Contractor shall remove the mixture , reshape and recompact the subgrade , replace the materials removed with additional coquina shell and reshape and recompact the coquina shell base at no cost to the Owner. If cracks or checks appear in the base which would impair the structural integrity of the base in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove the cracks or checks by rescarifying , reshaping , refilling with coquina shell where necessary , and recompacting at no cost to the Owner. The finished coquina shell base shall be checked for thickness at intervals of not more than 300 feet on center. Finished thickness shall be as shown on the Drawings . Any areas which are less than 1 /2 inch of the specified thickness shall be corrected by scarifying and adding rock . The scarifying shall extend for 50 feet either side of the deficient area . Areas which are less than 1 /2 inch deficient in thickness shall be corrected if the Engineer determines that the area is extensive or may adversely affect the quality of the finished work . i IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02722 — Cemented Coquina Shell Base Course 02722 - 2 3 . 03 PRIME COAT The prime coat shall be a rapid curing liquid cut back asphalt equal or equivalent to RC-70 or RC-250 at the Contractor's option , and conforming to Sections 300 and 916 -2 of the 2002 Edition of the Florida D . O . T . Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . The surface of the base material shall be cleaned after final compaction and the moisture content of the base shall not exceed 90 percent of the optimum moisture before the prime coat is applied . The prime coat shall be applied uniformly with a pressure distributor. The entire length of the spray bar shall be set at the height above the surface recommended by the Manufacturer for even distribution . The prime coat shall be applied to the finished base course at the rate of 0 . 15 gallons per square yard at a temperature between 100 ° F to 150 ° F . The prime coat shall be applied such that a period of no longer than two (2 ) hours lapse prior to application of the asphaltic concrete wearing course , unless the prime coat is covered with sand or screenings as outlined in Section 300-6 . 5 of the 2002 Edition of the Florida D . O . T . Specifications . 3 . 04 TESTING The maximum density and optimum moisture shall be determined in accordance with the Modified Proctor Test procedures of ASTM - D1557 or AASHTO -T180 ( Method D ) . At a minimum , one ( 1 ) Modified Proctor Test shall be performed for each 10 , 000 square feet of base material on representative samples from location (s ) designated by the Engineer. The percentage compaction and in - place density shall be determined according to procedures of ASTM- D2167 "Test for Density of Soil In- Place by the Rubber Balloon Method " or the nuclear method ASTM- D2922 . In -place density testing shall be performed at a minimum rate of four (4) Modified Proctor tests per 10 , 000 square feet of area to be paved unless quality control measures allow the Engineer to dictate fewer tests . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02722 — Cemented Coquina Shell Base Course 02722 - 3 SECTION 02741 FINAL ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACE COURSE PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE A. The work to be performed under this item shall include the selling , delivering and installing of final asphaltic concrete surface courses as herein specified . Final asphaltic concrete surface course shall be completed within 30 days after placement of any temporary asphaltic surface course . 1 . 02 REFERENCES Standards applicable in this Specification shall be : A . Florida Department of Transportation - Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (2002 ) 1 . Section 300 - Prime and Tack Coats for Base Courses Subsections ( 1 12 , 3139475 , 7 ) . 2 . Section 320 - Hot Bituminous Mixtures - Plant , Methods and Equipment Subsections ( 1 2 , 1 , 2 . 5 to 2 . 13 , 3 . 4 . 5 ) . 3 , Section 330 - Hot Bituminous Mixtures - General Construction Requirements Subsections ( 1 , 3 to 13 ) 4 . Section 331 - Type S - 1 , Asphaltic Concrete Subsections ( 1 to 5 ) 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer' s Data - Prior to fabrication or installation of the final asphaltic concrete surface course , the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for review and approval the following : 1 . Certification from the manufacturer that their plant meets the requirements of Section 320 above 2 . Formula for job mix PART 2 -- MATERIALS 2 . 01 TACK COAT A. Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer, the material used for the tack coat shall be Emulsified Asphalt , Grades RS-2 , SS- 1 or SS- 1 H . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02741 — Final Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course 02741 - 1 2 . 02 FINAL ASPHALTIC SURFACE COURSES B . The material used shall be Type S - 1 asphaltic concrete conforming to Section 331 of the F . D . O . T . Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK 3 . 01 CLEANING SURFACES A . Prior to the laying of the surface courses , the surface of the pavement or base to be covered shall be cleaned of all loose and deleterious material by the use of power brooming or hand brooming where necessary. All such material shall be collected and disposed of by the Contractor. 3 . 02 PATCHING AND LEVELING COURSES A . Where a surface course is to be constructed on an existing paved surface which is irregular, said surface shall be brought to proper grade and cross section by the application of patching or leveling courses . 3 . 03 APPLICATION OF TACK COAT A . The material shall be heated to a suitable temperature and applied in a thin , uniform layer at a rate of between 0 . 02 and 0 . 08 gallons per square yard . The tack coat shall be applied sufficiently in advance of the surface course laying to permit drying but not so far in advance as to lose its adhesiveness as a result of being covered with dust . The tack coat shall be kept free from traffic until the surface course has been laid . 3 . 04 TRANSPORTATION OF THE ASPHALT A. The surface course shall be transported in tight vehicles previously cleaned of all foreign material . The inside surface of the truck bodies shall be only thinly coated with soapy water or an approved emulsion containing not over 5 % oil . Kerosene , gasoline or similar products shall not be used . After coating and before loading , the truck bodies shall be raised and drained of all excess liquids . 3 . 05 INSTALLATION OF FINAL ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACE COURSE A . Prior to final acceptance , or as directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install a layer of Type S- 1 Final Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course , to the thickness and dimensions as indicated in the Drawings . All other placement of pavement shall be as shown on the " Restoration Detail' for the restoration of existing pavements disturbed during construction of the project. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02741 — Final Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course 02741 - 2 B . Mechanical spreading and screening equipment shall be of an approved type that is self- propelled and can be steered . It shall be equipped with a receiving and disbursing hopper and a mechanical screed or strike-off member capable of adjustment to regulate the depth of material being spread . Tandem Type 5 to 12 ton steel -wheeled rollers shall be used for sealing . C . Self-propelled , pneumatic-tired traffic rollers equipped with at least 7b smooth tread , low pressure tires , having a total weight of 6 to 10 tons shall be used for final rolling . 3 . 06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A . The final surface course of all pavements will be required to be checked by a rolling straightedge . The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/ 16 inch from the straightedge applied parallel to the centerline of the pavement . The straightedge shall have a minimum effective length of 15 feet. END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02741 — Final Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course 02741 - 3 SECTION 02761 PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION A . This work shall consist of furnishing and placing reflectorized traffic line paint for edge stripes , center stripes , lane stripes , and plastic reflective pavement markers upon the roadway surface in accordance with the plans and specifications . 1 . 02 REFERENCES A. This section references the following documents . They are a part of this section insofar as specified and modified herein . In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and the listed documents , the requirements of this section shall prevail . Reference Title F . D . O . T. Florida Department of Transportation ( FDOT ) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ( latest edition ) . PART 2 -- MATERIALS 2 . 01 PLASTIC REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS A. Plastic markers shall be methyl methacrylate or acrylonitrile butadine styrene in accordance with Section 706 -2 , F . D . O . T . Markers shall be in the shape of a frustrum of a pyramid , filled with a thermosetting compound . Markers used for restoration in areas damaged by construction shall be of the same size , shape , color, and have the same optical qualities of the original marker. Markers used for hydrant location identification shall be blue , have bidirectional optical properties , and have a minimum area for each reflective face of not less than 3 . 25 square inches . 2 . 02 PAVEMENT STRIPING MATERIALS A. Traffic Line Paint 1 . Traffic line paint shall be furnished in accordance with F . D . O . T . Section 971 - 12 and shall be formulas ; Code T- 1 (white ) , Code T-2 (yellow) . Blue tinted paint otherwise meeting the requirements of F . D . O . T . Section 971 - 12 shall be used for handicapped symbols and line delineators . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02761 — Pavement Markings 02761 - 1 B . THERMOPLASTIC STRIPES AND MARKINGS 1 . Traffic line or marking thermoplastic compound shall be furnished in accordance with F . D . O . T. Section 711 and shall be white or yellow as required . C . GLASS BEADS FOR TRAFFIC LINE STRIPES OR MARKINGS 1 . Glass beads for reflective traffic paint or thermoplastic compound shall be furnished in accordance with Section 971 - 13 , F . D . O . T , PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 GENERAL A . Where disturbed or destroyed by construction , pavement stripes and markings shall be restored at the original locations and to the original lines . Pavement marking in public right-of-ways shall be restored with thermoplastic traffic markings , otherwise painted traffic markings may be used . B . Plastic reflectorized pavement markers for hydrant valve location shall be installed on centerline stripes or at the pavement centerline for unstriped roadways . Each hydrant valve installed under or adjacent to paved areas shall receive a reflectorized marker. 3 . 02 PAINTED TRAFFIC STRIPES AND MARKINGS _ A . Painted traffic stripes and markings shall be installed in accordance with F . D . O . T. , Section 710 . 3 . 03 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC MARKINGS A. Thermoplastic traffic markings shall be installed in accordance with the F . D . O . T. , Section 711 . Thermoplastic traffic markings shall not be applied to new asphalt pavements within 30 days of asphalt placement . 3 . 04 PLASTIC REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS A . Plastic reflective pavement markers shall be installed in accordance with F . D . O . T. , Section 706 at the locations indicated on the plans and blue markers shall be installed in the centerline of drive isle at each hydrant valve location adjacent to paved surface courses . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02761 — Pavement Markings 02761 - 2 SECTION 02770 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS PART 1 -- SCOPE 1 . 01 The work covered under this section shall include concrete sidewalks . It shall include all materials , equipment, labor, finishing , form work and curing . PART 2 -- GENERAL 2 . 01 The concrete shall be a workable plastic mix composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate , coarse aggregate , air and water proportioned and mixed to provide the strength of concrete called for upon the Plans . The water-cement ratio shall be kept to the minimum necessary to achieve proper placing and finishing . Any item relative to concrete or reinforcing under this item that is not covered herein , shall be in accordance with the ACI 318-71 Building Code and the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by Portland Cement Association . 2 . 02 Concrete mixing may be done in a portable mixer, a transit- mix truck , or if less than five cubic feet , in a mortar box ; provided all ingredients including water are accurately measured by weight or volume . 2 . 03 Transit mix trucks shall not wash out their trucks on the site without the specific permission of the Engineer and any waste concrete shall be removed to a public dump . PART 3 -- CEMENT 3 . 01 Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150 types I , IA, III and /or IIIA . Cement , if delivered to site , shall be in unbroken paper bags plainly marked with the manufactures name , the brand name , the type of cement, and the weight of cement in the bag . All cement shall be properly protected against dampness . Bags containing caked cement shall be rejected . Cement shall be used in the same order as received that , is first in , first out . PART 4 -- AGGREGATES 4 . 01 Aggregates shall conform to the latest Florida Department of Transportation Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . Stockpiling of aggregates shall be done in such a manner as to prevent segregation or contamination . PART 5 -- AIR ENTRAINMENT 5 . 01 Air entrainment is required and shall be maintained between 3 and 6 percent considered as an optimum . Concrete showing more than 6 percent may be rejected . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02770 — Concrete Sidewalks 02770 - 1 PART 6 -- ADMIXTURES 6 . 01 Admixtures other than for air entrainment shall not be used without the specific written approval of the Engineer. PART 7 -- FORMS 7 . 01 Forms shall be built to provide a neat and workmanlike finished job . The forms shall be mortar-tight and of sufficient strength material to prevent any bulging or sagging from true line and grade and to withstand vibrating . Form ties shall not be used . PART 8 -- REINFORCING 8 . 01 Steel reinforcing for concrete sidewalks shall be 6 x 6 x 10 x 10 welded wire mesh . Brick, plastic or other approved chairs shall be used to center the steel inside the concrete pour. Steel chairs will not be permitted . As an alternative to reinforcing steel , reinforcing may be accomplished through the use of " Fibermesh " fibers incorporated into the concrete mix as noted on the Drawings PART 9 -- PLACEMENT AND INSPECTION 9 . 01 The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient advance notice of his intent to pour concrete to permit inspection of the forms , placement of reinforcing steel , and equipment for mixing , transporting and placing of the concrete . No concrete will be placed prior to completion of the form work and placing of the reinforcing to the Engineer's satisfaction . No concrete shall be placed unless an adequate vibrator and adequate provisions for curing are on hand . Concrete test cylinders will be made by the Engineer's representative at random and at any time there is doubt about the quality of the concrete . Failure of the concrete to come up to design strength will be cause for rejection and replacement of the structure . 9 . 02 Every effort shall be made to obtain a water tight and durable concrete free from voids , rock pockets and the like . Should defects occur, they will be called to the Engineer's attention and repaired in accordance with his directive or, if extensive replaced . 9 . 03 Concrete finish on exposed surfaces shall be as designated by the Engineer. PART 10 -- CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 10 . 1 Control , expansion and construction joints shall be spaced and completed in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02770 — Concrete Sidewalks 02770 - 2 PART 11 -- CURING 11 . 1 GENERAL The concrete shall be continuously cured for a period of at least 7 days . Curing shall be commenced after finishing has been completed and as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit application of the curing material without marring the surface . Any curing material removed - or damaged during the 7 day period shall be replaced immediately . After forms are removed , the surfaces exposed shall be cured by placing a berm of moist earth against them or by any of the methods described below , for the remainder of the 7 day curing period . A . Wet Burlap Method : Burlap shall be placed over the entire exposed surface of the concrete with sufficient extension beyond each side to insure complete coverage . Adjacent strips shall be overlapped a minimum of six inches . The burlap shall be held securely in place such that it will be in continuous contact with the concrete at all times and no earth shall be permitted between the burlap surfaces at laps or between the burlap and the concrete . The burlap shall be kept thoroughly wet throughout the curing period . B . Membrane Curing Method : Clear membrane curing compound or white-pigmented curing compound shall be applied by hand sprayer in a single-coat continuous film at a uniform coverage of at least one gallon to each 200 square feet . Any cracks , checks or other defects appearing in the coating shall be recoated immediately . The curing compound shall be thoroughly agitated in the drum prior to application , and during application as necessary to prevent settlement of the pigment . C . Polyethylene Sheeting Method : Polyethylene sheeting shall be placed over the entire exposed surface of the concrete , with sufficient extension beyond each side to insure complete coverage . Adjacent strips shall be overlapped a minimum of six inches . The sheeting shall be held securely in place such that it will be in continuous contact with the concrete at all times . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02770 — Concrete Sidewalks 02770 - 3 SECTION 02775 CURBING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 Concrete curbing shall be constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications . PART 2 -- FOUNDATION 2 . 01 The curb shall be constructed upon a stabilized and compacted subgrade as noted upon the Plans . PART 3 -- FORM WORK 3 . 01 After the foundation material is thoroughly graded and compacted to the required depth , the forms shall be set true to line and grade and held rigidly in position . Forms shall be either of wood or metal ; and they shall be straight, free from warp or bends and of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of poured concrete without yielding . The forms shall have a depth at least equal to the depth of the curb . A special effort shall be made to achieve a straight curb of uniform width . PART 4 -- CURB MACHINE 4 . 01 The Contractor may use a curb machine in lieu of forming , but he will be responsible for providing a stable base for the machine . PART 5 -- CONCRETE 5 . 01 Concrete for curbing shall have a minimum compressive strength of 2500 psi at 28 days : Concrete placed with the curb machine shall have zero slump . 5 . 02 PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE A . Concrete shall be placed so as to eliminate honeycombing . The concrete shall be compacted by hand with wood floats and spades worked along the forms and expansion joints for the full depth . All compacting shall be performed while the concrete is in a plastic state and to such extent as will insure a dense mass with even and uniform surface free from segregation , aggregate pockets or honeycomb . Spacer blocks previously placed between and below the tops of the curb forms shall be removed immediately prior to their being buried by the concrete pour. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02775 — Curbing 02775 - 1 B . Concrete shall not be placed during rain , when the threat of rain is eminent , or when there is standing water between forms . If, however, the concrete has been cast and an unexpected rain shower passes over the site before the concrete has had sufficient time to set , the Contractor shall adequately protect it from water damage . Repair or removal and replacement of the concrete curb because of water damage will be at the Contractor's expense . PART 6 -- EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS 6 . 01 All expansion joints shall be 1 /2 inch thick premolded asphalt impregnated felt strips placed on 40 foot centers . In addition , expansion joints shall be placed at the points of curvature and tangency of all curves . Each joint shall be set plumb , and the top flush with the finished concrete surface . The joint will extend to the depth of the curb and shall be as wide as same . 6 . 02 Curbs shall have contraction joints , preferably tooled , at approximately 10 foot intervals . No contraction joint should be less than 4 feet from an end or expansion joint . Each joint shall be between 1 /4 and 1 /2 inch deep . Saw cut joints are not desired , but if some must be cut , the cut must be made after the concrete has set sufficiently to prevent raveling and before shrinkage cracks begin to develop . PART 7 -- REPLACEMENT OF CURB , 7 . 01 Curbing which is 3/8 inch or more below plan grade , has extensive honeycomb or other irregularities or defects , shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense . Plastering will not be acceptable to bring the curb to grade or to repair extensive honeycomb . PART 8 -- BACKFILL 8 . 01 After the concrete has set sufficiently, but not less than seven ( 7 ) days after pouring , the area in back of the curb shall be filled to the required elevation with the specified materials . It shall be placed in layers not to exceed 6 inches in thickness and compacted to the specified densities . 8 . 02 Not until backfill material behind the curbing has been properly placed shall the roadway base be placed and compacted against the curb . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02775 — Curbing 02775 - 2 SECTION 02811 f IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS PARTI - GENERAL 1 .01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. WORK INCLUDED : This Section is part of the entire set of contract documents and shall be coordinated with the applicable provisions of the other parts . B . The extent of landscape irrigation system is shown on the drawings . Completion of this work shall mean full and exact compliance and conformity with the provisions expressed or implied in the drawings , schedules and specifications . Irrigation installer is not relieved of his responsibility to provide proper irrigation coverage by providing full and exact compliance with the drawings and specifications . If field conditions or other unforeseen factors warrant that design modifications are necessary, irrigation installer shall notify Landscape Architect immediately . C . The work under this section includes furnishing and installing materials to construct an automatic irrigation system and maintaining that system until final completion and acceptance, but not less than 30 days from date of installation , and any other work as called for on the plans and in these specifications . CO2 RELATED WORK A. Electrical service to pump and controller shall be provided by others under separate contract with Owner, in compliance with N . E . C . requirements . B . Site work (rough grading) . C . Landscaping (see landscape specifications) . 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape irrigation system installation shall only be performed by a firm that is regularly engaged full time in the installation of underground landscape irrigation systems . (Crews shall be controlled and directed by a foreman who is thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation , and is well versed in reading blueprints . ) IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02811 Irrigation 02811 - 1 B . Design modifications may be made only as necessary to meet field conditions and only as acceptable to Landscape Architect . Piping shown on plans is diagrammatically routed for clarity - route to avoid conflict with specimen plants and adjust as necessary to accommodate landscape construction . C . Contractor shall be responsible for verification at the site of all conditions and dimensions shown on the plans prior to commencement of work . D . CODES AND STANDARDS : Work shall comply with the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and National Electrical Code . E . REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES : Work shall comply with codes , ordinances , and regulations of all governing authorities . F. WATER TESTING : Contractor shall test the salt content (chlorides and t. d . $) of the irrigation well . 1 . 04 PRODUCT HANDLING : The Contractor shall protect all materials and work against injury from any cause and shall provide and maintain all necessary safeguards for the protection of the public. He shall be liable for any damage or injury to person or property which may occur as a result of his negligence in the prosecution of the work. 1 .05 JOB CONDITIONS A. EXISTING CONDITIONS : 1 . Inspection : Contractor must examine the areas and conditions under which landscape irrigation system is to be installed and notify the Landscape Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected . Contractor shall fully acquaint himself with related planting , electrical , paving , site and utilities work to preclude any misunderstanding and to facilitate a trouble-free installation at the site . 2 . Should any objectionable materials such as old concrete , bricks or other debris be encountered during the installation operation , they shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. B . SCHEDULING 1 . Crossings under paved areas as indicated , shall be installed by the Contractor. Crossings shall be installed prior to compaction of subgrade . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02811 Irrigation 02811 -2 2 . Irrigation installation shall not begin until rough grades have been established . 3 . Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating his work with all other parties involved with the job, and shall coordinate the supply of electrical power to the timing device (controller) . 4 . Upon substantial completion of work, the Contractor shall request a walk-through by the Landscape Architect to formulate a "punch list" . Contractor shall complete "punch list" items as quickly as possible , and request another walk-through to verify completion . Upon successful completion of the "punch list" items , the work will be accepted by the Owner. C . The contractor is responsible for his own bathroom and drinking facilities . 1 .06 UTILITIES A. Prior to excavation , verify in the field the location and depth of all new and existing utilities and take proper precautions not to damage or disturb such utilities . B . Repair to original condition , new and existing utilities and other work damaged by Contractor's construction . C . In the case of damages to the irrigation system caused by others , the cost of repairing the work shall be paid by the party causing said damage . 1 . 07 SUBMITTALS A. After completion of piping installation , Contractor shall furnish the Owner' s representative a reproducible "as built" drawing showing all sprinkler heads , valves , and pipelines to reasonable scale , and provide a minimum of two dimensions taken from fixed obvious objects to each automatic control valve , and quick coupling valve . The Contractor shall also furnish a drawing showing a graphic representation of sprinkler zones . B . Instruction sheets and parts lists covering all operating equipment shall be bound into a folder and furnished to the Owner's representative or Landscape Architect in two (2) copies . The Owner reserves the right to withhold 10% of the contract amount until the "as built" drawings and instructions and parts lists folders are received . C . Submit salt test results for irrigation well water. 1 .08 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee workmanship for a period of one year after date of final acceptance . In addition , see to the fulfillment of all manufacturer' s IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02811 Irrigation 02811 -3 warranties . i B . The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a written guarantee stating everything to be covered and any special conditions involved . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS : A. Materials and equipment shall be new and shall operate at the manufacturer's published capacities . B . PIPE : Comply with the following unless otherwise indicated : All PVC pipe shall be 160 PSI , Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC 1120) ASTM-D2241 , Type 1 , NSF approved . C . CROSSINGS : Comply with the following : All crossings under paved areas for water and conduit lines shall be Schedule 40 PVC , ASTM- D 1785 . D . PIPE FITTINGS: Comply with the following : For PVC plastic pipe, ASTM-D2466 socket fittings with ASTM-A2564 solvent cement. E . SPRINKLER HEADS : Sprinkler heads shall be of the type shown on the drawings . Filter screens shall be included with all spray heads . F . RISERS AND SWING JOINTS : 1 . Risers and swing joints shall be as detailed on the drawings . 2 . Risers for shrub heads shall be Schedule 40 PVC pipe . 3 . PVC Flex connections : Shall be Ag-Products heavy walled flexible PVC pipe or equal . Average length of each connection is referred to on the drawings . Special flex cement shall be utilized for making these connections . G . REMOTE CONTROL VALVES : Valves shall be as specified on the drawings . Use Teflon tape only on threaded connections . H . VALVE BOXES : Valve boxes shall be Ametek VP- 10 or approved equal . Install flush with finish grade as indicated on drawing . I . CONTROL WIRING : All wiring to automatic circuit valves shall be OF- 14 direct burial wire of a different color than the black and white wires used on the 115 volt A. C . power. Wiring from the controller to the valves shall be installed in same trench as the mainline where possible . All splices shall be made with Rain Bird snap-tite connectors , or approved equal . All wire shall be furnished in minimum 2 , 500' reels and spliced only at valve or tee locations . J . PURPOSE; To provide a complete prefabricated skid mounted fiberglass enclosed clock start centrifugal pump system from a sole source company, herein after referred to as the " manufacturer" , whose primary IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02811 Irrigation 02811 -4 business is the manufacture of prefabricated pump systems . The manufacturer will manufacture , flow test, install and warrant the system to ( meet all specified operating requirements described below and in the system detail . The system shall be a Model HCF- 10CS-208/3 , W, E-32Z as manufactured by Hoover Pumping Systems of Pompano Beach , Florida USA 954-971 -7350 specified below and shown on the plan details. This specification describes the general components and minimal operating requirements and shall not be construed as a manufacturing guide or complete list of required system components and appurtenances . The contractor shall submit seven (7) complete copies of the shop drawings to the designer for approval , prior to system order placement . The submittal shall contain cut sheets for all system components . To be considered an equal , the contractor must submit the following 12 days prior to bid opening : manufacturer brochure showing prefabricated pump systems manufacturing is the primary business of the manufacturer or division proposed to manufacture the system , written specifications , dimensioned layout detail , electrical schematic, product sheets for all main components , Underwriters Laboratory electrical control panel and " Packaged Pumping System " manufacturer's file numbers , list of 6 projects with similar operating systems with current name and phone number of person responsible for system operation , manufacturer's insurance certificate for general liability showing minimum coverage of $ 1 million , and written certification from the manufacturer stating the proposed system meets all requirements described in this specification , the detail and the bid documents . If the data submitted is determined to be an equal by the designer the bidder will be notified prior to the bid date . K. FIBERGLASS ENCLOSURE : The pump station shall be protected by a fiberglass enclosure , 3'-6° x 4' through 25 Hp and 4' x 8' for 30 Hp and larger with chemical and ultraviolet resistant open mold resin with exterior finish that is uniform in color and texture , reinforced with fiberglass and stiffeners for rigidity. The enclosure shall open clear of the station for ease of service and have a stainless steel hinge and self-latching lockable handle . The enclosure shall be of dimensions adequate to contain the entire pump station including the discharge header and controls . L. MOUNTING ASSEMBLY: The pump station shall be mounted on a prefabricated aluminum skid 3'-6" x 4' through 25 Hp and galvanized steel structural skid 4' x 8' for 30 hp and larger. Aluminum pedestals shall be provided to mount the pump motor and control panel assemblies . The entire station shall be installed on a reinforced concrete slab sized as noted on the system detail . M . PUMP AND MOTOR : The pump shall be a single-stage end-suction centrifugal type , with the liquid end mounted directly to the motor enclosure to allow rear pull out of the entire motor. A pressure sensor for IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02811 Irrigation 02811 -5 loss of prime protection shall be mounted into the pump volute. The system will be designed for operation at 31450 RPM . The pump driving motor shall be of the squirrel cage induction type . The motor shall be suitable for full voltage starting at 60 Hz. The motor enclosure shall be totally enclosed fan cooled for 5 . 5 horsepower and larger and open drip proof (ODP) for smaller sizes , configured to allow direct mounting of the pump's liquid end . The main motor shall be rated at 10 HP at 60 Hz. Motor will not exceed 10HP when only single phase electric service is available . N . PUMP STATION PERFORMANCE : The required pump performance with a positive suction head is as follows : a) discharge pressure of 70 psi , b) maximum required flow of 100 GPM , and c) minimum required flow of 35 GPM . O . IRRIGATION PUMP CONTROL PANEL : The control panel assembly shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed in accordance with section 508A for "enclosed industrial control panels , " All control devices and electronic auto-sensory circuitry shall be housed in a self-contained weather- resistant NEMA 4 or 4X control cabinet . An electrical schematic shall be permanently mounted inside the cabinet . The control cabinet shall contain the following protection and control equipment: P . DISCHARGE PIPE MANIFOLD : The pipe discharge manifold shall be constructed of galvanized steel pipe with galvanized roll groove fittings . A flow-switch , pressure gauge and hosebib will be provided on the station discharge . A wafer type butterfly valve or bronze ballvalve will be provided at pump station discharge . Q . SUCTION LINE : The minimum size suction line shall be 3" diameter or larger as required for a maximum of 5 feet per second velocity flow. If a reducing fitting is required at the pump suction , an eccentric reducer shall be installed . Any above ground pipe exposed to sunlight shall be schedule 40 galvanized steel with galvanized roll groove fittings. Suction pipe and fittings through 4" diameter shall be Schedule 40 PVC solvent weld . Suction pipe for 6" diameter shall be Schedule 40 PVC with galvanized roll groove fittings . Suction pipe for 8" diameter shall be galvanized steel with galvanized roll groove fittings . Well Source : The pump suction line shall run from the pump to the water tight well flange installed by the well driller with a cast iron roll groove swing check valve and isolation valve as shown in the detail . R. IRRIGATION CONTROLLER : A Hunter model ICC-32 station irrigation controller and rain sensor shall be mounted on the pump system . The controller shall be powered from a fuse block in the pump system control panel . The controller shall activate the pump via a relay in the control panel . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02811 Irrigation 02811 -6 S . WARRANTIES : Prior to shipping , the manufacturer shall flow test the system and submit a certified report to the designer stating the system is within 1 % + or — of the specified flow rate and pressure , and meets the operational requirements . The manufacturer of the pumping station shall warrant all components for a period of one ( 1 ) year from date of manufacture. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3. 01 GENERAL_ The Contractor shall be responsible for full and complete coverage of all irrigated areas and shall make any necessary adjustments at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. 02 INSTALLATION A. EXCAVATING AND TRENCHING : 1 . Perform all excavations as required for the installation of the work included under this section , including shoring of earth banks to prevent cave-ins . Restore all surfaces , existing underground installations , etc. , damaged or cut as a result of the excavations to their original conditions . 2 . Trenches shall be made wide enough to allow a minimum of 2 inches between parallel pipe lines . The minimum vertical clearance between lines crossing at angles greater than 45 degrees is 1 inch . Trenches for pipe lines shall be made of sufficient depth to provide the minimum cover from finish grade as follows : a . 16 in , minimum cover over main lines . b . 16 in . minimum cover over control wires . C, 12 in . minimum cover over lateral lines to heads . 3 . Where possible , install pipe adjacent to curbs or paving to minimize interference with plants and their roots . Coordinate with landscape installer regarding proposed plant material locations . 4 . Keep trenches free of obstruction and debris that could tend to damage pipe and control wires . Remove excess soil from the site and leave grade as it was prior to sprinkler system installation . Piping shall be routed around shrubs , trees and other permanent obstacles . B . PIPE LINE ASSEMBLY 1 . Install plastic pipe as recommended by the manufacturer and provide for expansion and contraction . Cut plastic pipe square . Remove burrs at cut ends prior to installation so that a smooth unobstructed flow will be obtained . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02811 Irrigation 02811 -7 2 . Install remote control valves at locations no closer than 12 inches � - to walk edges , buildings , and walls . Plastic pipe and fittings shall i be solvent welded using solvents and methods as recommended by manufacturer of the pipe , except where screwed connections are required . Pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt , dust and moisture before applying solvent with a nonsynthetic bristle brush . Care should be taken not to use an excess amount of solvent , thereby causing a burr or obstruction to form on the inside of the pipe . Allow the joints to set at least 24 hours before applying pressure on PVC pipe . Do not use PVC cement which has begun to gel . Do not attempt to make pipe connections during inclement weather conditions . C . SPRINKLER HEADS : Large gear-driven rotary type shall be installed so that the top is slightly above finish grade . If finish grade has not been established , set the top four inches above grade and lower when finish grade has been achieved . Sprinklers on risers shall be set at elevations so that there is no interruption of the stream from the sprinkler nozzle caused by plant material during the first growing season ( 1 year from date of installation ) . Heads along curbs and walks shall be set flush to within 1 /8 inch and two to four inches away from curb or walk. Adjust heads having an adjustment stem , for the proper radius and throw for the area involved . D . CONTROL WIRES : Shall be installed in a neat and orderly fashion underneath the main and lateral pipes , if possible . Ten-inch loops shall be provided at each valve where control wires are connected . All wires passing under existing or future paving , construction , etc. , shall be encased in plastic pipe as specified , extending at least twelve inches beyond edges of paving or construction . E . TESTING : All main lines shall be hydrostatically tested in the presence of the Owner' s representative at a pressure of 40 psi for a period of time not less than four (4) hours , should any leaks be found , they shall be repaired . The line shall then be retested until satisfactory . All lateral lines downstream from the remote control valves shall be visually inspected for leaks , should any be found , they shall be repaired . The line shall then be retested until satisfactory. F . BACKFILL AND COMPACTING : After system is approved or sections thereof, backfill excavations and trenches with clean soil , free of rubbish . Backfill for all trenches , regardless of the type of pipe covered shall be compacted to a minimum 90% of its maximum density (AASHTO T- 180) . Dress off all areas to finish grades . G . PUMP ENCLOSURE : 1 . Pump house shall be as specified on drawings . 2 . Submit shop drawings for review prior to constructing . H . FINAL ADJUSTMENT: Balance and adjust the irrigation system IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02811 Irrigation 02811 -8 components for efficient, proper operation. This includes controller synchronization as well as individual settings of control stations . 3.03 INSTRUCTIONS A. LABELS 1 . Number each zone valve box on underside of valve box cover with a black waterproof marker for reference . Numbers shall match the zone numbers on the drawings . 2 . Number each zone valve control wire at the controller with a waterproof marker and tags . Numbers shall match the zone numbers on the drawings . B . MAINTENANCE 1 . Maintain the irrigation system until final acceptance of the work . Maintenance shall include work, materials and replacements necessary to insure a complete properly operating system . 2 . It will be the Owner's responsibility to maintain the system in working order during the guarantee period , performing necessary minor maintenance , keeping grass from obstructing the sprinkler heads and preventing vandalism and damage during the landscape maintenance operation . 3 . CLEANING : The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises (grounds and pavements) free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by his employees or work. * EN ® OF SECTION* IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02811 Irrigation 02811 -9 SECTION 02821 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced . The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. References signify current revisions . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM ) ASTM A 53 Operating Salt Spray ( Fog ) Apparatus ASTM B221 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars , Rods , Wire , Profiles and Tubes ASTM B 241 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube ASTM C 94 Ready- Mixed Concrete ASTM F 883 Padlocks ASTM F1083 Standard Specification for Pipe , Steel , Hot-Dipped Zinc- Coated ( Galvanized ) Welded , for Fence Structures ASTM F1043 Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Metal Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework ASTM F1234 Protective Coatings on Steel Framework for Fences American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO ) AASHTO M111 Zinc ( Hot-Dip Galvanized ) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products AASHTO M181 Chain- Link Fence Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute Product Manual - Standard Guide for Metallic-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence & Fabric 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS Submit five copies of the following : A. Shop Drawings IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02821 — Chain Link Fences and Gates 02821 - 1 Gates Gate Operators Post spacing Location of gate , corner, end , and pull posts B . Product Data Chain -link fencing components Accessories Manufacturer's catalog cuts , specifications , installation instructions and maintenance data . C . Samples V x 1 ' minimum of each type of fence fabric. D . SD -06 Test Reports Weight in ounces for zinc coating 1 . 03 DELIVERY, STORAGE , AND HANDLING Deliver materials to site in an undamaged condition . Store materials off the ground to provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact . 1 . 04 WARRANTY The manufacturer shall provide a one-year warranty period on all components of the fence and gates . 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE Provide each type of steel fence and gates as a complete unit produced by a single manufacturer, including necessary erection accessories , fittings and fastenings . Comply with standards of the Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute Product Manual - Standard Guide for Metallic-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence & Fabric and Industrial Steel Specifications for fence posts , gates and accessories , and as herein specified . A. Required Report Data Submit reports of listing of chain- link fencing and accessories regarding weight in ounces for zinc coating , and chemical composition and thickness of aluminum alloy coating . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02821 — Chain Link Fences and Gates 02821 - 2 PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CHAIN -LINK FENCING AND ACCESSORIES Chain link fabric , posts , rails , truss rods , tension wires , tie wires , stretcher bars , gates and all miscellaneous fittings and hardware shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M181 , Stipulated AASHTO and ASTM signify current reference . The Contractor may elect to use either one or the other types of material from the component options listed above . Combinations of optional materials shall not be used on the same project. A. Fabric Chain link fabric options (2" mesh with twisted and barbed selvage top and bottom for all options ) : 1 . AASHTO M181 - Zinc Coated Steel , 9 gage Min . (coated wire diameter) , galvanized at the rate of 1 . 8 oz/sf ( M181 Class D 2 . 0 oz/sf modified to 1 . 8 oz/sf) . 2 . AASHTO M181 - Aluminum Coated Steel , 9 gage Min . (coated wire diameter) , coated at the rate of 0 . 40 oz/sf. 3 . AASHTO M181 - Polyvinyl Chloride ( PVC) Coated Steel , 9 gage Min . (coated core wire diameter) , core wire-zinc coated steel . PVC coating : M181 Class A (either extruded or extruded and bonded ) or Class B ( bonded ) . Height of fabric shall be 4 or 6 feet as indicated on the Drawings . B . Gates 1 . Swing Gates a . All gates other than the entrance slide gates shall be double swing type . Framing and bracing members shall be round , of steel or aluminum alloy. Steel member finish shall be zinc-coated or aluminum-coated . Gate frames and braces of steel construction shall be a minimum 1 . 90 inches OD , with 0 . 120 inches minimum wall thickness . Aluminum pipe frames and intermediate braces shall be a minimum 1 . 869 inches OD , with 0 . 940 Ib/ft of length . Gate fabric shall be as specified for fencing fabric. Coating for steel latches , stops , hinges , keepers , and accessories shall be galvanized . Gate leaves more than 8 feet wide shall have intermediate members as necessary to provide rigid construction , free from sag or twist. Gate leaves less than 8 feet wide shall have truss rods or intermediate braces . Attach gate fabric to gate frame in accordance with manufacturer's standards , except that welding will not be permitted . b . Hinges : Provide 1 - 1 /2 pair of hinges for each leaf 6 feet or over in IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 0282.1 — Chain Link Fences and Gates 02821 - 3 height. Hinges shall be non - lift-off type , offset to permit 180- _ degree swing , and of suitable size and weight to support gate . I c. Latch : Provide forked type for single gates 10 feet wide or less . Provide plunger bar type complete with flush plate set in concrete for all double gates and single gates over 10 feet . Padlock eye shall be an integral part of latch construction . 2 . Cantilever Slide Gates a . The two entrance gates shall be cantilevered slide gates . The gates shall have pad mounted , motorized operators , located on the secured side of the fence . The operators shall be controlled from inputs received from the following sources : remote card/code reader; remote control station in the dispatch office ; and from loop detectors located inside the secured driveway which automatically opens the fence part way for an exiting vehicle and automatically closes the fence after a vehicle enters the secured area . Each gate operator shall be manually or remotely (from the dispatch office) overridden to maintain the gate in an open or closed position . b . Frame : The cantilever gate frame shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown in the Drawings , or alternates as approved by the Engineer. C . Posts , Top Rails , Bottom Rails and Braces 1 . Line post options : a . Galvanized steel pipe , galvanized at the rate of 1 . 8 oz/sf: ASTM A53 Table X2 , ASTM F1083 , and AASHTO M111 . b . Aluminum coated steel pipe : ASTM A53 Table X2 coated at the rate of 0 . 40 oz/sf. c. Aluminum alloy pipe- ASTM 8241 or B221 , Alloy 6063 , T6 . 2 . Corner, end , and pull post options : a . Galvanized steel pipe , galvanized at the rate of 1 . 8 oz/sf: ASTM A53 Table X2 , ASTM F1083 , and AASHTO M111 b . Aluminum coated steel pipe ASTM A53 Table X2 coated at the rate of 0 . 40 oz/sf. c. Aluminum alloy pipe- ASTM 8241 or B221 , Alloy 6063 , T6 . 3 . Rail options : a . Galvanized steel pipe , Schedule 40- 1 '/ nominal dia . galvanized at the rate of 1 . 8 oz/sf: ASTM A53 Table X2 , ASTM F1083 , and AASHTO M111 . b . Aluminum coated steel pipe - 1 %4 " nominal dia . coated at the rate of 0 . 40 oz/sf: Spec . Subarticle 966- 1 . 5 . c. Aluminum alloy pipe- 1 '/4 " nominal dia . : ASTM B241 or B221 , Alloy 6063 , T6 , 4 . Minimum Dimensions ( inches ) : a . Line Posts : Pipe O . D . = C (see table ) , Pipe Wall Thickness = D (see table ) , Concrete Setting Diameter = G (see table ) , Concrete Setting Depth = H (see table ) IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02821 — Chain Link Fences and Gates 02821 - 4 b . Corner, End , and Pull Posts : Pipe O . D . = A(see table ) , Pipe Wall Thickness = B (see table ) , Concrete Setting Diameter = E (see table ) , Concrete Setting Depth = F (see table-next page ) Table of Dimensions Fence Height FT A B C D E F G H Up to 4 23/8 0 . 042 1 5/8 0 . 047 10 24 8 24 Over 4 to 5 23/8 0 . 042 17/8 0 . 055 10 24 8 24 Over 5 to 6 23/8 0 . 042 17/8 0 . 065 10 24 8 24 Over 6 to 8 23/8 0 . 110 23/8 0 . 095 10 36 10 36 Over 8 to 10 27/8 0 . 110 23/8 0 . 130 12 40 10 40 Over 10 to 12 27/8 0 . 160 27/8 0 . 120 12 42 12 42 D . Tension wire options : 1 . No . 7 gage steel wire zinc galvanized at the rate of 1 . 8 oz/sf: AASHTO M181 . 2 . Aluminum alloy wire conforming to the requirements of ASTM B211 , Alloy 6061 , Temper T89 or T94 , with a wire diameter of 0 . 1875" or larger. 3 . No . 7 gage aluminum coated steel wire coated at the rate of 0 . 40 oz/sf: AASHTO M181 E . Tie wire and hog ring options : 1 . Same gage ( Min . ) as the fabric - steel wire galvanized at the rate of 1 . 8 oz/sf. 2 . Aluminum alloy wire conforming to the requirements of ASTM B211 , Alloy 6061 , Temper T89 or T94 , with a minimum gage matching that of the fabric. 3 . Same gage ( Min . ) as the fabric - aluminum coated steel wire coated at the rate of 0 . 40 oz/sf. F . Fencing Accessories Provide wire ties constructed of the same material as the fencing fabric . G . Green Frame and Hardware Finish 1 . PVC Coated Finish : In accordance with ASTM F 1043 , apply supplemental color coating of 10- 15 mils (0 . 254 - 0 . 38 mm ) of thermally fused PVC in a green color selected from the manufacturer's choices , to match the fabric . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02821 — Chain Link Fences and Gates 02821 - 5 2 . Polyester Coated Finish : In accordance with ASTM coating specification F 1234 - 90A, electrostatically apply and thermally bond at 450 degrees F a thermosetting polyester powder of 3 mils ( 076 mm ) minimum in color to match the fabric. Select a green color from the manufacturer's choices , to match the fabric. H . Concrete ASTM C 94 , using 3/4 inch maximum-size aggregate , and having minimum compressive strength of 2 , 500 psi at 28 days . I . Grout Provide grout of proportions one part Portland cement to three parts clean , well-graded sand and a minimum amount of water to produce a workable mix. J . Padlocks CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary padlocks on all gates until the Owner occupies the the project. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 SITE PREPARATION A . Clearing and Grading Clear fence line of brush and other obstacles to install fencing . Establish a graded , compacted fence line prior to fencing installation . Compact fill used to establish fence line . B . Excavation Excavate to dimensions indicated for concrete-embedded items , except in bedrock . If bedrock is encountered , continue excavation to depth indicated or 18 inches into bedrock , whichever is less , with a diameter in bedrock a minimum of 2 inches larger than outside diameter of post . Clear post holes of loose material . Dispose of waste material . 3 . 02 FENCE INSTALLATION Install fence on prepared surfaces to line and grade indicated . Secure fastening and hinge hardware in place to fence framework by peening or welding . Allow for proper operation of components . Coat peened or welded areas with a repair coating matching original coating . Install fence in accordance with fence manufacturer's written installation instructions except as modified herein . A. Post Spacing i Provide line posts spaced equidistantly apart , not exceeding 10 feet on _ center. Provide gate posts spaced as necessary for size of gate IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02821 — Chain Link Fences and Gates 02821 - 6 openings . Provide corner or pull posts , with bracing in both directions , for changes in direction of 15 degrees or more , or for abrupt changes in grade . Provide drawings showing location of gate , corner, end , and pull posts . B . Post Setting Set posts plumb . Allow concrete and grout to cure a minimum of 7 days before performing other work on posts . C . Earth and Bedrock Provide concrete bases of dimensions indicated , except in bedrock . Compact concrete to eliminate voids , and finish to a dome shape . In bedrock , set posts with a minimum of one inch of grout around each post. Work grout into hole to eliminate voids , and finish to a dome shape . D . Concrete Slabs and Walls Set posts into zinc-coated sleeves , set in concrete slab or wall , to a minimum depth of 12 inches . Fill sleeve joint with lead , non -shrink grout , or other approved material . Set posts for support of removable fence sections into sleeves that provide a tight sliding joint and hold posts aligned and plumb without use of lead or setting material . E . Bracing Brace gate , corner, end , and pull posts to nearest post with a horizontal brace used as a compression member, placed at least 12 inches below top of fence , and two diagonal truss rods and truss tighteners used as tension members . F . Top Rail Install top rails before installing chain- link fabric . Pass top rail through intermediate post caps . Provide expansion coupling spaced as indicated . G . Bottom Tension Wire Install bottom tension wires before installing chain-link fabric, and pull wires taut. Place top and bottom tension wires within 8 inches of respective fabric line . H . Fabric Pull fabric taut and secure fabric to top rail and bottom rail and top wire and bottom wire , close to both sides of each post and at maximum intervals of 24 inches on center. Secure fabric to posts using stretcher bars , ties or clips spaced 15 inches on center, or by integrally weaving to integral fastening loops of end , corner, pull , and gate posts for full length IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02821 — Chain Link Fences and Gates 02821 - 7 of each post. Install fabric on opposite side of posts from area being secured . Install fabric so that bottom of fabric is 2 inches above ground level . Install fence fabric to provide approximately 2 inch deflection at center of fabric span between two posts , when a force of approximately 30 pounds is applied perpendicular to fabric . Fabric should return to its original position when force is removed . 3 . 03 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Post Caps Design post caps to accommodate top rail . Install post caps as recommended by the manufacturer. B . Gates Install swing gates to swing through 180 degrees from closed to open . Install sliding cantilever gates to clear the opening dimension (s ) shown on plans . C . Padlocks Provide padlocks for gate openings and provide chains that are securely attached to gate or gate posts . Provide padlocks keyed alike , and provide two keys for each padlock . 3 . 04 CLEANUP Remove waste fencing materials and other debris from the site . Restore disturbed ground areas to original condition . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATfONS COMPLEX 02821 — Chain Link Fences and Gates 02821 - 8 SECTION 02870 - SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED A . Placement of benches as located on the plans . 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS A . Section 03300 - Coast in Place Concrete . . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Manufacturer's technical literature with installation instructions . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIAL A. The benches required may be made of cast stone , ( GRFC ) a lightweight Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete or Glascrete , ( cast stone look with about 1 /5th the weight) . Equal to Dura Art Stone Model S4A , 17 " to 24 " wide or Artlo Industries , Inc . Model 13 - 36 . All 48" long . B . The fabrication material is a mixture of cement , aggregates , and mineral colors and is reinforced with steel . 1 . Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to ASTM C- 150 , Types I , II or III . 2 . Integral color shall be pure mineral oxide , limeproof and nonfading . Color selected to match Dura Stone S -4 TAN . 3 . Aggregates for concrete shall conform to the ASTM C-33 with a maximum size of 3/4 inch . 4 . Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM 615 and deformations shall conform to ASTM M- 305 . 5 . Quality : Minimum strength of 5 , 000 psi at age 28 days , as determined by tests of 6 -inch and 12-inch cylinders . Absorption shall not exceed 5 percent . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02870 — Site Furnishings 02870- 1 C . The surfaces are cast against appropriate materials to achieve desired finishes . Provide sacked smooth finish on all top and horizontal seating surfaces . If 2 . 02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A . Dura Art Stone , Forest Park , Georgia B . Environmental Features , Inc . , Northville , Michigan C . Artlo Industries , Inc . , Perris , California PART 3 - EXECUTION A . Benches shall be fixed in place utilizing one of the following methods : 1 . Subterranean Mount using set in place steel dowels cast into the bench legs or slab . 2 . Dowel/Surface mount with epoxy set . 3 . Epoxy set casting to slab . 4 . All epoxy work to be performed by the General Contractor, PART 4 - WARRANTY A . Manufacturers shall warrant their products , when purchased new , to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service for one ( 1 ) year from the date of purchase and delivery . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02870 — Site Furnishings; ' 02870-2 SECTION 02891 TRAFFIC SIGNS PART 1 -- GENERAL Work under this heading consists of furnishing and installing all traffic control and handicap parking signs shown on the drawings , according to F . D . O . T . index No . ' s 11860 and 11864 , 90 MPH wind criteria . 1 . 01 REFERENCES A. Florida Department of Transportation — Design Standards - (2002 ) 1 . INDEX 11860 2 , INDEX 11864 PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 The signs shall conform to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administrations Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices . The location of the signs shall be as shown on the Plans . Signs shall be retro- reflective . 2 . 02 The signs shall be affixed to a 2 '/z- inch diameter, schedule 80 , aluminum post , driven to the depths as indicated in index 11864 . 2 . 03 Definitions A. Substrate : The base material , usually plywood or aluminum , upon which the background sheeting is attached . B . Sheeting : The reflective or non - reflective material that comprises the background legend , border, and symbols . C . Sign : A complete assembly comprised of post, frame , fasteners , and panel . D . Auxiliary Sign : A sign including frame , if required , attached and supplemental to a complete sign assembly. E . Panel replacement: Removing the existing panel and attaching a new panel to the frame . F . Panel Overlay : Attaching new panels to all or part of an existing panel . G . Size : Horizontal x Vertical IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02891 -Traffic Signs 02891 - 1 PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION A . Coordinate utility location . B . Excavate following Section 02302 requirements . C . Install temporary traffic control devices before work activities begin ( If Applicable ) . D . Do not remove a sign which is being replaced until the new sign is placed and uncovered . E . Compact backfill to a density equal to surrounding materials . F . Establish proper elevation and orientation of all signs , structures , and determine proper sign post lengths as dictated by construction slopes . G . Cover signs which require temporary covering an opaque material . Secure at the rear of the sign so that the sign is not damaged . Maintain covering until removed . H . Construct sign post foundations with concrete conforming to indicated dimensions . 3 . 02 RELOCATING EXISTING SIGN A . Retrofit as required to meet current standards . B . Provide new posts and accessories as required . C . Remove foundations to a minimum of 6 inches below the ground line , and backfill . 3 . 03 REMOVING EXISTING SIGN A. Remove foundations to a minimum of 6 inches below the ground line and backfill . END OF SECTION r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02891 -Traffic Signs 02891 - 2 SECTION 02900 SURFACE RESTORATION PART 1 -- SCOPE 1 . 01 GENERAL A. The work to be performed under this item shall include the selling and delivering and the completing of surface restoration required due to construction activities conducted `off-site" . This item does not include final asphaltic concrete surface course , pavement marking , sodding or seeding and mulching , sidewalk , or curb restoration . Final surface restoration shall follow completion of acceptable testing results within 10 calendar days However, in no case shall the area of construction be allowed to remain unrestored more than 30 days after excavation . 1 . 02 REFERENCES A. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction , 2002 Edition . 1 . F . D . O .T Section 320 - Hot Bituminous Mixtures - Plant , Methods and Equipment . 2 . F . D . O . T Section 332 - Type II Asphaltic Concrete . 3 . F . D . O .T Section 912 - Sand -Clay Base Material 4 , F . D . O . T Section 913 - Shell Material 5 , F . D . O . T Section 915 - Cemented Coquina Shell Material B . American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AASHTO 1 , AASHTO T- 180 - Test for Moisture- Density Relations of Soils using a 10 Ib . Rammer and an 18-inch Drop . PART 2 -- MATERIALS 2 . 01 BASE COURSE FOR PAVED SURFACES A. The base course shall consist of locally occurring , naturally deposited , dredged coquina shell conforming to Section 915 of F . D . O .T . " Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction " , 2002 Edition . 2 . 02 PRIMER A. Primer shall be hot bituminous RC-70 material . Alternate primers shall be acceptable only with prior approval of the Engineer. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02900 — Surface Restoration 02900 - 1 2 . 03 TEMPORARY SURFACE COURSE A. The temporary surface course shall be Type II asphaltic concrete I in accordance with all applicable requirements of Section 332 of F . D . O . T Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction " , 2002 Edition . 2 . 04 GRASS , SHRUBBERY, TREES , ETC . A . All planted vegetation which is removed , damaged or destroyed by project construction shall be replaced by like kind and in the same manner. Sodding , seeding and mulching shall be conducted in accordance with other Sections of these specifications . PART 3 -- EXECUTION OF WORK 3 . 01 NON STATE-OWNED PUBLIC PAVEMENT AND UNPAVED BASE COURSES A . Base Course - The base course shall be constructed to the details shown on the Plans at the Engineer's direction . Any variance from the Plan details shall not be allowed without the prior written consent of the Engineer. The base material shall be transported to the point where it is to be used , over rock previously placed , if practicable , and dumped on the end of the preceding spread . In no case shall rock be dumped directly on the subgrade . The lime rock shall be spread uniformly with equipment approved by the Engineer. All segregated areas of fine or coarse rock shall be removed and replaced with well graded rock . The equipment to be used shall include a self- propelled blade grader weighing not less than 3 tons , with wheel base not less than 15 feet and blade length not less than 10 feet; scarifiers shall have teeth spaced not to exceed 4- 1 /2-inches apart; at least one three-wheel roller weighing not less than 10 tons ; provision for furnishing water at the site of work by tank truck or hose at a rate not less than 50 gallons per minute : Alternate equipment approved by the Engineer may be used where narrow widths preclude use of larger equipment . After spreading is completed , the entire surface shall be scarified and shaped so as to produce the exact grade and cross section after compaction . The full depth of base shall be compacted to a density of 98 % (minimum each test) of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T- 180 ( Modified Proctor) . The finished surface of rock base shall be true to the required cross section throughout. Any irregularities in the surface greater than 1 /4-inch , as determined by placing a 10 foot straightedge parallel or perpendicular with the centerline , shall be corrected by scarifying to a depth of 3 1 /2 inches , removing or adding rock as may be required and again watering , rolling and compacting the scarified area . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02900 - 2 02900 — Surface Restoration 1 . Density Testing - The contractor shall arrange to have sufficient thickness and compaction tests made by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Engineer to demonstrate conformance of his work with the stability and compaction levels required by these specifications . Thickness and compaction tests shall be taken at intervals listed herein or as deemed necessary by the Engineer. In no case shall the Contractor proceed with construction over compacted material until the tests prove satisfactory and approval is given by the Engineer. In general , at least one test for maximum dry density/optimum moisture content shall be performed on a representative sample of each inherently different material to be used for compacted base material . As a minimum , in - place density tests shall be performed at the rate of one test location per 300 lineal feet (or fraction thereof) of trench on the compacted base and under each drive lane at all roadway crossings . Test shall be . taken in 6 inch lifts beginning at the bottom of the base and ending at the final grade . Test locations shall be as directed by the Engineer or his authorized representative . If any test results are unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall re-excavate and re- compact the base , at his expense , to the extent directed by the Engineer until the required compaction is obtained . The cost of all proctor and density tests shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be included in the cost of installed and completed water main . B . Priming - Before any bituminous material is applied , all loose material , dust , dirt and other foreign material which might prevent proper bond shall be removed from the base for the full width of application . The surface to be primed shall have the glazed finish removed by " hard - planing " prior to the application . The bituminous material to be used shall be RC-70 or other material approved by the Engineer. The temperature of the material shall be between 100 degrees F and 150 degrees F . the exact temperature being such as will insure uniform distribution . The surface to be primed shall be clean and dry . No bituminous material shall be applied when the temperature of the air is less than 60 degrees F in the shade , or when , in the opinion of the Engineer, the weather conditions or the condition of the existing surface is unsuitable . The rate of application shall not be less than 0 . 10 gal , per square yard , and shall be sufficient to coat the surface thoroughly and uniformly without having any excess to puddle or flow off the base . Application shall be by self- propelled pressure distributor, operating under a pressure not less than 20 lbs , per square inch . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02900 — Surface Restoration 02900 - 3 The prime shall be allowed to stand , without sanding , for a period of at If least 4 hours . A uniform application of clean sand shall be applied prior to opening the primed base to traffic , in which case the sand shall be rolled with a traffic roller in conjunction with traffic to cure the prime coat. The sand to be used shall be free of silt, rock , particles , sticks , trash , vegetation , or other deleterious material . C . Temporary Asphaltic Surface Course - If Contractor is not prepared to place a final asphaltic surface restoration course within 24 hours after backfilling , a temporary asphaltic surface course shall be applied . After the prime coat has had adequate time to cure , and prior to the installation of a temporary surface course , the Contractor shall clean the prepared base of all loose sand and other deleterious materials . If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the prepared surface is unsuitable to receive the temporary surface course without tacking , a tack coat shall be applied in accordance with Paragraph 2 .A . of Section No . 02741 of these specifications . Once the surface has been properly prepared , the Contractor shall install a 2- inch layer of Type II Asphaltic Concrete in accordance with the details shown on the Plans as a temporary surface course . Said Type II Asphaltic Concrete shall conform to all of the applicable requirements of Section 332 of the Florida Department of Transportation " Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction , " 2002 except that "Job Mix Formula " will not be required . The temporary surface course may be spread with a spreader box in lieu l of a self-propelled mechanical spreader. The cost of temporary surface course and subsequent patching and/or leveling courses necessitated or required prior to final asphaltic concrete surface course application to bring the trench areas to proper grade and cross section , shall be included in the lump sum prices bid . No additional compensation will be made for restoration requirements . 3 . 02 RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND/OR EASEMENTS IN GRASS AND SHRUBBERY PLOTS A. Rights-of-way and/or easements in grass and shrubbery plots shall be restored to the condition existing prior to making the excavation . All shrubbery, ornamental trees and other plantings shall be fully protected . If it is found necessary to remove any grass , shrubbery or plants to accomplish the work , they shall be satisfactorily replaced before the work will be accepted or paid for. At a minimum , all backfill shall be seeded and mulched . B . Contractor shall pay particular attention to the possible installation of private irrigation systems within sodded portions of the road right-of-way . The Contractor shall take all required precautions to protect and restore such irrigation systems to their original condition . If such systems are damaged or destroyed due to the water main installation , the Contractor shall immediately repair or replace the system . No additional compensation for the repair or replacement of irrigation systems shall be IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02900 — Surface Restoration 02900 - 4 paid to the Contractor. 3 . 03 CLEANUP A . Cleanup is an essential part of the project and this portion of the work will not be considered complete and no payment made until the cleanup is complete to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02900 — Surface Restoration 02900 - 5 SECTION 02930 i LANDSCAPING , RESTORATION AND SODDING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1901 SCOPE A. WORK INCLUDED : This section is part of the entire set of contract documents and shall be coordinated with the applicable provisions of the other parts . B . The extent of the landscape development work is shown on the drawings and in schedules . Completion of the work shall mean full and exact compliance and conformity with the provisions expressed or implied in the drawings and specifications . C . The work under this section includes supplying and planting - of trees , shrubs and ground covers in accordance with sound nursery practice and maintaining and watering them until final completion and acceptance , but not less than 30 days from installation , and any other work as called for on the plans and in these specifications . 1 . 02 STANDARDS A . All other material and other related work called for on the Drawings and/or these specifications unless otherwise noted shall be furnished and installed in accordance with sound nursery practice and as directed by the Landscape Architect. B . Provide trees and shrubs grown in a recognized nursery in accordance with good horticultural practice . (The only exception shall be native plant material collected from field locations . ) Provide healthy vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project and free of disease , insects , eggs , larvae , and defects such as knots , sun-scald , injuries , abrasions , or disfigurements . All plant material shall be graded Florida No . 1 or better as outlined under Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants 2nd ed . , February 1998 , State Plant Board of Florida . C . Approval : All plant material shall be inspected by representatives of the Planning Department and Department of Public Works and Engineering prior to installation , without exception . D . The Landscape Architect shall have the right at any stage of the operations to reject any and all work and materials , which , in his opinion , do not meet with the requirements of these specifications . Such rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site and acceptable material substituted in its place . IRC- OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02930 -Landscape 02930- 1 1 . 03 PRODUCT HANDLING A. DELIVERY AND STORAGE_ The balls of B & B plants , which cannot be planted immediately on delivery , shall be covered with moist soil or mulch or other protection from drying wind and sun . All plants shall be watered as necessary until planted . B . PROTECTION : 1 . Trees moved by winch or crane shall be thoroughly protected from chain marks , girdling , or other bark slippage by means of burlap , wood battens or other approved method . 2 . Container grown plants shall be carefully removed from the container so as not to disturb the root system . Spade shall not be used to cut containers . 1 . 04 JOB CONDITIONS A . EXISTING CONDITIONS : 1 . The contractor shall verify all site conditions prior to construction . 2 . The Contractor shall exercise care in digging and other work so as not to damage existing work including underground pipes and cables , and the pipes and hydrants of watering systems . Should such overhead or underground obstructions be encountered which interfere with planting the location of plants shall be adjusted to clear such obstruction . 3 . Should any objectionable materials such as old concrete , bricks , or other debris be encountered during planting operations , they shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. B . SCHEDULING : 1 . In general the work shall proceed as rapidly as the site becomes available . 2 . Landscape installation shall not begin until an adequate source of water is available on site . 3 . The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating his work with all other parties involved with the job in order the eliminate unnecessary complication during the installation of his work . 4 . Upon substantial completion of work , the Contractor shall request a walk-through by the Landscape Architect to formulate a " punch list" . Contractor shall complete " punch list" items as quickly as possible , and request another walk-through to verify completion . Upon IRC- OPERATIONS COMPLEX . 02930 - Landscape 02930-2 successful completion of the " punch list" items , the work will be accepted by the Owner. 1 . 05 GUARANTEE A . Considering that the Owner will be responsible for maintaining all materials after acceptance , the Contractor shall guarantee to replace all plant materials for a period of time after final acceptance as follows : 1 . Trees (except Palms ) - 180 days . 2 . Palms - 1 year. 3 . Shrubs and Ground Cover - 60 days . 4 . Sod - 30 days . B . Should any of the plant materials show 40 % or more defoliation during the guarantee period due to the Contractor's use of improper materials or workmanship the Contractor, upon written notice , shall replace same within 15 days , without additional cost to the Owner. C . Specifically excluded from the guarantee are damages resulting from natural causes such as floods , lightning strikes , freezing or winds over 60 mph . , damages from acts of negligence on the part of the Owner or others occupying the site , fires , vandalism and herbivorous animals . D . This guarantee shall be in effect only if proper maintenance is performed by the Owner, after final acceptance of the Contractor's work . Without such maintenance , this guarantee shall become null and void . Proper maintenance shall be considered as performing the procedures described generally in Section 8 . 11 C MAINTENANCE ( Items 1 -3 ) . 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS A . Physical samples of prepared planting soil , and mulch . B . Labels from starter fertilizer. C . Submit recommendations for controller time setting for each irrigation zone valve to the Owner prior to completion of work . D . Submit recommended plant care and maintenance procedures to Owner prior to completion of work . E . Soil test results (see 8 . 08 A) . PART 2 -- MATERIALS 2 . 01 MATERIALS IRC—OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02930 -Landscape 02930-3 A. NOMENCLATURE : Conform to the names given in Standardized Plant Names , 1942 Edition , prepared by the American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature . Names of varieties not included therein , conform generally with names accepted in the nursery trade . B . MEASUREMENTS : Plants shall be measured when branches are in their normal position . Height and spread dimensions specified refer to main body of plant and not extreme branch tip to tip . The measurements specified are the minimum size acceptable and are the measurements after pruning , where pruning is required . C . B & B PLANTS : No plant shall be accepted when the ball of earth surrounding its roots has been cracked or broken . The diameter of the ball must be sufficient to encompass the fibrous and feeding root system necessary for the maximum development of the plant . Root pruning shall have been done at a minimum of four (4 ) weeks before planting at the job . Anti-transpirant spray shall be applied immediately following installation . D . MATERIALS: Pot bound plant materials will be unacceptable . E . SOD : The variety of sod shall be first quality St . Augustine Floratam or Bahia as specified by the Drawings . It shall be of tough texture , having a compact growth of grass with good root system . It shall contain no weeds or other objectionable vegetation : The sod shall be a certified variety of a chinch bug resistant strain . The soil embedded in the sod shall be good clean earth , free of vermin , fungus , and other diseases . Floratam shall be located in areas to be irrigated or where directed by the Landscape Architect. Bahia shall be located in un-irrigated areas . Before being cut and lifted , the sod shall have been mowed at least three times with a lawn mower, with the final mowing not more than seven days before sod is cut . The sod shall be carefully cut into uniform dimensions . Sod which has been handled roughly or been allowed to dry out shall not be accepted . F . BRACES FOR TREES : shall be provided as shown on the Drawings , material shall be a minimum nominal dimensions of 2 x 4 southern pine number 2 grade or as necessary to provide the proper bracing . G . SUBSTITUTIONS; will not be permitted . H . STAKES AND GUY WIRES; for tree support shall be installed as shown on the Drawings unless additional support is required as determined by the Contractor. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper support of all new plant materials . 2 . 02 MIXES : A Fertilization for trees , palms , and shrubs shall conform with ANSI A-300 part 2 fertilization standard . Fertilizers for trees and shrubs shall have a ratio of 3 : 1 : 1 or 3 : 1 : 2 . Fertilizers for palms shall have a ratio of 3 : 1 : 3 . A minimum of 50 % of the total nitrogen shall be water-insoluble . Fertilizers IRC- OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02930 -Landscape 02930-4 shall have a salt index of less than 50 . Fertilizers shall be applied at a rate of 2-4 lbs , of nitrogen per 1 , 000 s . f. per application , not to exceed 6 lbs , of nitrogen per 1 , 000 s . f. annually. B Lawn areas shall be treated with a 6-6 -6 fertilizer, 100 % organic, with minor elements , applied at a rate of twenty (20 ) pounds nitrogen per 1 , 000 ft. A minimum of 50 % of the total nitrogen shall be water-insoluble . 2 . 03 PREPARATION A. SOIL TESTING : The Contractor shall test each site area for soil pH . Provide and supply such soil amendments as are necessary to adjust the pH range of each area to a level that will provide optimum conditions for the vigorous growth of the specified new plant material and grass (6 . 0 - 6 . 5 ) . Submit test results and proposed soil amendments outline to the Landscape Architect prior to amending soils . (Soil amendments N . I . C . ) B . PLANT PITS : Circular pits with vertical sides shall be excavated for all plants . Diameter of pits for trees , shrubs , and ground cover shall be at least two times greater than the diameter of the ball . PART 3 -- INSTALLATION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/PERFORMANCE A. All plants except as otherwise specified , shall be centered in pits and set on compacted top soil to such a depth that the finished grade level at the plant after settlement will be the same as that at which the plant was grown . No burlap shall be pulled out from under balls . Remove burlap from top 1 /3 of root ball . Roots shall be spread in their normal position . Container grown plants shall not be excessively root bound . All broken or frayed roots shall be cut off cleanly. Soil shall be placed and compacted thoroughly, avoiding injury and shall be settled by watering . No filling will be permitted around trunks . B . New planting shall be so set that the final level of ground around the plants shall conform to surrounding grades , or as otherwise specified . C . Moisten prepared surface immediately prior to laying sod . Solid sod shall be laid immediately upon delivery to site with closely abutting joints , with a tamped or rolled even surface . Stagger end joints minimum of 12 inches . It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to bring the sod edge in a neat, clean manner to the edge of all paving and shrub areas . After the sod is laid , a top dressing of clean sand shall be evenly applied over the entire surface and thoroughly washed in , ( if determined necessary by the Landscape Architect) . Note: Sand will not be required on properly laid sod . D . All plant beds , unless otherwise noted , including tree saucers , shall be top- dressed with 3" pine mulch . IRC- OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02930 -Landscape 02930-5 E . The amount of pruning on new plant material shall be limited to the minimum necessary to remove dead or injured branches . Pruning shall be done in such a manner as not to change the natural habitat or shape of a . plant. 3 . 02 SODDING . A. DESCRIPTION_ All sodding shall comply with Section 575 of the 2000 edition of the Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction , except as may be modified for this Contract . The Contractor shall furnish and install the solid sodding where shown on the Drawings . Fertilizer shall be a commercial grade with a chemical designation of 12-8-8 . Where sod type is not indicated on the Drawings , it shall match that of the existing grass unless otherwise directed by the Landscape Architect. B . CONSTRUCTION METHODS : The areas over which the sod is to be placed shall be scarified or loosened to suitable depth . Fertilizer shall be spread uniformly at a rate of 400-500 pounds per acre . As soon as the fertilizer is spread , it shall be mixed with the soil to a depth of approximately 4 inches . C . Whenever an area has been graded and is ready for sodding (as may be determined by the Landscape Architect) , the Contractor shall , when directed by the Landscape Architect, proceed at once with the sodding of the available areas . Sodding shall be incorporated into the project at the earliest practical time in the life of the Contract. Any sod which is not planted within 24 hours after cutting shall be stacked in an approved manner and maintained properly moistened . Sod will not be allowed to be stored on the site longer than two (2 ) days without being laid . All sod shall be watered within three (3 ) days of being laid . D . Sodding shall not be performed when weather and soil conditions are , in the Landscape Architect's opinion , unsuitable for proper results . E . The sod shall be placed on the prepared surface , with edges in close contact , and shall be firmly and smoothly embedded by light tamping with appropriate tools . Where in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, the sod has not been placed properly the Contractor may be required to roll the sodded area with approved equipment. F . Where new sod is laid adjacent to existing sod the existing sod shall be trimmed on an even , straight line and adjacent grading shall be such that finish grade of the new sod matches the existing grade of the existing sod . Any uneven , irregular finish at the interface of the new and existing sod will not be permitted . Should the Landscape Architect find the interface work between the new and existing sod unacceptable the new sod shall be IRC- OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02930 -Landscape 02930-6 removed , the existing sod re-trimmed , the area regraded and new sod replaced . No additional payment will be made for such work. C . Where new sod is laid adjacent to paving or shrub areas , the new sod shall be trimmed to an even clean line . D . Where sodding is used in drainage ditches , the setting of the pieces shall be staggered , such as to avoid a continuous seam along the line of flow. Along the edges of such staggered areas the offsets of individual strips shall not exceed six inches . In order to prevent erosion caused by vertical edges at the outer limits , the outer pieces of sod shall be tamped as to produce a feather edge effect . I . On areas where the sod may slide , due to height and slope , the Landscape Architect may direct that the sod be pegged , with pegs driven through the sod blocks into firm earth , at suitable intervals . J . Any pieces of sod which , after placing , show any appearance of extreme dryness , shall be removed from the work . 1 . Where existing sod is to be removed , maintained and reinstalled the Contractor shall remove the existing sod with an approved type sod cutter. Reinstallation of the existing sod shall be as specified herein in the Sodding . 2 , WATERING_ The areas on which the sod is to be placed shall contain sufficient moisture , as determined by the Landscape Architect, for optimum results after being placed . The sod shall be kept in a moist condition for the duration of the contract period (and in no case less than 30 days ) . The moistened condition shall extend at least to the full depth of the rooting zone . 3 . MAINTENANCE_ The Contractor shall , at his expense , maintain the sodded areas in a satisfactory condition until substantial completion of the project , but not less than 30 days . Such maintenance shall include the watering , mowing , filling , leveling , and repairing of any washed or eroded areas , as may be necessary. The Landscape Architect, at any time , may require re-sodding ( by the above method ) of any areas in which the sod does not appear to be developing satisfactorily . K . INSTRUCTIONS : 1 . GRADES : It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to finish (fine ) grade all landscape areas , eliminating all surface irregularities , depressions , sticks , stones , and other debris , and remove them from the site . Rough grade shall be considered as site work ( rather than landscaping ) and shall be established to within ± 0 . 1 ' of design grade . Contractor is responsible for installation and contouring of all berms indicated on drawings . IRC- OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02930 -Landscape 02930-7 2 . No plant pits for trees or palms shall be dug or prepared until their locations have been staked on the ground and approved by the City's designated representative . All plant materials shall be subject to inspection at any time by the City to determine adherence to quality and size . L . MAINTENANCE : 1 . The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until the landscape work is accepted by the Owner, including proper watering . In no case shall maintenance be performed for less than thirty ( 30 ) days . 2 . Maintenance shall include , but not be limited to watering of turf and planting beds , mowing , cultivation , weeding , pruning , disease and pest control , replacement of dead or unacceptable materials , straightening turf or planter settlement areas , guy wire repair and tightening , wash -outs , and any other procedure consistent with good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal , vigorous and healthy growth of all work under this contract . 3 . Mowing , if necessary prior to final acceptance , shall occur at regular intervals at a mowing height of 3 inches when the grass reaches a height of four and one-half (4 1 /2 ) inches with a standard rotary mower. At no time shall more than 1 /3 of the leaf surface be removed . 4 . Replacement of plants necessary during the maintenance period shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 5 . It will be the Owner's responsibility to continue maintaining the landscape , following guidelines above , after final acceptance . 6 . The Contractor is entirely responsible for the work until final acceptance . M . CLEANING : The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises (grounds and pavements ) free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by his employees or work. 3 . 03 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES A. Extreme care shall be taken to safeguard all existing City and/or private property utilities or structures on or around the job site , and any item destroyed or damaged will be replaced by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 3 . 04 CLEAN -UP IRC- OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02930 -Landscape 02930-8 A. The Contractor shall clean up job site upon completion of work . He shall remove all debris from the Owner's property. 3 . 05 REMOVING EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A. Trees or shrubs on the site which are determined to be relocated are to be moved with a suitable tree spade to final permanent location on the site and maintained as above for new trees or plants . Trees to be moved (relocated ) where shown on the Drawings shall be properly pruned and tied before moving . Pits for relocated trees or plants shall be excavated and filled as specified herein and shown on the Drawings for new trees or plants . 3 . 06 BASIS OF PAYMENT A . The cost bid for the unit price or lump sum item shall include all labor, materials , equipment, trees , plants , shrubs , topsoil , fertilizer and related incidentals necessary to completely install the landscaping as shown on the Drawings and specified herein . The areas shall be determined by the final dimensions as measured horizontally along the surface of the completed work within the neat lines shown on the Drawings or designated by the Landscape Architect. * END OF THIS SECTION * IRC- OPERATIONS COMPLEX 02930 -Landscape . 02930-9 DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Qualifications of Workmen : 1 . Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed , the referenced standards , and the requirements of this work , and who shall direct all work performed under this Section . B . Codes and Standards : 1 . Comply with applicable provisions of the latest edition of Building Code that has jurisdiction and Occupational Safety and Health Act, 2 . Where provision of pertinent codes and standards conflict with the requirements of this Section of these Specifications , the more stringent provisions shall govern . 3 . Product Standard PS 1 - 83 for Construction and Industrial Plywood , 4 , American Concrete Institute Standard recommended practice. for concrete formwork , ACI 347- latest edition . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 FORM MATERIALS A. Form Lumber: 1 . All form lumber in contact with exposed concrete shall be new except as allowed for under Re- use of Forms in Part 3 of this Section of the Specifications . All form lumber shall be one of the following , a combination thereof, or an equal approved in advance by the Engineer. a . " Plyform " , Class 15/8 " or 3/4 ". PS 1066 , C - D exterior plywood , bearing the label of the Douglas Fir Plywood Association . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03100 — Concrete Formwork 03100- 1 b . Douglas Fir- Larch , number two grade , seasoned , surfaced four (4) sides . 2 . 02 OTHER MATERIALS A . All other materials , not specifically described but required for proper completion of concrete formwork , shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to the advance approval of the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A . Inspection and Soil Treatment : 1 . Prior to all work of this section , carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is completed to the point where this installation may properly commence ,. 2 . Verify that forms may be constructed in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations , the referenced standards , and the original design . 3 . Treat underlying soil to prevent vegetation growth and insect infestation . 3 . 02 CONSTRUCTION OF FORMS A . General : Construct all required forms to be substantial , sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar, and able to withstand pressures without excessive deflection when filled with wet concrete . B . Embedded Items : Set all required steel frames , angles , grilles , bolts , inserts , and other such items required to be anchored in the concrete before the concrete is placed . C . Bracing : 1 . Properly brace and tie the forms together so as to maintain position and shape and to ensure safety to personnel . 2 . Construct all bracing and supporting members of amply size and strength to safely carry , without excessive deflection , all dead and live loads to which they may be subjected . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03100 — Concrete Formwon 03100-2 3 . Space the forms the proper distance apart and securely tie them together, using metal spreader ties that vie positive tieing and accurate spreading 3 . 03 RE- USE OF FORMS A . General : 1 . Re- use of forms shall be subject to advance written approval of the Structural Engineer , A . Requirements : 1 . Except as specifically approved in . advance by the Structural Engineer, re- use of forms shall in no way delay or change the schedule of placement of concrete from the schedule obtainable if all form were new . 2 . Except as specifically approved in advance by the Structural Engineer, re-use of forms shall in no way impart less structural stability to the forms no less acceptable appearance to finished exposed concrete . 3 . 04 REMOVAL OF FORMS A . General : 1 . Minimum periods to form removal after concrete placement shall be as follows : a . Slabs and curbs 24 hours b . Vertical walls (4 '- 0" Ht ) 36 hours C . Vertical walls (over 4 '-0 " Ht . ) 7 days 2 . Removal of formwork may be extended if deemed necessary by the Structural Engineer . B . Removal : 1 . Remove metal spreader ties on exposed concrete by removing or snapping off inside the wall surface and point up and rubbing the resulting pockets to match the surrounding areas . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03100 — Concrete Formwork 03100-3 2 . Flush all holes resulting from the use of spreader rods and sleeve nuts , using water, and then solidly pack throughout the wall thickness with cement grout applied under pressure by means of a grouting gun ; grout shall be one ( 1 ) part Portland cement and two and one- half (2 %Z) parts sand ; apply grout immediately after removing forms . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03100 — Concrete Formwor 03100-4 — SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Qualifications of Workmen 1 . Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section . Be Codes and Standards 1 . Comply with applicable provisions of the latest edition of the Building Code that has jurisdiction . 2 . Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with this Specification , the more stringent provisions shall govern . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Shop Drawings 1 . Within thirty-five ( 35 ) days after award of Contract , and before any concrete reinforcement materials are fabricated and/or delivered to the job site , submit Shop Drawings to the Architect . 2 . Do not fabricate and/or deliver concrete reinforcement to the job site until receipt of Shop Drawings approval from the Architect . 1 . 04 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Protection 1 . Use all means necessary to protect concrete reinforcement before , during , and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades . 2 . Store in a manner to prevent excessive . rusting and fouling with dirt , grease , and other bond - breaking coatings . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03200 — Concrete Reinforcement 03200- 1 B . Placements 1 . In the event of damage , immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A . All concrete reinforcement materials shall be new , free from rust , and complying with the following reference standards unless otherwise specified on the drawings . 1 . Bars for reinforcement : " Specifications for Deformed Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" , ASTM A-615 , latest editions , Grade 60 . 2 . Wire for reinforcement : " Specifications for Cold - Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement" , ASTM A- 82 , 3 . Wire fabric : " Specifications for Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A- 185 , latest edition . 2 . 02 OTHER MATERIALS A . All other materials , not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of concrete reinforcement , shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A . Inspection 1 . Prior to installation of the Work of this Section , carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence . 2 . Verify that concrete reinforcement may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations , the approved Shop Drawings , and the original design . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03200 — Concrete Reinforcemeri, 03200-2 — B . Discrepancies 1 . In the event of discrepancy ; immediately notify the Architect . 2 . So not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved . 3 . 02 BENDING A . General 1 . Fabricate all reinforcement in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and ASTM A-615 . 2 . Do not use bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Drawings or on the approved Shop Drawings . 3 . Do not bend or straighten steel, in a manner that will injure the material . 3 . 03 PLACING A . General 1 . Before the start of concrete placement , accurately place all concrete reinforcement , positively securing and supporting by means of approved metal chairs , spacers , and metal hangers . B . Clearance 1 . Preserve clear space between bars of not less than one and one- half ( 1 '/2) times the nominal diameter, of round bars . 2 . Provide minimum concrete covering of reinforcement as shown or noted on the Drawings . 3 . 04 CLEANING REINFORCEMENT A. Steel reinforcement , at the time concrete is placed around it, shall be free from rust scale loose mill scale , oil paint , and all other coatings which will destroy or reduce the bond between steel and concrete . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03200 — Concrete Reinforcement 03200-3 PART 4 - ITEM OF PAYMENT A . No separate Payment shall be made for work specified in this Section . Payment for work specified in this Section shall be included in Payment made for other Sections . *** END OF SECTION** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03200 — Concrete Reinforcemer' , 03200-4 SECTION 03300 - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Concrete Formwork Section 03100 B . Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200 C . Unit Masonry Section 04200 D . Metal Building Systems Section 13122 E . Plumbing Section 15000 F . Electrical Section 16000 1 . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . ASTM Standards ( Latest Editions ) : 1 . C -31 Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field 2 , C-33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates l 3 . C -39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens 4 . C-42 Standard Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete 5 , C -94 Standard Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete 6 . C- 143 Standard Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete 7 , C - 150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement 8 , C - 172 Standard Method of Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete B . ACI standards ( Latest Editions ) : 1 . ACI -318 , Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 2 . Concrete work shall conform to all requirements of ACI -301 ( Latest Editions ) , Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings , except as modified by the supplemental requirements herein . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03300 — Cast In Place Concrete 03300- 1 3 . ACI 318 Detailing Standards . 4 , ACI 315 Specifications for structural Concrete for Buildings - 5 . CRSI 347R Recommended Practice for Placing reinforcing bars . 1 . 03 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A . All tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM recommendations referred to herein . B . Tests shall be performed by an independent laboratory approved by the Architect . C . Contractor will pay for testing , including tests which indicated failure ; in which case that test and all costs incurred as a result thereof, shall be paid for by the Contractor. D . Standard slump tests shall be taken of the concrete sample for each strength test and whenever consistency of concrete appears to vary . The maximum slump of concrete shall be 4 " plus/minus 1 " , unless specifically otherwise noted . E . Concrete that fails by test shall be replaced at no cost to Owner. F . Test for strength shall be made as follows : 1 . Slump Test : One test for each load of concrete at the point of discharge taken out of a wheelbarrow and not out of the chute . Maximum slump measurements as stated above . 2 . Compressive Strength Test : Randomly test cylinders taken at each major pour; footings , floor slabs , columns and tie-beams . Two (2) specimens are to be tested at 7 days and two (2 ) specimens tested at 28 days . Hold one cylinder for future use if test does not comply at 28 days . 3 . All test results are to be reported , in writing , to the Owner, and the Architect . Test results should stipulate the day the tests were performed . 4 . Samples for testing shall be taken at 1 /4 and 3/4 points of the load discharged from the mixer. 5 . If necessary , comply with Architect or Engineer' s request for IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03300 — Cast In Place Concrete 03300-2 additional cylinders , slump or load test . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CONCRETE A . Cement shall be Portland cement , ASTM C - 150 , B . Aggregates for normal weight concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C - 33 , C . Mixing water for concrete shall be potable and meet the requirements of ASTM C-94 , 2 . 02 ACCESSORIES A . Anchor slots , reglets and inserts of type , size and spacing required by trades involved , and shown on plans . B . Vapor Barrier: 6 mil Polyethylene Film , such as "visqueen " or 10 mil vapor retarder such as Perminator by WJ Meadows . Refer to plan sections for application . . C . Chemical Curing Compound : Application of a curing compound shall be made to all slabs and such application shall conform to ASTM C- 309 . The compound shall be applied in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer immediately after any water sheen which may develop after finishing has disappeared from the concrete surface . It shall not be used on any surface against which additional concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that the curing compound will not prevent bond , or unless positive measures are taken to remove it completely from areas to receive bonded applications . Acceptable materials shall be one of the following : 1 . Burke Company Aqua resin Cure 2 . Sika Corporation Sikagard Cure/Hard 3 , Sonneborn Hydrocide D . Expansion Joint Water Stops : Continuous , pre-formed , finned , center bulb type , polyvinyl chloride , of sufficient width to provide 3" minimum embedment in concrete each side . Equal to Greenstreak #703 . E . Pre- molded Joint Filler: Bituminous Fiber Type , ASTM D- 1751 -83 and D IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03300 — Cast In Place Concrete 03300-3 545 -77 equal to " Celotex Flexcell " of thickness and width indicated or required . - i F . Reinforcement shall be cleaned of all scale and excessive rust . All reinforcement shall be set with the standard accessories as per ACI 315 - 74 . Minimum coverage of reinforcement shall be as follows : a , Footings — 3 " minimum . b . Slabs — 3/" minimum . C , Beams and Columns — 1 - 1 /2 " minimum . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING A . Concrete Mix : 1 . All cast- in -place concrete shall be ready mixed and in accordance with ASTM Specifications C - 94 ( Latest Edition ) . 2 , Minimum 5 bags cement per yard of concrete . B . Concrete Strength : { } 1 . Unless specifically noted otherwise , all concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of f = 3000 psi . 2 . A design mix shall be prepared by a Florida Registered Professional Engineer employed by the concrete supplier. 3 . The Contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer the concrete materials and the concrete mix designs proposed for use with a written request for acceptance . This submittal shall include the results of all testing performed to qualify the materials and to establish the mix designs . C . Job Tempering : . 1 . All Concrete shall be placed within 1 - 1 /2 hours after introduction of water to the mix . 2 . Under no condition may additional water be added that exceeds the allowable gallons stipulated on the batch ticket . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03300 — Cast In Place Concrete 03300-4 3 . Submit time stamped batching tickets on delivery of concrete to job site . . 4 . All concrete where water has been added will be removed and replace with proper concrete at no cost to the Owner. 5 . When air temperature is between 85 and 90 degrees F , reduce mixing and delivery time to 75 minutes . When air temperature is higher than 90 degrees , reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes . 3 . 02 PLACING OF CONCRETE A . Review : No concrete shall be placed until all reinforcing steel , pipes , sleeves , inserts , etc , have been set in place and reviewed by the Owner' s representative . Contractor shall notify the Architect of scheduled pours 24 hours prior to pouring . B . Placing : Concrete shall be placed in properly cleaned and prepared forms in accordance with the requirements of ACI -301 . Concreting should be carried on at such a rate that the concrete is at all times plastic . C . Conveying Concrete shall be handled from the mixer to the place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of ingredients and in a manner which will assure that the required quality of the concrete is maintained . All other requirements of ACI -301 shall be followed . D . Depositing Concrete shall be deposited continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which is hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section . E . Consolidation : All concrete shall be consolidated by vibration , spading , rodding , or forking so that the concrete is thoroughly worked around the reinforcement , around embedded items , and into corner of forms eliminating all air or stone pockets which may cause honeycombing , pitting , or planes of weakness . F . All slabs on grade are to be Regular 3/ rock concrete at 3000 psi ultimate trength at 28 days . NO PUMP MIX ( pea rock) WILL BE ACCEPTED for any slab on prepared grade . This does not prohibit the pumping of the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03300 — Cast In Place Concrete 03300-5 regular 3/ rock mix . 3 . 03 JOINTS A . Construction Joints : 1 . Locate as shown on the drawings or near points of minimum shear and as approved by Architect/Engineer for beam or slabs . Construction joints shall be straight saw-cut by a walk behind motorized saw , tooled , mechanical or actual cold joints as called out on the plans . 2 . Locate joints in vertical members , walls at underside of floors or beams , and at tops of footings . 3 . Floor slabs keyed joints maximum spacing 20 ' plus or minus each direction unless otherwise noted . A . Expansion Joints : 1 . Locate as shown on drawings . 2 . Joints in walkways maximum at 20 ' o . c . , snap lines and saw-cut 1 /8 " wide by 1 " deep between expansion joints in equal bays at not over 5 ' o . c: , within 24 hours of concrete placement or until concrete is trafficable with power saw . 3 . Joints shall be straight and smooth . They shall have hardened before fresh concrete is deposited against them . 4 . Do not place expansion joints where slabs are up against the exterior of masonry walls , unless otherwise detailed on plans . Do not place any expansion material on the inside face of masonry walls where slabs are poured against same walls . 5 . After concreting has been started , it should be carried on as a continuous operation until placing of a panel or section , as determined by its boundaries or joints , is completed . 3 . 04 CURING A . Begin curing of concrete as soon as practicable after placing , but not more than 3 hours thereafter. Provide a total wet cure time of 7 days minimum at 50 degrees F minimum temperature . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03300 — Cast In Place Concrete 03300-6 B1 Curing of structural members shall begin immediately after removal of forms . C . Apply curing compounds as specified above , clear for exposed slabs . Compound used on floors that are to receive tile or other additional finish shall be compatible with adhesives and finish materials . Apply first coat of curing compound as soon as possible after pouring . 3 . 05 FINISHES A . Formed Surfaces : 1 . Finishes - Defined : a . Rough Form Finish : Reasonable true to line and place . Tie holes and defects shall be patched and fins exceeding 1 /4" in height shall be chipped off or rubbed off. Otherwise , surfaces may be left with the texture imparted by the forms . b . Smooth Form Finish : The form facing material shall produce a smooth , hard , uniform texture on the concrete . It may be plywood , tempered concrete-form -grade hardboard , metal , or other material capable of producing the desired finish . The arrangement of the facing material shall be orderly and symmetrical , with the number of seams kept to the practical minimum . It shall be supported by studs or other backing capable of preventing excessive deflection . Material with raised grain , torn surfaces , worn edges , patches , dents , or other defects which will impair the texture of the concrete surface shall not be used . Tie holes and defects shall be patched . All fins shall be completely removed . It is the intention of this surface to produce an Architectural Surface suitable for public view as a completed surface to receive paint . Strict quality control of this surface shall be required . See ACI 301 . C , Smooth Rubbed Finish : To be applied to all smooth form finishes . (All work will conform with ACI Standard 301 - latest edition ) to produce a smooth architectural effect . 2 . Finishes - Unspecified Buildings : If the finish is unspecified , the following finishes shall be used as applicable . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03300 — Cast In Place Concrete 03300-7 a . Rough Form Finish : For all concrete surfaces not exposed to public view , including concrete to receive stucco . b . Smooth Form Finish : For all concrete surfaces exposed to view . G, Smooth Rubbed Finish : Concrete shall have a Smooth Rubbed Finish applied to produce an architectural effect . 3 . Patching : Immediately after stripping forms patch all defective areas with mortar similar to the concrete mix except that coarse aggregate shall be omitted . Bulges , minor honeycomb and other minor defects , as designated by the Architect , shall be patched only where exposed to view . Clean , dampen , and fill tie holes with patching mortar. All patching shall follow procedures and conform to ACI 301 . a . Major defective areas , as judged by the Owner' s representative including those resulting from leakage of forms , excessive honeycomb , large bulges and large offsets at form joints , shall be chipped away down to sound concrete . The patching mortar shall be pressed in for a complete bond and finished to match adjacent areas , or where defective areas impair the strength of the member in question , as judged by the Owner' s representative , the member shall be removed or united as determined by the Owner' s representative . b . Minor defective areas , as judged by the Owner' s representative including honeycomb , air bubbles , holes resulting from removal of ties , and those resulting from leakage of forms shall be patched with grout without resorting to chipping . Minor bulges and offsets at form joints shall be finished as specified herein below. B . Uniform Surfaces — Flatwork • 1 . General : Grade and screed the surfaces to the exact elevation , or slope shown or required . Make proper allowances for setting beds for ceramic tile . After screeding tamp mixture thoroughly to drive the coarse aggregate down from the surfaces and apply the applicable finish specified hereinafter. Always slope exterior walks away from the building at 1 /8 " per foot . Uncovered walks slope at 1 /8 " per foot or crown . Covered walks between buildings always slope to drain to IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03300 — Cast In Place Concrete 03300-8 the exterior and away from the buildings . At cross intersections of the walks , and at exterior doors , warp the surfaces to drain water from the walls . Provide control joints as indicated on drawings . Follow the requirements and procedures of ACI 301 , 2 . Finishes - Definitions ( See also ACI 301 a . Scratched Finish : After concrete has been placed , struck off, consolidated and leveled to a Class B tolerance , surface shall be roughened with stiff brush , rates or metal lath roller, before final set . b . Floated Finish : After concrete has been placed , struck off, consolidated and leveled , concrete shall not be worked further until water sheen has disappeared and /or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operations of a power driven float . Consolidate with power driven float , check trueness of surface , fill low spots and cut down high spots to achieve Class B tolerance . Then , re-float to uniform , smooth , granular texture . C , Troweled Finish : Finish same as above for floated finish and in addition , steel trowel the surface by hand to produce a smooth , glassy , impervious surface free of trowel marks to a Class A tolerance . On surfaces intended to support floor coverings , defects of sufficient magnitude to show through the floor covering shall be removed by grinding . d . Broom Finish : Finish same as above for floated finish to a Class B tolerance and then draw a broom or burlap belt across surface transversely . C . Finishes - Unspecified 1 . When type of finish is not specified , the following shall be applicable . a . Scratched Finish : For surfaces to receive bonded cementitious application , i . e . ceramic tile , single ply epoxy flooring etc . , refer to drawings for locations of specific floor coverings . b . Troweled Finish : For surfaces intended as smooth walking surfaces or for receipt of floor coverings . C , Broom Finish : For exterior walks , loggias , curbs and where IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03300 — Cast In Place Concrete 03300-9 indicated on drawings . d . Float Finish : Exterior platforms , steps , stairways , landings , and ramps . D . Specific Finish Locations : 1 . Slab areas to receive ceramic tile , resilient floor coverings , specialized gymnasium flooring , or slabs within a minimum of 2 feet each side of accordion doors shall be "dead level " - Class A . 2 . All other slab areas - Class B . E . Tolerances for finishes as specified shall be as follows : 1 . Class A - True planes within 1 /8 " in 10 ft. 2 . Class B - True planes within 1 /4 " in 10 ft. NOTE : Tolerances shall be measured by placing a 10-ft . straightedge anywhere in any direction . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03300 — Cast In Place Concrete 03300- 10 SECTION 03365 ARCHITECTURAL STAMPED CONCRETE FINISHES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION The work to be performed under this item consists of furnishing and installing Imprinted Concrete as further specified an as shown on the Drawings . This specification includes description of items for the following : A . Materials : Forming materials , reinforcement, concrete , dry-shakecolor hardener, curing compound , release agent and sealer. B . Special imprinting and texturing tools . C . Concrete placement and finish . D . Color hardener and/or release agent placement. E . Pressure washing to remove excess release agent . F . Curing compound application . G . Sealer application . 1 . 02 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. Install concrete pad in accordance with the standards and specifications of the American Concrete Institute (ACI ) . B . The Subcontractor for this work shall be a licensed contractor who has been trained and equipped by a nationally recognized stamped concrete systems manufacturer such as : Bomanite ; Increte Systems ; Scofield Systems, or approved equal . The CONTRACTOR shall list his stamped concrete Subcontractor in Section 00458 of these Contract Documents , 1 . 03 DEFINITIONS A. Architectural Stamped Concrete : A cast-in-place concrete slab , having the surface colored , imprinted with a pattern and texture , properly curred and hardened , then cleaned and sealed . The work is performed on the jobsite by trained and experienced workmen . 1 . 04 RELATED WORK A. Site preparation work , including sub-grade preparation , finish grading , constructing formwork , placing and setting screeds , and furnishing and IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03365 — Architectural Stamped Concrete Finishes 03365 - 1 placement of reinforcement shall be done by a licensed , qualified concrete Subcontractor. B . Supply and placement of concrete . 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . All stamped concrete finishing work shall be installed by a Subcontractor licensed by an acceptable systems manufacturer. B . The Subcontractor shall provide a qualified foreman or supervisor who has a minimum of three years experience with imprinted and textured concrete , and who has successfully completed at least five imprinted concrete installations of high quality and similar in scope to that specified herein , and located within a 100 mile radius of the proposed project . Evidence that the Subcontractor is qualified to complete the project in a workmanlike manner as specified herein shall be submitted to , and approved by, the architect/engineer. C . All finish work shall comply with the current specifications and quality standards issued by the systems manufacturer. Part 2 -- MATERIALS 2 . 01 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A . The concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi in potential freeze-thaw areas . Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150 Type I , II , or V , depending on soil conditions . Aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33 . Mixing water shall be fresh , clean and potable . In freeze-thaw areas only, an air-entraining admixture complying with ASTM C 260 shall be used to achieve an entrained air content for the particular mix used in accordance with the published recommendations of the Portland Cement Association and the American Concrete Institute . No admixtures containing calcium chloride shall be permitted . 2 . 02 COLORING , IMPRINTING , CURING AND SEALING MATERIALS A. The concrete shall be colored with a heavy duty grade hardener, with the color to be chosen by the OWNER' S Representative . B . As an option to , or in addition to the hardener, a release agent, with the color to be chosen by the OWNER' S Representative , shall be applied to all concrete surfaces to be imprinted and textured . C . The imprint to be used shall be granite stone in a circular pattern , extending radially outward from the center of the circular area to be stamped . The granite pattern shall be as chosen by the OWNER 's Representative . D . Imprinted slabs shall conform to the guidelines and recommendations of the American Concrete Institute for reinforcement of cast-in- place concrete slabs . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03365 - 2 03365 — Architectural' Stamped Concrete Finishes E . Where compatible with the coloring/release agents , imprinted concrete slabs shall be cured with a color or clear curing compound . Where imprinted concrete slabs are not compatible with curing compounds , other methods of curing shall be used . F . All slabs shall be sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations . Part 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES A . The area to receive imprinted concrete shall have the subgrade prepared and compacted in accordance with Section 02714 "Stabilized Subgrade" . B . The formwork shall be installed in accordance with Section 03100 " Formwork" of these Contract Documents . The slab thickness and reinforcing shall be consistent with that of the " Concrete Drive Construction" detail as shown on the Drawings . C . Control joints and/or expansion joints shall be provided in accordance with guidelines established by the American Concrete Institute . The Subcontractor shall advise and work with the architect/engineer to determine the best location for these joints to minimize the visibility of the joints and to minimize unsightly cracking . D . The concrete shall be placed and screeded to the finished grade , and floated to a uniform surface using standard finishing techniques . E . Color hardener shall be applied evenly to the surface of the fresh concrete by the dry-shake method using no less than the minimum quantity as specified by the manufacturer. It shall be applied in two or more shakes , floated after each shake and troweled only after the final floating . F . As an option to , or in addition to the color hardener, release agent shall be applied evenly to the troweled surface prior to imprinting . Release agent shall be . used in lieu of color hardener only when specified by the system manufacturer. G . While the concrete is still in its plastic stage of set , the imprinting tools shall be applied to the surface . H . Approved curing method shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations immediately after completing the imprinting process . I . After the initial curing period the surface of the slab shall be sealed . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03365 - 3 03365 — Architectural . Stamped Concrete Finishes SECTION 03420 - PRECAST CONCRETE LINTELS PART 1 = GENERAL 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK : A. Furnish and install all required Precast Lintels and Door Headers in the locations called out on the architectural and structural drawings as manufactured by WEKIWA CONCRETE PRODUCTS , INC . or an approved equal . Lintels available through CSR Rinker. 1 . 02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE : A . Concrete Formwork Section 03100 B . Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200 C . Cast in place Concrete Section 03300 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A . ASTM Standards ( Latest Editions ) : 1 . ASTM A615 ( Grade 60 ) for reinforcing bars 2 . ASTM A416 , 7 wire for prestress strands B . ACI Standards ( Latest Editions ) : 1 , ACI 315 , Detail Reinforcement . 2 , Concrete Operations shall comply with ACI Standards . . 3 . Design and Construction shall conform to the specification of the national concrete masonry association and ACI 530 . 4 , ACI 318 - 95 , Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete , C . Standard Building Code , latest edition . D . American Society of Civil Engineers minimum design loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE 7 - 95) . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 . 01 CONCRETE : A. Concrete Compressive Strength at 28 days : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03420 — Precast Concrete Lintels 03420- 1 1 . Pre-cast w/standard reinforcement- 3 , 500 PSI . r 2 . Pre-cast w/prestress reinforcement- 5 , 000 PSI , 3 . Concrete Fill (placed in field ) - 3 , 000 PSI , 1 . 01 MASONRY : A . Minimum masonry unit strength f m 1 , 500 PSI , B . Mortar shall be type- M . 2 . 03 REINFORCING MATERIALS : A . Reinforcing bars : ASTM. A615 (grade 60 ) . E . Prestress Strands : ASTM A416 , 7-wire . C . Steel is placed in the precast lintel at time of fabrication . D . Minimum coverage of steel to be 3/4 inch for top bars and 1 . 5 inches for bottom bars . I PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 . 01 DELIVERY , STORAGE AND HANDLING : A . Deliver precast concrete units to project site in such quantities and at such times to assure continuity of installation . B . Store units at project site to ensure against cracking , distortion , staining , or other physical damage , and so that markings are visible . 1 . 02 INSTALLATION : A . Lift and support units at designated lift points . Shoring of precast units shall be installed and removed solely by the contractor under the direct supervision of the manufacturer. B . Minimum bearing required at each end is 4 inches . Bearing preferred is 8 inches . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03420 — Precast concrete Lintel,, 03420-2 C . Do not install any damaged units . 3 . 03 DEFECTIVE WORK : A . Precast concrete units which do not conform to specified requirements , including strength , tolerances , and finishes , shall be replaced with precast concrete units that meet requirements of this section . The contractor shall also be responsible for the cost of corrections to any other work affected by or resulting from corrections to precast lintels . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 03420 — Precast Concrete Lintels 03420-3 AHNOSVW - 170 NOISIAIQ SECTION 04220 - CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY (SOLID CONCRETE INTERLOCKING PAVING STONES ) PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 CONFORMITY A . Conform to the requirements of the general conditions of the Contract . 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS A . Preparation of sub - base . B . Supply and place base coarse materials . C . Application of Soil Sterilant , 1 . 03 WORK INCLUDED A . Supply and place sand laying course . B . Supply and install interlocking concrete paving stones in quality , shape , thickness and color as specified . C . Supply and place all accessory items as required by the Contract . 1 . 04 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Paving stones shall be delivered and unloaded at jobsite with or without pallets and bound in such manner that no damage occurs to the product during handling , hauling and unloading . PART 2 - MATERIALS 2 . 01 SOLID CONCRETE INTERLOCKING PAVING STONES : ASTM DESIGNATION C936-82 A . Paving stones shall be : 1 . UNI -Stone , UNI - Decor , Super- Decor, Appian -Stone , City Square , Holland - Stone , UNI - Coloc , UNI -Stone II , Finetta Stone , or Delta Stone , as manufactured by Paver Systems , Inc . , 7167 Interpace Road , West Palm Beach , Florida 33407 , ( 561 ) 844-5202 and Paver Systems of Orlando , 39 West Landstreet Road , Orlando , Florida 32824 , (407 ) 859- 9117 . B . Paving stones thickness shall be : 2 -3/8 " ( 6 cm ) or 3 - 1 /8 " ( 8 cm ) . C . Paving stones color shall be : Grey , Charcoal , Tan , Colorado , Brown , Red , Colormix 11 ( Red & Charcoal ) , Colormix III ( Red , Charcoal , & Tan ) , Color IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04220 — Concrete Unit Masonry (Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Stones) 04220- 1 mix I (Tan - Red ) , Slate ( Grey- Charcoal ) . D . Cementitious Materials : Portland Cements shall conform to ASTM Specifications C- 150 . E . Aggregates shall conform to ASTM Specification C-33 for Normal Weight concrete Aggregate ( no expanded shale or lightweight aggregates ) except that grading requirements shall not necessarily apply . F . Other Constituents : 1 . Coloring pigments , air-intraining agents , integral water repellents , finely ground silica , etc . , shall conform to ASTM standards where applicable , or shall be previously established as suitable for use in concrete . G . Physical Requirements : 1 . Compressive Strength : At the time of delivery to the work site , the average compressive strength shall not be less than 8000 psi with no individual unit strength less than 7200 psi with testing procedures in accordance with ASTM Standard C - 140 . 2 , Absorption : The average absorption shall not be greater than five percent (5 % ) with no individual unit absorption greater than seven percent ( 7 % ) . . 3 . Proven Field Performance : Satisfying field performance is indicated with units similar in composition , and made with the same manufacturing equipment as those to be supplied to the purchaser, do not exhibit objectionable deterioration after at least one ( 1 ) year. H . Visuallnspection : . 1 . All units shall be sound and free of defects that would interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or permanence of the construction . Minor cracks incidental to the usual methods of manufacture , or minor chipping resulting from customary methods of handling in shipment and delivery , shall not be deemed grounds for rejection . I . Sampling and Testing : 1 . The purchaser of his authorized representative shall be accorded facilities to inspect and sample the units at the place of manufacture IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04220 — Concrete Unit Masonry (Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Stones) ( _ 04220-2 from lots ready for delivery . 2 . Sample and test units in accordance with ASTM Method C- 140 . J . Resection : 1 . In case the shipment fails to conform to the specified requirements , the manufacturer may sort it , and new test units shall be selected at random by the purchaser from the retained lot and tested at the expense of the manufacturer. In case the second set of test units fails to conform to the specified requirements , the entire lot shall be rejected . K . Expense of Tests : 1 . The expense of inspection and testing shall be borne by the purchaser unless otherwise agreed . 2 . 02 SAND LAYING COURSE A . The sand laying course shall be a well graded clean washed sharp sand with 100 % passing a 3/8 " sieve size and a maximum of 3 % passing a No . 200 sieve size . This is commonly known as manufactured concrete sand , limestone screening , or similar. DO NOT USE MASON SAND . Be The sand laying course should be the responsibility , of the paving stone installer. 2 . 03 EDGE RESTRAINT A . All edges of the installed paving stone shall be restrained . The type of edge restraint shall be approved at locations as noted on plans . Be The edge restraint can be : 1 . Paver Systems-- Curb ( Precast) 2 . Buildings 3 . Concrete curb or sidewalk (Cast in Place ) 4 . Pressure treated timber 5 . Compacted earth 6 . Other suitable method of preventing movement of edge stones . 3 . 01 EXECUTION A . The paving stone installer/contractor must have related experience in the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04220 — Concrete Unit Masonry (Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Stones) 04220-3 installation of interlocking concrete paving stones . 3 . 02 PREPARATION OF THE BASE COURSE A . A suitable base must be prepared as detailed in other sections of the project specifications . B . The base course shall be shaped to grade and cross section with an allowable tolerance of 1 /4 " (5 mm ) . C . The compacted base shall be 3- 1 /8 " (80 mm ) below final grade for 2 -3/8 " ( 6 cm ) pavers and 3- 7/8 " ( 100 mm ) below final grade for 3 - 1 /8 " ( 8 cm ) pavers . 3 . 03 CONSTRUCTION OF THE SAND LAYING COURSE A . The finished base course shall be approved before the placement of the sand laying course . B . The uncompacted sand laying course shall be spread evenly over the area to be paved and then screeded to a level that will produce 1 " (25 mm ) thickness when the paving stones have been placed . Normally , it is good practice to have final elevation of paving stones slightly higher than adjacent curb , gutters , other paving , to allow for any minor settling that may occur within the base . C . Once screeded and leveled to the desired elevation , this sand laying course shall not be disturbed in any way . 3 . 04 LAYING OF CONCRETE PAVING STONES A . The paving stones shall be laid in the approved pattern as noted or shown on drawings . Common layering patterns are * Herringbone , Runner Bond , Parquet , etc . (* Herringbone pattern is recommended for vehicular traffic) . B . The paving stones shall be laid in such a manner that the desired pattern is maintained and the joints between the stones are as tight as possible . For maximum interlock , it is recommended that joints between stones do not exceed 1 /8 " (3 mm ) . C . String lines should be used to hold all pattern lines true . D . The gaps at the edge of the paver surface shall be filled with standard edge stone or with stones cut to fit . Cutting shall be accomplished to leave a clean edge to the traffic surface using a double headed breaker or a masonry saw . However, when cutting precision designed areas , a masonry IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04220 — Concrete Unit Masonry (Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Stonesj 04220-4 saw is recommended . Whenever possible , no cuts should result with a paver less than 2/3 of original dimension . E . Paving stones shall be vibrated into the sand laying course using a vibrator capable of 3 , 000 to 5 , 000 pounds compaction force with the surface clean and joints open . F . After vibration , clean masonry type sand containing at least 30 % of 1 /8 " ( 3 mm ) particles shall be spread over the paving stone surface , allowed to dry , and vibrated into joints with additional vibrator passes and brushing so as to completely fill joints . G . Surplus material shall then be swept from the surface or left on surface during construction time to insure complete filling of joints during initial use . This sand also may provide surface protection from construction debris . H . Upon completion of work covered in this Section , the Contractor shall clean up all work areas by removing all debris , surplus material and equipment from the site . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04220 — Concrete Unit Masonry (Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Stones) 04220-5 SECTION 04230 - REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections , apply to work of this Section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A . Extent of each type of masonry work is indicated on drawings and schedule . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . ASTM Standards ( Latest Edition ) : 1 . ASTM C90 Hollow Load Bearing Concrete Block 2 , ASTM C270 Type- M mortar . 3 . ASTM C150- 98 Type I portland cement . 4 . ASTM C207- 97 Hydrated Lime B . Construction Tolerances : 1 . Variation from Plumb : a . For vertical lines and surfaces of columns , do not exceed 1 /4 " . 2 . Variation in Cross- Sectional Dimensions : a . For columns and thickness of walls , from dimensions shown , do not exceed minus 1 /4 " nor plus Y2 " . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data : 1 . Submit manufacturer' s specifications and other data for each type of masonry unit , accessory , and other manufactured products , including certifications that each type complies with specified requirements . Include instructions for handling , storage , installations and protection . 1 . 05 JOB CONDITIONS A . Protection of Work : During erection , cover top of walls with heavy waterproof sheeting at end of each day' s work to protect completed work that has not had enough time for the mortar to cure and is still subject to rain damage . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04230 — Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230- 1 B . Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place . t C . Staining : Prevent grout or mortar from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted . Remove immediately grout or mortar in contact with such masonry . D . Protect sill , ledges , finished door and window frames and projections from droppings of mortar. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 , MATERIALS A . Hollow Load Bearing Concrete Block ' ASTM C90- Grade N , Type II , cured 28 days B . Mortar: Type " M " , ASTM C270 C . Cement : ASTM C150-98 , Type I D . Hydrated Lime : ASTM C 207-97 E . Sand : Clean Masons Sand F . Water: Potable 2 . 02 CONCRETE BLOCK A . Provide units complying with characteristics indicated below for Grade , Type , face size , exposed face and , under each form of block included , for weight classification . 1 . Grade N , Type II C . M . U . , moisture controlled units , fm ' 1500 psi . 2 . Size : Manufacturer' s standard units with nominal face dimensions of 7 5/8 " long x 8 " high ( 15-5/8 " x 7-5/8 " actual ) x thicknesses indicated . Splits and halves as appropriate for coursing in vertical and horizontal directions . 3 . Hollow Load- Bearing Block : ASTM C- 90 and as follows : a . Weight Classification : Normal weight . b . Refer to the Architectural Drawings for specific block types when fire rated walls occur . C . Refer to the Architectural Drawings for specific block types for finished block to receive paint or standard stucco block to receive stucco . 2 . 03 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04230 — Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230-2 A. Portland Cement : ASTM C- 150 , Type I , except Type III may be used for cold weather construction . Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce required mortar color . B . Hydrated Lime : ASTM C-297 , Type S . C . Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C- 144 , except for joints less than 1 /4 " use aggregate graded with 100 % passing the No . 16 sieve . D . Aggregate for Grout : ASTM C404 . E . Mortar: ASTM C270 , Type- M , 2 , 500 p . s . i : F . Joint Reinforcement : Provide welded -wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10' , with prefabricated corner and tee units , and complying with requirements indicated below: 1 . Width : a . Fabricate joint reinforcement in units with widths of approximately 2 " less than nominal width of walls and partitions as required to provide mortar coverage of not less than 5/8" on joint faces exposed to exterior and Y ' elsewhere . b . Wire Size for Side Rods : 9 gauge galvanized . C , Wire Size for Cross Rods : 9 gauge galvanized . d . 4 . For single-wythe masonry provide type as follows with single pair of side rods : • Truss design , as manufactured by Dur-o-wall , (or approved equal ) , with diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16 " o . c . Units to be 9 gauge hot dipped _galvanized . 2 . 04 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A . Reinforcing Bars : 1 . Deformed steel , ATSM A-615 , Grade 60 for bars No . 3 to No . 18 , B . Non- Metallic Expansion Joint Strips : 1 . Material as indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry walls : size and configuration as indicated . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04230 — Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230-3 a . Styrene- butadiene rubber compound complying with ASTM D - 2000 , Designation 2AA-805 . C . Bond Breaker Strips : 1 . Asphalt-saturated organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D-226 , Type I ( No . 15 asphalt felt) . D . Metal cavity caps in lieu of waste mortar shipping bags . 2 . 05 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A . General : 1 . Do not add admixtures including coloring pigments , air-entraining agents , accelerators , retarders , water repellent agents , anti-freeze compounds or other admixtures , unless otherwise indicated . Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout . Be Mixing 1 . Combine and thoroughly mix cementitious , water and aggregates in a mechanical batch mixer: comply with referenced ASTM standards for . . mixing time and water content . C . Mortar for unit Masonry : 1 . Comply with ASTM C780 , proportion Specification , for types of mortar required , unless otherwise indicated . D . Grout for Unit Masonry : 1 . Comply with ASTM C476 , 2 , 500 p . s . i . , for grout for use in construction of reinforced and non -reinforced unit masonry . Use grout of consistency indicated or if not otherwise indicated , of consistency (fine or coarse) at time of placement which will comply completely fill all spaces intended to receive grout . a . Use fine grout in grout spaces less than 2 " in horizontal direction , unless otherwise indicated . b . Use coarse grout in grout spaces 2 " or more in least horizontal dimension , unless otherwise indicated . E . Masonry Compressive Strength : W1 , 500 p . s . i . ( Minimum ) . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04230 — Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230-4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION , GENERAL A . See Structural and Architectural Drawings for notes and details and masonry opening requirements . Coordinate all door and window masonry openings with the scheduled manufacturers per the plans . Tolerances are critical to meet the wind load performance testing for said openings within the 130 and 140- mph wind speed zones . Be Set blocks with 3/8 " full , flush joints in running bond . Use a masonry interlock ( 50 % masonry bond ) at all intersecting walls where possible . All work not plumb , true and accurate shall be replaced . C . Store all materials off the ground and protect from all dirt and foreign material . D . Do not retemper any mortar. Discard the mortar if it has begun to set. E . Provide Dur,-0-Wall , (or approved equal ) , truss-type , horizontal reinforcing at every other block course . At door and window openings , provide continuous Dur,-, O-Wall horizontal reinforcing at the first and second block courses above and below the opening or extend the reinforcing back a minimum of two (2 ) feet from the opening . Extend Dur- O -Wall reinforcing 1 - 1 /2 " into concrete columns . Lap splices shall not be less than 6 " . Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints , unless otherwise indicated . F . All cells designated on the drawings to be filled with concrete are to be kept clean of any and all debris . Provide inspection/clean- out holes at the bottom course . Inspection holes in finish block shall be neatly saw-cut . G . All lintels shall have minimum bearing as called out on the Structural Drawings . H . Do not wet concrete masonry units during installation . I . Cleaning Reinforcing : Before placing , remove loose rust , and other coatings from reinforcing . J . Thickness : Build walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units , using units of nominal thickness indicated . K . Build chases and recesses as shown and required for the work of other trades . Provide not less than 8" of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings , and between adjacent chases and recesses . See plans for specific conditions . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04230 — Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230-5 L . Leave openings for specialty equipment to be installed before completion of masonry work . After installation of equipment , complete masonry work to match work immediately adjacent to the opening . M . Cut masonry units using motor-driven saws to provide clean , sharp , unchipped edges . Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining work . Use full-size units without cutting where possible . N . Use inspection and clean -out holes at bottom of wall reinforced vertical cells , for grouting lifts over 5 feet high . Clean -out holes should be 4 "w X 8 " h minimum . See ACI 530-92 , Section 4 . 3 . 2 . 3 , 3 . 02 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A . Variation from Plumb : For vertical lines and surfaces of columns , walls and arises do not exceed 1 /4 " in 10 ' or 3/8 " in a story height not to exceed 20 ' , nor Y2 " in 40 ' or more . For external corners , expansion joints , control joints , and other conspicuous lines , do not exceed 1 /4" in any story of 20 ' maximum , nor Y2 " in 40 ' or more . For vertical alignment of head joints do not exceed plus or minus 1 /4 " in 10 ' , Y2 " maximum . B . Variation from Level : For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels , sills , parapets , horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines , do not exceed 1 /4 " in any bay or 20 ' maximum , nor Y2 " in 40 ' or more . For top surface of bearing walls no not exceed 1 /8 " between adjacent floor elements in 10 ' or 1 / 16 " within width of a single unit . C . Variation of Linear Building Line : For position shown in plan and related portion of columns , walls and partitions , do not exceed Y2 " in any bay or 20 ' maximum , nor 3/4" in 40 ' or more . D . Variation in Cross -Sectional Dimensions : For columns and thickness of walls , from dimensions shown , do not exceed minus 1/ " nor plus Y2" . E . Variation in Mortar Joint Thickness : Do not exceed bed joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1 /8 " , with a maximum thickness limited to Y2 " . Do not exceed head joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1 /8 " . 3 . 03 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A . Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with t IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04230 — Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230-6 uniform joint widths and to accurately locate openings , movement-type joints , returns and offsets . Avoid the use of less -than - half-size units at corners , jambs and wherever possible at other locations . B . Lay- up walls to comply with specified construction tolerances , with courses accurately spaced and coordinated with other work . C . Stopping and Resuming Work : Rack back %2- unit length in each course : do not tooth . Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry , wet units lightly ( if required ) and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry . D . Built- in Work : As the work progresses , build - in items specified under this and other sections of these specifications . Fill in solidly with masonry around built- in items . 1 . Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated . Where built- in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units , place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core . 2 . Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 3 courses (24 " ) under bearing plates , beams , lintels , posts and similar items , unless otherwise indicated . 3 . 04 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A . Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells . Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers , columns and pilasters , and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or filled with concrete or grout . For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted , spread out full mortar bed including areas under cells . B . Maintain joint widths shown , except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment . If not shown , lay walls with 3/8 " joints . C . Cut joints . flush for masonry walls which are to be concealed or to be covered by other materials , unless otherwise indicated . D . Tool exposed joints slightly concave using a jointer larger than joint thickness , unless otherwise indicated . E . Remove masonry units disturbed after laying , clean and reset in fresh mortar . Do not pound corners or jambs to shift adjacent stretcher units which have been set in position . If adjustments are required , remove units , clean off mortar and reset in fresh mortar . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04230 — Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230-7 F . Collar Joints : After each course is laid , fill the vertical longitudinal joint between wythes solidly and with mortar for all exterior walls . G . Corners : Provide interlocking masonry unit bond in each course at corners , unless otherwise shown . 1 . For horizontally reinforces masonry , provide continuity at corners with prefabricated " L" units , in addition to masonry bonding . H . Intersecting and Abutting Walls : If carried up separately , block or tooth vertical joint with 8 " maximum offsets and provide rigid steel anchors spaced not more than 4 '- 0 " o . c . , vertically , or omit blocking and provide rigid steel anchors at not more than 2 '-0 " o . c . vertically . Form anchors of galvanized steel not less than 1 - 1 /2 " x. 1 /4 " x 2 '-0" long with ends turned up not less than 2 " or with cross-pins , if used with hollow. masonry units , embed ends in mortar-filled cores . I . Non - bearing Interior Partitions : Build full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above , unless otherwise shown . 1 . Wedge non - bearing partitions against structure above with small pieces of tile , slate or metal . Fill joint with mortar after dead load deflection of structure above approaches final position . 3 . 05 LINTELS A . Provide precast or formed - in- place masonry lintels . Cure precast lintels before handling and installation . Temporarily support formed-in - place lintels . B . For hollow concrete masonry unit walls , use specially formed U -shaped lintels units with reinforcement bars placed as shown filled with coarse grout . C . Provide minimum bearing of 8 " at each jamb , unless otherwise indicated . 3 . 06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A . When field observation by the Architect or the Owner' s Agent which generates questions relating to tolerance or quality control , the Contractor shall employ , at his own expense , a testing laboratory experienced in performing types of masonry field quality control tests for masonry indicated . Comply with requirements for qualification and acceptance per tolerances stipulated within this section . B . Unit Test Method : For each block type specified per ASTM C90 . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04230 — Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230-8 C . Mortar Tests : For each type indicated , test mortar by methods of sampling and testing of ASTM C- 780 . Conduct tests no less frequently than that required to evaluate mortar used to install each increment of masonry units indicated above from which samples are taken for testing . D . Prism Test Method : 1 . Compression Test : If required by Architect , test masonry prisms by methods of sampling and testing of ASTM E447 , Method B . 2 . Evaluation of Quality Control Tests : Masonry work , in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements , will be considered satisfactory if results from construction quality control tests comply with minimum requirements indicated . 3 . Protection : Provide final protection and maintain conditions in an acceptable manner to ensure that the final unit masonry work is without damage and deterioration at time of substantial completion . *** END OF SECTION`** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04230 — Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230-9 SECTION 04235 - CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 SECTION INCLUDES A . Calcium silicate masonry units . Be Mortar for unit masonry . C . Reinforcement , anchorages , and accessories . 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS A . Section 04220 - Concrete Masonry Units : Structural substrate . Be Section 07200 - Building Insulation C . Section 07600 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim D . Section 07900 - Joint Sealers : Rod and sealant at control and expansion joints . 1 . 03 REFERENCES A . ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 -99 : Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures . Be ACI 530 . 1 /ASCE 6/TMS 602- 99 : Specifications for Masonry Structures . C . ASTM Al 53/Al 53M - 98 : Standard Specification for Zinc Coating ( Hot Dip ) on Iron and Steel Hardware . D . ASTM A580/A580M - 98 : Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire . E . ASTM C73-97a : Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Face Brick , F . ASTM C144-99 : Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar , G . ASTM C150 -98 : Standard Specification for Portland Cement , H . ASTM C207-91 ( 1997 ) ; Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04235 — Calcium Silicate Masonry Units 04235- 1 I . ASTM C270 - 99 : Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry . r J . CAN/CSA-A5- 93 : Portland Cement . K . CSA A82 . 3 - M1978 ( Reaffirmed 1992) ; Calcium Silicate ( Sand - Lime) Brick . L . CSA A179 - 94 : Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry . M . CSAA370- 94 : Connectors for Masonry . N . CSA A371 - 94 : Masonry Construction for Buildings . O . International Masonry Institute AIJ -Weather Council : Recommended Practices and Guside Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction , P . Masonry Advisory Council : Hot and Cold Weather Construction . 1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Installer Company or person specializing in commercial masonry work with five years documented experience . Be Installation of Masonry Work : to [CSA-A371 ] [ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 and ACI 530 . 1 /ASCE 6/TMS 6021 . < 1 . 05 TESTS A . Test samples in accordance with indicated standards . 1 . 06 SAMPLES A . Submit samples to requirements of Section -01300 . Be Submit one of each sample of calcium silicate masonry units to illustrate color and texture . 1 . 07 MOCKUPS A. Construct mockup of masonry to requirements of Section - 01300 . Be Construct typical mockup wall on jobsite [48 " x 48] to illustrate masonry units , coursing , mortar joints , and movement control joints . Co Mockup may remain part of the finished Work . C IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04235 — Calcium Silicate Masonry Units 04235-2 1 . 08 DELIVERY . STORAGE AND HANDLING A . Deliver mortar materials in original unbroken and undamaged packages with the makers name and brand distinctly marked thereon , and upon delivery store in a shed until used on the work . Be Store or pile sand on a plank platform and protect from dirt and rubbish . Store mortar materials and sand in such a manner as to prevent deterioration or contamination by foreign materials . C . Deliver masonry units to the site in approved protective film . Prevent damage to units . D . Lift skids with proper and sufficiently long slings or forks with protection to prevent damage to units . Protect edges and corners . E . Store masonry units in a manner designed to prevent damage and staining of units . F . Stack units on timbers or platforms at least 3" above grade . G . Place polyethylene or other plastic film between wood and other finished surfaces of units when stored for extended periods of time . H . Cover stored units with protective enclosure if exposed to weather. 1 . 09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A . Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 52 degrees F prior to and 48 hours after completion of masonry work . Be Cold Weather Requirements : to [CSA A371 ] [ IMIAC - Recommended Practices and Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction] [ MAC - Hot and Cold Weather Construction ] . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MANUFACTURERS A . Manufacturers of calcium silicate masonry units having Products considered acceptable for use : 1 . Arriscraft International Inc . as distributed by William M . Wood Company , Renaissance® Masonry Units . 2 . Manufacturers of masonry connectors and reinforcing having IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04235 — Calcium Silicate Masonry Units 04235-3 Products considered acceptable for use : a . Wire — Bond b . Sandell Manufacturing Company c . Hohmann & Barnard d . Heckmann Building Products 2 . 02 MORTAR MATERIALS A . Portland Cement : to CAN/CSA-A5 , Type 10 grey ASTM C150 , Type I grey . B . Hydrated Lime : to ASTM C207 , Type S . C . Mortar Aggregate : to CSA A179 or ASTM C144 standard masonry white silica type ; clean , dry , protected against dampness , freezing , and foreign matter . D . Color Pigment : none added . E . Water: potable , clean and free of deleterious amounts of adds , alkalies or organic materials . 2 . 03 MANUFACTURED UNITS A . Calcium Silicate Masonry Units : to [CSA A82 . 3] [ASTM C73] , Grade SW ; solid units having been pressure formed and autoclaved ; 3-5/8" bed depth ; modular sizes as indicated on drawings , finish as scheduled on exposed faces and ends ; special shapes as indicated ; color as scheduled and having the following typical average properties when tested to the identified standard : 1 . Compressive Strength : [45 . 5 MPa] [6600 psi] , to ASTM C170 . 2 , Absorption : 8 . 8 percent , to ASTM C97 , 3 . Density : [2070 kg/m3] [ 129 lbs/ft3] , to ASTM C97 , 4 . Modulus of Rupture : [5 . 3 MPA] [770 psi] , to ASTM C99 . 2 . 04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A. Bed Joint Reinforcement Single-wire type ; [[3 . 7] [4 . 8] mm ] [[0 . 144 "] [0 . 186 "]] ; [hotdipped galvanized] [stainless] steel , to [CSA G30 . 3] [ASTM A82] [ASTM A580] . B . Anchors : to CSA A370 as called out on drawings . C . Wali Ties : to CSA A370 as called out on drawings . r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04235 — Calcium Silicate Masonry Units 04235-4 D . Pintle Ties : as specified under Section -04220 . 2 . 05 MASONRY FLASHING A . Air/vapor barrier product as called out on building sections and as manufactured by Tremco #450 Vulkem , one part polyurethane elastometric coating at 32 mils dried thickness . 2 . 06 ACCESSORIES A . Weep Vents : # 341W Series round plastic weep holes manufactured from medium density polyethylene (white) tubing , 3/8" O . D . x 4 " long w/cotton wick , or # 342W rectangular plastic weep holes manufactured from clear Butyrate , 3/8" w . x 1 Y2" tall x 3 Y2 " long , with cotton wick . Both manufactured by HB , Hohmann & Barnard , Inc . Phone ( 631 ) 234-0600 . 2 . 07 MORTAR MIXES A . Mortar for Calcium Silicate Masonry Units : to CSA A179 or ASTM C270 , Proportion specification , 1 part Portland cement , . 1 part hydrated lime , 6 parts mortar aggregate by volume for both cementitious materials and aggregate : color grey . 2 . 08 MORTAR MIXING A . Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in proper quantities needed for immediate use to requirements of CSA A179 ASTM C270 . B . Use mortar within 2 hours after mixing at temperatures of 84 degrees F , or 2 - 1 /2 hours at temperatures under 52 degrees F . 2 . 09 FINISHES A . Hot Dip Galvanizing : to ASTM A153 , Class B2 . B . Stainless Steel : to ASTM A508 . Type 302 . 2 . 10 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A . Fabricate calcium silicate masonry units to the following tolerances : 1 . Unit Length : plus or minus 1 / 16 " . 2 , Unit Height : plus or minus 1 / 16 " . 3 , Deviation From Square : plus or minus 1 / 16 " , with measurement taken using the longest edge as the base . 4 . Bed Depth : plus or minus 1 /8 " . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04235 — Calcium Silicate Masonry Units 04235=5 5 . Custom Dimensions : plus or minus 1 /8 " . 6 , Unit Face Deviations : plus or minus 3/8 '1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 EXAMINATION A . Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work . Be Beginning of installation means acceptance of site conditions . 3 . 02 PREPARATION A . Supply metal anchors as called out on plans for placement . Direct correct placement . Be Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located . 3 . 03 CUTTING OF MASONRY UNITS A . Cut masonry units with wet-saw . Be Pre-soak units using clean water prior to cutting . C . Clean cut units using a stiff fibre brush and clean water. Allow units to surface dry prior to placement 3 . 04 COURSING A . Place masonry to lines and levels indicated . Be Maintain masonry courses to uniform width . Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness . C . Lay masonry units in half- running bond . D . Course one masonry unit and one mortar joint to equal 12 " . E . Maintain mortar joint thickness of 3/8 " . F . Tool joints to a weatherproof finish as detailed on plans and sections . 3 . 05 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay masonry in full bed of mortar , properly jointed with other work . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04235 — Calcium silicate Masonry Units 04235-6 ( B . Fully bond intersections , and external corners . C . Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a control joint as indicated . D . Do not adjust masonry units after laying . Where resetting of masonry is required , remove , clean units and reset in new mortar . 3 . 06 CAVITY WALL A . Install weep vents in veneer at 24 " o/c horizontally at bottom of walls . 3 . 07 TOLERANCES A . Variation in Alignment from Unit to Adjacent Unit : 1 / 16 " maximum . B . Variation of Mortar Joint Thickness : 1 /8" every 36 " . 3 . 08 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A . Place bed joint reinforcement in mortar beds , spaced not greater than 16 "OC vertically . B . Embed wall ties in masonry back- up for veneer at maximum 24 " OC vertically and 24" OC horizontally . C . Increase quantity of wall ties around perimeter of openings , at wall terminations and comers , and along parapet walls , placed within 8 " of openings and edges of masonry . 3 . 09 MASONRY FLASHING A . Extend flashing through veneer, turn up and bed into mortar joint of masonry . B . Lap end joints and seal watertight . 3 . 10 LINTELS A . Install precast concrete lintels as scheduled . 3 . 11 MOVEMENT CONTROL JOINTS A . Construct movement joints in locations noted on drawings . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04235 — Calcium Silicate Masonry Units 04235-7 Be Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcing across movement control joints . C . Form movement control joints by leaving head joints between stacked units ' void of mortar, ready for application of bond breaker and joint sealant as detailed on building sections . D . Size joint throat width and depth in accordance with Section 07900 for proper sealant performance . 3 . 12 CLEANING A . Clean masonry as work progresses . Allow mortar droppings on masonry to partially dry then remove by means of brushing with a stiff fibre brush . Be Post- Construction : Clean a 10 sq . ft . area of wall designated by Consultant as directed below and leave for one week . If no harmful effects appear -and after mortar has set and cured , clean masonry as follows : 1 . Protect windows , sills , doors , trim and other work from damage . 2 . Remove large particles with stiff fibre brushes without damaging surface . Saturate masonry with. clean water and flush off loose mortar and dirt . 3 . Scrub with solution of 1 tspe trisodium phosphate and 1 tsp . household detergent dissolved in 4 cups of clean water using stiff fibre brushes , then clean off immediately with clean water using hose . 4 . Repeat cleaning process as often as necessary to remove mortar and other stains . C . Use alternative cleaning solutions and methods for difficult to clean masonry only after consultation with masonry unit manufacturer. 3 . 13 PROTECTION A . Protect masonry units from damage resulting from subsequent construction operations . Be Use protection materials and methods which will not stain or damage masonry units . C . Remove protection materials upon Substantial Performance of the Work , or when risk of damage is no longer present 3 . 14 SCHEDULE f . V IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04235 — Calcium silicate Masonry Units 04235-8 A. Shapes , sizes and finishes to be used on the project are called out on the plans and wall sections . *** END OF SECTION*** r ' IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04235 — Calcium Silicate Masonry Units 04235- 9 SECTION 04270 - GLASS UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED : A . Glass Blocks provided by GLASS BLOCK COMPANY Be Mortar & Sealants C . Glass Block Accessories 1 . 02 RELATED WORK : A . Section 07600 , Flashings Be Section 07900 , Joint Sealers 1 . 03 PERFORMANCE : . A . Furnish all labor and materials to install glass block system detailed and specified , complete with expansion strips , packing panel reinforcing , panel anchors , asphalt emulsion , and other items for complete installation . Be Work not covered as part of installation of glass block system is preparation of structure for glass block panels , such as chases , stiffeners , lintels , sills , flashings , except where specified in this Section . C . All glass block and frames installed in exterior building walls must comply with current wind pressure and impact ratings as defined in the Florida Building code 2001 edition . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Product Data : Provide data sheet and installation instructions including the testing data provided by the glass block manufacturer for 130 and 140 mile per hour wind zones . Be Samples : Submit actual glass block for approval of color , design and pattern . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04270 — Glass Unit Masonry 04270- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A . GLASS BLOCKS from approved manufacturer. 1 . Non - Load bearing , partially evacuated , hollow glass masonry units permanently sealed by heat-fused joint . 2 . Color: ( Clear) 3 . Size : 7-3/4 in . x 7- 3/4 in . x 3- 1 /8 in . thick . 4 . Pattern : Cross Ribbed or Decora . ( See Window Schedule ) . 5 . Glass Block as Manufactured by : a . PC Glass Block Products b . American Glass Block C , Solaris Glass Blocks d . Weck Glass Blocks e . Glass Masonry , Inc . B . Mortar: 1 . Masonry Cement : ASTM C - 91 , white , for high strength use . 2 . Portland Cement : ASTM C - 150 , Type 1 , white . 3 . Hydrated Lime : ASTM C -207 , Type S , high -calcium , pressure - hydrated dolomite with min 0 . 92 percent active ingredients , completely hydrated . 4 . Sand : ASTM C - 144 . 5 . Integral Waterproofer: Use one of the following : a . "Anti - Hydro " Waterproofer. Model . Hydracide Powder , Masterbuilders Co . Model Omicron Motarproofing . b . Latex Type : Laticrete International , Model Laticrete 8510 , ( high - strength , weather- resistant mortar and fast-bonding agent) . C . Glass Block Accessories : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04270 — Glass Unit Masonr` 04270-2 1 . Panel Anchors : No . 20 gauge perforated steel strips , 24 " long x 1 - 3/4 " wide , galvanized after perforating with 2 " long rounded slots and alternating notches on side of strip . 2 . Expansion Strips : Dense fibrous glass batt for jambs and heads , 3/8 " x 4- 1 /8 " x 24 " for chase construction . 3 . Panel Reinforcing : Double wire mesh formed of two parallel wires having 2 " centers and electrically welded cross wires on regular intervals , galvanized . D . Miscellaneous Accessories : 1 . Asphalt Emulsion : Henry ' s 2 . Packing : Polyethylene foam , neoprene , or filler compatible with joint sealant as specified in Section 07900 , Joint Sealers . 3 . Sealant : Non -staining , waterproof joint sealant as specified in Section 07900 , Joint Sealers , 4 . Water Repellant Coating: Solvent type penetrating , clear. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION A . Verify items to be built- in , pocket recesses , or chases to receive glass blocks are complete , accurately placed and dimensioned . B . Clean glass block of foreign substances to insure bonding with mortar. C . Coordinate placement of steel channels . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A . General : 1 . Cover sill area with heavy coat of asphalt emulsion to serve as bond breaker for fire rated panel systems and allow to dry before placing mortar. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04270 — Glass Unit Masonry 04270-3 2 . Adhere expansion strips in place at head and jambs using asphalt emulsion and insure strips extend to sill in order to isolate glass block from adjacent construction . B . Mortar: 1 . . Mix mortar materials minimum 3 minutes with maximum amount of water to produce workable consistency in mechanical batch mixer, to comply with ASTM C-780 , 2 . Fire Rated Panels - Type S • 1 part masonry cement , 2 part portland cement , sand min . 2- 1 /4 to max . 3 times volume of cement . 3 . Non - Fire Rated Panels : 1 part masonry cement , 1 /4 part portland cement , 1 /4 part lime , sand min . 2 - 1 /4 to max . 3 time volume of cement and lime . 4 . Average Compressive Strength : Type S - 1800 psi at 28 days . 5 . Do not retemper mortar. C . Setting Glass Block : 1 . Set first course of glass block on full mortar bed over asphalt emulsion or directly on sill/surface , with no furrowing . 2 . Use rubber mallet to tap units into position ; do not use steel tools on glass blocks for adjustments . 3 . Set each course of glass blocks in full mortar bed , with no furrowing . 4 . Keep expansion strip joints free of mortar. 5 . Rake out joints to accommodate sealant and pointing mortar and brush raked joints clean for Type S mortar . 6 . Fill raked joints with pointing mortar, packing and working into voids , and neatly tool surface to concave joint before mortar achieves final set . 7 . For non - rated panels tool joints concave , as work progresses , to uniform appearance . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04270 — Glass Unit Masonry/ 04270-4 D . Placing Anchors and Reinforcing : 1 . Bend panel anchors within expansion joint , space 24 inches apart vertically to coincide with panel reinforcing . 2 . Bed panel anchors in mortar joint of glass block panel with min . 12 " of anchor extending into glass block joint on top of panel reinforcing . 3 . Place panel reinforcing in horizontal joints of glass block panel on 24 " centers vertically , continuous from side to side . 4 . Lap panel reinforcing min . 6 " for sections of insufficient length . 5 . Do not bridge expansion joints with panel reinforcing . 6 . Apply half width of mortar in joint , do not furrow , and press panel reinforcing into mortar bed . 7 . Apply remaining mortar over panel reinforcing and lay next course of glass block , full bedded , with no furrowing or mortar. E . Sealant : 1 . Refer to Section 07900 , Joint Sealers , for materials . 24 Tape surface of glass block using duct tape or similar material for uniform sealant appearance . 3 . Install sealant backing rod in joint to required depth . 4 . Apply joint sealant to joint and tool concave . 5 . Remove tape after initial set has been achieved . F . Tolerances : 1 . Joint Width : Uniformly 1 /4 " +/- 1 /8 " 2 . Variation from Plane to Unit to Adjacent Unit : Max . 1 /32 in . 3 . Variation from Panel to Panel : Max . 1 / 16 in . 4 . Pointing Mortar Accommodation : Rake joints 5/8 in . to 3/4 in . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04270 — Glass Unit Masonry 04270- 5 3 . 03 CLEANING A . Use wire brush to lightly dislodge extra materials from faces of blocks and edges of joints , do not scrape or brush joint . B . Use No . 3 or No . 4 steel wool to remove remaining mortar from faces of glass blocks , do not rub joints . C . Apply water repellant coating to mortar joints after completion of cleaning for exterior glass block panels and interior glass block panels exposed to high incidence of dirt . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 04270 — Glass Unit Masonri 04270-6 I DIVISION 05 - METALS SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and General Provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A . This Section includes the labor and materials required for the proper . completion of structural steel work as shown on the drawings or specified . B . Generally , this work is as follows : 1 . Furnishing , fabrication and erection of all structural steel beams , columns , trusses , attached lintels , column base and cap plates , including all bolts and welding as required for the complete installation of the work . 2 . Furnishing all anchor bolts and leveling plates for installation under other sections . 3 . Shop painting and field touch - up of all steel . 4 . Erection drawings and shop details . 5 . Providing all tools , equipment and temporary bracing required for safe , proper and expeditious erection of the work . 6 . Furnishing of all loose lintels . B . Related work of other sections : 1 . Steel . Joists Section 05210 2 , Metal Decking Section 05300 3 . Painting Section 09900 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Codes and Standards : All structural steel work shall comply with the Specifications or the " Design , Fabrication , and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings " , latest edition , issued by the American Institute for Steel IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05120 — Structural Steel 05120- 1 Construction , and shall comply with the requirements of local building codes . B . All welding shall be done by the electric arc process and conform to the Code of Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the American Welding Society . All welding shall be performed by operators qualified in accordance with this code , and holding current certificates . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Shop Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions , at earliest possible date to insure timely delivery and proper coordination of work by others . No variation from design sizes will be permitted but recommendations for modification of connections or details to better suit fabricator' s shop practice will be considered if specifically directed ; in writing to the attention of the Architect . B . Shop Drawings shall include erection plans , details of individual members , and index sheets . If not approved on submittal , shop drawings shall be corrected and resubmitted until final approval of Architect is obtained . Fabrications shall not be started until shop drawings are approved . C . Detail drawings shall be submitted for reference only and will not be approved or disapproved by Architect . D . Only shop drawings bearing the approval seal and signature of the licensed professional engineer who supervised their preparation shall be used in the field and all other shop drawings will be considered void . E . Work under this section includes responsibility for dimensions to be correlated and confirmed in the field and for information that pertains solely to fabrication processes and to techniques of construction . F . Shop drawings shall include all cutting of members which are required by other trades . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2001 MATERIALS A . All structural steel shall conform to ASTM A36 . Steel shall be new , clean , and straight (foreign steel not acceptable ) . B . High tensile strength bolts_ , nuts and washers shall conform to ASTM A325 , or A490 . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05120 — Structural Stee. 05120-2 C . Ordinary unfinished bolts shall conform to ASTM A307 , D . Arc welding electrodes shall conform to ASTM Standards Spec. A233 , latest edition . E . Shop coat of paint shall be Manufacturer' s Standard Shop Primer, or approved equal . 2 . 02 FIELD COORDINATION A . All measurements shall be verified in the field , particularly for work installed before delivery of steel . Contractor shall notify Architect in writing of any discrepancy between elevations , locations , conditions , etc . , shown on the drawings and those actually encountered in the field , and shall not proceed with the work until discrepancies have been resolved . B . The Contractor shall check all drawings and shall be responsible for completeness and correct fittings of all work . C . All anchor bolts and plates required to be set in concrete shall be furnished and delivered , together with templates and/or instructions for setting , in ample time for installation by other trades . 2 . 03 FABRICATION A . Finished members shall be true to line and free from twists , bends , and open joints between components parts . If straightening or flattening is required , it shall be done in a manner that will not damage the material . B . Columns and stiffeners shall be milled at bearing ends to true surface , at right angles to the axis or at the proper angle , to insure uniform bearing . C . Column base plates shall be of sizes indicated on the drawings , with straight and true top and bottom surfaces . Base plates may be straightened by pressing to obtain satisfactory contact bearing . D . Holes for bolts shall be drilled or punched 1 / 16 " larger than the normal diameter of the bolts . Burning to enlarge unfair holes is not permitted . Holes that must be enlarged shall be remade . Bolts shall fit holes snugly and nuts shall be drawn up tight and shall have full grip in bolts . E . Provisions of work by other trades : Open holes or studs shall be provided for attaching of work by other trades which adjoins , attaches to , or connects with Structural Steel . Particular notice shall be given to requirements where IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05120 — Structural Steel 05120-3 miscellaneous metal adjoins structural steel . F . All exposed steel shall be free of stampings , mill scale or imperfections . All cuts and notches at exposed steel shall be ground and finished smooth . All welds on exposed structural steel shall be filled having an additional bead or beads as required , and ground smooth to receive shop primer coat . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 ERECTION A . Columns and struts shall be accurately aligned and beams set to correct level or slope using Surveyor's transit and levels and referring to permanent bench marks . Struts and columns shall be kept plumb during erection for which all temporary , braces , guys , and temporary beams shall be installed and kept in place until work is properly secured . Individual pieces shall be considered plumb or level when the variation does not exceed 1 to 500 and 1 to 1000 for exterior columns . B . The Building Erector sub -contracted with the General Contractor shall provide all necessary additional bracing , beams , temporary struts , ties , guys , clip angles , etc . , that may be required to erect the structural frame and maintain it in alignment until the building is completed , including any extra guying after completion of decking . C . Welding and bolting of all connections shall follow the setting of the steel as closely as plumbing and alignment will permit . D . Any variation from the work, as shown on the drawings , which may occur during erection shall be reported to the Architect for adjustment . Any work not affected by such variation shall be continued until the Architect has rendered a decision . E . Utmost care shall be taken in erecting steel to avoid endangering the structure , construction personnel , or other personnel of the Owner or Architect , or personnel having legitimate business at the site . Location of supports for derricks , hoists , rigging or materials , shall be carefully studied by the General Contractor, and shall be reviewed by the Architect if any questions arise . F . Flame cutting of structural steel in the field by any Contractor will not be allowed except with the written permission of the Architect . G . Self- lubricating bearing plate assemblies shall be installed in the field . After installation , a protective covering shall be provided to insure that no dirt , or IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05120 — Structural Stee', 05120-4 other injurious materials comes in contact with the bearing surfaces . 3 . 02 CONNECTIONS A . All shop connections shall be welded unless otherwise shown on pians . B . Field connections shall be welded where specifically shown . All other field connections shall be bolted with 3/4" minimum A307 machine bolts , except for the following , which must be made with 3/4 " minimum A325 high strength bolts : 1 . Connections of beams supporting roof mounted machinery . 2 . Other connections as noted on the structural drawings . C . Where bolted connections are used , they shall be standard beam connections as detailed in the AISC Manual , having a strength at least equal to one- half the tabulated load capacity of the AISC Manual , D . Where welded connections are used , they shall be Welded Frame Beam Connections , as detailed in the AISC Manual , but of a length and capacity at least equal to that of " Minimum Beam Connections " . E . Where the combination of shop welding and field bolting is used , the appropriate portions of the bolted and welded standards specified above shall be combined . F . High tensile bolts shall be installed in accordance with the March 1964 Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts , approved by the Research Council of Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation using the Turn -of- nut method with one washer . However, bolts shall be designed as A307 bolts for all connections in which they are used . G . Common machine bolts shall have shanks of proper length to provide full grip . H . Provide approved lock washers to prevent slipping of nuts . 3 . 03 PAINTING A . All structural steel , not encased in concrete , shall be prepared for painting according to Steel Structures Painting Council SSPC -AP3 Power Tool Cleaning and shall receive one shop coat of 1 mil . maximum , thick paint . B . Paint , if manufacturer shop primer, shall be thinned with the building IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05120 — Structural Steel 05120-5 manufacturers approved material and applied at a spreading rate of 400 s . f. per gallon . The thinner shall be compatible with the finished painting materials and methods of application . C . The Contractor shall submit the name and characteristics of proposed paint to the Architect for approval . All paint shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer' s recommendations to achieve the above desired results . The prime coat shall be compatible with the finish paint . D . After erection , all bolts , welds and serious abrasions to the shop coat shall be painted with one coat of the material used for the shop coat . E . Steel beams and girders encased or partially encased in concrete shall not be painted where encasement occurs . F . Steel beams and girders scheduled to receive sprayed on fireproofing shall not be painted . *** END OF SECTION *** � l IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05120 — Structural Stee 05120-6 - SECTION 05210 - STEEL JOISTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A . This Section shall include the labor and materials required for the proper completion of open -web steel joist work as shown on the drawings , or specified . B . Generally , this work is as follows : 1 . Design , fabrication , and erection of open -web joists and truss girders . 2 . Furnishing and installing all accessories I necessary for, or incidental to the completion of all joist work . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Codes and Standards : Design , fabrication and erection of all series open- web joists shall conform to Standard Specifications for Steel Joists , LH series , K series , and steel girders , adopted by S . J . I . and A . I . S . C . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Shop Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions at earliest possible date to ensure timely delivery and proper coordination of work by others . B . Furnish shop fabrication and erection drawings for approval by the Architect before fabrication . Shop Drawings shall indicate joist type , number, sizes , spacing , bridging , connections , anchoring and all other details of erection . Shop drawings and design calculations shall be prepared under the direction of and signed , dated , and sealed by an engineer registered in Florida in accordance with the Florida Board of Professional Engineers Statements on Responsibilities of Professional Engineers . C . Only Shop Drawings bearing Engineer' s Approval Stamp shall be used in IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05210 — Steel Joists 05210- 1 field and all other Shop Drawings shall be considered void . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 GENERAL A . The standard specifications for the Steel Joist Institute , referred to above , as they apply to joists shall apply to the work of this Section , except as otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein . Be Welding shall conform to the best practice as recommended in the Code for Fusion Welding and Gas Cutting of the American Welding Society , 2 . 02 MATERIALS A. Steel for joists shall conform to applicable types listen in referenced specifications above . Be Electrodes for arc welding shall conform to one of the E60 or E70 classifications of ASTM A 233 , latest edition , as required . C . Paint for shop coat of steel joists shall be Gray rust inhibiting , standard with manufacturer. 2 . 03 DESIGN AND FABRICATION A . All open -web steel joists shall be fabricated from welded hot rolled steel shapes , plates or bars or cold formed shapes . Be Joists shall be designed to carry additional loads occasioned by openings and any concentrated loads shown on the contract drawings . C . Ceiling extensions or extended upper and lower chords shall be provided where required for joists . D . All joists shall be fabricated by a member of the Steel Joist Institute ; in accordance with the latest Edition of The standard Specifications of the Steel Joist Institute and the latest edition of the AISC Manual of Steel Construction , 1 . For all projects , including those requiring compliance with the State Requirements For Educational Facilities , Design of joists for wind forces shall comply with ASCE 7- 98 , Importance factor 1 . 15 . Design wind velocity shall be in accordance with ASCE FIGURE 6- 1b Basic Wind Speed Map , based on the location of the structure . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05210 — Steel Joist: 05210-2 2 . All joists shall be designed to support the weight of any roof top units indicated on the roof plan or mechanical drawings . E . Joists and connections shall be made by connecting the members directly to one another by electric arc or resistance welds , times the design stress , and shall be sufficiently rugged to resist stresses incidental to handling and erection . F . Welding shall be executed in accordance with the " Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction " of the American Welding Society and shall be done by welders holding a current Certificate . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 ERECTION A . The bearing ends of joists shall extend onto supports not less than the following distances : 1 . LH - Series and K- Series on steel beams a minimum of 2 2" , and a minimum of 4" on concrete beams . B . Before setting any joists the Contractor shall check the levels and locations of steel bearings . C . Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings , end anchorage for all joists shall be in accordance with the Steel Joist Institute Specifications referred to above . D . All bridging shall be secured to the joist flanges and parallel steel beams by welding or bolting unless otherwise required by the drawings . Weld off lines of steel bridging where they end at masonry walls . Do not place any construction loads until all bridging is in place . 3 . 02 PAINTING A. All materials shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rust , oil , grease , dirt and other foreign matter before being painted , either at the shop or in the field . Materials shall not be painted in damp or freezing weather unless under cover and protected until the paint is thoroughly dry . No materials shall be loaded for shipment until the shop coat is fully dried . B . Joists shall be painted with one shop coat of rust inhibitive paint standard with the manufacturer . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05210 - Steel Joists 05210-3 C . Immediately following the erection of all steel joists and accompanying metal parts , all marred surfaces of the shop coat and all erection marks shall be shop painted with the same material as used for the shop coat . Field painting shall be done under another section . *** END OF SECTION *** f IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05210 — Steel Joist: 05210-4 SECTION 05300 - METAL DECKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENT A. Drawings and General precision of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 SUMMARY A . Extent of metal decking is indicated on structural drawings , including basic layout , type of deck units , gauge and thickness . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Product Data : Submit manufacturer' s specifications and installation instructions for each type of decking and accessories . Include manufacturer' s certifications as may be required to show compliance with these specifications . B . Shop Drawings : Submit detailed drawings showing layout and types of deck panels , anchorage details , and conditions , requiring closure panels , supplementary framing , sump pans , cant strips , cut openings , special jointing or other accessories . C . Insurance Certification : Assist owner in preparation and submittal of roof installation acceptance certification as may be necessary in connection with fire and . extended coverage insurance . 1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Codes and standards : Comply with provisions of the following codes and standards except as otherwise indicated or specified : 1 . AISI " Specification for the Design of Cold - Formed Steel Structural Members" , 1986 with 1989 addenda . 2 . AWS D1 . 3 " Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel " . SDI " Design Manual for Floor Decks and Roof Decks " . 3 . ASCE-7- 98 for wind loads , FBC Chapters 15 & 16 . B . Qualification of Field Welding : Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with "Welder Qualification " procedures of AWS IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05300 — Metal Decking 05300- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MANUFACTURERS A . Manufacturers : Subject to compliance with requirements , provide products of one of the following : METAL ROOF DECK UNITS : 1 . Bowman/ E . G , Smith , Div . Cyclops Corp . 2 . Consolidated Systems , Inc . 3 , Epid Metals Corp . 4 , Mac- Fab Products , Inc . 5 . Marlyn Steel Decks , Inc . , Tampa 6 , Roll Form Products , Inc . 7 , United Steel Deck, Inc . 8 , Wheeling Corrugating Co . 9 , Wolverine Deck Co . 2 . 02 MATERIALS A . Steel for Galvanized Metal Deck Units : ASTM A 446 , Grade A Be Miscellaneous Steel Shapes : ASTM A 36 . C . Sheet Metal Accessories : ASTM A 526 , commercial quality , galvanized . D . Galvanizing Repair Paint : High zinc-dust content paint for repair of damaged galvanized surfaces complying with Military Specifications MIL- P- 21035 ( Ships ) . E . Flexible Closure Strips : Manufacturer' s standard vulcanized , closed -cell , synthetic rubber. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . General : Install deck units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations and final shop drawings , and as specified herein . Be Place deck units or supporting steel framework and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting members before being permanently fastened . Do not stretch or contact side lap interlocks . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05300 — Metal Deckin. 05300-2 co Place deck units in straight alignment for entire length of run of cells and with close alignment between cells at ends of abutting units . D . Place deck units flat and square , secured to adjacent framing without warp or excessive deflection . E . Do not place deck units on concrete supporting structure until concrete has cured and is dry . F . Coordinate and cooperate with structural steel erector in locking deck bundles to prevent overloading of structural members . G . Do not use floor deck units for storage working platforms until permanently secured . 3 . 02 FASTENING DECK UNITS A . Positive attachment of structural sheets to steel roof joists shall be not less frequently than the following maximum spacings . 1 . One fastener shall be placed near the corner of each sheet or at overlapping corners of sheets . 2 . Along each supporting member, the spacing of fasteners shall not exceed . eight inches on centers at ends of sheets nor twelve inches on centers at intermediate supports . 3 . The spacing of edge fasteners between panels and supporting members , parallel to the direction of span , where continuous interlock is not otherwise provided shall be not more than 12 " on center. 4 . The periphery edges of metal decks shall be fastened to resist uplift in special end , edge and corner zones . B . Fastening patterns must consider eave and corner areas to insure that fasteners will safely resist the required wind uplift . See ASCE 7- 98 , Importance factor 1 . 15 . Design wind speed shall be in accordance with ASCE FIGURE 6- 1 b Basic Wind Speed Map . C . The fusion welding of structural sheets shall be through weld washers not less than 14 gauge in thickness and 1 " in diameter , contoured if necessary to provide continuous contact . 3 . 03 ROOF Z- SUBGIRT ATTACHMENT : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05300 — Metal Decking 05300-3 A . Positive attachment of 6 " , 14 gauge Z-sections thru structural sheets , to structural steel support members shall be provided by 2 " long carbon steel AB point # 14 Hex Head self tapping screws , spacing shall not be more than 48 on center. B . Comply with AWS : requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding , appearance and quality of welds , and methods used in correcting welding work . C . Cutting and Fitting : Cut and neatly fir deck units and accessories around other work projecting through or adjacent to the decking , as shown . D . Reinforcement at Openings : Provide additional metal reinforcement and closure pieces as required for strength , continuity of decking and support of other work shown . E . Hanger Slots or Clips : Provide UL approved punched hanger slots between cells or flutes of lower element where floor deck units are to receive hangers for support of ceiling construction , air ducts , diffusers , or lighting fixtures . Hanger clips designed to clip over male side lap joints of floor deck units may be used instead of hanger slots . Locate slops or clips at not more than 14 " o . c . in both directions , not over 9 " from walls at ends , and not more than 12 " from walls at sides , unless otherwise shown . F . Roof Sump Pans : Place over openings provided in roof decking and weld to,/' - - - top decking surface . Space welds not more than 12 " o . c . with at least one weld at each corner . Cut opening. in roof sump bottom to accommodate drain size indicated . G . Closure Strips : Provide metal closure strips at open uncovered ends and edges of roof decking and other construction . Weld into position to provide a complete decking installation . H . Tough - Up Painting : After decking installation , wire brush , clean and paint scarred areas , welds , and rust spots on top and bottom surfaces 'of decking units and supporting steel members . Tough - up galvanized surfaces with galvanizing repair paint applied in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . In areas where shop- painting surfaces are to be exposed , apply tough - up paint to blend into adjacent surfaces . I . Tough - Up - Paintinq : Clean and touch - up painting of field welds , abraded areas and rust spots , as required after erection and before proceeding with field painting , is included in Division 9 under Painting . *** END OF SECTION **'r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05300 — Metal Deckint / 05300-4 SECTION 05400 - LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS IN OTHER SECTIONS A . Drawings and general provisions of the Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections , apply to work specified in this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A . Extent of light gauge metal framing ( LtGMFrm ) is shown on drawings . Be Types of light gauge metal framing units include the following : 1 . " C " shaped steel studs . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Components Design : Compute structural properties of studs and joists in accordance with AICS " Specification for design of Cold - Formed Steel Structural Members' Be Fire- Rated Assemblies : Where framing units are components of assemblies indicated for a fire- resistance rating , including those required for compliance with governing regulations , provide units which have been approved by governing authorities having jurisdiction . C . Manufacturers offering products complying with requirements for light gauge metal framing components include the following : 1 . Shaped load bearing studs , 1 -5/8 " flange : a . Alabama Metal Industries b . Marino Ware C . Dietrick d . Roll Form Products , Inc . e . U . S . Steel Corp . f. Wheeling Corrugating Co . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Products data : Submit manufacturer' s product information and installation instructions for each items of light gauge framing and accessories . - IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05400 — Light Gauge Metal Framing 05400- 1 B . Shop Drawinq : Submit shop drawings for special components and _ installations not fully dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer' s product data . Signed and sealed Shop Drawings required by a Florida Registered Structural Engineer . Include placing drawings for framing members showing size and gauge designations , number, type , locations and spacing , Indicate supplemental strapping , bracing , splices , accessories , and details required for proper installation . 1 . 05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Protect metal framing units from rusting and damage . Deliver to protect site in manufacturer' s unopened containers or bundles , fully identified with name , brand , type and grade . Store off ground in a dry ventilated space or protect with suitable waterproof coverings . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 METAL FRAMING A . System Components : With each type of metal framing required , provide manufacturer' s standard steel runners (tracks , blocking , lintels , clip angles , shoes , reinforcements , fasteners ) , and accessories recommended by manufacturer for applications indicated as needed to provide a complete metal framing system . B . Materials and Finishes : 1 . For 16 gauge and heavier units , fabricate metal framing components of structural quality steel sheet with a minimum yield point of 40 , 000 psi ; ASTM A 446 , A 570 , or A 611 . 2 , For 18 gauge and lighter units , fabricate metal framing components of commercial quality steel sheet with a minimum yield point of 33 , 000 psi ; ASTM A 466 , A 570 , or A 611 . Provide galvanized finish to metal framing components complying with ASTM A 525 for minimum G 60 coating at exterior wall panel studs . Provide prime coated finish with one coat of shop-applied redoxide , zinc- chromate , or other similar rust- inhibitive primer for interior studs . " C% Shape Studs : Manufacturer' s standard load - bearing steel studs of size shape , and gauge indicated on the drawings with 1 . 625 " Flange and flange return to lip . r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05400 — Light Gauge Metal Framing 05400-2 — 2 . 02 FABRICATION A . General : Framing components may be prefabricated into panels prior to erection . Fabricate panels plumb , square , true to line and braced against racking with joins welded , Perform lifting of prefabricated panels in a manner to prevent damage or distortion , Stud panels to be rechecked for plumbness after installation . B . Fastenings : Attach similar components by welding . Attach dissimilar components by welding , bolting , or screw fasteners , as standard with manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A . Pre- Installation Conference : Prior to star of installation of metal framing systems , meet at project site with installers of other work including metal panels , door and window frames and mechanical and electrical work . Review areas of potential interference and conflict , and coordinate layout and support provisions for interfacing work . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A . Manufacturer' s Instructions : Install metal framing systems in accordance with manufacturer' s printed or written instructions and , recommendation , and Engineered Shop Drawings , unless otherwise indicated . B . Runner Tracks : Install continuous tracks sized to match studs . Align tracks accurately to layout at base and tops of studs . Secure tracks as recommended by stud manufacturer for type of construction involved , except do not exceed 24 " o . c . spacing for nail or power-driven fasteners , nor 16" o . c . for other types of attachment . Spacing of studs at metal wall panels to be as per panel manufacturers request . Provide fasteners at corners and ends of tracks . C . Set studs plumb , except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for non - plumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements . D . Where stud system abuts structural columns or walls , including masonry walls , anchor ends of stiffeners to supporting structure . E . Install supplementary framing, wood blocking and bracing at metal framing system wherever walls or partitions are indicated to support fixtures , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05400 — Light Gauge Metal Framing 05400- 3 equipment , services , casework , heavy trim and furnishing , wall mounted door stops , bathroom grab bars and similar work requiring attachment to the wall or partition . Where type of supplementary support is not otherwise f indicated , comply with stud manufacturer' s recommendations and industry standards in each case , considering weight or loading resulting from item supported . F . Installation of Wall Stud System : Secure studs to top and bottom runner tracks by either welding or screw fastening at both inside and outside flanges . G . Frame wall openings larger than 2 '- 0 ' square with double stud at each jamb of frame except where more than 2 are either shown or indicated in manufacturer' s instructions . Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings . Anchor tracks to jamb studs with stud shoes or by welding , and space jack studs same as full height studs of wall . Secure stud system wall opening frame in manner indicated . *� * END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05400 — Light Gauge Metal Framing 05400-4 — SECTION 05425 - COLD FORMED STEEL TRUSSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 SECTION INCLUDES : A . Cold -formed steel roof and floor trusses . Be Anchorage , connections , bracing and decking . 1 . 2 RELATED SECTIONS : A . Section 05300 - Metal Decking Be Section 05400 — Light Gauge Metal Framing C . Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry 1 . 3 REFERENCES : A . AISI Standard for Cold - Formed Steel Framing - Truss Design , American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI ) . Washington , D . C . 2000 , Be ASTM A- 780 . Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot- Dip Galvanized Coatings , American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM ) . West Conshohocken , PA 2000 , C . ASTM A- 1 003/A 1003M . Standard Specification for Sheet Steel , Carbon , Metallic and Non - Metallic Coated for Cold - Formed Framing Members . D . LGSEA Field Installation Guide for Cold - Formed Steel Trusses , Light Gauge Steel Engineers Association , Nashville , TN 1998 , E . LGSEA Tech Note 551. e . Design Guide for Permanent Bracing of Cold - Formed Steel Trusses . LGSEA, Nashville , TN 1998 , F . LGSEA Tech Note 551d , Design Guide for Construction Bracing of Cold - Formed Steel Trusses , LGSEA , Nashville , TN 1997 . 1 . 4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300 , Be Product Data : Truss manufacturer' s product data for the cold -formed steel trusses specified in this section . C . Truss Drawings : Detailed truss drawings for each truss , prepared by the truss designer , signed and sealed by a registered Professional Engineer, IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05425 — Cold Formed Steel Trusses 05425- 1 and indicating the following : 1 . Slope , depth , span , and spacing of the truss . 2 . Bearing location and minimum bearing lengths . 3 . Design loading (s ) . 4 . Reaction forces and direction . 5 . Location of all truss connections . 6 . Gusset plate locations , sizes , and material specifications . 7 . Fastener type , size , quantities , and locations . 8 . Shape and material specification for each component . 9 . Maximum compressive force in all truss members . 10 . Locations of required permanent truss member bracing . 11 . Connection requirements for : a . Truss-to-truss girder b . Truss ply-to- ply C , Field assembly of trusses 12 . Calculated deflection ratio and/or maximum deflection for live and total load . D . Truss Placement Diagram : Drawing , prepared by the truss designer , showing the location of each truss in the project . E . Installation Recommendations : Furnished by the manufacturer, for the delivery , storage , handling , and installation of the cold -formed steel trusses specified in this section . ! 1 . 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Truss Designer: Trusses shall be designed in accordance with the AISI Standard for Cold - Formed Steel Framing -Truss Design , and shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida . B . Truss Manufacturer: Trusses shall be manufactured by a firm with a documented in - plant quality assurance procedure and inspection process , and with a minimum of three ( 3 ) years documented experience in the manufacturing of cold -formed steel trusses similar to those required for this project . C . Truss Installer: Trusses shall be installed by a firm approved by the truss manufacturer with documented experience installing cold -formed steel trusses similar to those required for this project . D . Field Measurements : Where possible , verify bearing locations prior to fabrication and installation of trusses . Provide truss designer actual field measurements where they differ from dimensions shown on the project design drawings . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05425 — Cold Formed Steel Trusses 05425-2 1 . 6 DELIVERY , STORAGE , AND HANDLING A . Deliver materials in manufacturer' s unopened bundles , fully identified by the manufacturer' s name and job number. Exercise care to avoid damage during unloading , storage , and installation , in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions and the LGSEA Field Installation Guide for Cold - Formed Steel Trusses , B . Inspect trusses upon arrival at site and prior to installation . Notify truss manufacturer of any damaged trusses . Do not install damaged trusses without the approval of the truss manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MANUFACTURERS A . Acceptable Truss Manufacturers : 1 . Steel Construction Systems , Orlando , FL , 407438 - 1664 2 . Trident Building Systems , Inc . , Sarasota , FL 877-755- 7073 3 . Allsteel & Gypsum Products , Inc . , Ft . Lauderdale , FL 800-244-3716 4 . B & R Structural Framing , Inc . , Port St . Lucie , FL 954410-8874 5 , Metalite Truss Systems , Lake Worth , FL , 561 -434-3649 6 , Steel Technology & Design , Inc . , Lakeland , FL , 800-741 - 1926 2 . 2 MATERIALS A . Cold - Formed Steel Trusses : Trusses meeting the following specified requirements . 1 . Roof Geometry and Bearing Conditions : As specified by the architect/engineer-of- record in project design drawings and notes . 2 . Local Building Code and Design Loads : As specified by the architect/engineer-of- record in project design drawings and notes . 3 . Deflection Limits : ( unless otherwise specified by the architect/engineer-of- record in project design drawings and notes ) : a . Roof Trusses : • Total Load : 1 / 180 of span ( maximum ) • Live Load : 1 /240 of span ( maximum ) b . Floor Trusses : • Total Load : 1 /360 of span ( maximum ) IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05425 — Cold Formed Steel Trusses 05425-3 • Live Load : 1 /480 of span ( maximum ) B . Chord Members , Web Members and Gusset Plates 1 . Shape , Size , and Thickness : In accordance with the truss drawings and product data . 2 . Material Grade : a . Chord Members : ASTM A- 1003 SS Grade 50 ( Grade 340 ) b . Web Members : ASTM A- 1003 SS Grade 40 ( Grade 275 ) C , Gusset Plates : ASTM A- 1003 SS Grade 50 ( Grade 340) 3 , Minimum Base Metal Thickness : a . Nominal 22 gauge : 0 . 027 inch ( 0 . 68mm ) b . Nominal 20 gauge : 0 . 033 inch (0 .84mm ) c . Nominal 18 gauge : 0 . 043 inch ( 1 . 09mm ) d . Nominal 16 gauge : 0 . 054 inch ( 1 . 37mm ) e . Nominal 14 gauge : 0 . 068 inch ( 1 . 72mm ) 4 . Coating : Galvanized sheet steel with a minimum G60 (Z 180 ) coating . C . Screw Fasteners : Type , size , and quantity specified in the truss drawings submitted by the truss manufacturer. 2 . 2 FABRICATION A . Shop fabricate cold -farmed steel trusses in accordance with the truss drawings and manufacturer' s documented in - plant quality assurance procedure and inspection process . B . Shop fabricate cold -formed steel trusses using a fabrication (jig ) table to assure consistency and maintain specified tolerances , as follows : 1 . Variation from design length : a . Trusses up to 30 feet in length : Maximum 2 inch . b . Trusses over 30 feet in length : Maximum 3/4 inch . 2 . Variation from design height : a . Trusses up to 5 feet in height : Maximum 1 /4 inch . b . Trusses over 5 feet in height : Maximum 2 inch . C . Field fabrication of cold -formed steel trusses is strictly prohibited unless IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05425 — Cold Formed Steel Trusses 05425-4 performed by a fabricator authorized by and under the supervision of the truss manufacturer . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 EXAMINATION A . Verify that substrates and adjacent work are ready to receive the work of this section . Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions have been corrected . 3 . 2 INSTALLATION A . Install trusses in accordance with drawings and/or notes prepared by the truss designer and the truss manufacturer' s instructions . B . Erection Tolerances : 1 . Straightness : Trusses shall not be installed with and overall bow or bow in any chord or panel which exceeds the lesser of L/200 or 2 inches , where L is the length of the truss chord or panel . 2 . Plumbness : Trusses shall not be installed with a variation from plumb (vertical tolerance ) at any point along the length of the truss from top to bottom which exceed 1 /50 of the depth of the truss at that point or 2 inches , whichever is less , unless trusses are specifically designed to be installed out of plumb . 3 . Location : Location of trusses along the bearing support shall be within 1 /4 inch of plan dimensions . Special hangers or supports shall be located to support trusses within 1 /4 inch of plan dimensions . Trusses shall be located at the on -center spacing specified by the truss placement diagram . C . Furnish and install framing anchors at all bearing points in accordance with the drawings and/or notes prepared by the architect/engineer-of- record , and the instructions of the framing anchor manufacturer . D . Furnish and install materials for truss -to-truss connections and complete any truss field assembly in accordance with the fabrication drawings prepared by the truss designer . E . Furnish and install erection (temporary) bracing to hold trusses straight and plumb and in safe condition until permanent bracing and decking has been installed in accordance with the LGSEA Field Installation Guide , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05425 — Cold Formed Steel Trusses 05425-5 F . Furnish and install all permanent bracing and decking in accordance with the drawings prepared by the engineer- of- record before the application of - any permanent loads . G . Removal , cutting , or alteration of any truss chord , web , bracing member , or truss connections in the field by any sub -contractor is prohibited , unless approved in writing , and in advance , by the truss designer and manufacturer. H . All sub-contractors shall employ proper construction procedures to insure adequate distribution of temporary construction loads , sop as not to exceed the carrying capacity of any individual truss or group of trusses . 3 . 3 REPAIRS A . Physical Repairs : Damaged truss chord , web , or bracing members , truss connections , or complete trusses shall be repaired or replaced as directed and approved in advance by the truss designer. B . Galvanized Coating Repairs : Damaged galvanized coatings shall be repaired with repair paint in accordance with ASTM A- 780 and the paint manufacturer' s instructions . *** END OF SECTION *** t. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05425 — Cold Formed Steel Trusses 05425-6 SECTION 05500 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . The Bidding and Contract Documents , General Requirements and Addenda , as may be issued prior to bidding , shall govern the work under this Section . 1 . 02 SCOPE OF THE WORK A. Provide all labor,, materials , necessary equipment and service , to complete the miscellaneous metals work and related work, as indicated on the drawings , as specified herein or both , except for items specifically indicated as. " NOT IN CONTRACT" ( NIC ) . B . Including , but not necessarily limited to the following : 1 . Roof opening framing ( Roof Drains , Roof Curbs , Roof Scuttles , Vent Fans , Exhaust Fans ) . 2 . Miscellaneous anchors and fastenings , 3 . Piping , RWL , Chilled Water Line ( Supports for hangers ) . 4 . Steel & Alum . Ladders to Scuttles & Mezzanines . 5 . Miscellaneous Angles . 6 . Louver Door Security Panels . 7 , Safety Nosings , 8 , Masonry Openings for Exhaust Fans . 9 , Folding Door Support Framing . 10 . Recessed Ceiling Framing Supports . 11 , Shop Coat Painting of All Items . 1 . 03 WORK OF OTHER SECTION A . Structural Metal Section 05100 B . Painting Section 09900 C . Mechanical Section 15000 1 . 04 LIST OF SAMPLES , CERTIFICATES AND SHOP DRAWINGS A . This list consists of samples , certificates and shop drawings which require submission by the Contractor to the Consultant for approval . B . Any omission of items which require the Contractor' s compliance under the contract Documents does not relieve said Contractor from such responsibility . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals 05500- 1 C . Submit samples certificate and shop drawings as required or requested by , the Architect/Engineer whether included in this list or not , and as requested ! on the drawings . D . Certificates shall be submitted in triplicate , notarized and signed by an officer of the company and shall state the required information explicitly and specifically . Said certificates shall bear the Notary' s embossed seal . 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A . Submit shop drawings for all fabricated items in accordance with Contract Conditions , plus plan locations . B . Coordinate roof framing opening supports with Steel Joists Shop Drawings . Submit steel Joist and Miscellaneous Metal Shop Drawings as prescribed . 1 . 06 QUALITY STANDARDS A . Conform to applicable portions of the following : 1 . American Institute of Steel Construction (A . I . S . C . ) 2 . American Welding Society (A . W . S . ) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 BASIC MATERIALS A . Steel shapes - ASTM A- 36 B . Steel pipe -ASTM A-36 , galvanized where called for . C . Bolts - ASTM A-325 , galvanized for exterior use , and where called for on plans . D . All exterior steel items to be hot dipped galvanized . E . Aluminum pipe - ASTM B 221 for 6063-T6 . F . Stainless Steel plate , angles and fabricated hangers , #304 Stainless . 2 . 02 STEEL & ALUMINUM LADDERS A . Fabricate to size and detail , with welded joints dressed smooth . B . Erect ladders as indicated , securely fastened to structure . C . Steel ladders to be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A- 123- 59T . 2 . 03 LOUVER DOOR SECURITY PANELS If IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals 05500-2 A . Furnish and install on all exterior metal louver doors , wire mesh security panels . 1 . Wire Mesh : 10 gauge steel wire woven into 1 " diamond mesh securely clinched to frames . 2 . Frames : 3/4" cold rolled channels drilled at 6 " o . c . through both flanges to receive # 10 self tapping non -corrosive machine screws with tamper proof heads . 3 . Mesh and frames to be hot dipped galvanized material . 4 . Apply panels to exterior face on doors with non - removable head screws . Completely cover louvers . 2 . 04 FASTENERS A . General : Provide stainless steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-coated fasteners where built into exterior walls where fasteners are not exposed . Select fasteners for the type , grade and class required . B . Bolts and Nuts : Regular hexagon head type , ASTM A307 , Grade A. C . Lag Bolts : Square head type , FS FF- B -561 . D . Machine Screws : Cadmium plated steel , FS FF- S- 92 . E . Wood Screws : Flat head carbon steel , FS FF-S - 111 . F . Plain Washers : Round , carbon steel , FS FF-W- 92 . G . Masonry Anchorage Devices : Expansion shields , FS FF - S-325 . H . Toggle Bolts : Tumble-wing type , FS FF- B- 588 , type , class and style as required . I . Lock Washers : Helical spring type carbon steel , FS FF -W-84 . 2 . 05 ROUGH HARDWARE A . Fabricate bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts , plates , anchors , hangers , dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork , and for anchoring securing woodwork to concrete or other structures . Provide straight bolts and other stock rough hardware items as specified on the drawings . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals 05500-3 Be Manufacture or fabricate items of sizes , shapes and dimensions required . Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood E structural connections ; elsewhere , furnish steel washers . 2 . 06 MISCELLANEOUS A . Fabricate all steel headers , angles , channels , ladders , steel shapes , inserts , anchors , brackets , support framing , as indicated and /or detailed on plans . 2 . 07 SHOP COAT PAINT A . Apply shop coat paint to all ferrous metal . Be Apply shop touch - up coat paint to all galvanized metals . C . Aluminum products to be mill finish unless called out otherwise on the drawings . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals 05500-4 i i DIVISION 06 - CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Documents and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division- 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A . Definition : Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other sections and which is generally not exposed , except as otherwise indicated . Types of work in this section include , but are not limited to , rough carpentry for: 1 . Nailers & dead wood 2 . Cant strip 3 . Wood roof curb supports 4 . Door frame bracing 5 . Chalk , tack board , backing 6 . Casework backing 7 . Plumbing backing - ( Supports ) 8 . Projection screen backing 9 . Window stripping 10 . Recessed clock/speakers (framed opening ) 11 . Recessed fire extinguisher cabinets (framed opening ) RWL - Access to clean out . 12 . Toilet partition backing 13 : Recessed electrical panels backing 14 . Mirror backing 15 . Acoustical backing 16 . Ceiling trim backing B . Finish carpentry is specified in another section within Division 6 . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Wood treatment Data : Submit treatment manufacturer' s instructions for proper use of each type of treated material . B . Pressure Treatment : For each type of specified , include certification by treating plant stating chemicals and process used , net amount of preservative retained and conformance with applicable standards . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 06100 — Rough Carpentry 06100- 1 C . For water-borne preservatives , include statement , that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to a maximum of 15 % prior to shipment to - project site . D . Fire- retardant treatment : Include certification by treatment plant that treatment material complies with governing ordinances and that treatment will not bleed through finished surfaces . 1 . 04 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Delivery and Storage : Keep materials dry at all times . Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces . Stack lumber and plywood , and provide air circulation within stacks . 1 . 05 JOB CONDITIONS B . Coordination : Fit carpentry work to other work ; scribe and cope as required for an accurate fit . Correlate location of furring , nailers , blocking , grounds and similar supports to allow proper attachment of other work . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARDS A . Lumber Standards : Comply with PS 20 , B . Plywood Standards : Comply with PS 1 , C . Factory mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type , grade , mill and grading agency , except omit marking from surfaces to be exposed with transparent finish or without finish . 2 . 02 MATERIALS A. Nominal sizes are indicated , except as shown by detail dimensions . Provided actual sizes as required by PS 20 , for moisture content specified for each use . Provide dressed lumber , S4S , unless otherwise indicated . Provide seasoned lumber with 10 % maximum moisture content at time of dressing . B . Framing Lumber: (2 " through 4" thick) C . For light framing ( less than 6" wide ) , provide the following grade and species : 1 . Construction grades , any species . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 06100 — Rough Carpentry 06100-2 D . Miscellaneous Lumber: Provide wood for support or attachment of other work including cant strips , bucks , nailers , blocking , furring , grounds , stripping , and similar members . Provide lumber of sizes shown or specified , worked into shapes shown , and as follows : 1 . Moisture content: 19 % maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment . E . Grade : Construction Grade light framing size lumber of any species or board size lumber as required . Provide construction grade boards ( RIS or WCLB) or No . 2 boards ( SPIB or WWPA) . F . Plywood : Where plywood will be exposed in finished work supply the following : 1 . Where painted finish is indicated , provide A- C/ EXT-APA plywood with Grade A face exposed and Grade C concealed , for exterior use ; and provide A- D/INT-APA plywood with Grade A face exposed and Grade D concealed , for interior use . 2 . Concealed Plywood : Where plywood will be concealed by other work , provide C - D Plugged/ INT-APA . 3 . For backing panels for electrical or telephone equipment , provide 3/4 " fire- retardant treated plywood with exterior glue . 2 . 03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A . Fasteners and Anchorages : 1 . Provide size , type , material and finish as indicated and as recommended by applicable standards , complying with applicable Federal Specifications for nails , staples , screws , bolts , nuts , washers and anchoring devices . 2 . Provide metal hangers and framing anchors of the size and type recommended by the manufacturer for each use including recommended nails . 3 . Where rough carpentry work is exposed to weather , in ground contact , or in area of high relative humidity , provide stainless steel fasteners . 4 . Interior work shall utilize hot dipped galvanized . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 06100 — Rough Carpentry 06100-3 B . Building Paper : Asphalt saturated felt , non -perforated , 15# or 30 # , ASTM D226 . 2 . 04 WOOD TREATMENT A . Preservative Treatment : Where lumber or plywood is indicated as "Trt-Wd " , " P . T . " or "Treated " , or is specified herein to be treated , comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 ( Lumber) and C9 ( Plywood ) and of AWPA standards listed below . Mark each treated items with the AWPB Quality Mark Requirements , Be Pressure-treat above-ground items with water- borne preservatives complying with AWPB LP-2 . After treatment , kiln -dry to a maximum moisture content of 15 . Treat indicated items and the following : 1 . Wood cants , nailers , cures , blocking , stripping , and similar members in connection with roofing , flashing , vapor barriers and waterproofing . Wood sills , sleepers , blocking furring , stripping and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete . C . Fire- Retardant Treatment : Where " FR-S " lumber or plywood is specified or otherwise indicated , provide materials which comply with AWPA standards for pressure impregnations with fire- retardant chemicals , and which have a flame spread rating of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with UL Test 723 or ASTM E84 , and show no increase in flame spread and significant progressive combustion upon continuation of test for an additional 20 minutes . 1 . Kiln -dry treated items to maximum moisture content of 19 % . 2 . Provide UL label on each piece of fire- retardant lumber or plywood . D . Inspect each piece of treated lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces . PART 3 - EXECUTION - INSTALLATION 3 . 01 GENERAL A . Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of work , and units which are too small to fabricate work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement . Be Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines , with members plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 06100 — Rough Carpentry 06100-4 C . Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards . Countersink nail head on exposed carpentry work and fill holes . D . Use common wire nails , except as otherwise indicated . Use finishing nails for finish work . Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials . Make tight connections between members . Install fasteners without splitting of wood ; pre-drill as required . 3 . 02 WOOD GROUNDS , NAILERS , BLOCKING , AND SLEEPERS A . Provide wherever shown and where required for screeding or attachment of other work . Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached . Coordinate location with other work involved . B . Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading . Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces , unless otherwise shown . Build into J. masonry during installation of masonry work . Where possible , anchor to formwork before concrete placement . C . Provide permanent grounds of dressed , preservative treated , key- beveled lumber not less than 1 2 " wide and thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved . Remove temporary grounds when no longer required . 3 . 03 WOOD FURRING (WD - FUR) A. Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges of openings . Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finished work . B . Furring to Receive Plywood Paneling : Unless otherwise shown , provide 1 "x3 " furring at 2 ' o . c . , horizontally and vertically . Structural framing to receive furring will dictate the spacing , size and type of furring . Refer to drawings and details . 3 . 04 WOOD FRAMING , GENERAL (WD- FRM ) A . Provide framing members of sizes and on spacings shown , and frame openings as shown , or if not show , comply with recommendations of " Manual for House Framing " of National Forest Productions Association . Do not splice structural members between supports . B . Anchor and nail as shown , and to comply with " Recommended Nailing Schedule " of " Manual for Housing Framing " and other recommendations of the N . F . P . A . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 06100 — Rough Carpentry 06100-5 3 . 05 INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD ( PWD ) A. Comply with recommendations of the American Plywood Association (APA) , for the installation of plywood and per the current edition of the Florida Building Code nailing patterns . 3 . 06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A . All work shall comply with the standards of the American Institute of Timber Construction , AWI , API , AWPA , and local codes and regulations . Be All framing shall be square , plumb and true . co All furring shall be shimmed to a plumb , true surface . D . All lumber in contact with masonry shall be #2 yellow pine , pressure treated . E . Coordinate blocking and backing requirements of all trades and provide indicated and required . F . Provide solid blocking behind all shower valves . G . Provide rough openings for all manufactured items such as medicine 1 cabinets , fire extinguisher cabinets , etc . H . Provide wood fire cats in all interior and exterior frame walls where vertical cavity exceeds 8 feet and where soffits adjoin vertical walls . I . Construct 3/4 inch BC plywood plenum bases , including vertical sides , for all Closet Mounted Air- Handling Units . Line interiors with 5/8 " type "X" gypsum board to comply with non- combustible plenum requirements . *** END OF SECTION *** f' IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 06100 — Rough Carpentry 06100-6 SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Rough Carpentry Section 06100 B . Wood Doors Section 08200 C . Finish Hardware Section 08700 D . Chalkboards , Tackboards , & Pegboards Section 10100 E . Plastic Laminated Toilet Partitions Section 10160 1 . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE - STANDARDS A . The " Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute shall apply and by reference are hereby made a part of this Specification . Any reference to Premium , Custom or Economy shall be as defined in the latest edition of the AWI Standards , B . Any items not given a specific quality grade , shall be custom grade . C . Products of other manufacturers may be proposed under conditions as set forth in the Contract Conditions of these Specifications . 1 . 03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A . Deliver manufactured material in original packages . B . Store all finish materials in an enclosed shelter providing protection from damage and exposure to the elements . 1 . 04 MISCELLANEOUS WOODWORK A. Shelving not included in Casework Specifications nor in Casework Drawings : 1 . SWI Custom Grade , if stained . 2 . AWI Economy Grade , if painted . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 INTERIOR WOODWORK FOR PAINT FINISH A. Quality Grade : Economy grade requirements of AWI Quality Standards . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 06200 — Finish Carpentry 06200- 1 Be Wood Species : B and better V . G . Fir, Birch , or . where indicated on Drawings - B and better Oak . i C . Plywood : All plywood shall be exterior grade , Group 1 , A , B , Veneer grades . This shall include any plywood shelving to receive paint as indicated on the casework drawings . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION OF WOODWORK A . Only experienced finish carpenters are to work on exposed woodwork . Be Erect all work plumb , level and true to the line and detail . C . Make any adjustments necessary for proper operation . D . Nailing : Use finish nails and counter sink . Fill holes with putty after prime coat . E . Sand all finish woodwork and leave ready for finishing . 3 . 02 DOORS A . Install doors as provided under other Sections of these Specifications . Be Install doors true and plumb with equal clearances at jambs and head . C . Make any adjustments necessary for proper operation . 3 . 03 HARDWARE A . Install finish hardware as specified under another Section of these Specifications . 1 . Installation of all finish hardware shall be by a skilled and experienced mechanic in a neat and workmanlike manner. Where required , the hardware shall be removed for application of finishes and fully protected until final installation . 2 . Carefully tag and file all keys in the key file and deliver all keys to the Owner' s representative at the completion of the job . See Finish Hardware for detailed specifications and instructions . 3 . 04 CLEAN UP A . Leave all work in neat and in a finished condition . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 06200 — Finish Carpentry 06200-2 B . Remove all debris as result of work under this Section of these Specifications . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 06200 — Finish Carpentry 06200-3 DIVISION 07 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07160 — UNDERSLAB VAPOR RETARDER PART 1 - GENERAL' 1 . 01 SECTION INCLUDES A . Surface preparation . B . Application of underslab vaporproofing membrane . 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS A . Section 03300 — Cast in Place Concrete B . Section 09650 — Resilient Tile Flooring 1 . 03 REFERENCES A . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM ) 1 . ASTM E 1745 Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil Or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs . 2 , ASTM E 154 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs . 3 , ASTM E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials . 4 , ASTM E 1643 Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs . B . American Concrete Institute (ACI ) 1 . ACI 302 . 1 R-96 Vapor Barrier Component ( plastic membrane ) is not less than 10 mils thick . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Comply with Section 01300 - Submittal Procedures . B . Submit manufacturer' s product data and application instructions . 1 . 05 DELIVERY , STORAGE , AND HANDLING A . Deliver materials to site in manufacturer' s original , unopened containers and packaging , with labels clearly identifying product name and IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07160 — Underslab Vapor Retarders 07160- 1 manufacturer. . i B . Store materials in a clean dry area in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . C . Stack membrane on smooth ground or wood platform to eliminate warping . D . Protect materials during handling and application to prevent damage or contamination . 1 . 06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Product not intended for uses subject to abuse or permanent exposure to the elements . B . Do not apply on frozen ground . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MANUFACTURER A . W . R . MEADOWS , INC . , PO Box 338 , Hampshire , Illinois 60140 -0338 . ( 800 ) 342-5976 . (847) 683-4500 . Fax ( 847) 6834544 . Website : www . wrmeadows . com . 2 . 02 MATERIALS A . Plastic Vapor Retarder 1 . Performance Based Specification : Vapor Retarder membrane must meet or exceed all requirements of ASTM E 1745 Classes A , B , & C . a . Minimum Permeance ASTM E 96 : 0 . 034 Perms b . Resistance to Organisms and Substrates in Contact with Soil ASTM E 154 , Section 13 : 0 . 051 Perms c . Tensile Strength ASTM E 154 , Section 9 : 52 LBS . Force/ Inch d . Puncture Resistance ASTM D 1709 , Method B : 3 , 770 Grams e . Water Vapor Retarder ASTM E 1745 : Meets or exceeds Class A , B & C f. Thickness of Retarder ( plastic) ACI 302 . 1 R-96 : Not less than 10 mils 2 . Proprietary Based Specification : a . PERMINATOR 10 mil by W . R . MEADOWS , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07160 — Underslab vapor Retarders 07160-2 2 . 03 ACCESSORIES A . Seam Tape 1 . High Density Polyethylene Tape with pressure sensitive adhesive . Minimum width 4 inches . B . Pipe Boots 1 . Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material and pressure sensitive tape per manufacturer's instructions . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 EXAMINATION A . Examine surfaces to receive membrane . Notify Architect if surfaces are not acceptable . Do not begin surface preparation or application until unacceptable conditions have been corrected . 3 . 02 SURFACE PREPARATION A . Prepare surfaces in accordance with manufacturers instructions . 3 . 03 APPLICATION A . Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM E 1643 - 98 , B . Unroll vapor barrier with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the pour . C . Lap vapor barrier over footings and seal to foundation walls . D . Overlap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's tape . E . Seal all penetrations ( including pipes ) with manufacturer's pipe boot . F . No penetration of the vapor barrier is allowed except for reinforcing steel and permanent utilities . G . Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of vapor barrier, overlapping damaged area 6 inches and taping all four sides with tape . **'LEND OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07160 — Underslab vapor Retarders 07160-3 SECTION 07200 - INSULATION PART 1 - CEILINGS 1 . 01 When Wood Trusses : A . Provide ( R- 19 , R-28 or R- 30 as called out on the wall sections ) Batt insulation - installed between the bottom chords of the pre-engineered roof trusses . Install in all ceiling spaces and where shown on the drawings . 1 . 02 When Steel Joists : (Three methods ) A . Provide R- 19 nailable rigid roofing deck secured to pan -deck as per drawings . B . Provide ( R- 19 ) Batt insulation - laid on top of the suspended acoustical panels when no insulation is provided on the metal roof decking . Refer to drawings for placement . C . Provide ( R- 19 overall average ) EPS roof deck insulation as an integral pour with the lightweight concrete decking . Refer to drawings for placement and thickness . 1 . 03 When Concrete Joists and Deck : A . Provide roof top insulation board per plans for uppermost floor . B . No ceiling insulation for all lower floor/ceiling assemblies . 1 . 04 When Ceilinq Assembly is used as a return air plenum : A . Insulation within the plenum space must meet flame spread and smoke development ratings of the SBC for an exposed installation . PART 1 - EXTERIOR WALLS 2 . 01 When Concrete Block Walls : (Two Methods ) A . Provide furring on the interior face of the block walls as per plans and place rigid insulation of thickness called out on the wall sections . B . Fill the exterior block cells with CoreFill 500 amino- plast , Class -A , Foam insulation , ( or an approved equal product) . The thermal properties for an 8 " block/60 lbs . Density wall assembly is R- 14 . 2 . Install in strict compliance with manufacturer application procedures . Thermco Foam Insulation is an approved equal product . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07200 — Insulation 07200- 1 2 . 02 When Wood Frame or Steel Assembly Walls : A . R- 11 in 3 2 " walls , and R- 19 in 5 2 A walls . Be Utilize foil faced or waxed Kraft paper faced fiberglass batt insulation . 2 . 03 When Insulated Concrete Tilt-wall Sandwich Panels : A . Provide extruded Dow STYROFOAM Brand rigid blue board insulation with heat formed , regular spaced holes identifying connector plate locations . Be Thicknesses per the plan with a minimum of 1 2 inch thickness in all applications . PART 3 - INTERIOR WALLS 3 . 01 Framed Walls , Wood or Metal Stud : A . 3 - 1 /2 " Sound Batt insulation where shown on the plans . Be Staples or Adhesive : As recommended by the insulation manufacturer. PART 4 - ATTIC BARRIERS 4 . 01 When called out -ori' the plans : A . Provide a foil drape between the floor/roof trusses prior to installing the plywood decking . R- 10 Min . Be Staples : As recommended by the insulation manufacturer . PART 5 - INSTALLATION 5 . 01 Allow proper air space for thermal insulation , using flanges provided , in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions . 5 . 02 When utilizing a vented soffit assembly : A . Provide a minimum of a 2 " air space at all perimeter overhangs between the insulation face and the underside of roof decking . Be Utilize vinyl or cardboard prefab vent sleeves as required to maintain said clearance . 5 . 03 Concealed Installation : r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07200 — Insulation 07200-2 A . In buildings of any type construction , shall have a flame spread rating of not more than 75 and a smoke development rating of not more than 450 . 5 . 04 Exposed Installation : A . In buildings of any type construction , shall have a flame spread rating of not more than 25 and a smoke development rating of not more than 450 . 5 . 05 Vapor Retarders : A . In order to prevent indoor air quality problems in hot , humid climates , vapor retarders such as asphalt impregnated felts , polyethelenes , or "Tyvics should be placed on the outside , or weather side , of the insulation . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07200 — Insulation 07200-3 SECTION 07600 - FLASHING & SHEET METAL PART 1 - FABRICATED SHEET METAL 1 . 01 GENERAL A . Conform to profiles and sizes shown , and comply with "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual " by SMACNA , for each general category of work required . B . Drip Edge B bent to the configuration and dimensions shown on the drawings . Finish as defined on the wall section . If Aluminum Drip , utilize ESP White . If Galvanized Drip prime and paint per Section 09900 , C . Seal all seams with epoxy , metal seam cement and , where required for strength , rivet seams and joints . D . Coat backside of flashing with 15- mil sulfur-free bituminous coating , FS TT- C 494 , where required to separate metals from corrosive substrates including cementitious materials , wood or other absorbent materials ; or provide other permanent separation . E . Provide for thermal expansion of running metal work , by overlaps or expansion joints in fabricated work . Where required for watertight construction , provide hooked flanges filled with polyisobutylene mastic for 1 " embedment of flanges . Space joints at intervals of not more than 30' for aluminum . Conceal expansion provisions where possible . 1 . 02 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS : A . Anchor work in place with non -corrosive fasteners , adhesives , setting compounds , tapes and other materials and devices as recommended by manufacturer of each material or system . Provide for thermal expansion and building movements . Comply with recommendations of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual " by SMACNA . B . Seal moving joints in metal work with elastomeric sealants , complying with FS SS -T-00227 - 00230 , or 001543 . co Clean metal surfaces of soldering flux and other substances which could cause corrosion . D . Performance : Water-tight/weatherproofing performance of flashing is required . E . Do not install metal flashings over any pressure treated wood without first IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07600 — Flashing & Sheet Metal 07600- 1 separating the two with 15# or 30# felt secured with stainless or monel staples . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Contractor to submit manufacturers catalog cuts or shop drawings of all flashing systems as called out on the drawings , for approval by the Architect . *** END OF SECTION ' I IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07600 — Flashing & Sheet Metal 07600-2 SECTION 07610 = STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF AND FASCIA PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 The roofing assembly includes preformed sheet metal panels , related accessories , valleys , hips , ridges , eaves , corners , rakes and miscellaneous flashing and atttaching devices . All roofing assemblies and accessories shall be manufactured by one of the following : A . Berridge Manufacturing Company , Inc . Phone : 1 - 800 -231 -8127 B . AEICOR Metal Products , Inc . Phone : 1 - 800 -432- 1802 Co AEP SPAN Phone : 1 - 800 - 527 -2503 D . AMP , Atlanta Metal Products , Inc . Phone : 1 -800-554- 1097 E . BUTLER Manufacturing Company Phone : 1 - 816 -968-2380 F . DELCOA Metal Roofing Manufacturer Phone : 1 - 800-375- METAL G . UNA-CLAD , Copper Sales , Inc . H . McELROY METALS , INC . Phone 1 -800- 950-6533 1 . 02 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store panels and materials properly and adequately to protect from damage and entrapped water . 1 . 03 WARRANTY A. Submit a written three ( 3 ) year warranty from installer and manufacturer against leaks , defective workmanship and materials . B . Submit manufacturer' s written finish warranty that applies . co Shall meet Underwriter' s Laboratory UL90 classification . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07610 — Standing Seam Metal Roof & Fascia Panels 07610- 1 D . Provide manufacturer' s standard twenty (20 ) year warranty against color change or chalking . 1 . 04 REFERENCES A . S . M . A . C . N .A . ( Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor' s National Association ) Be N . R . C . A . (The National Roofing Contractors Association ) . Roofing and Waterproofing Manual , including construction details , and Handbook of Accepted Roofing Knowledge C . Manufacturer' s Construction Details Handbook D . ASTM A-653- 97 E . ASTM A- 525-86 F . ASTM A- 792 - 86 G . ASTM B-209 H . ASTM B- 370 I . Aluminum Association 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A. Installing contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings showing layout of panels , anchoring details , joint details , trim , flashing and accessories . Show details of weatherproofing , terminations , and penetrations of metal work . Be Installing contractor shall submit a sample of each type of roof panel , complete with factory finish . C . Installing contractor shall submit calculations with registered engineer seal , verifying roof panel and attachment method resists wind pressure imposed on it pursuant to applicable building codes . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 METAL ROOF , AND/OR , FASCIA PANELS : A . As manufactured by one of the approved Manufacturing Corporations , NOTE : Match existing panel color and profiles when connecting to existing buildings . 2 . 02 SHEET MATERIALS A . Panel configuration to be a structural standing seam , 12 " , 15 " , 16 . 5 " , 20 " , 21 " , 22 . 5 " wide X 1 " or 1 - 1 /2 " high . Panel in color specified by Architect . Single Lengths , installed in strict accordance with manufacturer' s specifications . Steel shall be ASTM A653 - 97 Grade C , G90 , Coating i IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07610 — Standing Seam Metal Roof & Fascia Panels V 07610-2 ASTM 525-86 Hot Dipped Galvanized , 24-gauge galvalume ASTM A- 792 - 86 . Maximum panel length is 45 ' . B . Aluminum shall be ASTM B-209 in . 032 inch or . 040 inch thickness with an H - 14 temper. C . Copper shall be ASTM B - 370 colled rolled in 16 or 20 ounce . 2 . 03 FASTENING A . Fastening is to be installed at spacings per manufacturer' s specifications at perimeters and field . B . Fasteners shall be stainless and shall be a minimum of #8 wafer head type screws compatible with the material being used , concealed at all times . C . If and exposed fastener must be used , it can only be a #44 pop rivet of the same material (or compatable ) and finish as the roof panels . 2004 FLASHINGS A. Flashings are to be of the same gauge , material and finish . 2 . 05 ACCESSORIES A. All accessories must be of compatible materials to the metal panels . 2 . 06 FINISH A . Finish shall be Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 Fluorocarbon coating applied on the Manufacturer' s Coil Coating Line with a top side film thickness of 0 . 70 to 0 . 90 mil over 0 . 25 to 0 . 31 mil prime coat to provide a total dry film thickness of 0 . 95 to 1 . 25 mil . B . Bottom side shall be coated with a primer with a dry film thickness of 0 . 25 mil . C . Finish shall conform to all tests for adhesion , flexibility and longevity as specified by Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 finish supplier . PART 3 - INSTALLATION A . Install metal roof/fascia systems per the manufacturer' s specifications . B . Installers shall be a certified installer , certified by the manufacturer of the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07610 — Standing Seam Metal Roof & Fascia Panels 07610- 3 respective roofing/fascia systems . C . Written proof of certification shall be provided to the Architect prior to {. installation . D . Upon completion of the metal roof/fascia system installation , an inspection will be made by a roofing/fascia system representative . Corrections to the installation of the roofing/fascia system , as deemed necessary by the roofing/fascia system representative , will be made at no additional cost to the Owner in order that the Warranty may be issued . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07610 — Standing Seam Metal Roof & Fascia Panels 07610-4 SECTION 07710 - GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 1 . 01 GENERAL A . The gutter and downspout system shall be an Industrial Series as manufactured by Southern Aluminum Finishing Company or an approved equal . Be Furnish and install a perimeter gutter and downspout system as located on the drawings . The size shall be as per the details on the drawings . The gutter and downspouts shall be manufactured of aluminum , . 040 thickness . Color : Dark Bronze E . S . P . finish . C . Gutters shall be tapered and notched to provide a 1 " telescoping lap joint . Gutters shall be pre- punched at 12" on center to provide for thermal movement . D . Provide manufacturer' s support brackets and interior straps . Brackets shall be a compatible material to gutter with matching finish and color. 2 . 01 INSTALLATION A . Support Bracket Installation : 1 . Install support brackets at 30 " on center to allow a maximum 1 /8 " slope per 40 feet of gutter . 2 . Attach brackets with 2 " x # 10 stainless wood screws . Be Gutter Installation : 1 . Install gutter from left to right ( roofside into support brackets . 2 . Lap each telescoping section a distance of 1 " seal and rivet at 2" on center. 3 . Nail or screw rear of gutter with 1 - 1 /2 " stainless fasteners . C . Inside Strap Installation : 1 . Install straps at 30 " on center alternating with support brackets . 2 . Strap shall be hooked into leading edge of gutter and riveted at its rear side . 3 . Strap must not be fastened in a way that might restrain thermal IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07710 — Gutters & Downspouts 07710- 1 movement . D . Expansion Joints : 1 . Install manufacturer' s standard elastomeric expansion joint assembly , at 40 '- 0 " intervals . E . Miter Corners : 1 . Install manufacturer' s welded miters at corners . F . End Caps/Terminations : 1 . Install manufacturer' s end caps at all end terminations . G . Outlets : 1 . Field cut outlet hole in a neat workmanlike manner. 2 . Hole shall be located 1 " from backside of gutter . H . Downspouts : 1 . Install downspouts at centers/locations per the drawings and building elevations . 2 . Utilize extruded or formed -closed type downspouts with thickness and finish as listed in this specification . 3 . Utilize the manufacturer' s connecting sleeves at all joints . a . When a surface water shed collection system is called for on the drawings , provide kick-out elbows at the termination base of each downspout at 45 or 75 degrees and provide concrete splash blocks at each downspout to control erosion . b . When a subgrade water collection system is called for on the drawings , provide a direct tie- in to the underground roof drainage and collection system . I . Wall Brackets : 1 . Install manufacturer' s wall brackets on downspouts at a maximum spacing of 5 ' . 2 . Secure to stucco with 1 . 5" stainless expansion fasteners . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07710 — Gutters & Downspouts 07710-2 3 . Fasten downspouts with (4 ) 1 /8 " x 3/8 " pop- rivets per bracket . J . Outlet Tubes : 1 . Provide stainless steel outlet tubes at connections of gutters to downspouts with 2 " flanges riveted in place with (4 ) 1 /8 " x 1 /4 " pop rivets . 2 . Hold downspouts 1 " off of the wall . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07710 — Gutters & Downspouts 07710-3 r SECTION 07715 - DRIP FLASHINGS PART 1 - GENERAL A . The roof drip-edge and/or cap flashing for the building perimeters shall be a snap- lock system as manufactured by one of the following companies : 1 . W . P . Hickman Company . 2 . Architectural Products Company . 3 , Metal - Era Roof Edge Systems , 4 , Southern Aluminum Finishing Company , 5 , MM Systems , Inc . B . Provide a Manufacturers fifteen -year warranty . The roof edge system shall carry a Factory Mutual 1 -90 approval and shall meet a design wind uplift per ASCE 7-98 . C . Conform to profiles and sizes shown , and comply with "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual " by SMACNA , for each general category of work required . PART 2 MATERIAL A . When Aluminum is called out on Details : 1 . The fascia shall be a minimum of . 063 aluminum . 2 . The finish shall be clear anodized. 3 . Concealed splice plates shall match the color and finish . 4 . Provide galvanized spring clips . 5 . Provide fascia and clips in 1 Oft . lengths . 6 . Mitered corners shall be factory fabricated with welded joints . 7 . Coordinate with Roofing System Manufacturer' s installation instructions before starting installation of drip edge system . B . When Copper is called out on the Details : 1 . The fascia/cap flashing shall be bent to the configurations shown and IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07715 — Drip Flashings 07715- 1 be a minimum of 16 ounce copper . 2 . Concealed fasteners shall be non - corrosive , as recommended by the r . manufacturer of each material or system . PART 3 - EXECUTION A . Installation shall conform to manufacturers written instructions . The continuous spring clip shall be installed and fastened on the face at 12 inches on center with minimum 1 - 1 /4 in , galvanized steel roofing nails . Secure as required by roofing system manufacturer. The fascia with concealed joint cover shall be installed with a downward snapping action . Installing contractor shall carefully cut and fit smaller intermediate sections of fascia to fit the building dimensions . Be Provide for thermal expansion of running metal work , by overlaps or expansion joints in fabricated work . Where required for watertight construction , provide hooked flanges filled with polyisobutylene mastic for 1 " embedment of flanges . Space joints at intervals of not more than 10 feet for aluminum and 10 feet for copper. Conceal expansion provisions where possible . Co Coat backside of flashing with 15-mil sulfur-free bituminous coating , FS TT- C 494 , where required to separate metals from corrosive substrates including cementitious materials , wood or other absorbent materials ; or provide other permanent separation . D . Seal moving joints in metal work with elastomeric sealants , complying with FS SS-T-00227-00230 , or 001543 . E . Performance : Water-tight/weatherproofing performance of flashing is required . F . Provide for thermal expansion and building movements . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 077 .15 — Drip Flashings 07715-2 SECTION 07840 to FIRE STOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections , apply to work specified in this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A . Work , in general , includes furnishing and installing fire and smoke barrier penetration seals for openings in floors , walls , and other elements of construction . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTION A . Coordinate work of this section with work of other sections as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other sections , including : 1 . Concrete Work Section 03010 2 , Unit Masonry Section 04200 3 . Joint Sealers Section 07900 4 . Lathing & Stucco Section 09100 5 , Gypsum Drywall Section 09250 6 , Mechanical , Electrical & Plumbing Work Division 15 & 16 Sections 1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Applicator Qualifications : One year experience installing UL classified fire stopping . B . Performance : Materials shall have been tested to provide fire rating equal to that of the construction . 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings : 1 . Submit shop drawings showing each condition requiring penetration seals in dictating proposed UL systems materials , anchorage , methods of installation , and actual adjacent construction . 2 . Submit a copy of UL illustration of each proposed system indicating IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07840 — Fire Stopping 07840- 1 manufacturer approved modifications . B . Manufacturer' s Data : ! 1 . Submit copies of manufacturer' s specifications , recommendations , installation instructions , and maintenance data for each type of material required . 2 . Include letter indicating that each material complies with the requirements and is recommended for the applications shown . C . Applicator' s Qualification Statement: 1 . List past projects indicating required experience . 1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE , AND HANDLING A . Deliver materials undamaged in manufacturer' s clearly labeled , unopened containers , identified with brand , type , grade , and UL label where applicable . B . Coordinate delivery with scheduled installation date to allow minimum storage time at site . C . Store materials in clean , dry ventilated location . Protect from soiling , {' abuse , and moisture . Follow manufacturer' s instructions . 1 . 07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A . Existing Conditions : 1 . Verify existing conditions and substrates before starting work . Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding . 2 . Proceed with installation only after penetrations of the substrate and supporting brackets have been installed . B . Environmental Requirements : 1 . Furnish adequate ventilation of using solvent . 2 . Furnish forced air ventilation during installation if required by manufacturer. 3 . Keep flammable materials away from sparks or flame . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07840 — Fire Stopping 07840-2 4 . Provide masking and drop cloths to prevent contamination of adjacent surfaces by fire stopping materials . 1 . 08 GUARANTEE A. Submit copies of written guarantee agreeing to repair or replace joint sealers which fail in joint adhesion , cohesion , abrasion resistance , weather resistance , extrusion resistance , migration resistance , stain resistance , or general durability or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified by the material for the exposure indicated . The guarantee period shall be one year from date of substantial completion . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A . Products : Subject to compliance with requirements , products which may be incorporated in the work include but not limited to , the following : A . " Dow Corning Fire Stop Sealant" ; Dow Corning Corp . B . " 3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25 " ; Electrical Products Div . /3M C . Flame Stop , Inc . Products D . Rectorseal ' s Bio- Fireshield , Metacaulk Products E . Allied Gold A- 1000 Products F . Tremco Products 2. 02 MATERIALS A . Provide materials classified by UL to provide Fire Barrier equal to time rating of construction being penetrated . B . Materials and Products shall conform with fire resistance characteristics required by ASTM E119 Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials . C . Provide asbestos free materials that comply with applicable codes and have been tested in accordance with UL 1479 or ASTM E-814 , PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION A . Clean surfaces to be in contact with penetration seal materials , of dirt , grease , oil , loose materials , rust or other substances that may affect proper fitting , adhesion , or the required fire resistance . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07840 — Fire Stopping 07840-3 A . Install penetration seal materials in accordance with printed instructions of the UL Building Materials Directory and in accordance with manufacturer' s instruction . B . Seal holes or voids made by penetrations to ensure an effective smoke barrier. C . Where floor openings without penetrating items are more than 4 inches in width and subject to traffic or loading , install fire stopping materials capable of supporting same loading as floor. D . Protect materials from damage on surfaces subject to traffic . 3 . 03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A . Examine penetration sealed areas to ensure proper installation before concealing or enclosing areas . B . Keep areas of work accessible until inspection by applicable code authorities . C . Perform under this section patching and repairing of fire stopping caused by cutting or penetration by other trades . 3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A . Clean up spills of liquid components . B . Neatly cut and trim materials as required . C . Remove equipment , materials and debris , leaving area in undamaged , clean condition . 3 . 05 SYSTEM APPLICATION CONDITIONS A . Requiring UL approved classification , may include but are not limited to : 1 . Metal Pipe or Conduit Through Round Opening 2 , Insulated Metal Pipe Through Round Opening 3 . Metal Pipes or Conduits Through Large Opening 4 . Busway Through Rectangular Opening 5 , Cables Through Opening 6 . Cable Tray 7 , Blank Opening 8 . Non - metallic ( plastic) Pipe or Conduit Through Opening IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07840 — Fire Stopping 07840-4 9 . Metal Pipe or Conduit Through Gypsum Board Wall 10 . Non- metallic ( plastic) Pipe or Conduit Through Gypsum Board Wall 11 . Cables Through Gypsum Board Wall 12 , Insulated Metal Pipe Through Gypsum Board Wall 13 . Metal Pipe or Conduit Through Wood Construction 14 . Non -metallic ( plastic) Pipe or Conduit Through Wood Construction 15 , Cables Through Wood Construction 16 . Duct Opening Flange Seals *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07840 — Fire Stopping 07840-5 SECTION 07900 = JOINT SEALERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 MATERIALS A . Colors : Manufacturer' s standard best- performance color; except " black" where exposed to view , unless another color is indicated or selected by Architect . B . Compatibility : Provide materials carefully selected for compatibility with each other and with substrates in each joint system ; conform to manufacturer' s installation requirements . C . General Characteristics : Provide type , grade , class , hardness and similar characteristics of material as indicated or, where not indicated , to comply with manufacturer' s recommendations relative to exposures , traffic , weather conditions and other factors of the joint system for the best possible overall performance . Provide foam backing rod , size and location as per Construction Details , D . Exterior Sealant: 1 . W . R . Grace & Company 2 , Products Research & Chemical 3 , Tremco Manufacturing 4 , Sonneborne 5 . G . E . Silicones 6 , Pecora Corporation 7 , Dow Corning Silicones E . Interior Sealant: 1 . W . R . Grace & Company 2 , Tremco Manufacturing 3 , Products Research & Chemical 4 , Sonneborne 5 , G . E . Silicones 6 , Pecora Corporation 7 , Dow Corning Silicones F . Colors : To match adjacent surface colors . PART 2 - INSTALLATION A. Clean joint surfaces and prime or seal as recommended by sealant IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07900 — Joint Sealers 07900- 1 manufacturer. Apply primers prior to installing any backer rods . All joints must be dry for proper adhesion . B . Support sealant from sides . Avoid three point surface connections . Utilize non -sag sealants on all vertical conditions and self- leveling sealants on all horizontal surfaces . C . Install sealants to size and shape shown on drawings , or, if not shown , with slightly concave surfaces . 1 . The minimum opening should be 1 /4 " . 2 . The opening should be at least 4 times the maximum movement of the sealant . 3 . The sealant should be more than 1 /4 " and less than 1 /2 " deep . 4 . The depth of the sealant should be no greater than the width . 5 . No joint to receive sealant should be less than 1 /4 " deep . D . Bond or "weld " ends of gasket members to form a continuous , uninterrupted seal ; miter corners or use molded corner units . E . Submit manufacturer' s literature for proposed sealants to the Architect for approval at each condition described on the drawings prior to installing any product . F . All sealants shall be one part , air cured , and paintable , unless called out otherwise on the drawings . G . Tooling : Silicones shall be dry tooled and if wet tooling is recommended by the manufacturer for other sealant types , utilize only approved solvents . H . Fill opening from bottom up or out ; entrapped air is not a sealant . Sealants can be applied with gun or knife . .. *** END OF SECTION *** I IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 07900 — Joint Sealers 07900-2 r DIVISION 08 - DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS SECTION 08100 - HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Wood Doors Section 08200 B . Finish Hardware Section 08700 C . Painting Section 09900 1 . 02 QUALITY CRITERIA A . Hollow Metal Work shall be manufactured by one of the following or equal : 1 . Ceco Corporation 2 . Steelcraft 3 , Firedoor Corporation of Florida 4 , Quality Engineered Products Co . , Inc . , Tampa , FL 5 , Republic Steel Doors & Frames , Pembroke Park , FL 6 , Amweld Building Products , Inc . 7 , Curries 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS : SHOP DRAWINGS A . Submit shop drawings in accordance with Contract Conditions , covering each type of door and frame , frame conditions , and complete anchorage details , supplemented by suitable schedules covering doors and frames . B . Show glass and louver opening sizes and locations in doors . 1 . 04 DELIVERY , STORAGE AND HANDLING A . Delivery : Deliver products to the job site in their original unopened containers or wrappings clearly labeled with the manufacturer' s name and brand designation , door schedule number, referenced specification number, type , class and rating as applicable . B . Storage : Store products in an approved dry area ; protected from contact with soil and from exposure to the elements . Keep products dry at all times . C . Handling : Handle products in a manner that will prevent breakage and damage to products . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08100 — Hollow Metal Door & Frames 08100- 1 A . Frames ( Door) r I . Exterior: 16 gauge A- 60 galv . coated , bonderized sheet steel . Exterior: 14 gauge A-60 galy , coated bonderized sheet steel , over 6 '- 0 " in width . NOTE : Provide 3/4 " back bents on all frames mounted to brick veneers or prefinished split-faced masonry products in lieu of the standard 1 /2 " . 2 , Interior: 16 gauge A-60 galy , coated bonderized sheet steel . Interior: over 4 '- 0 : in width , 14 gauge . NOTE : Provide 3/4 " back bents on all frames mounted to brick veneers or prefinished split-faced masonry products in lieu of the standard 1 /2 " . B . Hardware Reinforcement ( Frames ) — Steel 1 . Hinges : 7 gauge by 1 - 1 /2 " or 1 - 5/8 " x 10 " 2 . Closers and holders : 12 gauge by 16 " 3 , Strikes : 1 - 1 /4 " x 4- 7/8 "ANSI 16 gauge 1 - 1 /8 " x 2 -3/4 " strike reinf. 16 gauge . 1 - 1 /8" x 3- 1 /2 " deadlock strike 12 gauge C . Frames (Window) 1 - 1 /8 " x 2-3/4 " strike reinf. No lip 16 gauge 1 . Exterior: 14 gauge A-60 gals . coated , . bonderized sheet steel 2 . Interior: 16 gauge A-60 galy , coated , bonderized sheet steel D . Doors 1 . Exterior: a . Face sheets 16 gauge A-60 galv . coated bonderized sheet steel . SDI 100 Grade III , Model 2 , full flush , hollow metal , seamless construction . Closed top and bottom edges flush with face sheets . Extra heavy duty . 2 . Interior: a . Face sheets 16 gauge A-60 galv . coated bonderized sheet steel . SDI 100 Grade III , Model 3 , full flush , hollow metal , seamless construction . Closed top and bottom edged flush with face sheets . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08100 — Hollow Metal Door & Frames 08100-2 3 . Internal Stiffeners : Currie 707 with polystyrene core or approved equal . 4 . Sound Deadening : Type standard with the manufacturer . 5 . Hardware Reinforcement - Steel : a . Hinges : 7 ga . x 1 - 1 /2 " or 1 - 5/8 " x 10" b . Closers and Holders : 12 ga . x 1 -314 " x 10 " C , Locks: 7 ga . x 1 - 114 " x 3 " d . Push/pull plates : 16 ga . x 14" x 14 " e . Panic bars : 3 " x 8 " and 4 " x 24 " (24 ga . ) f. Glazing and louver beads : 18 ga . g . Coordinator Reinf. : 12 ga . x 1 -3/8 " x 15 - 1 /2 " 6 , Clips , Anchors , Bolts , Screws and Rivets : Steel , types standard with the manufacturer. 7 . Metallic filler: FS TT- F -322 8 , Shop Primer: Baked-on rust- inhibitive . ASTM - B117 Federal Specification TT- P-636 9 , Field Painting : See Section 09900 2 . 02 FABRICATION A . Frames 1 . Formed to profile as shown on drawings , constructed with square corners , and free of defects , warps or buckle . 2 . Welded -type for concrete , masonry construction and metal stud construction . 3 . Corners and connections welded with exposed welds ground flush and smooth . 4 . Reinforcement as per Section 2 . 01 B , ( 3 ) above . 5 . Frames punched to receive rubber silencers , three each door on lock side and two at head of double doors . 6 . Provide removable spreaders attached to bottom of doorframes , to insure correct alignment during shipping and installation . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08100 — Hollow Metal Door & Frames 08100-3 7 . At angle type thresholds , notch frames and extend exterior portion down to lower floor level . r 8 . Provide sheet metal grout guards in frames at all lock bolts and tapped hardware locations . 9 . Do not fill frames with mortar unless specifically called out on the drawings . 10 . Do not fill mullions , including removable mullions , with mortar unless specifically called out on the drawings . 11 . Silencers shall be installed in frames after doors are installed and painting is completed . B . Anchors 1 . Provide 16 gauge angle shaped floor slips welded to jambs and punched for two 3/8 " diameter bolts each . 2 . Provide adjustable length clip angles as required . 3 . Jamb Anchors a . Frames set in masonry : For doors not more than 7 ft . High , provide not less than three 10 " long adjustable 14 gauge corrugated galvanized masonry anchors for each jamb over 7 feet , not less than 4 for each jamb . b . Frames set against previously placed masonry or concrete : For doors not more than 7 feet high , by approval of Owner' s representative only punch each frame jamb and dimple countersink for not less that three 3/8 " diameter flat head screws . For doors over 7 feet high , punch less that four 3/8 " diameter flat head screws . Provide pipe sleeves with spacers welded into each jamb at each fastening location . Provide 3/8 " diameter galvanized steel flat head screws with approved expansion anchors or toggles as required . After installing flat head screws fill head of countersink screw with body filler then sand flush with frame . C , Frames set in metal stud Partitions : Provide 16 gauge metal jamb anchor clips welded in each jamb at following locations : One at top , one 12 " down from top and 24 " o . c . for remainder of jamb frames . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08100-4 08100 — Hollow Metal Door & Frames C . Doors 1 . Internal stiffeners spaced at not over 6 " o . c . 2 . Face sheets spot-welded to internal stiffeners at not over 5 " apart and in a manner that will prevent the welds from showing on the exposed side of face sheets . 3 . Hardware reinforcement welded in place as required for hardware application . ( See Section 2 . 02 ) . 4 . Sound deadening : Interior surfaces treated with a sound deadening material to eliminate metallic ring . 5 . Provide 16 gauge pre-bonderized zinc coated steel perimeter channels . Bevel stile edges 1 /8 " in 2 " . 6 . Spot-weld channels to face sheets 3" o . C . T Close tops of all exterior out swinging doors flush with steel channels . Close flush and seal watertight . 8 . Grind welds off smooth and flush . 9 . Fold edge construction not acceptable . 10 . At angle type thresholds, extend height of door by one inch over height indicated in Door Schedule , D . Doors With Glass Panels 1 . Openings formed so that no bead is required on outside face of doors . 2 . Bead provided on both faces of doors and secured with oval head countersink screws on the inside face . E . Doors with Louvers 1 . Exterior: Provide 16 gauge electro zinc coated bonderized sheet steel louver frames and weatherproof 'T' type louvers full thickness of door welded into doors . 2 . Interior: Provide 18 gauge elector zinc coated bonderized sheet steel louver frames and inverted "Y' type louvers full thickness of door, welded into doors . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08100 — Hollow Metal Door & Frames 08100-5 3 . Provide special size and shape louvers as shown . ( i 4 . Louver Door Security Panels : Woven wire mesh . Furnish and install on all exterior metal louver doors . F . Screens 1 . Where louvers are indicated on exterior doors provide 18 x 14 . 011 " alloy number 302/304 stainless steel wire cloth secured in removable . 015 inch stainless steel alloy number 302/304 roll -formed frames . Mount screens on interior of doors with stainless steel screws . A . Fire Door Assemblies 1 . Fire door assemblies , including frames and hardware , shall meet fire test and rating requirements in accordance with the procedure of Underwriters Laboratories or Factory Mutual Laboratories . Provide appropriate labels on doors and frame . 2 . Fabrication and assembly requirements necessary to obtain labels will take precedence over requirements shown or specified , except where requirements shown or specified exceed the sizes or gauges required for labeling . 3 . Required ratings are as shown on drawings . B . Finish Hardware Coordination 1 . Metal doors and frames shall be prepared at the factory for application of finish hardware at the job site . Templates are to be supplied by the finish hardware manufacturer to assure accurate preparation of doors and frames in accordance with the Hardware Schedule . C . Shop Painting 1 . Imperfections spot glazed with metallic filler and sand smooth . 2 . Doors and frames to be cleaned thoroughly in preparation to receive shop painting . 3 . . After cleaning and treating , apply a coat of specified baked -on - rust- inhibitive primer. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08100 — Hollow Metal Door & Frames 08100-6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . General 1 . Install new doors and frames in locations shown on drawings . Thoroughly clean and prime prior to installation . 2 . Install new window frames in locations shown on drawings . Thoroughly clean and prime prior to installation . 3 . Prior to applying finish paint , areas where prime coat has been damaged shall have any rust removed , sanded smooth and touched up with same primer as applied at shop . 4 . Field - paint doors and frames as indicated in Section 09900 PAINTING . B . Deliver the work , ready to set up and erect in place as rapidly as the general construction work permits . Set work in place in accordance with approved setting drawings , in plumb and level positions , strongly secured against displacement and with built- in anchors . In masonry construction , set frames in advance of masonry work . C . Fastening : Secure each frame floor clip to concrete floor with two 3/8 " diameter cadmium plated bolts set in drilled tamp-ins or self-drilling concrete anchors . Install jamb anchors as called for in 2/02 , B . 3 . NOTE : Do not fill any frames with mortar unless specifically called out on the plans . D . Bracing : Brace frame jambs and heads receiving poured concrete adequately to resist deflection : brace frames in masonry walls and partitions adequately so the walls and partitions may be erected against same . E . Install doors after masonry work and plastering have been completed and accurately fit and adjust doors to work properly . Application finish hardware and door installation is specified in Division 6 , 3 . 02 CLEAN - UP A. Upon completion of installation , clean surfaces of doors and frames by the procedure recommended by the Door Manufacturer . B . Clean up all rubbish and debris caused by this work and remove from the site . Leave areas surrounding openings in a broom -clean condition . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08100 — Hollow Metal Door & Frames 08100-7 SECTION 08200 - WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Hollow Metal Section 08100 Be Finish Hardware Section 08700 C . Finish Carpentry Section 06200 D . Painting Section 09900 1 . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Products of the following manufacturers or equal are acceptable : 1 . Marshfield DoorSystems , Inc . ( Formerly Weyerhaeuser Company) 2 , Eggers Industries , Architectural Door Division 3 . Ipik Door Co . , Inc . 4 . VT Industries , Inc . , Holstein , Iowa 5 , Southwood Door , A Division of OSHKOSH 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Product Data : Submit shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door, details of construction , location and extent of hardware blocking , fire ratings , and other pertinent data . Be Shop Drawinqs : Submit shop drawings indicating location and size of each door , elevation of each kind of door, details of construction , location and extent of hardware blocking , fire ratings , and other pertinent data . C . Specific Product Warranty : Submit written agreement on door manufacturer' s standard form signed by Manufacturer , Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors which have warped ( bow , cup or twist) or which show telegraphing of core construction below in face veneers , or do not conform to tolerance limitations of NWMA and AWL 1 . 04 PRODUCT DELIVERY , STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect wood doors during transit , storage and handling to prevent damage , soiling and deterioration . Comply with the " On - Site Care " recommendations of NWMA pamphlet " Care and Finishing of Wood Doors " and with manufacturer' s instructions , and as otherwise indicated . Be Package doors at factory prior to shipping using manufacturer' s standard method . PART 2 - PRODUCTS IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08200 — Wood Doors 08200- 1 2001 SOLID CORE DOORS i A . 20 Minute at interior locations and offices as indicated on plans . 1 - hour label at interior 1 - hour rated fire wall assemblies and 1 Y2-, hour label at 2 - hour rated wall assembly . Be Standard : Meet or exceed NWMA Industry Standard I . S . 1 -78 Series and Architectural woodwork Institute Type SLC and FD . C . Veneer: Paint grade birch . D . Edge Band : Per manufacturers procedures . E . Crossbands : Per manufacturers procedures . F . Core : Staved hardwood lumber blocks bonded under pressure with 100 % glue coverage ; mineral core at label doors . G . Glue : Type I (face assembly) and type II (core assembly) . H . Lights and Louvers : 1 . Cut to size as indicated on drawings . i 2 . Provide type 2 stops for lights . I . Guarantee : 10 Years , interior use only . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION A . Verify that doorframes are of type required for the door and are installed as required for proper installation of doors . Be Do not install doors in frames which would hinder operation of doors . C . Do not remove labels from rated doors or cover with paint . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A . Fitting and machining : 1 . Fit doors for width by planing ; for height by sawing . a . Y2 " from bottom ( 3/ 16 over threshold , saddle or carpet) IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08200 — Wood Doors 08200-2 b . 1 /8 " maximum frame top and sides . c . Bevel lock and hinge edges 1 /8 " to 1 /2 " . B . Machine doors for hardware . C . Cut light and louver openings in door not exceeding maximum 40 % of height and 5 " from door edge . D . Seal all job site cut surfaces with two coats of paint before final hanging . E . Install doors in accordance with requirements of NWMA Standard Door Guarantee , and manufacturer's instructions . F . Install fire rated doors in corresponding fire rated -frames in accordance with requirements of NFPA No . 80 . G . Finishing : Door shall be field painted as indicated in Section 09900 , PAINTING , 3 . 03 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Replace or re- hang doors which are hingebound and do not swing or operate freely . B . Replace doors damaged during the construction period or that show glue spots . C . Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation . D . Replace doors that are warped and that pull away from doorstops . E . Adjust all pocket doors so that door faces do not rub jambs or frames , and the doors hang plumb in the openings . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08200 — Wood Doors 08200-3 SECTION 08330 = OVERHEAD COILING SERVICE DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and general provisions of the Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions , and Division 1 Specification Sections all apply to work in this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK : LOCATION A . Extent of Overhead Coiling Service Doors is shown on drawings . Provide complete operating door assemblies including door curtains , guides , counterbalance mechanism , hardware , operators , and installation accessories . B . Field painting is specified in Division 9 . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Manufacturer: Coiling doors shall be manufactured by a firm with a minimum of five years experience in the fabrication and installation of rolling doors . Manufacturers proposed for use , which are not named in these specifications , shall submit evidence of ability to meet performance and fabrication requirements specified , and include a list of five projects of similar design and complexity completed within the last five years . B . Installer: Installation of rolling doors shall be performed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer . C . Insert and Anchorages : Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry for installation of units . Provide setting drawings , templates , instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devises . Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay . D . See concrete and masonry sections of these specifications for installation of inserts and anchorage devices . E . Single- Source Responsibility : Provide doors , guides , motors , and related primary components from one manufacturer for each type of door . Provide secondary components from source acceptable to manufacturer of primary components . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data : Submit manufacturer' s product data , roughing - in diagrams , and installation instructions for each type and size of overhead coiling door. Provide operating instructions and maintenance information . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08330 — Overhead Coiling Service Doors 08330- 1 B . Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings for approval prior to fabrication . Include detailed plans , elevations , details or framing members , required clearances , anchors , and accessories . Include relationship with adjacent materials . 1 . 05 DELIVERY , STORAGE AND HANDLING A . Deliver materials and products in labeled protective packages . Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer' s instructions and recommendations . Protect from damage from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A . Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements , provide products of one of the following : 1 . Overhead Door Company 2 , The Cookson Company 3 , Cornell Iron Work , Inc . 4 , Atlas Door Company 5 , Alpine Overhead Doors , Inc . 6 , Raynor 7 , Southwestern Rolling Steel Doors 8 , Wayne Dalton Corp . 9 , Windsor Door 10 , Roll -lite Overhead Doors 2 . 02 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A . Trade Reference : 610 Series Service Doors by Overhead Door Corporation . B . Curtain : Interlocking roll -formed slats as specified below . Endlocks shall be attached to each end of alternate slats to prevent lateral movement . 1 . Curved profile type C - 187 for doors up to . 15 '-4 " wide , fabricated of 22 gauge galvanized steel . ( If aluminum is specified use 18 gauge) . 2 . Curved profile type C -275 for doors between 15 ' -4" and 18 '-4 " wide , fabricated of 22 gauge galvanized steel . ( If aluminum is specified use 16 gauge ) . Or 1 . Flat profile type F -265 for doors up to 18 '-4 " wide , fabricated of 22 gauge galvanized steel . ( If aluminum is specified use 18 gauge ) . C . Finish ( as called out on the drawings) and per the following : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08330 — Overhead Coiling Service Doors 08330-2 1 . If Galvanized Steel : Slats and hood shall be galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A 525 and rust- inhibitive , roll coating process , including bonderizing , 0 . 2 mils thick baked -on prime paint , and two coats Tield applied latex enamel top coat . Non -galvanized exposed ferrous surfaces shall receive one coat of rust- inhibitive primer . 2 . If Stainless Steel : Slats and hood shall be stainless steel with No . 4 satin finish . 3 . If Aluminum : Slats and hood shall be aluminum with mill finish . D . Color: Gray polyester factory top coat . Final field applied coating finish in latex enamel paint , color as selected by the Architect . E . Windload Design : Minimum of 20 PSF . Doors must meet or exceed the local codes for hurricane protection . Door manufacturer shall insure local code requirements have been satisfied . F . Weatherseals : Vinyl bottom seal . G . Bottom Bar: Extruded aluminum up to 15 '-4" wide . Two galvanized steel angles over 15 '-4" wide . H . Guides : Roll-formed steel shapes attached to continuous steel wall angle as standard for doors up to 15' -4 " wide . Three structural steel angles with minimum thickness of 3/ 16 " for doors over 15 '-4" wide . I . Brackets : Hot rolled galvanized steel to support counterbalance , curtain and hood . J . Counterbalance : Helical torsion spring type designed for standard 50 , 000-cycle Life design . Counterbalance shall be housed in a steel tube or pipe barrel , supporting the curtain with deflection limited to 0 . 03 " per foot of span . Counterbalance shall be adjustable by means of an adjusting tension wheel . K . Hood : Galvanized steel , 24-gauge hood with intermediate supports as required . L . Manual Operation : Provide chain hoist for all doors . M . Locking : Interior bottom bar slide bolt . Chain keeper locks for chain hoist operation . N . Wall Mounting Condition : Face of wall mounting and in accordance with the Architectural Details provided on the plans . O . If insulated doors are called out on the drawings , utilize urethane foam sandwiched between the galvanized slats , free of voids . Provide continuous IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08330 — Overhead Coiling Service Doors 08330-3 gasket seal at each slat joint and ends . Slat widths to be 1 inch . Insulation shall have a density of 2 pounds per cubic foot and a flame spread rating of not more than 25 . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION A. Take field dimensions and examine conditions of substrates , supports , and other conditions under which this work is to be performed . Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A. Strictly comply with manufacturer' s installation instructions and recommendations . Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper clearances and allow for maintenance . Be Instruct Owner' s personnel in proper operating procedures and maintenance schedule . 3 . 03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A . Test coiling doors for proper operation and adjust as necessary to provide proper operation without binding or distortion . Be Touch - up damaged coatings and finishes and repair minor damage . Clean exposed surfaces using non -abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material or product being cleaned . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08330 — Overhead Coiling Service Doors 08330-4 . SECTION 08350 = ACCORDION FOLDING DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . The Bidding and Contract Documents , General Requirements and Addenda , as may be issued prior to bidding , shall govern the work under this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION A . Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1 . Miscellaneous Metal Section 05500 2 , Rough Carpentry Section 06100 3 . Finish Carpentry Section 06200 4 . Lay in Panel Ceiling Section 09510 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . This Specification is based on products as manufactured by Modernfold Inc . B . Other acceptable manufacturers are : 1 . Hufcor 2 . Won - Dor Corp . 3 , Panelfold Inc . C . Other manufacturers may propose their products for consideration in accordance with Contract Conditions , 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings : Indicate dimensions , construction , cover pattern , head ' and jamb conditions , stacking space , hardware and location . Provide plan 1 /4 " scale elevation of doors at 1 /4 " scale section at ceiling . B . Samples : Submit full range of samples for . color and texture selection . C . Certificates : 1 . Fire hazard classification of finished product by an acceptable testing organization , indicating flame spread . 2 . Sound resistance : Signed by independent laboratory test results . 1 . 05 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08350 — Accordion Folding Doors 08350- 1 A. Deliver products in manufacturers original unopened packages with labels legible and intact . Be Identify manufacturer , brand name , and model , size finish , location of installation . C . Store in unopened packages in protected dry area above ground or floor to prevent damage from environmental and construction operations . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MODERNFOLD ACCORDION FOLDING DOORS A. Type : Soundmaster SM8 Be Finish : 1 . Supported vinyl fabric - 36 oz . per lineal yard , 54 "wide . 2 . Flame spread classification : Class A ASTM E 84 having flame spread of 0 -25 . 3 , Sound Resistance : Minimum 38 STC ASTM E90 - 70 . 4 . Fabric colors selected from manufacturers standard colors . C . Panel Construction : 1 . Steel hinge plates welded to . 187 " ( 5) diameter vertical steel rods . Single row at bottom , intermediate rows approximately 42 " on center , single row at top . 2 . Sound Insulation - 24 gauge V-grooved steel panels & heavy vinyl flame resistant acoustical membrane . 2 . 02 TRACK AND TROLLEY ASSEMBLY A. Track - No . 6 recessed continuous ` C ' channel with ceiling guard . Provide a sample of the track with the Shop Drawings . Be Hanger Assemblies : Designed to support weight of door and allow smooth folding operation ; heavy duty . C . Aluminum or steel track accessories for recessed installation . D . Trolleys : Nylon -tired ball bearing . r 2 . 03 FINISH HARDWARE IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08350 — Accordion Folding Doors 08350-2 A . Pull handle of die cast zinc to include thumb release latch mechanism and retracting hook bolt for final closure . Be Finish : Sating Chrome 2 . 04 LEAD AND BACK POST A . 16 gauge steel . Be Provide fixed jambs on all classroom doors . 2 . 05 ACCESSORIES A. Sound Seals : Pair of flexible sealing sweep strips at top and bottom . Be Ceiling Guard : Formed steel 22-gauge factory prime coated . C . Anchor jamb molding plumb and in alignment with track and door. D . Hang door in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions . E . Adjust to provide for smooth operation without binding . *** END OF SECTION*** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08350 — Accordion Folding Doors 08350-3 SECTION 08400 - ENTRANCE STOREFRONT DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL A . All entrance system materials are to be provided by one manufacturer. Entrances shall be wide OR medium stile doors as detailed on the architectural drawings and as manufactured to the design and specifications of Arch Aluminum & Glass Co . All adjacent framing , sidelites and fixed lites shall be of system shown , or approved equal , and shall be impact rated per FBC 2001 and ASCE ?-98 . PART 2 - SPECIFICATIONS ( NOTE : See Door Schedule for Sizes and manufacturers ) A . Wide Stile doors , when scheduled , shall be composed of tubular extrusions with 5 " stiled and 5 " top rail and 7- 1 /2 " bottom rail . Corners shall have reinforcing plates , extruded anti-twist guides with mortise joinery and full width 3/8" plated steel tension rods . Be Medium Stile doors , when scheduled , shall be composed of tubular extrusions with 3 - 1 /2 " stiles and a 3- 1 /2 " top rail and 5 " bottom rail . Corners shall have reinforcing plates , extruded anti twist guides with mortise joinery and full width 3/8 " plated steel tension rods . C . Glazing beads shall be an integral sash, non removal from the exterior with vinyl bulb inserts for dry glazing . Glazing beads for insulated glass are available . Minimum bite on tempered glass shall be 1 /2 " in door leafs and fixed lite transoms . D . All aluminum components shall be of 6063 alloy with T-5 temper. All screws shall be of plated steel . All steel in contact with aluminum shall be plated or painted . PART 3 - HARDWARE A. Arch ' s standard hardware shall consist of AR-800 pull handles and H -2 push bars with 1 - 1 /2 pair Hager #23439 , 4- 1 /2 " brass butt hinges or offset cast aluminum pivot hinges international #OP- 160 at each end and intermediate cast aluminum hinges # IP- 1900 at midspan of each leaf. Be Locks : two point concealed vertical rod panic hardware in door pairs . . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08400 — Entrance Storefront Doors 08400- 1 C . Please be advised that the door manufacturer should provide all entrance hardware . Arch can provide hardware from virtually all r hardware manufacturers . In the event that hardware is to be provided by others , such hardware must be received by Arch before fabrication can begin . PART 5 - FASTENERS ' A . Typical anchors . 1 . Into 2X wood bucks or wood structure # 14 SMS or 1 /4 " dia , tapcons with 1 - 1 /2 " minimum total embed . 2 . Into 1X wood bucks or into masonry 1 /4 " dia . Tapcons with 1 - 1 /4 " minimum embed into masonry . NOTE : All wood bucks provided by the general contractor must sustain the loads imposed by the glazing system and transfer them to the building structure . PART 6 - FINISH A . All exposed surfaces shall be free from unsightly scratches and blemishes . Aluminum sections shall be coated with one of the following options : 1 . Anodized material : shall be given a caustic etch followed by an anodic oxide treatment . Color shall be one of the following and per the door schedule on the plans : a . Dark Bronze AA M12 C22 A42/44 b . Medium Bronze AA M12 . C22 A40 C . Clear AA M12 C22 A21 d . Black AA M12 C22 A44 2 . Powder coated material , when called out on the door schedule , shall be given an acidic wash and etch and coated with one of the following : a . ARCH KOTE 1000 - 1 YEAR WARRANTY MEETS OR EXCEEDS AAMA 603 . 8 - 85 b . ARCHKOTE 6000- 6 YEAR WARRANTY MEETS OR EXCEEDS AAMA 605 . 2- 85 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08400 — Entrance Storefront Doors 08400-2 3 . The option and color selected for this project is : Indian River County Utilities Complex —RAL6028 . * END OF SECT ION ' IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08400 — Entrance Storefront Doors 08400-3 SECTION 08410 - FLUSH GLAZE STOREFRONT WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL A . Store front framing shall be impact rated and detailed on the Architectural drawings and as manufactured to the design and specifications of one of the following : Arch Aluminum & Glass Company , Kawneer, Amarlite . PART 2 - SPECIFICATIONS A . Framinq : 1 . The Framing System shall have a face dimension of 1 . 250" and a depth of 4- 1 /2 " for both vertical and horizontal members . ( Sections may vary w/manufacturer) 2 . All sections shall be of extruded aluminum alloy 6063 and a T5 temper. Glazing Gaskets shall be of EPDM or pvc extrusions . 3 . Assembly screws shall be of plated steel . B . Glass 1 . Glass shall have a minimum bite of 5/8 " on the perimeter. 2 . Glass type shall be as defined on the window schedule . Note : All storefront framing and glass assemblies installed on the building exterior walls shall be impact rated . Some storefront glazings may be called out on the drawings as interior wall units and need not be impact rated . Refer to the window schedule for all conditions . PART 3 - FINISH A . All exposed surfaces shall be free from unsightly scratches and blemishes . Aluminum sections shall be coated with one of the following options : 1 . Anodized material : shall be given a caustic etch followed by an anodic oxide treatment . Color shall be : a . Dark Bronze AA M12 C22 A42144 b . Medium Bronze AA M12 C22 A40 C , Clear AA M12 C22 A21 d . Black AA M12 C22 A44 IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08410 — Flush Glazed Storefront Windows 08410- 1 2 . Powder coated material : shall be given an acidic wash and etch and coated with one of the following : a . ARCHKOTE 6000 - 6 YEAR WARRANTY MEETS OR EXCEEDS AAMA 605 . 2 - 85 b . TIGER DRYLAC- SERIES 19 , 6 YEAR WARRANTY B . The option and color selected for this project is : Indian River County Utilities Complex RAL6028 , PART 4 - ERECTION A . The Flush Glazed storefront system specified shall be installed , in properly prepared openings , level , plumb and in alignment and consistent with acceptable erection techniques and practices . Frames shall be secured to the walls/jambs with approved fasteners at 12 " on center and in accordance with the plan details . *** END OF SECTION*** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08410 — Flush Glazed Storefront Windows 08410-2 SECTION 08700 = FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK NOT INCLUDED A . Rough Hardware Be Casework Hardware C . Installation of Hardware 1 . 02 GENERAL A . All exterior doors shall open outward or in direction of travel to an exit . Be Copies of the Hardware Schedule , templates and keying schedules shall be submitted to the Architect and approved before ordering . C . Exchange schedules and template lists , with related trades , for coordination with their Shop Drawings , 1 . 03 GUARANTEE A. The hardware supplier shall provide a written guarantee that all materials furnished under this Section will be free from defects in the materials and the workmanship for a period of one ( 1 ) year from the date of a final " Certificate of Acceptance " . Be The hardware supplier, after a complete and thorough inspection by the Architect , shall further certify that all items furnished under this Section have been properly located , in accordance with the Hardware Schedule and the manufacturer' s instructions . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Three ( 3 ) copies of the Hardware Schedule shall be submitted for approval . Door numbers and hardware groups are not to be changed . Be Approval of the Hardware Schedule shall be for type , operation and finish only . 1 . 05 DELIVERY A . Each item of hardware shall be delivered to job site , packaged separately , complete with the necessary fasteners , screws and anchors . Provide templates and/or instructions as required . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08700 — Finish Hardware 08700- 1 Be Mark each item so as to correspond with the Hardware Schedule , identifying contents and defining location . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 HINGES A . All Hinges shall be STANLEY, HAGER, McKINNEY, Be Use three hinges per door leaf on all doors up to a . door height of 7 '- 6 " and an extra hinge for each additional thirty (30) inches of door height as noted . C . Provide the following size and type hinges unless otherwise noted in the hardware groups . Provide non - removable pins for exterior doors . 1 . Exterior Doors : 4 - 1 /2 " x 4- 1 /2 " , Stainless Steel 2 , Interior Doors with Closers : 4 - 1 /2 " x 4- 1 /2 " , US26D finish 3 . Interior Doors without Closers . 4- 1 /2 " x 4- 1 /2 " , US26D finish D . Finish 1 . Exterior Doors : Stainless Steel 2 , Interior Doors : Satin Chromium Plated Finish 2 . 02 LOCKS & EXIT DEVICES A . All locksets shall be AS SPECIFIED ON THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE . All locks shall have a minimum throw of % " . Finish to be per the Finish Hardware Schedule . Functioning of the locks shall be as designated in the hardware groups . 2 . 03 CLOSING DEVICES A . All hydraulic door closers shall be provided by one manufacturer and guaranteed for five (5) years . Be Door Closers shall be LC at all doors per schedule , fully hydraulic , full IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08700-2 08700 — Finish Hardware - rack and pinion action . I C . Closers shall have a separate adjustment for latch speed , general speed and back check . D . All closers and accessories , except special purpose types , whether applied to hinge side , stop face , over door or on bracket , shall be non - handed . E . All closers are to be installed on the room side of the door except where noted in the Hardware Schedule . F . All closers are to be installed with thru - bolts and five screws in the foot . 2 . 04 STOPS A . Wall Stops shall be AS SPECIFIED ON THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE , Model WB11 or 50C/60C as required by the wall conditions . Be Wall stops to be utilized on interior/exterior frame walls to have solid wood backing to prevent drywall failure . C . Wall Stops WB11 should be mounted to the wood base . i D . Areas with Vinyl or Ceramic Tile Base should utilize the wall stops 50C/60C . 2 . 05 THRESHOLD , WEATHERSTRIP A . Thresholds and Weatherstripping shall be PEMKO , to match the types and sizes indicated on the Hardware Schedule or detailed on the drawings . Be Provide screws and anchors as required . C . Finish to be per Schedule . 2 . 06 PLACEMENT OF HARDWARE A. Various items shall have the following heights and locations , unless otherwise indicated . ( Heights are shown from finish floor to center line of item ) : 1 . Hinges : Standard Placement IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08700 — Finish Hardware 08700-3 2 . Cylindrical Lockset : 38 " 3 . Closer per manufacturer template to give maximum degree of opening . All closers to be mounted on room side of door. 4 . Stops : a . Wall : On wall where knob or pull hits . b . Floor: As per standard practice . C , Chain Door: As per standard practice . d . Over- Head : Per manufacturer template to give maximum degree of opening . All Over- Head stops to be mounted on room side of door. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 KEYING A. All cylinder locks shall be keyed to Owner' s EXISTING system . Coordinate with Owner as to manufacturer and type . Be Submit keying schedule , based on the instructions and prior approval of the Owner' s representative , for final approval before ordering locks . C . Delivery : 1 . All locks are to be delivered to the job site without the permanent key . All locks are to be keyed to the existing Owner' s master key , if required . 2 . A representative of the Hardware Supplier , upon the completion of the project , shall check all locks for proper location , operation and keying as well as deactivate the construction - key operation and transfer all locks to a permanent key operation . 3 . All permanent keys shall be properly identified and tagged with a code number and location and shall be turned over directly to the Owner' s representative . 4 . Furnish six ( 6) master keys of each set to the Owner. 3 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF HARDWARE GROUP NUMBERS r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08700 — Finish Hardware -- 08700-4 A . The following Hardware Schedule is to be used as a general guide . Special or unusual conditions not covered in the schedule will have hardware of a similar type and quality to meet the job conditions , and it shall be the hardware consultant' s responsibility to insure that all hardware is supplied to meet job requirements and produce a complete job . GENERAL NOTES 1 . HARDWARE LISTED TAKEN FROM THE FOLLOWING CATALOGS : a . HAGER Butts b . CORBIN - RUSSWIN Locks C , LCN Closers d . GLYNN JOHNSON Stops e . PEMKO Thresholds Weather Stripping *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08700 — Finish Hardware 08700-5 SECTION 08710 - DOOR FINISH HARDWARE SCHEDULE ( Indian River County Utilities Complex) 1 . 01 List of Materials and Approved Manufacturers HARDWARE TYPE : LISTED MANUFACTURER : APPROVED EQUALS . Hinges Hager Stanley , Mckinney Locks Schlage Corbin/Russwin , Yale Exits Von Duprin Precision Door Closers LCN Norton , Corbin/Russwin Push/Pulls/Kick & Mop Plates Rockwood Brookline , Baldwin Stops Rockwood Ives , Baldwin Thresholds Pemko Reese , Zero Weatherstrip Pemko Reese , Zero IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08710 — Door Finish Hardware Schedule 08710- 1 1 . 02 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE HARDWARE GROUP NO . 01 PR . EXT . ALUM . DOORS # 1 4 PR . BUTTS BB1199 NRP 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 POWER TRANSFER EPT10 28 1 EXIT DEVICE EL9947NL 990NL-VR 26D 1 EXIT DEVICE 9947DT 990DT 26D 1 CYLINDER 20-021 26D 1 CARD READER CR91 1 POWER SUPPLY PS873 2 CLOSERS 4041 SP . CUSH AL 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP 2891 AS HARDWARE GROUP NO . 02 SGL . EXT. ALUM . DOOR # 3 2 PR . BUTTS BB1199 NRP 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 POWER TRANSFER EPT10 28 1 EXIT DEVICE EL9947NL 990NL-VR 26D 1 CYLINDER 20-021 26D 1 CARD READER CR91 1 POWER SUPPLY PS873 1 CLOSER 4041 EDA AL 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP 2891 AS 1 WALL STOP GJ50W 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 03 SGL. EXT .A LUM . DOOR # 5 2 PR . BUTTS BB1199 NRP 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 POWER TRANSFER EPT10 28 1 EXIT DEVICE EL9947NL 99ONL-VR 26D 1 CYLINDER . 20-021 26D 1 CARD READER CR91 1 POWER SUPPLY PS873 1 CLOSER 4041 SPR . CUSH . AL 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP 2891 AS HARDWARE GROUP NO . 04 SGL. EXT. ALUM . DOOR # 6 2 PR . BUTTS BB1199 NRP 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 EXIT DEVICE 99L 994L-R 26D 1 CYLINDER 20-021 26D 1 CLOSER 4041 SPR . .CUSH . AL 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP 2891 AS IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08710 — Door Finish Hardware Schedule 08710-2 HARDWARE GROUP NO . 05 PR . EXT. DOORS # 2 3 PR . BUTTS BB1191 NRP 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 LOCKSET D80PD RHODES 32D 2 FL. BOLTS F86 26D 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP 303 AS 1 ASTRAGAL 359 A 2 OV' HD STOP GJ900S 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 06 SGL . EXT. DOOR # 4 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS 1191 NRP 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 LOCKSET D80PD RHODES 32D 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP 303 AS 1 OV' HD STOP GJ900S 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 07 SGL . INT. DOOR # 13 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS BB1279 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 26D 1 LOCKSET D80PD RHODES 26D 1 ELEC . STRIKE 6211 26D 1 CARD READER CR91 1 POWER SUPPLY PS861 1 CLOSER 4041 REG . AL 1 KICK PLATE 8" X 2" LDW B3E 32D 1 WALL STOP GJ50W 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 08 SGL . EXT. DOOR # 36 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS 1191 NRP 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 LOCKSET D80PD RHODES 32D 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP 303 AS 1 OV' HD STOP GJ900S 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 09 SGL. INT. DOORS # 21 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS 1279 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 26D 1 LOCKSET 080PD RHODES 26D 1 WALL STOP GJ50W 32D IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08710 — Door Finish Hardware Schedule 08710-3 HARDWARE GROUP NO . 10 PR . INT. DOORS # 42 3 PR . BUTTS BB1191 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 LOCKSET D70PD RHODES 32D 2 FL . BOLTS FB6W 26D 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP 303 AS 1 ASTRAGAL 359 A 2 OV' HD STOPSPS GJ450S 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 11 SGL. INT. DOOR #41 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS BB1191 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 LOCKSET D70PD RHODES 32D 1 CLOSER 4041 REG . AL 1 KICK PLATE 8" X 2" LDW B3E 32D 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP 303 AS 2 WALL STOPS GJ50W 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 12 SGL . INT. DOORS # 40 , 43 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS 661191 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 LOCKSET D70PD RHODES 32D 1 CLOSER 4041 SPR . CUSH . AL 1 KICK PLATE 8" X 2" LDW B3E 32D 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP 2891 AS HARDWARE GROUP NO . 13 SGL. INT . DOOR # 37 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS 1279 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 26D 1 LOCKSET D70PD RHODES 26D 1 OV' HD STOP GJ450S 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 14 SGL . EXT . DOORS # 31 , 35 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS BB1191 NRP 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 LOCKSET D53PD RHODES 32D 1 CLOSER 4041 SRG . CUSH . AL 1 KICK PLATE 8 " X 2" LDW B3E 32D 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP GJ2891 AS HARDWARE GROUP NO . 15 SGL. INT. DOOR # 38 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS 1279 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 26D 1 LOCKSET D50PD RHODES 260 1 WALL STOP GJ60W 32D IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08710 — Door Finish Hardware Schedule 08710-4 HARDWARE GROUP NO . 16 SGL. INT. DOOR # 39 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS 681279 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 26D 1 PRIVACY SET D40S RHODES 26D 1 CLOSER 4041 REG . AL 1 KICK PLATE 8" X 2" LDW B3E 32D 1 WALL STOP GJ60W 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 17 PR . INT. DOOR # 23 3 PR . BUTTS B81279 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 26D 1 PASSAGE SET D10S RHODES 26D 1 DUMMY TRIM D170 RHODES 26D 2 AUTO FL . BOLTS FB8 26D 2 CLOSERS 4041 REG . AL 1 COORDINATOR COR-2 FB- 1 BX 26D 1 CARRY BAR C131 26D 2 KICK PLATES 8" X 1 " LDW B3E 32D 1 ASTRAGAL 359 C 2 WALL STOP GJ50W 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 18 SGL . INT. DOORS # 14 , 15 , 16 , 17 , 22 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS BB1279 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 26D 1 PASSAGE SET D10SPD RHODES 26D 1 CLOSER 4041 REG . AL 1 KICK PLATE 8" X 2" LDW B3E 32D 1 WALL STOP GJ50W 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 19 SGL . INT. DOOR # 20 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS BB1279 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 26D 1 PASSAGE SET D10S RHODES 26D 1 CLOSER 4041 EDA AL 1 KICK PLATE 8" X 2" LDW B3E 32D 1 WALL STOP GJ50W 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 20 SGL. INT. DOORS # 7 , 819 , 10 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS 1279 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 26D 1 PASSAGE SET D10S RHODES 26D 1 WALL STOP GJ50W 32D HARDWARE GROUP NO . 21 SGL . INT. DOORS # 11 , 12 , 18 , 19 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS BB1279 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 26D 1 PUSH PLATE 70B B4E 32D 1 DOOR PULL 107 X 70B B4E 32D 1 CLOSER 4041 REG . AL 1 KICK PLATE . 8" X 2 " LDW B3E 32D 1 WALL STOP. GJ50W 32D IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08710 — Door Finish Hardware Schedule 08710-5 HARDWARE GROUP NO . 22 FOLDING PARTITIONS # 24 ,25726 ALL HARDWARE BY PARTITION MANUFACTURER HARDWARE GROUP NO . 23 OVERHEAD DOORS # 27 , 29 , 30 , 32 , 33 , 34 1 CYLINDER OR PADLOCK AS REQUIRED BALANCE OF HARDWARE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER HARDWARE GROUP NO . 24 SGL. EXT. DOORS # 28 1 - 1 /2 PR . BUTTS BB1191 NRP 4- 1 /2 X 4- 1 /2 32D 1 LOCKSET D80PD RHODES 32D 1 ELEC . STRIKE 6211 26D 1 CARD READER CR91 1 POWER SUPPLY PS861 1 CLOSER 4041 SRG . CUSH . AL 1 KICK PLATE 8" X 2" LDW B3E 32D 1 THRESHOLD 2005 AS 1 WEATHERSTRIP GJ2891 AS DR . HDWE . DR . HDWE . # # # # 1 1 23 17 2 5 24 22 3 2 25 22 4 6 26 1 22 5 3 27 23 6 4 128 24 7 20 29 23 8 20 30 23 9 20 31 14 10 20 32 23 11 21 33 23 12 21 34 23 13 7 35 14 14 18 36 8 15 18 37 13 16 18 38 15 17 18 39 16 18 21 40 12 19 21 41 11 20 19 42 10 21 9 43 12 22 18 *** END OF SECTION ** * IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08710 — Door Finish Hardware Schedule 08710-6 SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A . Definition : " glass includes prime glass , processed glass , and fabricated glass . " Glazing " includes glass installation and materials used to install glass . Types of work in this section include glass and glazing for: 1 . Window units , sidelites , transoms 2 . Window wall 3 . Entrances and other doors , not indicated as " preglazed " . B . Packaged mirror units are specified as " accessories " in section 10800 . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Prime Glass Manufacturer: One of the following for each type/color/pattern of glass : 1 . ASG Industries . Inc . 2 . Guardian Industries Corporation 3 , Ford Glass Company 4 , Libbey- Owens- Ford Company 5 , PPG Industries , Inc . 6 . Visteon B . Certificate : Submit certificates from respective manufacturers attesting that glass and glazing materials furnished for project comply with requirements . C . Glazing Standards : Comply with recommendations of Flat Glass Marketing Assoc . ( FGMA) " Glazing Manual " and " Sealant Manual' except where more stringent requirements are indicated . Refer. to those publications for definitions of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in this section or other referenced standards . D . Installer Qualifications : Installation contractor specializing in glazing , with a minimum of 5 years experience on projects of similar size and also being an approved installer for the glazing product supplier. PART 2 - PRODUCTS IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08800 — Glass & Glazing 08800- 1 2 . 01 GLASS PRODUCTS A . Clear Heat-Treated Float Glass : Type I (transparent glass , flat) , Class 1 ( clear) , Quality q3 (glazing select) , fully tempered . B . Other glass products for impact resistance are called out on the drawings and may include , but are not limited to , safety laminate heat strengthen glass with a . 090 innerliner . C . Thicknesses of laminated glass vary from 3/8 inch to 9/ 16 inch . D . Frames to receive the glass vary to achieve various levels of impact resistance per local and state codes . Refer to the drawings for a description of each glazed opening . 2 . 02 GLAZING SEALANTS AND COMPONENTS A . General : provide color of exposed sealant/compound indicated or if not otherwise indicated , as selected by Architect from manufacturer' s standard colors , or black if no color is selected . Comply with manufacturer' s recommendations for selection of hardness , depending upon the location of each application , conditions at time of installation , and performance requirements as indicated . Select materials , and variations or modifications , carefully for compatibility with surfaces contacted in the installation . B . 2 - Part Polysulfide Glazing Sealant (2Ps- GS ) : Elastomeric polysulfide sealant complying with FS TTS -227 , Class A , Type 2 ; specially compounded and tested to show a minimum of 20 years resistance to deterioration in normal glazing applications . Use for exterior applications . C . Acrylic- Emulsion Glazing Sealant (AcEm-GS ) : Emulsion of acrylic , with or without latex rubber modification ; compounded specifically for glazing ; non,, hardening , non -staining , and non - bleeding . Use for interior applications . 2 . 03 GLAZING GASKETS A . Polyvinyl Chloride Glazing Gaskets ( PVC-GG ) : Extruded , flexible PVC gaskets of the profile and hardness shown , or as required for watertight construction ; comply with ASTM D 2287 , B . Cellular Neoprene Glazing Gaskets ( PVC-GG ) : Extruded/molded , closed ,, cell , integral-skinned neoprene of profile required to maintain watertight seal ; comply with ASTM C509 , Type II , black . C . Vinyl Foam Glazing Tape (VF- GT) : Closed cell flexible , self-adhesive , non extruding , polyvinyl chloride foam tape ; recommended by manufacturer for IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08800 — Glass & Glazing 08800-2 exterior , exposed , watertight installation of glass , with only nominal pressure in the glazing channel ; comply with ASTM C 1667 , 2 . 04 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A . Cleaners , Primers , and Sealers : Type recommended by sealant of gasket manufacturer. B . Setting Blocks : Neoprene or EPDM , 70- 90 durometer hardness with proven compatibility with sealants used . Co Spacers : Neoprene of EPDM , 40-50 durometer hardness with proven compatibility with sealants used . D . Compressed Filler ( Rod ) Ccp- FR) : Closed cell or waterproof jacketed roof stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam , proven to be compatible with sealants used , flexible and resilient , with 5 - 10 psi compression strength for 25 % deflection . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE A . Watertight and airtight installation of each glass product is required , except as otherwise shown . Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes , wind loading , impact loading (for operating sash and doors) , without failure including loss or breakage of glass , failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight , deterioration of glazing materials and other defects in the work . B . Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation , and subsequent operation of glazed components of the work . During installation , discard units with significant edge damage or other imperfections . C . Glazing channel dimensions as shown are intended to provide for necessary bite on glass , minimum edge clearance , and adequate sealant thicknesses , with reasonable tolerances . Adjust as required by job conditions at time of installation . D . Comply with combined recommendations and technical reports by manufacturers of glass and glazing products as used in each glazing channel , and with recommendations of Flat Glass Market Assoc . " Glazing Manual " , except where more stringent requirements are indicated . 3 . 02 PREPARATION FOR GLAZING A. Clean glazing channel and other framing members to receive glass , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08800 — Glass & Glazing 08800-3 immediately before glazing . Remove coatings which are not firmly bonded to substrate . Remove lacquer from metal surfaces where elastomenc sealants are used . Be Apply primer or sealant to joint surfaces where recommended by sealant manufacturer . 3 . 03 GLAZING A . Install setting blocks of proper size in still rabbit , located 1 /4 of glass width from each corner . Set blocks in thin course of heel - bead compound , if any . Be Provide spacers inside and out , or proper size and spacing , for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches , except where gaskets or preshimmed tapes are used for glazing . Provide 1 /8 " minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width , except with sealant tape used thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape . C . Set units of glass in each series with uniformity of pattern , draw , bow and similar characteristics . D . Voids and Filler Rods : Prevent exudation of sealant or compound by forming voids or installing filler rods in channel at heel of jambs and head (do not leave voids in sill channels ) , except as otherwise indicated and depending on light size , thickness and type of glass , and complying with manufacturer' s recommendations . E . Force sealants into channel to eliminate voids and to ensure complete "wetting " or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces . F . Tool exposed surfaces of glazing liquids and compounds to provide a substantial "wash " away from glass . Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel , so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets . G . Clean and trim excess glazing materials from glass and stops or frames promptly after installation , and eliminated stains and discolorations . H . Where wedge- shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side , provide adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket will not "walk" out when installation is subjected to movement . Anchor gasket to stop with matching ribs , or by proven adhesives , including embedment of gasket tail in cured heel bead . I . Gasket Glazing : Miter cut and bond ends together at corners where gaskets are used for channel glazing , so that gaskets will not pull away from corners and result in voids or leaks in glazing system . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08800 — Glass & Glazing 08800-4 J . Structural Gasket Glazing : Cut zipper strips slightly long , to ensure tight closure . Lubricate zipper strip and use special tool to install zipper. Do not lubricate glazing channel or anchorage rabbet . Comply with details as shown and manufacturer' s instructions , including possible use of liquid sealants and weep holes . 3 . 03 CURE , PROTECTION AND CLEANING A . Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately upon installation , by use of crossed streamers attached to framing and held away from glass . Do not apply markers to surfaces of glass . Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces . Cure sealants for high early strength and durability . Be Remove and replace glass which is broken , chipped , cracked , etched , abraded or damaged in other ways during construction period , including natural causes , accidents and vandalism . C . Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion in each area of project . Comply with glass product manufacturer' s recommendations for final cleaning . Sub-contractors performing glass and window cleaning must be fully insured to replace damaged glass as a direct result of their negligence . The general contractor is ultimately responsible for replacing all damaged glass . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 08800 — Glass & Glazing 08800-5 DIVISION 09 - FINISHES SECTION 09100 - LATHING AND STUCCO 1 . 01 GENERAL : A . All applicable provisions of the General Conditions are a part of this section . B . Furnish all labor, materials , tools , equipment , etc . , and services necessary and incidental to the complete fabrication , furnishing and erection of this section as shown , noted , detailed and reasonably implied on the drawings and in the specifications . C . All lathing , plastering , and stucco work , in addition to conforming to this section , shall conform to the American National Standards Specifications A42 . 2 and A42 . 3 . 1 . 02 MATERIALS : A . Stucco 1 . Do not use any precolored stucco mixes . 2 . Premix stucco bag mix shall conform to ASTM C-926 , Gray . 3 . Sand shall be clean , sharp , fine , sand conforming to ASTM C- 144 . 4 . Water shall be clean , fresh , portable and free from mineral organic substances that would affect the set of stucco . B . Metal Lath 1 . Self-furring metal lath shall be expanded metal lath with staggered indentations spaced 3 - '/2" apart horizontally and 2" apart vertically with indentations of depth to hold lath a minimum of 1 /4 " away from back- up material . Lath shall be hot dipped galvanized for interior and exterior use and shall weigh 3 . 4 pounds per square yard . 2 . Metal lath to be used where supports are spaced over 16 " on centers shall be hot dipped galvanized , expanded metal lath stiffened with 3/8 " ribs spaced 4 " on center , weighing a minimum of 3 . 4 pounds per square yard . 3 . Sheets secured to supports at intervals not exceeding six inches (6 " ) . Place ties where sides of sheets lap at supports , and at side laps or sheets between supports . Tie wire to be not less than 18 ga . galvanized wire . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09100 — Lathing & Stucco 09100- 1 4 . Diamond - mesh lath lapped at sides not less than %2" and at ends not less than 1 " . End laps of sheets should generally occur only over supports ; if between , end of sheets to be laced or adequately tied with # 18 ga . , galvanized , annealed wire . 5 . No paper backed laths will be accepted . Remove paper backings on any laths supplied to the job site . Utilize 30# felt roofing paper or backing as called out on the plans 1 . 03 MIXING AND APPLICATION : 1 . Before the application of stucco masonry , . all surfaces shall be clean and free from defect . Concrete surfaces to receive stucco shall be coated with a bonding agent to insure proper bond . Dampen masonry surfaces with a fog spray immediately prior to application so as to prevent excessive withdrawal of moisture from the stucco . 2 . Stucco shall be applied in three ( 3 ) coats to a total thickness of 3/4 " over specified metal lath and in two ( 2 ) coats to a total thickness of 5/8 " on concrete or masonry . Finish coat to be installed as per manufacturer' s recommendations of approximately 1 /4" thickness with a smooth sponge finish . 3 . Cross rake all scratch coats in order to form a mechanical bond with i brown coats . Lightly cross -scratch all brown coats of plaster in order to forma mechanical bond with the finish coat . 4 . Keep each base coat moist for at least 48 hours ; commence moistening as soon as plaster is hardened sufficiently to prevent injuries . If atmospheric conditions are hot and dry , curing time shall be extended as necessary to at no additional cost to the Owner . Allow base coat to cure for a minimum of seven ( 7 ) days before applying finishing coat . 5 . FINISH COAT shall be free from waves , dents , trowel marks , and shall be a smooth sponge finish . 6 . Plaster and stucco used for patching and replacing existing work shall be mixed , applied and finished to match adjacent surfaces . 1 . 04 CLEANING : A . After completion of work , all scaffolding , tools , and other equipment shall be removed from the building , taking care not to damage work of other trades . All cement plaster rubbish shall be removed and the building left broom clean . i IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09100 — Lathing & Stucco 09100-2 Be Stucco Contractor is responsible for protecting all existing work , windows , doors , equipment , etc . from stucco residue during application . Clean any residue that may exist at completion of work . 1 . 05 METAL ACCESSORIES : A . Casing beads shall be formed of 24 ga . galvanized steel for interior use and 24 ga solid zinc for exterior use , type #66 as manufactured by U . S . Gypsum Co . , or #66 as manufactured by Inland Steel Company , or an approved comparable product . Be Interior corner beads shall be fabricated of 26 ga . galvanized , type 1 , as manufactured by National Gypsum Co . , 1 -A as manufactured by National GypsumCo . , 1 -A as manufactured by U . S . Gypsum Co . , or # 1 as manufactured by Inland Steel Products Co . , or an approved comparable product . C . Control Joints and Expansion Joints on flat vertical and horizontal surfaces for exterior applications shall be " solid zinc alloy" as shown and described on the building elevations and details , for all stucco systems . Manufactured by " Keene " or an approved , comparable product . D . Inside corner Expansion Joints for interior or exterior applications where shown on the drawings , shall be vinyl ( Model CXJ -75 or CXJ - 78 as shown on details ) as much manufactured by Vinyl Corp . or an approved , comparable product . 1 . 06 EXECUTION : A . Quality : Follow recommendations and specifications for strict installation . Allow adequate time for each of three ( 3) coats to dry before going on with the next coat . Be Metal Accessories : 1 . The stucco contractor shall request a proiect walk- around with the Architect prior to installing any exterior metal accessories , to insure all conditions , materials , and applications are understood . 2 . Corner beads , for interior applications only , shall be installed on all corners and edges of corner openings . Corner beads shall extend the full height of the corners on which they are applied and shall act as a ground . 3 . Casing beads shall be applied where stucco stops and other metal IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09100 — Lathing & Stucco 09100-3 begins , or where stucco abuts metal door frames , exposed concrete block walls , or where indicated . 4 . Where plaster and stucco abuts metal door jambs or similar items and a casing bead cannot be used , the stucco shall be tooled in order that the eventual hydration crack will follow the tooled joint . C . Metal lath shall be applied with long dimension of sheet across supports . D . Control Joints and Expansion Joints shall be installed in exact locations shown , or as to check shrinkage and expansion cracks . Do not fill any throats of control joints with sealants . E . Inside-Corner Expansion Joints shall be installed in exact locations shown on details . *** END OF THIS SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09100 — Lathing & Stucco 09100-4 SECTION 09230 - CEMENT BACKING BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS : A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including general and supplementary conditions and Division - 1 Specifications Sections , addenda apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS : A . Gypsum Wallboard Section 09250 B . Ceramic Tile Section 09300 1 . 03 DESCRIPTION : A . Extent of cement board system work is shown on Drawings and includes subscripts at shower and dressing cubicles receiving ceramic tile . 1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A . Obtain cement board from a single manufacturer. B . Single- Installer Responsibility : A single installer shall perform the work of this section ; and shall be a firm specializing in this work for at least 3 years , capable of showing successful installations similar to work required for project , using recommended attachment screws and spacing of screws . 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS : A . Submit manufacturer' s product data , specifications ; and installation instructions for the cement board systems . 1 . 06 DELIVERY , STORAGE AND HANDLING : A . Deliver materials to the job site in the original packages , containers , or bundles bearing the brand name and manufacturer' s identification . B . Store materials in dry locations with adequate ventilation , free from water and in such a manner to permit easy access for inspection and handling . Stack cement boards flat to . avoid sagging or damage to edges , or surfaces . Protect basecoat and exterior finish from freezing . . C . Handle cement boards to prevent damage . Protect metal framing members from being bent or damaged . Protect gypsum panels in same manner as cement boards . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09230 — Cement Backing Board 09230- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MANUFACTURER : A . Subject to compliance with requirements , provide DUROCK Cement Board System as manufactured by the United States Gypsum Company , unless otherwise indicated . Be Equivalent systems of other manufacturers may be proposed under conditions as set forth in the contract conditions . C . Materials : 1 . Glass Mesh Mortar Unit ( Cement Board ) : USG DUROCK Exterior Cement board % " x 4 ' x 8' . 2 . Cement board fasteners : 1 1 /4 " , DUROCK Screws : wafer head with corrosive coating . Heads recessed or counter sunk . D . Joint Reinforcement : DUROCK Tape (2 " wide ) . E . Metal Framing : Comply with ASTM 0645 : Manufactured by the United States Gypsum Company Min . 22 ga . Must meet ASTM A446 , A525 , A56811 ' A463 . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION : A . Install metal framing in accordance with manufacturers instructions . Stud spacing not to exceed 16 in . o . c . Provide double studs at ends of each board . Be Install cement board with rough side facing out and vertical edges over double supports . Stagger joints in successive courses . Install adjacent board closely but not forced . C . Fasten boards to framing with DUROCK screws . Space fasteners 8 " o . c . at walls . Locate perimeter fasteners at least 3/8" from edges . Counter sink screw heads slightly beneath the board surface . Provide firm board contact with framing . Pre-drill edge screw locations to prevent breaking at edges . D . Joint Reinforcement : Apply over board joints and corners . Do not overlap . E . Tile : ti IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09230 — Cement Backing Board 09230-2 1 . Comply with application requirements of Division -4 Section " Unit Masonry" . 2 , Apply 1 /8 " minimum thick skim coat of mortar over cement board . Surface shall be smooth and flat . 3 . Allow to set 24 hours prior to next step . 4 . Use a 3/8 " notched trowel and apply a uniform setting bed over skim coat . 5 . Back butter the and apply tile to fresh mortar. 6 . Obtain complete mortar contact by twisting and sliding motion to set tile . 7 . Allow mortar to set for 24 hours prior to application of grout . For grout application comply with ANSI Al 08 . 10 . 8 . Force maximum amount of grout into joints and tool material to provide a neat , uniform appearance . 9 . Clean grout from finish surfaces , and allow to cure as required . Note : Verify all grout colors and types on the Interior Design Drawings prior to installation . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09230 — Cement Backing Board 09230-3 SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL 1 . 01 GENERAL : A . Gypsum Board Standard : ASTM C 840 1 . 02 MATERIALS : A . Drywall Materials : Exposed Gypsum Board ASTM C 36 1 . Long Edges : Standard taper a . Y2" Gypsum Drywall ( Regular) b . Y2" Moisture- Resistant Gypsum Drywall C . 5/8" Gypsum Drywall ( Regular) d . 5/8 " Moisture- Resistant Gypsum Drywall e . 5/8 " Type-X Fire Resistant Gypsum Drywall f. 5/8 " Vandal Resistant Gypsum Drywall B . Trim Accessories : Provide manufacturer' s standard metal trim accessories , of the beaded type with face flanges for concealment in joint compound except where semi -finishing or exposed type is indicated . See plans and details for specific locations and conditions . C. Provide corner beads at external corners . Install with nails or screws at minimum of 16" on center . No crimp bead will be accepted unless in combination with nails or screws . D . Provide edge trim of the shape indicated where edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi -exposed ; L-type for abutment at edges , other U -type except special kerfed -type where kerf is provided in adjoining work . See plans and details for specific locations and conditions . E . Gypsum Board Fasteners : Self drilling , self tapping , bugle head , screws . F . Joint tape : ASTM C 475 ,. performed , Type II . G . Joint Compound : ASTM 475 , Type I . H . Provide water- resistant type MR manufactured by United States Gypsum Company for use with water- resistant backing board and cementitous substrate backing board . 1 . 03 DRYWALL INSTALLATION AND FINISHING : A. Install gypsum boards in lengths and directions which will minimize number of end joints , and avoid end joints in central area of ceilings . Install walls and IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09250 — Gypsum Drywall 09250- 1 partitions with exposed gypsum boards vertical , with joints offset on opposite sides of partitions . Otherwise , install boards with edges perpendicular to supports , with end joints staggered over supports , except where recommended in a different arrangement by manufacturer. Install as per UL# U305 for 1 hour rating when utilizing rated panels . B . Form " Floating " : Construction for gypsum boards at internal corners , except where special isolation or edge trim is indicated . Co Screw gypsum boards to supports . D . Drywall Finishing : Except as otherwise indicated , apply joint tape and joint compound at joints ( both directions) between gypsum boards . Apply compound at accessory flanges , penetrations , fasteners heads and surface defects . E . Apply compound in three ( 3 ) coats ( plus prefill of cracks where recommended by manufacturer) ; sand after last two (2 ) coats . F . Ceiling Finish as per Finish Schedule on the Construction Plans . Where a textured ceiling is called for on the drawings the drywall finisher shall provide a 24 " X 24 " sample board for approval by the Owner prior to applying any finished ceiling textures . G . The drywall installer shall notify the General Contractor of walls out of plumb in the vertical or horizontal direction , as well as the absence of proper wall , soffit , overhead deadwood blocking , pipe and wire plate protectors prior to installing drywall . Finished walls shall be no more than 3/ 16 " out of dead straight within any ( six) 6 foot direction . Walls not conforming to this standard shall be removed and replaced at the General Contractors expense . H . The drywall contractor shall remove all debris associated with his portion of the work and remove all dried finishing compound from the floors . *** END OF THIS SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09250 — Gypsum Drywall 09250-2 SECTION 09260 - INTERIOR FIBER- CEMENT PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL A. Work under this section is subject to the provisions of the contract and the contract documents which in any way affect the work specified herein . 1 . 01 SCOPE A . Furnish and install fiber-cement panels and accessories where shown on drawings or as specified herein . B . Coordinate this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequence of installation . C . Work in other sections affecting this work . 1 . Metal Framing and Bracing 2 , Wood Framing and Bracing 3 , Insulation 4 , Gypsum Board 5 . Trims and Moldings 1 . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Submittals : within 60 days of owners notice . 1 . Submit three 6 " x 6 " pieces of Hardiboard , (or approved equal ) , in thickness and edge treatment shown or specified herein . 2 . Submit three copies of specifications , installation data and other pertinent manufacturer' s literature . 1 . 03 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Hardiboard panels should be stacked on edge or laid flat on a smooth , level surface . B . Edges and corners should be protected from chipping . C . To ensure optimum performance , store sheets under cover and keep dry prior to installation . If panels should become wet , allow to dry thoroughly before installation . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 FIBER-CEMENT PANELS IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09260 — Interior Fiber Cement Panels 09260- 1 A . All fiber-cement panels to comply with ASTM Standard Specification C1186 Grade II , Type A . Be Fiber-cement panels will have the following nominal physical or mechanical properties 1 . Density avg at EMC 90lb/ft , 2 , Moisture Content at EMC 7 % 3 , Thermal Conductivity at 77 degrees F 0 . 47 W/m degrees k 4 . Linear Thermal Expansion ( avg ) 7 . 1 x 10 - 6/degrees F 5 . Modulus of Elasticity at EMC a . In Tension : Across sheet 1 , 200 , 000 psi Along sheet 1 , 100 , 000 psi b . In Static Cross Bending : Across . Sheet 710 , 000 psi Along sheet 739 , 000 psi 6 . Modulus of Rupture (avg ) 2100 psi 7 . Tensile Strength at EMC Across sheet 1 , 100 psi Along sheet 725 psi 8 . Compressive Strength at EMC 2900 psi C . Fiber-cement panel to be non -combustible when tested in accordance with l ASTM Test Method E136 . D . Surface burning characteristics when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 . 1 . Flame spread 0 2 . Fuel contributed 0 3 . Smoke density 5 4 , NFPA Class A 5 , UBC Class 1 E . Source : James Hardie Building Products , ( or an approved equal ) . 2 . 02 FASTENERS A . Wood framing : 1 - 3/8 " long gypsum board nails or minimum 1 " long 8 - 18x0 . 323 " HD corrosion resistant ribbed bugle head screws . Be Metal framing : minimum 1 : long 8 - 18 x 0 . 323 Hd corrosion resistant HkLo S ribbed bugle head screws , or approved equal . 2 . 03 JOINT COMPOUND IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09260 — Interior Fiber Cement Panels 09260-2 A . Gypsum board bedding compounds complying with ASTM C475 are used in dry areas . In wet areas a water- resistant joint compound such as tile adhesive is recommended . Follow manufacturers written application instructions . 2 . 05 JOINT TAPE A . Perforated paper tape shall be used in standard applications and dry areas . In wet areas a moisture and alkali resistant fiber mech tape shall be applied . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A . Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of work . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A . Framing : 1 . Hardiboard panels may be installed over wood or metal framing . Framing members must have a minimum 1 - 1 /2 " face and be straight , true and properly aligned . The maximum variation in alignment shall be 1 /8 " in 10 linear feet . ' 2 . Blocking should be installed between studs wherever Hardiboard joints occur. 3 . For wood framing use nominal 2" x 4" kiln dried lumber. Metal framing shall be a minimum 20-gauge 3 -5/8 " C-studs . Space studs at 16" or 24" on center with tops and bottoms securely fastened to plates . 4 . Hardiboard panels can be applied to CMU , plywood or gypsum board using both fasteners and adhesive . Waterproofing or furring is recommended on exterior CMU walls to prevent moisture wicking . B . Panel Cutting : 1 /4 " and 5/ 16 " Hardiboard panels may be trimmed with the score and snap method using Hardie Is tungsten knife . Thicker panels can be cut with a hand saw , power saw or circular saw equipped with a carbide or dry diamond blade . Penetrations through Hardiboard panels can be made by scoring , drilling or buting for a neat fit . C . Panel Application : -- 1 . Apply Hardiboard panels to the first side of the stud wall abutting IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09260 — Interior Fiber Cement Panels 09260-3 edges of adjacent panels centrally on stud flanges . 2 . Fasten panel edges a maximum of 8 " on center and stagger fasteners across sheet joints . 3 . Install all insulation and services into wall cavity before fastening panels to the second side of stud wall . 4 . Insure that the panel joints on the second side are staggered on alternate studs to the panel joints on the first side . 5 . Fasten all panels at edges and intermediate studs on both sides . A . Fire Rated Systems : 1 . Hardiboard fire- rated systems require Type X gypsum board be incorporated into the design r}see the Gypsum Association Fire Resistant Design Manual , 14 h edition , 1994 for design details ) . 2 . Apply and trim gypsum board sheets for a neat fit using standard gypsum board installation methods : taping and bedding all joints and fasteners . 3 . Apply Hardiboard panels and stagger joints so that they do not coincide on the same studs as the first gypsum board layer joints . 4 . Fasten Hardiboard panels along edges and intermediate framing members . B . Jointing.: 1 . Flush Jointing : a . Tapered edge Hardiboard panels require a flush joint procedure . b . Prepare wet or dry area bedding compounds in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . c . Apply bedding compound to fastener heads and the joint recess formed by adjoining sheets . d . Firmly embed reinforcing tape centrally into the joint . Insure that there are no voids under the tape . Immediately cover tape with a thin , smooth layer of bedding compound and remove excess . e . Inside corners : are treated with joint tape and bedding compound . f. Outside corners : are treated with metal or plastic moldings anc� bedding compound . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09260 — Interior Fiber Cement Panels 09260-4 g . Once fully dry , repeat bedding and feathering steps until a smooth joint , corner and sheet surface is achieved . h . Sand all joints and fastener heads using a fine sandpaper taking care not to scuff the set of adjacent board surfaces . 2 . Butt Jointing : Square edged Hardiboard can be butt jointed using a paintable silicone , latex or acrylic caulk . Square edge joints may also be treated with corrosion resistant metal or plastic moldings . 3 . Buildinq Control and Expansion Joints : At building control and expansion joints provide a break in the tracks and install double studs , back to back . In long continuous wall runs , provide movement joints wherever building control joints occur in the structure . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09260 — Interior Fiber Cement Panels 09260-5 SECTION 09300 = CERAMIC TILE WORK 1 . 01 GENERAL A . Coordination : Coordinate all with other trades whose work affects , connects with , oris concealed by tile installations . Before proceeding , make certain all required inspections have been made . Be Product delivery , storage and handling : Deliver all manufactured materials in original , unbroken containers bearing name of manufacturer, brand and grade seals . Keep materials dry , clean , and protected against deterioration in any form . 1 . 02 PRODUCTS A . Materials : 1 , Ceramic Tile : As selected by the Architect or the Interior Designer. See the Drawing Schedules . a . All ceramic floor the located in areas that may become slippery when wet shall have a non -slip impervious surface . The tile must meet a coefficient of friction of 0 . 5 to 0 . 6 using a wet/dry test . 2 . Thin set adhesive per manufacturers recommendations and specification standards of `The Tile Council of America ' . 3 , Marble : Window stools shall be Georgia or Alabama White domestic marble or an approved , comparable product , unless specified otherwise on the drawings . 1 . 03 EXECUTION : A . Inspection of Surfaces : 1 . Examine surfaces to receive tile , cement substrate backing board , setting beds , or accessories , before installation begins . 2 . Do not proceed with installations until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected . Be Installation : 1 . Layout all work so that where possible not tiles less that half size occur. In any event install no half tiles above first course up from the bottom or away from first vertical course at internal and external IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09300 — Ceramic Tile Work 09300- 1 corners . Align all joints , vertically and horizontally . Cut and drill neatly without marrying tile . Rub smooth any necessary cuts with a fine stone and set no cut edge against any fixture , cabinet , or other ' tile without a joint at least 1 / 16 " wide . Cut , fit , adjust , and establish tiles neatly and accurately to accommodate accessories , interruptions , chases , returns , mechanical and electrical outlets , and finish at their exact location ( as determined by jobsite conditions ) . Maximum variation shall be plus-or- minus- 1 /8 " in 10 feet when straight edge is laid on the surface in any direction . 2 . Provide all required trim pieces as detailed for the various tiles specified . 3 . All floor and wall the to be set using thin -set products . Utilize proper admixes for exterior installations and frost proof applications . When installing porcelain tile utilizing modified thinset , adhere to guidelines stipulated in ANSI 118 . 4 . 4 . Thoroughly wash out joints and saturate with clean water before grouting . Thoroughly grout into all joints to fill entire length and depth . Fill flush with face of tiles making a neatly finished , smooth surface . Prevent staining of grouted joints by applying a clear sealer to all exposed grout joints . 5 . Provide preformed metal control joints at door openings and sufficient to isolate maximum areas of 25' X 25 ' . Color of control joint preformed infill to match the selected grout . C . Cleaning and Protection : 1 . Wire surfaces clean after grouting , remove all traces of mortar and grout . Do not use acid solution for cleaning glazed tile . 2 . Close spaces to traffic or other work until tile is firmly set . Protect from damaged work at no additional cost to Owner. *** END OF SECTION *** i r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09300 — Ceramic Tile Work 09300-2 SECTION 09320 - QUARRY TILE FLOOR AND BASE PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 GENERAL A . The Bidding and Contract Documents , General Requirements and Addenda as may be issued prior to bidding , shall govern the work under this section . 1 . 02 SCOPE OF THE WORK A . Furnish all materials , equipment , labor, supervision and all incidentals necessary to complete the work which includes , but is not limited to , the following : 1 . Quarry tile floor and trim 1 . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . All tile shall be of domestic manufacture and shall equal or exceed ANSI (American National Standards Institute ) ! 137 . 1 Standard Specifications . B . Acceptable Manufacturers 1 . American Olean 2 , Dal -Tile 3 , Inter- Continental C . Equivalent products of other manufacturers may be proposed under conditions as set forth in Contract Conditions , if color and texture can match tile selected . Colors are approved by the Owner for the total job . D . Single Installer Responsibility : A single installer shall perform the work of this section ; and shall be a firm specializing in the work for at least 5 years , capable of showing successful installations similar to work required for this project . 1 . 04 SAMPLES A . Submit three (3 ) samples of each tile : color, size , finish , pattern , etc . B . If a color range exists , submit samples which will indicate extremes of color. 1 . 05 STANDARDS A. All tile shall comply with U . S . department of Commerce and National Bureau of standards SPR- R61 and Federal Specifications SS-T-38 , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09320 — Quarry Tile Floor & Base 09320- 1 B . All tile used on this job shall be standard grade . C . Workmanship shall be of highest standards as recommended by Tile Council of America . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 02 EXTRUDED QUARRY TILE A . Quarry Tile shall be of standard grade quality and manufactured by the extrusion process , ground to size after firing as manufactured by American Olean Tile , Dal -Tile or approved equal . Quarry floor the shall have an abrasive "non - slip " surface . 1 . Type : Tiles shall be abrasive surface meeting or exceeding 0 . 5 to 0 . 6 coefficient of friction by utilizing a wet/dry test . 2 . Size : a . Floor tile - 6 " x 6 " X Y2 " b . Base : Cove straight top and cove round top 5 " x 6 " x Y2 " c . Provide corner units as required . 3 . Calor: Tiles shall be furnished in color as selected , factory waxed . 2 . 02 EPDXY MORTAR AND GROUT A . MANUFACTURERS 1 . American Olean 2 . The UPCO Company 3 , Bostik Chemical Group B . Epoxy Grout : ANSI A118 . 3 , Modified Thinset= ANSI 118 . 4 . C . Color: As selected to match tiles . Allow for selection of any available color. 2 . 03 SETTING MATERIAL A . Thin set adhesive per manufacturers recommendations and specification standards of ` The Tile Council of America ' . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 PRELIMINARY JOB INSPECTION B . All areas to receive the shall be carefully examined prior to starting work and the General Contractor notified in writing of any condition unsatisfactory IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09320 — Quarry Tile Floor & Base 09320-2 to the proper completion os the work . At this time General Contractor shall cause such conditions to be corrected . Failure to give such notification shall indicate acceptance of such surfaces by the Tile Contractor and any unsatisfactory the work shall be replaced or repaired at the expense of this Contractor, whether the fault is with the tile or with the sub- base . 3 . 02 GENERAL A . All the shall be delivered to thejob site in factory- sealed containers on which . is indicated size , type , color and grade manufacturer. B . Tile cutting may be by proper hand or machine tools . Broken or cut tiles whose break lines would be visible at the completion of the work will not be allowed . Smooth all visible edges before laying . C . All work shall be in strict accordance with the standards of the `Tile Council of America ' as follows : 1 . Floors in setting beds - F11 14-87 . 2 . Floors on dry set mortar - F115-87 with epoxy grout . 3 . Base units - W241 -87 3 . 03 EXPANSION JOINTS i A . Provide preformed expansion joints in all quarry tile floors as follows : 1 . At all concrete slab construction , expansion and control joints . 2 . Along a grid of from 24 ' to 36 ' center lines ( in both directions ) . 3 . Size - minimum 1 /4 " . 4 . All work shall be in strict accordance with the TCA method EJ171 -87 . 3 . 04 REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED TILE A . At completion of job , all broke , chipped , scratched or damaged tile shall be replaced . 3 . 05 CLEANING A . The tile shall be scrubbed and sealed with products of one of the following manufacturers in complete accord with the manufacturer' s recommendations : 1 . Hillyard Chemical Co . , St . Joseph , Missouri 2 , Huntington Labs , Inc . , Huntington , India IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09320 — Quarry Tile Floor & Base 09320-3 3 . Multi-Clean Products , Inc . , St . Paul , Minnesota Be For scrubbing operation , use one of the following : 1 . Hiilyard ' s "Super Shine Ail " 2 . Huntington ' s " Spal " 3 . Multi-Clean ' s " Super Safety Cleaner" *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09320 — Quarry Tile Floor & Base 09320-4 SECTION 09510 - LAY IN PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL : A . Acceptable Manufacturers : 1 . Grid System : a . Chicago Metallic Corporation b . Donn Corporation C , U . S . Gypsum Corp . d . W . J . Haertel Division ; Leslie- Locke e . National Rolling Mills Company 2 . Lay- in - Panels : a . Celotex b . Armstrong C , Conwed d . U . S . Gypsum Be Product delivery storage and handling : Store materials in protective packaging to prevent soiling or physical damage . PART 2 - PRODUCTS : A . Lay- in Panels : As per Finish Schedule on drawings , or an approved equal . Be Grid Systems : With all components conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-635 in a low-sheen , baked -on white enamel finish or in a color to be selected by the Architect . See the plans for a complete description . Co Perimeter Molding : Channel formed , of not less than 22 gauge steel , 1 " horizontal exposed face with exposed edge hemmed ; low sheen , baked -on white enamel finish or in a color to be selected by Architect . D . Suspension System : 1 . Hangers : Annealed zinc-coated wire # 12 gauge or heavier . 2 . Carrying Channels : 1 - 1 /2 " x 3/4 x # 16 gauge for greater spans . r PART 3 - EXECUTION A . Condition of Surfaces : Examine surfaces scheduled to receive suspended or directly attached lay in panels for unevenness , irregularities that would affect quality or execution of work . Install ceiling system in strict accordance with the manufacturers printed specifications . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09510 — Lay In Panel Ceilings 09510- 1 Be Cleaning : Clean soiled units after installation . C . Remove and replace damaged or improperly installed units . i SCHEDULE OF SELECTED CEILINGS • Project : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX Location Lav In Panel & Grid A . Typical Ceiling Tile : ARMSTRONG # 1729 , 24 " X 48 " X 5/8 " Fine Fissured . Square lay- in w/ 15/ 16 " square lay- in grid . Color- White . Be Other Areas ARMSTRONG 24 " X 48 " X 5/8 " 605 Ceramaguard Fine Fissured , Non - perforated w/ 15/ 16 " square lay- in Grid . Color-white . *** END OF SECTION"" IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09510 — Lay In Panel Ceilings 09510-2 SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING l� PART I - General . 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS : A . The Bidding and Contract Documents , General Requirements and Addenda as may be issued prior to bidding , shall govern the work under this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION : A . Provide resilient flooring , cove or wood base and related items and their installation . Refer to Finish Schedule for description of base being utilized . B . Related Work Specified Elsewhere : 1 . 09680 or Carpeting 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A . Acceptable Manufacturer - Select product of the following manufacturers or equal : 1 . Tarkett Floor Products 2 . Congoleum 3 , Mannington 4 . Armstrong : Azrock 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS : A. Literature : Submit manufacturers specifications and installation instructions for each type of material specified . B . Samples : Submit 12 " X 12 " samples of all materials specified in this Section for approval and color section . Co Maintenance Data : Furnish list of recommended maintenance products and recommended maintenance methods and procedures . 1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDLING : A . Deliver and store on the site in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use . 1 . 06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS : Temperature of the rooms shall be 70 F . (21 C . ) minimum for 24 hours prior to IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09650 — Resilient Flooring 09650- 1 installation , during installation , and for 48 hours after installation . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS : A . Reinforced Vinyl Tile : Provide the complying with FS - SS -T-312B , Type IV , Composition 1 ( asbestos free ) . Colors as selected by Architect , 15 % of which shall be feature tile and strips . Size of tile : 12 " x 12 " x 1 /8 " . B . Inlaid Commercial Sheet Vinyl Flooring : Inlaid composite with compression- resistant vinyl chips on flexible backing , with am approved mildew protection throughout all layers . Static load limit of 125 p . s . i . , Nominal thickness of 0 . 085 inch ; Wear layer thickness 0 . 050 inch , roll width 6 , 81 99 or 10 feet , Pattern to be omnidirectional , color as selected by the Owner. Meet Federal Specification SS-T-312B , Type III , Vinyl . C . Vinyl Base : 4 " high x 1 /8 " thick roll stock , (see finish schedule for different locations and types of base) . D . Adhesive : Provide waterproof stabilized type as recommended by the flooring manufacturer and as outlined in its Technical Manual . E . Concrete Slab Primer: Non -staining type as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. F . Wax : As recommended by the flooring manufacturer. G . Reducer Strips : Beveled edge , 1 " wide , 1 /8 " thick tapered . H . Feature Strip : Provide where no threshold is scheduled between rooms with flooring of different color in a width to match doorjamb , PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 01 PREPARATION OF SURFACE : A . The contractor is to carefully examine substrate and conditions to which the tile is to be applied . Any conditions detrimental to work under this Contract shall be reported to the General Contractor in writing . Failure in this respect shall constitute an acceptance of the base to which his work is to be applied and any further corrections to be made in his work will be done at this contractor' s expense , insofar as his work is concerned . This Contractor will only be required to patch minor holes or cracks , with suitable materials , before applying the resilient flooring . B . Do not commence work until other trades have completed their work . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09650 - Resilient Flooring 09650-2 C . Fill all cracks , holes , etc , in concrete sub-floor with fillers as recommended by manufacturer of resilient flooring . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A . Apply primer, if recommended by the resilient material manufacturer, prior to application to adhesive . B . Resilient Flooring shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer, prior to application of adhesive . Wood floor faces shall be fully sanded to receive adhesive . C . Install reducer strips where tile abuts concrete floor. D . Centering . 1 . Establish center lines for the patterns both ways with respect to principal walls in areas or rooms . Start laying tile from center lines ; keep joints parallel to principal walls . 2 . Where field pattern is not a whole number of units , lay out the pattern so that the edge units are not smaller than half units ( except corner pieces) . E . Uniformi : 1 . If vinyl composition tile , use tile from contents of at least two different containers so that pattern will be uniform and not spotty due to the variance that may be found in different containers . 2 . Use tile from one mill run . F . Application of Adhesive 1 : Evenly spread approved adhesive on prepared surfaces as recommended by manufacturer; within the time recommended by manufacturer; embed each tile firmly in place to assure proper bond . In wet areas , such as toilet rooms , or rooms with floor drains , utilize a waterproof adhesive . 2 . Cover only that amount of area which can be covered by resilient flooring within recommended working time of the adhesive . G . Laying Tile 1 . Lay tile with grain in all tile running in the same direction (generally IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09650 — Resilient Flooring 09650-3 parallel with the short wall of the room ) . 2 . Where necessary , cut tiles neatly and snugly around pipes and atIL other vertical projections . 1 . Provide hairline joints , cut straight and true . Seal tile joints at pipes with waterproof cement . 2 . Provide tiles level and flush with the surface of adjoining tiles . 3 . Immediately remove stains , spots and smears of adhesive . H . Installing Base 1 . Do not install base until plaster or other backing materials has thoroughly dried . Install bases on walls , including walls behind movable equipment . 2 . Extend bases into closets offsets and adjoining areas scheduled to receive base . 3 . Firmly cement bases to previously prepared surfaces , using an approved recommended adhesive, 4 . Fit base joints tight and align top and bottom edged in firm contact with walls and floors throughout its entire length . 5 . Install base in carpet areas after carpet has been installed . 6 . Provide factory exterior and interior corners . 1 . Installing Edge Strips : 1 . Install edge strips with adhesive wherever exposed tile edges occur. 2 . Where tile stops at doorways , set edge strips directly under doors . 3 . 03 CLEANING AND FINISHING A . After flooring has been laid and adhesive is thoroughly cured , clean and finish resilient floors as recommended by the manufacturer . Install two coats of wax and machine buff. B . Keep traffic off finished floors . Protect all floors as necessary with reinforced Kraft building paper and tape joints . Maintain this paper cover and otherwise protect floor until acceptance . f . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09650 — Resilient Flooring 09650-4 C . Provide 20 square feet of extra stock of each color used . Provide 8 linear r feet of extra stock of each color and size of base used . Each product to be left with General Contractor for delivery to Owner at completion of the job . *** EN ® OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09650 — Resilient Flooring 09650-5 SECTION 09655 - VINYL TRANSITION MOLDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS : A : The bidding and Contract Documents , General Requirements and Addenda as may be issued prior to bidding , shall govern the work under this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION : A . Provide vinyl transition strips wherever carpet abuts vinyl flooring systems , ceramic , quarry or porcelain flooring systems . Refer to the Interiors or Floor Plan Drawings to determine the actual model numbers specified and locations . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A . Acceptable Manufacturer: Select product of the following manufacturer or approved equals : 1 . TARKETT 2 . JOHNSONITE 3 . MERCER PRODUCTS COMPANY , INC . 4 , MACKLANBURG - DUNCAN 5 , FLEXCO COMPANY 6 , GENOTEK 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS : A . Literature : Submit manufacturers specifications and installation instructions for each type of material specified . B . Samples : Submit samples of all materials specified in this Section for approval and color selection : C . Maintenance Data : Furnish list of recommended maintenance methods and procedures . 1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDLING : A. Deliver and store on the site in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use . 1 . 06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS : A. Temperature of the rooms shall be 70 F . (21 C . ) minimum for 24 hours prior IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09655 — Vinyl Transition Molding 09655- 1 to installation , during installation , and for 48 hours after installation . PART 2 - PRODUCT 2 . 01 Shall consist of 100 % first quality homopolymer vinyl accessories to act as an edge trim or transition between dissimilar flooring materials . All trim shall meet the requirements of the ADA sections 4 . 5 . 2 (changes in level ) and 4 . 5 . 3 ( carpet- edge trim compliance) . Colors shall be clear through as indicated on the Interior Drawings . PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 01 Pursuant to manufacturers published instructions and RFCI " Recommended Work Procedures for Resilient Floor Coverings' . 3 . 02 Lay materials true to line , level , and with tight butt and miter joints . 3 . 03 Installations shall be at interior spaces only . 3 . 04 Secure the base strips with manufacturer approved adhesives and remove all excess adhesives with approved thinners upon completion of installations . PART 4 - WARRANTY 4 . 01 Manufacturer' s full warranty shall apply . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09655-2 09655 — Vinyl Transition Molding SECTION 09680 - CARPETING : COMMERCIAL APPLICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS : A . The bidding and Contract Documents , General Requirements and Addenda as may be issued prior to bidding , shall go over the work under this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION : . A . Provide commercial. grade carpeting , edge trim and related items and their installation . Refer to Section 09655 , 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A . Acceptable Manufacturer: Select product of the following manufacturer or approved equal . 1 . LEES COMMERCIAL CARPETS 2 , PATCRAFT 3 , DUPONT ANTRON 4 , ATLAS CARPET MILLS 5 , LOTUS CARPETS 6 . J & J INDUSTRIES 7 . SHAW INDUSTRIES 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS : A . Literature : Submit manufacturers specifications and installation instructions for each type of material specified . B . Samples : Submit samples of all materials specified in this Section for approval and color selection . C . Maintenance Data : furnish list of recommended maintenance products and recommended maintenance methods and procedures . 1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDLING : A . Deliver and store on site in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use . 1 . 06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS : A . Temperature of the rooms shall be 70 F . (21 C . ) minimum for 24 hours prior to installation , during installation , and for 48 hours after installation . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09680 — Carpeting : Commercial Application 09680- 1 Be Products : r 1 . Carpet & Pad ` Color and style to be selected by the Owner , the Architect , or the Interior Designer. C . Materials : 1 . Provide a commercial -grade .nylon carpet with bonded cushion meeting the following minimum requirement : a . TOLERANCES : Specifications are subject to the standard industry manufacturing tolerances of plus or minus 5 % . b . FLAMMABILITY RATINGS : Shall meet all local , state and federal requirements for carpet installed in public facilities . Shall meet the requirements of DDD - C-95 , DOC- FF1 - 70 , and ASTM - D2859- 70T ( Pill and Tablet Tests ) on the face and on the back . The carpet and pad , as an assembly , in corridors , stair-ways and other means of egress , shall have a minimum critical radiant flux of 0 . 45 watts/sq , cm , as determined by NBS - IR- 75 - 950 Flooring Radiant Panel Test ( NFPA 253 , ASTM - E -648) . c . ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY : Carpet construction shall contain to formaldehyde or 4- PC and no significant levels of other volatile organic chemicals which are known to contribute to the " Sick- Building Syndrome . " d . PILE YARN : 1235/2 - 100 % continuous-filament Type 6 . 6 soil - hiding solution -dyed nylon with permanent static-control system . e . STATIC CONTROL : Carpet shall be furnished with a permanent static- control system within the face yarn to reduce the level of electrostatic voltage built up in the floor covering below the normal threshold of human sensitivity , measured at 2500-3500 static volts at 70 degrees F and 20 % relative humidity . f. ANTIMICROBIAL : A permanent , nonleaching antimicrobial shall be built into the carpet construction . g . DYE METHOD : Solution -dyed yarn system . h . CONSTRUCTION : Manufactured through the back with fusion coat applied and secondary closed - cell vinyl cushion permanently fused to primary . i . PITCH ( gauge ) : 351 ( 1 / 13 ga . ) min . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09680 — Carpeting : Commercial Application 09680-2 J , ROWS PER INCH : 20 min . k : DENSITY : 130 pile tufts/SI min . , 6000 density units per formula : D = 36W D = Density T W = Pile Weight T = Pile Thickness I . PILE HEIGHT : . 125 ( 1 /8 " ) average M , PILE WEIGHT : 21 oz . /SY min . n . PRIMARY BACKING : 100 % synthetic materials , bacteriostatic and fingistatic , nonallergenic . Shall not mildew, decompose , shrink or support odor. No organic materials (jute , cotton , kraftcord or fiberlok) shall be used . o . FUSION COAT : Vinyl sealant and fusion coat to provide an effective soil and moisture barrier and sufficient tuft bind to prevent "zippering " or edge ravel of surface pile . p . SECONDARY BACKING : Carpet shall be permanently fused to premium -quality , closed - cell vinyl cushion , 5/32 " thick , cushion weight 35 . 5 oz . /SY , density 18 . 5 lbs . /CF , compression deflection min . 7 lbs ./SI @ 25$ , compression set max . 10 % (ASTMD- 1667- 70 ) . q . TOTAL WEIGHT : 75 oz . /SY min . 2 . PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE : Of Contractors choice . 3 . MANUFACTURER WARRANTY : 10 year nonprorated warranty against surface- pile wear, zippering , edge ravel or delamination of secondary backing . Cushion resiliency warranted for the life of the carpet . D . INSTALLATION : 1 . Clean surfaces to be carpeted ; scrape up cementitious and resinous deposits ; vacuum , apply sealer on concrete surfaces , adequate to prevent dusting . 2 . Pre- plan installation for uniform direction of pattern and lay of pile , and proper sequencing with other work . Locate seams properly centered under doors and without seams in direction of traffic as IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09.680 — Carpeting : Commercial Application 09680-3 doorways and similar traffic patterns . Extend carpet under removable obstructions and into closets and alcoves . 3 . Provide Stretch - in -tackless installation , using glued and/or nailed tackless stripping with edges of carpet concealed . Tape and/or sew seams , after buttering trimmed edges with seaming cement . 4 . Cement cushion to substrate , with taped seams running at 90 -degree angle with carpet seams . 5 . Stretch carpet both directions in accordance with mill ' s instructions ; use power stretchers except where space is too small . 6 . Provide glue-down installation by trimming and fitting carpet widths into each space prior to application of adhesive . Apply adhesive , butter cut edges with seaming cement , butting edges tightly together, and roll lightly . 7 . Install edge guards at exposed edges . Bind edges with cloth tape and thread where not concealable . 8 . Clean adhesive and cement from face of carpet promptly ; replace carpet which cannot be cleaned . 9 . Save carpet scraps , defined as mill ends less that 9 ' long , and pieces( larger than 3 sq , ft . in area and wider than 8 " , and deliver to Owner' s storage space as directed . Dispose of smaller pieces . 10 . Vacuum completed carpet installation with beater- in- nozzle type commercial vacuum cleaner. 11 . Contractor is responsible for providing commercial carpet samples in Owner' s preferred color for final approval . 12 . Provide vinyl transition strips at any carpet-to-tile intersections and as shown on drawings as manufactured by Tarkett or an approved , comparable product . Color to be as selected by the Owner and the Architect . *** END OF SECTION*** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09.680 — Carpeting : Commercial Application 09680-4 SECTION 09730 = SEAMLESS EPDXY FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE A . Provide all labor and materials for a seamless , decorative , epoxy flooring material , including all surface preparation , primers , and finish coats . B . Related work specified elsewhere : 1 . Concrete - Division 3 2 . Thermal & Moisture Protection - Division 7 1 , 02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLER A . DUR-A- FLEX , Inc . CRAWFORD LAB FLO - ROCKS CROSSFIELD PROD . CORP . DEX-O-TEX SELBY SELBACLAD STONEHARD , Inc . STONESHIELD HRI VALSPAR Corp : QUARTSITE B . Installer shall be a manufacturer's approved installer, who has the technical qualifications , current and certified in writing , and the facilities to install the specified systems . 1 . 03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A . Material shall be delivered to job-site in clean , clearly labeled containers and inspected by installer prior to start of the job . B . Material shall be stored in a dry , enclosed area protected from the elements . Temperatures of storage area shall be kept between 60 degrees and 90 degrees F . , 1 . 04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A . New concrete shall be cured no less than 28 days under good conditions . Concrete subfloors on or below grade shall be properly equipped with vapor barriers and perimeter drains . B . Adequate utilities , including electric , water, heat ( between 60 degrees and 90 degrees F . ) and lighting of no less than 80 ft . Candles measured at floor surface to be supplied by the General Contractor. Specifier Note : Heat and light are extremely important parts of the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09730 — Seamless Epoxy Flooring 09730- 1 installation . Usually these utilities are functioning before epoxy finishes are scheduled for installation , however in some cases the epoxy coating shall be installed prior to equipment , fixtures and even walls in some cases . Lack of these necessities can and will spoil a good installation . Without heat the curing process can be extended or even stopped . Without adequate light even the best mechanic cannot provide a quality finish . C . Work area shall be free of other trades during , and for a period of 24 hours , after floor installation . D . Protection of finished floor from damage by subsequent trades is the responsibility of the General Contractor , 1 . 05 WARRANTY A . Contractor to submit a ( one) year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship upon acceptance of the finished product and Certificate of Occupancy by the Owner . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 000000 A. The installed product shall be 3/ 16 " thick DUR-A-QUARTZ multiple- component , decorative , institutional flooring system , by DUR-A- FLEX , Inc . , or an approved equal in standard non -skid surface texture . - 2 . 02 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES A . Physical Properties - ( DUR-A-QUARTZ " BM " EPDXY FLOORING ) Mix Ratio ( Dur-A-Glaze #4) : 1 part Hardener, 2 parts Resin . Pot Life : Approximately 22 minutes at 70 degrees F * . Hardness , Shore D : ASTM D-2240 . . . 75- 80 . Compressive -Strength : ASTM D - 695 . 1 . 17 , 500 psi . Tensile Strength : ASTM F-638 . . . 4 , 000 psi . Tensile Elongation : ASTM D-638 . 167 . 5 % . Flexural Strength : ASTM D -790 . . . 6 , 250 psi . Linear Shrinkage : ASTM D-2566 . . . 0 . 02 % . Coefficient of Linear Expansion : 12 degrees F . to 140 degrees F . In . /in . /degrees F . . . . ASTM D-696 . . :20 X 10 -6 , Bond Strength to Concrete : ACI -403 . . . 335 psi , concrete fails . Shear from Steel Plate : MIL D- 3134 . . . no cracking or delamination . Indentation : MIL D - 3134 . . . 025 . Impact Resistance : MIL D -3134 . . . no cracking or delamination . Elevated Temperature . . . MIL D- 3134 . . . no slip or flow . Water Absorption : ASTM D -570 . . . 0 . 04 % , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09730 — Seamless Epoxy Flooring 09730-2 Electrical Conductivity : non-conductive . Flammability : ASTM D-635 . . . self-extinguishing . Abrasion Resistance Taber Abrader: CS - 17 wheels , 2000 gm . Load , 1000 cycles . . . avg . 24 . 0 mg . loss . Toxicity : non -toxic , USDA approved . Pot Life is shorter at higher temperatures . Do not use below 50 degrees F . or above 95 degrees F . Note : Chemical & stain resistance can be improved by using Poly-Thane #2 as a topcoat(s) . Scratch resistance can be improved by using Dur-A-Thane or Dur-A- Glaze #2 as a topcoat(s) . 2 . 2 PRODUCT PACKAGING A . All materials used shall be precision mixed on site with manufacturer supplied mix and measure apparatus to ensure a timely , accurate mix ratio and minimize waste . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION A . Concrete preparation to include use of a steel shotblast machine or a solution of muriatic acid to create a profiled substrate , combined with "dust-free " diamond grinding for all edges and areas where shotblast machine is unable to reach . Specifier Note : For maximum bond strength , steel shotblasting is always recommended . 3 . 02 PRODUCT INSTALLATION A . COLORS : Q28 Colored Quartz Aggregate is available in 21 standard colors . The color for this installation is Q28- 17 . B . THICKNESS : 1 /8 " for moderate traffic, 3/ 16 " thick for heavy traffic or to fill and level eroded concrete . C . LIMITATIONS : Substrate and ambient temperature must be higher than 50 degrees F during the installation and curing period . Eroded or spalled areas must be "filled and leveled " with an epoxy grout composed of Dur- A- Glaze #4 and aggregate . D . SURFACE PREPARATION : Surface must be dry and perfectly clean , free of all oil , grease , detergent film , sealers and/or curing compounds in accordance with Dur-A- Flex , Inc. , preparation guidelines . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09730 — Seamless Epoxy Flooring 09730-3 E . APPLICATION PROCEDURE and SPREAD RATES : A Double Broadcast application should yield a uniform appearance and an approximate 1 /8 " to 3/ 16 " thickness . Procedure is as follows : 1 . Prepare the surface as recommended . 2 . Apply Dur-A- Glaze #4 at approximately 100 sq . Ft . per gallon . 3 . Broadcast Q28 Colored Quartz at approximately % ib , per sq . foot. 4 . Let cure . ( Cure times vary depending on hardener selection , from 2 to 10 hours . ) 5 . Sweep up excess sand . 6 . Apply Dur-A- Glaze #4 at approximately 100 sq , ft. per gallon . This application serves as a base coat for a second broadcast . 7 . Broadcast Q28 Colored Quartz at approximately %2 lb . per sq . foot . 8 . Repeat steps 4 & 5 . 9 . Apply first top coat of Dur-A- Glaze #4 at 100- 125 sq . ft . per gallon . 10 . Let Cure . 11 . Apply second topcoat of Dur-A- Glaze #4 at 200-250 sq . ft . per gallon , or any Dur-A- Flex high performance topcoat such as Poly- Thane #2 , Dur-A-Thane or Dur-A- Glaze #2 at 200 - 300 sq . ft . per gallon . . NOTE : One top coat is generally sufficient where a high degree of non -skid is required such as a shower room . For this shower and bathroom installation , provide only one coat of top coat material to insure a non -skid surface . 3 . 03 DETAILS A . Moving cracks and joints shall be thoroughly routed and vacuumed clean , then filled with DUR-A- FILLER #2 . B . Surface deviations to be pre- patched with patching compound comprised of DUR-A- GLAZE #4 and No- Sag #2 or Q28 Quartz , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09730 — Seamless Epoxy Flooring 09730-4 C . A 4" integral cove base is to be installed at perimeter walls . D . Prime surface with Elast-O -Coat membrane as per manufacturer's recommendations . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09730 — Seamless Epoxy Flooring 09730-5 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING 1 . 01 GENERAL : A. Submittals : 1 . In addition to manufacturer' s data , application instructions , and label analysis for each coating material , submit samples for Architect' s review of color and texture only. Resubmit samples if requested until required sheen , color and texture is achieved . 2 . On 12 " x 12 ' hardboard , provide two (2 ) samples of each color and material , with texture to simulate finish conditions . 3 . On wood surfaces provide two (2) 4 " x 8 " samples for natural and stained wood finish . 4 . On actual wall surfaces and other building components , duplicate painted finishes of acceptable samples , as directed by Architect . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK : A . Painting and finishing of interior and exterior items and surfaces , unless otherwise indicated . B . Paint exposed surfaces , except as otherwise indicated , whether or not colors are designated . If not designated , Architect will select colors from standard colors available for the coatings required . C . Work Not Included : 1 . Unless otherwise indicated , shop priming of ferrous metal items and fabricated components are included under their respective trades . 2 . Unless otherwise indicated , painting not required on surfaces of concealed areas . 3 . Finished metals such as anodized aluminum , stainless steel , bronze , and similar metals will not be painted . 4 . Do not paint any moving parts of operating units , or over any equipment identification , performance rating , name or nomenclature. plates or code- required labels . 1 . 03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE : A . Deliver materials to job site in new , original , and unopened containers bearing manufacturer' s name , trade name , and label analysis . Store where IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09900 — Painting 09900- 1 indicated in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . Do not paint door UL Labels , 1 . 04 PROTECTION : A . Protect work of other trades . Correct any painting related damage , by cleaning , repairing or replacing , and refinishing , as directed by Architect . 1 . 05 COORDINATION : A . Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used . Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers where required . Notify Architect in writing of anticipated problems using specified coatings with substrates primed by others . 1 . 06 SURFACE PREPARATION : A . Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions of each substrate condition . B . Remove hardware and accessories , machined surfaces , plates , lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not . to be finish - painted or provide surface-applied protection . Re- install removed items and remove protective coverings at completion of work . C . Seal wood required to be job-painted. Prime edges , ends , face , undersides and backsides of counters , eases , cabinets , counters , etc . Use varnish for back- priming where transparent finish is required . D . Back prime interior paneling only where masonry , plaster , or other wet wall construction occurs on backside . E . Seal tops , bottoms , and cut-outs of wood doors with heavy coat of varnish or similar sealer, immediately upon delivery to job . 1 . 07 MATERIAL PREPARATION : A . Mix , prepare , and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer' s directions . 1 . 08 APPLICATION : A . Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer' s directions . Use applicators , and techniques best suited for materials and surfaces to which applied , but in no case will spray application be used unless approved by Architect . Y B . Apply . additional coats when undercoats , stains , or other conditions show IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09900 — Painting 09900-2 through final paint coat , until paint film is of uniform finish , color and appearance . C . Paint surfaces behind movable equipment same as similar exposed surfaces . Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment with prime coat only before equipment is installed . D . Finish exterior doors on tops , bottoms and edges same as exterior faces , unless otherwise indicated . E . Sand lightly between succeeding enamel , urethane or varnish coats . F . Omit first coat ( primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop- primed and touch - up painted , unless .otherwise specified . G . Apply prime coat to material which is required to be painted or finished , and which has not been prime coated by others . H . Apply each material at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate , to provide a total dry film to thickness of not less than 4 . 0 mils for entire coating system of prime and finish coats for a ( 3 ) coat work . I . Provide a total dry film thickness of not less than 2 . 5 mils for entire coating system of prime and finish coat for two (2 ) coat work . Specialty finishes wet and dry mil thickness are also specified within this section . 1 . 09 COMPLETED WORK : A . Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage . Remove , finish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements . 1 . 10 TOUCHING UP AND CLEANING : A . Upon completion , all touching up as required shall be done and paint removed from all surfaces which are not specified to receive paint . 1 . 11 PAINTING SCHEDULE : A . The following paints specified shall be manufactured by one of the following manufacturer' s or an approved , comparable product : 1 . Benjamin Moore Paints 2 , Sherwin Williams Paints 3 , Porter Paints 4 : Devoe Paints 5 , MAB Paints 6 . ICI Paints 7 , Color Wheel Paints IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09900 — Painting 09900-3 NOTE : Color selections to be by the Owner, the Architect , and/or the Interior - Designer. See Finishes Schedule on the plans for location of paint . When more than five ( 5) colors are selected for interior or for exteriors , a painting upcharge shall be negotiated by all parties . A . Exterior wood Trim , Wood Siding , Fascias , Soffits , Etc . : 1 . One ( 1 ) coat sealer primer on all faces and edges . 2 . Two (2 ) coats Benjamin Moore Exterior Acrylic Latex paint on exposed surfaces . B . Interior Drywall : 1 . Two (2 ) coats Benjamin Moore Regal AquaVelvet Eggshell (319 ) over base sealer coat . Specialty finishes may apply also . C . Galvanized Metal : 1 . One ( 1 ) coat Benjamin Moore Galvanized Iron Primer . 2 . Two (2 ), coats Benjamin Moore Meta -lastic Paint , NOTE : All galvanized metal to be washed with mineral spirits to remove any oil . D . Structural Steel : 1 . One coat red oxide primer over shop primer . 2 . Two coats over all field welds . E . Exterior Stucco and Cementicious Wall Panels : 1 . One ( 1 ) coat Benjamin Moore Masonry sealer. 2 . Two (2 ) coats Benjamin Moore Latex paint . F . Steel Doors & Frames : 1 . Spot prime with Benjamin Moore Iron Clad Rust Inhibiter Red Oxide , 2 . Two (2 ) coats Benjamin Moore Iron Clad Rust Inhibiter (semi - gloss ) . G . Wood Doors and Trim ( Painted ) : 1 . One ( 1 ) coat sealer primer . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09900 — Painting 09900-4 2 . Two ( 2 ) coats Benjamin Moore enamel . H . Wood Doors and Trim ( Sealed ) : 1 . Three coats of Satin Finish clear urethane lightly sanded between coats . I . Aluminum or Steel Handrails : 1 . One coat metal primer and two coats shop applied industrial enamel . J . Exposed finish Grade Concrete Block : 1 . One coat filler and sealer primer. Specialty paint over primer in accordance with the Manufacturers Specifications . K . Exterior Aluminum Tubing and Frames : 1 . One coat metal primer and two coats field applied industrial enamel utilizing a compressor and spray applicator. 2 . Protect all surrounding finish work from overspray. L . Exterior Architectural Masonry Units (such as decorative split faced , split ribbed , and smooth faced colored block) , including the mortar used to set the units , shall be sealed with a water repellent coating after installation and cleaning of all block faces . EXCEPTION : If the block manufacturer supplies an integral water repellent admixture in their block and a water repellent is added to the grout ( mortar) during installation , then no exterior sealer is required . M . Toilet Room Walls : 1 . Apply water base 'epoxy coating full height on the walls in toilet rooms/bathrooms , to achieve an impervious finish . 2 . ( ON INTERIOR MASONRY) — Semi- Gloss Finish using Sherwin Williams Paints . 1st Coat : S -W KEM CATI -COAT EPDXY FILLER/SEALER B42 WA8/ 1342 WA9 (87 - 108 sq . ft . /gal @ 8- 10 mild dry) . 2nd Coat : S-W Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy 1370/ 1360 V25 . 3 `d Coat S -W Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy B70/B60 V25 ( 8mils wet , 3 mils wet per coat) . NOTE : DO NOT APPLY EPDXY PAINTS TO ANY INTERIOR FACES OF BARE IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09900 — Painting 09900-5 BLOCK OR MASONRY EXTERIOR WALLS . UTILIZE LATEX PAINTS WITH BREATHABILITY OF 1 PERM OR GREATER . - 3 . ( ON DRYWALL) - Semi - Gloss Finish using Sherwin Williams Paints . 1St Coat : S -W PrepRite 200 Latex Primer , 1328W200 (4 mils wet , 1 . 2 mils dry) . 2nd Coat : S -W Heavy Duty Epoxy , B67 Series/ 1360 V3 , 3rd Coat : S -W Heavy Duty Epoxy , B67 Series/ B60 V3 ( 10 mils wet , 6 mils dry per coat) . N . Stained Concrete Floors : Two coats solid color H &C silicone acrylic concrete sealer. In areas where wet floor conditions exist such as locker rooms , toilet rooms , etc apply with SharkGrip slip resistant additive over clean dirt and dust free , dry , broom finished slab . Color as selected by the Architect . END OF THIS SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 09900 — Painting 09900-6 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10100 - CHALKBOARDS , MARKERBOARDS AND TACKB_OARDS 1 . 01 SCOPE A . This section of the Specifications is intended to cover the furnishing of all labor , materials , and/or incidentals necessary to the completion of all requirements of the drawings , notes , schedules , and these Specifications concerning the furnishing of Chalkboards , Markerboards and Tackboards . B . Shop Drawings of all chalkboards , markerboards , tackboards , trim , etc . , shall be submitted to the Architect for approval prior to fabrication . Drawings shall indicate method of attachment at various wall conditions . C . Approved Manufacturers : 1 . AKI in Davie , Florida 2 . Claridge in Harrison , Arkansas 1 . 02 CHALKBOARD MATERIALS A . Chalkboard shall be porcelain enamel on a minimum of 24 gauge sheet steel . B . Writing surface shall have three ( 3 ) coats of vitreous enamel for minimum coating of . 006 " . C . Backside of facing sheet shall have a minimum of two (2 ) vitreous protective coats . Chalkboard shall be factory laminated 1 /2 " vapor proof fiberboard . D . Chalkboards are to be in one continuous length where possible unless approved by the Architect . Where it is not possible to achieve a continuous length provide two (2 ) equal pieces with aluminum " H " joint strip painted to match chalkboard color . E . Chalkboard and tackboards colors to be selected by Architect . 1 . 03 MARKERBOARD MATERIALS A . Markerboards shall be LCS Porcelain Enamel Steel , 24 gauge over 3/8 " particleboard core with . 015 aluminum sheet backing . Provide standard 5/8 " perimeter and Series 4 mounting trim along with tray and map rail . Provide music staff lining on Music Room Boards . Color: white with grey trim . 1 . 04 TACKBOARD MATERIALS A. Tackboards shall be No . 2 vinyl over cork backing equal to Vinyl Tac-Tex by Greensteel . Tackboard colors to be selected by Architect . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10100 — Chalkboards , Markeboards & Tackboards 10100- 1 1 . 05 TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A . All trimmed Chalkboards and Tackboards shall be framed with extruded aluminum sections 6063 alloy satin anodized trim . B . Trim pieces shall be equal to Greensteel , Inc . , as follows : 1 . Top Trim : #69K Display Rail w/ 6900K End Caps 2 , Side Trim : # 158K 3 . Chalk Tray : #238K 1 /2 w/4800K End Plates 4 . Mapbooks ( 8 per board ) # 70000K . Aluminum only . Plastic not acceptable . C . Chalk trays shall extend the full combined length of all chalk and tackboards , and shall be secured at 12 " o . c . ( Chalk trays not required under separate tackboards ) . 1 . 06 INSTALLATION A. Chalkboard , markerboard and tackboard shall be surface- mounted using channel trim with concealed fastenings as specified above and glue to wall to prevent pillowing of chalk , marker and tackboards . B . Chalk tray shall be secured directly to the wall with rawl plugs and screws or( expansion bolts as conditions require . Maximum spacing of fasteners shall be on 12 " centers . Top and side moldings shall be secured in like manner on 20 " center. 1 . 07 GUARANTEES A . Manufacturer shall furnish a written guarantee to the Owner that any chalkboards which do not retain the original writing quality , the original erasing quality , the original visual acuity , for twenty (20) years after original installation , will be replaced and installed . without charge to the Owner . B . Chalkboard , markerboard and tackboard installations shall be guaranteed for one ( 1 ) year after final inspection against faulty materials and workmanship . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10100 — Chalkboards , Markeboards & Tackboards 10100-2 SECTION 10155 - SOLID PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS PART I - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS : A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 SUMMARY : A . Extent of toilet partitions as indicated on drawings . B . Types of toilet compartments include : Solid plastic homogenous color . C . Styles of toilet compartments include : Floor- anchored , overhead braced . D . Styles of screens include : Floor-anchored . E . Toilet accessories , such as toilet paper holders , grab bars , are specified elsewhere in Division 10 , 1903 SUBMITTALS : A . Product Data : Submit manufacturer' s detailed technical data for materials , fabrication , and installation , including catalog cuts of anchors , hardware , fastenings , and accessories . B . Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of toilet partition assemblies not fully described by product drawings , templates , and instructions for installation for installation of anchorage devices built into other work . C . Samples : Submit full range of color samples for each type of unit required . Submit 6 " square samples of each color and finish on same substrate to be used in work , for color. verification after selections have been made . 1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A . Field Requirements : Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication where possible , to ensure proper fillings of work . However, allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking field measurements before fabrication might delay work . B . Coordination : Furnish inserts and anchorages which must be built into other work for installation of toilet partitions and related work ; coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10155 — Solid Plastic Toilet Partitions 10155- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MANUFACTURERS : A . Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements , provide products of one of the following : 1 . Accurate Partitions Div . , U . S . Gypsum Co . 2 . Bobrick Washroom Equipment , Inc . 3 , Santana Products Company 4 , AMPCO , Hialeah , FL 5 , Capitol Partitions , Inc . 6 , Global Steel Products Corporation 7 . Rockville Partitions Inc . 2 . 02 MATERIALS : A . General : Provide materials which have been selected for surface flatness and smoothness . Exposed surfaces which exhibit pitting , seam marks , roller marks , stain , discoloration , telegraphing of core material , or other imperfection on finished units are not acceptable . B . Solid Plastic : High density , solid polymer resin with homogenous color throughout . Provide material not less than 1 " thick , seamless construction with edges eased to a radius of . 250 " . C . Pilaster Shoes : ASTM A 167 , Type 302/304 stainless steel , not less than 3 " high , 20 -gauge , finished to match hardware , with theft proof stainless steel hex bolts . D . Stirrup Brackets : Manufacturer' s standard design for attaching panels to walls and pilaster, either chromium - plated non -ferrous cast alloy ("Zamac") or anodized aluminum . Continuous stirrups required . E . Edging Strips : Anodized aluminum . F . Hardware and Accessories : Manufacturer' s standard design , heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories of. chromium - plated non -ferrous cast alloy ("Zamac") . G . Wall Brackets : Full length , continuous , (6063 -T Alloy) with mill finish weighing not less than 1685 lbs . Per linear foot similar or equal to Santana Products , Co . , Inc . Section #58992 shall be used for all panels to pilaster , pilaster to wall and panel to wall connections. Wall brackets shall be pre- drilled by manufacturer with holes spaced every 6 " along full length of brackets . Wall brackets shall be thru - bolted to panels and pilaster with ones; way hex bolts . Attachment of brackets to adjacent wall construction shall IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10155 — Solid Plastic Toilet Partitions 10155-2 be accomplished by ( 1 ) theft proof Zamac mushroom nail in head anchor directly behind the vertical edge of panels and pilasters at every 12 " along the full length of bracket and (2 ) No . 5 plastic anchors and No . 14 x 1 1 /4" stainless steel phillips head screws at each 12 " interval alternately spaced between anchor connections . H . Headrail : Shall be heavy aluminum extrusion (6063-T6 Alloy) with mill finish in anti -grip configuration weighing not less than 1 . 199 lbs . Per linear foot similar and equal to Santana Products Co . , Inc . Section #58993 . Headrail shall . be fastened to tops of pilasters and headrail brackets by thru -bolting with one-way hex bolts . I . Headrail Brackets : Shall be of 16-gauge stainless steel . J . Anchorages and Fasteners : Unless otherwise indicated , use manufacturer' s standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel , with theft- resistant type heads and nuts . For concealed anchors , use hot-dip galvanized chromium- plated or other rust- resistant protective- coated steel . 2 . 03 FABRICATION : A . General : Furnish standard doors , panels , screens , and pilasters fabricated for partition system , unless otherwise indicated . Furnish units with cutouts , drilled holes , and internal reinforcement to receive partition - mounted l hardward , accessories , and grab bars , as indicated . B . Door Dimensions : Unless otherwise indicated , furnish 24 " wide inswinging doors for ordinary toilet stalls and 32 " wide ( clear opening ) outswinging doors at stalls equipped for use by handicapped . C . Doors: Fabricated 55" high to be mounted 14 " A . F . F . with edging strip fastened to full bottom edge . D . Pilasters : 82 " high and fastened to floor and to wall brackets with pilaster shoes . E . Overhead- Braced Partitions : Furnish galvanized steel supports and leveling bolts at pilasters , as recommended by manufacturer to suit floor conditions . Make provisions for setting and securing continuous extruded aluminum anti -grip overhead - bracing at top for each pilaster. Furnish shoe at each pilaster to conceal supports and leveling mechanism . F . Floor-Supported Screens : Furnish pilasters not less than 1 " in thickness , panels and pilasters of same construction and finish as toilet partitions . Furnish galvanized steel anchorage devices , complete with threaded rods , lock washers , and leveling adjusting nuts at pilasters , to permit structural connection to floor. Furnish shoe at pilaster to conceal anchorage . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10155 — Solid Plastic Toilet Partitions 10155-3 G . Hardware : Furnish hardware for each compartment partition system , as follows : 1 . Hinges : Heavy aluminum extrusion ( 6063 -T6 Alloy) with bright dip anodized finish with wrap around flanges , and thru - bolted to doors and pilasters with one-way hex bolts . Hinges will be factory set to a full close position unless otherwise noted . ( Recessed flush mounted hinges not acceptable) . 2 . Door Pull : Heavy chrome plated Zamac . Include wall stop in handicapped stall . 3 . Coat Hook/Bumper: Heavy chrome plated Zamac with rubber bumper . 4 . Door Strike and Keeper: Heavy aluminum extrusion ( 6063 -T6 Alloy) with bright dip anodized finish with wrap- around flange surface , mounted , and thru bolted to pilaster with one-way hex bolts . 5 . Door Latch Housinq : Heavy aluminum extrusion ( 6063-T6-Alloy) with bright dip anodized finish surface mounted and thru - bolted to door with one-way hex bolts . Slide bolt and bottom hall be heavy aluminum with "Tough - Coat Black" finish . 2 . 04 FINISHES : A . Surface : Of all Polymer Resin components to be similar and equal to " Plasti - Glaze 280" by Santana products Co . Colors are to be selected from Santana ' s Premier Delux Color 1000 Series . Maximum two colors . B . Colors : One of the manufacturer' s standard colors in each room as indicated or , if not indicated , as selected by Architect . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION : A . General : Comply with manufacturer' s recommended procedures and installation sequence . Install partitions rigid , straight , plumb , and level . Provide clearances of not more than 1 /2 " between pilasters and panels , and not more than 1 " between panels and walls . Secure panels to walls with not less than two stirrup brackets attached near top and bottom of panel . Locate wall brackets so that holes for wall anchorages occur in masonry or the joints . Secure panels to pilasters with not less than two stirrup brackets located to align with stirrup brackets at wall . Secure panels in position with . manufacturer' s recommended anchoring devices . I B . Overhead - Braced Partitions : Secure pilasters to floor and level , plumb , and IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10155 — Solid Plastic Toilet Partitions 10155-4 tighten installation with devices furnished . Secure overhead - brace to each pilaster with not less than two fasteners . Hang doors and adjust so that tops of doors are parallel with overhead - brace when doors are in closed position . C . Screens : Attach with concealed anchoring devices , as recommended by manufacturer to suit supporting structure . Set units to provide support and to resist lateral impact . 3 . 02 ADJUST AND CLEAN : A . Hardware Adiustment : Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation . Set hinges on inswinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched . Set hinges on outswinging doors (and entrance swing doors ) to return to fully closed position . B . Cleaning : Clean exposed surfaces of partition system using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer, and provide protection as necessary to prevent damage during remainder of construction period . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10155 — Solid Plastic Toilet Partitions 10155-5 SECTION 10200 - LOUVERS AND VENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS . A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including general and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK : A . Extent of louvers and vents is indicated on drawings , including indications of sizes and locations . B . Types of louvers and vents include the following : Extruded aluminum louvers . C . Sealants including installation are specified in Division 7 . D . Air- handling louvers connected to ductwork are specified in Division 15 . E . Louvers in hollow metal doors and frames are specified in Division 8 . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A. Performance Requirements : Provide louvers with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal evidencing that product complies with AMCA Standard 500 . B . Comply with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual " recommendations for fabrication , construction details and installation procedures , except as otherwise indicated . C . Field Measurements : Verify size , location and placement of louver units prior to fabrication , wherever possible . D . Shop Assembly : Coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and shop assembly to minimize field adjustment , splicing , mechanical joints and field assembly of unit . Preassemble units in shop to greatest extent possible and disassemble as necessary for shipping and handling limitations . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS : A . Product Data : Submit manufacturer' s specifications ; certified test data , where applicable ; and installation instructions for required products , including finishes . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10200 — Louvers & Vents 10200- 1 B . Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of louver units and accessories . Include plans , elevations and details of sections and connections to adjoining work . Indicate materials , finishes , fasteners , joinery and other information to determine compliance with specified requirements . C . Samples : Submit 6 " square samples of each required finish . Prepare samples on metal of same gauge and alloy to be use in work . Where normal Color and texture variations are to be expected include 2 or more units in each sample showing limits of such variations . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS : A . Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements , provide products of one of the following : 1 . Airline Products Co . 2 . The Airolite Co . 3 , American Warming & Ventilating Co . 4 , Construction Specialties , Inc . 5 , Industrial Louvers , Inc . 6 , Ruskin Mfg . Co . 2 . 02 MATERIALS : A . Aluminum Sheet : ASTM B 209 , ALLOY 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming , or as otherwise recommended by metal producer to provide required finish . B . Aluminum Extrusions : ASTM B 221 , Alloy 6063-T52 . C . Fastenings : Use 3/8" diameter stainless steel machine screws . Provide , gages and lengths to suit unit installation conditions . Use Phillips flat- head machine screws for exposed fasteners . D . Anchors and Inserts : Cadmium plated steel , self-drilling type . E . Bituminous Paint : SSPC- Paint 12 ( cold - applied asphalt mastic) . 2 . 03 FABRICATION - GENERAL : A . Provide louvers . and accessories of design , materials , sizes , depth , arrangement , and metal thicknesses indicated . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10200 — Louvers & Vents 10200-2 tolerances for installation , including application of sealants in joints between louvers and adjoining work . C . Include supports , anchorages , and accessories required for complete assembly . D . Provide vertical mullions of type and at spacings indicated but not further apart than recommended by manufacturer or 72 " o . c . , provide horizontal mullions except where continuous vertical assemblies are indicated . E . Provide sill extensions and loose sills made of same material as louvers , where required for drainage to exterior and to prevent water penetrating to interior. F . Join frame members to one another and to stationary louver blades by welding , except where indicated otherwise or where field bolted connections between frame members are made necessary by size of louvers : Maintain equal blade spacing , including separation between blades and frames at head and sill , to produce uniform appearance . 2 . 04 STATIONARY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WALL LOUVERS : A . Horizontal Drainable Blade Louvers : Dual drain recessed mullion type . Units designed to collect and drain water to exterior at sill by means of gutters in front edges of blades , and channels in jambs and mullions . Furnish units with extrusions not less than 0 . 081 " thick , of depth , and sizes indicated , equal to C/S Model 6155 . 1 . Free Area : Not less than 50 % for a 48 " x 48 " size . 2 . Static Pressure Loss : Not more than 0 . 15 " of water gage at an airflow of 1050 fpm free area velocity in intake direction . 3 . Water Penetration : Not more than 0 . 05 oz . Per sq . Ft . of free area at an airflow of 1000 fpm free area velocity . 4 . AMCA Certification : Furnish units bearing AMCA Certified Ratings Seal . 5 . Continuous Horizontal Blades : Conceal supporting framework from vision on outside face of louver by placing braces , mullions and brackets on inside face ; with close fitting , field - made splice joints in blades designed to permit expansion and contraction without deforming blades or framework . 2 . 05 LOUVER SCREENS : A . Provide removable screens for exterior louvers . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10200 — Louvers & Vents 10200-3 B . Fabricate extruded aluminum screen frames of same finish as louver units to which secured . C . Use bird screens of the following : 1 /2 " sq . Mesh , 0 . 063 " aluminum or stainless steel wire . D . Use insect screens of the following : 18 X 16 X . 011 grey fiberglass mesh . E . Locate screens on inside face of louvers . F . Secure screens to louver frames with stainless machine screws , spaced at each corner and at 12 " o . c . between . 2 . 06 METAL FINISHES : A . General : Comply with NAAMM " Metal Finishes Manual " for finish designations and application recommendations , except as otherwise indicated . Apply finishes in factory after products are assembled . Protect finishes on exposed surfaces with protective covering , prior to shipment . Remove scratches and blemishes from exposed surfaces which will be visible after completing finishing process . B . Provide Colors or color matches as selected by Architect . C . Aluminum Finishes : 1 . Baked Enamel Finish : AA-C12C42R1x ( cleaned with inhibited chemicals , conversion coated with an acid-chromate-flouride- phosphate treatment , and painted with organic coating specified below) . Apply where factory painted finish is indicated , in strict compliance with paint manufacturer' s specifications . 2 . Organic Coating : Manufacturer' s standard thermosetting acrylic enamel , 0 . 8 mil minimum dry fill thickness . PART 3 - EXCUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION : A . Coordinate setting drawings , diagrams , templates , instructions and directions for installation of anchorages which are to be imbedded in concrete or masonry construction . Coordinate delivery of such items to project site . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION : A . Locate and place louver units plumb , level and in proper alignment with adjacent work . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10200 — Louvers & Vents 10200-4 B . Use concealed anchorages wherever possible . Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection . C . Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals and openings for sealants and joint fillers , as indicated . D . Repair finishes damaged by cutting , welding , soldering and grinding operations require for fitting and jointing . Restore finishes so there is no evidence of corrective work . Return items which cannot be refinished in field to shop , make required alterations , and refinish entire unit , or provide new units , at Contractor' s option . E . Provide concealed gaskets , flashings , joint fillers , and insulations , and install as work progresses to make installations weathertight . F . Refer to Division - 7 sections for sealants in connection with installations of louvers . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10200 — Louvers & Vents 10200-5 PRODUCT : SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS4 c��� O � � o2zo t Specification apDQq, F, � ,� � s sys-� P ro d u c Product Ref : ConCoreO Panel 24 " with PosiLockT"' Understructure M , .. Cyt � ..��c .. .�. .-�•-J�'-' S . . s !'x31' S ^rai�!6.. .'�F' .b..: . ' � s 4. 40 40 4444 Y J ` ` • ConCore 1000 Panel COOK • ConCoreO 1250 Panel y>. .,rr • General office 4 : 01 • Meeting rooms v r • Conference rooms • Boardrooms Tato • Executive offices ACCESS FLOORS • Call centers Don McDaniel REGIONAL SALES MANAGER • Educational/training rooms Cell: 407-595-0605 Tate Access Floors, Inc. , donmcdaniel®tateaccessfloors. com 8570 Summerville Place • Retail Orlando, FL 32819 www.tateaccesstloors.com Tel : 407-264-0606 Kllingspa`n , Fax. 407-264-0604 Croup plc Tate ACCESS FLOORS / O % zo -� 4 PRODUCT & SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS Product Specification Product Ref : con ( ore" Panel 24 " with PosiLockTM Understructure 11 , Division 16 Section "Cable Trays" for coordination with understructure . • 1 . 1 Related Documents 12 . Division 16 Section "Sound Masking Equipment" for Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, construction sequencing . including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section . 13 , Division 16 Section "Voice and Data Communications. Cabling " for coordination with . • 1 .2 Summary understructure . (a) Section Includes : (c) Allowances Work of this section includes , but is not limited to : Furnish the following as specified in Division 1 Section access floor panels, floor coverings , understructure 'Allowances' and various electrical, data and communication 1 . Cutouts in floor panels accessories . 2 . Cutouts for service outlet boxes (b) Related Sections: 3 . Cutouts for air diffusers 1 . Division 3 Section "Cast- in-Place Concrete" for 4. Cutouts for grommeted openings concrete floor sealer. (Concrete sealer shall be • 1 .3 Unit Prices compatible with pedestal adhesive.) ( 2 . Division 3 Section "Cast- in- Place Concrete" for final a) Adjust the Contract Sum for changes in quantity from that indicated in allowances for cutouts , service outlet leveling and surface finish , boxes , and grommeted openings based on the 3 . Division 9 Section "Carpet Tile" for carpet tiles amounts stipulated in the Form of Agreement and in applied over access flooring panels . compliance with Division 1 Section ' Unit Prices . ' 4 . Division 15 Section "Computer Room Air • 1 .4 Performance Requirements Conditioning Units . " Pedestals: 5 . Division 15 Section "Metal Ducts" for coordination (a) Axial Load : with understructure . Standard Pedestal assembly shall provide a 60001b . 6 . Division 15 Section "Air Terminal Units for axial load without permanent deformation . coordination with understructure . (b) Overturning Moment: 7 . Division 15 Section "Diffusers , Registers and Grilles" Pedestal assembly shall provide an average overturning for location in access floor. moment of 1000 in , lbs . when glued to a clean , sound , 4 : 02 >�rTfMVMM8 . Division 15 Section "Testing , Adjusting and uncoated concrete surface . Balancing " for for pressure testing of underfloor Floor Panels: environmental air space. (see Performance Table for applicable loads) 9 . Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding" for (a) Concentrated Load : connection to ground of access flooring understructure . Panel shall be capable of supporting a concentrated (Electrical contractor shall provide necessary material load of 12500, lbs placed on a one square inch area and labor to electrically connect the access floor to the (using a round or square indentor) at any location on the building.) panel with a maximum top surface deflection of 0. 100 10 . Division 16 Section " Modular Wiring System" for inches . Panel shall not exceed a permanent set of coordination with understructure . 0 . 010 inches , after the load is removed . Panel shall demonstrate ductility by being loaded to a deflection of Tall 0 . 100 inches without incurring damage . ACCESS FLOORS lOZZo - Z - • DUGT & : SYSTEWSPECIFIGATIONS4 R Product Specification ! Product Ref ; ConCore° Panel 24 with PosiLock Understructure (b) Uniform Load : (g) Panel Cutout: Panel shall be capable of supporting a uniform load of Panel with up to a 101 /2" x 101 /2" cutout within the 360 lbs . placed on a one square foot area at any interior of the panel shall be capable of withstanding an location on the panel with a maximum top surface ultimate load without failure of 1500 lbs . anywhere on deflection of 0 . 060 inches . Panel shall not exceed a the panel . permanent set of 0.010 inches , after the load is (h) Earthquake Load Performance: removed . Note: The uniform load rating of an access Provide access flooring capable of withstanding a lateral floor panel as specified herein should not be confused seismic force (Fp) in seismic zone applicable to this . with the 'uniform live load' as specified in seismic zone Project according to requirements outlined in 1997 applications. UBC . (c) Ultimate Load: (i) Flammability: Panel shall be capable of withstanding a concentrated Access floor panels and supporting pedestals shall be load offtlbs . applied onto a one square inch area non-combustible . Floor coverings selected for use on (using a round or square indentor) at any location on the access floor panels shall meet a Class A Flame Spread panel without failure . Failure is defined as the point at and smoke development requirement as tested per which the panel will no longer accept the load . Certified ASTM - E84 , test report shall be provided attesting to this ultimate load . 0 1 .5 Design Requirements: d) Rolling Load : (a) Quantities , finished floor heights (FFH) and location o Panel and supporting understructure shall be able to f accessories shall be as specified on the contract withstand the following rolling loads at any location on drawings . the panel without developing a local and overall surface (b) Access floor system , where indicated on the design deformation greater than 0. 040 inches . Note: wheel 1 documents , shall consist of modular and removable and wheel 2 tests shall be performed on two separate cementitious filled welded steel panels fastened onto , panels. and supported by, adjustable height pedestal assemblies . Wheel 1 : Size : 3" dia x 1 i3/16" wide Load :/P.00 lbs Passes : 10 Pedestal head and panel corner design must provide a Wheel 2: Size : 6" dia x 11/2" wide positive location and lateral engagement of the panel to L001bs Passes : 10 ,000 the understructure support system without the use of ado? fasteners . Cavity created under the access floor shall 4 . 03 (e) Impact Load : be used for Underfloor HVAC , wire and cable Panel and supporting understructure shall be capable of management therefore close coordination with the supporting an impact load of 100 lbs . dropped from a Mechanical System (Division 15). and Electrical System height of 36 " onto a one square inch area (using a (Division 16) is required . round or square indentor) at any location on the panel (c) Panel shall be easily removed by one person with a without failure . lifting device and shall be interchangeable except where (f) Panel Drop Test: cut for special conditions . Panel shall be capable of being dropped face up onto to a concrete slab from a height of 36" , after which it shall continue to meet all load performance requirements as previously defined . Tate ACCESS FLOORS lv22o - 3 4 ; PRODUCT & . SYSTEM • Product Specification Product Ref : ConCore® Panel 24 with PosiLockTM Understructure • 1 . 6 Submittals (b) Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of (a) Detail sheets , for each proposed product type , walls , columns and other constructions contiguous with which provide the necessary information to describe the access flooring by field measurements before product and its performance . fabrication and indicate measurements on shop (b) Shop Drawings: drawings . 1 . Complete layout of access flooring based on (c) Jobsite Conditions: Contractor shall provide clear field -verified dimensional relationships to adjoining work access , dry storage and a clean subfloor area, which is and installation tolerances . free of construction debris and other trades prior to and 2 . Details with descriptive notes indicating materials , during installation of the access floor system . finishes , fasteners , typical and special edge conditions , 0 1 .9 Coordination accessories , understructure , and other data to permit a (a) Concrete sealer or curing agent specified in Division full evaluation of entire access flooring system . 3 must be compatible with pedestal adhesive in spaces • 1 .7 Quality Assurance where access flooring is located . (a) Source limitations: Obtain access flooring through (b) Where the plenum beneath the access floor is one source from a single manufacturer who has a designed to deliver conditioned air: All trades which minimum of five (5) years experience in the manufacture work within the plenum cavity below the access floor and distribution of access floor systems and can shall be responsible for maintaining the plenum seal demonstrate that they have completed projects of like integrity. scope and size . Any alternate products shall meet or V % exceed the requirements outlined herein and must have (c) Mark pedestal locations on subfloor by use of a grid prior written approval by the architect. (with a module equal to the width of five floor panels in both directions) to enable mechanical and electrical work (b) CISCA (Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction to proceed without interfering with access flooring Association) - " Recommended Test Procedures for Access Floors" shall be used as a guideline when pedestals . Pedestal locations shall be established from presenting load performance product information . contract drawings or approved shop drawings. r` (c) NFPA Standards : Provide access flooring and (d) Coordinate location of nfechanical and electrical accessories complying with NFPA 75 and NFPA 90A work in underfloor cavity to prevent interference with requirements for raised flooring and related systems . access floor system pedestals . (d) Provide floor panels that are clearly and permanently (e) Proceed with installation only after completion of _*`z -m 4 :04 marked with panel other construction within affected spaces . No dust or p type and load rating . (e) Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at debris producing operations by other trades will be Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 allowed in areas where access floor is being installed . Section " project Management and Coordination . " (f) Traffic shall not be permitted on any floor area for 24 • 1 . 8 Project Conditions hours after installation to allow pedestal adhesive to set . (a) Environmental Limitations: Do not install access flooring until spaces are enclosed , ambient temperature is between 500 and 90°F and relative humidity is 20 to 70% , Access floor must be stored in this environment at least 24 hours before the installation begins . Tate ACCESS FLOORS PRODUCT & SYSTEM SRE`CIFIGATIONS Concentrated Uniform Ultimate Rolling Load - Wheel size Impact Panel type Load Load Load 3 " dia . x 1 F lir " 6 " dia . x 1 /: " Load (lbs . ) (lbs ./ft (lbs. ) (1bs .) (lbs .) (lbs .) "-`n a+. Fri �^^ar�lnR��'•-T"eT'...RY'aw'C.TT�^/ ic #nS' Y y4 t {f, taf > Y rt „ vsy� '~ tY "i 5�t r.rarif �. FJ..trv4alb w . i` Ltl .- Y w >..y,.h,�' ° a-ai +V ° ftfr L "ti '� a• 'f six.°--' - 1€rt. X 4i F2 ''*4'f '`t: s., ' {` - t VIF" .�4 z eR'.. *4+T�>: .ap. . ��iF"i x .+ . . r s i � +'fi a•�rt ac-t �' •R .�„ �} n • 'ro 2 �'$d-F`" a 1..� ,f5 � ,i2 � x drpR i4.a - 6'+ t ..° i "��i�+�Rf) �vu^'7r'°� {�v�gT � '�.$,. �• • [•'a � ♦ • ,� � ��'�t'� �� c t x)-y `��`"9 t v ;�s � d,.t"2.1 it i ih � 't;° +� n�{.r � :e r �����,a $ ' ' • • • -'y'y':a� 1 � 2 / VF 4 - • • DONS Product Specification Product Ref : ConCore® Panel 24 with PosiLockTM Understructure 5 . Fastening of panels to pedestal heads shall be i 2.4 Accessories accomplished by the use of a machine screw which is (a) UL listed access floor outlet boxes shall be provided specially designed to be self capturing within the body in locations as detailed on the contract drawings . High of the panel . Note: This prevents the inadvertent loss of capacity 111/4" square service outlet boxes shall be panel fastening screws when accessing the underfloor capable of accommodating four duplex receptacles , six space and potential damage to objects by screws individual voice/data termination points or four individual which extend beyond the depth of the panel. voice/data termination points and one grommet 6 . Top surface of the panel shall have option for four opening , Standard capacity 7 -5/16" by 6 - 15/ 6" service positioning location holes to engage positioning buttons outlet boxes shall be capable of accommodating two on the PosiTile® carpet tile for precise matching of the duplex receptacles and four individual voice carpet tile to the panel . data/termination points or two individual voice/data 7. Fit between the pedestal head , panel , and screw termination points and one grommet opening . The shall enable an installation with an average panel to service outlet box shall be a drop- in design having a panel gap of 0 . 015 " . hinged Lexan lid with carpet insert and Lexan frame with 8 . Fabrication Tolerances : tapered edge . Service outlet box shall be capable of withstanding without failure a toad of 1000 lbs. Outlet (a) Floor panel flatness : box shall be manufactured with factory installed interface +/ 0 . 040" diagonally modules which allow plug and play wiring capability. +/ 0 .025 " along perimeter edges Coordinate with Division 16 - underfloor Modular Wiring . (b) Floor panel width or length tolerance: +/ 0 . 010" (b) Provide manufacturer's standard steps , ramps , (c) Floor panel squareness : +/ 0 . 015 " . fascia plate , perimeter support , and grommets where indicated on the contract drawings . • 2.3 Finishes (c) Provide manufacturer's standard ramp construction (a) Finish the surface of floor panels with floor covering of width and slope indicated , but not steeper than 1 : 12 , material as indicated on the contract drawings . Where with non- skid floor covering as required , and of same floor coverings are by the access floor manufacturer, the materials , performance and construction requirements type , color and pattern shall be selected from as access flooring . manufacturer's standard . (d) Provide manufacturer's standard metal dividers (b) Carpet tile : located where indicated to divide underfloor cavities . Access floor system shall be designed to 4 : 06 accommodate a modular carpet tile (PosTilel) that (e) Provide S spare floor panels and precisely matches one carpet the to one ConCore ® ;[ n square feet of understructure systems for panel . This is accomplished utilizing four precisely each type used in the project for maintenance stock. located positioning buttons on the carpet tile which Deliver to project in manufacturer's standard packaging engage into four positioning location holes within the top clearly marked with the contents . surface of the access floor panel . The carpet tile's (f) Provide *rvu panel lifting devices . durable backing maintains dimensional stability, and (g) When applicable provide manufacturer's standard holds the carpet tile flat without adhesives . Adhesives underfloor air systems components (including Air are not necessary and shall not be permitted on the Terminals , Grilles and diffusers) where indicated on the Positile® installation except where the carpet is cut and contract drawings . more than two positioners are removed . Coordinate with Division 9 - Finishes . Taw ACCESS FLOORS 4 - • D • Product Specification Product Ref ; ConCore Panel 24 with PosiLock Understructure Vis.. PART 3 © ECWTI� (e) Access floor installer shall keep the subfloor broom :;, +'+.+14,_. +x*; M `:. ..1 clean as installation progresses . • 3. 1 Preparation (f) Partially complete floors shall be braced against (a) Examine structural subfloor for unevenness , shifting to maintain the integrity of the installed system irregularities and dampness that would affect the quality where required . and execution of the work. Do not proceed with (g) Additional pedestals as needed shah support panels installation until structural floor surfaces are level , clean , where floor is disrupted by columns , walls , and cutouts , and dry as completed by others . (b) Concrete sealers , if used , shall be identified and (h) Understructure shall be aligned such that all uncut proven to be compatible with pedestal adhesive , If other panels are interchangeable and fit snugly but do not than manufacturer 's recommended adhesives or bind when placed in alternate positions . sealers are used , verify that adhesive achieves bond to (I) Finished floor shall be level , not varying more than slab before commencing work. 0 . 062" in 10 feet or 0 . 125" overall . (c) Verify dimensions on contract drawings , including U) Installed panels shall be spaced so that the distance level of interfaces including abutting floor, ledges and from one end to the other of any line of 12 panels is not doorsills . less than 24 feet and does not exceed 24' 1/8'' . (d) Coordinate location of mechanical and electrical (k) Where plenum beneath raised floor is designed work in underfloor cavity to prevent interference with to deliver conditioned air: Close coordination with all access floor system pedestals . trade that work within the plenum cavity beneath the raised floor is required . All walls passing into this cavity (e) Mark pedestal locations on subfloor by use of a grid shall be run completely down to the floor slab and (with a module equal to the width of five floor panels in sealed at floor slab line to avoid plenum air short both directions) to enable mechanical and electrical work circuiting through wall chase . All holes in wall within to proceed . Pedestal locations shall be established from cavity shall be sealed . Perimeters of raised floor that contract drawings or approved shop drawings , abut columns , walls and other constructions shall be (f) Proceed with installation only after completion of sealed to minimize unintended air leakage from plenum . overhead construction within affected spaces . • 3 .3 Adjusting , Cleaning , and ProtectioJi • 3.2 Installation (a) After completing installation , vacuum clean access (a) Pedestal locations shall be established from flooring and cover with continuous sheets of reinforced approved shop drawings so that mechanical and paper or plastic . Maintain protective covering until time electrical work can be installed without interfering with of substantial completion . 4 : 07 pedestal installation . (b) After completing installation of access floor, trades (b) Installation of access floor shall be coordinated with are responsible for cleanup of their dust and/or other trades to maintain the integrity of the installed debris producing operations , including vacuuming of system . Traffic shall not be permitted on any floor area subfloor area . Installed service boxes and diffusers to for 24 hours to allow the pedestal adhesive to set . be protected from physical damage and temporarily (c) Floor system and accessories shall be installed covered to prevent dust or debris from entering under the supervision of the manufacturer's authorized subfloor area. representative and according to manufacturer's (c) Replace access flooring panels that are stained , recommendations . scratched , otherwise damaged , or not complying with (d) No dust or debris producing operations by other specified requirements. trades shall be allowed in areas where access floor is (d) Acceptance: Contractor shall accept floor in whole being installed to ensure proper bonding of pedestals - or in part prior to allowing use by other trades . Tatoto subfloor. ACCESS FLOORS /022.0 - '!' 5ARCHITECTURAL & CONSTRUCTIOND ETA ILS ConCore ° CC1250 Panel Detail CONCRE' :YC . 5 A ---. -. . . . . . .. ..... ... .. ... .... . ... ... ......-._._... — PosiLockr" holes (4 each) Full hard cold rolled - Painted finish steel top sheet tN, 3t SIM J l Optional PosTle" ---- holes (4 each) h 4 , - Cementitious core material Welded assembly at domes and perimeter 51 p tg ...... - ----......... _....... ... ...... ... .... . Draw quality steel bottom pan with structural dome design 1, 3 w < . Corner Detail b Integral shape pocket design and � Mao R -- locating tab for positive lateral retention I and location with or without screw ,s General Information Covering Options • Panel weight : 8 . 5 IbsI bare Tile factory laminated with top set trim edge • 13/8" deep with no covering • 1 /16" High Pressure Laminate • All steel Welded construction filled internally with a • 1/e" High Pressure Laminate cementitious core material • Via" Conductive High Pressure Laminate • Protected from corrosion by an epoxy paint finish • 1/9" Conductive High Pressure Laminate 5 : 04 • Class A flame spread rating • 1/8 " VCT • Non -combustible material • 1/8" Conductive Vinyl Understructure Options • /e" Static Dissapative Vnyl • PosiLockT"" Tile factory laminated with integral trim edge • 4' Heavy duty bolted stringer • 1 /16" High Pressure Laminate • 2' Heavy duty bolted stringer • 1/e" High Pressure Laminate • 1/16" Conductive High Pressure Laminate • Va" Conductive High Pressure Laminate Carpet factory laminated with : • Monolithic edge -- Bare painted panel options • Bare painted finish to accept carpet tile Tate • Bare painted finish to accept PI ACCESS FLOORS /0220 5 ONSTRUCTION DETAILS Grommets -- o C4 Is J� 00� A0 X7 /%0 T .. I 1 I }! , Y 1 • - � s^' 1 I V ' NR IE —•>I 13/8" 3 GR- 1 ri GR-3 Z`11 Ii? :CIFI¢ATIONS Standard Grommets GR-5 • GR - 1 Approx. '/h diameter 11/2" inside diameter - 17/8" hole diameter each • GR- 3 21 /2" inside diameter - 3" hole diameter • GR -5 43/8" inside diameter - 5 " hole diameter GR-3 Same as GR - 1 except 5 : 82 • OD dimension is 31/2" • ID dimension is 21/2" • Openings in lid are 3/4" x 1 " GR -5 Lid is 2 part twist cover - fully open position as shown here or can be adjusted exposing only 1 Same as GR-1 except or 2 openings • OD dimension is 51 /2" • ID dimension is 43/8 GR-1 & GR-3 • Openings in lid are approximately 7/s" dia each Thin plastic membrane must • Lid is 2 art with adjustable openings be cut away to P 1be opening v! Tate ACCESS FLOORS / l4 2e?O q ARCHITECTURAL & CONSTRUCTION DETAILS13 2) Two Lifters • - Frr T DQQBLE CUP SUCTION TYPE LIFTER FOR HARD. SURFACES , 0'/i a . . . . . . . . .. . . . _ . .. . .. ... ... ..... .. ............. ... ... _ _ . . . _. . . .. . �; 9 Aluminum air release handle -- 6V; j ;.a•. �\F yc•! � h I m �F a Aluminum handle - Black rubber suction cups I i 4' diameter 4' diameter U P 8tlCTION TYPE LI �r�F� � k FOR HARD SURFACES _ 2_ .I Black rubber ro r PF i .. .. . . . .. .. .. ....--............. ....... .. . . .... ....... ....._....... . 31/4' diameter 5 : 81 Adjustments Aluminum handle y`' '< 4�vr. t4 3 t WA, CM 31/. x 3" 31/.," x 3' 12, Tate ACCESS FLOORS /aZZo - /a ARCHITECTURAL & CONSTRUCTIOB Cable Cutout Trim r� Ku. INTERNAL CUTOUT ASSEMBLY," y Plan View Corner Detail __... ---.... . . ------ Seal '/e' x 36' x 48' Cutout trim Width Width = W moulding Cut trim = (L + '/,r;7 minus '/,,." and (W + '/,n") mitre I extension only �. _.. . . . _ . .. . . . _ . . . . . Length = L . ... ....._. - Cutout comer .. .... . i Length plus '/,e ......... 1 , .......... ..... .- #8 Phillips flathead machine screw H�wwyy 7- OP 71x'- ) : PERIMETER CUTOUT` ASSEMBLY °., Q � Plan View Amb j. _._ ... ... _ Cutout comer - - -- - . . . ..... .... .. . . Seal '/e' x 36" x 48' ....... ....... Cutout trim moulding Width Width = W minus 'he" Length = L #8 Phillips flathead machine screw Section through Cutout Seal size = (L + '/{) x (W + '12') Cutout size = (L) x (W) Moulded comer Clear opening = (L) x (W) xa 5 : 83 Panel opening = (L + 1 ") x (W + 1 ) Protective Trim around Cut Edges All rectangular cutouts to be used as a passageway for cables or others services must have protective trim along the cut edge . Tate's cable cutout trim components are universal cutout trim in 4 foot lengths , �• _ and moulded corners and screws (an optional foam plenum seal is available to seal the opening) . ofT.o Tate ACCESS FLOORS 10220 — l/ SECTION 10260 - CORNER GUARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED . DOCUMENTS : A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK : A . Furnish and install , as detailed , as located on the Drawings , at all exterior doors with drywall corners , and at corridor interior corners C/S Acrovyn Surface Mounted Corner Guard 90 degree Models SM20 , SSM -20 and the 135 degree Model SM -20M . All as manufactured by Construction Specialties , Inc . or an approved equal . Complete details , locations and samples of selected models and colors , including end caps , and mounting hardware shall be submitted to the Architect for approval . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 APPROVED MANUFACTUERS OR EQUAL : 1 . Construction Specialties , Inc . , Acrovyn 2 . Arden Architectural 3 . Balco Metalines , Inc . 4 , IPC/ InPro Corp . 5 , Korogard , RJF International Inc . 6 . Pawling Corporation , Pro Tek 2 . 02 MATERIAL : A . Corner guards shall be manufactured from . 078 " thick nominal high impact vinyl/acrylic extrusions , designed to absorb and resist abrasions under impact . B . The extrusion shall include a matte finish pebblette grain surface , and be supplied in a solid color as called out on the Interiors Plan , C . Continuous retainers shall be a minimum . 063 " thickness . D . End caps and mounting hardware shall be furnished to complete the assembly . 2 . 02 DESIGN : A . Corner guards shall be securely locked in place yet provide for free-floating IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10260 — Comer Guards 10260- 1 action to absorb heavy impact without damage to guard , retainer or adjacent wall . B . Corner guard shall be straight and true over full length . 2 . 03 PERFORMANCE : A . Vinyl/acrylic extrusions shall be U . L . tested , Classified and Labeled reflection a Class I Fire Rating in accordance with UL = 723 (ASTM - E84- 91 a ) ( CAN 4S102-2- M83 in Canada ) test procedures . B . Chemical and stain resistance shall be per CSAV-280 standards , established by manufacturer. C . Color shall be integral with components matched in accordance with SAE J - 1545-( Delta E ) with color difference no greater than 1 . 0 units using the Hunter ( Lab) scale . D . Impact tested in accordance with applicable provisions of ASTM - F476- 76 . *** END OF THIS SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10260 — Corner Guards 10260-2 SECTION 10440 - SPECIALTY SIGNS PART I - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS : A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK : A . Areas of specialty signage may include : 1 . Construction Signs 2 , Exterior Handicapped Signs at Parking Areas 3 , Toilet Room Handicapped Signs 4 , Interior Room Number and Name Signs 5 : Occupancy Capacity Signs 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A . Uniformity of Manufacturer: For each sign form a graphic image process indicated furnish products of a single manufacturer. B . Americans With Disabilities Act : All signage shall meet the requirements of the A . D .A . including grade 2 braille raised lettering , etc . C . As manufactured by one of the following approved companies : 1 . ASI Sign Systems , Tampa , FL ( 813 ) 620-4360 Attn : Ilene 2 , Advance Corporation , Braille-Tac ( 800 ) 825-0150 3 , The Southwell Corp . San Antonio , TX (210 ) 223- 1831 4 , Best Manuf. Sign Systems (800 ) 235-2378 5 , Bunting Graphics Inc . ( 800 ) 735- 0445 6 , FRS Industries ( 800 ) 747-4795 7 . HART Arch Signage , Chesapeake , - VA ( 804) 420- 1666 8 , Mohawk Sign Systems , Schenectady , NY (518 ) 370- 3433 9 . Metallic Arts , Spokane , WA 1 -800-541 -3200 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS : A . Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings for all items in this Section including all accessories . B . Submit samples of all interior signage and graphics . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10440 — Specialty Signs 10440- 1 PART II - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CONSTRUCTION SIGN : A . Furnish and install 8 ' - 0' long x 4' - 0 ' high construction sign , on 3/4 plywood . B . Locate on site in compliance with Local Permitting Agency requirements and as directed by Owner. C . Sign shall have two coats of exterior oil base paint . D . All work shall be performed by an experienced sign painter. E . Furnish and install supporting structure . F . Sign shall indicate : Name of Project , Name of Owner, Name of Contractor, Name of Architect , Name of Structural Engineer , Name of Mech/ Elec . Engineer and Name of Civil Engineer. ( For all School and Municipal Government projects , . verify the sign information required with the Owner or Owner' s agent prior to painting sign panel . ) 2 . 02 EXTERIOR HANDICAPPED SIGNS AT PARKING AREAS : 1 A . Provide one ( 1 ) sign for each handicapped parking space . B . Sign shall comply with the "Accessibility Codes and Standards " latest edition , State of Florida , for the physically handicapped , and F . T . O . 25 or 26 . Co Sign shall read : " Parking By Disabled Permit Only" depicting National Handicapped Symbol (wheelchair) as detailed . Signs erected after 1 Oct . 1996 must indicate the penalty for illegal use of the space . D . Size shall be V - 0 " wide x 16 " high , aluminum . E . Provide standard painted green steel post set in 6 " diameter concrete foundation . Post and concrete foundation shall be by the Contractor. F . Height to bottom of sign shall be seven feet minimum and nine feet maximum . G . Lettering style shall be Helvetica Medium . 2 . 03 TOILET ROOM HANDICAPPED SIGN : l IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10440 — Specialty Signs 10440-2 A . Provide one ( 1 ) sign depicting National Handicapped Symbol (wheelchair) at each toilet room , equipped with facilities for the handicapped . Size shall be as per Signage Legend . B . Color and Material : shall be as per Signage Legend C . Mounting : shall be with non -removable head stainless steel screws at locations detailed in Architectural Signage . 2 . 04 " INTERIOR" ROOM NAME AND NUMBER SIGNS AND OCCUPANCY CAPACITY : A . Separate signs for room name , room number, or room capacity required . Sizes shall be in accordance with the Signage Legend , B . Color: shall be as per Signage Legend . C . Material : shall be 1 /8 " thick plastic , or 1 /8 " thick etched zinc , with raised symbol for identification by blind . D . Mounting : shall be with non -removable head stainless steel screws or clear silicone at locations detailed in Architectural Signage Legend , 2 . 05 PARK MONUMENT SIGNAGE A . When depicted on the plans , provide individually mounted letters . Letters as manufactured by the Southwell Company . Letters to be height as scheduled and in Garamond H444 style in bronze Duranodic Aluminum . Flush mounted letters . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 CLEANING AND PROTECTION : A . At completion of the installation , clean soiled sign surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer' s instructions . Protect units from damage until acceptance by the Owner. B . Mount standard Signs on middle of doors at 48 " above the finish floor . C . Mount A . D . A. Compliant Signs adjacent to door openings , at the latch side , with the center of the sign at 60 " above the finish floor. Where there is no wall space to the latch side of the door, signs shall be placed on the nearest adjacent wall . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10440 — Specialty Signs 10440-3 SIGN LEGEND A . SIGN TYPE "A" : As manufactured by ASI , 3 " high x 8 " long or 12 " long , square corner 390S Series with molded plastic frames , ( interior only) , White background with 2 " high Aqua SC- 521 Letters/Numbers in Upper Case Helvetica Medium Italic , with raised symbols for blind . Note : Utilize 1 Y2" high letters for longer room descriptions to insure that the description will fit on a 12 " long sign . B . SIGN TYPE " B " : As manufactured by ASI , 10 " high x 20 " long , Sign Etch -2 , 3/8 " aluminum base metal with etched letters . Radiused corner 390S Series design (exterior only) . White background with 5" high paint filled text , Aqua SC-521 Letters/ Numbers in Upper Case Helvetica Medium Italic , with raised symbols for the blind . C . SIGN TYPE " C " : As manufactured by ASI , 9 " square to meet ADA , 390 Series , ( interior and exterior rated ) , with radiused corners , White background with S- 5 Unisex Symbols in black , and S -6 Handicapped symbol in standard blue and white colors , per schedule , with raised symbols for blind . D . SIGN TYPE " D " : As manufactured by ASI , 3 " high and 12 " long , square corner 390 Series ( interior only) , Red background with 1 " high White letters in Upper Case Helvetica Medium , E . SIGN TYPE " E " : As manufactured by ASI , Closed -Circuit TV Door ( In Use) Sign : Three ( 3 ) SL _Series SLO 66 with Helvetica Regular Lettering . First letter capitalized , remaining letter to be lower case . Install at location determined by the Architect . F . SIGN TYPE " F " : As manufactured by ASI , 3 " high x 12 " long , Sign Etch - 1 , zinc base metal with etched letters . Match square corner 390S Series design (exterior only) , SC - 521 Aqua background with 1 Y2 " high White Letters/ Numbers in Upper Case Helvetica Medium Italic , with raised symbols for blind . G . SIGN TYPE " G " : As manufactured by ASI , 9 " square to meet ADA , 390 Series , ( interior and exterior rated ) , with radiused corners . White background with S - 1 & S -2 Symbols in black , and S -6 Handicapped symbol in standard blue and white colors , per schedule , with raised symbols for blind . H . SIGN TYPE " H " : As manufactured by ASI , 12 " high X 18 " long , 320 Series with 3/4 " radiused corners and aluminum frame . White background with 4 " high letters/numbers in Upper Case Helvetica Bold Italic . Exterior rated . Color of letters/ numbers shall be SC- 521 Aqua . r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10440 — Specialty Signs 10440-4 LOCATIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS : PROJECT : INDIAN RIVER COUNTY UTILITIES OPERATION COMPLEX COUNT ADMINISTRATION BUILDING ( North and South Wings ) ( 17) Item # 1 Sign type "A" / DISPATCH , ADMINISTRATION , CONFERENCE , CONFERENCE , COMPUTER , SUPPLY, SUPPLY, BREAK ROOM , FILES/PLAN REVIEW, LOCKERS , LOCKERS , MEETING ROOM #1 , MEETING ROOM #2 , MEETING ROOM #3 , CUSTODIAN , STOR ./TELE ./MECH . RM . #2 , MECHANICAL ROOM #2 . Secure to the wall at the latch side of the appropriate door . (4 ) Item #2 Sign type " D " / FIRE EXTINGUISHER - located above the wall mounted extinguishers as located on the plans . ( 1 ) Item #3 Sign type " F" - ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT ROOM . Secure to the wall at the latch side of the appropriate door . ( 1 ) Item #4 ( � Sign type " F" - MECHANICAL ROOM # 1 . Secure to the wall at the latch side of the appropriate door. (4 ) Item #5 Sign type " G " (consists of two signs per count) - located on the wall at the latch side of the two doors that access the MEN & WOMEN restrooms . Mount them side by side below the room description . COUNT WAREHOUSE BUILDING ( $ ) Item # 1 Sign type "A" / MANAGER. Secure to the wall at the latch side of the appropriate door. (7 ) Item #2 Sign type " D " / FIRE EXTINGUISHER - located above the wall mounted extinguishers as located on the plans . ( 6 ) Item #3 Sign type " F" - ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT ROOM , PURCHASING STORAGE , EQUIPMENT STORAGE , METER TEST AREA , r� IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10440 — Specialty Signs 10440-6 MANAGER, RECEIVING/DISPENSING . Secure to the wall at the latch side of the appropriate door . ( 1 ) Item #4 Sign Type " C" ( consists of two signs ) - located on the wall at the latch side of the door that accesses the unisex restroom in the lounge . Mount them side by side below the room description . (2) Item #5 Specialty Signs . Provide two 16" h . X 20 " w . Bronze plaques . The first plaque shall identify the Project with all the County Commissioners names . The second plaque shall identify the Design Team , including Architect , Civil and Structural Engineers , Landscape Architect and the General Contractor, with a date of completion . Final COPY submittal shall be provided by the Owner to the General Contractor. *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10440 — Specialty Signs 10440-7 SECTION 10500 - METAL LOCKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS : A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK : A . . Extent of metal lockers is shown on drawings . Be - Types of products in. this section include the following : 1 . Steel Lockers a . Single-tier Lockers b . Multi-tier Lockers C . Concrete base for lockers is specified in Division 3 . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A . Uniformity : provide each type of metal locker as produced by a single manufacturer, including necessary mounting accessories , fittings , and fastenings . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS : A . Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s technical data and installation instructions for metal locker units . Be Samples : Submit color samples on squares of same metal to be used for fabrication of lockers . C . Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings for metal lockers , verifying dimensions affecting locker installations . Show lockers in detail , method of installation , fillers , trim , base , and accessories . Include locker numbering sequence information. 1 . 05 JOB CONDITIONS : A . Do not deliver lockers until building is enclosed and ready for locker installation . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10500 — Metal Lockers 10500- 1 Be Protect from damage during delivery , handling , storage , and installation . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A . Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements , provide products of one of the following : 1 . All American Locker Div . ; De Bourgh Mfg . Co . 2 , Art Metal Products 3 , Interior Steel Equipment Co . 4 , List Industries Inc . 5 , Medart Inc . 6 , Penco Products Inc . 7 , Republic Storage Systems 8 , Lyon Metal Products , Inc . 2 . 02 MATERIALS : A . Sheet Steel : Prime , mild , cold - rolled and leveled steel , hot-dipped galvanized free from buckle , scale and surface imperfections . Be Fasteners : Cadmium , zinc , or nickel -plated steel ; exposed bolt heads , slotless type ; self- locking nuts or locker washers for nuts on moving parts . C . Equipment: Hooks and hang rods of cadmium-plated or zinc-plated steel or cast aluminum . 2003 FABRICATION , GENERAL : A . Construction : 1 . Fabricate lockers square , rigid , and without warp , with metal faces flat and free of dents or distortion . 2 . Make all exposed metal edges safe to touch . Weld frame members together to form rigid , one- piece structure . 3 . Weld , bolt , or rivet other joints and connections as standard with manufacturer . 4 . Grind exposed welds flush . 5 . Do not expose bolts or rivet heads on fronts of locker doors or frames . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10500 — Metal Lockers 10500-2 B . Frames : Fabricate of 16 -gauge channels or 1. 2 -gauge angles , minimum , with continuous stop/strike formed on vertical members . C . Finishing : 1 . Chemically pretreat metal with degreasing and 5 stage iron phosphatizing process . 2 . Apply baked -on enamel finish to all surfaces , exposed and concealed , except plates and non -ferrous metal . 3 . Color: Provide locker units in color (s ) as shown on drawings , or if not shown , as selected by Architect from manufacturer' s standards . Concealed parts may be manufacturer' s standard neutral color. 2 . 04 LOCKER ACCESSORIES : A . Equipment : Furnish each locker with the following items , unless otherwise shown : 1 . Single-Tier Units : Hat shelf, one double- prong hook and not less than 2 single -prong wall hooks . 2 . Multi-Tier Units : One double- prong hook and not less than 2 single - prong wall hooks . B . Number Plates : Manufacturer' s standard etched , embossed , or stamped , non -ferrous metal number plates with numerals not less than 3/8 " high . Number lockers in sequence as directed by Architect . Attach plates to each locker door , near top , centered , with at least 2 fasteners of same finish as number plates . C . Continuous Sloping Tops : Not less than 20-gauge sheet steel , approximately 25 degree pitch , in lengths as long as practicable but not less than 4 lockers . Provide closures at ends . Finish to match lockers . D . Separators : Provide horizontal dividers of not less than 16 gauge sheet metal between doors of multiple tier lockers , to ensure rigidity . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION : A . Install metal lockers at locations shown in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions for plumb , level , rigid , and flush installation . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10500 — Metal Lockers 10500-3 Be Touch -up marred finishes , but replace units which cannot be restored to factory-finished appearance . Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by locker manufacturer. *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10500 — Metal Lockers 10500-4 SECTION 10520 - PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS PART I - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS : A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK : A . Definition : " Portable fire extinguishers" includes units which can be hand - carried as opposed to those which are equipped with wheels or to fixed fire extinguishing systems , unless otherwise indicated . B . Extent of fire extinguishers is indicated on drawings with a FE designation . C . Accessories include : Mounting brackets . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A . Provide portable fire extinguishers and accessories by one manufacturer of contractors choice , unless otherwise acceptable to architect . B . Portable Fire Extinguisher Standard : Provide new portable fire extinguishers which comply with applicable UL standard and are labeled ny UL . All extinguishers shall be installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10 , " Portable Fire Extinguishers . " Install only fully charged fire extinguishers . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS : A . Product Data : Submit manufacturer' s technical data , detail drawings , and installation instructions for each portable fire extinguisher and/or recessed cabinet for the project . B . Schedule : Submit schedule indicating types , quantities , sizes and installation locations for each portable fire extinguisher and/or cabinet for the project . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER' S : A . Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements , provide extinguishers and cabinets . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10520 — Portable Fire Extinguishers & Cabinets 10520- 1 1 . J . L . Industries , Inc . 2 , Larsen' s Manufacturing Co . 3 , Modern Metal Products by Muckle 4 , Potter- Roemer, Inc . 2 . 02 MATERIALS - GENERAL : A . Provide the following types of extinguishers in accordance with area/occupancy uses : 1 . In General Office Spaces Fire Extinguishers : Multi - purpose dry chemical type (2A- 10BC- FE ) : UL rated 2-A : 10 : B : C , 5 Ib . Nominal capacity , in enameled steel container, for class A , Class B , and Class C fires . Equal to J . L . Industries Cosmic 5E , 2 , In Kitchen/Breakroom/Employee Lounge Spaces/ Electrical Rooms : Liquid carbon dioxide , UL rated , 10 Ib nominal capacity , in enameled steel container for class B , and Class C fires only . Equal to J . L . Industries Sentinel 10 , 3 . In Electronic Equipment/Computer Room : Halotron 1 , or Halonite , clean agent EPA approved , portable fire extinguisher. Wall bracket mounted , as manufactured by . Larsen ' s Manufacturing Company . Discharges as a liquid and quickly evaporates leaving no residue to clean up . Class A , B , C fires , 10 pound nominal capacity . 2 . 03 MOUNTING BRACKETS : A . Provide manufacturer' s standard bracket designed to prevent accidental dislodgment of extinguisher , of proper size for type and capacity of extinguisher indicated , in manufacturer' s standard plated finish . B . Provide a recessed or semi - recessed cabinet , clear anodized aluminum , clear bubble , no letters on the bubble . NOTE : All semi- recessed cabinets must meet ADA guidelines for projections into hallways . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION : A . Install items included in this section in locations and at mounting heights indicated , or if not indicated , at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities . B . Where exact location of surface- mounted cabinets and/or bracket- rr ted fire extinguishers is not indicated , locate as directed by Architect . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10520, — Portable Fire Extinguishers & Cabinets 10520-2 3 . 02 IDENTIFICATION : A . Identify bracket- mounted extinguishers with a permanently affixed sign with a red background and white letters spelling " FIRE EXTINGUISHER " applied to wall surface . Letter size , style and location as selected by Architect or scheduled in Section 10440 - Specialty Signs . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10520 — Portable Fire Extinguishers & Cabinets 10520-3 SECTION 10800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS : A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary conditions and Division - 1 Specifications sections , apply to work of this Section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK : A . Extent and location of each types of toilet accessory is shown on drawings . B . Types of toilet accessories required include the following : 1 . Paper Towel Dispensers 2 , Toilet Tissue Dispensers 3 , Grab Bars 4 . Soap. Dispensers 5 . Mirrors 6 , Shower Rods C . Some types of toilet accessories are included as part of toilet partitions elsewhere in Division 10 , 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A . Inserts and Anchorages : Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry ; coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay . B . Accessory Locations : Coordinate accessory locations with other work to avoid interference and to assure proper operation and servicing of accessory units . C . Manufacturer: Provide each type of toilet accessory required as manufactured by one of the following : 1 . American Specialties Inc . 2 , Bradley Corporation 3 . Hallmark - Nutone 4 , Parker Scovill 5 , Watrous , Inc . 6 , Bobrick Washroom Equipment , Inc . 7 . Gamco 8 , Franklin Brass 9 . A & J Washroom Accessories IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10800 — Toilet Accessories 10800- 1 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS : A . Product Data : Submit manufacturer' s technical data and installation instructions for each toilet accessory . B . Setting Drawings : Provide setting drawings , templates , instructions , and directions for installation of anchorage devices and cut out requirements in other work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS : A . Stainless Steel : AISI Type 302/304 , with satin No . 4 finish , 22 gauge minimum , unless otherwise indicated . B . Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices : ASTM A 153 , hot- dip galvanized after fabrication . C . Fasteners : Screws , bolts , and other devices of same material as accessory unit or of galvanized steel where concealed . 2 . 02 FABRICATION : E A . General : Stamped names or labels on exposed faces of toilet accessory units are not permitted , except where otherwise indicated . Wherever locks are required for a particular type of toilet accessory , provide same keying throughout project . Furnish two keys for each lock . B . Surfaced - Mounted Toilet Accessories General : Except where otherwise indicated , fabricate units with tight seams and joints , exposed edges rolled . Hang doors or access panels with continuous piano hinge or minimum of two 1 %2" pin hinges of same metal as unit cabinet . Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible . C . Recessed Toilet Accessories , General : Except where otherwise indicated , fabricate units of all welded construction , without mitered corners . Hang doors or access panels with full - length stainless steel piano hinge . Provide anchorage which is fully concealed when unit is closed . 2 . 03 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS : A . Toilet Tissue Dispenser: BOBRICK B - 2740 . 2 . 04 SURFACE MOUNTED TOWEL DISPENSERS : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10800 — Toilet Accessories 10800-2 B . BOBRICK B - 262 3 . 03 GRAB BARS ( GR BR) : A . Stainless Steel Type : Equal to Bobrick B -6206 x 36 and B - 6206 x 42 . 3 . 03 SOAP DISPENSERS : A . Bobrick B4112 or Bradley 6542 Surface Mounted Dispensers capable of dispersing anti- bacterial soaps ,- 2 , 07 oaps :2 . 07 SHOWER RODS : A . Bradley Model 9531 Heavy Duty 1 1 /4" O . D . , 18-gauge satin finish stainless steel . 2 . 08 MIRRORS : A . Bobrick B - 165 , 18 " X 30 " mirror . Satin finish stainless steel frame with 1 /4 " float/ plate glass mirror electrolytically copper plated . 2 . 09 HEAVY DUTY CLOTHES HOOK : A . Bobrick B -2116 , heavy-duty clothes hook with concealed mounting . Withstands 300- 1 b downward pull . Hook and flange are one- piece brass casting with satin nickelplated finish . Supply 2 X 6 pressure treated wood backing in wall for proper mounting . Flange diameter is 2 3/4 " and unit projects 3 7/ 16 " from wall . 2 . 10 SHELF WITH MOP AND BROOM HOLDERS : A . Bobrick 13 -239 X 34 , 18 -gauge , type 304 stainless steel , satin finish , 13 " high , 8 " deep . Anti-slip mop holders have spring loaded rubber cam that grips handles 7/8 " to 1 1 /4 " diameter. Stainless steel hooks . 2 . 11 REVERSIBLE FOLDING SHOWER SEAT : A . Bobrick B- 5181 , complying with ADA accessibility standards . Seat is ivory colored solid phenolic . Reversible for left or right hand installation in the field . Frame and mounting brackets are type 304 stainless steel and feature a self- locking mechanism . Seat measures 33 " wide , projects 22 5/ 16 " from wall . Average mounting height 17 to 20 " from top of floor to seat . 2 . 12 INSTALLATION : A . Install toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturers ' instructions , using fasteners which are appropriate to substrate and recommend by manufacturer of unit . Install units plumb and level , firmly anchored in IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10800 — Toilet Accessories 10800-3 locations indicated . 2 . 13 ADJUST AND CLEAN : A . Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly . Be Replace damaged or defective units . C . Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing protective coatings . *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 10800 — Toilet Accessories 10800-4 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS SECTION 12290 - MANUFACTURED CASEWORK : LIGHT COMMERCIAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A . The Bidding and Contract Documents , General Requirements and Addenda , as may be issued prior to bidding , shall govern the work under this Section . . Be References 1 . AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute : Applicable Quality Standards , 2 , FS MM - L- 736 - Lumber, Hardwood . 3 , FS MMM -A- 130 - Adhesive , Contact . 4 , NEMA LD3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates . 5 . ANSI A156 . 9 - American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware . 6 . PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood . 7 , PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard , 8 , PS 51 - Hardwood and Decorative Plywood . 1 . 02 SCOPE OF THE WORK : A . Provide all labor, materials , necessary equipment and service to complete the casework and related work , as indicated on the drawings , as specified herein or both , except as for items specifically indicated as " NOT IN CONTRACT" ( NIC ) . Be Including , but not necessarily limited to the following : 1 . Fabrication of Casework 2 , Installation 3 . Accessories 4 , Hardware 5 , Filler Panels 1 . 03 WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS : A. Rough Carpentry , Section 06100 , and Finish Carpentry Section 06200 . Provide blocking within wall , floor, or ceiling , required to give adequate support for casework . Be Mechanical Division 15000 : Stainless steel sinks and fittings which are integral with casework , including all work for plumbing rough - in , supply waste and vent , including shut-off valves at floor or wall . All heating and ventilating ductwork and grilles in cabinets where required including connections , flashings , caps or hoods . C . Electrical Division 16000 : Electrical rough - in and connections from rough - in to cabinet or equipment fixtures and devices requiring same , whatever type IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 12290 — Manufactured Casework: Light Commercial 12290- 1 and kind . 1 . 04 BIDDING : A . Do not bid sections of casework separately . Any item required to make the casework a complete and workable unit will be by the casework Subcontractor , including installation . 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A . The " Quality Assurance " of the Architectural Woodwork Institute shall apply and by reference are made part of this specification . B . All work shall conform to section 400B Architectural Cabinets ( Laminate Clad Cabinets) as defined in the latest edition of the AWI " Quality Standards" unless detailed as a higher grade . C . Competence : The approved casework manufacturer must have a reputation for doing satisfactory work on time and shall have completed comparable work . D . The woodwork Manufacturer and the Contractor shall be jointly responsible to make certain that casework is not delivered until the building and storage areas are sufficiently dry so that the casework will not be damaged by excessive changes in moisture content . 1 . 06 LIST OF SAMPLES , CERTIFICATES AND SHOP DRAWINGS : A . This list consists of samples , certificates and shop drawings which require submission by the Contractor to the Architect for approval . B . Any omission of items which require the Contractor' s compliance under the contract documents does not relieve said Contractor from such responsibility . C . Submit samples , product data , certificates and shop drawings as required or requested by the Architect , whether included in this list or not . 1 . 07 SUBMITTALS : A. Submit complete shop drawings on all items showing details , materials , location in building and installation requirements prior to starting work . B . Submit sample cabinet built to specification , prior to starting of work , for approval of all materials . C . The casework manufacturer is responsible for details and dimensions not controlled by job conditions and shall show on his shop drawings all required field measurements beyond his control . The General Contractor and the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 12290-2 12290 — Manufactured Casework: Light Commercial casework manufacturer shall cooperate to establish and maintain these field dimensions . D . Submit samples of laminated plastic for color selection . E . Submit manufacturer' s descriptive literature of all items not manufactured by the casework contractor, as requested by the Architect . 1 . 08 DELIVERY , STORAGE AND HANDLING : A . Protect woodwork during transit, delivery , storage and handling to prevent damage , soiling and deterioration . B . Do not deliver woodwork until painting , wet work , grinding or similar operations which could damage , soil or deteriorate the woodwork , have been completed in the installation areas . If, due to unforeseen circumstances , woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas , store only in areas meeting the requirements specified for the installation area . 1 . 09 PROJECT CONDITIONS : A . Conditioning : Woodwork manufacturer and installer shall advise the Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for the woodwork installation and storage areas . B . Maintain temperature and humidity in installation areas as required to maintain moisture content of installed woodwork within a 1 . 0 % tolerance of optimum moisture content , from date of installation to through remainder of construction period . Require woodwork manufacturer to establish optimum moisture content and required temperature and humidity conditions . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 WOOD MATERIALS : A . Softwood Lumber for stiles and rails : PS 20 ; graded .in accordance with AWI ; moisture content of 6 to 11 percent ; 8 to 13 percent for damp locations ( as defined by AWI ) . B . All lumber in contact with concrete floor shall be pressure treated . 2 . 02 SHEET MATERIALS : A . Softwood Plywood for box construction " to be 3/4 " luan plywood with melamine finish for bottoms , tops and sides of wall cabinets , ends and sides of base cabinets , and all shelving . Backs shall be 1 /2 " luan plywood on wall cabinets and 1 /8 " masonite with hanging rail for base cabinets . All shelving adjustable , line board with 32 mm system . No shelves or wall IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 12290 — Manufactured Casework: Light Commercial 12290-3 cabinets to exceed 33 " wide . B . Countertops all 3/4 " plywood construction with 3/4 " buildup , and all exposed ' faces plastic laminate covered . C . Doors shall be 3/4 " MDF covered with plastic laminate . 2 . 03 LAMINATED PLASTIC : A . All laminated plastic shall meet NEMA LD -3 Standards and application of various types shall be as follows : 1 . 0 . 050 " Nominal Thickness Standard Quality : Counter tops , backsplashes , counter edges , all tops , sides and edges of shelving . 2 . 0 . 042 " Nominal Thickness vertical surface grade : Door and drawer fronts and edges and other exposed vertical and post formed surfaces . B . Acceptable Laminate Manufacturers : 1 . Nevamar 2 , Wilsonart 3 , Pionite 4 , Formica 5 . Substitutions : Only allowed with prior written approval from the Architect . 2 . 04 ACCESSORIES : A . Adhesive : FS MMM -A- 130 . Type recommended by laminate manufacturer to suit application . B . Fasteners : Size and type to suit application . All base and wall cabinets shall be screwed together. Dowels are not acceptable . C . Bolts , Nuts , Washers , Lags , Pins and Screws : Of size and type to suit application ; galvanized finish in concealed locations and stainless steel finish in exposed locations . 2 . 05 HARDWARE : A. TYPES AND MANUFATURERS 1 . Hinges : concealed box construction ( Grass , Mepla , Blum or an approved manufacturer of equal quality) , i r 2 . Drawer and Door Pulls : Stanley or approved equal , brushed aluminum wire pulls . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 12290 — Manufactured Casework: Light Commercial 12290-4 3 . Cabinet Locks : CCL or approved equal . 4 . Robe Hooks : Ives or Stanley . Be HINGES 1 . 1 pair for doors up to 48 " in height . 2 . 2 pair for doors over 48 " in height . C . PULLS 1 . 3 - 1 /3 " brushed aluminum finish . D . DRAWER GUIDES 1 . Drawer sides all metal , rated for 75 lbs . ; 5/8 " plywood drawer bottoms and backs and 3/4" MDF ( medium density fiberboard ) plastic laminate covered fronts . E . FILE DRAWERS 1 . Drawer sides , back and front 1 /2 " plywood with melamine finish , 1 /4 " plywood bottoms , with full extension drawer guides rated for 150 lbs . Provide 3/4 " MDF plastic laminate covered fronts . 2 . 07 SEALANT : A . Equal to General Electric Silicone Sealant . 2 . 08 ANCHORS : A . Select material , type , size and finish required by each substrate for secure anchorage . Provide non -ferrous metal or hot-dipped galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion- resistances . Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt shields for drilled - in - place anchors . Furnish inserts and anchors , as required , to be set into concrete or masonry work for subsequent woodwork anchorage . 2 . 09 CASEWORK FABRICATION : A . Detail shall conform to AWI (flush overlay design ) and or as shown on drawings . Be Wood moisture Content : Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for moisture content of lumber at time of fabrication and for relative humidity conditions in the installation areas . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 12290 — Manufactured Casework: Light Commercial 12290-5 C . Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings . Condition to average prevailing humidity conditions prior to installation . D . Fit shelves , doors and all edges with plastic laminate edging . Use full - length pieces only . All edges shall be clad in plastic laminate , including all 6 edges of adjustable shelving . E . Measurements : Before proceeding with fabrication of casework required to be fitted to other construction , obtain field measurements and verify dimensions and shop drawing details as required for accurate fit . Where sequence of measuring substrates before fabrication would delay the project , proceed with fabrication (without field measurements ) and provide ample borders and edges to allow for subsequent scribing and trimming of casework for accurate fit . F . Complete fabrication , assembly , finishing , hardware application and other work before shipment to project site to maximum extent possible . Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation . G . Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes . Make joints hairline . H . Cap exposed plastic laminate edges with material of same finish and pattern . I . Mechanically fasten backsplashes to countertops . J . Pre- Cut Openings : Fabricate architectural casework with pre-cut openings , where possible , to receive hardware , appliances , plumbing fixtures , electrical work and similar items . Locate openings accurately and use templates or rough -in diagrams for proper size and shape . Smooth edges of cutouts and , where located in countertops and similar exposures , seal edges of cutouts with a water- resistant coating . K. Quality Standard : Comply with AWI Section 1600- B , unless otherwise indicated . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 COORDINATION : A . Casework manufacturer is responsible for coordinating his work with work of other trades , such as structural , plumbing , electrical and air conditioning . In so far as possible , dimensional adjustments are to be determined before fabrication , and reflected on the Shop Drawings . To minimize changes required by field conditions . 3 . 02 INSPECTION : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 12290 — Manufactured Casework: Light Commercial 12290-6 A . Prior to installation of casework , examine shop fabricated work for completion and complete work as required , including back priming and removal of packing . Be Condition casework to average prevailing humidity conditions in the installation areas prior to installing . 3 . 03 INSTALLATION : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 12290 — Manufactured Casework: Light Commercial 12290-7 A . Pre- Installation Meeting : Set up a meeting at the project site with the general contractor prior to delivery of casework and review coordination and environmental controls required for proper installation and ambient conditioning in areas to receive work . Proceed with casework installation only when everyone concerned agrees that required ambient conditions can be properly maintained . Be Deliver concrete inserts and similar anchoring devices to be built into substrates well in advance of time substrates are to be built . C . Install casework plumb , level , true and straight with no distortions . Shim as required using concealed shims . Install to a tolerance of 1 /8 " IN 8 ' - 0" for plumb and level ( including tops ) ; and with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces . D . Anchor casework to anchors or blocking built- in or directly attached to substrates . Secure to grounds , stripping and blocking with countersunk , concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation . E . Cabinets : Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned . Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation . Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated . F . Tops : Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated ! and secure cabinet and counter bases to the floor using appropriate angles and anchorages . G . Use threaded steel concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units and countertops . H . Carefully scribe and cut casework to fit adjoining casework or other building materials , leaving gaps of 1 /32 " maximum . Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose but refinish the cut surface . 3 . 04 ADJUSTMENT , CLEANING , FINISHING AND PROTECTION : A . Repair damaged and defective casework where possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually ; where not possible to repair the casework then replace it. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance . Adjust doors , drawers , hardware , fixtures and other moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly . Be Clean casework on exposed and semi -exposed surfaces . Touch - up shop- applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas . C . Complete the finishing work specified as work of this section to whatever / extent not completed at the shop or prior to installation of casework . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 12290 — Manufactured Casework: Light Commercial 12290-8 D . Provide final protection and maintain conditions , in manner acceptable to Fabricator and Installer, which ensures architectural casework being without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion . E . Caulk top of backsplash at walls with G . E . Silicone Sealant or equal . If wall varies over 1 /8 " at back splash , the wall is to be re- plastered to correct waves . F . All casework to receive rubber base at the portion that touched the floor. *** END OF SECTION *** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 12290 — Manufactured Casework: Light Commercial 12290-9 DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SECTION 13122 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELA T ED DOCUMENTS : A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections , apply to the work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION : A . Extent of metal building systems work is shown on the drawings and schedules , and as herein specified . Be Rigid frame , clear span ( RF) is a continuous frame building with a minimum roof slope of 1 : 12 and a maximum roof slope of 4 : 12 consisting of uniform depth or tapered columns and rafters . Building roof slopes are called out on . building plan sections . 1 . 03 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS : A . Coordinate work of this section with work of other sections as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other sections , including : Cast in Place Concrete Section 03300 Unit Masonry Section 04200 Reinforced Unit Masonry Section 04230 Structural Steel Section 05120 Metal Decking Section 05300 Rough Carpentry Section 06100 Flashing and Sheet Metal Section 07600 Joint Sealers Section 07900 Lay in Panel Ceilings Section 09510 Painting Section 09900 Mechanical , Electrical & Plumbing Work Divisions 15 & 16 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS : A . Shop drawings shall be submitted at the earliest possible date to insure timely delivery and proper coordination of work by others . No variation from design sizes will be permitted , but recommendations for modification of connections or details to better suit fabricator' s shop practice will be considered if specifically directed , in writing to the attention of the Architect . Detailed shop drawings and design calculations , prepared by the Building System Manufacturer, shall be signed and sealed by a Florida Registered Professional Engineer, IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 13122-1 13122 — Metal Building Systems B . Shop drawings shall include erection plans , details of individual members , and index sheets . If not approved on submittal , shop drawings shall be corrected and resubmitted until final approval of Architect is obtained . Fabrications shall not be started until shop drawings are approved . C . Detail drawings shall be submitted for reference only and will not be approved or disapproved by the Architect . D . Only shop drawings bearing the Building System Manufacturer' s and Architect's (or the Architect' s subcontracted Structural Engineer review stamp ) shall be used in field and all other shop drawings will be considered void . E . Work under this section includes responsibility for dimensions to be correlated and confirmed in the fabrication processes and to techniques of construction . F . Shop drawings shall include all cutting of members that are required by other trades . 1 . 05 BUILDING ANCHORAGE AND FOUNDATION A . The building anchor bolts shall be designed to resist the maximum column reactions resulting from the specified combinations of loadings . American Buildings Company or the approved Building System Manufacturer shall specify these designs and sizes . Anchor bolts will be supplied by the contractor not the Building System Manufacturer . B . Refer to Structural Plans and details for engineered foundation and connection requirements . 1 . 06 STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN A . All structural mill sections or welded up plate sections shall be designed in accordance with AISC ' s latest " Specification for the Design , Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings . " B . All cold -formed steel structural members shall be designed in accordance with AISI ' s latest " Specification for Design of Cold - Formed Steel Structural Members . ' C . Design loads shall be in accordance with the Florida Building Code latest edition and as per plans . D . Limit lateral drift of the metal building as indicated on the structural {` drawings . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 13122-2 13122 — Metal Building Systems 1 . 07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . GENERAL : Structural assemblies , shop and field welding , shall meet the requirements of the AISC specifications . The Building System Manufacturer shall be a member of the MBMA and ' the building shall conform to MBMA publication " Metal Building Systems Manual " , latest edition . The use of salvaged , reprocessed or scrap materials shall not be permitted . B . WARRANTY : 1 . TERMS : Labor and materials warranty against leaks , perforations , or visible deterioration due to normal weathering . 2 . WARRANTY PERIOD : Roof and wall panels shall be warranted for a minimum 10 years at 100 percent plus additional 10 years prorated from 100 percent to 25 percent in last (20th) year. C . INSTALLERS QUALIFICATIONS : The Contractor erecting the metal building shall be thoroughly trained in the Building System Manufacturer' s recommended methods and procedures as approved by the Building System Manufacturer. Erecting Contractor shall be licensed or otherwise approved by Building System Manufacturer. D . RESPONSIBILITY : The Building System Manufacturer shall be responsible or engineering design and fabrication to meet the specified Regulatory Requirements and design loads specific herein . The Building System Manufacturer shall also be responsible for any damages caused by failure to clearly indicate in their submittals all structural reactions to the foundation system , including those imposed by secondary members and bracing . All required engineering documentation shall be signed and sealed by a Florida Registered Professional Engineer. E . COORDINATION : The metal building supplier shall coordinate , with the Contractor, all foundation dimensions and proper placement of all anchor bolts and related items . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A . This specification is based on Building Systems and Components as manufactured by American Buildings Company. B . Subject to compliance with requirements , acceptable manufacturers include , but are not limited to the following : 1 . Butler Manufacturing Company IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 13122 — Metal Building Systems 13122-3 I Ceco Buildings Division 3 , Varco - Pruden Buildings 4 . Metallic Building Company 5 , Whirlwind Building System 6 , Gulf States Manufacturing 2 . 02 MATERIALS A . Primary Framing Steel : 1 . Steel for hot- rolled structural sections shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Specification A- 36 . 2 . Steel for build - up sections shall be 55 , 000 - PSI minimum yield steel , comparable to or exceeding the requirements of ASTM 1570 for sheets and strips . Be Secondary framing steel used to form purlins , girts , eave struts and " C " sections shall be 55 , 000- PSI minimum yield steel , comparable to or exceeding the requirements of ASTM A570 . C . Roof panel material as specified should be 24-gauge zinc coated steel or galvalume steel , conforming to the requirements of ASTM A463 . Minimum yield steel and shall be 50 , 000 - PSI . All roof panels must meet FBC2003 required impact ratings . D . Wall panel material as specified shall be 24 , 26 , or 28 gauge zinc coated or galvalume steel , conforming to the requirements of ASTM A463 . Minimum yield steel shall be 50 , 000- PSI . All wall panels must meet FBC 2003 required impact ratings . 2 . 03 FABRICATION A . General : 1 . All framing members shall be shop fabricated for field bolted assembly . The surfaces of the bolted connections shall be smooth and free from burrs or distortions . 2 . All shop connections shall be in accordance with the American Welding Society Code for Building Construction . Certification of welder qualification will be furnished when required and specified . 3 . All framing members where necessary shall carry an easily visible identifying mark . Be Primary Framing : - IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 13122-4 13122 — Metal Building Systems 1 . Rigid Frame : All rigid frames shall be welded , built- up " I " sections . The columns and the rafters may be either uniform depth or tapered . 2 . Plates , stiffeners , etc . : All base plates , splice plates , cap plates , and stiffeners shall be factory welded into place on the structural members . 3 . Bolt Holes , etc . : All base plates , splice plates and flanges shall be shop fabricated to include cable brace or rod brace holes and flange brace holes . C . Secondary Framing : 1 . Purlins and girls shall be cold -formed "Z" or " C " sections with stiffened flanges . They shall be pre- punched at the factory to provide for field bolting to the rigid frames . They shall be simple or continuous span as required by design . 2 . Girts supporting masonry at top of walls shall be " I " sections . 3 . Eave struts shall be unequal flange cold -formed " C " sections . D . Bracing : 1 . Diagonal Bracing in the roof shall be used to remove longitudinal loads (wind , crane , etc . ) from the structure . This bracing will be furnished to length and equipped with bevel washers and nuts at each end . It will consist of rods threaded each end with suitable threaded end anchors . 2 . Flange Braces_ The compression flange of all primary framing shall be braced laterally with angles connecting to the webs of purlins or girts so that the flange compressive stress is within allowable limits for any combination of loadings . 3 . Special Bracing_ When diagonal bracing is not permitted in the sidewall , a rigid frame type portal or fixed base column must be used . Wind bracing in the roof and /or walls need not be furnished where it can be shown that the diaphragm strength of the roof and/or wall covering is adequate to resist the applied wind forces . 2 . 04 ROOF COVERING A . General : 1 . Roof Panels shall be American Buildings Company' s , or an approved equal , Standing Seam II Panel and Loc- Seam Panel with . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 13122-5 13122 — Metal Building Systems panel widths as indicated on the plans . Finish shall be galvalume or premium finish as called out on plans . 2 . American Buildings Company' s Standing Seam II Roof Panels as specified shall be 24 -gauge zinc coated steel or galvalume steel with American Building Company ' s Premium 70 LKynar 500 finish . 3 . American Buildings Company' s Loc Seam Panels as specified shall be 24 -gauge zinc coated steel or galvalume steel with American Buildings Company' s Premium 70 ( Kynar 500 ) finish . NOTE : the profiles heights color and centers called out on the plan sections and details will take precedence over this spec section description . Technical descriptions of all other parts of this spec will apply . B . Panel Description : 1 . American Buildings Company' s Standing Seam II roof panel , or an approved equal , shall have a configuration consisting of 2 " high (3 " including seam ) by 4-3/4 " wide rib , spaced on 24 " centers . Panels shall be joined at the side as with and interlocking seam standing 1 " above the major rib . Each panel shall provide 24 " net coverage in width . The female panel seam shall have factory applied sealant . 2 . American Buildings Company ' s Loc Seam Panel shall have a configuration 12 " or 16 " wide with 1 " or 2 " high vertical male and female ribs . The female seam shall have factory applied sealant. The panel seam shall be mechanically interlocked by a specially designed electric seaming machine . B . Panel Length : 1 . All roof panels shall be continuous from eave to ridge , with no end splices . 2 . 05 MISCELLANEOUS A . Fasteners : 1 . Structural Bolts_ All bolts used in frame splices and in connections of . secondary framing to primary framing shall be ASTM A307 or ASTM A325 as required by design . 2 . Fasteners for the Roof Panel Clips_ All Standing Seam II and Loc- Seam Panel clips shall be attached to the purlins by means of self- drilling screws , made of carbon steel No . 12014 x 1 1 /4 " hex washer { head , cadmium or zinc plated . Insure that the fasteners are - IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 13122-6 13122 — Metal Building Systems applicable for use with fiberglass blanket insulation 6 " thick . 3 . All Blind Fasteners shall be 1 /8 " diameter, high -strength aluminum pop rivets Type AAP , 4 . Fasteners for Wall Panels shall be supplied by panel manufacturer and may be exposed , semi-concealed , or concealed , and shall be hex washer head , cadmium or zinc plated . 2 . 06 PANEL CLIPS A . Panel Clips for the Standing Seam II Roof Panel shall be expansion clips (SSPC series) , two-part assembly . The clip portion shall be 2 %" wide . The clip portion shall be die formed SAE 1050 high carbon spring steel and heat treated to Rockwell 45C to 50C . The clip portion shall have a fluorocarbon coating for corrosion resistance . The base portion of the clip shall be 2 '/" or 3 1 /4 " (for thermal blocks ) in height and 4 3/4 " in width . The base shall be die formed from 12 -gauge galvanized steel . Total expansion capability of the clip assembly shall be 2 '/" . B . Panel Clips ( LSEC series) for the Loc-Seam Panel shall be of a two part assembly. The clip . portion shall be a nominal 2 3/8 " or 3 1 /8 " (for thermal blocks ) in height and 3 " in width . The clip portion shall be die formed 24- gauge zinc coated steel or galvalume steel . The base shall be die formed 18 gauge galvanized steel . Total expansion capability of the clip shall be 1 1 /4 2 . 07 SEALANTS A . Closure strips : The corrugations of the roof panels shall be filled with solid or closed-cell , preformed rubber , neoprene or polyethylene closures along the eave , ridge and rake . B . Sealer_ American Buildings Company ' s Standing Seam II and Loc- Seam Roof Panels side laps shall have factory-applied mastic , Chemseco Sealum SM- 532 or equal . Its composition shall be 85 % to 90 % solids by weight. Service temperature range shall be 60 degree F to +225 degree F . C . Caulk_ All gutter and downspout joints , rake flashing laps , ridge flashing laps shall be sealed with white pigmented caulk , Sika Sikaflex 201 or equal . It shall meet of. exceed the requirements of Federal Specification TT- S - 00230C , Type ll , Class A. 2 . 08 GUTTER , FLASHING AND DOWNSPOUT A . Gutters and Flashing_ All standard exterior gutters are 24 -gauge aluminum coated steel with a pre- painted finish in white . Standard rake flashing is 26- gauge aluminum coated steel with a pre- painted finish in white . In no case IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 13122-7 13122 — Metal Building Systems shall flashing be less than 26 gauge steel . Sizes as called out on plans . B . Downspouts : All downspouts shall be 28 -gauge aluminum coated steel with , color coordinated , pre - painted finish , rectangular in shape . 2 . 09 STRUCTURAL PAINTING A . All steel framing members shall be cleaned of all foreign matter and lose scale and given one mil coat of red oxide primer prior to being delivered to the job site . Primer shall meet or exceed the performance requirements of Federal Specification TT- P636D . Primer is not intended as a finish coat. B . Abrasions caused by handling after painting are to be expected . Primer shall be furnished to touch - up these areas by the contractor performing field touch - up of field painting as specified in the contract documents . C . Any interior primary structural steel members to receive spray on fire protection shall not be shop primed . . Priming voids the UL Assembly rating . 2 . 10 PANEL FINISH A . Base Metal shall be 24 -gauge zinc coated steel . B . Prime Coat_ The base metal shall be pretreated and then primed with an approved epoxy primer per the metal roofing suppliers standard paint specification . C . Exterior Coat_ After priming, the exterior side shall be given a finish coat of a 70 % minimum Kynar 500 ( PVF2 ) formulation . The topcoat thickness shall be . 8 mils minimum . The total film thickness shall be . 9 mils to 1 . 1 mils . D . Finish shall meet or exceed the following : 1 . Accelerated Weathering_ No noticeable chalking , fading , loss of adhesion or other coating deterioration after 2 , 000 hours (ASTM G - 23 ) . 2 . Humidity Resistance_ Less than 5 % of #8 blisters or no loss of adhesion after 1 , 000 hours at 100 % relative humidity , 100 degree F (ASTM D2247) . 3 , Adhesion : No coating was removed when tested according to ASTM D3359 . 4 , Abrasion Resistance_ The coating shall have a coefficient of abrasion; of 65 "/- 10 when tested in accordance with ASTM method D -0968 -81 , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 13122 — Metal Building Systems 13122-8 falling sand abrasion test . 5 . Specular Gloss : The gloss rating shall be 24- 35 units on a 60-degree gloss meter when tested in accordance with ASTM method D - 523- 80 . 6 , Color Retention_ Maximum 4E units ( Hunter) color change ( STM D659 ) . 7 . Chalk Resistance_ Minimum rating of 9 , (ASTM D659 ) . 8 , Hardness : The coating shall have a minimum hardness of HB - H using Eagle Turquoise pencils , (ASTM D3363 ) . 9 . Salt Spray_ The coating has been tested in a 5 % sodium chloride salt spray for 1000 hours at 95 degrees F . , with less than 3/ 16 " creepage from the scribe and less than 5 % no . 6 blisters . (ASTM B117) . E . The interior finish shall have one of the following : 1 . A gray polyester topcoat over an epoxy primer 2 . A . 15 mil epoxy primer and . 35 mil off-white backer 3 . A wash coat of 70 % Kynar resin of . 03 to . 04 mil , dry film thickness over primer. 4 . A polyester paint , not formulated for exterior weathering , of 1 mil minimum total thickness over primer, or 5 . An acrylic wash coat , dry film thickness of . 3 mils . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 GENERAL A . Erection practices shall conform to Section 6 , Common Industry Practices found in the " Low Rise Building Systems Manual " , MBMA 1986 . There shall be no field modifications to primary structural members except as authorized . 3 . 02 ERECTION A . The erection of the metal building and the installation of accessories shall be performed in accordance with erection drawings by a qualified erector using proper tools and equipment. B . Columns and Struts shall be accurately aligned and beams set to correct level or slope using Surveyor' s transit and levels and referring to permanent IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 13122 — Metal Building Systems 13122=9 bench marks . Struts and columns shall be kept plumb during erection for which all temporary braces , guys , and temporary beams shall be installed and kept in place until work is properly secured . Individual pieces shall be YJ considered plumb or level when the variation does not exceed 1 to 500 and 1 to 1000 for exterior columns . C . The Contractor shall provide all necessary additional bracing , beams , temporary struts , ties , guys , clip angles , etc . , that may be required to erect the structural frame and maintain it in alignment until the building is completed . D . Welding and Bolting of all connection shall follow the setting of the steel as closely as plumbing and alignment will permit . E . Any variation from the work , as shown on the drawings , which may occur during erection shall be reported to the Architect for adjustment and work not affected by such variation shall be continued until the Architect has rendered a decision . F . Utmost care shall be taken in erecting steel to avoid endangering the structure , construction personnel , or other personnel of the Owner or Architect or personnel having legitimate business at the site . Location of supports for derricks , hoists , rigging or materials , shall be carefully studies and shall be reviewed by the Architect if any questions arise . i G . Flame cutting of structural steel in the field by any Contractor will not be allowed except with the specific written permission of the Architect . *** END OF SECTION'** IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 13122- 10 13122 — Metal Building Systems DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15010 GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division- 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 .2 SCOPE OF DIVISION A . Work shall include all materials , equipment and labor necessary for a complete and properly functioning mechanical installation in accordance with all applicable codes , and contract drawings and specifications . Work shall include all work specified in Division - 15 Mechanical , Section numbers 15000 through 15999 . B . Pay for all required licenses , fees , inspections and permits . 1 . 3 RELATION TO OTHER WORK A. Work Not in Division- 15 : Related work not included in this division consists of requirements given in the following as may be included in the contract documents : 1 . Other divisions which may include work ( such as concrete, steel , painting , ceiling systems , structure and other work ) related to the work of Division - 15 . B . Work of Division- 15 : Any or all sections of Division- 15 may include a paragraph or paragraphs under the heading , " Relation to other Work" . Where such a paragraph is indicated and work directly related to the section is listed or described , such work shall be considered as relating directly to the indicated section . Any related work ( directly related or otherwise ) which may be omitted by reference from the " Relation to Other Work" paragraph of such section( s ) , shall be provided as necessary and required whether or not such work is included by reference . Such listing or description of related work within a section is given only as a convenience to the Contractor; omission of other related sections or described work does not in any way exclude the provision of such work . 1A CODES A . Install all work in accordance with the latest edition of all applicable regulations and governing codes , including the regulations of the utility companies serving the project . B . Where a conflict in code requirements occurs the more stringent requirement shall I overn . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010 - General Mechanical Provisions 15010 - 1 1 . 5 STANDARDS A. All equipment and devices shall bear U . L . label , the label of an industry recognized approved testing agency or A. G . A. certification for said item of equipment or device . B . All electrical devices must be U . L . approved . 1 . 6 DRAWINGS A. Architectural and structural drawings take precedence over mechanical drawings with reference to the building construction . Mechanical drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement and extent of work . Architectural drawings indicate more exactly the desired relationship between diffusers , registers , lighting fixtures , equipment , electric panels and devices , plumbing fixtures , and other items which remain exposed in the completed building . Exact locations and arrangement of materials and equipment shall be determined , with the acceptance of the Architect/Engineer, as work progresses to conform in the best possible manner with the surroundings and with the adjoining work of other trades . Where locations of equipment, devices or fixtures are controlled by architectural features , establish such locations by referring to dimensions on Architectural drawings and not by scaling drawings . 1 . 7 DISCREPANCIES A. In case of differences between drawings and specifications , or where drawings and specifications are not clear or definite , the subject shall be referred to Architect/Engineer for clarification and instructions . 1 . 8 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS A. Work of Division- 15 shall include the electrical requirements which are indicated to be integral with mechanical work and which can be summarized to include ( but not necessarily be limited to ) the following : 1 . Motors . 2 . Motor starters . 3 . Wiring from mechanical equipment to electrical work termination (junction box or disconnect switch ) . 4 . Control switch , pilot lights , interlocks and similar devices . 5 . Electrical heating coils and similar elements in mechanical equipment. 6 . Electrical work specified in Division- 15 for the HVAC control system . 7 . Drip pans to protect electrical work . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010 - 2 15010 - General Mechanical Provisions B . Motors , Starters , Switches : Provide with all motorized mechanical equipment unless otherwise indicated . C . Drip Pans : Where possible , do not run mechanical piping directly above electrical ( or electronic ) equipment which is sensitive to moisture ; otherwise provide drip pans under mechanical piping . Locate pan below piping , and extend 6 " on each side of piping and lengthwise 18 " beyond equipment. Fabricate pans 2 " deep , of reinforced sheet metal with rolled edges and soldered or welded seams ; 20 gage copper, or 16 gage steel with 2 oz. zinc finish hot dipped after fabrication . Provide 3/4 " copper drainage piping , properly discharged . D . Motors : Unless specifically specified otherwise in the section covering the driven equipment ( or the equipment drives ) , motors shall comply with the following : 1 . Three Phase : NEMA design B , three- phase , squirrel cage induction type designed for 1800 rpm synchronous speed for operation in 40° C ambient at 1 . 15 service factor at constant speed on the scheduled voltage . Motors shall be insulated with Class B insulation material and shall be cast iron , drip proof, horizontal foot mounted type with ball bearings . Two speed motors shall be provided as scheduled and shall be two winding type . 2 . Single Phase : Squirrel cage induction type designed for 1800 rpm synchronous speed for operation in 40° C ambient at 1 . 15 service factor at constant speed on the scheduled voltage . Motors shall be insulated with Class B insulation materials and shall be two winding capacitor start type with steel enclosure , drip proof, horizontal foot mount and ball bearings . 3 . Electric motors which are designated to be high efficiency type shall also comply with the section describing high efficiency motors . E . Scheduled Horsepower: The horsepowers scheduled or specified are those nominal sizes estimated to be required by the equipment when operating at specified duties and efficiencies . In the case of pumps , these horsepowers are non-overloading and may also include provisions for future planned impeller changes . If the actual horsepower for the equipment furnished differs from that specified or shown on the drawings , it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to insure that proper size feeders , breakers , starters , etc . are provided at no change in contract price . F. Any TEFC motors shall have Class F insulation . G . Drip proof protected motors shall have Class B insulation . H . Manufacturer: Electric motors , complying with the requirements of this Section and the installation and performance requirements of the plans , by the following manufacturers are acceptable : 1 . Reliance Electric 2 . Gould Electric 3 . General Electric 4 . Westinghouse IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010 - General Mechanical Provisions 15010 - 3 1 . 9 ELECTRICAUMECHANICAL WORK i A. Definitions : Definitions for the purpose of mechanical/electrical control and power coordination are as follows : ( Note : The use of the words , " Provide " , "furnish " and " install" are intended only for use in describing the coordination indicated by this paragraph and do not necessarily have the same definitions when used outside of the context of this paragraph . ) Any items which do not fall within the scope of this paragraph shall be coordinated as individually specified . 1 . " Furnish" means to procure an item and to deliver it to the project for installation . 2 . " Install' means to determine ( in coordination with others as necessary) the appropriate intended location of an item and to set and connect it in place . 3 . " Provide" means to both furnish and install . 4 . Power Circuit: Circuit which carries main electric power to apparatus to which the power circuit is connected . 5 . Control Circuit : Circuit which carries electrical signals directing the performance of a controller but which does not carry the main electric power. ( See NEC , Section 430-71 . ) Such circuits shall also include those which serve a dual control and power function ( e . g . , a line voltage thermostat circuit which both activates and powers a small fan motor) . 6 . Controller: A device , or group of devices , which serves to govern , in some predetermined manner, electric power delivered to apparatus to which the controller is connected and includes any switch or device normally used to start and stop a motor. ( See NEC , Article 100 , Definitions , " Controller" , and Section 430-81 ( a ) . ) 7 . Control Device : A device which reacts to an operating condition ( pressure , temperature , flow, humidity , etc . ) and which initiates transmission of an electrical control signal which causes operation of a controller or which causes operation of pressure switches , etc . 8 . Auxiliary Control Device : A device ( such as a low voltage control transformer, electric relay, etc . ) which is located in a control circuit and which carries or responds to ( but does not initiate ) an electrical control signal initiated by a control device . B . Work of Division- 15 includes ( but is not necessarily limited to ) : 1 . Provide : a . All controllers which are generally manufactured or shipped as integral with Division - 15 equipment ( such as starters packaged with air cooled chillers , etc. ) . b . All electric motors and other electrical power consuming equipment ( such as electric air heating coils , electric boilers , electric hot water heaters , etc . ) which are specified in Division - 15 . r IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010 - 4 15010 - General Mechanical Provisions c . All control circuits ( including conduit and boxes ) from the Division - 16 panels to point of use including the necessary circuit breakers . d . All other control circuits , including conduit and boxes . e . All control connections to equipment. f. All control connections to controllers , switches , motors and other mechanical systems electrical power consuming equipment ( such as electric air heating coils , electric boilers , electric hot water heaters , etc . ) . g . Auxiliary control devices . h . All control devices ( thermostats , pressure switches , flow switches , humidistats , etc. ) and make control circuit connections thereto . i . Any and all pneumatic and electronic and electric control devices and electric or pneumatic connections thereto . 2 . Furnish : a . All controllers which are generally manufactured and/or shipped as separate but companion items to Division- 15 equipment ( such as centrifugal chiller starters which are matched with the chillers but are not physically an integral part of the chiller assembly. ) C . Work of Division - 16 includes ( but is not necessarily limited to ) : 1 . Provide : a . All power circuits , including conduit and boxes . b . All power connections to controllers , switches , motors and other mechanical systems electrical power consuming equipment ( such as electric air heating coils , electric boilers , electric hot water heaters , etc . ) . c. All remote motor disconnects ( remote from the related controller) at all locations required by NEC and connections thereto except those disconnects which are specified in Division - 15 to be provided as part of the equipment itself. d . All controllers ( except those which are generally manufactured or shipped as separate but companion items to Division - 15 equipment such as centrifugal chiller starters ) . 2 . Install : a . All controllers which are generally manufactured and/or shipped as separate but companion items to Division- 15 equipment ( e . g . , chiller starters ) . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010 - General Mechanical Provisions 15010 - 5 1 . 10 AUXILIARIES AND ACCESSORIES A. Include all auxiliaries and accessories for complete and properly operating systems . 1 . 11 INVESTIGATION OF SITE A. Check site and existing conditions thoroughly before bidding . Advise Architect/ Engineer of discrepancies or questions noted before bidding . 1 . 12 ASBESTOS A . Should asbestos , or any other hazardous waste material , be encountered during the execution of the work , or should the presence of asbestos or any other hazardous material be suspected , immediately notify the Owner and suspend all work in the affected area . The Owner will activate an assessment study to determine the presence of asbestos , or other hazardous material , and evaluate what condition it is in . Removal of asbestos , or other hazardous material , if required , will be conducted by a qualified Contractor, and will be done under separate contract. 1 . 13 COORDINATION A. Provide all required coordination and supervision where work of this division connects to or is affected by work of others . 1 . 14 PROVISIONS FOR OPENINGS A. Provide all openings required for work performed under Division - 15 . Provide sleeves or other approved methods to allow passage of items installed under any Section of Division- 15 . 1 . 15 INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING SERVICES A. Any interruption of existing services shall be coordinated in advance with the Owner' s Representative . Shutdown time and duration of critical services shall be decided by the Owner. Contractor shall provide shutoff valves at point of tie.=in to minimize downtime . 1 . 16 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A . Ductwork : Keep the interior of the duct system free from dirt and rubbish and other foreign matter. All fan motors , switches , and other items , shall also be protected from dirt , rubbish and other foreign matter during building construction . Thoroughly clean all components of the ductwork and remove all dirt, scale , oil and other foreign substances which may have accumulated during the installation process . B . Equipment: All mechanical equipment provided shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt , oil , concrete , etc . Any dents , scratches or other visible . blemishes shall be corrected and the appearance of the equipment made " like new" and to the satisfaction of the Architect/ Engineer. i IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010 - General Mechanical Provisions 15010 - 6 C . Upon completion , and before final acceptance of the work , all debris , rubbish , leftover materials , tools and equipment shall be removed from the site . D . Protection of Work Until Final Acceptance : Protect all materials and equipment from damage , entrance of dirt and construction debris from the time of installation until final acceptance . Any materials and equipment which are damaged shall be repaired to "as new" condition or replaced at the direction of the Architect/Engineer. Where factory finishes occur and damage is minor, finishes may be touched up . If, in the opinion of the Architect/ Engineer the damage is excessive , factory finish shall be replaced to " new" condition . 1 . 17 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings for all items , services and systems included in the project. B . Shop drawings shall clearly show the following : 1 . Technical and descriptive data in detail equal to or greater than the data given in the item specification . Indicate all characteristics , special modifications and features . Where performance and characteristic data is shown on the drawings or specified , submitted data shall be provided in a degree which is both quantitatively and qualitatively equal to that specified and shown so that comparison can be made . Present data in detail equal to or greater than that given in item specification and include all weights , deflections , speeds , velocities , pressure drops , operating temperatures , operating curves , temperature ranges , sound ratings , dimensions , sizes , manufacturers ' names , model numbers , types of material used , operating pressures ; full load amperages , starting amperages , fouling factors , capacities , set points , chemical compositions , certifications and endorsements , operating voltages , thicknesses , gauges and all other related information as applicable to particular item . 2 . Exceptions to or deviations from the contract documents . Should Architect/ Engineer accept any items having such deviations which are not clearly brought to Architect/Engineer's attention , in writing , on item submittal , then Contractor is responsible for correction of such deviations regardless of when such deviations are discovered . C . Additional Requirements : See specific sections of the Specifications for any additional requirements . 1 . 18 SHOP DRAWINGS TECHNICAL INFORMATION BROCHURE A. Submit within thirty days after Notice to Proceed . Each brochure shall consist of an adequately sized , hard-cover, 3- ring binder for 8 - 1 /2" x 11 " sheets . Provide correct designation on outside cover and on spine of binder, i . e . , mechanical . All shop drawings shall be submitted at one time ; partial submittals will not be accepted . B . First sheet in the brochure shall be a photocopy of the " Division - 15 Index" for these specifications . Second sheet shall be prepared by the Contractor and shall list Project addresses for this Project for Contractor and all major subcontractors and suppliers . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010 - General Mechanical Provisions 15010 - 7 C . Provide reinforced separation sheets tabbed with the appropriate specifications section reference number and typed index for each section . D . Shop drawing technical and descriptive data shall be inserted in the brochure in proper order on all items . Mark the appropriate specification section or drawing reference number in the right hand corner of each item . Provide complete information , including , but not limited to , wiring and control diagrams , scale drawings showing that proposed substitute equipment will fit into allotted space ( indicate all service access , connections , etc . ) , test data , and other data required to determine if equipment complies fully with the specifications . All typewritten pages shall be on contractor or equipment manufacturer printed letterhead . E . At the end of the brochure , provide and insert a copy of the specifications for Division- 15 and all addenda applicable to this Division . F . Submit not less than six brochures . Provide separate tag marking on an individual copy for the Owner, Architect , Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractor ( two copies ) . G . Contractor shall review the brochure before submitting . Submittal information on each item in each brochure shall bear the Contractor's stamp of approval , initials of checker and date checked by him . No request for payment of or substitutions will be considered until brochure has been reviewed by the Contractor and submitted for checking . 1 . 19 SHOP DRAWINGS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS AND DUCT SYSTEMS A. Shop drawings for piping systems and duct systems shall be done on reproducible transparencies and shall be of sufficient scale to verify clearances and equipment . locations . Shop drawings shall show all required maintenance and operational clearances required . Cost of shop drawing preparation and reproduction shall be borne by the Contractor. Title drawings shall include identification of project and names of Architect, Engineer, Contractor, subcontractor and/or supplier, date , be numbered sequentially and shall indicate the following : 1 . Architectural and structural ( as required ) backgrounds with room names and numbers , etc . , including but not limited to plans , sections , elevations , details , etc . a . Fabrication and Erection dimensions . b . Arrangements and sectional views . c . Necessary details , including complete information for making connections with other work . d . Kinds of materials and finishes . e . Descriptive names of equipment. f. Modifications and options to standard equipment required by the contract . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010 '. General Mechanical Provisions 15010 - 8 if g . Leave blank area , size approximately 4 by 2- 1 /2 inches , near title block ( for Engineer's shop drawing stamp imprint) . B . In order to facilitate review of drawings , insofar as practicable , they shall be noted , indicating by cross reference the contract drawings , note , and/or specification paragraph numbers where item ( s ) occur in the contract documents . C . Also provide shop drawings , using sepias of the architectural reflected ceiling plans , which indicate locations of the following ( to be verified by Contractor) : Air distribution devices , sprinkler heads , lights and access panels . D . See specific sections of specifications for further requirements . 1 .20 AIR HANDLING UNIT AND DUCTWORK CONFIGURATION SHOP DRAWINGS A. Contractor shall submit a shop drawing for each air handling unit. . Such shop drawings shall meet the following requirements : 1 . Be drawn at not less than a scale of 1 /4 " = 1 '-0 " . Contractor may elect to use a larger scale if he desires ( i . e . , if drawing of unit is at 1 /4" = 1 '-0 " , 1 /2" = 1 '-0 " may be used . ) . 2 . Clearly show all proposed ductwork configuration changes ( sizes , routing , and similar differences ) which are different in any respect from the Drawings . Extent of shop drawings shall show all ductwork to and from each unit beginning with and terminating at those points where ductwork is intended to remain unchanged as shown on Drawings . 3 . Where proposed changes affect any other work such as structure , housekeeping pads , piping , equipment, electrical work or any other work , shop drawings shall clearly show those proposed changes . 4 . Proposed changes shall be at no additional change in contract price . 5 . Where Drawings show units in plan only , shop drawings shall show proposed units in plan and also in elevation . 6 . Shop drawings shall also show exact locations of related work ( such as bar joists , columns , beams , sound attenuators , and like items ) which affect the proposed ductwork routing and unit location and configuration . 7 . Each section of each air handling unit shall be clearly identified ( i . e . , coil section , fan section , filter section , mixing box section , etc . ) . B . Failure to submit these shop drawings together at the same time with the air handling unit shop drawings will result in total disapproval of the proposed air handling units . Time delays or other reasons will not be considered . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010 - General Mechanical Provisions 15010 - 9 1 .21 ELECTRONIC FILES A. CADD files will be available on a limited basis to qualified firms at the Architects prerogative . The cost of the files will be $ 100 per sheet . Recipients are cautioned that these files may not accurately show actual conditions as constructed . Users are responsible to verify actual field conditions . These files are not intended to be used as shop drawings . 1 . A request for CADD files should be delivered in writing along with payment for such files . Files will not be processed until payment is received . 1 .22 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Submit for checking a specific set of written operating instructions on each item which requires instructions to operate . After acceptance , insert information in each Technical Information Brochure . Refer also to other sections which may describe operating instructions . 1 .23 MAINTENANCE INFORMATION A . Submit for acceptance Maintenance Information consisting of manufacturer's printed instruction and parts lists for each major item of equipment. After acceptance , insert information in each Technical Information Brochure . Refer also to other sections which may describe maintenance . 1 .24 MANUFACTURER' S CHECK-OUT ( i A. Check out by Manufacturer' s Representative ( for major items of equipment ) : At completion of construction and after performance verification information as above- mentioned has been gathered , submitted and accepted , provide one copy of this information to the manufacturer's representative . Work required under this section shall include having the representative examine the performance verification information , check the equipment in the field while it is operating , and sign a Check- Out Memo for record . . Submit a copy of the memo on each major item of equipment for each brochure . Accepted memos shall be inserted on each brochure with the performance verification information and submittal data . Memos shall be submitted and accepted before Instruction in Operation to Owner or a request for final inspection . 1 .25 SYSTEM GUARANTEE A. The work required under Division - 15 shall include a one year guarantee . This guarantee shall be by the Contractor to the Owner to replace for the Owner any defective workmanship , equipment , or material which has been furnished under this Contract at no cost to the Owner for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the System . This guarantee shall also include reasonable adjustments of the system required for proper operation during the guarantee period . Explain the provisions of guarantee to Owner at the " Instruction in Operation Conference " . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010 _ General Mechanical Provisions 15010 - 10 1 .26 INSTRUCTION TO OWNER A. Submit all required items for checking one week before final inspection of the building is scheduled . When all items are accepted and placed in the proper brochures , the Contractor shall give notice in writing that he is ready to give the Owner an " Instruction in Operation Conference" . After the above mentioned request is received the Contractor will be notified of the time the conference can be held with the Owner. At the conference , the Contractor shall review with the Owner all appropriate information . At the end of the conference , seven copies of a memo certifying Instruction in Operation and Completed Demonstration shall be signed by the Contractor, Subcontractor and Owner and one copy inserted in each brochure . 1 . 27 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Each bidder represents that his bid is based upon the materials and equipment described in this division of the specifications . 1 . Submittal shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted , substituted equipment model numbers , drawings , cuts , performance and test data and any other data or information necessaryforthe Architect/Engineer to determine that the equipment meets all specification and requirements . If the Architect/ Engineeraccepts any proposed substitutions , such acceptance will be set forth in writing . 2 . Substituted equipment with all accessories installed or optional equipment where permitted and accepted , must conform to space requirements . Any substituted equipment that cannot meet space requirements , whether accepted or not , shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense . Any modifications of related systems of this or other trades as a result of substitutions shall be made at the Contractor's expense , and Contractor shall so state in his written request for substitution . 1 .28 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers : Materials and Equipment specified in these contract documents are accepted only in regards to general performance and quality. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to insure that acceptable materials and equipment meet or exceed the efficiencies , capacities , electrical characteristics , performance and quality of the equipment herein specified . Acceptable equipment must also generally conform , without extensive modification of related systems to the accessories , weights , space and maintenance requirements , etc . , of the specified equipment . Any modification to related systems of this or other trades shall be made at the Contractor' s expense and the Contractor shall be responsible for coordination between trades . Any difference in capacity, efficiency, electrical characteristics , weights or quality of product, etc . , between specified materials and equipment and acceptable alternates shall be submitted to the Architect/ Engineer for acceptance within 30 days of Notice to Proceed . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 Section part not applicable . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010 '- General Mechanical Provisions 15010 - 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 2 Section part not applicable . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15010- General Mechanical Provisions 15010 - 12 SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division- 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section , in addition to the following : 1 . 2 SCOPE A . Materials listed herein are general mechanical materials to be used under the Division - 15 sections of the specifications unless specifically noted otherwise in the particular section or on the drawings . 1 . 3 RELATION TO OTHER. WAVORK A. Refer to the section , " General Mechanical Provisions" , for related requirements . Refer to other sections of Division - 15 and to all other applicable portions of the Drawings and Specifications . This section relates to all sections of Division- 15 as may be applicable to the work of each section . 1 . 4 STANDARDS A. Quality and weight of materials shall comply with requirements and specifications of the appropriate standards of the. American , Society of Testing and Materials . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, GENERAL A. All materials and equipment shall be new and without blemish or defect . B . Equipment and materials shall be products which will meet with the acceptance of the agency inspecting the work . Where acceptance is contingent upon having the products examined , tested and certified by Underwriters Laboratory or other recognized testing laboratory , the product shall be so examined , tested and certified . C . Where no specific indication as to the type or quality of material or equipment is indicated , a standard item or system shall be furnished with all options , features and capabilities to meet the project requirements . D . Performance and Capacity: 1 . Performance as delineated in schedules and in the specifications shall be interpreted as minimum performance . In some cases equipment may be sized to allow for future requirements or for other reasons which may not be stated on the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 1 Drawings or in the Specifications ; provide equipment and systems with the capacities , capabilities and features indicated to provide the maximum or minimum r ( as appropriate ) conditions . E . Operating conditions and capacities must be as follows : 1 . No overloading . 2 . No operation at conditions outside of maximum and minimum limits recommended by the manufacturer and accepted by the Architect/Engineer. 3 . Compatible with all systems . F . Unless otherwise specified , all equipment and materials furnished must be as follows : 1 . Recommended by the manufacturer for the application . 2 . Installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the application except where specifications and drawings clearly indicate otherwise . 2 . 2 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS A . Locations : Provide access doors and panels ( access units ) as necessary for access to items which are concealed and which may require service or maintenance or other reason for accessibility. Examples of such items include , but are not limited to , the following : valves , cleanouts , pipe unions , expansion joints and connectors , dampers , coils , junction boxes , duct heaters , terminal units , HVAC control system devices and similar types of items . B . Access units : Shall be manufactured by the Milcor Division of Inland-Ryerson , Boico , Nystrom or Ventfabrics . Types are as follows ( Milcor style designations are used for example only) : Location Door/Panel Type Drywall Style " DW" Masonry or tile Style " M-stainless " Acoustical the Style "AT" Plaster Style " K" Fire-rated walls Style " Fire Rated " ** ( **or as indicated below) C . Fire Rated Units : 1 . Frame and panel assembly shall bear a U . L . label reading , "frame and door assembly, rating 1 - 1 /2-hour ( B ) ; temperature rise 30 minutes 250° F maximum " . 2 . Have an automatic closing device and mechanism to release the latch bolt from the inside . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 2 3 . Acceptable Manufacturers : Boico Style F , Inryco/Milcor Style VA , Nystrom Style APFR . D . Non -fire Rated Units : 1 . Steel panels and frames . 2 . Locks and latches shall be as appropriate for the location and shall be cam -lock type latches , flush screw driver operated locks or cylindrical locks . 3 . Provide two keys for all doors . All doors shall be keyed the same . E . Other Requirements : 1 . Doors and panels installed in glazed or ceramic tiled surfaces , in toilet rooms or in kitchens shall be stainless steel . 2 . Unless otherwise indicated , finish shall be rust inhibitive prime coat . F . Sizes : 1 . Minimum size : 8" x 8" . 2 . Sizes of each unit shall be individually selected to allow the recommended and required service and maintenance and accessibility functions to be accomplished . These functions shall generally include , for example , valve removal , damper linkage resetting , control adjustment, lubrication , repair, replacement and similar tasks as may be necessary and recommended for the concealed item . 3 . Sizes shall be of the following increments ( unless otherwise approved ) to allow the accessibility function to be accomplished : 8 " x 8 " , 8 " x 12" , 12" .x 12" , 12" x 16 " , 16 " x 16 " , 16 " x 24" , 24" x 24" , 24" x 36 " , 30" x 30 " , 36 " x 36 " or 36 " x 48 " . 4 . No size smaller than 16 " x 24" shall be allowed when a person must pass through the access opening in order to accomplish the desired accessibility function . 5 . Every attic or furred space in which mechanical equipment is installed shall be accessible by an opening and passageway as large as the largest piece of the equipment and in no case less than 22 x 36 inches continuous from the opening to the equipment and its controls . The opening to the passageway shall be located not more than 20 feet from the equipment measured along the center line of such passageway. 2 . 3 PAINTING AND MARKING A . All paint and materials used for painting shall be manufacturer's "first quality" product . For additional paint material requirements , refer to Section 09900 , Painting . B . Marking : Refer also to sections describing identification of mechanical systems . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15050 - 3 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 2 . 4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTING DEVICES A . General : Refer to other sections of Division- 15 for any requirements which may be { ' additional to this section . Comply with the more stringent requirement if more than one method is specified or shown . B . Pipe supporting devices specified herein shall apply to all Division- 15 piping unless modified in subsequent sections of Division - 15 ( ie . , vibration isolation ) or detailed on the drawings . 1 . Pipe hangers for copper pipe shall be copper or copperplated and for steel pipe shall be zinc- plated , clevis type hangers . 2 . Hangers for pressure piping shall be clevis type or accepted as equivalent. Pipe hangers shall be capable of vertical adjustment after erection of the piping . Piping shall not be hung from fire and/or smoke walls . 3 . Vertical piping supports shall be constructed of carbon steel with rounded ears and two or four holes for clamping bolts . Steel , galvanized and cast iron piping riser clamps shall have galvanized finish . Copper and brass piping riser clamps shall have electro-plated copper or PVC coating finish . 4 . Acceptable Manufacturers are Grinnell , PHD Manufacturing Inc . , Fee and Mason , Michigan and Elcen . C . Beam clamps may be used when supporting piping from steel structures . D . Concrete inserts shall be placed in forms as work of Division - 15 prior to the time that concrete is poured . E . Lead tamp- ins may be used when installed in a concrete or masonry wall or other like vertical surface to support a vertical hanger. Lead tamp- ins will not be permitted to support hangers to the underside of a concrete slab . F . For parallel runs of above ground suspended piping , an acceptable trapeze-type hanger may be used . Provide permanent, non-conductive type wrapping between copper pipe and steel trapeze hangers . G . Powder set type fasteners or inserts shall not be used . 2 . 5 FLOOR, WALL OR CEILING PLATES OR ESCUTCHEONS IN EXPOSED AREAS A . Shall be chrome-plated . Escutcheons for extended sleeves shall be of the type designed for that purpose . Split ring escutcheons will not be allowed . B . Escutcheons to be as manufactured by Guarantee Specialty Mfg . Co . , Cleveland , Ohio ; American Sanitary Mfg . Co . , Abingdon , III . , or Beaton Cadwell . C . Provide escutcheons or fabricated plates or collars at each location where pipe or duct passes through a finished surface . Escutcheons for flush sleeves shall be equivalent IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 4 to Benton & Caldwell No . 3A chromium plated brass ; for sleeves extending above floor shall be equivalent to Benton & Caldwell No . 36 chrome plated brass . Collars or plates for ducts and large diameter insulated pipe shall be fabricated of 18 gage galvanized copper bearing sheet steel , secured to structure and neatly fitted around duct or pipe . 2 . 6 SLEEVES A. General : Lay out work and set sleeves in new or existing construction so there shall be minimum of cutting , drilling and patching . All sleeves not used during construction period shall be sealed using grout . Unused penetrations or sleeves through fire rated barriers shall be sealed to prevent passage of smoke or heat using an Underwriters ' Laboratories approved method rated at least equivalent to the barrier being penetrated . Method submitted must show proof of UL approval . B . Pipe Sleeves : Except where specified otherwise below, pipe sleeves shall be as follows : 1 . Sleeves installed in walls subject to hydrostatic (water) pressures shall be " link seal " (Thunderline Corp ) Type WS or accepted as equivalent. 2 . When there is piping existing , and fire rated walls are to be erected , Proset fire rated split wall system pipe sleeves , or accepted equivalent , are to be used . 3 . When copper or steel slab penetrations are required , use Proset System A , or accepted as equivalent for fire- rated and water pipe installations . C . Walls and Partitions : 1 . Sleeves 8- Inch Diameter and Smaller (Above Grade ) : Sleeves shall be mild steel pipe or plastic sleeves built into wall , partition or beam , sized to pass pipe and covering , leaving a clear space of 1 /4- inch minimum between covering and sleeve . Penetrations of fire rated barriers shall have mild steel sleeves . 2 . Sleeves Installed in Exterior Walls ( Below Grade ) : Schedule 40 steel hot dipped galvanized after fabrication or cast iron sleeve with 1 /4 -inch x 3-inch center flange (water stop ) around the outside . D . Floors (Above Grade ) : Sleeves shall be Schedule 10 galvanized steel , set before floor is poured , sized to pass pipe and covering , leaving a clear space of 1 /4-inch between covering and sleeve , and shall extend %-inch above finished floor. E . Duct Sleeves : Sleeves or openings sized to pass mechanical ducts and covering shall be of framed construction in roof, wall , or partitions . F . Sealing of Sleeves : 1 . Sleeves Below Grade : Caulk annular space between pipe and sleeve using oakum and poured lead both sides minimum one inch deep to make wall penetration water tight . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 5 2 . Sleeves Above Grade : Openings around pipes , duct, etc . , passing through sleeves shall be made draft free and vermin- proof by packing solidly with mineral wool or fiberglass . 3 . Sealing of Sleeves Through Fire Rated Barriers : All penetrations through fire rated barriers shall comply with Division -7 or as specified in this Division . 2 . 7 FIRE/SMOKE RATED FLOOR, PARTITION OR WALL PENETRATION SEALANT A . Seal shall be composed of fire barrier product , putty , or caulking materials used either in combination or singularly . Acceptable Manufacturers are 3M Corporation or Dow Corning , 2 .8 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Provide as necessary to accomplish work specified . Perform in accordance with applicable State and Local codes and accepted good practice and in accordance with other applicable sections or divisions . 2 . 9 BELT DRIVES A. General : Equip each motor driven machine not direct connected with V- belt drive . Belts shall be of correct cross section to fit properly in sheave grooves and shall be carefully matched for each drive . Sheaves shall be cast iron or steel , bored to fit properly on shafts and secured with keys of proper size . The rating of each drive shall be as recommended by manufacturer for service but shall be at least 1 . 5 times nameplate rating of motor. B . Speed Adjustment : Adjust fan speed by change( s ) in sheave size as necessary to obtain proper design air flow with fan in its installed location . Fans may be first fitted with variable pitch drives until proper speed adjustment is made and then fitted with proper fixed pitch drive size , or alternate sizes of fixed pitch drives may be used until proper fan needed to deliver necessary air quantity. C . Vibration of Air Handling Equipment and Fan Units : For air handling equipment and fans driven by motors 5-hp or greater, field vibration levels will not be acceptable if the maximum vibration velocity or displacement measurement exceeds the following values (when measurements are taken at the bearing supports using a vibration analyzer with the filter set at the operating fan speed ) : Fan Speed RPM Maximum Vibration Level 800 or Less 5 Mils ( 0 . 127 mm ) max . displacement 801 and Greater 0 . 20 in/sec. ( 5 mm/s ) max . velocity D . Belt and Coupling Guards : Each belt drive shall be equipped with an OSHA approved guard . Guards shall be constructed of # 12 U . S . standard gage 3/4-inch diamond mesh wire screen , or equivalent, welded to one inch steel angle frames , and shall enclose all belts and sheaves . Tops and bottoms of guards shall be of substantial sheet metal or IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 6 not less than # 18 U . S . standard gage . Braces or supports must not " bridge " sound and vibration isolators . Guards shall be designed with adequate provision for movement of motor required to adjust belt tension . Means shall also be provided to permit oiling , use of speed counters , and other maintenance and testing operations with guard in place . All direct drive equipment shall have coupling guards in accordance with Florida Department of Business Regulation safety regulations and OSHA. 2 . 10 BEARINGS A. All bearings shall be 200 , 000-hour rated unless otherwise specified . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 EQUIPMENT ACCESS A. Access Doors and Panels : 1 . Locations : Provide access unit at the following locations . a . Where additionally specified in other sections of this Division- 15 and where specifically indicated on the drawings . b . Where not specifically indicated on the drawings but where the work to be provided will require accessibility for purposes as described oras recommended by the manufacturer of the concealed item . c. At all locations where concealed equipment, fixtures , devices and similar items require accessibility for service , inspection , maintenance , repair, replacement and where such concealed item would not otherwise be accessible for such functions without the provision of an appropriately sized access unit. B . Installation : 1 . Definitions : For the purpose of coordination of responsibility, the following words are defined to describe the intended coordination . a . " Furnish" means to procure an item and deliver it to the project for installation . b . " Install " means to determine ( in coordination with others as necessary) the intended appropriate location of an item and to set, connect and otherwise fix in place in a manner to allow intended operation and use . C , " Provide" means to both furnish and install fully and completely in all aspects . 2 . Furnishing Access Units : Access units shall be furnished as work of the Division which governs the item which is intended to be made accessible by the access unit . 3 . Installing Access Units : Access units shall be installed as work of the Division which governs the surface , barrier, partition or other building component in and on which the access unit is to be placed . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 7 4 . Determination of Locations : a . Where the work of Division- 15 requires that the access unit be provided ( i . e . , both furnished and installed ) , . then the responsibility for determination of the location at which the access unit is to be placed is also work of Division - 15 . b . Where the work of Division - 15 requires that access unit be furnished for installation as work of another Division , then the responsibility for determination of the location at which the access unit is to be installed shall be work of Division- 15 . Conversely, where the work of one Division requires that an access unit be only installed , then the responsibility for determination of the location of which the access unit is to be installed shall be work of Division - 15 which furnishes the access unit . 5 . Determination of Sizes : a . Unless an access unit size is indicated on the drawings or otherwise specified , the size of each access unit shall be determined as work of the Division which either provides or furnishes the access unit . b . Sizes for access units which are provided or furnished as work of this Division shall be in compliance with sizing criteria of this Division . 3 . 2 PAINTING A. Paint all exposed piping , insulation , equipment , structural bases , racks , in equipment . rooms and on roof, furnished under Division- 15 of these specifications . All exposed metal surfaces shall be given one prime coat and two finish coats . All insulated surfaces shall be given one sizing coat of glue sizing ( omit this step if factory applied finish is suitable to receive prime coat) , one prime coat and one finish coat. Factory painted or finished items do not require field painting but shall require "touch - up " with matching paint or finish where scratched . B . Pipe hangers , saddles , supports , riser clamps and accessories shall be painted to match their piping . C . Equipment not completely accessible for painting when set in place shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted before installation and suitably protected . D . Piping concealed need not be painted . 3 . 3 HANGERS AND INSERTS A. Refer also to other sections which may describe additional requirements for hanging and supporting . Comply with the more stringent requirement if more than one method is specified or shown . B . Provide and properly locate hangers to adequately support piping and equipment . Arrange hangers to permit expansion and contraction . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15050 - 8 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods C . The size of hanger for non-insulated pipes shall be suitable for pipe size to be supported . For insulated piping , the size of the hanger shall be suitable for the pipe size , plus the insulation and a 16-gauge half-circle galvanized sheet metal insulation saddle . D . Isolation of copper pipe from steel hangers to consist of wrapping pipe at, and 1 " each side of contact surface with not less than two layers of adhesive type plastic electrical insulating tape . E : Pipe supports for piping 2 " diameter and below may be supported directly from Epicure steel decking using Epicure standard hangers (200 Ib . max. load ) . Piping above 2 " shall be supported from steel beams . F . Locate pipe supports as follows unless noted in other sections of these specifications or on the drawings : 1 . Horizontal cast iron pipe inside building - supported on each length of pipe . 2 . Vertical cast iron pipe inside building - supported at each floor level and at the base . 3 . Horizontal steel piping and copper tubing 1 " diameter and under - support on 6 ' centers . 4 . Horizontal steel piping and copper tubing above 1 " through 1 - 1 /2" diameter - support on 8' centers . 5 . Horizontal steel piping and copper tubing larger than 1 - 1 /2" diameter -support on 10 ' centers , except 24" diameter piping shall be supported by main roof beams ( 20 ' O . C . maximum ) . 6 . Support vertical cast iron , steel and copper piping at each floor penetration not to exceed 20 foot intervals . 3 .4 ANCHORS A. Install a suitable anchor on piping to prevent movement from expansion and contraction by welding or clamping securely to pipe at fitting or coupling . Approval of the Architect/Engineer of method of anchorage must be obtained before installation of work . Properly anchor piping to remove strains on equipment which would be caused by expansion and contraction . Adequately insulate anchors on piping , with operating fluid temperatures below 75° F , to prevent moisture condensation problems . 3 . 5 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION PROVISIONS A. Piping is designed with offsets and loops to provide for expansion and contraction . At such points , piping shall be cold sprung to equalize expansion when at operating temperatures . Install piping to maintain grade at all operating temperatures . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15050 - 9 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 3 . 6 FLASHING A. Flashing shall be done as work of other divisions . 3 . 7 PIPING SLEEVES A . Contractor shall furnish and set sleeves for his piping . Use galvanized sheet steel with water tight seams and joints or pipe for poured concrete . Extend sleeves thru walls , partitions and ceilings to finished surface . Extend sleeves 1 /4 inch above finished concrete floors and 1 inch above slab in chases . Sleeves , installed above finished ceilings , for fire/smoke rated wall assemblies shall extend 1 " beyond each face of wall . B . Adequately size sleeves to permit clearance for pipe movement and proper grading of pipes . Sleeves for insulated pipe shall be of adequate size to clear insulation . C . Caulk space between insulation or pipe and sleeve with asbestos rope and seal with fire rated safing material ( or flexible fire retardant sealant if pipe is subject to expansion or contraction ) to serve as a fire and smoke stop . D . Sleeves in walls and/or slabs subject to hydrostatic pressures shall be made watertight . 3 . 8 ESCUTCHEONS A. Provide chrome plated brass escutcheons (for 1 /4 or 1 inch projecting sleeves as required ) at each point where an uninsulated pipe passes thru a finished surface . 3 . 9 CONCRETE BASES AND STRUCTURAL STEEL A. Concrete bases and structural steel to support equipment and piping installed under each specification section or division and not specifically shown on the structural or architectural plans shall be furnished for this work . 3 . 10 SEALANT A. Fire/smoke sealant shall be installed in strict compliance with the manufacturer's installation instructions . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 10 SECTION 15056 HOUSEKEEPING PADS , CONCRETE PART 1 = GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division- 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 .2 SCOPE A. Provide concrete housekeeping pads for the equipment listed in this section . This work shall be performed by the concrete installer. 1 . 3 RELATION TO OTHER WORK A. Refer' to the section , " General Mechanical Provisions" , for related requirements . Refer to other sections of Division- 15 and to all other applicable portions of the drawings and specifications . B . This section directly related in particular to sections (which mayor may not be included in this division ) which describe the following : 1 . Concrete described in other divisions . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GENERAL A. All concrete and steel for concrete housekeeping pads shall comply with those sections of the specification division describing concrete and steel . 2 . 2 HOUSEKEEPING PADS A. Provide reinforced (#4's @ 12" both ways with 1 - 1 /2" top cover) concrete housekeeping pads for each individual machine . Pads shall extend six inches beyond the machine bases in all directions and be continuous beneath the machine . Pads shall have chamfered edges and shall be poured and finished smooth and level to insure proper and continuous support for the bearing surfaces of the machine . B . Coordinate exact length and width of each pad and any penetrations which may be necessary for piping or conduit with the actual equipment approved for use on the project. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15056 - Housekeeping Pads , Concrete 15056 - 1 PART 3 = EXECUTION 3 . 1 GENERAL A. Refer to the section describing vibration isolation for equipment which is to rest on concrete housekeeping pads . 3 . 2 PAD HEIGHTS A. Provide 6 " high concrete pads for the following : 1 . All equipment specified or shown to be on a concrete pad if no height is given . 2 . Indoor air handling units , . 3 . Floor mounted pumps . 4 . Domestic water heaters . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15056 - 2 15056 - Housekeeping Pads , Concrete SECTION 15062 REFRIGERANT PIPE , VALVES AND SPECIALTIES PART 1 = GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division- 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section. 1 .2 SCOPE A. Provide refrigerant piping systems , complete in all respects , between the system components and connected equipment . 1 . 3 RELATION TO OTHER WORK A. Refer to the section , " General Mechanical Provisions " , for related requirements . Refer to other sections of Division- 15 and to all other applicable portions of the Drawings and Specifications . IA SHOP DRAWINGS A. Refer to the Section entitled " General Mechanical Provisions" . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 COPPER PIPE A. Refrigerant system piping shall be refrigerant grade , dehydrated and sealed , seamless , uniformly dead soft temper. 2 .2 FITTINGS A. Refrigerant grade , wrought copper, long radius , solderjoint type . 2 . 3 SOLDER A. Silver brazing alloy ( Sil Fos ) Fed . Spec . AA-S - 561d . 2 .4 FLUX A . Non-corrosive , specifically designed for silver brazing . 2 . 5 ACCESS VALVES A . Schrader type designed for use with quick coupler hose fittings and provided with individual cap . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15062 - 1 15062 - Refrigerant Pipe, Valves and Specialties PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 PIPE SIZES A. Refrigerant pipe sizes which may be shown on drawings are nominal . Provide sizes not less than sizes indicated and in compliance with size recommended by the manufacturer( s ) at the connected equipment. Provide change in sizes if such change is in accord with manufacturer's recommendation and with Architect/Engineer's approval . Size piping to maintain minimum velocity of 5004pm in horizontal lines and 1000 fpm in vertical risers for proper oil return ; provide double suction risers and hot gas risers as may be necessary to accomplish this . 3 .2 REFRIGERANT SPECIALTIES A . Refrigerant valves , driers , expansion valves , and similar items shall be provided with each system . Where refrigerant access valves are not furnished by the manufacturer, they shall be field installed to enable charging and checking the system . 3 . 3 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS A . General : All joints and connections shall be made permanently refrigerant tight. B . Solder Joints : Cut tubing square using tubing cutters , with sharp cutting wheels , so as not to crimp the tubing ends . Remove all burrs using a pipe reamer and taking care not to flare the ends of the tube . Thoroughly clean the outside of the pipe and the inside of the fitting using a fine sand cloth . Apply non-corrosive paste flux to the cleaned surfaces immediately and apply silver solder and heat in accordance with manufacturer's instructions . Use care not to damage equipment or refrigerant specialty items when making up joints ( protect from excessive heat) . C . Scale Prevention : During brazing , keep pipe system full of inert gas to prevent scale formation . D . Mechanical Joints : Where the Contractor uses refrigerant tubing sets , follow the manufacturer's installation instructions explicitly, including the use of special tools , when making up the joints . Where precharged tubing and equipment is provided , do not cut into the system to install access valves . 3A HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A . Refer to other sections describing hangers and supports . Isolate copper tubing from contact with any dissimilar metals . 3 . 5 EVACUATION AND CHARGING A. When other than completely factory charged equipment and piping systems are used , they shall be evacuated and charged as follows : Charge the system with dry nitrogen and refrigerant and leak test all joints including factory piping within the units . Repair all leaks by disassembling and remaking the joint. After all leaks are corrected , evacuate the system to an absolute pressure of 0 . 2" mercury . System shall hold this vacuum for two hours with no noticeable rise in pressure . After passing vacuum test, IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15062 - 2 15062 - Refrigerant Pipe , Valves and Specialties break vacuum twice using refrigerant and re-evacuate for a minimum of two hours each time . Charge the system in the manner and with the type and amount of refrigerant recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted refrigeration practice . 3 . 6 REFRIGERANT PIPING CONDUIT A . Install any refrigerant piping which is below slab or grade in Schedule 40 PVC piping . Size conduit as necessary to properly install piping . Provide long bend sweeps . Install so that conduit will drain and not trap water. Protect ends of conduit from entry by vermin , insects and water. 3 . 7 OTHER REQUIREMENTS A. Arrange piping generally as shown and such that service access is facilitated . Keep refrigerant lines as short and direct as possible with a minimum number of joints . Provide sleeves through floors , walls or ceilings , sized to permit installation of full- thickness insulation ; seal air tight after installation of piping and insulation . B . Provide flexible piping arrangement in hot gas discharge line of compressor. Such arrangement shall consist of a piping loop or similar measure to prevent transmission of objectional vibration . C . Provide a removable core filter-drier in liquid line . In- line filter-driers are acceptable in individual circuits of less than 10-ton nominal capacity. Provide a full size valved bypass around this filter-drier. Provide shut-off valves to isolate the filter drier while flow is through the bypass and also a shutoff valve in the bypass so that filter-drier can be put into use . D . Provide a refrigerant charging connection in the liquid line upstream from the filter-drier. E . Provide a moisture indicating sight glass in the liquid line downstream from the filter- drier. Install in vertical line if possible and a sufficient distance downstream from any valve such that the resulting disturbance does not appear in the glass . F . Provide a filter-drier with isolating shut-off valves and with valved bypass only if compressor is not equipped with a suction line filter or screen . G . Keep piping free from traps unless otherwise indicated . Install vertical pipe plumb . Pitch horizontal piping only where slope is desirable . H . Provide shut-off valves at inlet and outlet to all condensers , receivers and evaporators to permit isolation for service . If possible , use angle valves to minimize pressure drop . Use angle valves in all cases at receivers . Use globe valves only when angle valves are impractical . I . Provide solenoid valves upright in horizontal lines only , unless their design allows installation in vertical pipe . J . Where compressor( s ) do not have pump down control and the compressor( s ) associated evaporator coil( s ) do not have bottom suction header connections and the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15062 - 3 15062 - Refrigerant Pipe , Valves and Specialties evaporator coil ( s ) are located above the compressor( s ) , then loop suction lines( s ) to top level of coil to prevent liquid slugging . K . To prevent erratic operation of thermal expansion valve , provide a suction line trap next to evaporator coil suction outlet with expansion valve bulb located between coil and trap . Provide only in suction lines which are level leaving coil outlet or which rise on leaving coil outlet. Trap not required when evaporator coil outlet suction line drops to compressor or suction header immediately after expansion valve bulb . END OF SECTION l IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15062 - 4 15062 - Refrigerant Pipe , Valves and Specialties SECTION 15066 PIPING : CONDENSATE DRAIN PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division- 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 ,2 SCOPE A . Provide condensate drain piping from cooling coil drain pans . 1 . 3 RELATION TO OTHER WORK A . Refer to the section , "General Mechanical Provisions " , for related requirements . Refer to other sections of Division- 15 and to all other applicable portions of the Drawings and Specifications . B . This section directly relates in particular to sections (which may or may not be included in this division ) which describe the following : 1 . Air handling equipment with cooling coils . 2 . Insulation , 1 .4 SHOP DRAWINGS A . Refer to Section entitled " General Mechanical Provisions" . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 PIPE A. Type M hard drawn copper conforming to ASTM Spec, B88 . 2 .2 FITTINGS A . Wrought copper, solder joint, pressure type conforming to ANSI B16 . 22 . 2 . 3 SOLDER A . Composition SB5 ( 95/5 ) , Fed . Spec . QQ -S-571d and Class 3 ( Sil Fos ) , Fed . Spec . AA- S - 561d , ASTM B32 . t IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15066 - Piping : Condensate Drain 15066 - 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 GENERAL A. Piping shall be sloped uniformly toward drain , and provided with trap seal having a depth , in inches , equivalent to one and one-half ( 1 - 1 /2 ) times the total static pressure of the respective fan system . Traps shall be assembled using elbows and tees with threaded brass plugs to permit cleaning of trap and drain line . Piping shall be installed in a neat manner and shall be not smaller than full size of the equipment drain connection or three-quarters inch ( 3/4 " ) whichever is larger. 3 .2 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS A. General : Joints and connections shall be made permanently air, gas , and water tight . B . Solder Joints : Cut pipe square using cutting tool which does not crimp pipe . Remove all burrs using pipe reamer and taking care not to flare the pipe end . Thoroughly clean the outside of pipe and the interior of the fittings using a fine sand cloth . Apply noncorrosive paste flux to the cleaned surfaces immediately and apply solder and heat , in accordance with manufacturer's instructions , to complete joint. C . Equipment Connections : Connections to copper drain nipples may be made with solder joints provided care is exercised not to damage equipment, its insulation or finish . Connections to equipment having steel nipples shall be made using screwed to solder adapters with teflon tape applied to male threads prior to assembly. 3 . 3 ROUTING A. Unless otherwise indicated , route pipe discharge as follows : 1 . Roof Mounted Equipment: To nearest roof drain . 2 . Interior Equipment: To nearest floor drain . 3 . 4 INSULATION A. Insulate if so specified in section describing insulation . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15066 - 2 15066 - Piping : Condensate Drain SECTION 15151 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PART 1 = GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this Section . 1 .2 SCOPE A. Provide all angles , brackets , clamps , anchors , inserts , rods , braces , frames , hangers nuts and bolts , and other miscellaneous steel and hardware items as may be required forthe proper support of equipment, piping systems , HVAC systems , plumbing systems and fire protection systems . 1 . 3 RELATION TO OTHER WORE A. Refer to the section , " General Mechanical Provisions" , for related requirements . Refer to other sections of Division- 15 and to all other applicable portions of the Drawings and Specifications . B . This section directly relates in particular to sections (which may or may not be included in this division ) which describe the following : 1 . Piping systems . 2 . Duct systems . 3 . Equipment items . 1 .4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Refer to Section entitled " General Mechanical Provisions " . Provide specific data on hangers , stands , clamps , rollers , guides , shields , anchors and their proposed application . Submit detailed shop drawings , showing method of support and anchoring for all piping and equipment as follows : 1 . Piping Systems : 2 . Scaled single line piping plans superimposed on structural construction drawings . Scale shall be minimum 1 /4" = V-0 " . Piping which is three inch ( 3" ) diameter and smaller may be omitted from these shop drawings . Drawings shall clearly indicate the location and type of each and every insert, hanger, stand , support, guide , isolator and anchor; and shall also indicate the size , type locations and method of attachment for all miscellaneous structural steel required . 3 . Sectional drawings , sketches and other details as may be required to clearly communicate the method of support, anchoring , guiding and vibration isolation . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15151 - 1 15151 - Hangers and Supports 4 . Show details of any typical floor or wall penetrations including : riser clamp , pipe sleeve , and provisions for water stop to prevent the water travel between penetrations . t 1 . 5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Where compliance with an industry, society or association standard is specified or indicated , certification of such compliance shall be submitted with shop drawings . 1 . 6 MANUFACTURER A. Products listed in this Section or on the plans are based on a specific manufacturer to establish the desired style , quality and type . Equivalent products , complying with the requirements of this Section and the installation requirements of the plans , by the following manufacturers are acceptable : 1 . F&S Manufacturing Corp . 2 . Fee and Mason Manufacturing Co . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 HANGERS A. Hangers In Contact With Copper Piping : Shall be copper plated or teflon coated . Hangers shall be Fed . Spec . . WW - H- 171 E , Type 9 . Acceptable : Grinnell Fig . 97 or 97C , or equivalent. , B . Hangers ( other than in Contact With Copper Piping ) : Shall have manufacturer's standard finish . Hangers shall be of the following types : 1 . Pipe 3 " and Larger: Fed . Spec . WW- H- 171 E , Type 1 . Acceptable : Grinnell Fig . 260 or equivalent. 2 . Pipe 2- 1 /2 " and Smaller: Fed . Spec. WW - 172E , Type 6 . Acceptable : Grinnell Fig . 104 or equivalent. 2 . 2 ISOLATORS A . Refer to the Section , if included in this Division , which describes vibration isolation . 2 . 3 PIPE ROLLER STANDS A . Shall be Fed . Spec. WW- H- 171D , Type 47 . Acceptable : Grinnell Fig . 171 , or equivalent. 2 .4 PIPE ROLLER HANGERS A. Pipe Roller Hangers : Shall be Fed . Spec . WW-H- 171 E , Type 42 . Acceptable : Grinnell Fig . 171 , or equivalent. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15151 - 2 15151 - Hangers and Supports 2 . 5 PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDES A. Acceptable : Grinnell Fig . 256 , or equivalent. 2 . 6 PIPE RISER CLAMPS A . Pipe Riser Clamps : Shall be Fed . Spec . WW - H- 171D , Type 8 , 2 . 7 INSULATION SHIELDS A . Shall be Fed . Spec . WW - H - 171D , Type 41 . Acceptable : Grinnell Fig . 167 , or equivalent. 2 . 8 BEAM CLAMPS A. Fed . Spec . WW- H- 171D , Type 29 , Acceptable : Grinnell Fig . 292 with links , or equivalent . 2 , 9 INSERTS A. Preset Type : Malleable iron with removable interchangeable nuts having lateral adjustment of not less than one and five-eighths inches . Continuous inserts shall have a capacity of 2 , 000 Ib . per foot and shall be hooked over reinforcing . Acceptable : C- B Universal Fig , 282 ; Unistrut Products Co . , P3200 or P3300 ; B- Line Systems , Inc. , i Series B- 32 . 1 , or equivalent. 2 . 10 ROD A. Carbon steel , black threaded bolt ends or continuous thread , sized with safety factor of five ( 5 ). Acceptable : Grinnell Fig . 140 or 146 , or equivalent . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 GENERAL A . Refer to Section entitled " General Mechanical Provisions " . All inserts , fasteners , hangers and supports shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions . 3 . 2 PIPE A. General : Hangers shall be spaced to prevent sag and to permit proper drainage . All piping shall be run parallel with the lines of building , unless otherwise indicated on drawings . The hanger spacing and placement shall be such that after the covering ( insulation and finish ) is applied , there will be not less than 1 /2 " clear space between finished covering and other surfaces , including the finished covering of parallel adjacent pipes . Hangers for insulated pipes shall be sized to encompass the insulation , finish and metal insulation shield ( a metal insulation shield shall be provided for each hanger or support ) . Vertical piping shall be supported with pipe riser clamps at every floor penetration , unless specifically indicated otherwise on the drawings . Hangers and supports shall not be placed at greater than the following intervals : IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15151 - Hangers and Supports 15151 - 3 B . Pipe 1 " and Smaller: Eight foot ( 8 ' ) centers and not more than two feet ( 2' ) from a change in direction ( offsets , elbows , and tees ). 1 . Pipe 1 - 1 /4" through 2- 1 /2 " : Ten foot ( 10 ' ) centers and not more than two feet ( 21 ) from a change in direction ( offsets , elbows and tees ) . 2 . Pipe 3 " and Larger: Fourteen foot ( 14 ' ). centers and not more than two feet ( 2 ' ) from a change in direction ( offsets , elbows , and tees ) . 3 . 3 EQUIPMENT A. Equipment supports shall be as otherwise indicated on the drawings or in the specifications . 3 . 4 DUCTWORK A. Refer to Sections describing ductwork . 3 . 5 POWDER (GUNPOWDER ) ACTUATED FASTENERS A. Not allowed . 3 . 6 STEEL DECKING A. On projects where floor or roof slabs are installed over steel decking , drill or punch web of steel decking and insert hangers with washers before the concrete fill is poured in place . Hangers shall be plumb within one- half inch ( 1 /2 " ) in four feet (4 ' ) and spaced as required for service intended . END OF SECTION l IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15151 - 4 15151 - Hangers and Supports ( SECTION 15201 VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division- 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 2 SCOPE A . Provide vibration isolation supports for all equipment and piping as may be required to prevent transmission of vibration to building structure . This shall include air handling units , fans , piping , pumps and similar items . 1 . 3 RELATION TO OTHER WORK A . Refer to the section , " General Mechanical Provisions" , for related requirements . Refer to other sections of Division- 15 and to all other applicable portions of the drawings and specifications . 1 .4 SHOP DRAWINGS i A. Refer to Section entitled " General Mechanical Provisions " . Submittal data shall show type , point loading information , size and deflection of each isolator proposed and any other information as may be required for the Architect/Engineer to check isolator selections for compliance with specifications . Include clearly outlined procedures for installing and adjusting the isolators . 1 . 5 MANUFACTURERS A. Products of the following manufacturers will be acceptable , provided they comply with all of the requirements of this specification : Consolidated Kinetics ; Mason Industries ; Amber-Booth ; Keflex ; Flexonics ; Vibration Eliminator Company or equivalent. Any model numbers listed are from one or more of these manufacturers and are given to provide an example of item ( s ) required . 1 . 6. OTHER REQUIREMENTS A. All vibration isolation equipment shall be both recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect/ Engineer for each particular application on this project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 BASIC REQUIREMENTS A . Unless otherwise noted , spring type vibration isolators shall be used for all motor driven equipment. It shall be the responsibility of isolation manufacturer to determine the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15201 - Vibration Isolation Equipment 15201 - 1 amount of spring deflection required for each isolator to achieve optimum performance , prevent the transmission of objectionable vibration and meet noise criteria referenced herein . 2 . 2 CORROSION PROTECTION A. Steel components shall be phosphated and painted . All nuts , bolts and washers shall be zinc-electroplated . Structural steel bases shall be thoroughly cleaned of welded slag and primed with zinc- chromate or metal etching primer. B . All isolators exposed to weather shall have steel parts PVC coated or hot-dip galvanized . Aluminum components shall be etched and painted . Nuts , bolts and washers may be zinc-electroplated . 2 . 3 BASIC ISOLATORS A . General : Unit designations indicated are Architect/Engineer designations . Each of the following basic isolators may not be applicable to a specific installation application . See PART 3 , " EXECUTION " . B . Spring Mounts , Open Type , Unrestrained ( Unit SMOU ) : Free standing springs ; laterally stable ; minimum horizontal-to-vertical spring rate ( Kx/Ky) of 1 . 0 : 1 /2-inch neoprene acoustical friction pads between bottom baseplate and the supporting surface ; leveling bolts ; provision for bolting the mount to the equipment ( unless otherwise specified ) ; spring diameters not less than 0 . 8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load ; springs shall have a minimum additional travel to full compression of 50 % of the rated deflection ; 1 -inch minimum static deflection ( unless otherwise specified ) ; submittals shall include spring diameters , deflections , free spring heights , solid spring heights and operating heights . Be similar to Mason Type SLF; Korfund Series L ; Amber- Booth Type Sw . C . Spring Mounts , Open Type , Restrained ( Unit SMOR ) : Free standing springs ; laterally stable ; 1 /2 inch neoprene acoustical friction pads between bottom baseplate and the supporting surface; leveling bolts ; provision for bolting the mount to the equipment ( unless otherwise specified ) ; spring diameters not less than 0 . 8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load ; springs shall have a minimum additional travel to full compression of 50 % of the rated deflection ; 1 -inch minimum static deflection ( unless otherwise specified ) ; restraint consisting of welded steel channel ends for outdoor installation and welded steel studs for indoor installation ; restraint shall have restraining bolts connecting top plate and lower housing to limit vertical rise of isolated equipment when load is reduced ; vertical clearance of 1 /8 to 3/8 inch shall be maintained between spring top plate and housing ( leveling bolts shall be adjusted to maintain this clearance ) . Submittal shall include spring diameters , deflections , free spring heights , solid spring heights and operating heights . Be similar to Mason Type SLR ; Amber- Booth Type CT, D . Spring Mounts , Housed , Unrestrained ( Unit SMHU ) : Springs free standing within their housing ; laterally stable ; 1 /2 inch neoprene acoustical friction pads between bottom baseplate and the supporting surface ; leveling bolts ; provision for bolting the mount to the equipment ( unless otherwise specified ) ; spring diameters not less than 0 . 8 of the IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15201 - 2 15201 - Vibration Isolation Equipment compressed height of the spring at rated load ; springs shall have a minimum additional travel to full compression of 50 % of the rated deflection ; 1 -inch minimum static deflection ( unless otherwise specified ) ; welded steel housing ; vertical clearance of 1 /8 to 3/8 inch shall be maintained between spring top plate and housing ( leveling bolts shall be adjusted to maintain this clearance ) . Submittal shall include spring diameters , deflections , free spring heights , solid spring heights and operating heights . Be similar to Mason Type C . E . Neoprene and Spring Hangers , Vertical Deflection ( Unit NSHV ) : Steel housing for undampened support of the spring : Provisions for attachment of hanger rods ; reinforced neoprene washer and grommet to break up metal to metal contact ; free standing spring ; 1 inch minimum static deflection ( unless otherwise specified ) spring diameters not less than 0 . 8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load ; springs shall have a minimum additional travel to full compression of 50 % of the rated deflection . Submittals shall include spring diameters , solid spring heights , free spring heights , deflections , overall hanger dimensions and maximum hanger rod diameter which can be accommodated by the hanger. Be similar to Mason Type DNHS : Amber- Booth Type BSR . F . Neoprene and Spring Hangers , Vertical and Angular Deflection ( Unit NSHVA) : Shall contain a laterally stable steel spring and 0 . 3" reflection neoprene or fiberglass element in series . A neoprene neck shall be provided where the hanger rod passes through the steel box supporting the isolator mount to prevent metal to metal contact. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 degree arc before contacting the hole and short circuiting the spring . Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 % of the rated deflection . Mason Type 30N . G . Neoprene and Spring Hangers , Vertical Deflection , Position Type ( Unit NSHVP ) : Steel housing for undampened support of the spring ; provisions for attachment of hanger rods ; reinforced neoprene washer and grommet to break up metal to metal contact; free standing spring ; 1 inch minimum static deflection ( unless otherwise specified ) ; spring diameters not less than 0 . 8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load ; springs shall have a minimum additional travel to full compression of 50 % of the rated deflection ; be capable of holding the supported item at fixed elevation during installation with secondary adjustment to transfer the load to the spring while maintaining a fixed position ; scale and pointer to indicate the deflection . Submittals shall include spring diameters , solid spring heights , free spring heights , deflections , overall hanger dimensions and maximum hanger rod diameter which can be accommodated by the hanger. Be similar to Mason Type PCDNHS : Amber- Booth Type PBS . H . Neoprene and Spring Hangers , Vertical and Angular Deflection , Position Type ( Unit NSHVAP ) : Shall contain a laterally stable steel spring and 0 . 3" deflection neoprene or fiberglass element in series . A neoprene neck shall be provided where the hanger rod passes through the steel box supporting the isolator mount to prevent metal to metal contact. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 degree arc before contacting the hole and short circuiting the spring . Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 % of the rated deflection . Be capable of holding the supported item at the fixed elevation during installation with secondary adjustment to transfer the load to the spring IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15201 - Vibration Isolation Equipment 15201 - 3 while maintaining a fixed position ; scale and pointer to indicate the deflection ; similar to Mason Type PC30N , I . Neoprene- In-Shear Hangers ( Unit NH ) : Steel housing for undampened support of the neoprene ; provisions for attachment of hanger rods ; neoprene-in-shear isolator; similar to Mason Type HD , Amber-Booth Type HRD . J . Neoprene- In -Shear Mounts ( Unit NM ) : 'Double deflection neoprene-in-shear mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0 . 35 " . All metal surfaces shall be neoprene- covered . The top and bottom surfaces shall be neoprene ribbed and bolt holes shall be provided in the base . On equipment such as small vent sets and close coupled Pumps , steel rails shall be used above the mountings to compensate for the overhang ; steel rails shall be by same manufacturer as vibration isolators and equivalent to Mason Industries Type DNR. Mounts shall be Mason Industries Type ND , Consolidated Kinetics Type RD or Vibration Mounts and Controls Series RD , K. Flexible Pipe Connectors : Same internal diameter as the pipe in which the connector is installed ( not necessarily internal diameters of inlets or outlets of equipment ) . 1 . Both recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect/Engineer to be suitable for handling the conveyed fluid at all conditions ( maximums and minimums of temperatures , pressures , velocities , etc. ) encountered for each particular application . 2 .. Of proper design to absorb the combination of vibratory and/or expansion or contraction motions ( lateral and/or axial and/or angular) encountered at each installation point (for example , do not use hose type where axial motion is encountered at the installation point unless so recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect. 3 . Stainless steel bellows type ( Unit SSB ) : Heavy duty steel restraining rods and spacers ; laminated steel bellows ; steel flanges ; permit axial , lateral and angular movement; rated to withstand 180° F operating temperature and 150 psig working pressure for chilled water; 250 ° F operating temperature and 150 psig working pressure for heating hot water; similar to Keflex Series 151 or 301 . 4 . Stainless steel hose type ( Unit SSH ) : Rated to withstand 180° F operating temperature and 150 psig working pressure ; have flanges except 2- 1 /2 inch and smaller sizes may have screw type fittings installed with a union at one end or with screw-on flanges at both ends ; net flexible lengths shall be at least 6 pipe diameters for pipe up to 5 inch ID and not less than 36 inches for pipe 6 inch ID and greater; corrugated bellows with stainless steel wire braid restraining sheath ; similar to Flexonics Type RW , RF or Series 400 , Mason Type BSS , Keflex Series SSH . L . Acoustic Seals ( Unit AS ) : Consist of an S -shaped molded synthetic rubber seal attached with stainless steel clamps to the pipe wall sleeves and to carrier piping . Wall sleeves shall be two pipe sizes larger than the carrier pipe and/or its insulation . Amber- Booth Type 301 , IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15201 - 4 15201 - Vibration Isolation Equipment M . Inertia Bases ( Unit IB ) : 1 . Weigh at least 1 . 5 times the weight of the particular machine being supported . 2 . Rectangular welded structural channel steel perimeter frame . 3 . Reinforced concrete . 4 . Height saving support brackets . 5 . Width and length at least 6 inches beyond machine's overall width and length ( if necessary, larger for pumps as required to support suction and discharge wells ) . 6 . Structural steel channel depth and concrete base depth shall be a minimum of 1 / 15th of the longest base dimension but not less than 6 inches . 7 . Forms shall include 1 /2 inch ( or larger if necessary) steel reinforcing bars welded in place on 6 inch centers running both ways across the width and length in a layer 1 - 1 /2 inches above the bottom of the base . Drilled steel members with sleeves welded below the holes to receive equipment anchor bolts . 8 . Similar to Mason Type KSL Base . N . Steel Equipment Frames ( Unit SEF) : Frames shall consist of structural steel sections sized , spaced and connected to form a rigid base which will not twist, rack , deform or deflect in any manner that will negatively affect the operation of the supported equipment or the performance of the vibration isolation mounts . Frames shall be of adequate size and plan form to support basic equipment units and motors plus any associated pipe elbow or duct elbow supports and electrical control elements or other components closely related and requiring resilient support in order to prevent vibration transfer from equipment to the building structure . Frames shall include side mounting brackets for attachment to Unit SMOU isolator or other specified isolator. The clearance between the underside of any frame or mounted equipment unit and the top of the building structure below shall be at least 2 inches . O . Neoprene Pads ( Unit NP ) : Waffle or ribbed pattern neoprene pads shall be fabricated from 40-50 Durometer neoprene . Mason Type W . P . Isolation rails , curb mounted , for roof mounted air handling units ( Unit IRCM ) : Curb mounted roof top units shall each be isolated with a continuous roof top isolation assembly consisting of extruded aluminum rails formed to fit curb and equipment with a flexible air and weather seal continuously joining the two rails and incorporating spring isolators sized for 1 " static deflection . Flexible weather seals shall be 1 /16th inch thick minimum reinforced Neoprene protected from direct sunlight and accidental puncture by an extruded aluminum shield and shall be capable of being replaced completely without disturbing the unit mounting . Springs shall be stable with a KX/KY ( horizontal to vertical spring rate ) of 1 . 0 or greater and be properly sized to support the load at 1 " static deflection . Isolation assembly shall have Neoprene cushioned wind restraints which are not engaged in normal operation with sufficient capacity to resist wind load in any direction without distortion or damage to the isolated equipment. Entire IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15201 - 5 15201 - Vibration Isolation Equipment assemblies shall be shipped in one piece to eliminate field joint and possible leakage . Mason Industries CMAB . PART 3 - EXECUTION - � 3 . 1 GENERAL A. All isolators shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be properly adjusted prior to requesting final inspection or the performance of any vibration testing specified . B . Each item of equipment ( machinery , piping , etc . ) which is provided with vibration isolation equipment shall rest in its intended , proper operating position ( i . e ; exactly level , etc . ) after installation of vibration isolation equipment. Approval of such vibration isolation equipment by Architect/Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of this responsibility. C . Equipment which is specified to rest on concrete housekeeping pads shall have Unit NP pads unless otherwise indicated . 3 .2 PIPING IN AIR HANDLING UNIT EQUIPMENT ROOMS A . General : 1 . Isolators for equipment are described elsewhere in this specification ; and it shall be the responsibility of the vibration isolation manufacturer to coordinate the selection of piping supports with equipment supports to provide for a carefully engineered system designed to accommodate expansion and contraction without creating excessive stress at any equipment connections or in any portion of the piping . 2 . Hangers for horizontal piping shall be installed at regular intervals . Pipe risers shall be supported at the base of the riser. Submit hanger schedule . 3 . The first three piping supports away from any given piece of vibrating equipment to which piping is connected shall be selected for an operating spring deflection not less than that specified for the equipment isolators . All other vibration isolation supports for horizontal piping shall have a. minimum operating deflection of 3/4" with capability of 50 % additional travel-to-solid . All supports for pipe risers shall have deflection capability at least four times the expansion or contraction to be accommodated . 4 . Temporary anchors , where required , shall be installed to permit pre-adjustment of springs in risers . Pre-adjustment procedure , which is intended to control direction of pipe movement and final operating deflection of the springs , shall be detailed in submittal data . 5 . Permanent limit stops shall be installed to prevent excessive vertical motion of risers in the event water is drained from system . Locations and other details of these limit stops shall be submitted to Architect/Engineer for acceptance . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15201 - 6 15201 - Vibration Isolation Equipment 6 . Piping connected to vibration isolated equipment shall be installed so that it does not strain or force out of alignment vibration isolators supporting the basic equipment, nor shall pipes restrict such equipment from "floating " freely on its respective vibration isolation system . 7 . Drain piping connected to vibrating equipment shall not physically contact any building construction or non - isolated systems or components . 8 . Do not allow the weight of the pipe to be carried by walls through which the pipe passes . B . Isolator Locations : 1 . Ceiling hung piping to air handling units : Provide neoprene and spring hangers , vertical and angular deflection ( Unit NSHVA) at the first three support points of pipe runs connected to the vibrating equipment or at all support points along the first 50 feet of pipe runs connected to the vibrating equipment, whichever length is greater, but not to exceed length of mechanical equipment room . 2 . Floor supported piping to air handling units : Provide resilient support for floor supported piping same locations as specified above for ceiling hung piping . Provide open type unrestrained spring mounts ( Unit SMOU ) for first three support points ; use neoprene-in-shear mounts ( Unit NM ) thereafter and both with supplemental supports as required by job conditions . 3 . Acoustic Seals : Provide acoustic seals ( Unit AS ) at all wall , ceiling and floor openings through which pipe runs from equipment rooms into adjoining spaces . 3 . 3 PIPING IN MAIN CENTRAL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM A . General : The requirements of the paragraph entitled " General' , in the above article entitled " Piping in Air Handling Unit Equipment Rooms " shall also apply. Also , the following is applicable : 1 . In order to be certain that the piping weight is properly distributed and not distorting the machine flanges , the first four hangers from each machine connection shall be position hangers . B . Type and Extent of Piping to Isolated : 1 . All piping connected to any kind of pump , pump assembly, chiller, air compressor assembly, air handling unit , or other type of vibrating equipment shall be isolated as follows . This includes ( but is not necessarily limited to ) piping conveying chilled water, condenserwater, condensate , domestic water, fire protection water, make-up water and compressed air. 2 . This spring isolation shall be continuous throughout the piping systems of the main central mechanical equipment room . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15201 - 7 15201 - Vibration Isolation Equipment C . Basic Isolator Types : i 1 . Floor Supported Piping : Unit SMOU , SMOR or SMHU , as applicable . 2 . Piping Suspended from Above : Units NSHVA or NSHVAP , as applicable . 3 . Static Deflection : As recommended by the vibration isolation manufacturer as dependent upon size , length and weight of applicable piping and its conveyed fluid . 4 . Acoustic Seals : Provide acoustic seals ( Unit AS ) at all wall , ceiling/floor openings through which pipe runs into adjoining spaces . 3A AIR HANDLING UNITS , FACTORY PACKAGED A. Floor Mounted : 1 . Spring mounted ( Unit SMOU ) with 1 inch minimum static deflection when AHU motor is 5 hp . or less ; spring mounts with 2 inch minimum static deflection when AHU motor is 7- 1 /2 hp . or greater. Instead of bolting the units to the spring mounts , provide height saving brackets . 2 . Flexible duct connections as specified in " Duct System Accessories " section . 3 . Flexible pipe connectors ( Unit SSB ) . 4 . Steel equipment frame ( Unit SEF) manufacturer's standard unit frame or base is not sufficiently stiff and rigid to permit point vibration isolation . 5 . Mount equipment on reinforced concrete pads as specified in other sections . B . Suspended from Building Structure : 1 . Spring hangers ( Unit NSHV ) with 1 -inch minimum static deflection when motor is 5- HP or less ; spring hangers ( Unit NSHV ) with 2-inch minimum static deflection when motor is 7- 1 /2 HP or greater. 2 . Flexible duct connectors as specified in Section entitled " Ductwork" . 3 . 5 FAN COIL UNITS AND FANS , IN - LINE CENTRIFUGAL LIGHT DUTY A. Flexible duct connectors as specified in " Ductwork" . B . Neoprene-in-shear hangers ( Unit NH ) . C . Piping (first 10 feet) with neoprene hangers ( Unit NH ) . 3 . 6 MANUFACTURER 'S SUPERVISION A. The Contractor shall include in his price the cost of the vibration isolation manufacturer " or his qualified representative for providing such supervision as may be necessary to IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15201 - 8 15201 - Vibration Isolation Equipment assure correct installation and adjustment of the isolators . Upon completion of the installation and after system is put into operation , the manufacturer or his representative shall make a final inspection and submit his report to the Architect/Engineer in writing certifying the correctness of installation and compliance with approved submittal data . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15201 - 9 15201 - Vibration Isolation Equipment SECTION 15251 INSULATION , HVAC PART 1 = GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division- 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 2 SCOPE A. Provide all work necessary to insulate all equipment, piping , ducts and other items related to the piping and duct systems . 1 . 3 RELATION TO OTHER WORK A. Refer to the section , General Mechanical Provisions " , for related requirements . Refer to other sections of Division- 15 and to all other applicable portions of the Drawings and Specifications . B . This section directly relates in particular to sections (which may or may not be included in this division ) which describe the following : 1 . Piping systems . 2 . Duct systems . 3 . Heat exchange equipment . 4 . Cooling equipment. C . Vessels , tanks , stacks , and other items which contain or convey fluids which are at such temperatures as to create condensation or surface temperatures which are hazardous or where heat loss or gain prohibits proper system operation . 1 .4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. General : Referto the Section entitled " General Mechanical Provisions" . Shop drawings shall contain complete descriptive and engineering data , including flame spread and smoke developed ratings (ASTM E84 test method ) on all materials and adhesives . Where finishes , covers , or jackets are specified , provide complete data on same . Shop drawings shall contain specified information on : densities , conductivities , conductances , or resistances as required to establish conformance with the specified values or materials . B . Industry Standards : Where compliance with an industry, society or association standard is specified or indicated , certification of such compliance shall be submitted with shop drawings . C . Commencement of Work : Submit shop drawings before any work is commenced . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15251 - Insulation , HVAC 15251 - 1 1 . 5 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Do not store fiberglass insulation within the building until it has been "dried in " . If no other dry space is available and this insulation must be installed or stored before the building is " dried in " and completely enclosed , provide polyethylene film cover for protection . 1 , 6 COMPLIANCE WITH CODES AND STANDARDS A . Applicable Codes : The total insulation system including insulation , sealant, finishes , etc . , shall comply with or exceed all code requirements . B . NFPA: All materials and adhesives used shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 90A as to flame spread and smoke developed ratings . 1 . 7 DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY A. Terminology: Throughout this section , insulation products may be described as regards the location , surface or other point at which they . are to be applied . Except in special cases (where a detailed indication or description will be given ) , the majority of conditions can be defined in whole or in part by use of but not necessarily limited to ) any or all of the following words : 1 . " Internal' or " External' . 2 . " Interior" or " Exterior" . 3 . " Concealed " or " Exposed " . ( I 4 . " Protected " or " Unprotected B . Definitions : Wordage used to describe locations , surfaces or other points or conditions shall be defined as follows as related to this section . Where the ascertainment or determination of locations , surfaces and other conditions is obvious from the intent of use of the item ( e . g . , roof-mounted ductwork , underground piping , etc . ) or from other information , then the following words may not be required . If any ambiguity should occur, provide bid based on the most severe condition ; however, obtain clarification from Architect/Engineer prior to installation : 1 . " Internal' and " External' : Relates to an item or its surface which is to be insulated or uninsulated . Does not relate to . the confines of the building , structure or other entity in which the item is located . ( Examples : internal/external surfaces of ductwork , pipe , air handling units or other such items . ) 2 . " Interior" : Relates to the location of an item as to whether the item is within a heated , ventilated , air conditioned or otherwise controlled environment of the building , structure or other entity in which the item is located . " Interior" is always " Protected " . ( Examples ( s ) : Interior ductwork , interior piping , interior air handling units . ) 3 . " Exterior" : Relates to the location of an item as to whether the item is outside ( i . e . , exterior to ) a heated , ventilated , air conditioned or otherwise controlled environment of the building , structure , facility or other entity which the item serves or relates . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15251 - Insulation , HVAC 15251 - 2 " Exterior" generally means that the item is surrounded by the ambient outside environment. " Exterior" is considered " Unprotected" unless otherwise described . ( Examples ( s ) : exterior rooftop air handling units , exterior ductwork , exterior cooling tower. ) 4 . " Concealed " and " Exposed " : Relates to the visibility of an item . " Concealed " implies out-of-sight from normal view by an occupant, user or employee of the facility when such person is performing their normal function . " Exposed " implies that the item is readily visible by such a person when that person is performing a normalfunction . ( Examples ( s ) : " Concealed interior ductwork " would beout-of-sight in a ceiling plenum , whereas "exposed interior ductwork " would be readily visible in a mechanical equipment room or in a room which intentionally had no ceiling system . ) 5 . " Protected " and " Unprotected " : Relates to an exterior item which may or may not be sheltered from the outside elements but which exists in contiguous contact with the ambient environment without benefit of any direct heating , ventilating or air conditioning . ( Example(s ) : Piping or ducts located in an open crawl space beneath a building would be " protected/concealed " ; in an open parking garage such piping or ducts would be " protected/exposed " . Piping or ducts on a rooftop would be " unprotected " and usually "exposed " . ) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GENERAL A. Materials : Materials listed are those used as basis of design ; equivalent products of acceptable manufacturers will be accepted . Materials must be approved and recommended by the insulation product manufacturer for the particular application ( s ) . B . Flame and Smoke Ratings : Application of insulation materials may require , in many cases , that the final insulation system comply with NFPA 90A with regard to maintaining a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed/fuel contributed valve of 50 or less . In such cases , verify that the materials comply with the indicated flame spread and smoke developed ratings . C . Applicability: Products and manufacturers listed may not all be applicable . Use only those products and manufacturers which are indicated as being applicable to a specific insulation condition . D . Acceptable Manufacturers : Manufacturers which are listed are those manufacturers who may make one or more of the insulation products required . Listing of a manufacturer does not necessarily mean the manufacturer is approved for all applicable insulation conditions . Each listed manufacturer must still comply with the specific requirements of each insulation condition to be acceptable for the particular application . Acceptable manufacturers of insulation-related products include ( but are not necessarily limited to ) the following : Armstrong ; CertainTeed ; Childers Products Co . ; Knauf; Manville ; Owens- Corning ; Pittsburg Corning ; Rubatex ; Upjohn Co . ; Duracote Corporation ; Ferro Corporation ; Dow Corning Corporation ; Duro Dyne Corporation ; Goodloe E . Moore , Inc . ; 3M Co . ; United McGill Corporation , Vimasco Corporation ; IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15251 - Insulation , HVAC 15251 - 3 Foster; Gustin - Bacon ; Nomaco Inc . ; Insulcoustic; Molded Acoustical Products ; Lion Nokorode and other manufacturers as may be listed for a specific application . 2 .2 BASIC MATERIALS A. Elastomeric Insulation : Preformed ( tube ) , roll or sheet as indicated or as applicable . Nitrile , rubber based , closed cell structure . K factor of 0 . 28 at 75° F . In tube , roll or sheet form of 3/4- inch thickness or Tess , ASTM E 84 flame spread rating of "25 " or less and smoke developed rating of " 50 " or less . Recommended temperature applications from -40° F to 220° F when installed in accord with manufacturer's recommendations . Do not install in return air plenums unless flame spread rating and smoke developed rating are within constraints of applicable codes . Manufacturers and/or series : Armstrong "Armaflex" ; Manville "Aerotube " ; " Rubatex" ; Gustin-Bacon " Ultra - Foam " . B . Fiberglass Insulation : Inorganic fibrous glass . Flame spread of "25 " or less and smoke developed rating. of "50 " or less per ASTM E 84 , 1 . Board : Rigid or semi-rigid form , faced or unfaced as indicated . Stiffness of 475 EI , 800 EI or 1400 El as indicated . 2 . Blanket: Flexible form ; faced , unfaced or coated as indicated . 3 . Preformed : Jacketed or unjacketed as indicated . 2 . 3 INSULATION PRODUCTS , BASIC A. Type PI-5 : Pipe insulation , preformed elastomeric . Rubatex, Armaflex II or equivalent . B . Type 1-3 : Elastomeric insulation . Field formed ,. fitted and finished as required for the application . Armaflex , Rubatex or equivalent. C . Type DI- 1 : Duct insulation , fiberglass flexible blanket wrap . Composed of flexible blanket of glass fiber factory laminated to a reinforced foil kraft ( FRK) vapor barrier with a minimum 2-inch taping and stapling flange on one edge . Suitable for operation at temperatures from 40° F to 250° F . Thermal conductivity of 0 . 31 at 75° F . Minimum density of three-quarter ( 3/4 ) pound per cubic foot. Provide in thickness of (2 . 2 ) inches unless otherwise specified as 2- 1 /2 or 3-inch thickness . Owens - Corning All Service Faced Duct Wrap ; Manville R-Series Microlite ; CertainTeed Standard Duct Wrap ; or equivalent. D . Type DI -2 : Duct insulation , fiberglass semi-rigid board . Composed of resin bonded glass fibers faced with a foil scrim -kraft ( FSK ) reinforced laminate of aluminum foil and kraft bonded to provide a metallic surface finish vapor barrier; alternate vapor barrier facing ( if specifically indicated ) is an all service jacket (ASJ ) of high intensity white bleached , chemically treated kraft paper reinforced with fiberglass yarn mesh and laminated to aluminum foil with fire- retardant adhesive to impart a clean , white appearance . Conductivity ( K) of not greater than 0 . 23 at 750F. Provide in thickness of one ( 1 ) inch unless otherwise indicated . Provide with minimum density of 3-pcf unless 6-pcf is specifically indicated . CertainTeed Industrial Insulation Board Type IB-300 ( or IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15251 - Insulation , HVAC 15251 - 4 IB-600 ) ; Manville 800 Series Spin- Glas Type 814 (or 817 ) ; Owens-Corning 700 Series Industrial Insulation Board Type 703 ( or Type 705 ) ; or equivalent . 2 .4 INSULATION ADHESIVES , MASTICS , SEALANTS A. Adhesive (Type A-E1 ) : For joints and seams in elastomeric insulation ( Type 1 -3 ) not requiring weather protection . Rubatex R-373 Insulation Adhesive ; Armstrong 520 Adhesive or equivalent. B . Adhesive ( Type A- F1 ): For adhering fiberglass blanket and board insulations (Types DI - 1 , DI -2 ) to metal substrate such as ductwork . Insulcoustic I - C 201 , Foster 85-20 or equivalent. C . Mastic, General Purpose (Type M- GP1 ) : Non hardening vapor barrier general purpose mastic. For use where indicated or otherwise applicable . Foster GPM 35-00 or equivalent. 2 . 5 INSULATION FINISHES , JACKETS AND COVERS A . Finishing Coating (Type FC- E1 ) : For weather protection of elastomeric insulations ( Types 1 -3 , PI -5 ) , Rubatex 374 coating ; Armstrong Armaflex Finish or equivalent. B . Finish Fabric , General Purpose (Type FF-GP1 ) : Nylon membrane . For use generally with fiberglass duct insulations ( Types DI - 1 , DI -2 ) at joints . or seams or as may be indicated . Apply using Foster GPM 35-00 or equivalent. C . Jacket, Pipe , PVC (Type JP-PVC ) : All purpose , UL-rated , white vinyl jacket , with or without self-sealing feature . Pittsburg-Corning " UNI -JAC " or equivalent. D . Jacket, Pipe , Aluminum ( Type JP-A1 ) : Aluminum jacketing , 0 . 016 inches thick , type 3003 alloy, H - 14 temper, circumferentially corrugated , with a continuously laminated moisture barrier of one mil polyethylene film and a protective layer of 40 Ib . virgin kraft paper. Childers Products Co . " Corolon " ; General Aluminum Supply Co . ( Gasco ) ; Insulcoustic "Alcorjac or equivalent. E . Pipe Fitting Covers , PVC ( Type PFC- PVC ) : Insulated polyvinyl-chloride fitting covers in shapes as required ; with fiberglass insulation insert . Suitable for temperature range of 0° F to 450° F . Flame spread rating of 25 or less and smoke developed rating of 50 or less when kept below 150° F. Acid , alkali and chemical resistant . Suitable for painting if required . Manville Zeston 25/50 PVC Insulated Fitting Covers or equivalent. F . Pipe Fitting Covers , Aluminum (Type PFC-A1 ) : Aluminum fitting covers , 0 . 020 inches minimum thickness , type 3003 alloy, H- 14 temper prefabricated fitting covers with baked epoxy moisture barrier for pipe sizes through 24 " . Field fabricate fitting covers for pipe sizes larger than 24" using 0 . 020 inches thick aluminum roll jacketing with laminated polyethylene/kraft moisture barrier. Childers Products " Ell -Jacs " , " Gore EII- Jacs " , "Tee-Jack" , " End - Caps " , and " Flange Jacs " or equivalent. IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15251 - Insulation , HVAC 15251 - 5 2 . 6 RELATED PRODUCTS A . Wire (Type W - 1 ) : Dead soft, 16-gauge , stainless steel . B . Straps (Type ST- 1 ) : Stainless steel T-304 ( 18-8 ) soft annealed with deburred edge with .stainless steel wing seals . Childers Products " Febstraps " or equivalent. C . Tape ( Type T- 1 ) : High tensile strength rope stock flat back paper pressure sensitive tape . Pittsburg - Corning " PC Tape No . 25" or equivalent. D . Screws ( Type S - 1 ) : Aluminum pan head type "A" slotted #8 by 1 /2-inch . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 GENERAL A . Field Forming , Fitting and Finishing : Where preformed insulation products are indicated as being acceptable for a particular application , provide field formed , fitted and finished insulation systems if such application is more practical (such as due to size , configuration or dimensions which may be outside of the availability ranges for size , dimension and/or thickness of preformed products ) . B . Pre-installation : 1 . Do not apply insulation adhesives , materials or finishes until the item to be insulated has been completely installed and tested and proved tight and suitable for i insulation . 2 . Prepare surfaces to be clean and dry before attempting to apply insulation . C . Insulation Shields : Provide hanger or pipe support shields of 16 gage ( minimum ) galvanized steel over or embedded in the insulation . Shield shall extend halfway up the pipe insulation cover and at least 6 " on each side of the hanger. Securely fasten shield with pipe straps at each end . D . Valves , Cocks and Specialties : Insulate as for the related piping system in which they are located unless otherwise indicated . E . Factory Pre-insulated Components : Where equipment and other system components are specified in other sections to have factory installed insulation , then no additional insulation is required as work of this section unless additional non -factory-installed insulation is specifically described . Examples of such equipment and components which may not require additional insulation include , but are not necessarily limited to , boiler vessels , chiller evaporators , air handling units , airside terminal units , and similar items . F . Minimum Thicknesses : Insulation thicknesses which are indicated are minimum thicknesses . Contractor may provide the same insulation material in greater thickness as an aid to installation and handling procedures or due to material availability and procurement considerations . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15251 - 6 15251 - Insulation , HVAC G . Branch Runouts : Branch runouts are considered to be individual supply/return pipes to individual terminal heating or cooling units (duct mounted coils , airside terminal units with heating coils , fan coil units , humidifiers , and similar small equipment ) . The supply/return pipe to such units is not considered to be a branch runout if the length of the supply or return pipe exceeds 12'-0 " in length to the coil/unit connection . H . Insulation for Plumbing Systems : See other sections describing insulation for plumbing systems . 3 . 2 INSULATION THICKNESS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS A. General : 1 . Basis : Insulation thicknesses for piping are given for insulation installed in the locations indicated . Thicknesses are based on the various conditions of temperature , usage and environment which are typically encountered . 2 . Applicable Thicknesses : All thicknesses as applicable to all conditions may not be given in this section article . Where an insulation thickness for a particular application is specified to be of other thickness than may be listed in this section article , " INSULATION THICKNESSES FOR PIPING SYSTEMS " , then provide the insulation in the thickness indicated in other portion of this section which specifically describes the particular insulation application and its required insulation thickness . Thicknesses for other than piping insulation are given in the specific description of the particular application or description of the particular material used . 3 . Ambient Conditions : Unless otherwise indicated , ambient conditions for the purpose of describing insulation thicknesses are related to cold applications to prevent condensation or excessive heat gain ( e . g . , chilled water pipe , cold vessels ) and are related to hot applications to prevent harm to personnel or to prevent objectionable heat loss to the environment ( e . g , hot water pipe , hot vessels , hot stacks ) . a . These conditions are generally: Interior: 80° F and 80 % RH . Exterior: 90° F and 80 % RHI 4 . Thickness Requirements : Thicknesses are given below based on the following information : a . General type of fluid or process involved (e . g . , chilled water, hot water, steam , refrigerant) . b . General location and , if necessary, conditions related to temperature ( either or both internal or external to the insulation barrier) and ambient environment of the insulated item . c . Pipe size range . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15251 - Insulation , HVAC 15251 - 7 3 . 3 DUCT SYSTEMS A . General : 1 . Locations and extent of both internal and external insulation for duct systems are described in section entitled " Ductwork" and/or by the " Duct Type and Location Schedule" on the Drawings . 2 . Internal Insulation : Ductwork which is required to be insulated internally (acoustically/thermally lined ) shall be insulated as work of the section entitled " Ductwork " . 3 . External Insulation : Ductwork which is required to be insulated externally shall be insulated as work of this section . 4 . Factory Insulation : Ductwork which is factory manufactured with internal or external insulation is not to be additionally insulated as work of this section unless specifically stated . Such factory insulated ductwork generally consists of flexible externally insulated ductwork and double walled acoustically thermally lined ductwork . B . Interior, Concealed ( e . g . , ceiling plenums ) : Where external insulation is required , insulate externally with 2 . 2 inch thick fiberglass blanket wrap (Type DI - 1 ) . Adhere duct insulation using adhesive (Type A- 171 ) applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations . Where duct width exceeds twenty-four inches (24" ) , the insulation shall be additionally secured to the bottom of the duct using mechanical fasteners j spaced one foot ( 1 ') on center. Insulation shall be applied with edges tightly butted , and all joints and breaks in the vapor barrier sealed using glass fabric and mastic applied in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations . C . Interior, Exposed , ( e . g . , air handling unit rooms ) : Where external insulation is required , insulate with 1 -inch thick semi-rigid fiberglass board ( Type DI -2 ) . Adhere to ductwork with adhesive (Type A- F1 ) . Finish joints and seams with finish fabric (Type FF- GP1 ) . 3 .4 DUCT SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT A . General : Insulate as follows unless detailed to a greater extent on the Drawings . B . Fire Damper External Surfaces : 1 . Externally Insulated Duct Locations : Extend duct insulation up face of fire damper to damper sleeve . Seal insulation edges with 4-inch minimum width duct tape . 2 . Internally Insulated Duct Locations : Provide additional external insulation from a point on the duct 12 inches from the fire damper to the fire damper and on the face of the fire damper to the fire damper sleeve . Seal insulation edges with 4-inch minimum width duct tape . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15251 - 8 15251 - Insulation , HVAC C . Air Distribution Devices : Insulate the backs of all ceiling diffusers and other air outlet devices installed in other than return air plenums as specified for interior concealed ducts . 3 . 5 COLD EQUIPMENT AND RELATED COMPONENTS A. Condensate Drain Piping From Cooling Equipment: 1 . Interior, and Exterior, Protected : Insulate with preformed elastomeric pipe insulation ( Type PI -5 ) secured with adhesive ( Type A- E1 ) and finished with white finish coating ( FCC- E1 ) . Thickness 3/4-inch . Provide 25/50 flame/smoke rating . 2 . Exterior, Unprotected : None applicable . B . Cold Surfaces at Evaporators : Factory insulated . No insulation required as work of this section . C . Flexible Pipe Connectors for Vibration Isolation : Insulate with elastomeric insulation ( Type 1 -3 ) . Secure the insulation with adhesive ( Type A- E1 ) applied to a clean surface and finish with white finish coating ( FC- E1 ) : Insulation thickness shall be one and one - half inches ( 1 - 1 /2" ) . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15251 - 9 15251 - Insulation , HVAC ( SECTION 15400 PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and general provisions of Contract , including General and Special Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section . 1 . 2 SCOPE A. The work pertaining to this Division occurs within the confines of the building line , and within a boundary outside of the building line for a distance of five ( 5 ) feet , measured normal to the building line , or as indicated on the drawings . B . Alternates may or may not substantially change scope and general character of the work ; and must not be confused with "change orders " , "substitutions " , and other similar provisions . 1 . 3 RELATION TO OTHER WORK A . Refer to the section , " General Mechanical Provisions " , for related requirements . Refer to other sections of Division 15 and to all other applicable portions of the Drawings and Specifications . IIA SUBMITTALS A . Submit manufacturer's data for review before any work is commenced . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Where it is desirable or necessary to support the pipe hangers to concrete , inserts shall be placed in the forms by the Mechanical Contractor prior to the time concrete is poured . B . Lead tamp-ins may be used when installed in a concrete or masonry wall or other like vertical surface to support a vertical hanger. Lead tamp- ins will not be permitted to support hangers to the underside of concrete slab . C . For parallel runs of above ground suspended piping , an acceptable trapeze-type hanger may be used . Provide permanent, non-conductive type wrapping between copper pipe and steel trapeze hangers . D . Pipes passing through walls , floors shall have sleeves of the same materials as the pipe . Sleeves shall allow insulated pipes to pass without changing the insulation thickness . Clearance around sleeves shall be packed with glass fiber after completion IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15400 - Plumbing. 15400 - 1 of pipe work . Sleeves in all floor slabs except slabs on grade shall have pipe sleeves extended 1 inch above finish floor to prevent water from running through sleeves to area below. Make watertight , caulk with sealant around each sleeve . PART 3 = EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION A. The contractor shall furnish all labor, materials , *including gases * equipment and instruments required to conduct tests of piping systems . Tests shall be as herein called for. Be Tests shall be conducted and the inspection of the piping shall be made in the presence of the Architect and/or Engineers . C . Material and/or joints found defective shall be replaced and/or corrected and additional tests shall be conducted after correction of work . . 3 .2 PIPE SIZING , DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A . It is intended that work covered by these specifications and drawings include everything requisite and necessary to make the various systems complete and operative , irrespective of whether or not every item is specifically provided for. Any omission of direct reference herein to any essential item shall not excuse contractor from complying with the above intent. } B . Figured dimensions supercede scaled ones . Contractor shall take no advantage of, and shall promptly call the Owner's Representative 's attention to any error, omission or inconsistency in specifications and drawings . C . Special attention is directed to requirements that equipment and materials stated in specifications and/or indicated on drawings shall be furnished , except if otherwise noted , completely installed , adjusted and left in safe and satisfactory operating condition . Accessories , appliances and connections necessary for operation of equipment shall be provided to satisfaction of the Owner's Representative , D . Materials , apparatus or equipment specified or otherwise provided for on drawings , addenda , or change orders issued subsequent to award of contract shall be same brand , type , quality and character originally specified unless otherwise provided . E . Layout of equipment , accessories , specialties and suspended , concealed or exposed piping systems are diagrammatic unless dimensioned . In preparing shop drawings , contractor shall check project conditions before installing work . If there are any interferences or conflicts , they shall be called to attention of the Owner's Representative immediately for clarification . F . The drawings indicate required size and points of termination of pipes and ducts and suggest proper routes to conform to structure , avoid obstructions and preserve clearances . However, it is not intended that drawings indicate all necessary offsets , and it shall be the work of this contractor to make the installation in such a manner as IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15400 - 2 15400 - Plumbing to conform to structure , avoid obstructions , preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear, without further obstruction or cost to the Owner. G . Shop drawings shall be furnished by this contractor, indicating all changes to meet space requirements , code requirements and as necessaryto resolve all space conflicts . H . It is intended that all apparatus be located symmetrical with architectural elements , and shall be installed at exact height and locations as shown on the architectural drawings . Refer to architectural details in completing and correlating work . I . The contractor shall fully inform himself regarding any and all peculiarities and limitations of the spaces available for the installation of all work and materials furnished and . installed under the contract, prior to submitting his bid . He shall exercise due and particular caution to determine that all parts of his work are made quickly and easily accessible . J . The contractor shall carefully examine any existing conditions , existing piping and ducts and premises and compare the drawing with the existing conditions , prior to submitting his bid . K. It cannot be too strongly emphasized that, except for work specifically excluded herein , every system shall be turned over to Owner installed completed , with components , ready for normal operation . L . In addition to work shown on mechanical drawings , see Architectural Drawings for existing work to be removed , relocated and/or modified . Modify existing systems by rerouting for systems to remain or remove the abandoned systems as required to accommodate new general construction , plumbing , electrical and mechanical work . M . Pipe sizes shall be minimum as allowed by local codes or as shown on the drawings , whichever is larger. END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15400 - 3 15400 - Plumbing insulation shall be secured in place by applying pressure to the pressure sensitive closure system . Elbows shall be insulated with fiberglass inserted into 25/50 rated PVC (Aluminum ) fitting covers . B . Insulation shall begin at the base of roof drain body and include piping elbows at change of directions from vertical to horizontal . 3 . 7 HORIZONTAL WASTE PIPING RECEIVING AIR-CONDITIONING CONDENSATE A . Shall be insulated with 1 " thickness AP-T fiberglass pipe insulation . Prior to installing with insulation , the pressure release paper shall be removed from the jacket laps . The insulation shall be secured in place by applying pressure to the pressure sensitive closure system . All fittings shall be insulated with pipe insulation segments and finished with Foster's 30-35 vapor barrier coating or equal , reinforced with white open weave glass fabric . 3 . 8 DOMESTIC CHILLED WATER PIPING A. Insulate domestic chilled water piping as described in these paragraphs with cellular glass . ( Cellular glass with a factory applied glassfab jacket is acceptable . ) Mitre cut insulation and carefully fit to the pipe fittings . Piping 6 inch and smaller, use 1 - 1 /2" thickness insulation ; piping over inch diameter, use 2 " thickness insulation . All cellular glass shall be shop bore-coated with Keen's cement prior to shipment to the job site . All pipe insulation joints shall be buttered with Foster's GPM 3500 or equal . The insulation sections shall be wired in place with 16 gauge copper or stainless steel wires spaced approximately 9" on center. Valves and fittings shall be insulated with prefabricated or pre -formed sections of cellular glass insulation and finished the same as adjacent piping . B . Finish cellular glass insulation in concealed locations by applying a heavy coat of Foster's GPM 3500 vapor barrier sealant a to the exterior surface of the cellular glass . Embed a layer of open weave glass fabric cloth in this sealant overlapping seams at least 2 " . Apply a finish coat of Foster' s GPM 3500 and finish as smooth as possible . Dote : Two coats of sealer will be required where factory applied glassfab jacket is used . C . Finish cellular glass in exposed interior locations such as air handling unit equipment rooms , boiler rooms , and chiller room as follows : 1 . Straight runs of 2 " piping and larger - coverwith 0 . 016 " thickness smooth aluminum weatherproof jacket with factory applied integral vapor barrier. Piping 2 " and smaller - 0 . 010 " thickness aluminum jacket with integral vapor barrier. Seal joints to preserve integrity of vapor barrier. Fasten jacket with 1 /2" wide aluminum bands on not over 12" centers . Elbows , tees , reducers , valves and other special fittings - use prefab jacket . 3 . 9 UNDERGROUND PIPING A . Insulate all underground domestic hot and chilled water piping with 1 - 1 /2" thickness cellular glass preformed split sectioned pipe insulation . IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15465 - 5 15465 - Insulation for Plumbing Systems B . Mitre cut insulation and carefully fit to the pipe fittings . All cellular glass to be shop bore-coated with Keen's cement prior to shipment to the job site . Apply cellular glass bedding mastic to all edges of the cellular glass insulation to fill any voids between joints in the insulation . C . Wire the Cellular glass in place with stainless steel or copper wire 9 " on centers . Expansion joints in the insulation with 1 /4" clearance shall be made 10' on centers . The expansion joints shall be filled with asphalt impregnated felt and covered with the jacket. D . Apply a heavy coat of vapor barrier sealant to outside of the cellular glass and embed a layer of open mesh glass fabric cloth into the mastic; carefully apply the cloth smoothly and overlap all transverse and longitudinal joints at least 2 " . Apply a second heavy and final coat of mastic over the cloth and finish to a reasonably smooth surface . E . All legs of underground expansion loops and expansion ells shall be additionally covered with 2 " thickness fiberglass 7- 1 /4 pounds per cubic foot density fiberglass pipe insulation applied under the cellular glass and under the glass fabric. 3 . 10 ABOVE GROUND DOMESTIC COLD WATER, DOMESTIC HOT WATER AND DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PIPING A . Shall be insulated with ASJ fiberglass pipe insulation . Prior to installing the insulation , the pressure release paper shall be removed from the jacket laps . The insulation shall be secured in place by applying pressure to the pressure sensitive closure system . All fittings shall be insulated with molded fiberglass pipe insulation segments and finished with Foster's 30 -35 vapor barrier coating or equal , reinforced with a layer of white open weave glass fabric. B . Main pipe sizes 2- 1 /2" and smaller shall have 1 " thickness insulation unless noted on the drawings . C . Pipe sizes 2- 1 /2" and larger shall have 1 - 1 /2 " thickness insulation . D . Branch runouts up to 2" shall have 1 /2 " thickness insulation . 3 . 11 HANDICAP LAVATORY EXPOSED HOT WATER AND WASTE PIPING A . Shall be insulated with foamed plastic insulation or extruded polyethylene , one - half inch thickness . B . Mitre cut insulation to fit the pipe , fittings and stops . C . Use approved cement to seal all joints , seams , and end in the insulation . END OF SECTION IRC OPERATIONS COMPLEX 15465 - 6 15465 - Insulation for Plumbing Systems